MANIPAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

MANIPAL

Academic Programme Hand-book

A constituent institution of Manipal University, Manipal

www.manipal.edu

B.Tech. - 2017 Academic

Programme
Hand-book
MANIPAL Manipal Institute of Technology
Manipal - 576104, Karnataka India

UNIVERSITY Tel: 0820 2571060 Fax: 0820 2571071

E-mail: office.mit@manipal.edu
B.Tech. - 2017
Website: www.manipal.edu
 Undergraduate Programmes Offered
Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.)
(8 Semesters, 170 credits)
Aeronautical Engineering
Automobile Engineering
Biomedical Engineering
Biotechnology
Founder and Builder of Manipal Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Manipal is a place born out of one man's dream Computer Science and Engineering
- Dr. Tonse Madhav Ananth Pai. It is a testimony to the fact Computer and Communication Engineering
that no matter how big a dream is, it can always turn into
Electrical and Electronics Engineering
reality. The once barren hillock is now India's largest
Electronics and Communication Engineering
education township with more than 24 institutions of learning.
Industrial and Production Engineering
Manipal University is the result of the single-minded Information Technology
dedication of the founder Dr. T. M. A. Pai. It was his vision to Instrumentation and Control Engineering
see the bare hilltop of Manipal transformed into one of the Mechanical Engineering
premier centres of learning. Mechatronics
Manipal University was founded on one principle; one Printing and Media Engineering
unshakeable belief - that it must make available the best of
education to its students. The last 58 years, have seen Post-Graduate Programmes Offered
institutes at Manipal taking meticulous, small steps to build Master of Technology (M. Tech.)
reservoirs of intellectual wealth and academic excellence. (4 Semesters; 75 Credits)
In the process, Manipal University has created some of the Aerospace Engineering
country's best institutes across diverse streams like Automobile Engineering
medicine, dentistry, engineering, pharmacy, hotel Biomedical Engineering
management and communication. Bioinformatics
Chemical Engineering
Each institution at Manipal University is geared to meet the
same demanding standards to create great professionals Computer Aided Analysis and Design
and citizens by inspiring them in many ways. Computer Networking and Engineering
Computer Science and Engineering
Computer Science and Information Security
Construction Engineering and Management
Control Systems
Digital Electronics and Advanced Communication
Energy Systems and Management
Engineering Management
Environmental Engineering
Industrial Automation & Robotics
Industrial Biotechnology
Industrial Pollution & Control
The wealth of Manufacturing Engineering and Technology
Microelectronics
education is something which Power Electronics and Drives
you cannot exhaust by giving Printing and Media Technology
Software Engineering
Structural Engineering
Thermal Sciences and Energy Systems
Master of Computer Applications (MCA)
Padma Shri awardee Dr. T. M. A. Pai
(4 Semesters; 80 credits)
Master of Science (MSc)
Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, Geology
(4 Semesters; 90 credits)
History of the Institute
Manipal Institute of Technology (MIT), one of the
premier engineering institutes in India, was among the
first self-financed engineering colleges in the country.
It was started in 1957 by Padmashee awardee late
Dr. T. M. A. Pai, as Manipal Engineering College with
an undergraduate course in Civil Engineering.
In 1965, the institute got affiliated to the University of
Mysore from Karnataka University. In 1974, it was
renamed as Manipal Institute of Technology (MIT). In
1980 it got affiliated to the University of Mangalore.
After the creation of the Visveswaraiah Technological
University (VTU), MIT along with a number of other
engineering colleges in the state got affiliated to the
VTU in 1998. As the Manipal Academy of Higher
Education (MAHE) had acquired a Deemed University
status, MIT became a constituent institution of MAHE
in May 2000. In 2003, MIT obtained full academic
,, VISION
Excellence in Technical Education through
Innovation and Teamwork
autonomy and adopted credit system with 10 point
grading. In 2007 MAHE was renamed as Manipal
University and MIT retained its status as a constituent
institution of Manipal University. With a total student
strength of over 8000, MIT has emerged as the largest
institute of the University.
MIT currently offers undergraduate programs
(B.Tech.) in 16 disciplines and postgraduate courses
(M.Tech. / MCA) in 24 different streams and Doctoral
programs (Ph.D) in all streams of engineering, basic
sciences, humanities and management. Academic
programs offered by the institute are approved by
AICTE and have been accredited by the National
Board of Accreditation (NBA). The institution plays a
vital role in producing world-class engineers tuned to
the demands of a fast changing global village.
,,
 Leading the way...
Manipal University

Dr Ramdas M Pai Dr H S Ballal Dr H Vinod Bhat

Chancellor Pro Chancellor Vice Chancellor

Dr Surendra Shetty Dr Abdul Razzak M S Dr Poornima Baliga B

Pro Vice Chancellor Pro Vice Chancellor Pro Vice Chancellor
Mangaluru Campus Melaka Campus Health Sciences

Dr G K Prabhu Dr Narayana Sabhahit

Pro Vice Chancellor Registrar
Technology and Management
 Administrators

Manipal Institute of Technology

Dr G K Prabhu Dr B H V Pai
Director Joint Director
Ph: + 91 820 2924012 Ph: + 91 820 2924013
Email: director.mit@manipal.edu Email: jd.mit@manipal.edu
contents
1. Academic Regulations 5

2. Departments 16

2.1 Aeronautical & Automobile Engineering 16

2.2 Biomedical Engineering 43

2.3 Biotechnology 58

2.4 Chemical Engineering 69

2.5 Civil Engineering 88

2.6 Computer Science & Engineering 105

2.7 Electronics & Communication Engineering 124

2.8 Electrical & Electronics Engineering 143

2.9 Information & Communication Technology 160

2.10 Instrumentation & Control Engineering 188

2.11 Mechanical & Manufacturing Engineering 204

2.12 Mechatronics Engineering 260

2.13 Printing & Media Engineering 278

2.14 Department of Computer Applications 279

2.15 Chemistry 280

2.16 Humanities and Management 282

2.17 Mathematics 289

2.18 Physics 292

03
 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
1. ACADEMIC PROGRAMMES 4.3 Academic Term:
1.1 The institute offers Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.), Master of 4.3.1 Semester system of 16 weeks duration with continuous and
Technology (M.Tech.) and Master of Computer Applications comprehensive assessment is followed.
(MCA) programmes of Manipal University. 4.3.2 Each semester has a specified course structure.
1.2 Duration of the B.Tech. programme is 8 semesters. 4.3.3 The first year B.Tech. course structure is common to all branches
1.3 Duration of M.Tech. and MCA programme is 4 semesters. of Engineering.
1.4 The maximum duration for a student for complying with the 4.3.4 The medium of instruction for all courses offered is English.
Degree requirement is twice the duration of the academic 4.3.5 Eighth semester of B.Tech. programme, fourth semester of MCA
programme from the date of joining. programme as well as third & fourth semesters of M.Tech.
programme is fully dedicated to project work.
2. ADMISSION PROCEDURE
2.1 Undergraduate Programme (B.Tech.): 4.4 Course Numbering:
Eligible students are admitted on the basis of the rank obtained in 4.4.1 The courses offered by each Department are coded with 3 letters
the All India Manipal University Online Entrance Test. Seats are indicating the department offering the course followed by 4 digits.
reserved for NRI / Foreign students. 4.4.2 First digit indicates the level, second digit indicates semester
2.2 Post Graduate Programmes (M.Tech. / MCA): offered ('1': offered in ODD; '2': offered in EVEN; '0': offered in
Eligible students are admitted on the basis of the rank obtained in BOTH) and the last two digits indicate the serial number.
the All India Manipal University Online Entrance Test. Seats are 4.4.3 The following codes are used for different departments:
reserved for NRI / Foreign students.
DEPARTMENT CODE
3. ELIGIBILITY FOR ADMISSION
3.1 Undergraduate Programme (B.Tech.): Aeronautical and Automobile Engineering AAE
3.1.1 Pass in 10+2 or equivalent with Physics, Mathematics and Bio-medical Engineering BME
English as compulsory subjects along with Chemistry / Bio-Technology BIO
Biotechnology / Biology / any technical vocational subjects as
optional; with a minimum of 50% marks taken together in Chemical Engineering CHE
Physics and Mathematics and any one of the optional subjects. Civil Engineering CIE
3.1.2 Holders of three years Diploma in Engineering awarded by the Computer Science and Engineering CSE
Board of Technical Education in Karnataka or equivalent / B.Sc.
Electronics and Communication Engineering ECE
Degree with Mathematics as one of the subjects; securing an
aggregate of at least 50% marks are eligible to join Third Electrical and Electronics Engineering ELE
semester under lateral entry scheme. Information and Communication Technology ICT
3.1.3 Eligible NRI / Foreign students are admitted based on their Instrumentation and Control Engineering ICE
qualifying examination performance.
Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering MME
3.2 Post Graduate Programmes: Mechatronics MTE
3.2.1 M.Tech.: Print and Media Engineering PMT
3.2.1.1 BE / B.Tech. / AMIE or equivalent in relevant branch with a
minimum of 50% aggregate marks in qualifying examination Physics PHY
3.2.1.2 Eligible NRI / Foreign students are admitted based on their Chemistry CHM
qualifying examination performance. Mathematics MAT
3.2.2 M.Tech. (Part-time): Humanities and Management HUM
3.2.2.1 Faculty/Staff sponsored from Manipal University only are
eligible to do part-time M.Tech. programme. Computer Applications MCA
3.2.2.2 Duration of M.Tech. (Part time) programme is 6 semesters.
3.2.3 MCA: 4.5 Credit Based System:
3.2.3.1 A bachelor's degree in Computer Applications / Computer 4.5.1 Each course, theory as well as practical, is expressed in terms of a
Science / Information Technology with a minimum of 50% certain number of credits. The credits are determined by the
aggregate marks in the qualifying examination. number of contact hours per week. For theory courses, 1 Hour
3.2.3.2 Eligible NRI / Foreign students are admitted based on their Lecture / Tutorial per week is assigned 1 Credit, where as for
qualifying examination performance. practical courses 3 contact hours per week is assigned 1 Credit.
4.5.2 Course work in each semester is expressed in terms of a specified
4. ACADEMIC PROCESS number of credits. A student successfully completes a particular
4.1 Registration: semester when he/she earns all the credits of that semester. A
4.1.1 Students have to register for the courses with the parent student earns full credits for a subject registered if he/she secures
department at the commencement of each semester on the day letter grade E or higher.
notified in the academic calendar. 4.5.3 Promotion of a student to higher semesters is based on securing a
prescribed minimum number of credits.
4.2 Pre-registration:
4.2.1 Students need to pre-register for elective courses (both program 4.6 Assessment:
& open electives) with their department for the next semester as 4.6.1 The academic performance of a student is assessed by the
notified in the academic calendar. course instructor/s concerned.

05
4.6.2 The student performance in each theory course is evaluated out of
100 marks, of which 50 marks are for in-semester assessments
and 50 marks are for end-semester assessments.
4.6.3 The in-semester assessment in theory courses is based on
periodic tests, assignments, quizzes, case presentations,
seminars etc. which shall be defined by the course instructor.
4.6.4 The student performance in laboratory courses is also evaluated
out of a maximum of 100 marks, and is based on in-semester
assessment of 60 marks and examination conducted for 40
marks.
4.6.5 Course Instructors are to give the complete course plan approved
by the HoD, at the beginning of the semester. Course plan includes
lesson plan & evaluation plan of the course offered.
4.6.6 Course instructors are to give regular feedback on the
performance of students.
4.6.7 The performance of a student in a course is reflected in the Letter
Grade awarded.
4.7 Attendance Requirements:
4.7.1 All students must attend every lecture, tutorial and practical
classes.
4.7.2 A student with less than 75% attendance in individual courses
shall not be permitted to write the end semester examination in that
course and will be given DT letter grade in the course.
4.7.3 The aggregate percentage of attendance of the student during the
semester will be entered in his/her grade sheet of that semester.
4.8 Grading System:
4.8.1 10 point grading system shown is used for awarding letter grade in
each course.
Letter Grade A+ A B C D E AP F/I/DT
Grade Points 10 9 8 7 6 5 0 0
AP: Audit Pass F: Failure I: Incomplete DT: Attendance shortage
4.8.2 The overall performance of a student in each semester is indicated
by the Grade Point Average (GPA) which is the weighted average
of the grade points expressed as
where
n=Number of courses registered
C=Course credits
G=Grade points
4.8.3The overall performance of the student for the entire programme is
indicated by the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) which is
the weighted average of the GPA of all semesters expressed as
where
N=Number of Semesters
4.8.4 Evaluation of Project Work Dissertation/ Thesis
4.8.4.1 Eighth Semester B.Tech.:
4.8.4.1.1 B.Tech. student shall carry out a Project Work for a minimum
of 16 weeks duration.
4.8.4.1.2 The Project Work can be carried out in the institution /
industry / research laboratory or any other institution where
facilities exist with approval of the parent Department.
06
4.8.4.1.3 There will be a mid-semester evaluation of the work done on
the project after 8-10 weeks. This evaluation will be done by
the department concerned and will be out of 100 marks.
4.8.4.1.4 The final evaluation and viva voce will be conducted after the
completion of the project work and submission of the project
report by a panel of examiners including the internal guide.
4.8.4.1.5 In case of external projects, the feedback of the external guide
shall be considered during evaluation.
4.8.4.1.6 The end-semester evaluation of the project work is out of 300
marks.
4.8.4.1.7 The grade awarded to the student will be on the basis of the
total marks obtained by him / her out of 400 marks.
4.8.4.2 Second year M.Tech. / Fourth Semester MCA:
4.8.4.2.1 A student of M.Tech. shall carry out a Project Work for a
minimum of 36 weeks during the second year of the
programme, in the institution/ industry/ research laboratory
or any other institution where facilities exist with approval of
the parent Department.
4.8.4.2.2 There will be a mid-term evaluation of the work after about 18
weeks by the department concerned.This evaluation will be
out of 100 marks.
4.8.4.2.3 In the case of the Fourth Semester MCA students, the minimum
project duration is 16 weeks and there will be a mid-term
evaluation by the department concerned after about 8weeks.
4.8.4.2.4 The final evaluation will be conducted after the completion of
the project work and submission of the dissertation by a
panel of examiners consisting of an internal guide.
4.8.4.2.5 In case of external projects, the feedback of the external guide
shall be considered during evaluation.
4.8.4.2.6 The end-semester evaluation of the project work is out of 300
marks.
4.8.4.2.7 The grade awarded to the student will be on the basis of the
total marks obtained by him / her out of 400 marks.
4.9 Class Committee:
4.9.1 A class committee headed by the Associate Director
(Academics) is formed for the first year B.Tech. progamme.
The section coordinators, course coordinators and student
representatives of all sections will be members of this
committee.
4.9.2 For III to VIII Semester of B.Tech. progamme and for every
semester of M.Tech. & M.C.A. progamme, separate class
committees are constituted by the Heads of the respective
departments. The committee is formed with a senior faculty of the
Department as Chairman & Course Coordinators/Course
Instructors of all courses & student representatives as members.
4.9.3 Course Coordinator: If there is more than one section, one of
the senior faculty member is nominated by the HOD as
Course Coordinator.
4.9.4 Functions of the Class Committee:
4.9.4.1 The class committee will meet thrice in a semester.
4.9.4.2 The first meeting will be held within two weeks from the
commencement of the semester in which the course plan,
evaluation plan etc. are discussed.
4.9.4.3 The second meeting will be held two weeks after the first test
to collect feedback and improve the effectiveness of the
teaching learning process. Performance of the students in the
tests may also be analyzed.
4.9.4.4 The Chairman of the class committee should send the
minutes of the class committee meeting to the Associate
Director (Academics) through the Head of the Department
after each class committee meeting.
4.9.4.5 The third meeting is to be held to analyse the performance of
the students in all courses of study and grade finalization.
However the student representatives are exempted from this
meeting.
4.9.4.6 The Associate Director (Academics) will declare the results
after processing.
4.10 Section Committee:
4.10.1 Each section of the first year will have a Section Committee,
consisting of the Section Coordinator, faculty members
handling both theory and practical classes for that section
and student representatives as members.
4.10.2 The Section Coordinator will be a senior faculty member who
teaches at least one subject for that section. The Section
Coordinators will be nominated by the Associate Director
(Academics), who will administer the functioning of all the
Section Committees.
4.10.3 The section committee will meet periodically to review the
overall effectiveness in the conduct of first year classes.
4.11 Faculty Advisors:
4.11.1 To help the students in planning their courses of study and for
general advice regarding academic programmes the Head of
the Department will assign one to two senior faculty
members in the III semester who will be Faculty Advisors for
the batch.
4.11.2 Faculty Advisor for a particular batch will continue till the
regular students complete the programme.
4.12 Promotion to Higher Semesters:
4.12.1 B.Tech. Programme:
4.12.1.1 Promotion of a student from an even semester to the next
higher (odd) semester is subject to securing the minimum
academic performance specified.
4.12.1.2 To be eligible for promotion to the third semester, a student
should have earned a minimum of 25 credits at the end of the
second semester.
4.12.1.3 To be eligible for promotion to the fifth semester, a student
should have earned a minimum of 70 credits at the end of the
fourth semester.
4.12.1.4 To be eligible for promotion to seventh semester, a student
should have earned a minimum of 115 credits at the end of
the sixth semester.
4.12.2 M.Tech. Courses:
4.12.2.1 A student can start the project work at the beginning of the
third semester only if she/he has acquired 40 credits at the
end of the second semester, and he/she has to earn all the
credits of the first and second semesters, before he /she is
permitted to submit the project thesis
4.12.2.2 A part-time M.Tech student can start the project work at the
beginning of the third year, but he/she has to earn all the
credits of course work, before he/she is permitted to submit
the project thesis
4.12.3 M.C.A. Course:
4.12.3.1 Promotion of a student from second semester to third
semester is subject to securing a minimum of 30 credits at
the end of the second semester.
4.13 Academic Probation and Termination of the registration to the
programme:
07
4.13.1 A student who is not eligible for promotion from an even
semester to the next higher semester for reasons of not
having earned the prescribed minimum number of credits will
be required to discontinue the academic programme
temporarily. In such case he/she will be put on academic
probation for the next academic year and a warning letter shall
be issued.
4.13.2 If a student is repeating a semester/s due to poor academic
performance, he/she will also be put on academic probation.
4.13.3 The student put on academic probation shall be periodically
monitored and mentored by the faculty advisor. He/she can
rejoin the academic programme after fulfilling the academic
requirements as in 4.11 at the end of the academic probation.
4.13.4 At the end of the academic probation year, if a student fails to
acquire the minimum credits to get promoted to next higher
semester, his/her registration for the academic programme
shall be terminated.
4.14 Rejoining a Programme:
A student who discontinues the academic programme for any
reason and rejoins the programme at a later date shall be
governed by the rules, regulations, courses of study and
syllabi in force at the time of his/her rejoining the programme.
4.15 End-Semester Examination:
4.15.1 The end semester examination will be conducted only in the
courses offered in the current semester.
4.15.2 A student should have appeared for the end-semester
examination of the prescribed course of study to be eligible
for the award of a passing grade in the course.
4.15.3 Only students with attendance ³ 75 % will be permitted to
appear for the end semester examination.
4.15.4 A separate minimum of 35% of marks in the end semester
examination is essential to be awarded a passing grade in a
theory course.
4.15.5 A student who earns a minimum of 5 grade points (E grade) in
a course is declared to have successfully completed the
course, and earned the credits assigned to that course.
4.15.6 A course successfully completed cannot be repeated for
grade improvement. However in special cases students may
be allowed to reject and repeat the entire semester with the
consent of HoD/ Associate Director (Academics).
4.15.7 If a student is eligible for but fails to appear in the end-
semester examination due to valid reasons, he/she will be
awarded an 'I' grade (incomplete) on the grade sheet.
However, it needs approval of Associate Director
(Academics).
4.16 Make-up examinations:
4.16.1 Make-up examinations will be held at the end of the semester
break to help the students who have got F/I grade in the
courses offered during the semester.
4.16.2 The cut-off marks for grades in the make-up examination will
be same as those in the regular end-semester examination.
4.16.3 However, for students who have once failed (F grade) in any
course, a maximum of C grade only will be awarded in
subsequent examinations irrespective of their performance.
4.16.4 Those who miss regular examinations due to valid reasons (I
grade) will be allowed to retain whatever grade they secure in
make-up examinations.
4.17 Re-valuation of answer papers: 5.3 Merit list will be prepared based on the CGPA after the
4.17.1 A student may apply for the revaluation of end-semester declaration of second semester results.
examination by submitting an application along with the 5.4 Only students who have passed in all the subjects of I & II
specified fee. semesters are eligible for change of branch.
4.17.2 Those who apply for reevaluation will be able to see their 5.5 Students who have secured seats under any scholarship
answer papers along with the scheme of evaluation on a scheme and have opted for branch change will not be eligible
scheduled date. for the scholarship from the second year.
4.17.3 The fee will be refunded in case of any change in grade after 5.6 Mutual change of branch is not permitted.
revaluation.
6. TRANSFER OF CREDITS
4.18 Re-registration of courses: The courses credited elsewhere, in Indian/Foreign
4.18.1 Students with F/I/DT Grade are allowed to re-register for University/Institutions/Colleges/certified MOOC by students
subjects of lower semester along with their regular term during their study period at MIT Manipal may count towards
subjects by paying the prescribed fees. the credit requirements for the award of degree. The credit
4.18.2 Students may not be permitted to re-register in courses if transferred will reduce the number of courses to be registered
there are clashes in the time table. by the student at MIT. The guidelines of such transfer of
4.18.3 Students are allowed to register for a maximum of 36 credits
credits are as follows:
in a given semester.
4.18.4 Students are eligible to get actual grades in re-registered 6.1 B.Tech student with consistent academic performance and
courses. CGPA > 7 can credit the courses approved by the concerned
Department Curriculum Committee (DCC) and ratified by
4.19 Withholding of Results: Board of Studies (BoS) in Engineering of Manipal University,
Results will be withheld when a student has not paid his/her in other institutions during 3rd and 4th year and during semester
dues or there is a case of disciplinary action pending against breaks.
him/her. 6.2 Credit transferred will not be used for GPA/CGPA
computation. However credit transferred will be considered
4.20 Eligibility for the Award of Degree: for the overall credit requirements of the program.
4.20.1 A student will be eligible for the award of the degree if:
6.3 Students can earn external credits only from Indian/Foreign
4.20.1.1 He/she earns the required number of credits specified for all
Universities/Institutions with which MU/MIT has a MoU for
semesters.
4.20.1.2 He/she has paid all dues to the Institute. the above purpose.
4.20.1.3 No case of disciplinary action is pending against him/her. 6.4 Credit transfer can be considered only for the courses at
4.20.2 Total number of credits required for obtaining: same level or above.
4.20.2.1 B.Tech. - 170 6.5 Student must provide all details for the course which he is
4.20.2.2 M.Tech. - 75 requesting for credit transfer along with the acceptance letter
4.20.2.3 MCA - 80 for the scrutiny of the concerned DCC.
4.20.3 Minimum CGPA for Graduation is 5.0 and the Maximum that
6.6 Maximum number of credits that can be transferred by a
can be earned is 10.
student shall be limited to 20.
4.21 Audit Courses: 6.7 Student has to get minimum passing grades/marks for such
4.21.1 Students have the option of Auditing additional courses with courses for which credits transfer is to be made.
the consent of the course instructor. 6.8 Credit transfer availed by a student shall be properly recorded
4.21.2 On successful completion, the student will be given 'AP' letter on the academic record9s) of the student.
grade.
4.21.3 The grade obtained in an audit course will not be used for
computation of CGPA. 7. TERMINATION FROM THE PROGRAMME
A student shall be required to leave the institute without the
4.22 Minor Specialization: award of the degree, under the following circumstances.
4.22.1 Students have the choice of getting a minor specialization 7.1 If a student fails to acquire minimum number of credits
along with their degrees by earning 12 credits in the required to get promoted to next higher semester at the end of
prescribed set of subjects offered as electives. academic probation year.
4.22.2 Minor specialization shall be mentioned in the VIII semester
7.2 If a student fails to acquire the requirements for the completion
marks card / Transcript along with CGPA.
of the degree within the maximum permissible period.
7.3 If a student is absent for more than 6 weeks at a stretch in a
5. CHANGE OF BRANCH
semester without sanctioned leave.
5.1 Change of branch is allowed on request against vacancies
before commencement of the third semester based on 7.4 Based on disciplinary action, on recommendation of an
academic performance of first year B.Tech. appropriate committee and approved by the vice chancellor.
5.2 Applications for change of branch shall be submitted to the
Associate Director (Academics), at the end of the second
semester.

08
 FIRST YEAR B. TECH. (Common for all branches)
(Applicable to students admitted during 2014 and later)

Physics Group
First Semester Second Semester
Year
Subject Code L T P C Subject Code L T P C
MAT 1101 Engineering Mathematics - I 3 1 0 4 MAT 1201 Engineering Mathematics - II 3 1 0 4
PHY 1001 Engineering Physics 2 1 0 3 CHM 1001 Engineering Chemistry 2 1 0 3
CIE 1001 Mechanics of Solids 2 1 0 3 BIO 1001 Biology for Engineers 2 1 0 3
ECE 1001 Basic Electronics 2 1 0 3 ELE 1001 Basic Electrical Technology 2 1 0 3
1 MME 1001 Basic Mechanical Engineering 2 1 0 3 CSE 1001 Problem Solving Using Computers 2 1 0 3
HUM 1001 Communication skills in English 2 1 0 3 CIE 1002 Environmental Studies 3 0 0 3
PHY 1011 Engineering Physics Lab 0 0 3 1 CHM 1011 Engineering Chemistry Lab 0 0 3 1
MME 1011 Workshop Practice 0 0 3 1 CSE 1011 PSUC Lab 0 0 3 1
MME 1111 Engineering Graphics - I 0 0 3 1 MME 1211 Engineering Graphics - II 0 0 3 1

09
Total 13 6 9 22 Total 14 5 9 22

Chemistry Group
First Semester Second Semester
Year
Subject Code L T P C Subject Code L T P C
MAT 1101 Engineering Mathematics - I 3 1 0 4 MAT 1201 Engineering Mathematics - II 3 1 0 4
CHM 1001 Engineering Chemistry 2 1 0 3 PHY 1001 Engineering Physics 2 1 0 3
BIO 1001 Biology for Engineers 2 1 0 3 CIE 1001 Mechanics of Solids 2 1 0 3
ELE 1001 Basic Electrical Technology 2 1 0 3 ECE 1001 Basic Electronics 2 1 0 3
1 CSE 1001 Problem Solving Using Computers 2 1 0 3 MME 1001 Basic Mechanical Engineering 2 1 0 3
CIE 1002 Environmental Studies 3 0 0 3 HUM 1001 Communication skills in English 2 1 0 3
CHM 1011 Engineering Chemistry Lab 0 0 3 1 PHY 1011 Engineering Physics Lab 0 0 3 1
CSE 1011 PSUC Lab 0 0 3 1 MME 1011 Workshop Practice 0 0 3 1
MME 1111 Engineering Graphics - I 0 0 3 1 MME 1211 Engineering Graphics - II 0 0 3 1
Total 14 5 9 22 Total 13 6 9 22
 FIRST/SECOND SEMESTER
MAT 1101: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - I [3 1 0 4]
Matrix Algebra
Matrices, column and row transformations, Inverse of a matrix, Echelon
form and rank of a matrix, System of linear equations: Consistency,
Solution by Gauss elimination, Gauss Jordon, Gauss Jacobi and Gauss
Seidel methods, Solution of tri-diagonal systems, Eigen values and
Eigen vectors: Elementary properties, Computation of largest Eigen
value by power method.
Linear Algebra
Vector concept to higher dimensions, generalized vector operations,
Vector spaces and sub spaces, Linear independence, Linear
transformations.
Inner products, Inner product spaces, Orthogonal projections, Gram-
Schmidt process of orthogonalization.
Differential equations and applications
First order differential equations and applications. Review of solution of
first order differential equations. Higher order differential equations:
Solution of homogeneous and nonhomogeneous linear equations.
Cauchy and Legendre's differential equations; Solution of system of
differential equations
Numerical Methods
Interpolation: Finite differences and divided differences. Newton-Gregory
and Lagrange's interpolation formulae; Newton's divided difference
interpolation formula; Numerical differentiation; Numerical integration:
Trapezoidal rule, Simpson's one third rule and Simpson's three eighth
rule.
Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations: Bisection method,
Method of false position, Iteration method, Newton-Raphson method.
Solution of System of Non-linear equations using Newton-Raphson
method
Numerical solution of ordinary differential equations: Taylor's series
method, Euler's method, Modified Euler's method, Runge-Kutta methods
and Predicator corrector methods.
References:
1. B. S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, (42e), Khanna
Publishers, 2013
2. Kreyzig E., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (10e), Wiley
Eastern , 2011
3. David C. Lay, “Linear Algebra and applications”, (3e), Pearson
Education, 2009
4. Sastry S. S., “Introductory methods of Numerical analysis”, (4e),
PHI, 2007
5. Rainville E. D. and Bedient P.E. , “A short course in differential
equations”, (4e), Macmillan Publishers, 1969
10
MAT 1201: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - II [3 1 0 4]
Partial Differentiation:
Definition, Euler's theorem on homogeneous functions; Total derivative;
Derivatives of composite & implicit functions; Errors and approximations
Taylor's theorem for functions of two variables; Maxima and Minima;
Lagrange's method of undetermined multipliers
Mean Value Theorems and Indeterminate Forms:
Cauchy's mean value theorem, Taylor's mean value theorem. Taylor's
and Maclaurin's expansion of functions; indeterminate forms
Infinite Series:
Definitions, convergence and divergence of an infinite series; Tests:
comparison test, ratio test, Cauchy's root test, Raabe's test, Integral test.
Alternating series: Leibnitz's theorem, absolute and conditional
convergence; Power series
Analytical solid geometry:
Spheres, Right circular cylinders and Right circular cones
Multiple Integrals:
Double and Triple integrals, Evaluation by the change of order of
integration, change of variables, Jacobians. Applications to surface area
and volumes; Beta and Gamma functions
Laplace transforms:
Transforms of elementary functions, Shifting theorems, Transforms of
periodic functions, Unit step function, Transforms of derivatives. Inverse
transforms. Solution of differential equations using Laplace transforms.
References:
1. B. S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, (42e), Khanna
Publishers, 2013
2. N. Piskunov, “Differential Calculus”, Vol I and II, Mir Publications,
Moscow, 1981
3. Rainville E. D. and Bedient P. E. , “A short course in differential
equations”, (4e), Macmillan Publishers, 1969
4. Kreyzig E, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (10e), Wiley
Eastern , Delhi, 2011
5. Shanti Narayan, “Differential Calculus”, (30e), S Chand & Co ltd,
2005
PHY 1001: Engineering Physics [2 1 0 3]
Optics: Two source interference, Double slit interference, Coherence,
Intensity in double slit interference using phasor method, Interference
from thin films, Newton's rings, Diffraction and wave theory of light,
Single-slit diffraction, Intensity in single-slit diffraction using phasor
method, Diffraction at a circular aperture, Double-slit interference
and diffraction combined- Intensity in double-slit diffraction
(Qualitative approach), qualitative description of multiple slits and
diffraction grating
Applied Optics: Spontaneous and stimulated transitions, He-Ne and
Ruby laser, Applications of lasers, Optical fiber, Total internal reflection,
angle of acceptance and numerical aperture, types of optical fiber, types
of attenuation, applications of optical fibers.
Quantum Physics: Black body radiation and Planck's hypothesis,
Stefan's Law, Wein's displacement law, Photoelectric effect, Compton
effect, Photons and electromagnetic waves, Wave properties of
particles, de-Broglie hypothesis, Quantum particle (wave packet, phase
speed, group speed). The double-slit experiment revisited, the
uncertainty principle
Quantum Mechanics: An interpretation of quantum mechanics, Wave
function and its significance, particle in a box (infinite potential well),
Schrodinger equation, Particle in a well of finite height, Tunneling
through a potential barrier and its applications, The quantum model of
the hydrogen atom, The wave functions for hydrogen
Solid State Physics: Free electron theory of metals, Band theory of
solids, Electrical conduction in metals, Insulators and Semiconductors,
Superconductivity-Properties and Applications
References:
1. Halliday, Resnick, Krane; “PHYSICS: Volume 2”, (5e), John Wiley &
Sons, Inc, 2009
2. Serway & Jewett; “PHYSICS for Scientists and Engineers with
Modern Physics”, (9e), Thomson, 2013
CHM 1001: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY [2 1 0 3]
Electrochemistry: Galvanic cell and Electrolytic Cells, Nernst equation,
Energetics of Cell Reactions, Determination of E.M.F., Standard Cell,
Weston Cadmium Cell, Calomel Electrode, Glass Electrode,
Concentration Cells
Battery Technology: Battery Characteristics, Primary and Secondary
Batteries, Dry cell, Lithium copper sulfide cell, Lead-acid, Nickel-
cadmium and Lithium ion batteries, Fuel cells, Alkaline fuel cell, Proton
exchange membrane fuel cell and Direct methanol fuel cell
Corrosion and its Control: Classification, Electrochemical theory of
corrosion, Galvanic series, Galvanic, pitting, stress and intergranular
corrosion, Factors affecting corrosion, Corrosion prevention methods
Metal Finishing: Polarization, Decomposition potential and overvoltage;
Characteristics of a good deposit, Factors influencing the nature of
deposit, Methods of cleaning the metal surface, Hard chromium and
decorative chromium plating, Electroless plating, Electroless plating of
copper
Chemical Fuels: Classification, Calorific value and its determination
Bomb calorimeter and Boys calorimeter, Coal and its analysis -proximate
and ultimate, Brief account of liquid and gaseous fuels
Modern Materials: Fundamental Principles, Different types of chemical
bonds, Chemistry and applications of Polymers, Biomaterials, Glass,
Cement, Ceramics, Composite materials, Liquid crystals,
Superconducting materials, Thin films, Nanomaterials
References:
1. P. C. Jain, M. Jain, “Engineering Chemistry”, (15e), Dhanpat Rai &
Sons, Delhi, 2006
2. C. V. Agarwal, “Chemistry of Engineering Materials”, (9e), BS
Publications, Delhi, 2006
11
BIO 1001: BIOLOGY FOR ENGINEERS [2 1 0 3]
Chemistry of life: Elements of life and their bonding ability; Introduction
to biomolecules: water, phospholipid, Energy storage molecule,
carbohydrates, Proteins and their structure, Enzymes, bioenergetics,
effect of pH on Biological system, structure of DNA & RNA
Inheritance in life: Principles of biology; Biological Hierarchies;
Introduction to genetic terms using examples of evolution; Introduction
to Mendelian Genetics- Experiments and terms; Monohybrid, Dihybrid,
Test cross, chromosomes, genetic diseases
Molecular basis of inheritance: Transformation experiments; DNA-the
hereditary material; DNA replication; problems in replication; RNA,
trancription, template, non-template, coding and non-coding,
Translation- genetic code, start and stop.
Biological Diversity and evolution: Principles of biology, Biological
Hierarchies, Modularity and incremental change, Form and function,
Symbiosis, coevolution, communal benefit, commensalism, parasitism;
Biological control systems, Bioinspiration and biomimetics
Case studies: Nature's number, origin of life, evolution of hemoglobin,
sickle cell anemia, bio nano machine, Photosynthesis, circulation and
gas exchange in Biological system, vaccination, Green revolution:
disease resistant plants, Epigenetics: Examples from Human Population
biotechnology, Seeking clues in DNA, Antibiotic Resistance
References:
1. Arthur T Johnson, “Biology for Engineers”, CRC Press, 2010
2. J.B. Reece, L.A. Urry, M.L. Cain, S.A. Wasserman, P.V. Minorsky,
R.B. Jackson, Benjamin Cummings, “Campbell-Biology”, (9e),
Pearson Global, 2011
3. David L Nelson & Michael M Cox, “Lehninger - Principles of
Biochemistry”, (5e), W.H. Freeman and Company, New York, 2008
4. Alberts, Johnson, Lewis, Raff, Robert, Walter, “Molecular Biology of
the Cell”, (5e), Garland Science Publisher, 2008
CIE 1002: ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction of the subject: Significance and need, Applications of
environmental science/engineering in various engineering disciplines,
environmental ethics, concept of sustainable development
Ecosystem: Meaning, structure and functions, food chain, and food
web, ecological pyramids, energy flow in an ecosystem, types of
ecosystems.
Biodiversity and its conservation: Meaning, factors affecting diversity,
threats and conservation strategies
Natural Resources: Renewable and non-renewable energy sources
Environmental Pollution: Causes, effects, remedies for water, air, solid
waste (land), noise, biomedical, nuclear, marine, nuclear, e-wastes &
overview of water supply and sanitation
Global environmental issues: Rain water harvesting, watershed
management, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion- causes,
effects and remedies, green buildings, Interlinking of rivers
Disaster Management: Meaning, episodes/case studies, Application of
GIS, role of IT.
Environmental legislations: Salient features of water, air, soil and
environmental protection acts.
Term work: A field visit to a local polluted site, study of an ecosystem,
audio-visual display of current environmental issues.
References:
1. Benny Joseph, “Environmental studies”, McGraw-Hill Education
(India), 2009
2. R. Rajagopalan, “Environmental studies: From Crisis to Cure”, (2e),
Oxford Higher Education, 2011
3. P. Venugopal Rao, “Principles of Environmental Science and
Engineering”, PHI, 2006
4. Erach Bharucha, “Text book of Environmental Studies for
undergraduate courses”, Universities Press, Hyderabad, 2010
5. Gupta Harsh K, “Disaster Management”, Orient Blackswan, 2003
HUM 1001: COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN ENGLISH [2 1 0 3]
Oral communication: Speech- presentation /Impromptu speeches,
group discussion, interview techniques, formal / informal
communication
Listening Audio: Texts/speeches (Test listening skills factual, evaluative
questions and summary
Reading: Extracts from texts different genres/ styles
Writing: Creative writing assignment, academic writing, formal writing
essay, paragraphs, business correspondence, mechanics of writing
punctuation, functional grammar, editing (given text- extract)
References:
1. Strunk, W and White E. B., “The Elements of Style”, Longman, New
York, 1999
2. Sorby, S. A. and Bulleit W, “An Engineer's Guide to Technical
Communication”, Longman , New York, 2006
3. Raman, Meenakshi and Sharma, S., “Technical Communication:
Principles and Practice”, Oxford University Press, India, 2011
4. Jones, D., “Cambridge English Pronouncing Dictionary”, Cambridge
University Press, 2011
CIE 1001: MECHANICS OF SOLIDS [2 1 0 3]
Part-A: Mechanics of Rigid bodies
Resultant of coplanar concurrent and non-concurrent force system:
Resolution, composition, moment of force, Varignons theorem, couple,
application problems
Equilibrium of Coplanar concurrent and noncurrent force system:
Conditions of equilibrium, Space and free body diagram, Lami's theorem
- application problems
Support reaction, types of loading, friction - application problems.
Centroid and Moment of Inertia: Simple and composite areas,
application problems
Part-B: Mechanics of Deformable bodies
Simple Stresses and Strains: Mechanical properties of materials,
12
Hooke's law, modulus of elasticity, tension test on ductile and brittle
materials, factor of safety, allowable stress, Stresses and deformations
in tapering bars, stepped bars, Poisson's ratio, shear stress and shear
strain, modulus of rigidity, relation between modulus of elasticity,
modulus of rigidity and bulk modulus., application problems.
Statically indeterminate members - Compound bars, thermal stress
Stresses in thin cylinder: hoop, longitudinal and shear stresses; Change
in dimensions due to the fluid pressure, joint efficiency and application
problems
Shear force and bending moment diagrams: SFD and BMD for
statically determinate beams
References:
1. Singer F.L., “Engineering Mechanics”, Harper & Row,1994
2. Bhavikatti & Rajasekharappa, “Engineering Mechanics”, New Age
International, 2006
3. Pytel and Singer, “Strength of Materials”, Harper & Collins, 1987
4. Bhavikatti S.S., “Strength of Materials”, Vikas Publishers, 2005
5. Basavarajaiah & Mahadevappa, “Strength of Materials”, CBS
Publishers, 2001
ECE 1001: BASIC ELECTRONICS [3 0 0 3]
Analog Electronics: Diode and its application: I-V Characteristic, Static
and dynamic Resistance, Half and Full Wave Rectifiers with and without
filter, Zener regulator, 78xx regulator, Special purpose diodes. BJT and its
applications: I-V Characteristics, Cut-off, active and saturation mode of
operation, CB, CC and CE configuration, Transistor Biasing: fixed, voltage
divider bias and emitter bias. Transistor as an amplifier: RC coupled
Amplifier; Transistor as a Switch: Relay Driver Circuit. Operational
Amplifier and its applications: Basic model, virtual ground concept,
inverting amplifier, non-Inverting Amplifier, adder, subtractor, difference
amplifier, integrator, differentiator, comparator, Square wave generator.
Digital Electronics: Number systems and Codes, Boolean Algebra;
Logic gates: OR, NOT, AND, NOR, NAND, XOR and XNOR. Concept of
Universal Logic; Simplification of Boolean functions using K map; Flip-
flops: JK flip flop and D-flip flop and simple applications. Introduction to
ADC&DAC
Principles of Electronic Communication: Fundamentals of Analog
communication, Introduction to Digital Communication, Communication
networks, Mobile Communication.
References:
1. Albert P Malvino, “David J Bates Electronic Principles”, 7e, TMH,
2007
2. George Kennedy, Bernad Davis, “Electronic Communication
Systems”, 4e, TMH, 2004
3. Robert L. Boylestad, Louis Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices & Circuit
Theory”, 11e, PHI, 2012
4. Malvino and Leach, “Digital Principles & applications”, 7e, TMH,
2010
 ELE 1001: BASIC ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY [2 1 0 3]
Electric Circuit Elements: Active and passive elements, Source
transformation, Resistors in series, Resistors in parallel, Capacitors in
series and parallel, Inductor in series and parallel, Transient analysis and
energy stored in inductor and capacitor.
DC circuit Analysis: Star- delta transformations, Mesh current method,
Node voltage method.
Electromagnetism: Magnetic field due to electric current, Faraday's laws
of Electromagnetic induction, self and mutual inductance, dot rule.
Magnetic Circuits: MMF, magnetic field strength, permeability,
reluctance, series and parallel magnetic circuits.
Single-phase AC Circuits: Average value and rms value of periodic
sinusoidal and non- sinusoidal wave forms, form factor, Phasor
representation. Alternating current in pure resistor, inductor and
capacitor, RL, RC, and RLC series circuits, average power, power factor,
parallel AC circuit, analysis of series parallel circuits, complex power and
power triangle, improvement of power factor.
Resonance: Series and parallel resonance, Q factor, half- power
frequencies, bandwidth
Three-phase AC Circuits: 3- phase system, phase sequence, star and
delta connections, relationship between line and phase voltage and
current, analysis of 3-phase circuit with balanced and unbalanced loads,
three phase power measurement by two wattmeter method.
Electrical Power System: Power system components, Overview of
Electrical Machines, Energy measurements.
References:
1. Kothari D. P. & Nagarath I. J., “Basic Electrical Technology”, (2e),
TMH, 2009
2. Nagasarkar T. K. & Sukhija M. S., “Basic Electrical Engineering”,
(2e), OUP, 2011
3. Hughes E., “Electrical and Electronic Technology”, (10e), Pearson
Education, 2010
MME 1001: BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Properties of Steam and Boilers: Steam formation, Types of steam,
Steam properties- Enthalpy, Simple numericals for finding enthalpy and
dryness fraction. Steam Boilers: Classification, Working principle of
Babcock & Wilcox Boiler.
Prime Movers: Classification of Prime movers, Working principle of
steam, gas and water turbines, Concept of impulse and reaction steam
turbines.
Power plants: Working principle of thermal, nuclear, hydel and solar
power plants (Illustration with block diagram only)
Refrigeration: Principle and working of vapour compression
refrigeration system, Desirable properties of an ideal refrigerant,
Definition of COP, Unit of refrigeration
I.C. Engines: Classification, Working of 2-stroke, 4 - stroke C.I and S.I
Engines with P-V diagrams, Definitions and simple numerical for determining
Indicated Power, Brake Power, Mechanical efficiency, Indicated thermal
13
efficiency, and Brake thermal efficiency, Working of simple carburetor,
Types and properties of lubricants, Splash lubrication system.
Power Transmission: Definition, Belt drives- open and crossed ,Velocity
ratio, Stepped cone pulley, Fast and loose pulley, Length of belt, Tension
in the belt, Slip, Creep (No derivations), Introduction to rope drive and
chain drives, Gear Drives-Types of gears, Velocity ratio for Gear trains,
Simple and compound gear trains, Numericals onbelt and gear drives.
Machine Tools: Lathe - Classification, Block diagram of engine lathe,
Specification of lathe, List of lathe operations. Drilling - Classification of
drilling machines, Block diagram of radial drilling machine, List of drilling
operations.
Casting and Forging: Types of moulding sand and its desirable
properties, Patterns- Single piece and split piece pattern, Pattern
allowances, Steps in the preparation of two box green sand mould,
Defects in casting, Introduction to forging.
Welding: Classification, Principle of Resistance spot welding, Electric
arc welding and oxy-acetylene gas welding, Gas flames, Introduction to
soldering and brazing
Introduction to Engineering Materials: Ferrous and Non-ferrous metals
and its properties, Introduction to heat treatment.
References:
1. K. R.Gopalakrishna, "Text book of elements of Mechanical
Engineering", Subhash Publications, Bangalore, 2005.
2. Roy & Choudhury, "Elements of Mechanical Engineering", Media
Promoters & Publishers Pvt. Ltd, Mumbai, 2000.
3. Mishra B.K., "Mechanical Engineering Sciences", Kumar & Kumar
Publishers (P) Ltd, Bangalore, 1999.
4. Trymbaka Murthy S., "A text book of elements of Mechanical
Engineering", I. K. International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 2010.
5. Rajput R. K., "Elements of Mechanical Engineering", Fire Wall Media,
2005.
6. B. S. Raghuwanshi, “A Course in Workshop Technology”, Vol 1,
Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi, 2005.
MME 1111 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS I [0 0 3 1]
Introduction: Geometrical constructions, Dimensioning and
conventions of lines
Projection of points: Orthographic projection, reference planes,
Quadrants, Types of quadrants, Conventional representation of first angle
projection system. Projection of points
Projection of straight lines: Line parallel to both reference planes;
Perpendicular to reference plane; Inclined to one reference plane;
Inclined to both reference planes including locating traces; finding true
length and inclinations.
Projection of plane surfaces: Simple planes (Triangle, Square,
Rectangle, Pentagon, Hexagon &Circle), Plane resting on edge and
corner conditions, Surface inclined to HP & perpendicular to VP, Surface
inclined to VP and perpendicular to HP, Planes inclined to both HP & VP
(Change of position method only).
Projection of solids: Simple solids like prisms &pyramids (Triangle,
Square, Rectangle, Pentagon &Hexagon), Cone and cylinder, Solids
resting on edge and corner conditions, Axis inclined to HP and parallel to
VP, Inclined to VP & parallel to HP. axis inclined to both HP and VP (Change
of position method only)
References:
1. Gopalkrishna K. R. and Sudhir Gopalkrishna , "A textbook of
Computer Aided Engineering Drawing", (37e), Subhas Stores,
Bangalore, 2012.
2. Bhat N. D. and V.M. Panchal, "Engineering Drawing", (50e), Charotar
Publishing House, Anand, India, 2010
3. Venugopal K. "Engineering Drawing and Graphics + Auto CAD”
Newage International Publishers, Delhi, 2002
4. Narayana K. L. and Kannaiah P, "Text book on Engineering Drawing"
Scitech Publications, Chennai, 2002
5. Basant Agrawal& Agrawal C M, “Engineering Drawing”, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010
MME 1211: ENGINEERING GRAPHICS II [0 0 3 1]
Introduction: Sectioning the object, Development of surfaces of solids,
Isometric projection, Orthographic projection and its applications
Sections of solids: Horizontal vertical and inclined section planes and
true shape of sections; Drawing sectional views with true shape of
section. Simple cases of solids resting on HP or VP with axis
perpendicular to reference planes, inclined to one reference plane.
Section plane perpendicular to VP, inclined to HP and inclined to VP.
Development of surfaces: Parallel line development for prisms
(Triangle, Rectangle, Square, Pentagon and Hexagon) and cylinders
(Including simple cut solids), Radial line development for pyramids
(Triangle, Square, Rectangle, Pentagon and Hexagon) and cones
(Including simple cut solids)
Isometric projections and views: Simple & cut solids (Prisms,
Pyramids, Cones, Cylinders), combined solids, Simple machine
components
Orthographic conversions: Simple & cut solids (Prisms, Pyramids,
Cones, Cylinders), combined solids, Simple machine components.
References:
1. Gopalkrishna K. R. and Sudhir Gopalkrishna, “A textbook of
Computer Aided Engineering Drawing”, (37e), Subhas Stores,
Bangalore, 2012
2. Bhat N. D. and V.M. Panchal, "Engineering Drawing", (50e), Charotar
Publishing House, Anand, India. 2010
3. Venugopal K., “Engineering Drawing and Graphics + Auto CAD”,
Newage International Publishers, Delhi. 2002
4. Narayana K. L. and Kannaiah P, “Text book on Engineering Drawing”,
Scitech Publications, Chennai, 2002
5. Basant Agrawal& Agrawal C M, “Engineering Drawing”, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010
14
MME 1011: WORKSHOP PRACTICE [0 0 3 1]
Mechanical Engineering Practices: Sheet Metal work, Plumbing
Exercises, Study of Automotive systems like steering mechanism,
Transmission System, Suspension, Demonstration of Spur gear, Helical
gear, Belt drives, Chain drives, Couplings, Keys, Bearings , Fasteners,
Gear box, Engine parts, Demonstration on the working of Lathe and
Drilling machine.
Civil Engineering Practices: Tensile test, Shear test and Compression
test, measure and plot the given area using chain and tape, prismatic
compass, plot the profile of a ground using dumpy-level and levelling staff.
Electrical and Electronics Engineering Practices: Demonstration of
wiring tools, types of wires and wiring systems, Wiring rules, Electrical
safety and precautions, types of electrical lighting sources. Wiring of
lamp controlled by single switch; Staircase wiring; 3-pin plug socket;
Familiarization of fuses, MCB, ELCB, Study of overload protection with
fuses. Wiring of a single-phase energy meter with AEH Load, Wiring of 3-
phase energy meter with lighting load and a 3-phase Induction Motor
with DOL starter
Familiarization of electronic components such as Resistors, Capacitors,
diodes, transistors, and Integrated Circuits, Multimeter and testing of
diodes and transistors, Bread-board assembly, Soldering practice on
PCB; assembling simple electronic gadgets such as digital counter, buzzer
with a 555 timer, musical doorbell; Building a DC regulated power supply.
References:
1. Hajra Choudhury S. K and Bose S .K, “Elements of Workshop
Technology”, Volume I, Media Promoters & Publishers Pvt. Ltd.,
Mumbai, 2012.
2. Raghuvanshi S.S, “Workshop Technology”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons,
Delhi, 2002.
3. Punmia B.C, “Surveying”, Laxmi Publications, Bangalore, 2012
4. Bhattacharya S.K and Rastogi K.M, “Experiments in Basic Electrical
Engineering”, New Age International, Delhi, 2003
5. Maheshwari L.K and Anand M.M.S, “Laboratory manual for
Introductory Electronics”, New Age International, Delhi, 2008
CSE-1001: PROBLEM SOLVING USING COMPUTERS [2 1 0 3]
Computer - Hardware and Software; Memory and its types Input /
Output Devices; Problem solving using computer: algorithms and
Flowcharts; C++ program structure, character set, identifiers and key
words, Operators and expressions, Operator precedence and
associativity, type conversions, arithmetic expressions, evaluation of
expressions; Control Structures - Statements and blocks, looping
constructs, Arrays & Strings 1D array, programs on array manipulation,
2-D arrays, matrix manipulation, strings-operation on strings; Coding
exercises on various numerical analysis algorithms; Structured
Programming Functions; Structures and Pointers; Introduction to object
oriented programing - basic concepts, benefits; File Manipulation - File
handling functions, Introduction to cyber security.
References: 3. Wavelength of laser using diffraction grating
1. E. Balaguruswamy, “Object Oriented Programming with C++”, 4. Newton's rings
(6e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2013 5. Fermi energy of metals
2. E.Balaguruswamy, “Computing Concept and Programming in C”, 6. Band gap energy
Tata McGraw Hill, 2008. 7. Determination of Boltzmann constant
3. Delores M. Etter, “Engineering Problem Solving with C”, 2013 8. Hall effect
4. Grewal B.S, “Numerical Methods in Engineering and Science with 9. Black body radiation
Programming in C and C++”, Khanna Publishers, 2010
10. Photo electric effect
5. Sastry S.S, “Introductory methods of Numerical analysis”, (4e), PHI,
11. Resistivity of semiconductors using four probe method
2007.
12. Numerical aperture of optical fiber

CSE 1011: PROBLEM SOLVING USING COMPUTERS LAB [0 0 3 1]

Programming using C++: Familiarisation of programming environment;
simple programs; Programs on Branching Control Structures; Looping
Control Structures; 1-D arrays and its manipulation, searching and
sorting; 2-D arrays, matrix manipulations; Strings string handling
functions; Implementation of numerical methods, User defined
functions; Pointers and Structures; File Manipulations
Introduction to MATLAB: Interactive computations, script files, data
visualization, functions, file I/O and GUI, Introduction to SIMULINK.
References:
1. Grewal B.S, “Numerical Methods in Engineering and Science with
Programming in C and C++”, Khanna Publishers, 2010
2. E. Balaguruswamy, “Object Oriented Programming with C++”, 6
edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013
3. Rudrapratap, “Getting Started with MATLAB - A Quick introduction
for scientists and engineers”, Oxford University Press 2009.
PHY 1011: ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
1. Ultrasonic Interferometer
2. Series and parallel resonances
CHM 1011: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY [0 0 3 1]
1. Alkalimetric titration
2. Total hardness of water
3. Estimation of percentage of copper in brass
4. Estimation of weight of iron in haematite
5. Estimation of percentage of manganese dioxide in pyrolusite
6. Estimation of ammonia nitrogen in a fertilizer
7. pK value of a weak acid by potentiometric titration
8. Conductometric acid-base titration
9. Determination of concentration of copper using Colorimer
10. Determination of coefficient of viscosity of liquid.
11. Chloride content of water
th
12. Analysis of lead pigment
References:
1. Vogel A.I. “Text book of Quantitative Inorganic Analysis”, (5e), ELBS,
1998
2. “Laboratory Manual for Engineering Chemistry Laboratory”, M.I.T.,
2013

15
 Department of Aeronautical and Automobile Engineering

The Department of Aeronautical and Automobile Engineering was Programs offered

established in 2008 with the objective of offering world-class education Under Graduate Programs
and cutting-edge research environment. The department strives for a
4 B.Tech in Aeronautical Engineering (2008)
healthy balance between teaching, research & development. Faculty of
4 B.Tech in Automobile Engineering (2008)
the department draws upon a long history of technical excellence, Post Graduate Program
innovation and teaching performance, preparing graduates to contribute
4 M.Tech in Automobile Engineering (2016)
to the society with technically imaginative and commercially viable
PhD
solutions. The mission is realised through its commitment to educational
excellence, to the creation, development and application of the
Faculty Strength
technologies critical to aerospace and automobile engineering. This
Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
program aims to promote aeronautical & automobile engineering by
establishing close linkages between education, industry and research 1 6 3
activities. The department has highly successful Centres of Excellence 3
program to research best practices in unified approach to teaching and
19 20
learning.
The students will have abundant opportunities for working on projects
and internships across the globe, taking advantage of established
relationships with aeronautical & automobile companies and research PhD - Professors
institutes. The students showcase their talent by developing several M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors
working models and presenting them in various prestigious national and
international events. The students have won various awards at national
and international level.

16
 B. Tech in AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2101 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2201 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
AAE 2101 Aircraft Structures 3 1 0 4 AAE 2201 Aerodynamics 2 1 0 3
AAE 2102 Aircraft Production Techniques 3 1 0 4 AAE 2202 Aircraft Propulsion 2 1 0 3
AAE 2103 Introduction to Aerospace Engineering 2 1 0 3 AAE 2203 Flight Mechanics 2 1 0 3
AAE 2104 Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4 AAE 2204 Linear Control Theory 2 1 0 3
II AAE 2105 Fluid Mechanics 2 1 0 3 **** **** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
AAE 2111 Fluid Mechanics Lab 0 0 3 1 AAE 2211 Production Lab 0 0 3 1
AAE 2112 Structures Lab 0 0 3 1 AAE 2212 Aerodynamics & Propulsion Lab 0 0 6 2
AAE 2213 Numerical Computational Lab 0 0 6 2
15 6 6 23 13 5 15 23
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
AAE 3101 Flight Dynamics 3 1 0 4 HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3

17
AAE 3102 Gas Dynamics 2 1 0 3 AAE 3201 Aircraft Design – II 2 1 0 3
AAE 3103 Rocket Propulsion 3 1 0 4 AAE 3202 Finite Element Method 2 1 0 3
AAE 3104 Aircraft design – I 2 1 0 3 AAE **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3
III
AAE **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3 AAE **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
AAE **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
AAE 3111 Geometric Modelling – Lab - I 0 0 3 1 AAE 3211 Geometric Modeling – Lab – II 0 0 6 2
AAE 3112 Aircraft Design Lab 0 0 6 2 AAE 3212 Structural Analysis Lab 0 0 6 2
16 4 9 23 15 3 12 22
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002 Engg Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 AAE 4297 Seminar 1
AAE 4101 Theory of Vibrations 3 1 0 4 AAE 4298 Industrial Training 1
AAE 4102 Helicopter Aerodynamics 2 1 0 3 AAE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
IV AAE 4103 Avionics & Navigation Systems 3 0 0 3
AAE **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3
AAE **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
AAE 4111 Avionics Lab 0 0 6 2
16 3 6 21 14
Minor Specializations THIRD SEMESTER
I. Aerodynamics MAT 2101: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
1. AAE 4001, Aerodynamics of Rockets and Missiles Gradient, divergence and curl, Line, surface and volume integrals,
2. AAE 4002, Computational Fluid Dynamics Green's, divergence and Stoke's theorems, Fourier series of periodic
3. AAE 4003, Hypersonic Aerothermodynamics functions, Half range expansions, Harmonic analysis, Fourier integrals,
4. AAE 4004, Unsteady Aerodynamics Sine and cosine integrals, Fourier transform, Sine and cosine
transforms, Partial differential equation-Basic concepts, solutions of
II. Business Management equations involving derivatives with respect to one variable only,
1. HUM 4011, Financial Management Solutions by indicated transformations and separation of variables, One-
2. HUM 4012, Human Resource Management dimensional wave equation, one dimensional heat equation and their
solutions, Numerical solutions of boundary valued problems, Laplace
3. HUM 4013, Marketing Management
and Poisson equations and heat and wave equations by explicit methods.
4. HUM 4014, Operations and Systems Management
References:
Other Programme Electives
1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (5e), Wiley
1. AAE 4005, Aeroelasticity
Eastern, 1985.
2. AAE 4006, Aircraft Systems and Instruments
2. S, S, Sastry, “”Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis”, (2e),
3. AAE 4007, Composite structures Prentice Hall, 1990.
4. AAE 4008, Computer Integrated Manufacturing 3. B, S, Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers,
5. AAE 4009, Navigation, Guidance and Control 1989.
6. AAE 4010, Optimal Control 4. Murray R, Spiegel, “Vector Analysis”, Schaum Publishing Co, 1959.
7. AAE 4011, Optimization Techniques
8. AAE 4012, Orbital Mechanics AAE 2101: AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES [3 1 0 4]
9. AAE 4013, Performance of Gas Turbine Introduction to basic elasticity, Euler buckling of columns, Bending of
10. AAE 4014, Robust Control Beams, Shear force and bending moment diagrams in beams, Theory of
11. AAE 4015, Space Flight Dynamics symmetrical and unsymmetrical bending of beams, Bending of open and
12. AAE 4016, Statistical Quality control closed thin-walled beams, Stress, strain and displacement relationships
13. AAE 4017, Turbo machinery Aerodynamics for open and single cell closed section thin-walled beams under shear
loads, Shear of open and closed section beams, Torsion of solid
Open Electives sections, open and closed section beams, Analysis of Combined open
1. AAE 3281, Introduction to Aerospace Engineering and closed section beams under Bending and Torsion, Structural
2. AAE 3282, Introduction to Avionics and Navigation systems idealization, Effect of idealization on the analysis of open and closed
section beams Stress analysis of aircraft components wing and
fuselage, Theory of Plates and Shells.

References:
1. Megson T.H.G., “Aircraft Structures for Engineering students”,
Elsevier/Butterworth Publication, 1999.
2. Donaldson B.K., “Analysis of Aircraft Structures An Introduction”
(2e), McGraw Hill, 1993.
3. Timoshenko S, “Strength of materials”, Vol. I & II, Princeton Co,
1988.
4. Mott, “Applied Strength of materials” PHI 1998.
5. Bhavikatti S.S., “Theory of Plates and Shells”, (2e), New Age
International Publishers, 2014.

AAE 2102: AIRCRAFT PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES [3 1 0 4]

Introduction to mechanical behaviour of materials, plastic deformation of
metals and alloys, Roles of dislocation, recovery, recrystallization and
grain growth, Iron-carbon equilibrium, TTT diagram, metals and non-
metals in aviation and their applications, Introduction to composites
materials, Forming casting and casting processes, Introduction to
conventional & non-conventional machining, Plastic materials and
process, types of plastics, types of its mouldings, Introduction to CNC
machining and basic programming Introduction to powder metallurgy,
heat treatment.

References:
1. P.N. Rao, “Manufacturing Technology”, McGraw Hill Publication,
2007.

18
2. Mikell P Groover, “Fundamentals of modern manufacturing”, John
Wiley and Sons Inc., 2010.
3. Kaushish J.P., “Manufacturing Processes”, (2e), Prentice Hall India.
4. Parashar B.S., Nagendra Mittal R.K., “Elements of manufacturing
processes”, Prentice Hall India.
5. Jain R.K., “Production Technology”, (17e), Khanna Publisher, 2013.
AAE 2103: INTRODUCTION TO AEROSPACE ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
The first Aeronautical Engineers, Have an overview of the history of flight,
Fundamental Thoughts, Ballooning, Apply basic/constitutive principles of
mechanics of fluids - Bernoulli and control volume approaches, the
source of all aerodynamic forces, Equation of state for a perfect gas,
specific volume, anatomy of aircraft, anatomy of space vehicle, The
Standard Atmosphere- Definition of Altitude, Hydrostatic equation,
Relation between geopotential and geometric altitude, Basics of
Aerodynamics, Aircraft Flight- Airfoil Nomenclature, Lift, drag and
moment coefficient, Elements of Airplane Performance, Astronautics,
Propulsion, Introduction, Types of Propulsion system.
References:
1. John D Anderson, “Introduction to Flight”, (6e), McGraw Hill Int,
2004.
2. Dava Newman, “Interactive Aerospace Engineering and Design”, MIT
Press, 2001.
3. A.C. Kermode, “Flight without Formulae”, (5e), Pearson Education
(Singapore) Pte, Ltd.
4. John D Anderson, “Fundamental of Aerodynamics”, (5e), McGraw-
Hill International, 2010.
5. Howard D Curtis, “Orbital Mechanics for Engineering Students”,
(3e), Butterworth Heinemann 2010.
AAE 2104: THERMODYNAMICS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Thermodynamics-System, Zeroth Law of
Thermodynamics -First law of Thermodynamics, Second Law of
Thermodynamics, Clausius Inequality, Entropy, Availability and
Irreversibility, Gibbs and Helmholtz Functions, Maxwell Relations Third
Law of Thermodynamics, Pure Substances, Ideal and Real gases-
Perfect Gas Laws Compressibility charts, Mixtures of perfect Gases
Dalton's Law of partial pressure, Amagat's Laws of additive volumes ,
Theory of psychrometry, Otto, Diesel, Dual Combustion cycles, Sterling
Cycle, Atkinson Cycle, Ericcson Cycle, Lenoir Cycle Thermal Efficiency,
Mean Effective Pressures on Air standard basis comparison of Cycles,
Brayton and Rankine cycles Performance Evaluation combined cycles.
References:
1. G VanWylan& R.E. Sonntag, “Fundamentals of Classical
Thermodynamics”, (2e), John Wiley Pub, 1997.
2. Jones & Dugan, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, (1e), Prentice Hall,
1996.
3. Yunus Cengel & Boles, “Thermodynamics An Engineering Approach”
(7e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
4. J.P. Holman, “Thermodynamics” , (3e), McGrawHill, 1985.
5. R.K. Rajput, “Thermal Engineering”, (9e),Laxmi Publications, 2013.
AAE 2105: FLUID MECHANICS [2 1 0 3]
Fluid Properties and Fluid Statics, Hydro static law, Piezometer, Simple
and differential manometers, pressure gauges, Fluid Kinematics,
Continuity equation in 3D flow, stream function, velocity potential
function, Fluid Dynamics, Continuity equation in 3D flow, stream
function, velocity potential function, Similitude and Flow Measurement,
Flow through Venturimeter and Orifice meter, flow through notches and
19
weirs, Approximate solutions of Navier Stoke Equations, Prandtl
contribution, Characteristics of boundary layer along a thin flat plate
Exact Solutions of Navier Stokes Equations, Flow of Compressible
Fluid,Thermodynamic relations, basic equations of compressible flow,
velocity of sound.
References:
1. Ethirajan Rathakrishnan, “Fluid Mechanics an Introduction”, PHI
publisher, 2013.
2. K.L. Kumar,” Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, S, Chand & Co, 2005.
3. John F Dauglas, “Fluid Mechanics”, (5e) Pearson Educations
publishers, 2005.
4. Modi & Seth, “Fluid Mechanics Hydraulics and Hydraulics
Machines”, Standard publications, New Delhi, 2002.
5. Frank N white, “Fluid Mechanics”, McGraw Hill, 2011.
AAE 2111: FLUID MECHANICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Experiments based on Fluid Properties, Calculating the viscosity using
different, calorific value of fuel using gas calorimeter, Measurement of
emissivity, Heat Transfer from pin fin forced convection and free
convection, Thermal conductivity of metal bar, Flow through orifice, Flow
through venture meter, Flow through V-notch,Flow through pipe to find
the friction factor.
References:
1. Ethirajan Rathakrishnan, “Fluid Mechanics an Introduction”, PHI
publisher, 2013.
2. K.L.Kumar, “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, S,Chand & Co, 2005.
3. John F Dauglas, “Fluid Mechanics”, (5e), Pearson Educations
publishers, 2005.
4. Modi & Seth, “Fluid Mechanics Hydraulics and Hydraulics
Machines”, Standard publications, New Delhi, 2002.
5. Frank N white, “Fluid Mechanics”, McGraw Hill, 2011.
AAE 2112: STRUCTURES LAB [0 0 3 1]
Experiments based on Tensile, Torsion, Bending, Compression, Fatigue,
Impact and hardness properties of different structural materials, Non-
destructive testing, Young's Modulus and Poisson ratio calculation,
Superposition Principle, Maxwell's Reciprocal Theorem, Buckling of
Eccentric Column and South-well plot, Wagner beam, Vibration analysis
of cantilever beam.
References:
1. Megson T.H.G., “Aircraft Structures for Engineering students”,
Elsevier/Butterworth Publication, 1999.
2. Donaldson B.K., “Analysis of Aircraft Structures An Introduction”,
(2e), McGraw Hill, 1993.
3. Timoshenko S, “Strength of materials”, Vol. I & II, Princeton Co.,
1988.
4. Mott, “Applied Strength of materials”, PHI, 1998.
5. Egor P Popov, “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, PHI, 2004.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2201: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Series solutions of ordinary differential equations, Series solutions of
Bessel and Legendre differential equations, Statistics, Measures of
central tendency mean, median, mode, measures of dispersion
Correlation coefficient, regression, curve fitting, Probability,
Introduction, finite sample spaces, conditional probability and
independence, Baye's theorem, one dimensional random variable, mean,
variance, Two and higher dimensional random variables, mean, variance,
correlation coefficient, Distributions, Binomial, Poisson, uniform,
normal, gamma, Chi-square and exponential distributions, simple
problems, Moment generating function, Functions of one dimensional
and two dimensional random variables, Sampling theory, Central limit
theorem and applications.
References:
1. Ervin Kreyzig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, McGraw Hill.
2. B, S, Grewal, “Higher Engineeing Mathematics”, S. Chand & Co,.
3. Meyer P,L, “Introduction to probability and statistical applications”,
(2e), American Publishing Co,.
AAE 2201: AERODYNAMICS [2 1 0 3]
Types of Aerodynamics flows, Aerodynamic forces and moments, Force
and moment components and coefficients, Flow over the body, Pressure
distribution on an airfoil, Types of drag, Estimation of lift, Drag and
pitching moment coefficient from the pressure distribution, Experimental
methods, wake survey, Continuity, momentum and energy equations,
Elementary Flows, Introduction to Wind Tunnel Techniques, Thin airfoil
theory, Incompressible flow over finite wings, Vortex filament, Biot-
Savart law and Helmholtz's theorems, Prandtl's classical lifting line
theory, Downwash and induced drag, Elliptical and modified elliptical lift
distribution, Incompressible flow over airfoil, The complex potential
function and conformal transformation.
References:
1. John D Anderson, “Fundamental of Aerodynamics”, (5e), McGraw-
Hill International, 2010.
2. Houghton E.L.,and Carruthers N.B., “Aerodynamics for Engineering
Students”, Edward Arnold Publishers Ltd, London, 1989.
3. Clancy L.J., “Aerodynamics”, John Wiley & Sons, 1986.
4. Pitman, Milne Thomson, “Theoretical Aerodynamics”, Macmillan
1985.
5. Jan Roskam, “Airplane Aerodynamics and Performance”, DAR
Corporation, 2000.
AAE 2202: AIRCRAFT PROPULSION [2 10 3]
Definition of thrust, Jet engine performance parameters, Simple Turbojet
and Reheat engines, Single and Multi-spool Gas Turbine based
propulsive devices, The Otto cycles; Supercharging and Performance
enhancement; Propeller fundamentals & Theories, Introduction to Real
Cycles, Ideal and Real Brayton cycles, Cycle components and
component performance, Combustion chamber, Afterburner, Nozzle,
Analysis of engine real cycles, Turbojet cycle, Reheat engine cycle,
Turbofan engine cycle, Turboprop Engines, Advanced jet engine cycles,
Thermodynamics of Compressors and Turbines, Single and Multi-stage
Axial compressor characteristics, Elements of centrifugal compressor,
Centrifugal Compressor Characteristics, Surging and Choking, Various
types of combustion chambers in aircraft engines and performance.
References:
1. Hill Philip, Peterson Carl, “Mechanics and Thermodynamics of
Propulsion”, Addison Wesly, 1992.
2. Roy Bhaskar, “Aircraft Propulsion”, Elsevier Publications, 2008.
3. Mattingly J. D., “Elements of Propulsion - Gas Turbines and Rockets”,
AIAA Education series, 2006.
4. El-Sayed Ahmed, “Aircraft Propulsion and gas Turbine Engines”,
Taylor and Francis 2008.
5. Saravanamuttoo H.I.H., Rogers G.F.C., Cohen H, “Gas Turbine Theory,
Pearson, 2001.
20
AAE 2203: FLIGHT MECHANICS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, Definition and subdivisions of flight dynamics, Forces and
moments acting on vehicles in flight, Review of Aerodynamics and
Propulsion, Equations of motion and simplification for performance
analysis, Earth's atmosphere and International Standard Atmosphere
Hydrostatic equation, Density, Pressure and Temperature altitude, Drag
Polar Low subsonic drag polar, High subsonic drag polar, Methods of
Estimating Drag Polar, Performance Analysis of Unaccelerated aircraft
Take-off and landing, Climb, Descent, Cruise, Range and Endurance,
Glide, Performance Analysis of Accelerated aircraft, V-n diagram, Flight
Manoeuvres.
References:
1. Anderson Jr J.D., “Aircraft performance and design”, McGraw Hill
International edition, 1999.
2. G.J.J. Ruijgrok, “Elements of Airplane Performance”, VSSD, 2009.
3. Pamadi B, “Performance, stability, dynamics and control of an
airplane”, AIAA, 2004.
4. Phillips W.F., “Mechanics of flight”, (2e), John Wiley, 2010.
5. Anderson Jr J.D., “Introduction to flight”, (5e), McGraw Hill, 2005.
AAE 2204: LINEAR CONTROL THEORY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to control problem, Transfer function models, System
response, Closed-loop systems, Basic characteristics of feedback
control systems,-Steady-state accuracy, disturbance rejection,
proportional, integral and derivative, Routh stability criterion, Time
response of second-order systems, Root locus method of design, Lead
and lag compensation, Frequency-response analysis, Relationship
between time & frequency response, Bode plot, Nyquist stability
criterion, Lead and Lag compensation, State variable analysis, Concepts
of state, state variable, state model, state models for linear continuous
time functions, solution of state equations, concept of controllability &
Observability.
References:
1. Ogata K, “Modern Control Engineering”, (2e), Prentice Hall, 1991.
2. A.E. Bryson and Y-C Ho, “Applied Optimal Control”, Taylor and
Francis, 1975.
3. Gopal M, “Control Systems - Principles and Design”, Tata McGraw-
Hill, 1997.
4. Kuo B.C., “Automatic Control System”, (6e), Prentice Hall, 1993.
5. Norman Nise, “Control system engineering”, (6e), John Wiley &
Sons, Inc., 2010.
AAE 2211: PRODUCTION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Preparation of models using welding techniques. Exercises on turning,
gear cutting, shaping and grinding operations. Machining using CNC
Turning Center and Vertical Machining Center.
References:
1. Hajra Chaudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
2. Hajra Chaudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. II, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
3. Peter Smid, CNC Programming Hand book, Industrial Press, New
York, 2000.
 AAE2212: AERODYNAMICS AND PROPULSION LAB [0 0 6 2]
Aerodynamic Lab Experiments, Wind tunnel calibration, Smoke flow
visualization, Surface pressure distribution over cylinder, symmetric
airfoil, cambered airfoil, combined airfoil, Measurement of typical
boundary layer velocity profile on tunnel wall, Calculation of Lift, Drag
and moment using six component balance, Propulsion Lab experiments,
Measurement of Nozzle flow by varying the motor speeds, Free Jet and
Wall Jet measurements by varying speeds and position of jet, Efficiency
of Axial flow fan By variable Guide vane Position,Forced and natural
convection over a flat plate, Calculation of calorific value of fuel,
Measurement of Burning velocity in a premixed flame, performance
analysis of Mini Gas turbine.
References:
1. Anderson J .D., “Fundamental of Aerodynamics”, (5e), McGraw-Hill
International, 2010.
2. Houghton E.L., and Carruthers N.B., “Aerodynamics for
Engineering Students”, Edward Arnold Publishers Ltd, London,
1989.
3. Jewel B Barlow, William H Rae Jr, Alan Pope, “Low-Speed Wind
Tunnel Testing”, (3e), Wiley Publication, 1999.
4. Hill Philip, Peterson Carl, “Mechanics and Thermodynamics of
Propulsion”, Addison Wesly, 1992.
5. Roy Bhaskar, “Aircraft Propulsion”, Elsevier Publications 2008.
AAE 2213: NUMERICAL COMPUTATIONAL LAB [0 0 6 2]
Numerical computation, Design of Non-linear Models, UAV dynamics,
Aircraft Simulation &Systems Identification, LabVIEW- Mini Project-
Aircraft Design & Simulation, aerospace, automobile and robotics
process simulation, circuit design.
References:
1. Robert J Schilling and Sandra L Harries, “Applied Numerical Methods
for Engineers using MATLAB and C”, Thomson Learning Inc., 2000.
2. Brian R Hunt, Ronald L Lipsman, Jonathan M Rosenberg, Kevin R
Coombes, John E Osborn, Garrett, J Stuck, “Guide To Matlab, For
Beginners And Experienced Users”, (2e) (New Edn), Cambridge
University Press, 2011.
3. Rudra Pratap, “Getting started with MATLAB, A Quick Introduction for
Scientists & Engineers”, Oxford University, 2010.
4. Rogelio Lozano, “Unmanned Aerial Vehicles, Embedded Control”,
John Wiley & Sons Inc,, 2010.
5. Gary W Johnson and Richard Jenning, “LABVIEW Graphical
Programming”, (4e), McGraw-Hill Professional, 2006.
FIFTH SEMESTER
AAE 3101: FLIGHT DYNAMICS [3 1 0 4]
Aircraft Equations of Motion, Basic Concepts of Aerodynamic Modeling,
Review of the Downwash Effect, Modeling of Longitudinal Aerodynamic
Forces and Moments Basic Aircraft Performance and Modeling of Thrust
Forces and Moments, Review of Different Aircraft Propulsion Systems
Determination of Power Available, Modeling of the Thrust Forces and
Moments, Modeling of the Steady-State Thrust Forces and Moments,
Modeling of the Small Perturbation Thrust Forces and Moments, Aircraft
Stability and Design for Trim Conditions, Longitudinal Dynamic Modes,
Short Period and Phugoid, Solution to Longitude Equations, Short Period
and Phugoid Mode Approximations, Sensitivity Analysis, Lateral
Directional Dynamic Modes, Rolling, Spiral, and Dutch Roll.
21
References:
1. M.R. Napolitano, “Aircraft Dynamics from Modeling to simulation”,
WILEY Publications, 2012.
2. Schmidt L.V., “Introduction to Aircraft Flight Dynamics”, AIAA
Education Series, 2001.
3. McRuer Det. Al., “Aircraft Dynamics and Automatic control”,
Princeton University Press, 2010.
4. Stengel R.F., “Flight Dynamics”, Princeton University Press,
Princeton, NJ, 2004.
5. Jan Roskam, “Airplane Flight Dynamics and Automatic Flight
Controls”, DAR Corporation, 2001.
AAE 3102: GAS DYNAMICS [2 1 0 3]
One dimensional flows, Governing equations of inviscid compressible
flow, Continuity, Momentum and Energy equations in Integral and
Differential form, One dimensional flow with heat addition and friction,
Normal shock conditions, Stagnation conditions, Flow through nozzle
and diffusers, Subsonic and supersonic compressible flows,Oblique
Shocks and Expansion Waves, Linearized Perturbation Theories,
Linearized subsonic and supersonic cases, Blasius Solution, Elements
of hypersonic flows, hypersonic Shock-wave relations, Inviscid
Approximate Methods, Exact Numerical Methods, Method of
Characteristics, Mach number Independence.
References:
1. Anderson J.D., “Fundamental of Aerodynamics”, McGraw-Hill
International third edition Singapore, 2001.
2. Anderson J.D., “Modern Compressible flow”, McGraw-Hill
International third edition Singapore, 2003.
3. Anderson J.D., “Hypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dynamics”,
McGraw-Hill International second edition Singapore, 2006.
4. Houghton E.L., and Caruther N.B., “Aerodynamics for Engineering
Students”, Edward Arnold Publishers Ltd., London, 1989.
5. Milne Thomson, “Theoretical Aerodynamics”, Macmillan, 1985.
AAE 3103: ROCKET PROPULSION [3 1 0 4]
Definitions of Thrust, Exhaust Velocity, Energy Efficiency- Nozzle Theory
and Thermodynamic Relations- Flight Performance & Effect of
Propulsion system on vehicle Performance, Liquid propellants,
Propellant feed systems- Liquid propellant properties- Propellant tanks-
Tank pressurization & Performance- Feed system& Support structure,
Fundamentals Burning rate and Performance relations- Propellant grain,
calculations- Hazards and performance, Applications and Propellants-
Performance- Performance Analysis- Combustion Instability- Causes of
Instability- Combustion Analysis, Ion propulsion- Ion propulsion
Performance- Plasma Propulsion System- Performance of Plasma
system- Nuclear propulsion System- Applications of advanced
propulsion systems, TVC (Thrust Vector Control).
References:
1. Hill P.G. and Peterson C.R., “Mechanics and thermodynamics of
propulsion”, (2e), Reading, Massachusetts, Addison Wesley
Publishing Company, 1992.
2. Sutton G.P. and Biblarj O, “Rocket propulsion elements”, (7e), New
York, Wiley Inter science Publications, 2001.
3. Mukunda H.S., “Understanding aerospace propulsion”, Bangalore,
Interline Publishing, 2004.
4. Ramamurthi K, “Rocket Propulsion”, Macmillan, 2009.
5. M.J.L. Turner, “Rocket and Spacecraft Propulsion”, Springer Praxis
Publishing, 2008.
 AAE 3104: AIRCRAFT DESIGN - I [2 1 0 3]
Purpose and scope of airplane design; stages in airplane design;
Classification of airplanes based on purpose, Design requirements and
configuration; factors affecting airplane configuration; historical
background, Data collection and Preliminary three-view drawing, Weight
estimation, Estimation of Wing loading and Thrust loading,
Considerations for choice of Wing Parameters Airfoil section, Aspect
ratio, Sweep, Taper ratio, Twist, Incidence, Dihedral and Vertical location,
Wing Design and Selection of wing parameters, Fuselage and Tail Sizing,
Weights and Center of Gravity, Design of control Surfaces.
References:
1. Nicolai L.M. and Carichner G.E., “Fundamentals of aircraft and airship
design Vol. I - Aircraft design”, AIAA Educational series, 2010.
2. Raymer D.P., “Aircraft design, a conceptual approach”, (4e), AIAA
educational Series, 2006.
3. Sadraey M.H., “Aircraft design A system engineering approach”,
John Wiley and Sons, 2013.
4. Jenkinson L.R., Simpkin P, and Rhodes D, “Civil jet aircraft design”,
Arnold, 1999.
5. Howe D, “Aircraft conceptual design synthesis”, Professional
engineering publishing limited, London, 2000.
AAE 3111: GEOMETRIC MODELLING LAB-I [0 0 3 1]
Practice on 2-D part, Command Entities, Modelling of 2-D parts and
Aircraft Components IC Engine connecting rod, Engine cross head,
Aircraft Nose, Wing, Aileron, Assembly, 3-D modelling of Aircraft
Components and Assembly.
References:
1. Michael Michaud, “CATIA Core Tools, Computer Aided Three
Dimensional Interactive Applications”, McGraw Hill Professional
Publication, 2012.
2. Kirstlie Plantenberg, “An Introduction to CATIA V6 Release 2012”,
Schroff Development Publication, 2011.
3. Prof Sham Tickoo, “CATIA V5R17 for engineers & designers”,
Dreamtech Press Publication, 2008.
4. Richard Cozzens, “CATIA V5 Workbook”, Release V5, 2013.
5. Jonathan M Weaver, Nader G Zamani, “CATIA V5 Tutorials Mechanism
Design and Animation”, Release 21.
AAE 3112: AIRCRAFT DESIGN LAB [0 0 6 2]
Comparative studies of different types of airplanes and their
specifications and performance details, Preliminary weight estimations,
Selection of main parameters, Performance Calculations and stability
estimates, Design of an aircraft wing, Design of an aircraft fuselage.
References:
1. Nicolai L. M. and Carichner G. E., “Fundamentals of aircraft and
airship design”, Vol. I - Aircraft design, AIAA Educational series,
2010.
2. Raymer D.P., “Aircraft design, a conceptual approach”, (4e), AIAA
educational Series, 2006.
3. Sadraey M.H., “Aircraft design A system engineering approach”,
John Wiley and Sons, 2013.
4. Jenkinson L.R., Simpkin P, and Rhodes D, “Civil jet aircraft design”,
Arnold, 1999.
5. Howe D, “Aircraft conceptual design synthesis”, Professional
engineering publishing limited, London, 2000.
22
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001, ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility, Planning, Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools, Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority, HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training, Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques, Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid, Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices,
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control,
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z, The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management, Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections.
References:
1. Koontz D, “Essentials of Management”, McGraw Hill, New York,
2004.
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied
Publishers, 2006.
3. Peter Drucker, “The practice of management”, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003.
AAE3201: AIRCRAFT DESIGN - II [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to aircraft structures,- Introduction to aircraft structures,
Planning and Structural weights, Design for manufacturability, produciblity,
maintainability, tooling and other considerations, Aircraft loads and aircraft
materials,- Introduction to loads, aero elasticity, flight maneuvers, wing
design loads, empennage loads, Buckling & Stability, Cutouts, Fasteners
and structural joints, Wing box Structure and wing leading & Trailing Edges,
Empennage structure & Fuselage opening, Landing Gears & Engine
Mounts, Fatigue, Damage tolerance, fail safe design and advanced
composite structures,- Performance and function, design criteria and
ground rules, structural life estimation, fail safe design.
References:
1. Niu M, “Airframe structural design”, Conmilit Press Ltd, 1993.
2. Niu M, “Airframe stress analysis and sizing”, Conmilit Press Ltd,
1997.
3. MegsonT.H., “Aircraft structures for engineering students”, John
Wiley & Sons, 1999.
4. E.F. Bruhn, “Analysis and Design of Flight Vehicle Structures”,
Cincinnati, Reproduced and distributed by Tri-State Offset Co., 1958.
5. Sechler, Ernest Edwin, “Airplane Structural Analysis and Design”,
Dover Publications, 1963.
AAE 3202: FINITE ELEMENT METHOD [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to matrix notations, role of computer, General steps in Finite
element methods, Application of Finite element method, Advantages of
Finite element methods, Definition of stiffness matrix, Derivation of
stiffness matrix for spring elements, Transformation of vectors in 2D,
Global stiffness matrix, computation of stresses in bar in x-y plane, Use
of symmetric structure, beam stiffness, assemblage of beam stiffness
matrices, distributed loading, beam element with nodal hinge, potential
energy method, Galerkin method for deriving he beam element equation,
Basic concept of plane stress and plane strain, derivation of the constant
Strain triangle element stiffness matrix and equations, Derivation of the
Liner Strain triangular element stiffness matrix and examples.
References:
1. Zienkiewicz O.C. and Taylor R.L., “Finite element method for solid and
structural mechanics”, Elsevier, 2013.
2. Logan D. L., “First course in the finite element method”, Thomson,
2011.
3. RaoSingiresu S, “Finite Element Method in engineering”,
Butterworth and Heinmann,, 2011.
4. Huebner Kenneth H, “Finite Element Method”, John Wiley & Sons,
2008.
5. Reddy J.N., “Introduction to Finite Element Method”, Thomson,
2011.
AAE3211: GEOMETRIC MODELING LAB - II [0 0 6 2]
Surface Modeling and Command Entities, Different curve generation
techniques, 3-D curve generation using different views, Sheet Metal
Component and Modeling Aircraft Nose, Fuselage, Wing and Internal
components.
References:
1. Michael Michaud, “CATIA Core Tools, computer aided three
dimensional interactive applications”, McGraw Hill Professional
Publication, 2012.
2. Kirstlie Plantenberg, ”An Introduction to CATIA V6 Release 2012”,
Schroff Development Publication, 2011.
3. Prof. Sham Tickoo, “CATIA V5R17 for engineers & Designers”,
Dreamtech Press Publication, 2008.
4. Paul Carman, Paul Tigwell, “CATIA Reference Guide”, (2e), Onward
Press, US, 1988.
5. Dieter R Ziethen,CATIA V5, “Macro Programming with Visual Basic
Script”, McGraw-Hill Education Publisher, 2013.
AAE 3212: STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Introduction to Ansys, 2D and 3D analysis of truss, beam, shell, plane,
brick elements, 2D and 3D Thermal analysis, Modal Analysis of turbine
blade, aircraft wing, nose and aileron Aerodynamics analysis of 2D and
3D Models, Crash analysis.
References:
1. Paleti Srinivas, Krishna Chaitanya Sambana, Rajesh Kumar Datti,
“Finite element using Ansys 11.0”, PHI Publications, 2010.
2. Michael R Hatch, “Vibration Simulation using Matlab & Ansys”, CRC
Press Publication , 2001.
3. R.B. Choudary,” Introduction to Ansys 10.0”, IK International , 2009.
4. Esam M.A.,”Finite element simulation using Ansys”, Taylor & Francis
Publication, 2010.
5. Tadeusz Stolarski Y, Nakasone S Yoshimoto, “Engineering Analysis
with Ansys Software”, Butterworth-Heinemann Publication, 2011.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS & FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT[2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply, Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
23
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow, Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis,
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives, Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its types Job
costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet and profit &
loss statement, Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios,
Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Blank Leland T, Tarquin Anthony J, “Engineering Economy”, McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chan S, Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Pearson
Education, Inc., 2010.
3. Raman B,S, “Advanced accountancy”, United publications,
Bangalore, 1993.
4. T, Ramachandran, “Accounting and Financial Management”, Scitech
Publications Pvt, Ltd, India, 2001.
5. Thuesen G, J & Thuesen H, G, “Engineering Economics”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
AAE 4101: THEORY OF VIBRATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, energy of vibration,
fundamentals of vibrations, energy equations for single degree of
freedom motion by newton method, energy method and Rayleigh's
method, free undammed vibrations, free damped vibrations; under
damped, critically damped and over damped systems, forced damped
vibrations; machine unbalance due to rotating and reciprocating masses,
support excitation and transmissibility of single degree of freedom
systems. Two degrees of freedom systems, coordinate coupling, multi
degrees of freedom systems. Influence coefficients. Transient
vibrations, step, impulse and arbitrary excitations.
References:
1. Grover G.K. and Nigam S.P., “Mechanical Vibration”, Nem Chand and
Sons, 2005.
2. Rao J.S. and Gupta K, “Theory and Practice of Mechanical
Vibrations”, Wiley Eastern Ltd, 2002.
3. Rao S.S., “Mechanical Vibrations”, Pearson Education, 2009.
4. Thomson W.T., “Theory of Vibrations with Applications”, Pearson
Education India,2008.
5. Nataraj C, “Vibration of Mechanical Systems”, CENGAGE Learning,
2012.
AAE 4102: HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS [2 1 0 3]
Historical development of Helicopters, Helicopter Configuration, Control
Requirements, Types of Rotor Systems, Basic Power Requirements,
Momentum Theory, Blade Element Theory, Combined Blade Element and
Momentum Theories for non-uniform inflow calculation, Ideal Rotor vs
Optimum Rotor, Various Flow States of Rotor, Auto rotation in Vertical
Descent, Ground Flight, Momentum Theory in Forward Flight, Blade
Element Theory in Forward Flight, Variable Inflow Models, Rotor
Reference Planes, Hub Loads, Power Variation with Forward Speed,
Rotor Blade Flapping Motion, Helicopter blade dynamics.
References:
1. J Gordon Leishman, “Principles of Helicopter Aerodynamics”,
Cambridge University Press, 2000.
2. Johnson W, “Helicopter Theory”, Princeton University Press, New
4 Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
Jersey, 1980.
3. Prouty R.W., “Helicopter Performance, Stability and Control”, R.E.
Krieger Pub, Co, Florida, 1990.
4 The topic has to approved by the Department and a report of the same
4. Seddon J, “Basic Helicopter Aerodynamics”, B.S.P. Professional
Books, 1990.
5. Bramwell A.R.S., “Helicopter Dynamics”, Edward Arnold Pub.,
London, 1976.
4 Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
AAE 4103: AVIONICS AND NAVIGATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction
4 to Avionics, Avionics Systems Essentials,-Displays, HMI,
I/O Devices and Power, Packaging, ARINC and DOD Types, System
Cooling, EMI/EMC Requirements; Electrical Power Generation and
Distribution Systems, Digital Communication, Digital Data Bus System,
ARINC-429,629, AFDX, MIL-STD-1553, Fiber Optic Comm,, FMS, FBW,
Autopilot, LRU, IMA & Mission Systems, Inertial Sensors and Inertial
4
Navigation Systems, Multi-sensors Navigation Systems, Kalman filter
basics & Mechanization, GPS-INS Mechanization, Point source and
4
hyperbolic source systems, Satellites Radio Navigation,-Satellite
Navigation Systems, Orbital Mechanics & Clock Characteristics,
4
Atmospheric effects on satellite signals, NAVSTAR Global Positioning
Systems, Global Orbiting Navigation Satellites Systems, Radar & landing
4
systems.
4
References:
1. Myron Kayton & Walter R Fried, “Avionics Navigation Systems”, (2e),
4 Wiley-interscience, 1997.
2. Siouris G.M., “Aerospace Avionics systems”, A Modern Synthesis,
Academic Press, 1993.
3. R.P.G. Collinson, “Introduction to Avionics Systems”, Springer, 2002.
4. Ching-Fang Lin, “Modern Navigation, Guidance, and Control
Processing”, Prentice Hall, 1991.
5. Bradford W, Parkinson & James J Spilker, “The Global Positioning
System, Theory & Application”, Vol. I & II, AIAA Copyright, 1996.
AAE 4111: AVIONICS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Digital Circuit Verification, Assembly Programming, Flight Simulator,
Satellite Trainer, Radar Trainer, Antenna Design Software-Hardware &
Software, Data bus, Aircraft Modelling, UAV/MAV Telemetry, Embedded
Electronics/Autopilot and Mini Project based on MATLAB/SIMULINK,
LabVIEW.
References:
1. Anil K Maini, “Digital Electronics, Principles and Integrated Circuits”,
Wiley India Pvt, Ltd,, 2008.
2. B Ram, “Fundamentals of Microprocessor & Microcomputers”, (6e),
Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2005.
3. Cary R Spitzer, “Digital Avionics Handbook”, (2e), Avionics
Development & Implementation, CRC press, Tazlor & Francis Group,
2007.
4. Gary W Johnson and Richard Jenning, “LABVIEW Graphical
Programming”, (4e), McGraw-Hill Professional, 2006.
5. Brian R, Hunt Ronald L Lipsman, Jonathan M, Rosenberg, Kevin R
Coombes, John Osborn, Garrett J Stuck, “Guide to MATLAB, For
Beginners & Experienced Users”, (2e), Cambridge University Press,
2011.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
AAE 4297: SEMINAR
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
AAE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the
vacation starting from the end of third semester.
Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
report should include the certificates issued by the industry.
AAE 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks.
An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission
of the final project report in the prescribed form.
Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before the
department committee as part of project evaluation.
MINOR SPECIALIZATIONS
I. AERODYNAMICS
AAE 4001: AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES [3 0 0 3]
Aerodynamic Design Considerations, External Aerodynamic Design,
Bodies of Revolution, Characteristics of Bodies of Revolution,
Application of Fluid Mechanics to Aerodynamics, Aerodynamics of
Rockets and Missiles, Forces Acting on a Missile, Commonly Used
formulas in Missile Aerodynamics, Non-linear Potential Equation,
Linearization of Potential Equation, Aerodynamic Characteristics of
Rectangular and Triangular Lifting Surfaces on the basis of Supersonic
Wing Theory, Simple Sweep Theory, Conformal Mapping, Listings of
Mappings and Flows, Elliptic Integrals, Engineering Codes For Aero-
prediction, State-of-The-Art And New Methods, Non-linear Semi-
Empirical Methods.
References:
1. Mark Pinney, “Aerodynamics of Missiles and Rockets”, McGraw-Hill
Professional, 2014.
2. JackN Nielsen, “Missile Aerodynamics”, McGraw Hill Publication,
1960.
3. Richard Dow, “Fundamentals of Advanced Missiles”, John Wiley and
sons, 1958
4. S.S. Chin, “Missile Configuration Design”, McGraw-Hill, 1961.
5. Michael J Hemsch, “Tactical Missile Aerodynamics”, AIAA Publisher,
1986.
24
 AAE 4002: COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS [3 0 0 3]
Derivation of governing equations of fluid dynamics and discussion on
characteristic of the governing equations, the initial and boundary
conditions,Mathematical behaviour of different classes of partial
differential equations,Discretization of governing equations using Finite
Difference and Control Volume approach,The basic solution techniques
for steady state and transient equations, Solution of Diffusion Problems,
Numerical methods for steady 1D convective flow with diffusion,The
need for staggered grid,Discussion on SIMPLE, SIMPLER and PISO
algorithms,Implementation of Boundary Conditions in CFD.
References:
1. John D Anderson Jr., “Computational Fluid Dynamics- The Basics
with Applications”, McGraw Hill, New York, 1995.
2. Suhas V Patankar, “Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow”,
Hemisphere McGraw Hill, New York 1980.
3. H.K. Versteeg and W Malalasekera, “An Introduction to
Computational Fluid Dynamics- The Finite Volume Method”,
Longman Scientific & Technical, England 1995.
4. KMuralidhar and T Sundararajan, “Computational Fluid Flow and Heat
Transfer”, Narosa Publishing House, NewDelhi,2003.
5. T.J. Chung, “Computational Fluid Dynamics”, Cambridge University
Press, 2002.
AAE 4003: HYPERSONIC AEROTHERMODYNAMICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Hypersonic Vehicles, Classes of Hypersonic Vehicles and
their Aerothermodynamics Peculiarities, Objectives of General
characteristics of hypersonic flow, Concept of equilibrium and non-
equilibrium flows, Transport Properties of Gases, Definition and
Techniques of Estimation of Aerothermodynamic Environment including
CFD, Ground Based Test Facilities for Hypersonic Flow field
Measurements including Heat Transfer and Aerodynamic Forces,
Viscous Interaction, Aerothermodynamic and Design Considerations of
Hypersonic Re-entry Vehicles, Hypersonic similarity parameters,
Surface pressure distribution in hypersonic flow field, Real Gas
Aerothermodynamics Phenomena, Non-equilibrium Gas flows,
Approximate and exact methods in hypersonic inviscid flows, Boundary
layer and Convective heat transfer and Attached High-speed Viscous
Flow, Stagnation Point Field.
References:
1. John D Anderson Jr, “Hypersonic and High Temperature Gas
Dynamics”, McGrawHill, 1989.
2. John J Bertin, “Hypersonic Aerothermodynamics”, AIAA Education
Series,, Washington DC, 1994.
3. Wallace D Hayes and Ronald F Probstein, “Hypersonic Flow theory”,
Academic Press, New York, 1959.
4. Ernst Heinrich Hirschel, “Basics of Aerothermodynamics”, Springer
Verlag Berlin, 2005.
5. Wilbur L Hankey, “Reentry Aerodynamics”, AIAA Education series,
Washington DC, 1988.
AAE 4004: UNSTEADY AERODYNAMICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, The Piston Theory, Fundamental Equations, Potential Flow,
Equation of Motion, Boundary Conditions, Linearization, Unsteady Flow,
Loewy's Problem, Wagner Function, Gust Problem, Küssner Function,
Incompressible Flow about Thin Wings, Physical Model, Steady Flow,
Lifting Line Theory, Weissinger's L-Method, Low Aspect Ratio Wings,
Unsteady Flow, Reissner's Approach, Subsonic and Supersonic Flows,
Subsonic Flow, Subsonic Flow about a Thin Wing, Subsonic Flow Past an
25
Airfoil, Kernel Function Method for Subsonic Flows, Doublet Lattice
Method, Slender Body Theory, Munk's Airship Theory.
References:
1. Ulgen Gulcat, “Fundamentals of Modern Unsteady Aerdynamics”,
Springer Publications 2011.
2. Bisplinghoff R.L., Ashley H, Halfman R.L., “Aeroelasticity”, Addison,
1955.
3. Dowell E.H. (editor), Curtiss H.C., Scanlan R.H., Sisto F,A, “Modern
Course in Aero elasticity”, Sijthoff & Noordhoff Publications 1978.
4. H.M. Atassi, “Unsteady Aerodynamics, Aeroacoustics and
Aeroelasticity of Turbomachines and Propellers”, Springer Verlag
Publications, 2011.
5. Sunetra Sarkar, K Venkatraman, “Unsteady Aerodynamics of Flapping
Airfoil, Simulating the Incompressible flow field using Langrangian
particles”, LAP Lambert Academic Publishing, 2010.
II. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy, Sources
of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages, Working capital
management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash management, and
Dividend decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
2. I M Pandey, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house, Delhi,
2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co,,
Delhi, 1999.
4. ICFAI, “Corporate Financial Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Maheshwari S.N, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co,
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities,
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM, Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability, Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction, & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. T,V, Rao and Pereira D F, “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subbrao A,, “Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House, 1999.
3. N G Nair and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S, Chand Company, 1995 .
4. Virmani B R; Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology transfer
and human resource development”, Response books, 1997.
5. PareekUdai et al,, “Human Resource Development in Asia, Trends
and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
 HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market opportunities
and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New Economy, Building
Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market Demand, Scanning
the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets, Business Markets,
Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments, Product Life Cycle, New
Market Offerings, Designing and Managing Services, Price Strategies,
Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. ICFAI, “Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R L and Gupta S L, “Marketing Management”, Sultan Chand
& Sons, New Delh, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York. 2000.
HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design, Product life cycle,
Process design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine
charts, Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations
strategy, Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems
thinking, Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision
process, Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries,
visibility, System life cycle models, System dynamics and its importance
in system thinking, System dynamics modeling process.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G, “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co, Ltd,, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J, and Ritzman Larry P, “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte, Ltd,, Delhi, 2005.
3. Mieghem J, “Operations Strategy, Principles and Practices, Dynamic
Ideas”, ISBN, 0-9759146-6-9, 2008.
4. Sterman J D, “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and Modeling
for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition, 2004.
5. Senge Peter, “The Fifth Discipline”, Currency Doubleday, New York,
1990.
OTHER PROGRAMME ELECTIVES
AAE 4005: AEROELASTICITY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, History of Aeroelastic Problems, Definition and historical
background Introduction to Aircraft Structures, Deformation of
structures and Influence coefficients, Energy Methods, Introduction to
Lagrange's equation, Generalized coordinates Classification of
Aeroelastic Problems, Classification of problems related to static
aeroelasticity, dynamic aeroelasticity, aero servoelasticity and aero
thermoelasticity, Static Aeroelasticity, Divergence of Lifting Surfaces,
Divergence in 2 D airfoil, aileron reversal and control effectiveness,
Theordersen's unsteady aerodynamics theory, quasi-steady
aerodynamics approximation, Dynamic Aeroelasticity, Flutter
Phenomena & Calculations, airfoil undergoing pitch and flutter.
26
References:
1. J Wright and J Cooper, “Introduction to Aircraft Aeroelasticity and
Loads”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd UK, 2007.
2. R.L. Bisplinghoff, H Ashley, R.L. Halfman, “Aeroelasticity”, Dover
Publications Inc, New York, 1996.
3. Y.C.Fung, “An Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticity”, Dover
Publications Inc, New York, 1993.
4. Ulgen Gulcat, “Fundamentals of Modern Unsteady Aerdynamics”
Springer Publications, 2011.
5. Dowell E.H., Curtiss H.C., Scalan R. H., Sisto F,” A Modern Course in
Aeroelasticity”, Sijthoff and Noordhoff, 1978.
AAE 4006: AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS [3 0 0 3]
Flight Control Systems, Principles of flight control, Flight control
surfaces, Engine control Systems, Engine Technology and Principle of
Operation, Fuel Systems, Characteristics of Fuel Systems, Description of
fuel system components, Hydraulic Systems, Hydraulic Circuit Design,
Hydraulic Actuation, Electrical Systems, Power Generation, Pneumatic
Systems, Use of Bleed Air, Engine Bleed Air Control, Pitot Static Systems,
Environmental Control Systems, G-Tolerence, Rain Dispersal, Anti-
Misting and De-Misting, Aircraft Icing, Emergency Systems, Warning
Systems, Fire Detection, Advanced Systems, Introduction, Integrated
Flight and Propulsion Control (IFPC), Vehicle Management System.
References:
1. E.H.J. Pallett, “Aircraft Instruments and Principles”, Pitman & Co,
1993.
2. Ian Moir and Allan Seabridge, “Aircraft Systems”, (3e), Wiley Eastern
Ltd, 2008.
3. E.H.J. Pallett, “Aircraft Instruments and Integrated Systems”,
Addison Wesley Longman Publications, 1992.
4. David Lombardo, “Advanced Aircraft Systems”, TAB books, Imprint
of McGraw-Hill, 1993.
5. R.K. Barnhart, Stephen B Hottman, Doughlas M Marshall,
“Introduction to Unmanned Aircraft Systems”, CRC Press, Taylor &
Francis Group, 2012.
AAE 4007: COMPOSITE STRUCTURES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to the FRP composites, Mechanical behaviour of a lamina,
Stress-Strain relations for a unidirectional and orthotropic lamina,
effective Moduli of a continuous fibre reinforced lamina - Models based
on mechanics of materials, theory of elasticity, Mechanical Behaviour of
a Laminate, Stress displacement relationship, Stress strain relationship,
Laminate stiffness, Determination of lamina stresses and strains,
Special cases of laminate stiffness and Inter-laminar Stresses, Failure of
Continuous Fibre-reinforced orthotropic Lamina, Maximum stress/strain
criteria, Tsai-Hill and Tsai-Wu criterion, Hydrothermal effects on material
properties on response of composites.
References:
1. R. F. Gibson, “Principles of Composite Material”, Mechanics CRC
Press, 2002.
2. L. P. Kollar, George S Springer, “Mechanics of Composite
Structures”, Cambridge University Press, 2004.
3. R.M. Christensen, “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, Courier
Dover Publication, 2012.
4. B.D. Agarwal, L.J. Broutman and K Chandrashekhara, “Analysis and
Performance of Fiber Composites”, John Wiley & Sons, 2004.
5. Christos Kassapoglou, “Design and Analysis of Composite
Structures, With Applications to Aerospace Structures”, Wiley,
2010.
 AAE 4008: COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction- Historical background of Manufacturing, general
construction requirements, Methods of improving machine accuracy
and productivity, Co-ordinate systems, point to point and contour
programming, manual method (word address format only), Adaptive
Control Machining System, Introduction to Robotics, Robot anatomy
physical configurations, Technical features, Automated Inspection and
Testing, Principle and Methods, Part classification and coding,
production flow analysis, benefits of group technology, Types of
Manufacturing System, Material Handling System, Flexible
Manufacturing System, Computer aided Process planning, Computer
integrated planning systems, Material requirement planning, Capacity
planning, shop floor control, automatic identification systems Bar code
technology, automated data collection systems.
References:
1. Yoram Koren, “Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems and
Computer Integrated Manufacturing”, PHI, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Yoram Koren, Joseph Ben Uri, “Numerical Control of Machine Tools”,
Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.
3. Mikell P Groover and Emory Wzimmers, “Computer aided design and
manufacturing”, PHI, New Delhi, 2008.
4. Mikell P Groover, “Automation, Production Systems and Computer
Integrated manufacturing”, PHI, New Delhi, 2008.
5. James A Rehg, Henry Wkraebber, “Computer-Integrated
Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall, 2001.
AAE 4009: NAVIGATION GUIDANCE AND CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to radars; Continuous wave and Frequency modulated
radars; Doppler effect; Frequency modulated CW radars MIT and Pulse
Doppler radars,Celestial navigation and GPS based navigation; Inertial
Navigation Systems, Integrated navigation systems, Guided missiles;
Classifications; Description of tactical missiles,guidance phases during
fi fi
flight; Categories of Homing and command guidance,kinematic
equations,Missile Guidance laws; Classification of guidance laws;
Classical guidance laws; Modern guidance laws, Classical linear time
fi
invariant control systems, Transfer function representations; stability; Time of flight Lambert's theorem, Perturbations of central elds impact
time domain characteristics, PID controller design for aerospace
systems,Nyquist and Bode plots and their application to controller design
for aerospace systems.
References:
1. MKayton and WFried, “Avionics Navigation System”, Wiley
Interscience, 1997.
2. P Zarchan, “Tactical and Strategic Missile Guidance”, AIAA, 2007.
3. N.S.Nise, “Control Systems Engineering”, Wiley-India, 2004.
4. Skolnik M.I., “Introduction to Radar Systems”, McGraw-Hill, 1982.
5. G.M. Siouris, “Missile Guidance & Control Systems”, Springer
Verlag, 2004.
AAE 4010: OPTIMAL CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Nonlinear optimization, Parameter optimization versus path optimization,
Local and global optima, Some basic facts from finite-dimensional
optimization, the Euler-Lagrange equation, path optimization subject to
constraints, weak and strong extrema, Calculus of variations applied to
optimal control, Pontryagin's minimum principle, Optimal control with state
and control constraints, Singular solutions, Hamilton-Jacobi-Bellman
(HJB) equation and dynamical programming, Riccati equation and its
properties, Tracking and disturbance rejection, Kalman filter and duality,
The LQR design, The LQG design, ESTIMATORS/OBSERVERS,-MIMO
System and SVD, Holonomic & Non-Holonomic System Optimal Control.
References:
1. D.E. Kirk, “Optimal Control Theory, An Introduction”, Prentice-Hall,
1970.
2. Naidu D.S., “Optimal Control Systems”, CRC Press, 2002.
3. Sinha A, “Linear Systems, Optimal and Robust Control”, CRC Press,
2007.
4. M Athans and P.L. Falb, “Optimal Control”, McGraw Hill, 2007.
5. Dimitri P Bertsekas, “Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control”,
Volume I, (3e), Athena Scientific, 2005.
AAE 4011: OPTIMISATION TECHNIQUES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Formulation of Problems, Global and local optima, Hessian
matrix, Single variable optimisation, Bracketing method; interpolation
method, Fibonacci method, Point estimation methods; successive
quadratic estimation method, Newton-Raphson method, Multi variable
optimisation without constraints, Hook's and Jeeves method, Newton's
method, Multi variable optimisation with constraints, Kuhn-Tucker
conditions, Cutting plane method,Evolutionary algorithms; interior and
exterior penalty function method, Genetic algorithm, genetic operators,
selection, cross over and mutation, simulating annealing, Tabu search.
References:
1. Ashok Belegundu and T Chandrauptala, “Optimisation concepts and
applications in engineering”, Pearson education, 2004.
2. Arora, “Optimum Design”, McGraw Hill Publications, 1999.
3. Kalyanmoy Deb, “Multi-objective optimization using evolutionary
algorithms”; John Wiley and sons, 2006.
4. Rao S.S., “Engineering optimization”, New age International, 2006.
5. Kalyanmoy Deb, “Optimisation for engineering design”, (2e), PHI
Learningpvt. Ltd., 2012.
AAE 4012: ORBITAL MECHANICS [3 0 0 3]
The two body problem in a central eld, rst integrals, Kepler's laws,
equations of conic sections Geocentric orbits, canonical units Orbital
elements, Orbital Position as a Function of Time, STK Orbital transfers
on spherical and elliptical orbits, Orbital Manoeuvring, Orbit in Three
Dimensions, Orbital Determination, Universal variables Numerical
methods, Interplanetary transfers, Planetary fly-by, Satellite Attitude
Dynamics and Control, Gravity Assist, The intercept problem,
Atmospheric Re-entry.
References:
1. Howard D Curtis, “Orbital Mechanics for Engineering Students”, (3e)
Butterworth Heinemann 2010.
2. Vladimir Chobotov, “Orbital Mechanics American Institute of
Aeronautics and Astronautics, 1996.
3. Francis J Hale, “Introduction to Space Flight”, Prentice Hall
Publications, New Jersey, 1994.
4. Gerald R Hintz, “Orbital Mechanics and Astrodynamics, Techniques
and Tools for Space Missions”, Springer Publications, 2015.
5. John E Prussing, “Orbital Mechanics”, Oxford University, 2012.
AAE 4013: PERFORMANCE OF GAS TURBINE [3 0 0 3]
Gas Turbine Engine Applications, The Operational Envelope, The
Environmental Envelope, Installation Pressure Losses, The Flight
Envelope, Typical engine performance, Non-dimensional representation,
Off design performance estimation of turbojets,Axial Flow Compressor
Design Point Performance and basic Sizing, Axial Flow Compressor Off
Design Performance, Centrifugal Compressor Design Point
27
Performance and basic Sizing, Centrifugal Compressor Off Design
Performance, Axial Flow Turbine Design Point Performance and basic
Sizing, Axial Flow Turbine Off Design Performance, Afterburners Design
Point Performance and basic Sizing, Afterburners Off Design
Performance, Components characteristics and component matching,
Equilibrium operation, Principles of controls and instruments, Noise
suppression, starting and ignition.
References:
1. Philip Walsh, “Gas Turbine Performance”, (2e), Blackwell Publishing,
2001.
2. Hill Philip, Peterson Carl, “Mechanics and Thermodynamics of
Propulsion”, Addison Wesley, 1992.
3. J.D. Mattingly, “Elements of Propulsion - Gas Turbines and Rockets”,
AIAA Education series, 2006.
4. Jack L Kerrebrock, “Aircraft Engines and Gas Turbines”, (2e),The MIT
Press, 1992.
5. El-Sayed Ahmed, “Aircraft Propulsion and gas Turbine Engines”,
Taylor and Francis, 2008.
AAE 4014: ROBUST CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Robust Control, Control system specifications for
aerospace vehicles, robustness issues, robust stability and robust
performance, describing functions,Robust Control of Linear & Nonlinear
Systems,-Introduction, Matched Uncertainty, Unmatched Uncertainty in
the Input Matrix, Problems, Kharitonov Approach,-Introduction,
Preliminary Theorems, Kharitonov theorem, Control Design Using
Kharitonov Theorem, Problems, Eigen structure assignment techniques,
Eigen structure assignment, output feedback, Observer design,
Controller Synthesis by Robust Eigen structure Assignment, LQR,
LQG/LTR, H2 and H∞ control optimization/H∞ Optimal Control,
Robustness Analysis, Nonlinear H∞ Control, Introduction to neuro-fuzzy
control.
References:
1. Feng Lin, “Robust Control Design, An Optimal Control Approach”,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc,2007.
2. Bhattacharya, Apellat Keel, “Robust Control-The Parametric
Approach”, Prentice Hall PTR, 2000.
3. John Doyle, and Keith Glover, “Robust and Optimal Control”, Prentice
Hall, 1995.
4. G Balas, J Doyle, K Glover, A Packard and R Smith, “Mu-Analysis and
Synthesis Toolbox”, User's Guide, The Math Works, 1995.
5. Mahmoud S Magdi, Munro Neil, “Robust Control & Filtering for Time-
Delay Systems”, Marcel Dekker Inc., 1989.
AAE 4015: SPACEFLIGHT DYNAMICS [3 0 0 3]
Particle dynamics, Newton's laws, co-ordinates and rotations, angular
momentum, N-body problem, Two body problem,- Orbit equation, conic
section geometry, Kepler's equation, orbital elements, tracking, Earth
satellite operations, Hohmann transfer, Rendezvous, decay life time, low
thrust transfer, Rigid body dynamics,- Angular momentum and energy,
parallel axis theory, Euler's equations, dual spin satellite, Satellite attitude
dynamics and re-entry,- Satellite dynamics, spinning spacecraft, gravity
gradient stabilization, attitude determination, ballistic re-entry,skip re-
entry,aero-braking, Interplanetary trajectories, Sphere of activity, launch
windows, planetary flyby, optimal capture.
28
References:
1. Thomas R Kane, “Spacecraft Dynamics”, McGraw-Hill Book
Company, 1993.
2. William E Wiesel, “Space flight dynamics”, Irwin McGraw-Hill, 2004.
3. M.H. Kaplan, “Modern Spacecraft Dynamics and Control”, John
Wiley and Sons Inc,, UK, 1976.
4. J.W. Cornelisse, “Rocket Propulsion and Spaceflight Dynamics”,
Pitman Publishing, 1979.
5. Ashish Tewari, “Atmospheric and Spaceflight Dynamics”, Birkhauser
Basel (Springer) Publications, 2007.
AAE 4016: STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of quality and quality control, quality philosophy,
describing variation, box plot, frequency distribution and histogram,
measure of central tendencies, Probability distributions, continuous
distribution and discrete distributions, tolerance allocation, Control chart
for variables, X-bar and R-Chart and X-Bar and Sigma Chart, control
chart for attributes, control chart for defect and number of defectives,
Process capability analysis and process capability index, acceptance
sampling, operating characteristic curves, Dodge Romig and MIL-STD
acceptance sampling tables, concept of reliability, Reliability systems,
maintainability.
References:
1. R.C. Gupta, “Statistical Quality Control”, (6e),Khanna Publishers
New Delhi, 2013.
2. Montgomery D.C., “Introduction to Statistical Quality Control”,
(2e), John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2005.
3. Grant E.L., “Statistical Quality Control”, (6e), McGraw Hill
Publications, New York, 1988.
4. Juran J.M., “Quality Planning and Analysis”, (2e) McGraw Hill
Publications, Delhi, 1984.
5. Amitav Mitra, “Fundamentals of Quality Control and Improvement”,
John Wiley & Sons, 2008.
AAE 4017: TURBO MACHINERY AERODYNAMICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Turbo machineries, basic performance cycles, Axial flow
compressors and Fans Secondary flows (3-D); Tip leakage flow and
scrubbing; Simple three dimensional flow analysis, Radial Equilibrium
Equation; Design of compressor blades; 2-D blade section design ,
Airfoil Data; Axial Flow Track Design 3-D Blade shapes of Rotors and
Stators Noise problem in Axial Compressors and Fans, Axial flow
turbines Multi-staging of Turbine; Exit flow conditions; Turbine Cooling;
Turbine Blade design Centrifugal Compressors Diffuser ; Centrifugal
Compressor Characteristics; Surging; Chocking; Rotating stall Radial
Turbine, Introduction; Thermodynamics and Aerodynamics of radial
turbines; Radial Turbine Characteristics.
References:
1. Nicholas Cumpsty, “Compressor Aerodynamics”, Krieger
Publications, USA, 2004.
2. Johnson I.A., Bullock R.O.,(NASA-SP-36), “Axial Flow
Compressors”, 2002 (re-release), NTIS,(re-release), NTIS.
3. El-Wakil M.M., “Powerplant Technology”, McGraw-Hill Pub, 1984.
4. J.H. Horlock, “Axial flow compressors”, Butterworths, UK, 1958.
5. J.H. Horlock, “Axial Flow Turbines”, Butterworths, UK, 1965.
 OPEN ELECTIVES
AAE 3281: INTRODUCTION TO AEROSPACE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
The first Aeronautical Engineers, Have an overview of the history of flight,
Fundamental Thoughts, Ballooning, Apply basic/constitutive principles
of mechanics of fluids - Bernoulli and control volume approaches, the
source of all aerodynamic forces, Equation of state for a perfect gas,
specific volume, anatomy of aircraft, anatomy of space vehicle, The
Standard Atmosphere, Basics of Aerodynamics, Aircraft Flight, Airfoil
Nomenclature, Lift, Drag and Moment co-efficient, Infinite versus finite
wings, Pressure coefficient, Elements of Airplane Performance, Stability
and Control, Astronautics, Propulsion, Introduction, Types of Propulsion
system.
References:
1. John D Anderson, “Introduction to Flight”, (6e), McGraw Hill Int,
2004.
2. Dava Newman, “Interactive Aerospace Engineering and Design”;
MIT Press, 2001.
3. A.C. Kermode, “Flight without Formulae”, (5e), Pearson Education
(Singapore) Pte, Ltd, 2001.
4. Anderson J .D., “Fundamental of Aerodynamics”, (5e), McGraw-Hill
International, 2010.
5. Howard D Curtis, “Orbital Mechanics for Engineering Students”,
(3e), Butterworth Heinemann, 2010.
29
AAE 3282: INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS AND NAVIGATION
SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to aircraft, Introduction to flight mechanics and flight
dynamics of aircraft & UAV, Introduction to Avionics in aircraft &
spacecraft,, Displays, HMI, I/O Devices and Power, Packaging, ARINC
and DOD Types, System Cooling, EMI/EMC Requirements; Aircraft
Power Systems, Electrical Power Generation and Distribution Systems,
Digital Communication, Digital Data Bus System, ARINC-429,629,
AFDX, MIL-STD-1553, Fiber Optic Comm, Satellite Communication,
Flight control laws, FBW, Autopilot, FMS, LRU, IMA & Mission Systems,
Inertial Sensors and Inertial Navigation Systems, Multisensors
Navigation Systems, Kalman filter basics & Mechanization, Elements of
Navigation Systems, Satellite Navigation Systems, NAVSTAR Global
Positioning Systems, Global Orbiting Navigation Satellites Systems,
Radar & Landing Systems.
References:
1. Myron Kayton& Walter R.Fried “Avionics Navigation Systems”, (2e),
Wiley-interscience, 1997.
2. Siouris G.M., “Aerospace Avionics systems”, A Modern Synthesis,
Academic Press, 1993.
3. R.P.G. Collinson, “Introduction to Avionics Systems”, Springer, 2002.
4. Cary R Spitzer, “Digital Avionics Handbook”,(2e),Avionics
Development and Implementation, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis
Group, 2007.
5. Bradford W Parkinson & James J Spilker, “The Global Positioning
System”, Theory & Application, Vol. I & II, AIAA Copyright, 1996.
 B. Tech in AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2101 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2201 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
AAE 2151 Theory of Automotive Engines 3 0 0 3 AAE 2251 Automotive Transmission System 3 0 0 3
AAE 2152 Automotive Structures and Design 3 1 0 4 AAE 2252 Design of Machine Elements 3 1 0 4
AAE 2153 Material Science and Metallurgy 3 0 0 3 AAE 2253 Automotive Production Technology 3 0 0 3
AAE 2104 Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4 AAE 2204 Linear Control Theory 2 1 0 3
II AAE 2105 Fluid Mechanics 2 1 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
AAE 2161 Computer Aided Part Modelling 0 0 6 2 AAE 2261 Computer Aided Vehicle Modelling 0 0 6 2
AAE 2162 Automotive Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 1 AAE 2262 Automotive Transmission Lab 0 0 3 1
AAE 2263 Material Testing Lab 0 0 3 1
16 4 9 23 16 3 12 23
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
AAE 3151 Autotronics 3 0 0 3 HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3

30
AAE 3152 Theory of Machines 3 1 0 4 AAE 3251 Vehicle Aerodynamics 2 1 0 3
AAE 3153 Actuation Systems 3 1 0 4 AAE 3252 Automotive Chassis and Suspension 2 1 0 3
AAE 3154 Measurements and Metrology 3 0 0 3 AAE **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3
III
AAE **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3 AAE **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
AAE **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
AAE 3161 Thermal Engineering Laboratory 0 0 3 1 AAE 3261 Automotive Machine Shop 0 0 6 2
AAE 3162 System Simulation Lab 0 0 6 2 AAE 3262 Vehicle Aerodynamics Lab 0 0 6 2
18 2 9 23 15 3 12 22
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002 Engineering Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 AAE 4297 Seminar 1
AAE 4101 Theory of Vibrations 3 1 0 4 AAE 4298 Industrial Training 1
AAE 4151 Combustion and Heat Transfer 2 1 0 3 AAE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
IV AAE 4152 Automotive Pollution Control & Alternative Fuels 3 0 0 3
AAE **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3
AAE **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
AAE 4161 Computer Aided Engineering Lab 0 0 6 2
16 3 6 21 14
Minor Specializations
I. Power Trains
1. AAE 4019: Engine Tribology
2. AAE 4020: Design of IC Engine
3. AAE 4021: Electric and Hybrid Vehicles
4. AAE 4022: Two and Three wheeled vehicles
II. Business Management
1. HUM 4011: Financial Management
2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management
4. HUM 4014: Operations and Systems Management
Other Programme Electives
1. AAE 4002: Computational Fluid Dynamics
2. AAE 4007: Composite Structure
3. AAE 4008: Computer Integrated Manufacturing
4. AAE 4023: Automotive Air-condition
5. AAE 4024: Composite Materials
6. AAE 4025: Design for Manufacturing
7. AAE 4026: Ergonomics in Automotive Design
8. AAE 4027: Farm Machinery and Earth moving Equipment
9. AAE 4028: Finite Element Method
10. AAE 4029: Product Design and Manufacturing
11. AAE 4030: Railway Engineering
12. AAE 4031: Robust Design
13. AAE 4032: Statistical Quality Control and Reliability
14. AAE 4033: Vehicle Body Engineering and safety
Open Electives
1. AAE 3283: Automobile Engineering
2. AAE 3284: Automotive Pollution & Control
31
THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2101: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
Gradient, divergence and curl, Line, surface and volume integrals.
Green's, divergence and Stoke's theorems. Fourier series of periodic
functions. Half range expansions. Harmonic analysis. Fourier integrals.
Sine and cosine integrals, Fourier transform, Sine and cosine
transforms. Partial differential equation-Basic concepts, solutions of
equations involving derivatives with respect to one variable only.
Solutions by indicated transformations and separation of variables. One-
dimensional wave equation, one dimensional heat equation and their
solutions. Numerical solutions of boundary valued problems, Laplace
and Poisson equations and heat and wave equations by explicit methods.
References:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (5e), Wiley
Eastern, 1985.
2. S. S. Sastry, “Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis”, (2e),
Prentice Hall, 1990.
3. B. S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers,
1989.
4. Murray R., “Spiegel: Vector Analysis”, Schaum Publishing Co.,1959 .
AAE 2151: THEORY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINES [3 0 0 3]
Different Types of Automotive Power plants and applications, technical
specification and terms, calculation, Otto cycle and diesel cycle engines,
2stroke and 4 Stroke engine operations. Automobile Engine
Components, Function, Materials, Constructional details and
Manufacturing process, Fuel supply systems in Engines-Carburetion and
Gasoline Fuel Injection systems, Throttle body Injection, Multipoint
injection&Gasoline direct injection systems, injection systems in diesel
engines, fuel pumps, super charging, turbo chargers, governing of
engines, cooling and lubrication systems for engines, modern
automobile power plants, alternate power plants.
References:
1. M L Mathur, R P Sharma, “A course in Internal combustion Engines”,
Dhanpat Rai publications (Pvt.) Limited, 2009.
2. Jack Erjavec, “A systems approach to Automotive Technology”,
Cengage Learning Publications, 2008.
3. Rajput R K, “Internal Combustion Engines”, Laxmi Publications (P)
Ltd, 2008.
4. V Ganesan, Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw hill publishing
co ltd, 2008.
5. Kirpal Singh, Automobile Engineering Vol2, Standard Publication
Distributed, 2011.
AAE 2152: AUTOMOTIVE STRUCTURES AND DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
Materials and their properties- Stress-strain diagrams for ductile and
brittle materials, Ductile and brittle fracture, Strength concepts, curved
beams- Comparison with simple beams, Stress equation, Stresses in
different cross sections in one plane. Shafts- Torsion of circular solid &
hollow shafts, Misses Hacky theory for transmission shafting, Keys and
pins- Types of keys, Stress in keys, Riveted joints- Types of joints, Modes
of failure, Welded joints- Types of welds, Strength of welds, Threaded
fasteners- Stresses in bolts, Dynamic and impact loading on bolts,
Power screws, Fatigue- S-N diagram, Low cycle and high cycle fatigue,
Fluctuating stresses, Goodman & Soderberg equations, Modified
Goodman diagram, Stresses due to combined loading.
References:
1. Spotts M.F. &Shoup T.E., “Design of Machine Elements”, Pearson
Education, 2003.
2. Pajithaya B.N, Prabhu B.G.S, Raghuvir Pai., “Machine Design-Theory
and Problems”, MIT Manipal, 1993.
3. Robert L. Norton., “Machine Design-An Integrated Approach”,
Prentice Hall, 1996.
4. Mahadevan K. & Balaveera Reddy K., “Design Data Handbook”, CBS
Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 2010.
5. Bhandari V.B, “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2010.
AAE 2153: MATERIALS SCIENCE AND METALLURGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to materials, classification, Cr ystallography
SC,FCC,BCC,HCP structures, Atomic packing factor, Miller indices:
miller bravais indices, Crystal structure determination-X-ray diffraction
techniques, different types of defects, Strengthening mechanisms, Work
hardening; recovery recrystallisation and grain growth, Hume Rothery's
rules, Phase diagrams- Phase and Lever Rules relationship of micro
Structure, Isomorphous systems eutectic system. Iron- Carbon
equilibrium diagram, Introduction to Al-Cu, Al-Si phase diagrams, TTT
diagram, Heat treatment of steel, Hardenability, different types of surface
hardening methods, Applications of Ferrous alloys, Non-Ferrous Alloys,
ceramics and other materials.
References:
1. Raghavan V, “Material science and engineering”, Prentice Hall India,
2004.
2. Shackelford, “Materials science for Engineers”, Prentice Hall New
Jersey, 1996.
3. Van Vlack, “Materials science and Engineering”, Addison Wesley,
New York, 1989.
4. William D Callister, “Material science and engineering”, Wiley India,
2007.
5. Avner Sidney, “Introduction to physical metallurgy”, McGraw Hill
International, 1991.
AAE 2104: THERMODYNAMICS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Thermodynamics- Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics,
Principles of Thermometry, First law of Thermodynamics, Steady Flow
Energy Equation, Thermal Reservoir, Heat Engine, Heat pump , Second
Law of Thermodynamics, Carnot's principle, Carnot cycle and its
specialties, Thermodynamic scale of Temperature, Clausius Inequality,
Entropy, Principle of Entropy Increase, Availability and Irreversibility ,
Thermodynamic Potentials, Maxwell Relations, Third Law of
Thermodynamics, Pure Substances- Mollier Char ts, Phase
Transformations, Dryness Fraction. Ideal and Real gases- Perfect Gas
Laws- Equation of State, specific and Universal Gas constants, Van der
Waals Equation of State, Vapor power cycle, Gas power cycle,
Refrigeration cycles.
References:
1. Nag P K, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Delhi, 2006.
2. Cenegel Yunus A and Boles Michael A, “Thermodynamics”, Tata
Mcgraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
3. R K Rajput, “A textbook of Engineering Thermodynamics”, Laxmi
Publications New Delhi , 2010.
4. P L Ballaney, “Thermal Engineering”, Khanna Publishers New Delhi,
2012.
32
5. Mayhew A. and Rogers B., “Engineering Thermodynamics”,
E.L.B.S. Longman, London, 1994.
AAE 2105: FLUID MECHANICS [2 1 0 3]
Fluid Properties, Fluid Statics, Intensity of pressure, Pascal's Law,
Pressure variation in static fluid, Pressure measurement by manometers,
Hydrostatic forces on surfaces, determination of metacentric
height(experimental & Analytical), Continuity equation for one and three
dimensional flow, fluid velocity and acceleration, energy possessed by
fluid, Euler's equation of motion along a stream line and reducing it to
Bernoulli's equation, Rayleigh's method and Buckingham's pi thermo,
similitude, fluid Flow measurement devices, Viscous flow-critical
Reynolds number, laminar flow through circular pipe, Laminar flow
between fixed parallel plates, flow through pipes, flow past immersed
bodies-lift and drag and form drag, streamlined body, bluff body,
boundary layer concept, boundary layer separation.
References:
1. Ethirajan Rathakrishnan, “Fluid Mechanics an Introduction”, PHI
publisher, 2013.
2. K.L. Kumar, “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, S. Chand & Co, 2005.
3. John F. Dauglas, “Fluid Mechanics”, (5e), Pearson Educations
publishers, 2005.
4. Modi & Seth, “Fluid Mechanics Hydraulics and Hydraulics
Machines”, Standard publications, New Delhi, 2002.
5. Frank N white, “Fluid Mechanics”, McGraw Hill, 2011.
AAE 2161: COMPUTER AIDED PART MODELING [0 0 6 2]
Introduction to 2D entities, Mechanical Components, Automotive
components, Introduction to 3D Entitles, Introduction to Assembly
commands, Automotive Components assembly, Rocker Arm Assembly,
Plummer block assembly, IC Engine Connecting rod, Engine Cross Head,
Screw Jack.
References:
1. Michael Michaud, “CATIA Core Tools: computer aided three
dimensional interactive applications”, McGraw Hill Professional
Publication, 2012.
2. Kirstlie Plantenberg, “An Introduction to CATIA V6”, Release 2012,
Schroff Development Publication, 2011.
3. Prof Sham Tickoo, “CATIA V5R17 for engineers & Designers”,
Dreamtech Press Publication, 2008.
4. Nadar G Zamani, Jnonathan M Weaver, “Catia V5 tutorials
mechanisms, Design & Animation”, relase 21, SDC Publication,
2012.
5. Fred Karam, Charles Keismit, “Using CATIA”, Thomas/Delmar
Learning,2004.
AAE 2162: AUTOMOTIVE ENGINE LAB [0 0 3 1]
Dismantle the exteriors of the engine and service the rocker arm shaft.
Service the cylinder head of the multi cylinder engine, Service the Oil
Sump, Oil Pump and Cam Shaft of the Engine. Dismantle and Service and
assemble the Main Bearings, Fly Wheel, and Crank Shaft. Assembling of
the components back to the engine.
References:
1. Dr. N. K. Giri, “Automobile Technology”, (6e), Khanna publishers,
2004.
2. Kirpal Singh, “Automobile Engineering”, Vol.2, (12e), Standard
Publishers distributors, 2011.
3. Tom Denton, “Automobile Mechanical and Electrical systems”,
Butterworth-Heinemann publishers, 2011.
4. William H Crouse, Donald L Anglin, “Automobile Mechanics”, Tata
McGraw hill publication, 2012.
5. V Ganeshan, “Internal Combustion Engines”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publications, 2008.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2202: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Statistics: Measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion,
Correlation coefficient, regression, least squares principles of curve
fitting. Probability: finite sample spaces, conditional probability and
independence, Baye's theorem, one dimensional random variable,
mean, variance. Two and higher dimensional random variables: mean,
variance, correlation coefficient. Distributions: Binomial, Poisson,
uniform, normal, gamma, Chi-square and exponential distributions,
simple problems. Moment generating function, Functions of one
dimensional and two dimensional random variables, Sampling theory,
Central limit theorem and applications. Optimization: Basic concepts,
Linear programming, Graphical and Simplex methods, penalty cost and
two phase methods. Transportation problems.
References:
1. Kreyzig E. “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (7e), Wiley
Eastern.
2. Meyer P.L. “Introduction to probability and Statistical applications”,
(2e), American Publishing Co.
3. B. S. Grewal: “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, 1989 Khanna
Publishers
4. Hamdy A Taha “Operation research”, (7e), PHI
AAE2251: AUTOMOTIVE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM [3 0 0 3]
Power Required for Propulsion, Clutch: Functions and requirements of
clutch in an automobile, different types of clutches, Gear box: Necessity of
gear box, Calculation of gear ratios for vehicles, Fluid Coupling & Torque
converters: Constructional details of various types, typical hydrodynamic
transmission, Epicyclical Transmission: Principle of operation, types of
planetary transmission, Calculation of gear ratio in different speeds,
Numerical problems, Hydrostatic Drives, Automatic transmission, general
arrangement & description of electric transmission, Drive to wheels:
Introduction of propeller Shaft, types of joints, types of drives, types of
axles, Front wheel drive and four wheel drives.
References:
1. N.K Giri, “Automotive Mechanics”, Khanna Publication, New Delhi.
2010.
2. Kirpalsingh, “Automobile engineering”, Vol.1, Standard Publishers,
2004.
3. G.B.S. Narang, “Automobile Engineering”, Khanna publication, New
Delhi, 2008.
4. Joseph I Heitner, “Automotive mechanics”, CBS Publishers and
Distributors, 2004.
5. R K Rajput, “ Automobile Engineering”, Firewell Media, 2007.
AAE 2252: DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS [3 1 0 4]
Coil Springs, Fluctuating & impact loads, Energy stored in springs,
Critical frequency, Concentric springs. Leaf Springs- Semi elliptic
carriage springs, Deflection, Stresses in full length & graduate leaves,
Stress equalization, Simple plate springs, Combination of leaf & coil
33
springs. Design of - Spur Gears, Helical Gears, Worm Gears, Contact
Bearings, Bearing characteristic number, Somerfield number, Coefficient
of friction, bearing modulus, Mechanism of film lubrication, Minimum oil
film thickness, Rolling Contact Bearings, Life rating, Basic capacities,
loading ratio, bearing materials. Belt Drives, Pulleys, Selection of belts
and pulleys. Wire Rope Drives, Chain Drives, Mechanical Brakes.
References:
1. Spotts M.F. &Shoup T.E., “Design of Machine Elements”, Pearson
Education, 2003.
2. Pajithaya B.N, Prabhu B.G.S, Raghuvir Pai., “Machine Design-
Theory and Problems”, MIT Manipal, 1993.
3. Robert L. Norton, “Machine Design-An Integrated Approach”,
Prentice Hall, 1996.
4. Mahadevan K. & Balaveera Reddy K., “Design Data Handbook”, CBS
Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 2010.
5. Bhandari V.B, “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2010.
AAE 2253: AUTOMOTIVE PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to sand testing methods, casting methods cupola, its
construction & the melting process. Introduction & classification of welding
technology, Variables in metal working, rolling, extrusion, forging and
drawing process. Sheet metal forming process and dies, Non- destructive
testing methods, Introduction to powder metallurgy preparation of
powders, properties, applications, advantages & limitations, Introduction
to Nontraditional Machining Techniques- Chemical Machining, Mechanical
Machining, Electrical Machining, Thermal Machining, its operating
principles, process parameters, applications, merits and limitations
,Introduction & characteristics of rapid prototype technologies, recent
trends in manufacturing of auto components.
References:
1. P N Rao, “Manufacturing Technology”, McGraw Hill Publication,
2007.
2. Rajiv Asthana, Ashok Kumar, Narendra, “Material process and
Manufacturing science” , Academic Press publication, 2006.
3. Mikell P Groover, “Fundamentals of modern manufacturing”, John
Wiley and Sons Inc, 2010.
4. Serope Kalpakijian, Steven R. Schmid, “Manufacturing engineering
and technology”, Prentice Hall, 2006.
5. Jain R. K., “Production Technology”, Khanna Publishers Delhi,
2001.
AAE 2204: LINEAR CONTROL THEORY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to control problem, Transfer function models, System
response, Closed-loop systems, Basic characteristics of feedback
control systems, Steady-state accuracy, disturbance rejection,
proportional, integral and derivative, Routh stability criterion, Time
response of second-order systems, Root locus method of design, Lead
and lag compensation, Frequency-response analysis, Relationship
between time & frequency response, Bode plot, Nyquist stability
criterion, Lead and Lag compensation, State variable analysis, Concepts
of state, state variable, state model, state models for linear continuous
time functions, solution of state equations, concept of controllability
&observability,
References:
1. Ogata, K, “Modern Control Engineering”, (2e), Prentice Hall, 1991.
2. Nagrath & Gopal, “Modern Control Engineering”, New Ages
International, 3, A, E, Bryson and Y-C Ho: Applied Optimal Control,
Taylor and Francis, 1975.
3. Gopal, M,, “Control Systems: Principles and Design”, Tata McGraw-
Hill, 1997.
4. Kuo, B,C,, “Automatic Control System”, (6e), Prentice Hall, 1993.
5. Norman, Nise, “Control system engineering”, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., 2010.
AAE 2261: COMPUTER AIDED VEHICLE MODELLING [0 0 6 2]
Introduction to command of CATIA, automotive body modelling,
Introduction to command, Automotive body modelling, Sketch interface
for 3D modelling, Exporting techniques for third party software, Basics
of MATLAB command and Coding, Predefined MATLAB function,
Plotting, Programing in MATLAB, Matrix computation, Numerical
techniques.
References:
1. Michael Michaud, “CATIA Core Tools: computer aided three
dimensional interactive applications”, McGraw Hill Professional
Publication, 2012.
2. Kirstlie Plantenberg, “An Introduction to CATIA V6” Release
2012,Schroff Development Publication, 2011.
3. Rao V Dukkipati, “MATLAB for Mechanical Engineers”, New age
Science Publication, 2009.
4. Misza Kalechman, “Practical MATLAB basics for engineers”, CRC
Press Publication, 2010.
5. Prof Sham Tickoo, “CATIA V5R17 for engineers & Designers”,
Dreamtech Press Publication, 2008.
AAE 2262: AUTOMOTIVE TRANSMISSION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Use of transmission system tools, study of transmission layouts,
Dismantling and servicing of automobile clutches, different types of gear
boxes, propeller shafts, final drive and differential, Rear axle dismantling
and servicing.
References:
1. Dr. N. K. Giri, “Automobile Technology”, (6e), Khanna publishers,
2004.
2. KirpalSingh, “Automobile engineering”, Vol.1, (12e), Standard
Publishers distributors, 2011.
3. Tom Denton, “Automobile Mechanical and Electrical systems”,
Butterworth-Heinemann publishers, 2011.
4. R K Rajput, Automobile Engineering, Laxmi Publications Ltd, 2008.
5. William H Crouse, Donald L Anglin, “Automobile Mechanics”, Tata
McGraw hill publication,2012.
AAE 2263: MATERIAL TESTING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction-Tensile test using UTM, load displacement and Stress Strain
curves, Torsion Test, Compression Test, Bending Test, Impact Test,
Impact test, Izode and Charpy Test, hardness Test, Brinell and Rockwell
test, Fatigue and Shear Test, Test on Helical Spring, Flaw detection.
References:
1. Bhandari V.B, “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Shigley J, “Mechanical Engineering Design”, McGraw Hill New York,
1980.
3. Robert C. Juvinal, “Fundamentals of Machine Component Design”,
Jhon Wiley & Sons,2000.
4. Spotts M.F. & Shoup T.E, “Design of Machine Element”, Pearson
Education, 2003.
34
5. K Ganesh Babu, K Srithar, “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata
McGraw - Hill Education, 2009.
FIFTH SEMESTER
AAE 3151: AUTOTRONICS [3 0 0 3]
Automotive Electrical system, wire diagram, automotive electronics,
Open and close loop systems for engine - control algorithms and its
application, automotive communication protocol, Electronic
management of chassis system,Sensors and Actuators, electronic Fuel
Injection and Ignition Systems, Advantages of electronic ignition
systems, Digital Engine Control System: Open loop and closed loop
control systems-Engine cranking and warm up control, Distributor less
ignition, Exhaust emission control engineering, automotive development
tools, clusters, electrical and hybrid systems, hardware architecture,
software architecture.
References:
1. Giri N K, “Automobile Technology”, Khanna Publication, 2010.
2. Bechtold, “Understanding Automotive Electronics”, SAE, 1998.
3. P.L.Kohli, “Automotive Electrical Equipment”, Tata McGraw hill
publications, 2008.
4. Tom Denton, “Automobile Electrical and Electronics Systems”,
Arnold, London, 2007.
5. R K Rajput, “Automobile Engineering”, Firewell Media, 2007.
AAE 3152: THEORY OF MACHINES [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, kinematic of motion, harmonic motion, Mechanism and
inversions, Degrees of freedom. Mathematical analysis of velocity and
accelerations of simple mechanisms, Synthesis of cams, types of cams
and followers, disc cam with reciprocating and oscillating followers,
synthesis of gears; spur gear terminology, law of gearing, interference
and under cutting, Gear trains, simple, compound, reverted and epicyclic
gear trains, differential of an automobile, balancing of rotating masses,
balancing of reciprocating engines, governors and its characteristics,
porter and Hartnellgoverners. Gyroscopiceffect on rotating disc,
gyroscopic effect on automobiles.
References:
1. Joseph Edward Shigley, Uicher Jr., “Theory of Machines and
Mechanisms”, McGraw Hill International, 2008.
2. Amitabh Gosh, Asok Kumar Malik, “Theory of Mechanisms and
Machines”, East West Publishers, 2002.
3. Rao. J.S., Dukkipati R.V., Mechanisms and Machines Theory, New
Age International, 2002.
4. Rattan S.S., “Theory of Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
5. Ambekar, “Theory of Machines and Mechanisms”, Prentice Hall
India, 2008.
AAE 3153: ACTUATION SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction- Composition air and Gas Laws, Air Preparation system,
FLR unit, Linear and rotary actuators, pneumatic valves classifications
and constructional features, circuit design, cascade method, multiple
cylinder actuation circuit, electro pneumatics, control elements of electro
pneumatics, sensors, PE convertors, latching, direct and indirect
actuation circuits, Timers, Counters, Introduction to PLC, structure of
PLC, ladder programming, Hydraulic fluid properties, Power pack,
construction and working of types of control valves, Hydraulic actuators,
Classification of hydraulic pumps, performance of pumps, Accumulator,
Intensifiers, Design of hydraulic circuits .
References:
1. Majumdar S.R., “Pneumatic Systems Principles and
Maintenance”,Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2000.
2. Joji P, “Pneumatic Controls”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2013.
3. Peter Croser, Frank Ebel, “Pneumatics Basic Level TP 101”, Festo
Didactic GMBH & Co. Germany, 2002.
4. Prede G. and ScholzD, “Electropneumatics Basic Level”, Festo
Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 2002.
5. Majumdar S.R., “Oil Hydraulic Systems Principles and
Maintenance”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2005.
AAE 3154: MEASUREMENT AND METROLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Definition, types, need of inspection, metrology terminology, principle
aspects of measurements, methods of measurements, errors, units,
Measurements of Straightness, flatness, parallelism, squareness,
roundness, cylindrical, coaxially, concept of interchangeability, selective
assembly, limits and tolerances, fits, geometric tolerances, limit gauge,
Optical and pneumatic comparators, Types of gears, Spur gear
terminology, forms of gears, errors in spur gears, Force measurement
system, force and load sensors, strain gauges, Mechanical analogy
pressure gauges, pressure at high temperature, Temperature measuring
devices, Determination of air flow velocity, measurement of flow
direction ,velocity measurement techniques.
References:
1. W. H. Hucho, “Aerodynamics of Road vehicles”, SAE International
Publications, 2006.
2. R K Jain, “Engineering Metrology”, Khanna Publication, 2011.
3. Anand K Bewoor, Vinay A Kulkarni, “Metrology and Measurement”,
Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2012.
4. Dominique Plocko, “Fundamental of instruments & measurement”,
John Wiley & Sons, 2013.
5. B C Nakra, K K Chaudhry, “Instruments, measurement and
Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
AAE 3161: THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Two stage air compressors, identification of flash and fire point of fuels,
I.C. Engines, centrifugal air blower, compression ratio of 2-S petrol
engine, morse test rig, I.C. Engines Performance Test on 2-S petrol
engine. Viscometer, port timing diagrams. Refrigeration unit, Air
conditioning unit.
References:
1. Cenegel Yunus A and Boles Michael A, “Thermodynamics”, Tata
McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
2. R K Rajput, “A textbook of Engineering Thermodynamics”, Laxmi
Publications, New Delhi, 2010.
3. P L Ballaney, “Thermal Engineering”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
2012.
4. Mayhew A. and Rogers B., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, E.L.B.S.
Longman, London, 1994.
5. Nag P K, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Delhi, 2006.
AAE 3162: SYSTEM SIMULATION LAB [0 0 6 2]
Introduction-Operation of single acting and double acting cylinders, flow
control valves, Latching circuits, Oscillation and multiple actuations,
Introduction to MAT LAB, Engine model simulation, Vehicle dynamics,
rigid body dynamics, cruise control simulation.
35
References:
1. Brian R Hunt, Ronald L, “Guide to MATLAB: For beginners and
experienced users”, (2e), Cambridge University
2. Joji P, “Pneumatic Controls”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2013
3. MAT LAB Manual.
4. Festo Fluid Sim Manual.
5. Majumdar S.R., “Pneumatic Systems Principles and Maintenance”,
Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour& styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Koontz D., “Essentials of Management”, McGraw Hill, New York,
2004
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied
Publishers, 2006
3. Peter Drucker, “The practice of management”, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003
AAE 3251: VEHICLE AERODYNAMICS [2 1 0 3]
Historical development trends, Fundamental of fluid mechanics, External
& Internal flow problem, Resistance to vehicle motion, Performance,
Fuel consumption and performance, Potential of vehicle aerodynamics,
Cars as a bluff body, Flow field around car, drag force, types of drag force,
Front end modification, Boat tailing, flow over the car, front end, wind
shield, roof, combination flow, Dust flow patterns at the rear, effect of
fasteners, side wind problems, vehicle dynamics under side winds - the
effects of forces and moments , Dirt accumulation on the vehicle, wind
noise, Principle of wind tunnel technology - Limitation of simulation,
measurement techniques, road testing methods.
References:
1. R.H. Barnard, “Road vehicles aerodynamics Design- An
introduction”, MechAero Publishing, 2009.
2. Mark Gleason, “Vehicle aerodynamics design and technology”,
Society of Automotive Engineers, Incorporated, 2001.
3. W. H. Hucho, “Aerodynamics of Road vehicles”, SAE International
Publications, 2006.
4. Rose McCallen, Fred Browand, James Ross, “The Aerodynamics of
Heavy Vehicles: Trucks, Buses, and Trains”, Volume 1, Springer
Science & Business Media, 2004.
5. Rose McCallen, Fred Browand, James Ross, “The Aerodynamics of
Heavy Vehicles: Trucks, Buses, and Trains”, Volume 2, Springer
Science & Business Media, 2004.
AAE 3252: AUTOMOTIVE CHASSIS AND SUSPENSION [2 1 0 3]
Automotive chassis and frames, functions, requirements, classification,
material used, manufacturing process, layout of chassis, Braking
systems, requirements, principle of operation, classification, different
types of vehicle service brakes, and mechanics of brakes, components,
troubleshooting, ABS, Steering systems, condition for true steering,
steering systems, steering linkages, power steering, Suspension
systems, classification, functions, rigid and independent suspension
systems, Automotive wheels and tyres, requirement of tyres,
specification and detail of various tyre and suspension system,
independent suspension system, front rear and rigid axel.
References:
1. Newton K, Steeds W, Garrett TK, “The Motor Vehicle”, SAE
Publications. 2004.
2. Joseph I Heintner, “Automotive mechanics principles and
practices”, CBS Publishers and distributors, 2004.
3. T. R. Banga & Nathu Singh, “Automobile Engineering”, Khanna
Publishers, 2007.
4. Rajput R K, “Automobile Engineering”, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd,
2008.
5. William H Crouse, Donald L Anglin, “Automobile Mechanics”, Tata
McGraw hill publication, 2012.
AAE3261: AUTOMOTIVE MACHINE SHOP [0 0 6 2]
Preparation of models using welding techniques.Exercises on turning,
gear cutting, shaping and grinding operations.Machining using CNC
Turning Center and Vertical Machining Center.Cylindicalboring, Honing,
Crankshaft grinding, Valve seat cutter and valve re-facing, Line re-boring.
References:
1. Hajra Chaudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
2. Hajra Chaudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. II, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
3. Peter Smid, CNC Programming Hand book, Industrial Press, New
York, 2000.
AAE 3262: VEHICLE AERODYNAMICS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Introduction-Calibration of wind tunnel, Aerodynamic analysis of
different body, Drag of different bodies, Pressure distribution over an
aero foil at different angle of attacks, Wake survey method, Flow
Visualization Techniques, Six component balance.
References:
1. Hucho W H, Aerodynamic of Road Vehicles, Butterworths Co Ltd,
2006.
2. Wind Tunnel Manual.
3. John D Anderson Jr, “Fundamentals of Aerodynamics”, Tata
McGraw Hill Education Pvt Ltd New Delhi, 2010.
4. Alan Pope, “Wind Tunnel Techniques”, Wiley and Sons, New
York,2007.
5. Jewel B Barlow, Alan Pope, “Low Speed Wind Tunnel Testing”, Wiley
and Sons, New York, 1984.
36
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its types Job
costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet and profit &
loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios,
Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios
References:
1. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J, “Engineering Economy”, McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chan S. Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Pearson
Education, Inc, 2010.
3. Raman B.S., “Advanced accountancy”, United publications,
Bangalore, 1993.
4. T. Ramachandran, “Accounting and Financial Management”, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
1. Thuesen G. J & Thuesen H. G, “Engineering Economics”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
AAE 4101: THEORY OF VIBRATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, energy of vibration,
fundamentals of vibrations, energy equations for single degree of
freedom motion by newton method, energy method and Rayleigh's
method, free undammed vibrations, free damped vibrations; under
damped, critically damped and over damped systems, forced damped
vibrations; machine unbalance due to rotating and reciprocating masses,
support excitation and transmissibility of single degree of freedom
systems. Two degrees of freedom systems, coordinate coupling, multi
degrees of freedom systems. Influence coefficients, Transient
vibrations, step, impulse and arbitrary excitations.
References:
1. Grover G.K. and Nigam S.P., “Mechanical Vibration”, New Chand and
Sons, 2005.
2. Rao J.S. and Gupta K., “Theory and Practice of Mechanical
Vibrations”, Wiley Eastern Ltd, 2002.
3. Rao S.S., “Mechanical Vibrations”, Pearson Education, 2012.
4. Thomson W.T., “Theory of Vibrations with Applications”, Pearson
Education India, 2008.
5. C Nataraj, “Vibration of Mechanical Systems”, CENGAGE Learning,
2012.
AAE 4151: COMBUSTION AND HEAT TRANSFER [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to combustion processes, Combustion in spark ignition
engines and compression ignition engines, Introduction to heat transfer,
Conduction Heat Transfer-Linear heat flow through plane wall,
composite walls, radial heat flow through cylinder, composite cylinders,
radial heat flow through sphere and composite spheres, Critical
thickness of insulation, Extended Surfaces, Convection Heat Transfer-
Application of dimensional analysis to free and forced convection,
Dimensionless numbers, Boiling heat transfer, Heat Exchangers- overall
heat transfer coefficient, fouling factor, Logarithmic mean temperature
difference, Effectiveness and Number of transfer units, Radiation-Black
Bodies, emissive power, intensity of radiation, heat transfer due to
radiation between black bodies and grey bodies.
4 Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
References:
4
1. P.K. Nag, “Heat and Mass Transfer”,TataMcGraw Hill Education Pvt
Ltd, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Yunus Cengel and Afshin Ghajar, “Heat and Mass Transfer”, Tata
McGraw Hill Education Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2001.
3. V Ganesan, “Internal Combustion Engines”, Tata McGraw-Hill
4 Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
Education, New Delhi, 2012.
4. M L Mathur and R P Sharma, “Internal Combustion Engines”,
4 DhanpatRai Publications, New Delhi, 2011.
5. R.K. Rajput, “Heat and Mass Transfer”, S Chand and Company Ltd,
New Delhi, 2006.
5. T Stolavski, Y Nakasone, S Yoshimoto, “Engineering analsyis with
Ansyssoftware”, Butterworth-Heinmann Publication, 2006.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
AAE 4297: SEMINAR
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
The topic has to approved by the Department and a report of the same
has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
AAE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester.
Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
report should include the certificates issued by the industry.

AAE 4152: AUTOMOTIVE POLLUTION CONTROL & ALTERNATIVE AAE 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
4 FUELS [3 0 0 3] The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
Introduction- Historical background, Regulatory test procedures, research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
Analysis of pollutants, Pollution from Spark Ignition engines, Pollution
4 The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
from Compression Ignition engines, Fuels for spark ignition and which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
compression ignition engines, Engine Variants- Lean Burn engines,
4 A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
Stratified charge engines, Direct Injection in Gasoline engines, about 8 weeks.
Instrumentation for pollution measurements- Non Destructive Infrared
4 An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
analyzers, thermal conductivity and flame ionization detectors, analysers submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
for NOx, gas chromatograph, Alternative Fuels- Hydrogen, Natural gas,
4 The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
Liquefied petroleum gas, vegetable oil and biodiesel, Biomass Energy, submission of the final project report in the prescribed form.
Direct Energy conversion methods- solar cells, thermo ionic converters.
4 Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before the
department committee as part of project evaluation.
References:
1. V Ganesan, “Internal Combustion Engines”, Tata McGraw-Hill MINOR SPECIALIZATION
Education, New Delhi, 2012.
2. M L Mathur and R P Sharma, “Internal Combustion Engines”, I. POWER TRAINS
Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Colin R Ferguson and Allan T Kirkpatric, “Internal Combustion
AAE 4019: ENGINE TRIBOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Engines”, Wiley India Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
Theory, Lubricants and their physical properties, Reynolds equation,
4. Willard W Pulkrabek, “Engineering Fundamentals of Internal
Thermal, Inertia and Turbulent effects, design of fluid film bearings,
Combustion Engines”, PHI learning Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
lubricant flow and delivery, Performance analysis of thrust and journal
5. S P Sukatme, “Solar Energy Principles of Thermal Collection and bearings full, partial and pivoted journal bearing design, Special
Storage”, Tata McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2005. bearings, Hydrostatic lubrication, hydrostatic bearing design, rolling
element bearings. geometry and kinematics, Friction and Wear, theory of
AAE 4161: COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING LAB [0 0 6 2] friction, sliding and rolling friction, friction properties of metallic and non-
Introduction to ANSYS, Introduction to elements, One Dimensional metallic materials wear, types of wear mechanism, wear resistance
elements Beam, Truss, Two Dimensional modelling analysis, Shell materials, Surface topography, electron microscope and friction and
Elements ,2D Solid Elements, 3D Solid Element and Analysis, thermal wear measurements, bearing vibration measurement.
analysis, aerodynamic analysis, crash test of vehicles.
References:
References: 1. B.C. Majumdar, “Tribology”, S. Chand Group Publication, 2008.
1. Michael R Hatch, “Vibration Simulation using MATLAB & 2. Basu,” Fundamentals of Tribology”, PHI, 2008.
ANSYS”,CRC Press Publication, 2001. 3. Susil Kumar Srivastava, “Tribology in Industries”, S Chand
2. R B Choudary,” Introduction to ANSYS10.0”, IK International, 2009. Publication, 2004.
3. Esam M A, “Finite element simulation using ANSYS”, Taylor & 4. M.H. Jones and D. Scott, “Industrial Tribology”, Elsevier Science
Francis Publication, 2010. Publishers, 1991.
4. PaletiSrinivas, Krishna Chaitanya Sambana, Rajesh Kumar Datti, 5. H Rahnejat, “Tribology and Dynamics of Engine and Powertrain:
“Finite element using ANSYS 11.0”, PHI Publications, 2010. Fundamentals, Applications and Future Trends”, Elsevier, 2010.

37
 AAE 4020: DESIGN OF IC ENGINES [3 0 0 3]
Principle parts of an I C Engine, systems of engine, working overview,
Cylinders, liners, and cylinder heads, Function, Materials, Constructional
details and design considerations for a piston, connecting rod, crank
shaft, Different types of mechanisms, valve requirements, materials,
design, thickness of valve disc, stem diameter, valve lift, rocker arm
cross section and shaft design, tappet design, valve spring design
problems on valves, design of fulcrum pin, push rods, Function, types,
materials, design of fly wheels, problems on fly wheel design, Design of
cooling components, coolant flow rate, Design future of lubrication
systems, oil pressure relief valve.
References
1. Newton K , Steeds W, Garrett TK, “The Motor Vehicle”, SAE
Publications, 2004.
2. J. Shigley, “Mechanical Engineering Design”, Tata McGraw Hill,
1980.
3. V Ganesan, “Internal Combustion Engines”, Tata McGraw hill
publishing co ltd, 2008.
4. M L Mathur, R P Sharma, “Course in Internal Combustion Engines”,
DhanpatRai, 1999.
5. R.K. Rajput, “Internal Combustion Engines”, Laxmi Publications,
2005.
AAE 4021: ELECTRIC AND HYBRID VEHICLES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to hybrid vehicles,Social and environmental importance of
hybrid and electric vehicles, impact of modern drive-trains on energy
supplies, Requirements of hybrid vehicles, Performance characteristics
of road vehicles, Lay out of hybrid vehicles, Design considerations,
Classification of electric drives, DC motors-series wound, shunt wound.
Compound wound and separately excited motors, Permanent magnet
motors, AC motors, Hybrid architecture, Hybrid power plant
specifications, Matching electric drive and ICE, sizing the propulsion
motor, Energy storage technology, storage batteries, Classification of
batteries, Recent developments in storage batteries, Classification of fuel
cells, Application of fuel cells.
References:
1. Newton K , Steeds W , Garrett TK, “The Motor Vehicle”, SAE
Publications, 2004.
2. Hamid A Taliyat, Gerald B Kliman, “Hand Book of Electric Motors”,
Mercel Dekker Inc.,2012.
3. John M. Miller, “Propulsion Systems for Hybrid Vehicles”, Institute of
Electrical Engineers, London, 2004.
4. Iqbal Hussein, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals”,
CRC Press, 2003.
5. Mehrdad Ehsani, YimiGao, Sebastian E. Gay, Ali Emadi, “Modern
Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory
and Design”, CRC Press, 2004.
AAE 4022: TWO AND THREE WHEELED VEHICLE [3 0 0 3]
Introduction- Historical background, Layouts, Classifications, Engine
construction and components, Valve timing diagrams, Types of engines,
Fuel supply system, Types of cooling system, Types of lubrication
system, Classification and constructional details of clutch, Design of
clutch systems, gearbox system, Design of gears, Transmission types,
CVT, Final drive, Suspension system, Front fork assembly, Steering
geometry, Types of brakes, Types of wheels, Constructional features of
tyres, Seating arrangements, Vehicle stability and aerodynamic
properties, Safety arrangements, Maintenance of Two and Three
wheelers, Fuel economy and emissions.
38
References:
1. T K Garrett, Kenneth Newton, William Steeds, “The Motor Vehicle”,
Butterworth Heinemann publication, 2001.
2. Vittore Cossalter, “Motor Cycle Dynamics”, Bertrams Print, 2007.
3. Irving R.E. “Motor Cycle Engineering”, Temple Press Book, London,
1992.
4. Michel M Griffin, “Motor cycles”, Prentice-Hall, 1978.
5. Kripal Singh, “Automobile Engineering Volume I & II”, Standard
Publishers,2011.
II. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy, Sources
of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages, Working capital
management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash management, and
Dividend decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
2. I M Pandey, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house, Delhi,
2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand &
Co., Delhi, 1999.
4. ICFAI, “Corporate Financial Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Maheshwari S.N, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities.
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM. Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability. Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction, & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. T.V. Rao and Pereira D F, “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subbrao A., “Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House, 1999.
3. N G Nair and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S. Chand Company, 1995.
4. Virmani B R; Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology
transfer and human resource development”, Response books,
1997.
5. PareekUdai et al., “Human Resource Development in Asia: Trends
and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market opportunities
and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New Economy, Building
Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market Demand, Scanning
the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets, Business Markets,
Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments, Product Life Cycle, New
Market Offerings, Designing and Managing Services, Price Strategies,
Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. ICFAI ,“Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R L and Gupta S L, “Marketing Management”, Sultan Chand
& Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2000.
HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design: Product life cycle,
Process design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine
charts, Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations
strategy, Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems
thinking, Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision
process. Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries,
visibility, System life cycle models, System dynamics and its importance
in system thinking. System dynamics modeling process.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G, “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P, “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Mieghem J, “Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices, Dynamic
Ideas”, ISBN: 0-9759146-6-9, 2008.
4. Sterman J D, “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and Modeling
for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition, 2004.
5. Senge Peter, “The Fifth Discipline”, Currency Doubleday, New York,
1990.
OTHER PROGRAMME ELECTIVES
AAE 4002: COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS [3 0 0 3]
Derivation of governing equations of fluid dynamics and discussion on
characteristic of the governing equations, the initial and boundary
conditions. Mathematical behavior of different classes of partial
differential equations. Discretization of governing equations using Finite
Difference and Control Volume approach. The basic solution techniques
for steady state and transient equations. Solution of Diffusion
Problems.Numerical methods for steady one dimension convective flow
with diffusion. The need for staggered grid. Discussion on SIMPLE,
SIMPLER and PISO algorithms. Implementation of Boundary Conditions
in computational fluid dynamics.
References:
1. John D Anderson Jr., “Computational Fluid Dynamics- The Basics
with Applications”, McGraw Hill. New York. 1995.
2. Suhas V Patankar, “Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow.
Hemisphere”, McGraw Hill. New York 1980.
3. H.K. Versteeg and W. Malalasekera, “An Introduction to
Computational Fluid Dynamics.- The Finite Volume Method”,
Longman Scientific & Technical. England 1995.
4. K.Muralidhar and T.Sundararajan, “Computational Fluid Flow and
Heat Transfer”, Narosa Publishing House, NewDelhi.2003.
5. JiyuanTu, Guan HengYeoh, Chaoqun Liu, “Computational Fluid
Dynamics: A Practical Approach”, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2012.
39
AAE 4007: COMPOSITE STRUCTURES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to the FRP composites, Mechanical behaviour of a lamina,
Stress-Strain relations for a unidirectional and orthotropic lamina,
effective Moduli of a continuous fibre reinforced lamina - Models based
on mechanics of materials, theory of elasticity. Mechanical Behaviour of
a Laminate, Stress displacement relationship, Stress strain relationship,
Laminate stiffness, Determination of lamina stresses and strains.
Special cases of laminate stiffness and Inter-laminar Stresses, Failure of
Continuous Fibre-reinforced orthotropic Lamina, Maximum stress/strain
criteria, Tsai-Hill and Tsai-Wu criterion, Hygrothermal effects on material
properties on response of composites.
References:
1. R. F. Gibson, “Principles of Composite Material Mechanics”, CRC
Press, 2002.
2. L. P. Kollar, George S Springer,. “Mechanics of Composite
Structures” Cambridge University Press 2004.
3. R. M. Christensen, “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, ASTM
International, 1997.
4. B. D. Agarwal, L. J. Broutman and K. Chandrashekhara, “Analysis and
Performance of Fiber Composites”, John Wiley & Sons, 2004.
5. Christos Kassapoglou, “Design and Analysis of Composite
Structures: With Applications to Aerospace Structures”, John Wiley
& Sons, 2013.
AAE 4008: COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, general construction requirements, Methods of improving
machine accuracy and productivity, Co-ordinate systems, point to point
and contour programming, manual method (word address format only),
Adaptive Control Machining System, Introduction to Robotics, Robot
anatomy physical configurations, Technical features, Automated
Inspection and Testing: Principle and Methods, Part classification and
coding, production flow analysis, benefits of group technology, Material
Handling System, Flexible Manufacturing System, Computer aided
Process planning, Computer integrated planning systems. Material
requirement planning, capacity planning, shop floor control, automatic
identification systems, automated data collection systems.
References:
1. YoramKoren, “Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems and
Computer Integrated Manufacturing”, PHI, New Delhi, 2006.
2. YoramKoren, Joseph Ben Uri, “Numerical Control of Machine Tools”,
Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.
3. Mikell P Groover and Emory W Zimmers, “Computer aided design
and manufacturing”, PHI, New Delhi, 2008.
4. Mikel P Groover, “Automation, Production Systems and Computer
Integrated manufacturing”, PHI, New Delhi, 2008.
5. James A. Rehg, Henry W. Kraebber, “Computer-integrated
Manufacturing”, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2004
AAE 4023: AUTOMOTIVE AIR-CONDITION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Fundamentals of Refrigeration, Vapour compression
refrigeration, coefficient of performance, Effect of sub cooling & super
heating, Psychrometric properties and processes, Components of Air
conditioning system, Compressor, Evaporator, Condenser, Expansion
valve, Receiver Drier, Filters, Mufflers, Special features-Compressor
protection, Anti freezing relay, Operation of an Air-conditioning system-
Type of Air conditioners. Heaters-Vehicle ventilation, combination heater
and air conditioner, manually controlled air conditioner and heater
system, automatically controlled air conditioner and heater systems,
Diagnostics and trouble shooting in air conditioners, Causes of air
conditioner Failure, leak testing guide, Servicing and maintenance of Air
Conditioners.
References
1. Boyce H Dwiggins, “Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning”,
Delmar Thomson Learning Ltd, 2001.
2. Manohar Prasad, “Refrigeration & Air Conditioning”, New Age
International (Pvt) Ltd, New Delhi, 2003.
3. Steven Daly, “Automotive air conditioning and Climate control
systems”, Elsevier Ltd, 2011.
4. Thomas S Birch, “Automotive heating and air conditioning”, Pearson
Prentice Hall, 2005
5. C P Arora, “Refrigeration & Air Conditioning”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing company Ltd, 2006.
AAE 4024: COMPOSITE MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction- Classification and characteristics of composite materials,
Fiber reinforced and particle reinforced composites, general applications,
Properties and types of resin, Classification of fibers and properties, Hand
lay-up, Filament winding, Pultrustion, Injection molding, Compression
molding, Vacuum bagging technology, Machining of composites, Types of
metal matrix composites, Rule of mixture, Powder metallurgy, Stir casting,
squeeze casting, properties, advantages and disadvantages of ceramic
based composite materials, Types of ceramic composites, Sintering, Cold
isostactic pressing, hot isostatic pressing, Applications, Introduction to
hybrid composites, Nan composites.
References:
1. F.L. Matthews & R.D. Rawlings, “Composite Materials”, Engineering
and Sciences, Chapman & hall, London, 1994.
2. Ronald Gibson, “Principles of Composite Material Mechanics”, Tata
McGraw Hill, New York, 1994.
3. MicaelHyer, “Stress Analysis of Fiber - Reinforced Composite
Materials”, McGraw Hill, New York, 1997.
4. Mathews F.L. and Rawlings R.D., “Composite materials: Engineering
and Science”, Chapman and Hall, London, England, 1st edition,
1994.
5. P K Mallicak, “Fiber Reinforced composites”, Monal Deklar Inc. New
York, 1993.
AAE 4025: DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING [3 0 0 3]
Implementation of design for manufacturing, producibility guideline,
reason for not implementing the DFMA, Impact on industries. Materials
and process selection, operation planning, selection of manufacturing
processes, expert processing sequence selector. Design for parts for
high speed feeding and orientation, high speed automatic insertion,
analysis of assembly, general rules for product design for automation,
product design for robot assembly, Machining using single point,
multipoint, abrasive wheels. Standardization, machining basic
component of shapes, accuracy and surface finish, cost estimation,
dies and press working, press selection, turret press working, press
brake operation, design rules, forging process, forging allowances.
References:
1. C. Poli, “Design for manufacturing, A structured approach Vol I”,
Butterworth Heinemann Publication, 2001.
2. Mikell P. Groover, Emory W. Zimmers, CAD/CAM; “Computer Aided
Design and Manufacturing”, Pearson Education, 2008.
3. G. K Lal, N Venkata Reddy, Vijay Gupta, “Fundamentals of Design and
Manufacturing”, Alpha science international, 2005.
4. Geoffrey Boothroyd, Peter Dewhurs, Winston A. Knight, “Design for
Manufacturing and Assembly”, CRC Press Publication, 2011.
5. O Molly, E AWarman, S Tilley, “Design for manufacturing and
assembly”, Springer, 2012.
40
AAE 4026: ERGONOMICS IN AUTOMOTIVE DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Ergonomics in vehicle design, ergonomics approach, problem solving
methodologies, importance of ergonomics, Use of anthropometry in
designing vehicles, biomechanics consideration in seat design, seat
design consideration related to driver accommodation, Vehicle
packaging, package layout, driver package development procedure,
Controls and display interfaces, Introduction to filed view, types of filed
view, forward field of view and evaluation, mirror design issue, methods
of measuring field of view, other visibility issues, Introduction, problem
during entry and exit, vehicle feature and dimensions related to entry and
exit, method of evaluating entry and exit.
References:
1. Nikolaos Gkikas, “Automotive ergonomics Driver vehicle
interaction”, CRC Press Publication, 2013.
2. Mark R Lehto, James R Buck, “Introduction to human factors and
ergonomics for engineers”, Taylor and Francis Group publication,
2008.
3. Vivek D Bhise, “Ergonomics in automotive design process”, CRC
Press Publications, 2012.
4. B. Peacock, Waldemar Karwowski, “Automotive Ergonomics”, Taylor
& Francis Publication, 1993.
5. David Meister, “The History of Human Factors and Ergonomics”,
Taylor & Francis Publication, 1999.
AAE 4027: FARM MACHINERY AND EARTH MOVING
EQUIPMENT [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, overview of engine components, Lubrication, Cooling
system, Supercharger and Turbo charger, Types of transmission system,
construction of hydro shift transmission, final drive, power take off
shafts, Power steering system, integral and linkage type, planetary
steering system, types of brakes, Classification of earth moving
equipment's, constructional details of Dozers, Loaders, Shovels,
Excavators, Rippers, Trenchers, Dredgers, Drag Line, Clamshell,
Scrapers, Motor Graders, Rollers, Compactors, Types of tractors, tractor
attachments, tillage equipment, under carriage unit of earth mover,
Suspension system, Tyres, maintenance and safety of earth movers.
References:
1. Rodichev and G. Rodicheva, “Tractor and Automobiles”, MIR
Publishers, 1987.
2. Kolchin. A, and V. Demidov, “Design of Automotive engines for
tractor”, MIR Publishers, 1972.
3. Harris Pearson Smith, “Farm Machinery and Equipment”, Tata
McGraw HILL Publishers, 1980.
4. Erich J. Schulz, “Diesel equipment- volume I and II”, McGraw-Hill
Higher Education, 1982.
5. S C Sharma, “Construction Equipment and Management”, Khanna
Publishers, 1988.
AAE 4028: FINITE ELEMENT METHOD [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to matrix notations, role of computer, General steps in Finite
element methods, Application of Finite element method, Advantages of
Finite element methods. Definition of stiffness matrix, Derivation of
stiffness matrix for spring elements, Transformation of vectors in 2D,
Global stiffness matrix, computation of stresses in bar in x-y plane, Use
of symmetric structure, beam stiffness, assemblage of beam stiffness
matrices, distributed loading, beam element with nodal hinge, potential
energy method, Galerkin method for deriving he beam element equation,
Basic concept of plane stress and plane strain, derivation of the constant
Strain triangle element stiffness matrix and equations, Derivation of the
Liner Strain triangular element stiffness matrix and examples.
References:
1. Zienkiewicz O C and Taylor R L., “Finite Element Method for Solid and
Structural Mechanics”, Elsevier., 2013.
2. Rao Singiresu S., “Finite Element Method in Engineering”,
Butterworth and Heinmann., 2011.
3. Huebner Kenneth H, “Finite element method for Engineers”, John
Wiley and Sons., 2008.
4. Reddy JN., “Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, McGraw
Hill., 2006.
5. Logan D L., “First Course in the Finite Element Method”, Thomson.,
2011.
AAE 4029: PRODUCT DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Design by evolution & innovation, Phases of design
process, phase flow chart, Feasibility study, Preliminary design, detailed
design and assembly, product strategies, Standardization, role of
aesthetics, human engineering considerations in product design,
man/machine information exchange, Concept generation process,
Theory of inventive problem solving, Principal stress trajectories,
Balanced design, designing for uniform strength, tension vs.
compression, Comparison of strength & rigidity based design, Design
for machining, ribs, corrugates, laminates and membrane, Product &
component optimization, Optimization by Linear programming &
Geometric programming.
References:
1. Kevin Otto & Kristin Wood, “Product Design”, Pearson Education,
2009.
2. George E Dieter, “Engineering Design”, McGraw Hill International
Editions, 2012.
3. David G Ullman, “The Mechanical Design Process”, McGraw Hill
International Editions, 2011.
4. S P Patil, “Mechanical System Design”, Jaico Publishing House,
Bangalore, 2008.
5. A K Chitale & R C Gupta, “Product design and Manufacturing”,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
AAE 4030: RAILWAY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Indian railways, Development and classification of the
Indian railway, Train resistances and rolling stock, Locomotives,
Coaches, Wagons, Train brakes, Tractive effort of a locomotive, Track
stresses. Rails and Rail gauges, Fastenings for rails. Sleepers: Functions
of sleepers, Types of sleepers, Relaying of track. Maintenance: Necessity
for maintenance of track, Maintenance of track proper, Maintenance of
railway bridges, Maintenance of rolling stock, Accidents, Signaling
during maintenance, Estimating speed of a running train, Speed
restriction. Signaling: Objects of signaling, Types of signals,
Classification according to function, Classification according to location,
Special signals.
References:
1. S C Rangwala, “Railway Engineering”, Charotar Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd., 2013.
2. S C Saxena & S P Arora, “Railway Engineering”, D P Rai
Publications, 2010.
3. B L Gupta & Amit Gupta, “Railway Engineering”, Standard Publishers
Distributors, 2005.
4. J S Mundrey, “Railway Track Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, 2010.
5. Satish Chandra & M.M. Agarwal, “Railway Engineering”, Oxford
University press, 2008.
41
AAE 4031: ROBUST DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Robustness strategy and its primary tools, hypothesis testing, testing of
hypothesis using F Test, Robust parameter design, Criteria for the Use of
Experiment Design Methods Orthogonal Arrays, design of orthogonal
arrays, Analysis of variance (ANOVA), ANOVA for Orthogonal Arrays,
robust parameter design, signal to noise ratio, Two factor factorial
design, two stage nested design, fractional factorial design, introduction
to multivariate analysis of variance (MANOVA) Statistical analysis,
model adequacy checking Linear regression, simple regression and
multiple regressions, Experimental methods for fitting the response
surface, types of design, Response surface design with blocks.
References:
1. Douglas C. Montgomery, “Design and Analysis of Experiments”,
John Wiley & Sons 2001.
2. R. Pannerselvam, “Design and Analysis of Experiments”, PHI, 2012.
3. Madhav S. Phadke, “Quality Engineering using Robust Design”,
Prentice Hall New Jersey 2002.
4. Peter Goos, Bradley Jones, “Optimal Design of Experiments: A Case
Study Approach”, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
5. Geoffrey M. Clarke, Robert E. Kempson, “Introduction to the Design
and Analysis of Experiments”, AHodder Arnold Publication, 1997.
AAE 4032: STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL &
RELIABILITY [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of quality and quality control, quality philosophy,
describing variation, box plot, frequency distribution and histogram,
measure of central tendencies, Probability distributions, continuous
distribution and discrete distributions, tolerance allocation, Control chart
for variables, X-bar and R-Chart and X-Bar and Sigma Chart, control
chart for attributes, control chart for defect and number of defectives,
Process capability analysis and process capability index, acceptance
sampling, operating characteristic curves, Dodge Romig and MIL-STD
acceptance sampling tables, concept of reliability, Reliability systems,
maintainability.
References:
1. Grant E.L., “Statistical Quality Control”, (6e), McGraw Hill
Publications, New York 1988.
2. Duncan, “Quality Control and Industrial statistics”, Irwin Press, New
York 1960.
3. R.C. Gupta, “Statistical Quality Control”, (6e), Khanna Publishers
New Delhi 2013.
4. Montgomery D. C., “Introduction to Statistical Quality Control”,
(2e), John Wiley& Sons, New York 2005.
5. Amitava Mitra, “Fundamentals of Quality Control and
Improvement”, John Wiley & Sons, 2012.
AAE 4033: VEHICLE BODY ENGINEERING AND SAFETY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, industrial organization, Non utilized body and chassis,
partially utilized body and chassis, unitized body and chassis, body
shape evolution, Computer Aided Styling, body modeling, Digital
Mockup, Virtual Reality and body engineering, Body in white, body side,
fenders, roof assembly, front frame, rear frame, compartment floor,
closed body, commercial vehicles and trucks, Outer body components,
weather strips, glass and mirror, moveable parts, wind shield, wiper
assembly, vehicle lighting and signaling and layout, Safety belts, Airbag,
Dashboard design and manufacturing techniques , seats, Air-
conditioning systems, Biomechanics, Simplified models for crash,
impact tests, test equipment and sensors.
References:
1. Julan Happian-Smith, “An Introduction to Modern Vehicle Design”,
British Library cataloging in publication Data, 2001.
2. David Crolla, “Automotive Engineering power train, chassis system
and vehicle body”, British Library cataloging in publication Data,
2009.
3. Lorenzo Morello, Lorenzo Rossini, Giuseppe Pia, Andrea Tonoli, “The
Automotive Body Vol I- Component Design”, Springer Publications,
2011.
4. Lorenzo Morello, Lorenzo Rossini, Giuseppe Pia, Andrea Tonoli, “The
Automotive Body Vol II- System Design”, Springer Publications,
2011.
5. George A. Peters, Barbara J. Peters, “Automotive Vehicle Safety”,
CRC Press, 2003.
OPEN ELECTIVES
AAE 3283: AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction - Engine classifications, Cylinder arrangements, working
and constructional features of Engine components, Valve operating
mechanisms, valve timing diagrams, fuel supply system, Battery ignition
system, types of cooling and lubrication system, classification and
working of clutch system, design of clutch components, Sliding and
constant mesh gear box, Calculation of power, gear ratio and tractive
efforts, Torque convertor and fluid coupling, Propeller shaft, Differential,
Types of steering systems, Steering mechanism and geometry, types of
suspension system, types of brakes, calculation of brake torque and
stopping distance, Tyres and wheel system, Starting system, Bendix
drive, lighting circuit.
References:
1. Heldt. P.M., “High Speed Combustion Engines”, Oxford and IBM
Publishers Co, 1985.
42
2. Newton and steeds, “The Motor Vehicle”, ELBS, 1980.
3. Narang G.B.S., “Automobile Engineering”, Khanna Publishers, 1990.
4. Kirpal Singh, “Automobile Engineering Vol. I & II”, Standard
Publishers, New Delhi,2011.
5. N K Giri, “Automotive Mechanics”, Khanna Publication, New Delhi,
2008.
AAE 3284: AUTOMOTIVE POLLUTION AND CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction- Historical background, Regulatory test procedures,
Analysis of pollutants, Pollution from Spark Ignition engines, Pollution
from Compression Ignition engines, Fuels for spark ignition and
compression ignition engines, Engine Variants- Lean Burn engines,
Stratified charge engines, Direct Injection in Gasoline engines,
Instrumentation for pollution measurements- Non Destructive Infrared
analyzers, thermal conductivity and flame ionization detectors, analysers
for NOx, gas chromatograph, Alternative Fuels- Hydrogen, Natural gas,
Liquefied petroleum gas, vegetable oil and biodiesel, Biomass Energy,
Direct Energy conversion methods- solar cells, thermo ionic converters.
References:
1. V Ganesan, “Internal Combustion Engines”, Tata Mcgraw-hill
Education, New Delhi, 2012.
2. M L Mathur and R P Sharma, “Internal Combustion Engines”,
Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Colin R Ferguson and Allan T Kirkpatric, “Internal Combustion
Engines”, Wiley India Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Willard W Pulkrabek, “Engineering Fundamentals of Internal
Combustion Engines”, PHI learning Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2004.
5. S P Sukatme, “Solar Energy Principles of Thermal Collection and
Storage”, Tata McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2005.
 Department of Biomedical Engineering

Biomedical Engineering is a fascinating multidisciplinary field in which Programs offered

the principles of engineering are applied to solving problems in medicine, Under Graduate Program
4
& gaining a deeper insight into life-sciences, towards providing an overall B.Tech in Biomedical Engineering
(1992)
enhancement to health care. The Biomedical Engineering program was
started at the MIT in 1989 with a P. G Program (M. Tech.), and Post Graduate Program
4
subsequently a U.G. program (B. Tech.) was added in 1992. The M.Tech in Biomedical Engineering (1989)
proximity of the reputed Kasturba Medical College under the same PhD
umbrella of Manipal University offers a unique platform for training
students in several fields, and renders the Biomedical Engineering
program a very special one. Currently, the Department provides a variety Faculty Strength
of modern facilities to help the students acquire an in-depth technical Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
knowledge in various topics in the field of Biomedical Engineering. The
department encourages research activities and a Research Lab including 4 3
5
a physiological signal acquisition lab are provided for the purpose. Areas 7
5
of interest of the Faculty at the department include: Medical Imaging,
Image Processing, and Physiological Signal Processing, Biomedical
Instrumentation, Medical Devices, Nanotechnology and Biomaterials. PhD Professors
Presently, the Headquarters of the Biomedical Engineering Society of M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
India (BMESI) is at the Dept. of Biomedical Engineering. B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors

43
 B. Tech in BIO-MEDICAL ENGINEERING
THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2102 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2203 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
BME 2101 Network Analysis 3 1 0 4 BME 2201 Elements of Bio-instrumentation 3 0 0 3
BME 2102 Analog Electronics 3 1 0 4 BME 2202 Integrated Circuit Systems 3 1 0 4
BME 2103 Digital Electronics 2 1 0 3 BME 2203 Digital System Design 3 1 0 4
II BME 2104 Bio-Mechanics 4 0 0 4 BME 2204 Basic Clinical Sciences – I 3 0 0 3
BME 2105 Anatomy & Physiology 4 0 0 4 *** **** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
BME 2111 Physiology Lab 0 0 3 1 BME 2211 Integrated Electronics Lab 0 0 6 2
BME 2112 Electronics Lab 0 0 6 2
18 4 9 25 17 3 6 22
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
BME 3101 Basic Clinical Sciences – II 3 0 0 3 HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3
BME 3102 Microcontroller Based Systems 3 1 0 4 BME 3201 Basic Clinical Sciences – III 4 0 0 4

44
BME **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3 BME 3202 Medical Equipments 3 0 0 3
BME 3103 Biomaterials and Prothetics 4 0 0 4 BME 3203 Medical Image Processing 4 0 0 4
III
BME 3104 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 4 BME **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3
BME 3105 Telemedicine 3 0 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
BME 3111 Microcontroller Lab 0 0 6 2 BME 3211 Instrumentation and Equipment Lab 0 0 3 1
BME 3212 Signal Processing in MAT Lab 0 0 3 1
19 2 6 23 19 1 6 22
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002 Engineering Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 BME 4297 Seminar 1
BME 4101 Biomedical Signal Processing 3 0 0 3 BME 4298 Industrial Training / Tour 1
BME 4102 Advanced Image Processing 4 0 0 4 BME 4299 Project Work/ Practice School 12
IV BME **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3
BME **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
BME **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3
BME 4111 Advanced DSP and Image Processing Lab 0 0 3 1
18 1 3 20 14
Minor Specializations
I. Business Management
1. HUM 4011: Financial Management
2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management
4. HUM 4014: Operations and Systems Management
Other Programme Electives
1. BME 4001: Artificial Neural Networks
2. BME 4002: Bio photonics
3. BME 4003: Data Structures and Algorithms
4. BME 4004: Drug Delivery
5. BME 4005: Health Care Management
6. BME 4006: Object Oriented Programming
7. BME 4007: Operations Research
8. BME 4008: Pattern Recognition
9. BME 4009: Physiological Control Systems
10.BME 4010: Tissue Engineering
11.BME 4011: Embedded Systems
Open Electives
1. BME 3281: Bio-medical Instrumentation
2. BME 3282: Bio-Mechanics
3. BME 3284: Rehabilitation Engineering
45
THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2102: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
Functions of complex variable. Analytic function, C-R equations,
differentiation, Integration of complex function, Cauchy's integral
formula. Taylor's and Laurent Series, Singular points, Residues,
Cauchy's residue theorem. Periodic function, Fourier Series expansion,
even and odd functions, functions with arbitrary periods, Half range
expansions Fourier transform, Parseval's identity, PDE-Solution by
method of separation of variables and by indicated transformations. One
dimensional wave equation, One dimensional heat equation and their
solutions. Vector differential operator, gradient divergence and curl. Line,
surface and volume integrals.Green's theorem, Divergence and Stoke's
theorems.
References:
1. Grewal B. S. Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers.
2. Erwin Kreyszig Advanced Engg. Mathematics, Wiley Eastern.
3. Gerald and Wheatley Applied Numerical Analysis (5th Edition).
4. Murray R. Spiegel: Vector Analysis. 1959, Schaum Publishing Co.
5. Narayanan, Ramaniah and Manicavachagom Pillay Advanced
Engineering Mathematics, Vol 3.
BME2101: NETWORK ANALYSIS [3 1 0 4]
Network topology, principles of duality & network transformation, KVL
and KCL equations for DC and AC networks, network reduction using Y-
transformations, coupled circuits, network theorems, series and parallel
resonant circuits, transient behavior and Initial conditions in networks,
switching condition and their representation, evaluation of initial and final
conditions, Laplace transforms, Inverse Laplace transform and
applications, one and two port networks, driving point admittance and
transfer function, Open circuit impedance parameters, Short circuit
admittance parameters, transmission parameters, h-parameters.
References:
1. M E Van Valkenburg, Network Analysis, Prentice Hall, Edition 3, 2002.
2. Joseph. A Edminister, Theory and Problems of Electric circuits,
McGraw Hill, Edition 3, 2001.
3. S Ghosh & A Chakraborthy, Network analysis & Synthesis, McGraw-
Hill Education, August 2009..
BME 2102: ANALOG ELECTRONICS [3 1 0 4]
BJT characteristics: (CE CC and CB), Biasing and stabilization of Q-point,
Self-bias, stability factors. BJT as an amplifier: Graphical analysis (DC
and AC load line), Low frequency analysis of BJT, Composite transistors
(Darlington pair, cascode connection, etc.)
JFET and MOSFET characteristics: biasing and stabilization of Q-point,
Small signal analysis, CS, CD, and CG configuration. Feedback amplifier:
Concept of feedback, topological classification (voltage series, voltage
shunt, current series, current shunt), effect of feedback on Ri, Ro and
Bandwidth of amplifier, advantages of negative feedback. Oscillators:
Barkhausen criterion for sustained oscillation, Nyquist criterion for
stability of amplifier, R-C phase shift oscillator, Weinbridge oscillators,
RF oscillators (Colpitt's oscillator, tuned drain oscillators), Crystal
oscillator and frequency stability. Multistage amplifiers: Frequency
response characteristic (Log-magnitude and Polar plots), Gain
bandwidth product, Distortion in amplifiers. Large Signal Amplifiers:
Classification of amplifiers (Class A, B, AB, & C), Transformer coupled
Amplifiers, Thermal runway, Pushpull arrangements, Theoretical
efficiency, Distor tion analysis, Complementary and Quasi-
complementary push-pull amplifiers.
References:
1. R. L. Boylestad, L. Nashelsky, Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory,
10th Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2009.
2. A. S. Sedra, K. C. Smith, Microelectronic circuits, 6th Edition, Oxford
University Press, 2009.
3. Behzad Razavi, Fundamental of Microelectronics, 2nd Edition,Wiley,
2013.
4. Jacob Millman, Christos Halkias, Chetan Parikh, Millman's Integrated
Electronics, 2nd Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2009.
BME 2103: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS [2 1 0 3]
Number systems and codes, BCD Code, Excess-3 code, Gray code error
detecting codes etc. Switching algebra and simplification of Boolean
expressions, realization of Logic gates, combinational logic design,
minimization of Boolean functions using K Map etc., adders , DMUX,
MUX decoders, Encoders, ROM circuits, etc. Introduction to sequential
logic, flip flops, asynchronous and synchronous counters, shift
registers, Ring counters, etc.
References:
1. Donald D.Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw Hill,
2002.
2. Morris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, Pearson,
Thirteenth impression, 2011.
3. William I. Fletcher, An Engineering approach to Digital Design,
Prentice Hall of India, 2009.
4. ZviKohavi, Switching and Finite Automata Theory, Tata McGraw Hill,
second edition.
5. A. Ananda Kumar, Switching Theory and Logic Design, Prentice Hall
of India, 2009.
BME 2104: BIO-MECHANICS [4 0 0 4]
Bio-fluid mechanics: Newton's laws, stress and strain, viscosity,
Relationship between diameter, velocity and pressure of blood flow,
Resistance against flow. Flow properties of blood: Physical, Chemical
and Rheological properties of blood, Blood viscosity variation, Problems
associated with extra corporeal blood flow. Bioviscoelastic fluid:
Viscoelasticity Viscoelastic Models: Maxwell, Voigt and Kelvin Models,
Bio-Viscoelastic fluids. Rheology of blood in microvessels: Fahreus-
Lindquist effect and inverse effect, hematocrit in very narrow tube.
Cardiac mechanics: Cardiovascular system, Mechanical properties of
Blood vessels, Blood flow, Physics of cardiovascular diseases,
Prosthetic heart valves. Respiratory mechanics: Alveoli mechanics,
Interaction of blood and lung, P-V curve of lung, Breathing mechanism,
airway resistance, Physics of lung diseases. Soft tissue mechanics:
Mechanical Properties, Structure, function and mechanical properties of
skin, ligaments and tendons. Measuring principles of Cutometer,
46
Durometer, Ballistometer. Orthopaedic mechanics: Mechanical
properties of cartilage, Mechanical properties of bone, Kinetics and
Kinematics of joints. Fundamental concepts of Gait analysis.
References:
1. C. Ross Ethier, Craig A. Simmons, Introductory Biomechanics,
Cambridge University Press, first edition, 2009.
2. Y. C. Fung, Biomechanics - Mechanical properties of living tissues,
springer Verlag, second edition, 1993.
3. Cameron John R, Skofronick James G, Medical physics, John Wiley,
first edition, 1978.
4. W. Mark Saltzman, Biomedical Engineering - bridging medicine and
technology, Cambridge University Press, first edition 2009.
5. Richard Skalak, Shu Chien, Handbook of Bioengineering, McGraw-
Hill Book Company, first edition, 1987.
6. Peter Elsner, Bioengineering of skin, CRC Press, first edition, 2002.
7. Whittle & Michael W, Introduction to gait analysis, Butterworth
Heinemann, first edition, 1997.
BME 2105: ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY [4 0 0 4]
PART - A: ANATOMY
Skeletal System: Types of bone, classification, Structure of bone, Blood
supply, Cartilage: Type, Structure in brief, Joints: Classification,
Structure of synovial joint, Major joints of the limbs and
temporomandibular joint. Muscle tissue: Types, Structure of skeletal
muscle, Types of muscles, Brain: Parts, Brain stem, Ventricles, CSE,
Meninges, Cranial nerves (names and functions only). Spinal cord:
Gross features and structures, Spinal nerve, Nerve endings and
receptors, Autonomic nervous system. Sensory: Eye, Ear, Skin. Heart:
Pericardium, Chambers, Blood supply Organs. Respiratory system:
Parts, Trachea, Lungs. G I Tract: Parts, Stomach, Intestine, Liver, and
Pancreas. Urinary system, Male and Female reproductive organs, and
Endocrine glands.
PART - B: PHYSIOLOGY
Introductory lecture pertaining basic functional concept of the human
body as a whole and contribution of individual system for achieving the
goal. Leverage system i.e. bone and muscle physiology in general. Nerve
action potential and its ionic basis. Body temperature regulation based
on thermostats - principle and its operation in different environmental
temperature and its abnormalities. Biophysical aspects of blood
pressure (Bop) and its recording technique. Electrocardiograph and its
gross normal features and alterations, Optics of the eye. Fundamental
tonal analysis, determination of pitch, loudness and quality of sound.
Sensorium - general role of receptor as transducers, generator potential.
Motor control of skilled voluntary movements: Mechanism of abnormal
oscillatory movements Electroencephalogram and electrocortcogram.
References:
1. Charles E Tobin, Manual of Human Dissection, Mc Graw Hill, Edition 4,
1961.
2. J Gibson, Modern Physiology and Anatomy of Nurses, Black Well,
1981.
3. Best Charles Herbert, Taylor, Norman Burke, The living body.
4. A J Vander, J H Sherman, D S Luciano, Human Physiology, McGraw
Hill, Edition 8, 2000.
5. Cyril A Keele, Eric Neil, Neil Norman Joels, Samson's Wright's Applied
Physiology, Oxford University Press, 1993.
BME 2111: PHYSIOLOGY LAB [0 0 3 1]
Recording of B.P. & effects of physical exertion and posture in the
parameter. Recording mechanical response of the muscle on
application of induced electrical signal. Study of load, length and force
relationship of muscle.Study of rate of conduction of nerve
impulse.Spirometry- recording tidal volume inspiratory reserve volume,
expiratory reserve volume, vital capacity and vital index and effect of
posture on vital capacity.Isolated heart perfusion by lagendrak technique
(demonstration). Immolated frogs heart perfusion &affects of ions (Na,
Ca& K ) using slow Microinjector(demonstration). Analysis of Na & K in
an unknown sample using Flames Photometer(demonstration). Test of
hearing using Tuning fork. Test of vision:Acuity of vision, Color vision,
Opthalmoscopy, Error of Refraction. Recording of EMG & EEG of
polygraph (demonstration). Examination of sensory system.
Examination of motor system. Recording action potential and its display
on oscilloscope (demonstration).
BME 2112: ELECTRONICS LAB [0 0 6 2]
To conduct the experiments related to the characteristics of Diode,
Transistor, FET and other special devices. Design of power supplies:
rectifier (capacitor filter), voltage doublers, quadruples, and series
voltage regulator. Design of amplifiers: Transistor amplifiers with and
without feedback, and FET Amplifiers. Design of oscillators: RC phase
shift oscillator, Wein bridge oscillator, Hartley and Colpitt's /Crystal
oscillator (using BJT's FET's), UJT oscillator design. Study of TTL and
CMOS gate ICs, Design of combinational circuits using IC gates. Study of
MSI combinational IC chips (TTL and CMOS) such as decoder, encoder,
multiplexers and demultiplexers. Sweep generator circuits, Flip-Flops:
Study of flip-flop IC chips, Design of asynchronous counters and
synchronous counters using flip-flop, Design of shift registers, Study of
counter IC chips.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2203: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Probability theory: axiomatic definition, probability space, conditional
probability and independence, Bayes' theorem; The concept of a random
variable, distribution and density functions, properties, examples
(specific random variables); Expected value, variance, Chebyshev's
inequality. Functions of a random variable; Random vectors, covariance,
correlation coefficient, conditional distribution; Introduction to
stochastic processes: definition, statistics, correlation and covariance,
stationarity, ergodicity; linear systems with stochastic inputs.
References:
1. A. Papoulis and S.U. Pillai, Probability, Random Variables and
Stochastic Processes, McGraw Hill, Fourth Edition, 2002.
2. W. Hsu, Probability, Random Variables and Random Processes
(Schaum's Outlines), Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2004.
47
BME 2201: ELEMENTS OF BIO-INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Biomedical transducers: Classification and Selection; Resistive,
capacitive & Inductive transducers, Photoelectric, Piezo-electric,
Temperature and Digital transducers; Electrodes & Amplifiers: Principles
of working and their characteristics, Electrode-Electrolyte model, Half-
cell potential, Microelectrodes. Amplifiers for biomedical
instrumentation, Patient lead devices, Isolated leads & Filters.
Physiological Signals & Measurements: Basics of ECG, EMG, EEG, PCG
and Instrumentation for measuring these signals, Measurement of blood
pressure & blood flow. Cardiac Pacemakers: Types of pacemakers &its
working principle, Modes of triggering, Pacemaker power supplies.
Defibrillators: AC and DC defibrillators, Types of electrodes and their
features, cardiovertors. Lasers: Basic principles, types, applications and
safety. Recorders: Types, Principle of working and applications.
Electrical Hazards & Safety: Electrical hazards during bioelectric
monitoring, Safety code standards, Micro and Macro shock and its
physiological effects, Leakage currents and protection by use of isolation
transformers, equipotential grounding and earth free monitoring system.
References:
1. John G Webster, Medical Instrumentation Applications and Design,
John Willey, Edition 3, 1998.
2. Leslie Cromwell, Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements,
Prentice Hall, Edition 2, 2000
3. R S Khandpur, Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, McGraw
Hill, Edition 2 2003
4. L A Geddes, L E Baker, Principles of Applied Medical Instrumentation,
John Wiley, Edition 3, 1989
BME 2202: INTEGRATED CIRCUIT SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
Operational amplifiers, characteristics, frequency response, differential
amplifiers, offset voltages and currents, linear applications of OP-AMP,
instrumentation amplifier, active filters, integrators and differentiators,
non- linear applications of OP-AMPS, switched Capacitor filter,
555 Timer IC and its applications phase locked loops and applications,
voltage to frequency converters, voltage regulators, fixed and adjustable
voltage regulator, switching regulators, different type of ADC and DAC,
introduction to VLSI, MOS shift registers and charge coupled devices.
References:
1. Jacob Milliman, Christors C Halkias, Intergrated Electronics, Mcgraw
Hill, 2002.
2. Jacob Millman, Irvin Grabel, Microelectronics, McGraw Hill, Edition 2,
1988.
3. Ramakanth A Gayakwad, OPAMPS and Linear Integrated Circuits,
Prentice Hall, Edition 4, 2000.
4. J Nagrath, Electronics (Analog and Digital), Prentice Hall India, 1998.
BME 2203: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
Logic Families, TTL CMOS etc., ASM charts, conventions, design
examples, Asynchronous Sequential Circuits, analysis and design of
asynchronous sequential circuits, Digital system design implementation
options using MSI/LSI circuits, PLD's CPLD's, MPGA's and FPGA's
architectures and applications, implementations of digital circuits using
FPGA's, digital testing, different fault models, D algorithm, testing
sequential circuits, Design for test methods and guidelines for
combinational circuits etc.
References:
1. M.J.S.Smith, Application Specific ICs, Pearson 1997.
2. Michael L. Bushnell, Vishwani D. Agrawal, Essential of Electronic
testing for digital, memory and mixed VLSI signal, Kluwer Academic
Publishers, 2002.
3. Parag K. Lala, Fault tolerant and Fault testable hardware design, BS
publication, 1990.
4. Alexander Miczo, Russell D. Lambert, Miczo, Digital logic testing and
simulation, Wiley-interscience, 2nd edition.
5. J.Bhaskar, Verilog Primer, Addison Wesley Longman Singapore Pvt
Ltd. 3rd edition
6. C.H. Roth, Fundamentals of Logic Design, Thomson, 2000.
BME 2204: BASIC CLINICAL SCIENCES - I [3 0 0 3]
PART-A: CARDIOLOGY
Heart structure and function - overview, Detail cardiovascular
physiology - blood flow (circulation), Detail anatomy of human heart,
principles of cardiovascular measurements-blood pressure, cardiac
output, etc. Heart valves, Prosthetic heart valves evolution, detail
structure, functions and applications, Open heart surgery and Heart lung
machines, Basics of 12-lead Electrocardiography Einthoven's triangle,
ECG potentials generation and conduction, conduction system,
Applications of ECG in cardiac clinics, Normal and abnormal ECGs,
Diagnostic applications, Interpretation of ECG, Cardiac pacing. Assisted
cardiac devices-concepts and applications from biomedical engineering
perspective, Holter monitor.
PART-B: ANAESTHESIOLOGY
This course will provide an overview of basic physical principles and
their applications in anaesthesia and intensive care. It will begin with the
description of general and regional anaesthetic techniques fundamental
to the practice of anaesthesia before going on to describe the
anaesthesia machine, medical gas supply systems and intravenous drug
delivery systems. The principles of equipment used in pain therapy will
be discussed. Finally, students will learn about mechanical ventilation
with special emphasis on mechanical ventilators and nebulisers.
Humidifiers, Baby Incubators, Central oxygen supply. Principles of
operation theatre tables and lights, phototherapy, surgical diathermy.
PART-C: ENT
Anatomy and physiology of auditory system introduction, components,
outer ear, inner ear, auditory mechanism, and central auditory system.
Functional concepts of hearing central and peripheral mechanisms,
Audiogram and audiometry concepts and applications, basics of
Electrocochleogram, Hearing aids basics and future aids. Noise
pollution and cochlear implants, Anatomy of larynx, Physiology of
speech or phonation, Language disorders, Language development,
Language and brain, Pathological conditions Aphasias and Dyslexia.
References:
1. Ganong, Review of Medical Physiology [available at MIT and KMC
libraries]
2. Cyril and Neil, Samson Wright's applied physiology [available at MIT
and KMC libraries]
48
3. C.C. Chatterjee, Human Physiology [available at MIT and KMC
libraries
4. M.K. Bykes and M.D. Vickers, Measurements in Anaesthesia,
Blackwell 1981.
5. Mushin, Automatic ventilation of lung, Blackwell 1970.
6. R.D. Millor, Text Book of Anaesthesia, some chapters.
BME 2211: INTEGRATED ELECTRONICS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Op-amp linear applications, (adders, subtractors, integrator, differentiator,
voltage to current, current to voltage converters.). Op-amp non-linear
applications. (Comparators, square wave generator, monostable
multivibrator, precision rectifier). Function generation using op-amps
(square & triangular waveform). Op-amp R-C phase shift and wein bridge
Oscillator. Op-amp based D-A converters.( ladder type DAC). I.C. Voltage
regulators (3 terminal fixed, variable and 723 or equivalent), 555 timer
applications, PLL applications, VCO IC 566, A/D & D/A converter ICs. To
conduct experiments related to digital system design.
FIFTH SEMESTER
BME 3101: BASIC CLINICAL SCIENCES - II [3 0 0 3]
PART-A: OPTHALMOLOGY
Physiology of Eye: Structure of eye, function, Generation of signals and
transmission to brain Electrophysiology, Aqueous humor production:
Intraocular pressure fluctuations.
Equipment Used: Vision testing equipment (Computerized & Manual.),
Snellens's Chart, Keratometer, Refractometer, Colour Vision, Eye
Examination equipment: Slit lamp biomicroscope & Camera, Fundus
Camera, Opthalmoscope-Direct & Indirect, Retinoscope, Tonometers -
contact & Noncontact, Perimeters - Listers, Bjerrums, Octopus, and
Goldmann, Ophthalmodynamometers, Ultrasound Scanners,
Synoptophore + Hesschart, Electromagnet, Lathes, Specialized
equipment used in treatment: Argon laser, Nd-YAG Laser, Contact
Lenses, Intraocular Lenses, Operating Microscope, Cryosurgical
equipment, Vitrectomy instrument.
References:
1. Miller Stephen J H, Parson Diseases Of The Eye, Churchhill
Livingstone, Edition 18, 1994.
2. Duke Elder, System of Opthalmology, Vol. VII, Mosby, St. Louis, 1965.
PART-B: ORTHOPAEDICS
Bioengineering aspects of fracture management: Structure of bone-gross,
Microscopic biochemical fractures: Types, Mechanism of injury, Normal
Healing of Fractures, Treatment of fractures: General principles, Closed
methods, External fixation and Internal fixation, Biomechanics of internal
fixation and description of external fixators, Bioengineering principles of
internal fixation, Intrame: Dullary nails, Plates, and Screws.
The concepts of load bearing, load sharing and stress shielding by
implants, Piezo electricity and electrical stimulation for bone healing,
Bioengineering aspects of joint diseases, Structure of joints: Fibrous,
Cartilaginous, Synovial, Lubrication of joints and the functions of articular
cartilage, Degeneration of cartilage, Degenerative arthritis and Rheumatoid
arthritis, Joint replacement, hip, knee, shoulder, small joints.
Biomaterials: Requirements of implant materials and biocompatibility,
Material implants: Materials in external appliances, Materials in
prosthetics, Materials in Orthotics, Bioengineering principles of
management of paralytic problems, Gait analysis, Orthotics, Principles
of tendon transports, Bioengineering principles of amputation and
prosthetics, Upper limb prosthesis, Lower limb prosthesis.
References:
1. Wilton H Bunch and Robert D Keagy, Principles of Orthotic treatment.
2. Adams John Cranfield and Xchurchill living stone, Outline of
orthopedics and outline of fractures.
3. Frankel, Lea, Febiger , Nordin, Basic Biomechanics of the skeletal
system.
4. M. Dena Gardiner, The principles of exercise therapy, CBS press,
Edition 4, 1985.
PART C: SPEECH & HEARING
Audiometers, Middle ear analyzer, Evoked potentials, OAE, Hearing aids,
Cochlear implants, ALD, Hearing aid analyzer, Electro Glottography, AAC,
Introduction to speech assessment, DSP, Assessment of voice and
fluency, Voice and fluency therapy assessment, Artificial larynx,
Spirometry, Speech synthesis, Practical demonstration.
References:
1. Community based Rehabilitation, ISBNO 0-7020-1941-0, Saunders,
London, 1997.
2. A Nenfeldt & A Albrigt, Disability and Self- directed employment ,1998.
BME 3102: MICROCONTROLLER BASED SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to 8-bit Microcontroller structure and Microcontroller
families. The 8051 Microcontroller Hardware, I/O pins, Ports, and
Circuits, external memory, Counters and timers, serial data Input/ Output,
Interrupts. Programming the 8051 microcontroller. Interfacing External
memory, Keyboard, Displays, Pulse measurement, D/A and A/D
converters to the 8051 microcontroller. Features, Architecture,
Instruction set and Serial Sub-system of Motorola 68HC11
microcontroller family. PIC Microcontrollers overview, architectural
features, Special features and Applications.
References:
1. Kenneth J. Ayala, The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture,
programming, & Applications, Second Edition, Penram International.
2. Peter Spasov, Microcontroller technology, 68HC11, Prentice Hall,
1999 Edition.
3. Muhammad ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, The 8051
Microcontrollers and Embedded systems, Second Edition, Pearson
Education.
4. Myke Predko, Programming and Customizing the 8051
Microcontroller, TATA McGraw Hill Edition.
5. Michael Kheir, The M68HC11 Microcontroller applications in control,
Instrumentation, and Communication, Prentice Hall, International
Edition.
49
BME 3103: BIO-MATERIALS AND PROSTHETICS [4 0 0 4]
Introduction to Bio-materials, Metallic Biomaterials-corrosion behaviour,
Ceramic Biomaterials, Polymeric Biomaterials, Composite Biomaterials,
Biodegradable Polymeric Biomaterials, Physical mechanism and modes
of bio-erosion, Tissue Derived Biomaterials (Collagen), Heart valve
prostheses, Dental Implants- artificial dental implants, implant fixation,
Hard Tissue Replacements- Bone structure, cortical and cancellous
bone, viscoelastic properties, Fracture and fixators, healing of bones.
Joint replacements-Hip and knee implants. Artificial Kidney: Structure
and function, Kidney disease, Renal failure, Mass transfer in dialysis,
Clearance, Filtration, Permeability, Membranes, Hemofiltration,
Apheresis. Liver Support Systems: Morphology & functions, Hepatic
failure, Liver support systems, Hybrid Replacement procedures, Global
Replacement of liver function, Bio-artificial systems, Artificial
extracorporeal systems. Artificial Pancreas: Structure and function.
Diabetes, insulin, insulin therapy, insulin administration & production
systems. Artificial Blood: Crystalloid and Colloidal solution as volume
expanders, artificial oxygen carriers, manufacturing process of
synthesis hemoglobin-based product.
References:
1. Joseph D Bronzino, The Biomedical Engineering Handbook, Third
Edition, 2006, CRC press, USA.
2. Park JoobnBu, Biomaterials Science and Engineering, First Edition,
1984, Plenum Press, University of Michigan.
3. Buddy D Ratner & Allen S Hoffman, Biomaterials Science and
Introduction to Materials in Medicine, Third Edition, 2012, Academic
Press, Canada.
4. L.L. Hench & E.C. Ethridge, Biomaterials, an Interfacial Approach,
First Edition, 1982, Academic Press, New York.
BME 3104: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 1 0 4]
Continuous-time signals, Sampling, Discrete-time signals and systems,
Classification of discrete-time signals, Elementary discrete-time signals,
Basic operations on discrete-time signals, Properties of discrete-time
systems, LSI systems; Convolution sum, characterization of LSI
systems using impulse response, description of LSI systems using
difference equations; Fourier representation of discrete-time periodic
signals: DTFS & its properties, Fourier representation of discrete-time
non-periodic signals: DTFT & its properties, Frequency response of LSI
systems; Z-Transform: ROC & its properties, Properties of Z transform,
Inverse Z transform, Transform analysis of LSI Systems; DFT: properties,
linear convolution using the DFT; The fast Fourier transform: radix 2
DITFFT & DIFFFT; Digital Filters: Design of FIR and IIR filters.
References:
1. Simon Haykin and Van Veen, Signals and Systems, John Wiley,
Edition 2, 2002.
2. A.V. Oppenenheim, S. Willsky and S.H. Navab, Signals and Systems,
Prentice Hall (The Indian Reprint), 2nd Edition, 2004.
3. Oppenheim A.V. and R.W. Schafer, Digital Signal Processing,
Prentice Hall of India, 2002.
 BME 3105: TELEMEDICINE [3 0 0 3]
History of Telemedicine, Block diagram of telemedicine system, origin
and Development of Telemedicine, Scope, Benefits and limitations of
Telemedicine; Data & Signal, transmission impairments & channel
capacity, Guided & Unguided transmission media, transmission of digital
signal and analog signal, Multiplexing techniques: TDM & FDM,
telephone system and DSL technology, cable modem & SONET,
Interfacing to the medium; Switching Techniques: Circuit switching &
Packet switching, IEEE 802 LAN, high speed LAN, wireless LAN, Cellular
telephone systems, satellite network, Internet & internetworking: TCP/IP,
multimedia networks; Data Security and Standards: Encryption,
Cryptography; Ethical and legal aspects of Telemedicine; Applications of
Telemedicine.
References:
1. Olga Ferrer-Roca, M. Sosa Ludicissa, Handbook of Telemedicine, IOS
press 2002.
2. Andrew S Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, Pearson Education, Inc.,
2010.
3. A.C. Norris, Essentials of Telemedicine and Telecare, John Wiley &
Sons, 2002.
4. Richard Wootton, John Criag and Victor Patterson, Introduction to
Telemedicine, CRC Press, 2006.
BME 3111: MICROCONTROLLER LAB [0 0 6 2]
Familiarization of 8051 simulation software and 8051 instruction set,
Arithmetic and logic related programs, Array handling and code
conversion programs, Bit manipulation and programming using I/O
ports, Timer/Counter programming, Programming using 8051 trainer kit
in keyboard mode, Programming 8051 using trainer kit in serial mode
and interrupt programs, Interfacing DAC, ADC, Seven segment display,
keyboard, LCD and Stepper motor.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope. The
functions of managers. Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises. Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership- leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections.
50
References:
1. Koontz D. (Latest Edition), Essentials of Management, McGraw Hill,
New York.
2. Peter Drucker (Latest Edition), Management, Task and
Responsibility, Allied Publishers.
3. Peter Drucker (2003), The practice of management, Butterworth
Hein Mann.
BME 3201 BASIC CLINICAL SCIENCES III [4 0 0 4]
PART-A: NEUROLOGY
Introduction to neurology; Review of the structure, development, and
function of the nervous system: Central, peripheral and autonomic
nervous system, Part of the brain structure, The motor system,
Sensation, Cranial nerves. Functional topography of brain. Spinal cord,
Consciousness, Higher functions, somatosensations, Neurons and glia,
membrane potential, postsynaptic potential, action potential, signal
transductions, neurotransmitters, synaptic transmissions, neural
plasticity- LTP and LTD, Motor spinal control, cortical and subcortical
motor control, Sleep and its disorders, Diagnostic investigations,
Electroencephalography, Computerised Axial Tomography, Radioactive
brain scanning, Angiography, Pnuemoencephalography, The motor unit
recording, The methods of Electrodiagnosis, Neuromuscular
stimulation, Electromyography, Clinical Applications, Diseases of
muscle, Motor neuron disorders, The electrical study of reflexes, The
silent period, The F Response, The H Reflex, The Axon reflexes, Disorders
of neuromuscular transmission.
References:
1. Victor Maurice, Adams Raymond D, Principles of Neurology,
McGraw Hill, Edition 5, 1993.
2. Erodal, Neuroanatomy. Lance and Moleod, Physiological approach
to Clinical Neurology
PART-B: RADIOLOGY
X-ray tube, Target material, focal spot, size, shape of filament rotating
anode, cooling of target tube, Interaction of X-ray with matter, Use of filters,
scattered rays, quality of X-rays, HVL, CONES, Grids, Photographic effects
on X-ray film, density, contrast, distortion, Speed of X-ray film, Fluorescent
& Intensifying screen, Tomography & High K.V. Technique, Image
Intensifier, D.S.A, Radiation hazards & protective measures, Brachy
Therapy; C.T. Scan, Ultrasonography, Principles of M.R.I.
PART-C: RADIOTHERAPEUTICS
Principles of radiation oncology and cancer radio therapy, LET and RBE,
Radio sensitivity and Radio resistance tumors and tissues, Clinical
definition of tumor radiosensitivity, Classification of tumors according to
cell Radiosensitivity, Cell survival theory, Cell cyclekinetics and age
response function, Cell survival curves, Oxygen effect, OER, Cell repair-
sublethal and potentially damage repair. Radio curability of tumors,
Therapeutic ratio, Normal tissue tolerance dose, Modification of radiation
response, Physical, Chemical and Biomedical modifiers, Radiation
biology stages of radiation actions, Physical stage LEI-RBE,
Physiochemical reactions, Chemical stage. Radioactive effect of
important Biological macromolecules, Radiation on cell site in cells, DNA
repair process, Effects of radiation on cell cycle process, Cell death
survival curves, Oxygen effect, Fractionation, Biological effects of
Radiation, Radioactive protection, Acute Radiation syndromes, Somatic
effects LD-50, Cause of radiation death - skin - blood and blood forming
organs, Reproductive organs, Embryo-Late effects of Radiation,
Radiation carcinogenesis, Leukemogenesis, Cataract, Genetic effects,
Hazards and permissible exposures, maximum permissible
occupational doses, Hazards in various branches of radiation, Protective
lines of defense, Protective measures, Physical measurements and
medical investigations.
References:
1. Meredith W J , Massey J B, Fundamental Physics of Radiology, John
Wright, Edition 3, 1977.
2. Johns H E, Cunningham John Robert, The Physics of Radiology,
Charle C Thomas, Edition 4, 1983.
3. Romesh Chandra, Introduction to Nuclear Medicine.
BME 3202: MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS [3 0 0 3]
Respiratory measurements and aids: Principles and Techniques of
Impedance Pneumograph and Pneumotachograph; Ventilator and its
types. Acoustic measurement and aids: Common tests and procedures,
Schematic functional diagram of an audiometer; Hearing aids: Different
types, Comparison of microphones, Receivers and amplifiers.
Electrosurgical units: modes of operation of the ESU & the safety
features. Ultrasonics: Basic principle, block diagram of an
echocardiograph. Study of Endoscopes, Neonatal instrumentation,
Anesthesia equipment & Lithotripsy. Prosthetic heart valves: Qualitative
requirements, types of Mechanical and tissue valves, Invitro
performance testing of prosthetic heart valves using a pulse duplicator.
Heart- Lung Machine: Governing principles, Qualitative requirements,
types of blood oxygenators. Hemodialysers: Qualitative requirements,
General scheme of operations, Types of exchangers, Block diagram of
the dialysis machine, Electronic control and monitoring systems.
Intensive Coronary care concepts; Principles and applications of
Thermograph, Infusion pump & Blood cell counter.
References:
1. John G Webster, Medical Instrumentation, John Willey, Edition 3,
2001.
2. R S Khandpur, Hand book of Biomedical Instrumentation, McGraw
Hill, Edition 2, 2003.
3. Richard Aston, Principles of Biomedical Instrumentation and
Measurements, Maxwell Macmilan International editions.
4. LA Geddes & LE Baker, Principles of Applied Medical
Instrumentation, John Wiley Edition 3, 1989.
BME 3203: MEDICAL IMAGE PROCESSING [4 0 0 4]
Review of signals, systems & transforms; 2D signals & systems, 2D DFT
and its computation. Image perception the human vision system,
psycho-visual experiments, monochrome vision model, temporal
properties. Image compression the discrete cosine transform (DCT),
proper ties, computation, practical compression algorithm,
Compression standards. Image Enhancement: Point operations, Spatial
filtering: linear filters & the median filter. Medical Imaging: Imaging
modalities; Computed tomography (CT): mathematical basis, the Radon
51
transform & the central slice theorem; Image reconstruction from
projections: the Direct Fourier Method, convolution back projection
(CBP) algorithm, reconstruction from fan-beam projections; X-rays:
utility, generation and detection; X-ray CT systems. Emission CT:
principles, Positron emission tomography (PET); Magnetic resonance
imaging: Principles of data-generation, resolving the tissues, resolving
the spatial locations.
References:
1. R.C Gonzalez and R.E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, 2nd Ed.,
Pearson Education Inc., Eighth Indian Reprint, 2002.
2. Jae S. Lim, Two-dimensional Signal and Image Processing,
Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1990.
3. A.K. Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Prentice-Hall,
1989, Fourth Indian Reprint.
4. A.C. Kak and M. Slaney, Principles of Computerized Tomographic
Imaging, SIAM's Classics in Applied Mathematics, Philadelphia,
SIAM, 2001.
5. Kline Jacob, Handbook of Biomedical Engineering, Academic Press,
1988.
BME 3211: INSTRUMENTATION & EQUIPMENT LAB [0 0 3 1]
Demo and circuit checking of the following equipments: Electro-Surgical
Unit, Defibrillator, Ventillator, Baby Incubator, Infusion Pump, Pacemaker.
Design & testing of the circuits related to medical equipments (Minimum
5 circuits), PCB Design and making of any of the above circuits. Study of
Ergonomics issues. Study of Transducers, ECG, EMG, EEG, Spirometer,
Applications of active filters, Study of Spectrophotometer, Colorimeter,
PH meter, Instrumentation Amplifier, Audiometer, Measurement of BP,
Amplitude Modulation and Detection, Frequency Modulation and
Detection, Pulse Modulation Techniques, Pulse Code Modulation.
BME 3212: SIGNAL PROCESSING IN MATLAB [0 0 3 1]
Elementary Signals - unit sample, unit step, real/complex exponential,
sinusoid; LSI systems: Investigation of linearity & time-invariance,
Computation of impulse response, Convolution; Computing and plotting
the frequency response from the transfer function/unit-sample
response; Study of pole-zero plot associated with different transfer
functions. DFT: Illustration of circular shift of a sequence, & circular
convolution, linear convolution via circular convolution; Computation of
the DFT / FFT of a signal & comparison of speed of execution for signals
of different lengths; Design & Implementation of FIR and IIR filters;
Random number generation; ECG: QRS detection, extraction of RRI
series and calculation of heart rate; Compression of ECG using Turning
Point algorithm & the Discrete cosine Transform.
References:
1. Rudra Pratap, Getting Started with MATLAB A Quick Introduction for
Scientists and Engineers, OUP, 2010.
2. MATLAB User guide, Mathworks Inc.
3. MATLAB online help
4. A.V. Oppenheim, S. Willsky and S. H. Navab, Signals and Systems,
Prentice Hall (The Indian Reprint), 2nd Edition, 2004, USA.
5. Simon Haykin and Van Veen, Signals and Systems, John Wiley,
Edition 2, 2002, Singapore.

SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its types Job
costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet and profit &
loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios,
Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios
References:
1. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J (2002), “Engineering Economy”,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
2. Chan S. Park (2010), “Contemporary Engineering Economics”,
Pearson Education, Inc
3. Raman B.S (1993), “Advanced accountancy”, United publications,
Bangalore
4. T. Ramachandran (2001), “Accounting and Financial Management”,
Scitech Publications Pvt. Ltd. India.
5. Thuesen G. J & Thuesen H. G (2005), “Engineering Economics”,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
BME 4101: BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Spectral estimation techniques: The periodogram, averaged
periodogram, Blackman-Tukey, Biomedical applications of the
periodogram. Cepstrum analysis: The cepstra, power capstrum,
complex cepstrum, homomorphic filtering, Biomedical applications of
cepstrum analysis. Adaptive noise canceling: Introduction, General
structure of adaptive filters, Principles of adaptive noise canceling with
LMS and RLS adaptation algorithm. Adaptive line enhancer: Introduction,
Adaptive line Enhancer (ALE) method using the LMS and GAL algorithm.
Autoregressive (AR) methods: Linear prediction and Autoregressive
methods, Auto correlation (Yule Walker) method, Adaptive AR methods,
Biomedical applications of AR methods. Autoregressive Moving Average
(ARMA) method: The MLE, Akaike, Durbin models, Adaptive ARMA
method based on the LMS algorithm.
References:
1. M. Akay, Biomedical signal processing, Academic press, 1994.
2. Arnon Cohen, Biomedical signal processing: Volume 1, CRC Press,
1986.
3. Arnon Cohen, Biomedical signal processing: Volume 2, CRC Press,
1986.
52
BME 4102: ADVANCED MEDICAL IMAGE PROCESSING [4 0 0 4]
Mathematical Preliminaries: Review of 2D Signals & systems, Probability
Theory, Linear Algebra; Matrix-representation of Filtering/convolution;
Orthogonal and unitary transforms, examples, Affine transformation and
applications: Geometric transformation of objects in images. Image
enhancement: Histogram Equalization & matching, Morphological
Approach to image processing/enhancement. Image Restoration:
Introduction to Stochastic Processes; Image degradation model,
pseudo-inverse & Wiener filters. Image Segmentation: Detection of
edges/boundary, lines and curves; Connected Component labeling.
Object representation & recognition: Boundary-description, Fourier
descriptor, moments, invariants, and elements of Pattern-
recognition/classification. Colour-image processing: Fundamentals,
Colour Models, Biomedical Engineering Application-examples.
References:
1. R. C. Gonzalez and R.E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, Addison
Wesley, 3rd Edition, 2000.
2. A.K. Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Prentice Hall,
1989.
3. J.S. Lim, Two-dimensional Signal and Image Processing, Prentice
Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1990.
4. R.M. Rangayyan, Biomedical Image Analysis, CRC Press (Biomedical
Engineering Series), New York, 2000.
5. Papers / Hand-outs / Notes given in the class.
BME 4111: ADVANCED DSP & IMAGE PROCESSING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Signal Processing - Design & Implementation of FIR and IIR filters; Power
spectrum estimation: Periodogram & Welch's method, AR modeling;
Adaptive Signal processing algorithm.
Image Processing - flipping, rotation, & scaling; Decimation &
interpolation; Effects of thresholding; Bit-plane mapping; Histogram of
an image; Contrast enhancement: Application of manually specified
transforms, Contrast Stretching; Computation of 2D DFT, 2D FFT; Image
Filtering - Spatial domain techniques: Neighbourhood averaging &
Median filtering; Frequency domain techniques: High pass & low pass
filtering; Edge detection; Image compression using Discrete cosine
transform; Hough transform; The Radon Transform: The RT of the
Shepp-Logan Phantom, image reconstruction from projections, effects
of the number of projections; Convolution back projection algorithm;
Geometric transformation: Translation, Scaling & Rotation; Connected
component labeling.
References:
1. Oppenheim A.V. and R.W. Schafer, Digital Signal Processing, Prentice
Hall of India (LPE published by Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte.
Ltd.; New Delhi, India); 1st edition, 2002.
2. W J Tompkins, Biomedical Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall, 2002.
3. R. C. Gonzalez and R. E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, 2nd Edition,
Pearson Education Inc., 2002.
4. A.K. Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Prentice Hall,
1989.
5. Jae S. Lim, Two-dimensional Signal and Image Processing, Prentice-
Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1990
6. A.C. Kak and M. Slaney, Principles of Computerized Tomographic
 Imaging, SIAM's Classics in Applied Mathematics, Philadelphia,
SIAM, 2001.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
BME 4297: SEMINAR
Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
The topic has to approved by the Department and a report of the
same has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
BME 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the
vacation starting from the end of third semester.
Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
report should include the certificates issued by the industry.
BME 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks.
An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after submission
of the final project report in the prescribed form.
Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before the
department committee as part of project evaluation.
MINOR SPECIALIZATION
I. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy, Sources
of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages, Working capital
management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash management, and
Dividend decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra (2006), “Fundamentals of Financial
Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi.
2. I M Pandey (2007), “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing
house, Delhi.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee (1999), “Financial Management”, Sultan
Chand & Co., Delhi.
4. ICFAI (2003), “Corporate Financial Management”, ICFAI,
Hyderabad.
53
5. Maheshwari S.N (2002), “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand &
Co., Delhi
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities.
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM. Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability. Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction, & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. T.V. Rao and Pereira D F (1986), “Recent experiences in Human
Resources Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing.
2. Subbrao A. (1999), “Essentials of Human Resource Management
and industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House.
3. N G Nair and Latha Nair (1995), “Personnel Management and
Industrial Relations”, S. Chand Company.
4. Virmani B R; Rao Kala (1997), “Economic restructuring technology
transfer and human resource development”, Response books.
5. Pareek Udai et al. (2002), “Human Resource Development in Asia:
Trends and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing.
HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market opportunities
and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New Economy, Building
Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market Demand, Scanning
the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets, Business Markets,
Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments, Product Life Cycle, New
Market Offerings, Designing and Managing Services, Price Strategies,
Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler (2000), “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi.
2. ICFAI (2003) “Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad.
3. Varshney R L and Gupta S L (2004), “Marketing Management”,
Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
4. Adrian Palmer (2000), “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University
Press, New York.
HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design: Product life cycle,
Process design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine
charts, Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations
strategy, Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems
thinking, Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision
process. Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries,
visibility, System life cycle models, System dynamics and its importance
in system thinking. System dynamics modeling process.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G (2004), “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-
Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P (2005), “Operations
Management”, Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi.
3. Mieghem J (2008), “Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices,
Dynamic Ideas”, ISBN: 0-9759146-6-9.
4. Sterman J D (2004), “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and
Modeling for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition.
5. Senge Peter (1990), “The Fifth Discipline”, Currency Doubleday, New
York.
OTHER PROGRAMME ELECTIVES
BME 4001: ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
Basics of Artificial Neural Networks: Introduction, Pattern and data,
methods for pattern recognition tasks, Artificial neural networks:
Terminology, Models of neurons, Topology. Activation and synaptic
dynamics: Activation dynamic models, synaptic dynamic models,
learning methods. Functional units of ANN for pattern recognition tasks:
Pattern recognition problems, basic functional units. Feed forward neural
networks: Analysis of pattern association networks, analysis of pattern
classification networks. Feedback neural networks: Analysis of linear
associative, FF Networks. Competitive learning neural networks:
Components of competitive learning network, analysis of pattern
clustering network. Biomedical applications of ANN: Modeling and
diagnosing the cardiovascular system, Pattern recognizing of pathology
images, ultrasound and magnetic resonance medical images textures
analysis using ANN.
References:
1. B Yegnanarayana, Artificial Neural Networks, Prentice Hall, 2001.
2. D L Hudson and M E Cohen, Neural Networks and Artificial
Intelligence for Biomedical Engineering, Prentice Hall, 2001.
BME 4002: BIOPHOTONICS [3 0 0 3]
Basics of Biology- Structure and types of cells, chemical building blocks,
Cellular processes, Protein classification and function, Organization of
cells into tissues, Types of tissue and their functions, Tumors and
Cancers.
Photobiology- Interaction of light with tissues, Interaction of light with
cells, Photo process in biopolymers, In vivo photo-excitation and
Spectroscopy, Single molecule Spectroscopy and detection. Bio
imaging- Principles and techniques: Transmission microscopy,
Fluorescence microscopy, Scanning microscopy, Inverted and upright
microscopy, Confocal microscopy, Multi-photon microscopy, Optical
Coherence Tomography, Near field optical microscopy, Spectral and time
resolved imaging, Non linear optical imaging and applications
Optical Biosensors: Bio-recognition, Optical transduction, Fluorescence
sensing, Molecular beacons, Fiber Optic Biosensors, Planar waveguide
Biosensors, Evanescent-wave biosensors, Interferometric biosensors,
Surface-plasmon-resonance biosensors, Recent novel sensing
methods.
Tissue Engineering with light: Laser tissue contouring and restructuring,
Laser tissue welding and regeneration, Femtosecond laser surgery,
54
Optical Tweezers: Manipulation by light, Principle and design of laser
tweezers, Optical trapping using non-Gaussian beams, Raman-Optical
Tweezers, Laser Scissors.
Other Technologies: Microarray Technology for genomics and
proteomics, Flow cytometry, Nano-Bio-Photonics and Biomaterials for
Photonics.
References:
1. Paras N Prasad, Introduction to Biophotonics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc,
USA, (2003).
2. P. Narayanan, Essentials of Biophysics, New Age International Ltd.,
New Delhi, India (2000).
3. Ruikang K. Wang, Valery V Tuchin, Advanced Biophotonics: Tissue
Optical Sectioning, CRC Press.
BME 4003: DATA STRUCTURE AND ALGORITHMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Data structures, arrays and strings. Introduction to
algorithms: algorithm development, complexity finding, recursion.
Linear data structures: Stacks, queues, circular queues and their
applications. Linked lists: creation, insertion deletion operations on
singly and doubly linked list. Binary trees representation and traversals
such as inorder, preorder and postorder. Introduction to search trees.
Sorting and Searching: insertion sort, merge sort, quicksort, heap sort,
Linear search, binary search. Graphs: representation and traversals such
as depth first and breadth first. Basic algorithms on graphs: Minimum
spanning tree, Dijikstra's shortest path, All pairs shortest path
algorithms. Static hashing.
References:
1. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Anderson, Fundamentals of Data
Structures in C, Silicon Press, 2nd Edition, 2007.
2. A.M. Padma Reddy, A Systematic approach to data structures in C,
Sri Nandi Publications, 2012.
3. Yashavant P Kanetkar, Data structures through C, BPB publications,
2003.
BME 4004: DRUG DELIVERY [3 0 0 3]
Overview of controlled release system, dosage form-tablet, capsule,
parenteral etc. classification of drug delivery system, chemically
controlled system, diffusion controlled system, controlled release
mechanism- Membrane reservoir system, Matrix system, swelling
controlled release system, biodegradable controlled release system;
Fundamental aspects of drug delivery -diffusive transport, diffusion in
heterogeneous system, passage of drug through membrane drug
release kinetics from different biopolymer matrices; common routes of
systemic drug administration, drug absorption, bioavailability,
determinants of bioavailability- disintegration, dissolution, drug
distribution, drug elimination. Characterization schemes, surface
chemical analysis of polymeric drug delivery system, diffusion through
skin, measuring in vitro diffusions, measuring controlled release
kinetics. Polymers, hydrogels- drug carriers, transdermal and trans
mucosal drug delivery system, Drug targeting approaches,
biocompatibility aspects of matrices, immunity and immunological
preparation-bacterial vaccines, vaccines containing living viruses,
vaccines containing toxoids
References:
1. Maria A. Popescu, Drug Delivery, Nova Publishers USA, ISBN: 978-
1-61324-538-5.
2. B. Wang, T. J. Sahaan, R. A. Soltero, Drug Delivery: Principles and
applications, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, ISBN: 978-0-471-47489-0
BME 4005: HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: ABC of Hospital Administration, Principles of Management
Human Resources: Motivation, Time Management, Leadership and
Supervision, Nursing Services, Effective Communication, Conflicts,
Monitoring and Control, Public Relations, Medical Social Service
department, Professional Hazards, Clinical Services: Indoor Services,
Outpatient Department, Casualty and Emergency Wing, Intensive Care
areas, Operating room and post-operative units, Support Services:
Laboratories, Blood Bank, Radiology Services, Pharmacy, Central sterile
supply department, Medical Record department, Materials Management,
Housekeeping and maintenance, Linen and laundry, Dietary Services,
Hospital Information system and computerization, Security and safety,
Finance and Budget, Costing, Medical Ethics, Law and medical
profession, Hospital acquired infections, Waste disposal, Quality
assurance and medical audit, Disaster Management.
References:
1. Colonel (Retd) B.M. Sakharkar, Principles of Hospital Administration
and Planning, Jaypee Brothers.
2. C M Francis, Hospital Administration, Jaypee Brothers Edition 2, 1995.
3. S L Goel, R Kumar, Hospital Administration and Management, Vol
1,2,3, Deep & Deep.
4. Humble John W, Management By Objectives in Action, McGraw Hill,
1970.
BME 4006: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING [3 0 0 3]
Fundamental concepts of programming language, Object Oriented
Programming paradigm, Characteristics of OOPs, C++ Programming
basics: Constants, Variables, Data-types, Expressions & Operators,
Control flow: Decision making and looping and functions, Classes and
Objects: Class specification, Accessing Class Members, Constructors
and Destructors, Overloaded Constructors, Operator Overloading and
type conversion, Inheritance: Derived class and base class, class
hierarchies, Levels of Inheritance, and Multiple Inheritance,
Polymorphism, and Virtual Functions, Pure function, Friend function,
Friend classes, Files and streams, Exception Handling, Text mode graphic
functions, Graphics mode Graphics functions, Object oriented system
development.
References:
1. E Balaguruswammy, Object Oriented Programming with C++, Tata
McGraw Hill,2008
2. K R Venugopal, Rajkumar, T Ravishankar, Mastering C++, Tata
McGraw hill, 2007.
3. Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference C++, Fourth Edition, TMH.
4. Robert Lafore, Object Oriented Programming in Turbo C++,
Galgotia Publications pvt, ltd, New Delhi.
5. Sourav Sahay, Object oriented Programming, Oxford University press,
New Delhi, 2006.
55
BME 4007: OPERATIONS RESEARCH [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Definition, phases & applications of Operations Research.
Formulation of L. P. P. for different applications. Assumptions in L. P. P,
Graphical solution; simplex algorithm; Degeneracy, No feasible,
unbounded problem, multiple optimal solutions. Concept of dual
Sensitivity analysis with respect to Objective function coefficients and
R.H.S values. Solution algorithm for transportation problems using North-
West comer, Least cost, Vogel's Approximation method, Modified
Distribution & Stepping stone methods. Solution algorithm for Assignment
problems, applications, travelling salesman problem. Game theory
Introduction: Saddle point; Dominance; Two people zero sum games;
solution methods for 2×2 games 2×n games m×2 games, approximate
method; formulation as a L. P. P. Queuing Theory introduction; Poison
arrival and exponential service times system characteristics; Problems on
the following modes. a) (M/M/1) : (∞/F1F1) b) (M/M/C) : (∞/F1FO)
Simulation: Introduction; Steps in simulation, application and limitations;
Monte-Carlo Technique problems involving waiting line situations and
selection of crew numbers. Networks: CPM & PERT Introduction;
Calculation of event times, Activity times, Total Float, Free float independent
float; Project Crashing.
References:
1. Sharma S.D, Operations Research.
2. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, TMH
3. Shamblin and Stevens, Operations Research Fundamental
Approach.
4. Sasieni, Operations Research-Methods & Problems, John Wiley and
sons, London 1959.
BME 4008: PATTERN RECOGNITION [3 0 0 3]
Pattern recognition system, Applications, Feature, Feature space, Class,
Feature vector, Classifier, Classification and approaches, and Design
cycle, Probability theory basics, Statistical decision making: Bayes
theorem, Multiple features, conditionally independent features, Decision
boundaries, unequal costs of error, Estimation of error rates, the leaving
one-out technique, characteristic curves, and Estimating the
composition of populations, Clustering: Hierarchial clustering,
Agglomerative clustering algorithm, Single, Average and Complete
linkage algorithms, Partitional clustering, K means, and Ward's
algorithm, Artificial Neural Networks: Introduction, nets without hidden
layers, Nets with hidden layers, the back propagation algorithm, Hopfield
nets, Special networks, Applications: PR approach for biological signals
(eg: ECG,EEG, etc), Blood sample image analysis, biometric systems,
DNA analysis and other case studies.
References:
1. Earl Gose, Richard, Johnson baugh and Steve Jost, Pattern
recognition and Image analysis, Prentice Hall, 2002.
2. Schalkoff Robert J, Pattern recognition, John Wiley, 1992.
3. Richchard O Duda, Peter E. Hart, David G.Strok, Pattern
Classification, Wiley edition, 2001.
BME 4009: PHYSIOLOGICAL CONTROL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to feedback control systems, transfer functions, Block
diagrams and simplification, Signal flow graphs, mechanical modeling,
time domain analysis, Routh-Hurwitz criteria, Root Locus Techniques,
Bode plots, Introduction to physiological control system, different
regulations in the body, physiological system differential equations,
modeling the body as compartments, Urea distribution model, the human
thermal systems, heat production and heat loss, Human eye tracking,
pupil control system, Respiratory system, Cardiovascular system.
References:
1. Howard T Milhorn, The applications of control theory the physiological
systems, W B Saunders, 1966.
2. David O Cooney, Biomedical Engg. Principles, Marcel Dekker, 1976.
3. Benjamin C Kuo, Automatic Control Systems, Prentice Hall, Edition 7,
1997.
4. Joseph, Alan, Ivan J, Feedback and Control Systems, McGraw Hill.
BME 4010: TISSUE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Basic definition, Structural and organization of tissues:
epithelial, connective tissues, Sterilization process: Introduction, different
sterilization methods: physical, chemicals; applications in terms of tissue
engineering, Morphogenesis, generation of tissue in the embryo:
introduction, cardiac cell development, blood vessels development, skin
tissue development; future development, Tissue homeostasis:
introduction, mechanism; tissue with no potential of regeneration, high
potential of generation; consequence of regeneration in tissue engineering
perspective, Cellular signaling: introduction, cellular signaling in skin,
bone cartilage biology; understanding and implementing principles of cell
signaling in tissue engineering. Stem cell: introduction, types, embryonic
and adult stem cells, future perspective. Cell culture, cell types, various
aspects; cell-cell interaction, Molecular biology aspect, growth factors,
receptors, growth factor release, Scaffold: engineering biomaterials for
tissue engineering, degradable materials, various type of scaffold, cell
matrix interaction, Engineering tissues for replacing bone, skin, cartilage,
tendons, ligaments, liver.
References:
1. Robert P. Lanza, Robert Langer & Willium L. chick, Principles of tissue
engineering, Academic press, 2nd edition, 2000.
2. Joseph D. Bronzino, The biomedical Engineering Handbook, CRC
press, 2000.
3. Endarle, Blanchard & Bronzino, Introduction to Biomedicla
Engineering , Academic press,1998.
BME 4011: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Embedded systems, processor and memory organization,
Devices and buses for device networks, Device drivers and interrupts
servicing mechanisms. Programming concepts, and embedded
programming in C. Real Time Operating systems, and Serial and Parallel
Buses. PIC Architecture and Instruction set, MPASM assembler and its
usage, Analog-to-Digital Conversion, UART.
References:
1. Raj Kamal, Embedded systems Architecture, programming and
Design, TaTa McGraw Hill, 4th Reprint 2008.
2. Frank Vahid and Tony Givargis, Embedded system Design a Unified
Hardware/Software Introduction, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
56
3. Tim Wilmshurst, An Introduction to the design of Small Scale
Embedded Systems, Palgrave, NewYork 2003.
OPEN ELECTIVES
BME 3281: BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Biomedical transducers: Classification, Selection, Blood pressure
transducers, photoelectric and piezo electric transducers, Temperature
transducers; Electrodes & Amplifiers: Electrode-Electrolyte model, Half-
cell potential, Electrodes classification, Amplifiers for biomedical
instrumentation; Physiological Signals & Measurements: Basics of ECG,
EMG, EEG, PCG and Instrumentation for measuring these signals,
Measurement of blood pressure & Blood flow, Plethysmography;
Recorders: Types, Principle of working and applications; Electrical
Hazards & Safety: Electrical hazards during bioelectric monitoring, Micro
and Macro shock and its physiological effects, Leakage currents and
protection methods.
References:
1. John G Webster, Medical Instrumentation Applications and Design,
John Willey, Edition 3, 1998.
2. Leslie Cromwell,“Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements,
Prentice Hall, Edition 2, 2000.
3. R S Khandpur, Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, McGraw Hill,
Edition 2 2003.
4. L A Geddes, L E Baker, Principles of Applied Medical Instrumentation,
John Wiley, Edition 3, 1989.
5. Joseph J Carr, John M Brown, Introduction to Biomedical Equipment
technology, Pearson Education, Edition 4, 2003.
BME 3282: BIO-MECHANICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to biomechanics, Kinematic concepts for analyzing human
motion, kinetic concepts for analyzing human motion, Linear and Angular
Kinematics of human movement, Linear and Angular Kinetics of human
movement. Application of Aerodynamics in Sports- Aerodynamic drag
force, Effects of drag on the body and objects in sports, Aerodynamic Lift
force, Effects of Lift on projected objects and the body, Lift force
produced by Spin: The Magnus effect. Application of Hydrodynamics in
swimming- Buoyancy and Floatation, Resistance and Propulsion,
Resistive forces in swimming skills, propulsive forces in swimming skills,
Swimming efficiency and Speed.
References:
1. Joseph Hamill and Kathleen M. Knutzen, Biomechanical Basis of
Human Movement, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Third Edition, 2008,
Philadelphia.
2. Ellen Kreighbaum, Katharine M Barthels, Biomechanics-A Qualitative
Approach for studying Human Movement, Allyn and Bacon
Publishers, Fourth Edition, 1995, USA.
3. Susan J. Hall, Basic Biomechanics, McGraw-Hill International
Editions, Fifth Edition, 2006, Singapore.
4. Duane Knudson, Fundamental of Biomechanics, Kluwer
Academic/Plenum publishers, Second Edition, 2007, Chico,
California.
 BME 3283: REHABILITATION ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3] disorders, artificial larynx. Principles and Applications of Electrical
Introduction to rehabilitation engineering and assistive technology: Stimulation: artificial electrical stimulation of nerves and muscles,
principles of assistive technology assessment and rehabilitation applications. Conceptual frameworks, Education and Quality assurance.
engineering. Rehabilitation Engineering, Science and Technology:
rehabilitation concepts, engineering concepts in sensory rehabilitation, References:
motor rehabilitation and communication disorders. Orthopedic
1. Joseph D Bronzino, The Biomedical Engineering handbook, Volume II,
Prosthetics & Orthosis in Rehabilitation Technology: fundamentals of
CRC press, Edition 2, 2000.
design of upper and lower extremity prosthetic and orthotic devices,
2. John G. Webster, Albert M. Cook, Willis J. Tompkins, Gregg C.
applications. Mobility Aids: mobility aids for the blind, discussion of
Vanderheiden, Electronic devices for Rehabilitation, Chapman and
design and function of robotic aids, wheel chairs. Sensory Augmentation
Hall Ltd, 1985.
& Substitution: visual, auditory and tactile sensory augmentation &
substitution. Conversion Aids for Non-vocal Physically Impaired Persons: 3. John Enderle, Susan Blanchard, Joseph Bronzino, Introduction to
characteristics of nonvocal physically impaired persons, design Biomedical Engineering, Academic press, 2000.
considerations for conversion aids, biofeedback in communicative

57
 Department of Biotechnology

Department of Biotechnology in MIT was started in the year 2005 with a Programs offered
vision of imparting quality education in the field of biotechnology and to Under Graduate Program
produce engineers who are competent to join any Biotech industry or to
4 B.Tech in Biotechnology (2005)
go for further studies in the field. The course has been designed to
provide the students with both theoretical knowledge and practical skills. Post Graduate Programs
4 M.Tech in Industrial Biotechnology ( 2009)
To keep pace with the latest developments and to cater to the needs of
4 M.Tech in Bioinformatics (2015)
industry and research, major areas for study include biochemical
engineering, molecular biology, enzymology, bioinformatics, etc. The PhD
students are encouraged to select areas that fit to their aptitude and
interest. Genetic engineering, process development, computer
Faculty Strength
application in bioprocess, design and development of materials and
equipment in bioprocess etc. Qualification-wise Cadre-wise

With agricultural heritage and high technology, India provides a wide 2

range of opportunities for biotech engineers. The students have a wide 5
8 16
range of options to choose from after finishing the course like design and 17
operation of fermentation systems, development of novel food
processing operations, upstream and downstream strategies, design of
new approaches to monitor and control biological processes, design of
PhD Professors
alternative bioprocesses to the existing chemical processes, design of
M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
the biological waste water treatment systems for chemical and
B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors
bioprocess industries, development of bioinformatics tools for novel
applications, production of cost effective biofuels, developing new drug
delivery system etc.

58
 B. Tech in BIO-TECHNOLOGY

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2103 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2202 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
BIO 2101 Cell and Molecular Biology 3 0 0 3 BIO 2201 Chemical & Biochemical Engineering Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4
BIO 2102 Process Biochemistry 4 0 0 4 BIO 2203 Genetic Engineering 3 0 0 3
BIO 2103 Industrial Microbiology 3 0 0 3 BIO 2204 Downstream Processing in Biotechnology 3 1 0 4
II BIO 2104 Bioprocess Calculations 3 1 0 4 BIO 2205 Heat & Mass Transfer Operations in Bioprocessing 3 1 0 4
BIO 2106 Fluid low Operations in Bioprocessing 3 1 0 4 *** *** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
BIO 2111 Biochemistry Lab 0 0 3 1 BIO 2211 Molecular Biology & Genetic Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1
BIO 2112 Microbiology Lab 0 0 3 1 BIO 2212 Unit Operations Lab 0 0 3 1
18 3 6 23 17 4 6 23
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
BIO 3101 Animal, Plant Biotechnology & Bioethics 4 0 0 4 HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3
BIO 3102 Bioprocess Engineering 3 1 0 4 BIO 3201 Bioinformatics 3 1 0 4
BIO 3103 Separation Techniques in Biotechnology 3 1 0 4 BIO **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3

59
BIO **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3 BIO 3202 Bioprocess Equipment Design 3 1 0 4
III
BIO 3104 Bio-Reaction Engineering 3 1 0 4 BIO **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3
BIO 3111 Downstream Processing Lab 0 0 3 1 *** *** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
BIO 3112 Bioprocess Engineering lab 0 0 3 1 BIO 3211 Bioinformatics Lab 0 1 3 2
BIO 3212 Bioreaction Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1
16 3 6 21 17 4 6 23
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002 Engineering Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 BIO 4297 Seminar 1
BIO 4102 Bioprocess Control 3 1 0 4 BIO 4298 Industrial Training 1
BIO 4103 Biostatistics & Analytical Techniques 3 0 0 3 BIO 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
BIO **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
IV BIO **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3
BIO **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
BIO 4111 Process Control Lab 0 0 3 1
Modeling and Simulation in Bioprocess
BIO 4112 0 1 3 2
Engineering Lab
17 3 6 22 14
Minor Specializations THIRD SEMESTER
I. Environmental Biotechnology
1. BIO 4001: Bioremediation MAT 2103: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
2. BIO 4002: Design of Biological Treatment Processes Fourier series, Half range expansions, Harmonic analysis. Fourier
integrals & transforms, Parseval's identity. Complex Variable: Functions
3. BIO 4003: Microbial Treatment of Wastewater
of complex variable. Analytic function, Integration of complex function,
4. BIO 4004: Solid Waste Management Cauchy's integral formula. Taylor's and Laurent Series, Singular points,
Residues, Cauchy's residue theorem. Conformal mappings, bilinear
II. Genetic Engineering
transformations Vector Calculus: Gradient, divergence and curl, Line,
1. BIO 4005: Genomics and Proteomics surface and volume integrals. Green's theorem, divergence and Stokes'
2. BIO 4006: Immunotechnology theorem. Partial differential equations: one dimensional wave equation
3. BIO 4007: Metabolic Engineering and one dimensional heat equation, their solutions.
4. BIO 4008: Protein Engineering
References:
III. Pharmaceutical Biotechnology 1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (5e), Wiley
1. BIO 4009: Biomaterials Eastern, 1985.
2. BIO 4010: Biopharmaceutical Engineering 2. Murray R.Spiegel, “Vector Analysis”, Schaum Publishing Co.,
3. BIO 4011: Drug Delivery: Engineering Principles 1959.
4. BIO 4012: Molecular Modeling & Drug Design 3. B.S.Grewal, “Higher Engg. Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers,
1989.
IV. Business Management 4. Ramana B.V., “Engineering Mathematics”, Tata McGraw Hill.
1. HUM 4011: Financial Management
2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management BIO 2101: CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management Cell Division Mitosis & Meiosis. Cellular Biology Nucleus, membrane &
4. HUM 4014: Operations and Systems Management intercellular compartments. Classical Genetics Classical experiments of
Hershey and Chase, Avery McLeod & McCarty, Bacterial Conjugation,
Other Programme Electives Transduction, Transformation. DNA Replication Prokaryotes &
1. BIO 4013: Advanced Bioprocess Engineering Eukaryotes. Transcription Prokaryotes & Eukaryotes. Translation The
Genetic Code, Codon & Anticodon Concept, Translation in Prokaryotes &
2. BIO 4014: Biofuels Engineering
Eukaryotes. Regulation of Gene Expression Operon Concept.
3. BIO 4015: Solid Statentation
Mutagenesis & Mutations.

Open Electives References:

1. BIO 3281: Introduction to Biofuels & Biopolymers 1. David Friefelder., “Molecular Biology”, Jones and Bartlett Publishers
2. BIO 3282: Introduction to Bioinformatics Inc, 1987.
2. Benjamin Lewin. “Genes VII”, Oxford University Press, 2003.

BIO 2102: PROCESS BIOCHEMISTRY [4 0 0 4]

Introduction to Biomolecules Structure and properties of Poly-
saccharides, fatty acids, neutral fats, phospholipids, steroids,
aminoacids, proteins, purines, pyrimidines, nucleosides, nucleotides.
Metabolism Glycolysis, Aerobic, Anaerobic, TCA cycle,
gluconeogenesis. HMP shunt pathway, pentose phosphate pathway,
interconnection pathway, metabolic regulation. Biosynthesis and
biodegradation of polysaccharides, fatty acids, cholesterol,
phospholipids, glycolipids, aminoacids, purines and
pyrimidines.Molecular diseases Inborn errors of metabolism, disorders.

References:
1. Albert Lehninger, “Principles of Biochemistry” CBS Publishers,
1996.
2. Voet and Voet, “Biochemistry”, Wiley, 2005.

BIO 2103: INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY [3 0 0 3]

Introduction to Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes. Microbiological Techniques
Study of microscopes, Various sterilization techniques. Functions and
Replication of Bacteria, Viruses, Fungi, Algae, Protozoans. Common
diseases caused by microbes. Microbial insecticides, Microbial
enzymes, Microbial polysaccharides. Microbial spoilage of food, food
preservatives and food borne infections. Biofertilizers Nitrogen fixing
organisms.

60

References:
1. Pelczar, Chan and Kreig, “Microbiology”, W C Brown Pub, 1998.
2. Presscot and Dunn, “Industrial Microbiology”, CBS Publishers,
2004.
BIO 2104: BIOPROCESS CALCULATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Bioprocess Development: An Interdisciplinary Challenge , Biotechnology
and Bioprocess Engineering, Biologist and Engineers differ in their
approach to research, Introduction to Engineering Calculations, Physical
Variables, Dimensions and Units, Unit conversion, Pressure, Standard
Conditions and Ideal Gases, Presentation and Analysis of Data,
plotting graphs using excel, Stoichiometry of microbial growth and
product formation, Steady state material balances, Law of Conservation
of Mass, Material Balances With Recycle, By-Pass and Purge Streams,
Basic Energy Concepts, Intensive and Extensive Properties, General
Energy-Balance Equations, Procedure For Energy-Balance Calculations
Without Reaction, Energy-Balance Equation For Cell Culture, Unsteady-
State Material-Balance Equations, Unsteady-State Energy-Balance
Equation
References:
1. Pauline Doran, “Bioprocess Engineering Principles”, Academic
Press, 1995..
2. David M. Himmelblau, “Basic Principles and Calculations in
Chemical Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India (P) Ltd, 1989.
BIO 2106: FLUID FLOW OPERATIONS IN BIOPROCESSING [3 1 0 4]
Review of fluid statics, fluid dynamics. Basic equations of fluid flow
continuity equation, Bernoulli's equation. Reynolds number and friction
factor, Hagen Poiseuille equation. Flow past immersed bodies boundary
layer. Flow through a bed of solids Ergun, Kozeny Carmen and Blake
Plumer equation. Agitation and mixing of liquids. Transportation and
metering of fluid. Dimensional analysis and similitude
References:
1. McCabe & Smith, “Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering.
McGraw Hill, 1993.
2. Coulson and Richardson, “Chemical Engineering - Vol. I”, ELBS,
2001.
BIO 2111: BIOCHEMISTRY LAB [0 0 3 1]
This lab is designed to give a pragmatic approach to the theoretical
aspects of Biochemistry.
At the end of the program the student must be able to
Estimate biomolecules quantitatively
Analyze activity of enzymes
Formulate protocols appropriately
BIO 2112: MICROBIOLOGY LAB [0 0 3 1]
Experiments are based on the preparation of broth and agar media for the
growth of bacterial species. Pure culture techniques (streak, pour and
spread) are taught to isolate and sub-culture a specimen obtained from
natural sources. Experiments are also designed to learn how to stain and
view different types of microbes using a compound microscope. A basic
set of biochemical tests are also performed to identify and differentiate
between certain microbial classes. A biochemical test is also conducted
to check the extent of contamination of a milk sample.
61
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2204: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Optimization Techniques: formation of LPP, Solution by Graphical method,
Simplex method, Penalty cost and two phase methods. Probability &
Random variables: Finite sample spaces, conditional probability and
independence, Bayes' theorem One dimensional random variable, mean,
variance, Chebyshev's inequality. Two and higher dimensional random
variables, covariance, correlation coefficient, regression, curve fitting.
Probability distributions: Binomial, Poisson, uniform, normal, gamma, Chi-
square and exponential. Numerical methods- Solution of BVP's in ODE.
Numerical solutions of two dimensional Laplace, Poisson equations, one
dimensional heat and wave equations by explicit methods. Crank-Nicolson
method. Finite element method, Introduction, simple applications Z
transform: properties of z transforms, initial and final value theorems,
solution of difference equations by the method of z transforms, convolution
theorem.
References:
1. Kreyzig E, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (7e), Wiley
Eastern.
2. Meyer P. L., “Introduction to probability and Statistical
applications”, (2e), American Publishing Co.
3. Hamdy A Taha - “Operation research”, (7e), PHI
4. Grewal B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna
Publishers.
5. Sastry S.S, “Introductory methods for Numerical Analysis”, (2e),
Prentice Hall
BIO 2201: CHEMICAL AND BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING
THERMODYNAMICS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction Scope and definition, First law of Thermodynamics, PVT
behavior of pure substances. Second law of thermodynamics
Statements of second law, heat engine, entropy, entropy change of ideal
gas and Third Law of Thermodynamics. Thermodynamic properties of
fluid Property relations for homogenous phases, residual properties,
Clausius-Clapeyron Equation. Solution thermodynamics Fundamental
property relation, Chemical potential and Phase Equilibria, Partial
properties, Fugacity and Fugacity Coefficients, Activity and Activity
Coefficients. Chemical reaction equilibrium Reaction Co-ordinate,
Standard Gibb's Energy change and Equilibrium constant, Biochemical
thermodynamics Free energy calculation
References:
1. J. M. Smith, H. C. Van Ness and M.M. Abbott., “Introduction to
Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics”, McGraw Hill International
Edition, 2000.
2. Donald T. Haynie., “Biological Thermodynamics”, Cambridge
University Press, 2001 .
BIO 2203: GENETIC ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Basics of Recombinant DNA Technology cloning, cloning vectors,
expression vectors. Nucleic Acid Hybridization and DNA Libraries
Production and Labelling of Gene Probes, Southern Blotting, Northern
Blotting, in situ hybridization. Molecular Analysis and Amplification
Methods Restriction Mapping, Design of Adaptors & Linkers, PCR,
Methods of Nucleic Acid Sequencing Sanger Sequencing, Maxam and
Gilbert Sequencing. Applications of Recombinant DNA Technology
SNPs, VNTRs. New Drugs and Therapies Therapeutic proteins from
Transgenic plants and animals, Gene Therapy. Combating Disease
Recombinant vaccines. Plant Breeding Herbicide-resistance, Virus-
resistance, Insect and pest-resistance.
References:
1. Sandy B. Primrose, Richard M. Twyman and Robert W. Old.,
“Principles of Gene Manipulation”, Wiley-Blackwell Publishers,
2002.
2. Benjamin Lewin, “Genes VII”, Oxford University Press, 2003.
BIO 2204: DOWNSTREAM PROCESSING IN
BIOTECHNOLOGY [3 1 0 4]
Role, importance and economics of downstream processing in
biotechnological processes; Process design criteria for various classes
of bio-products; Different methods of cell disruption Advantages &
Disadvantages; Removal of insoluble, biomass and particulate debris
separation; Membrane based separations (Micro-and Ultra-filtration)
theory; design and configuration of membrane separation equipment
and applications; Precipitation methods with salts, organic solvents,
and polymers; colloidal stability of protein solutions; kinetics of protein
aggregation. Extraction: batch extractions, staged extractions viz.
cross-current, co-current, counter-current extractions.
References:
1. B. Sivasankar, “Bioseperations: Principles and Techniques”, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2006
2. Belter P.A., “Bioseparation Downstream Processing for
Biotechnology”, CusslerE.and Wei Shan Hu, Wiley Interscience Pub,
1988.
BIO 2205: HEAT & MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS IN
BIOPROCESSING [3 1 0 4]
Various modes of heat transfer, Conduction Fourier's law, Convection
Natural and forced convection Co-current and countercurrent types of
flow, LMTD, overall coefficient determination of film coefficients,
Dimensional analysis, Analogies, Heat transfer with phase change, boiling
and condensation, Evaporation, Enthalpy balances in single and multiple
evaporators; Radiation; Diffusion, Fick's law of diffusion and its application
for stagnant and equimolal conditions for liquids and gases; Concept of
mass transfer coefficients; Theories of mass transfer; two film theory;
Individual and overall mass transfer coefficients; dimensionless numbers,
analogies between momentum heat and mass transfer.
References:
1. Robert E. Treybal, “Mass Transfer Operations”, McGraw-Hill, 1980
2. McCabe & Smith, “Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering”,
McGraw Hill, 1993.
BIO 2211: MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND GENETIC
ENGINEERING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Experiments are based on the extraction and electrophoresis of nucleic
acids (plasmid and genomic) from bacterial and plant sources.
Restriction digestion and ligation of DNA is also performed to
understand the concepts of targeted gene modification. Bacterial cells
are made competent and transformed with a gene of interest to calculate
the transformation efficiency. An experiment is also based on the
polymerase chain reaction for large-scale of amplification of target
sequence in a given DNA sample.
BIO 2212: UNIT OPERATIONS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Experiments are based on heat conduction, forced and free
convection, shell and tube heat exchanger, pipe flow, packed and
fluidized beds, flow measurements by venturi, orifice and pitot tubes
62
FIFTH SEMESTER
BIO 3101: ANIMAL, PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY&
BIOETHICS [4 0 0 4]
Plant cell cultivation Biochemistry of major metabolic pathways,
Autotrophic and heterotrophic growth, Plant growth regulators and
elicitors. Cell suspension culture development methodology, kinetics of
growth and product formation, Hairy root cultures and their cultivation.
Animal cell metabolism, Animal cell growth characteristics, Principles of
sterile techniques, Regulation and nutritional requirements for mass
cultivation of animal cell cultures. Animal cell cultivation Substrate and
product transport through mammalian cell, Animal cell growth kinetics
and shear force. Micro and Macro carrier attached growth, Cell culture in
continuous, perfusion and hollow-fiber reactor. Public acceptance
issues for biotechnology Case studies from developing and developed
countries. Biotechnology and hunger Challenges for the Indian
Biotechnological research and industries. The legal and socioeconomic
impacts of biotechnology. Intellectual property rights (IPR), Plant
breeder's rights Legal implications
References:
1. R.A. Dixon and Gonzales., “Plant Cell Culture: A Practical
Approach”, IRL Press.
2. K. Lindsey and M.G.K. Jones., “Plant Biotechnology in Agriculture”,
Prentice Hall, 1990.
3. Singh K, “Intellectual property rights on biotechnology”, BCIL, New
Delhi.
BIO 3102: BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4 ]
Enzymes: Nature and function of enzymes, Michaelis-Menten Equation,
enzyme inhibition, kinetics; Fermentation: history of Industrial
fermentation and fermentation products; Media design: Medium
requirements for fermentation processes & Medium formulation;
Sterilization: Thermal death kinetics of microorganisms; Batch and
continuous heat sterilization; Transport Phenomena: Immobilization
methods; Immobilized enzyme/cell kinetics: OTR, OUR calculations, kLa
estimations; Microbial Growth and Product Formation: Cell Growth
Measurements, Growth Cycle for Batch cultivation, Microbial cell
kinetics. product formation kinetics
References:
1. Shuler and Kargi, “Bioprocess Engineering”, Prentice Hall.
2. Paulin Doran, “Bioprocess Engineering Principles”.
3. P.F. Stanbury S. Hall A.Whitaker, “Principles of Fermentation
Technology”, (2e), Elsevier Science Publishers, 2003.
BIO 3103: SEPARATION TECHNIQUES IN
BIOTECHNOLOGY [3 1 0 4]
Review of VLE Methods of distillation: Fractionation of binary systems-
design calculations, McCabe Thiele method; Theory of absorption,
design of packed towers, temperature effect in absorption; Theories of
adsorption Adsorption isotherms and calculations, adsorption in fixed
beds; Leaching-Principle, equilibria, single stage calculation;
Chromatography principles of chromatographic separation, design and
selection of chromatographic matrices and large-scale
chromatographic separation processes; Electrophoretic separations;
Crystallization, design of batch and continuous crystallizers; Drying-
theory and batch drying curve, design feature and performance
References:
1. B. Sivasankar, “Bioseperations: Principles and Techniques”, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
 2. Belter P.A., Cussler E.and Wei Shan Hu, “Bioseparation 3. Peter Drucker, “The practice of management”, Butterworth Hein
Downstream processing for biotechnology”, Wiley Interscience Mann, 2003.
Pub, 1988.
3. Asenjo J. and Dekker M., “Separation Processes in BIO 3201: BIOINFORMATICS [3 1 0 4]
Biotechnology”, 1993. Internet Basics, Central Dogma of Biology. Databases Sequence
Databases, Retrieving Database Entries and Structure databases.
BIO 3104: BIOREACTION ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4] Database Sequence Search & Alignment: The evolutionary basis of
Reaction Kinetics Rate equation, elementary, non-elementary sequence alignment, FASTA, BLAST, Low Complexity Regions,
reactions. Analysis of experimental batch reactor data by integral and Progressive Alignment Methods, Motifs and Patterns, Presentation
differential analysis. Ideal Reactors Design of batch, stirred tank and Methods. Phylogenetic Analysis Elements of phylogenetic Models,
tubular flow reactors. Multiple reactor system size comparison, recycle Data Analysis, Phylogenetics on the web. Predictive Methods using
reactor. Bioreactor Design and Analysis Batch reactor and chemostat Nucleotide sequence Detecting ORFs, Exons and Introns, DNA
with Monod cell growth kinetics, Chemostat in series, Fed-batch reactor. Microarray. Predictive Methods using Protein sequences Physical
Non-ideal reactors RTD for CSTR and PFR, tanks in series and properties based on sequence, secondary structure and folding
dispersion models. classes, specialized structures, tertiary structure. PCR Primer Design
Restriction mapping, design programs and software.
References:
1. Octave Levenspiel, “Chemical Reaction Engineering”, John Wiley & References:
Sons, 2003. 1. Andreas D Baxevanis, “BIOINFORMATICS A practical Guide to the
2. D. G. Rao., “Introduction to Biochemical Engineering”, Tata Analysis of Genes and Proteins”, Wiley Interscience, 2004.
McGraw-Hill,2010 . 2. David R. Westhead, “Instant Notes: Bioinformatics”, BIOS Scientific
Publishers Ltd, 2003.
BIO 3111: DOWNSTREAM PROCESSING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Experiments are based on aqueous two phase based separation, BIO 3202: BIOPROCESS EQUIPMENT DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
extraction of intracellular proteins, precipitation of proteins, Design: nature, the anatomy of a manufacturing process, codes and
ultrafiltration, separation of solids from slurry using leaf filter and standards, design factors; Pressure vessels: classification, design of
sedimentation. vessels under internal and external pressure; Fermentors: Mixing,
Power Requirements for Newtonian & Non-Newtonian broths and
BIO 3112: BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING LAB [0 0 3 1] Gassed Fluids, design criteria for batch fermentor, chemostat & bubble
Bioprocess engineering laboratory is designed to give hands-on training column fermentor, scale up of fermentors;Heat exchangers: heat
in the area of enzyme kinetics and fermentation. Experiments are transfer in fermentors, process design of shell and tube heat
designed to estimate the kinetic parameters and optimize the various exchangers; Evaporation: Enthalpy balances in single and multiple
process parameters such as pH, temperature, and substrate and evaporators, process design of triple effect evaporators.
enzyme concentration.
References:
1. J.M. Coulson, J.F. Richardson, and R.K. Sinott, “Chemical
SIXTH SEMESTER Engineering”, Vol. 6, Pergamon Press.
2. M.V. Joshi, “Process Equipment Design”, McMillan India.
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3] 3. Perry Chemical Engineer's Handbook
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types BIO 3211: BIOINFORMATICS LAB [0 1 3 2]
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
The laboratory course on Bioinformatics takes into account the
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process
tremendous role that computers help in solving various problems in
and tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management,
Biotechnology Engineering. It promotes the use of new and emerging
factors determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff
technologies and improvements in conventional procedures.
concepts, Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of
At the end of the program the student must be able to
authority. HR planning, Recruitment, Development and training.
4
Theories of motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - Analyze nucleotide and protein sequences
4
leadership behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Analyze the structures of biomolecules
4
Critical Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control Model and validate the structures of proteins
4
devices. Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive Design primers for PCR
4
control. Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. Construct and validate phylogenetic trees
4
The nature & purpose of international business & multinational Formulate appropriate protocols and do programming
corporations, unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial
traits, Creativity, Innovation management, Market analysis, Business BIO 3212: BIOREACTION ENGINEERING LAB [0 0 3 1]
plan concepts, Development of financial projections Bioreaction Engineering laboratory experiments are based on the
growth kinetics of bacterial species in a shake flask and fed-batch
References: cultures with various carbon sources. Also experiments are set to
1. Koontz D., “Essentials of Management”, Mc Graw Hill, New York, evaluate the performance of various bioreactors such as stirred tank
2004. reactor (STR) and fluidized bed reactor (FBR) and packed bed reactor
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied (PBR) with immobilized enzymes.
Publishers, 2006.

63
 Analytical Techniques: Colorimetry & Spectrophotometry, Beer-Lambert
SEVENTH SEMESTER law, UV Visible Spectrophotometers single and double beam
instruments sources and detectors, Atomic absorption
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL spectrophotometers, Flame emission photometers, SEM, XRD,AFM,
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3] Flow cytometry, Gas, liquid and High pressure liquid chromatography,
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and NMR Basic principles Applications.
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective References:
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash 1. G.W. Ewing, “Instrumental Methods of Analysis”, McGraw Hill, 1992.
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount, 2. B K Mahajan, “Methods in Biostatistics for Medical Students and
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth Research Workers”, Jaypee Brothers, 1995.
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
BIO 4111: PROCESS CONTROL LAB [0 0 3 1]
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical & Experiments are based on PID control mechanism, control valves, first
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance and second order systems, interacting and non-interacting systems,
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation, calibration of pressure and temperature measuring instruments.
Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its types Job
BIO 4112: MODELLING & SIMULATION IN BIOPROCESS
costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet and profit &
loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios, ENGINEERING LAB [0 1 3 2]
Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios The purpose of this lab is to introduce the different aspects of modeling in
bioprocess system and to familiarize the simulation of bioprocess
References: modeling.
1. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J, “Engineering Economy”, McGraw At the end of laboratory course, the students must be able to
4 Hill, New Delhi, 2002. Understand the principles of bioprocess modeling and simulation
4
2. Chan S. Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Pearson Solve mathematical models in biochemical engineering systems
Education, Inc, 2010. using MATLAB.
3. Raman B.S., “Advanced accountancy”, United publications,
Bangalore, 1993.
4. T. Ramachandran, “Accounting and Financial Management”, Scitech
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
5. Thuesen G. J & Thuesen H. G., “Engineering Economics”, Prentice BIO 4297: SEMINAR
4 Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005. Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
BIO 4102: BIOPROCESS CONTROL [3 1 0 4]
4 The topic has to approved by the Department and a report of the
Mathematical modeling of chemical and bioprocesses. Introduction to
same has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
Laplace Transforms. Development of Transfer functions. Dynamic
behavior of first and second order processes. Introduction to feedback
controllers and Final control elements. Dynamic behavior and stability of BIO 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
4
closed loop control systems Closed loop transfer functions, Closed loop Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
responses of simple control systems, stability of closed loop control of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the
systems, Routh stability criterion, Root locus diagrams. PID controller vacation starting from the end of third semester.
4
design Tuning and trouble shooting, Performance criteria for closed loop Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
systems, Controller tuning relations, Guidelines for common control prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
loops, Trouble shooting control loops. Frequency response report should include the certificates issued by the industry.
analysisSinusoidal forcing of first and second order processes, Bode
diagrams, Nyquist diagrams, Stability criterion, gain and phase margin, BIO 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
Robustness analysis. Feed forward and ratio control: Characteristics,
4 The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
cascade control, tuning of controllers. research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
4 The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
References: which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
1. D.E. Seborg, T.F. Edgar and D.A. Mellichamp, “ Process Dynamics
4 A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
and control”, John Willey & Sons, 2004. about 8 weeks.
2. G. Stephanopoulos, “Chemical Process Control: An Introduction to
4 An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
Theory and Practice”, Prentice Hall International,1983 . submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
4 The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
BIO4103: BIOSTATISTICS AND ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES [3 0 0 3] submission of the final project report in the prescribed form.
4
Biostatistics: Introduction to Descriptive Biostatics, Sampling Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before
Distribution, Normal Distribution, Hypothesis Testing, Problems based the department committee as part of project evaluation.
on Chi Square Variance Ratio F Distribution, Introduction to R,
Experimental Design and Sampling, ANOOVA variations & Models,
Bivariate Regression Choices, Multiple Regression & ANOOVA.

64
 MINOR SPECIALIZATIONS
I. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
BIO 4001: BIOREMEDIATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Advantages and Disadvantages of Bioremediation; Factors
influencing Bioremediation; Microbial ecology and metabolism;
Biodegradation of common contaminant compounds; Bioremediation
processes; Biological Filtration Processes for Decontamination of Air
Stream; Biotreatment of Metals; Phytoextraction; Rhizofiltration;
Phytostabilization; Biomonitoring; Biomembrane Reactors; Successful
and Unsuccessful Case Studies in Bioremediation Process
References:
1. Martin Alexander, “Biodegradation and Bioremediation”, Academic
press, 1999.
2. John. T. Cookson, Jr., “Bioremediation engineering; design and
application”, McGraw Hill, Inc,1995.
3. Eweis, Ergas, Chang and Schroeder, “Bioremediation Principles”,
McGraw-Hill Series in Water Resources and Environmental
Engineering, 1998.
BIO 4002: DESIGN OF BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT
PROCESSES [3 0 0 3]
Flow and Mass loading for treatment plants; Various Physical units
operations-equalization tank design, sedimentation tank design by solid
flux and batch data, dissolved air flotation; Filtration mechanism in water
treatment and design of filters, Chemical treatment and precipitation;
Activated sludge process and different types of active sludge processes;
Mathematical model development for active sludge process, and
design, Sequencing batch reactors (SBR), Plug flow aerobic treatment,
Rotating Biological contactor and model, Trickling filters and roughing
filters and various design parameters, Various pond processes,
Disinfection-Mechanisms, Mathematical Models for disinfection,
Breakpoint chlorination and calculations; Design considerations in
anaerobic processes; Water reuse and reclamation technologies, Risk
assessment.
References:
1. Metcalf and Eddy, “Wastewater Engineering - Treatment, Disposal
and Reuse”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 1991.
2. C.S.Rao, “Environmental Pollution Control Engineering”, New Age
International (P) Ltd. Publishers, 1991.
3. H.J. Jordening, and J.Winter, “Environmental Biotechnology:
Concepts and Applications”, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co, 2005.
BIO 4003: MICROBIAL TREATMENT OF WASTE WATER [3 0 0 3]
Need for wastewater treatment; Characterization of wastewater-
Biological- BOD, COD, TOC, MPN, and Bacterial count; BOD kinetic
parameter fitting by Least square, Fujimoto, Daily difference, Thomas
and Moments-Methods; Physical characterization such as solids,
Turbidity, and Chemical characterizations. Bacterial metabolism in
treatment, Decomposition of organic compounds in Ecosystem,
Biology, Mass energy balance for Aerobic respiration, and Anaerobic
respiration, General considerations for Aerobic Vs. Anaerobic treatment,
Kinetic aspects, Hydrolysis of cellulose-biological aspects, Anaerobic
degradation of lignocellulose and cellulose, proteins, fats; Various types
of anaerobic treatment reactors-UASB and its variations, calculation of
biogas by Buswell equation, Nitrification and denitrification processes,
and Anammox process, Biological Phosphorus removal processes.
65
References:
1. Metcalf and Eddy, “Wastewater Engineering - Treatment, Disposal
and Reuse”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 1991.
2. C.S.Rao, “Environmental Pollution Control Engg”, New Age
International (P) Ltd. Publishers, 1991.
3. H.J. Jordening, and J. Winter, “Environmental Biotechnology:
Concepts and Applications”, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co, 2005.
BIO 4004: SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Integrated solid waste management, operation of waste management
systems. Legislative Trends and Impacts; Composition of municipal
solid wastes, Properties of MSW; transformations of solid waste;
Properties, classification and transformation of Hazardous wastes and
its management; Collection of solid waste, Separation, processing and
Transformation of solid waste, Transfer and Transport, Disposal;
Landfill methods & its design; Biological principles, aerobic
composting, Anaerobic digestion, Biological transformation processes.
Energy production from biological conversion products, Fermentation
and compost processes: design parameters & Applications; Meeting
federal and state mandated diversion goals; Recycling, Implementation
of solid waste management options; planning, siting and permitting of
waste management facilities.
References:
1. George Tchobanoglous, “Integrated solid waste management:
Engineering principles and management issues”, Mcgraw Hill,
1993.
2. William D Robinson, “The solid waste handbook: A practical guide”,
John Willy & sons, 1986.
II. GENETIC ENGINEERING
BIO 4005: GENOMICS AND PROTEOMICS [3 0 0 3]
Genes and Proteins, unicellular genomes, Metazoan Genomes, Gene,
Evolution of Genomes.Sequencing& Genome Projects preparing
genomic DNA for sequencing, Sanger Dideoxy method, Fluorescence
method, shot-gun approach.Genomics ESTs, SNPs, DNA Chips.
Proteomics protein isolation, purification and quantification.
Bioinformatics analysis clustering Methods, proteome functional
information and Protein Chip interaction detection.Genome
Management in Eukaryotes Multicellularity, cell differentiation and gene
regulation.Bioinformatics and Functional Genomics Bioinformatics
Approaches to Gene Expression, Microarray data analysis, Human
genome and disease identification, OMIM.Comparative genomics.
References:
1. John R S Finchman, “Genetic Analysis - Principles, Scope and
Objectives”, Blackwell Science, 1994.
2. A.Malcolm Campbell and Laurie J. Heyer, “Discovering Genomics,
Proteomics and Bioinformatics”, Pearson, 2006 .
BIO 4006: IMMUNOTECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Immune system innate and adaptive immunity, Lymphocytes - origin and
differentiation.Humoral Immunity B-lymphocytes and their activation,
structure and function of immunoglobulins, Genetic control of antibody
production. Cellular Immunology T cells classification, APC,
mechanisms of phagocytosis. Antigen Antibody interactions
precipitation, agglutination, neutralization. Immunological and antibody
based assays. Stem cells applications to immunology,
immunosuppressive drugs. Autoimmunity Auto antibodies in humans,
treatment of auto immune disorders.Molecular Immunology Preparation
of vaccines, application of r DNA technology to production of antibodies.
References:
1. Roitt I., “Essential Immunology”, Blackwell Scientific Publications,
1991.
2. Richard Goldsby, Thomas J. Kindt, Barbara A. Osborn., “Kuby
Immunology”, W H Freeman, 2006.
BIO 4007: METABOLIC ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction Jacob Monod model, catabolite regulation, glucose effect,
CAMP deficiency, feed back regulation. Synthesis of Primary
Metabolites Alteration of feedback regulation, limiting accumulation of
end products, metabolites. Biosynthesis of Secondary Metabolites
Precursor effects, prophophase, idiophase relationship, enzyme
induction & producers of secondary metabolites. Bioconversions
Advantages, specificity, yields, co-metabolism, avoidance of product
inhibition, mixed or sequential bioconversions, conversion of insoluble
substances. Regulation of Enzyme Production Strain selection,
improving fermentation, recognizing growth cycle peak, catabolite
repression, mutants resistant to repression.
References:
1. Wang D.I.C., Cooney C.L., Demain A.L., Dunnil.P., Humphery A.E.,
Lilly M.D., “Fermentation and Enzyme Technology”, John Wiley and
Sons, 1979.
2. Stanbury P. F., and Whitaker A., “Principles of Fermentation
Technology”, Butterworth Heinemann, 1999.
BIO 4008: PROTEIN ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Structure of Proteins Primary, secondary structure prediction and
determination super secondary structure, protein folding pathways,
tertiary structure and domain in proteins, quaternary structure, methods
to determine tertiary and quaternary structure, post transnational
modification. Protein Engineering and Design Methods of protein
isolation, purification and quantitation, use of peptides in biology,
methods of detection and analysis of proteins. Protein database
analysis, methods to alter primary structure of proteins, examples of
engineered proteins, protein design, principles and examples.
References:
1. Moody P.C.E. and A.J. Wilkinson., “Protein Engineering”, ILR Press,
1990.
2. Creighton T.E., “Proteins”, Freeman,1993 .
III. PHARMACUETICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
BIO 4009: BIOMATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Properties of materials & classes of materials used in Medicine, Host
reaction to biomaterials and their evaluation, testing biomaterials,
degradation of materials in the biological environment, application of
materials in medicine & dentistry, implants & devices, basics of artificial
organs.
References:
1. Buddy Ratner, Allan Hoffman, Frederick Schoen, Jack Lemon,
“Biomaterial Science: An introduction to materials in medicine”,
(3e), Academic press, Elsevier publication, 2012.
2. Joon Park, R. S. Lakes, “Biomaterials: An Introduction”, (3e),
Springer publication.
66
BIO 4010: BIOPHARMACEUTICAL ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction Development of drugs and pharmaceutical industry
organic therapeutic agents. Drug Metabolism and Pharmaco-Kinetics
physico chemical principles, radioactivity, action of drug on human
bodies. Important Unit Processes and Their Applications. Manufacturing
Principles of different type of tablets. Analytical methods and test for
various drugs and pharmaceuticals, packaging techniques quality
control. Health Biotechnology health care products, edible vaccines,
nutrition value of foods. Health bioinformatics microbes and human
health, biotechnology kits to monitor day to day human health.
References:
1. Heinrich Klefenz, “Industrial pharmaceutical biotechnology”, Wiley-
VCH, 2002.
2. Susanna Wu-Pong, Yongyut Rojanasakul, and Joseph Robinson,
“Biopharmaceutical drug and design and development”, Humana
Press, 1999.
BIO 4011: DRUG DELIVERY: ENGINEERING PRINCIPLES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to drug administration and drug effectiveness, Diffusion and
drug dispersion, diffusion in biological systems, drug permeation
through biological barriers, drug transport by fluid motion,
pharmacokinetics of drug distribution. Drug delivery systems: drug
modification, controlled drug delivery systems. Some case studies in
drug delivery.
References:
1. W. Mark Saltzman, “Drug Delivery”, Oxford University Press, 2001.
BIO 4012: MOLECULAR MODELING AND DRUG DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
General concepts of Pharmacology Bioavailability, Compartments and
clearance, Drug absorption and transport, Drug metabolism,
Pharmacokinetic models, BBB.Drug Structure Chemoinformatics&
Chemical Graphs.Drug Design Computational Drug Discovery, Binding
interactions, Lipinski's rule of five (RO5), SMILES, Molecular
Descriptors chemical, topological and geometrical
descriptors.Molecular Modeling Molecular Orbital theory, 1D, 2D and
3D analyses. Computer Simulation Methods Molecular Dynamics
methods, Binding affinity calculations & conformational analysis, QSAR.
Design New Molecules De novo ligand design, Similarity search - Virtual
screening, Molecular docking SNPs and Pharmacogenomics,
Toxicology, Clinical trials, Regulatory affairs & Patenting.
References:
1. A.R.Leach, “Molecular Modelling Principles and Applications”,
Longman, 2001.
2. J.M. Haile, “Molecular Dynamics Simulation Elementary Methods”,
Wiley and Sons, 1997.
IV. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy,
Sources of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages,
Working capital management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash
management, and Dividend decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
2. I M Pandey, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house, Delhi,
2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 1999.
4. ICFAI, “Corporate Financial Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Maheshwari S.N., “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities.
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM. Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability. Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction, & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. T.V. Rao and Pereira D.F., “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subbrao A., “Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House, 1999.
3. N G Nair and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S. Chand Company, 1995.
4. Virmani B R; Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology transfer
and human resource development”, Response books, 1997.
5. Pareek Udai et al., “Human Resource Development in Asia: Trends
and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market opportunities
and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New Economy, Building
Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market Demand, Scanning
the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets, Business Markets,
Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments, Product Life Cycle, New
Market Offerings, Designing and Managing Services, Price Strategies,
Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. ICFAI, “Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R L and Gupta S.L., “Marketing Management”, Sultan
Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2000.
HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design: Product life cycle,
Process design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine
charts, Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations
strategy, Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems
thinking, Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision
process. Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries,
visibility, System life cycle models, System dynamics and its
importance in system thinking. System dynamics modeling process.
67
References:
1. Monks Joseph G., “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P., “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Mieghem J., “Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices,
Dynamic Ideas”, ISBN: 0-9759146-6-9, 2008.
4. Sterman J.D., “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and
Modeling for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition,
2004.
5. Senge Peter, “The Fifth Discipline”, Currency Doubleday, New York,
1990.
OTHER PROGRAMME ELECTIVES
BIO 4013: ADVANCED BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Commercial Applications of Microbial Genetics and Mutant
Populations, Animal and Plant Cell Reactor Technology. Analysis of
Multiple Interacting Microbial Populations, Competition and Selection in
a Chemostat, Predation and Parasitism The Lotka-Volterra Model of
Predator-Prey Oscillations. Population Dynamics in models of Mass-
Action Form, Qualitative Stability, Stability of Large, Randomly
constructed Food Webs, Bifurcation and Complicated Dynamics;
Spatial Patterns. Mixed Microbial Populations in Applications and
Natural Systems Spoilage and product manufacture by Spontaneous
Mixed Cultures; Microbial Participation in the Natural Cycles of Matter
Overall cycles of the elements of life, Interrelationships of
microorganisms in the soil and other natural ecosystems. Biological
Wastewater Treatment. Bioprocess Economics Process Economics,
Bioproduct Regulation,
References:
1. James E.Bailey and David F. Ollis, “Biochemical Engineering
Fundamentals”, McGraw Hill, 1986.
2. Arthur T.Johnson, “Biological Process Engineering”, John Wiley &
Sons, 1998.
BIO 4014: BIOFUELS ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Various feedstock for different kinds of Biofuels; Biochemical
pathways; Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) of various biofuels, Various
process technologies for bioethanol production; Microorganism
selection; Comparison of various bioethanol processes;
Thermodynamic and kinetic aspects of biodiesel production; Biodiesel
from Jatropha and Waste cooking oils, Acid base, enzyme catalyzed
esterification process; Biodiesel from Microalgae and various
contemporary technologies and their comparisons; Hydrogen
production by enzymes and various microorganisms, Inhibition effects
of Hydrogen; Biochemical basis of microbial fuel cells; single cell and
two cell designs; basic calculations of power and efficiency; Biogas
production from various sources.
References:
1. Caye M. Drapcho, Nghiem Phu Nhuan and Terry H. Walker, “Biofuels
Engineering Process Technology”, McGraw Hill Publishers, New
York, 2008.
2. Jonathan R. Meilenz (Ed.), “Biofuels Methods and Protocols
(Methods in Molecular Biology Series)”, Humana Press, New York,
2009.
3. Lisbeth Olsson (Ed.), “Biofuels (Advances in Biochemical
Engineering/Biotechnology Series)”, Springer-Verlag Publishers,
Berlin, 2007.
 BIO 4016: SOLID STATE FERMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Scope of solid State fermentation & applications. Macroscopic and
microscopic phenomena. Bioreactor types and Selection Classification
and Criteria. Transport phenomena and the scale up. Unaerated and
Unmixed bioreactors -Trays, Forcefully-Aerated Bioreactors without
Mixing, Packed beds, Rotating and stirred drum bioreactors,
Continuously mixed and intermittently-mixed bioreactors. Fundamentals
of Modelling of Bioreactor Methodology, Kinetic sub model, Modelling of
effect of temperature, water activity on growth, Death kinetics, Modelling
of Heat and Mass transfer and the estimation of transfer coefficients.
References:
1. D. A. Mitchell, N. Krieger, M. Berovic, “Solid State Fermentation
Bioreactors Fundamentals of Design and Operation”, Springer
Publication, 2006.
2. Ashok Pandey, Carlos Ricardo Soccol, Christian Larroche, “Current
Developments In Solid-state Fermentation”, Asiatech Publishers,
2007.
OPEN ELECTIVES
BIO 3282: INTRODUCTION TO BIOINFORMATICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Bioinformatics, Central dogma of biology, Digital code of
life, database sequence search & Alignment, The evolutionary basis of
sequence alignment, The modular nature of proteins, Optimal alignment
methods, Substitution scores and gap penalties, Statistical significance
of alignments, Structure file formats; Visualizing structural information,
Motifs and Pattern, Protein structure prediction, Searching for trees,
Rooting trees, Evaluating trees and Data, Phylogenetic software,
68
Phylogenetics on the web, Some simple practical considerations,
Genome annotation, Comparative genomics, Genome compression
References:
1. Arthur M. Lesk, “Introduction to Bioinformatics”, Oxford University
Press, 2002.
2. Stuart M Brown, “BIOINFORMATICS: A biologists guide to
biocomputing and the internet”, NYU Medical Center, 2000.
BIO3281: INTRODUCTION TO BIOFUELS AND
BIOPOLYMERS [3 0 0 3]
Renewable energies and significance of biofuels, feedstocks for various
biofuels, Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) of biofuels, ethanol from
fermentation and comparison of different technologies, diesel from
Jatropha, waste cooking oils, and Microalgae, biogas and biological
hydrogen, and basic concepts of microbial fuel cells; introduction to
biopolymers, Biopolymers vs. Synthetic polymers; Synthesis of
biopolymers such as Starch, Hemicellulose etc, Commercially available
biopolymers, uses of biopolymers, Manufacturing technologies, Fillers
& Reinforcement, Market & Economics, Biodegradability.
References:
1. Mohanty, A.K., Et al.,“Natural Fibers”, Biopolymers, and
Biocomposites, CRC Press, 2005.
2. R.M. Johnson, L.Y. Mwaikambo and N. Tucker, “Biopolymers”, Rapra
technology, 2003.
3. Caye M. Drapcho, Nghiem Phu Nhuan and Terry H. Walker, “Biofuels
Engineering Process Technology”, McGraw Hill Publishers, New
York, 2008
 Department of Chemical Engineering
Chemical Engineering explores the processing of materials and the Programs offered
production or utilization of energy through chemical and/or biochemical
Under Graduate Program
routes. Chemical engineers play a key role in petroleum, fertilizers and
4 B.Tech in Chemical Engineering (1969)
plastic industries, and in the production of antibiotics, soft drinks and
cosmetic products. Chemical engineers make use of their expertise to Post Graduate Programs
4
find solutions to environmental hazards such as pollution and harmful M.Tech in Chemical Engineering (2009)
4 M.Tech in Industrial Pollution Control (2012)
chemicals delivered by several other industries. Chemical engineering
graduates typically work in chemical process industries, biotechnology, PhD
environmental remediation, food processing, pharmaceuticals, energy
and plastics.
Faculty Strength
The department of Chemical Engineering established in the year 1969 and
the first batch of Chemical Engineers graduated in 1974. Till date, 44 Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
batches of students (about 2158 Chemical Engineers) have been
graduated from the department. The department is having MoU with
University of Nottingham and University of South Alabama for the post 3
graduate studies. 8 8 8
5
Core Competencies of the Department are:
• Process Modelling & Simulation
• Fluid & Fluid-Solid Operations
• Drug Delivery Systems PhD Professors
• Environmental Pollution Control M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
• Catalysis and Nanotechnology B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors
• Computational Fluid Dynamics
• Sonochemical Reaction Engineering
• Renewable Energy
• Process Control

69
 B. Tech in CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2103 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2202 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
CHE 2101 Chemical Process Calculations 3 1 0 4 CHE 2201 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics – II 2 1 0 3
CHE 2102 Momentum Transfer 3 1 0 4 CHE 2202 Heat Transfer Operations 3 1 0 4
CHE 2103 Mechanical Operations 3 1 0 4 CHE 2203 Mass Transfer – I 2 1 0 3
II CHE 2104 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics – I 2 1 0 3 CHM 2201 Physical Chemistry 3 0 0 3
CHM 2101 Organic Chemistry 3 0 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
CHE 2111 Chemical Engineering Drawing 0 0 3 1 CHE 2211 Momentum Transfer & Mechanical Operations Lab 0 1 3 2
CHM 2111 Organic Chemistry Lab 0 0 3 1 CHM 2211 Physical Chemistry Lab 0 0 3 1
16 5 6 23 15 5 6 22
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
CHE 3101 Mass Transfer – II 2 1 0 3 HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3
CHE 3102 Chemical Reaction Engineering – I 2 1 0 3 CHE 3202 Chemical Reaction Engineering – II 2 1 0 3

70
CHE 3103 Transport Phenomena 2 1 0 3 CHE 3203 Process Dynamics and Control 3 1 0 4
CHE 3104 Chemical Process Industries 4 0 0 4 *** **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3
III
CHE 3105 Computational Methods in Chemical Engineering 3 1 0 4 *** **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3
*** **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
CHE 3111 Heat Transfer Lab 0 1 3 2 CHE 3211 Mass Transfer Lab 0 1 3 2
CHE 3212 Computational Methods in Chemical Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1
16 5 3 22 16 4 6 22
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002 Engineering Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 CHE 4297 Seminar 1
CHE 4101 Process Modeling and Simulation 3 1 0 4 CHE 4298 Industrial Training 1
CHE 4102 Design and Drawing of Chemical Equipments 3 1 0 4 CHE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
*** **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
IV
*** **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3
*** **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
CHE 4111 Process Modeling and Simulation Lab 0 0 3 1
CHE 4112 Reaction Engineering and Process Control Lab 0 1 3 2
17 4 6 23 14
Minor Specializations
THIRD SEMESTER
I. Environmental Biotechnology
MAT 2103: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III [2 1 0 3]
1. BIO 4001:Bioremediation
Fourier Series, Half range expansions, Harmonic analysis. Fourier
2. BIO 4002:Design of Biological Treatment Processes
integrals & transforms, Parseval's identity. Complex Variable: Functions
3. BIO 4003:Microbial Treatment of Wastewater
of complex variable. Analytic function, Integration of complex function,
4. BIO 4004:Solid Waste Management
Cauchy's integral formula. Taylor's and Laurent Series, Singular points,
Residues, Cauchy's residue theorem. Conformal mappings, bilinear
II. Petroleum Engineering
transformations Vector Calculus: Gradient, divergence and curl, Line,
1. CHE 4001: Natural Gas Engineering surface and volume integrals. Green's theorem, divergence and Stokes'
2. CHE 4002: Oil and Gas Reservoir Engineering theorem. Partial Differential Equations: one dimensional wave equation
3. CHE 4003: Petrochemicals and one dimensional heat equation, their solutions.
4. CHE 4004: Petroleum Refinery Engineering
References:
III. Pollution Control Engineering
1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (5e), Wiley
1. CHE 4005: Environmental Impact Assessment Eastern, 1985
and Management Plan 2. Murray R. Spiegel, “Vector Analysis”, Schaum Publishing Co., 1959
2. CHE 4006: Industrial Waste Water Engineering 3. B.S.Grewal, “Higher Engg. Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, 1989
3. CHE 4007: Pollution Control Engineering 4. Ramana B V, “Engineering Mathematics”, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. CHE 4008: Solid Waste Engineering and Management

IV. Business Management CHE 2101: CHEMICAL PROCESS CALCULATIONS [3 1 0 4]

Chemical engineering as a Profession Role of Chemical Engineer Unit
1. HUM 4011: Financial Management operations and unit processes Units and dimensions Physical and
2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management chemical properties of compounds and mixtures Techniques of problem
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management solving Choice of basis Chemical equations and stoichiometry
4. HUM 4014: Operations and Systems Management Properties of gases Ideal and real gases Phase equilibrium Vapor
pressure Raoult's law Calculation of bubble point and dew point
Other Programme Electives Humidity and Saturation Humidity charts and their use Concepts of
1. CHE 4009: Advanced Bio Chemical Engineering steady and unsteady state processes and material balance equations
2. CHE 4010: Advanced Chemical Reaction Engg. Material balances involving unit operations and unit processes Material
3. CHE 4011: Advanced Process Control balance with recycle, bypass and purge Energy and energy balances
4. CHE 4012: Advanced Separation Processes Balances on non-reactive and reactive systems Heat of reaction, heat of
5. CHE 4013: Advanced Thermodynamics formation and heat of combustion Standard state Calculation of heat of
6. CHE 4014: Air Pollution Control & Equipment Design reaction at temperature different from standard state Adiabatic reaction
7. CHE 4015: Bio Energy Engineering temperature and theoretical flame temperature.
8. CHE 4016: Energy Engineering
9. CHE 4017: Applied Interfacial Engineering References:
10. CHE 4018: Introduction to Bio Chemical Engineering 1. A. Hougen, K.M. Watson, R.A. Ragatz, “Chemical Process
11. CHE 4019: Membrane Science & Technology Principles, Part I”, John Wiley and Asia Publishing Co., 1970.
12. CHE 4020: Optimization of Chemical Processes 2. Bhat B.I., S.M. Vora, “Stochiometry”, (2e), Tata McGraw-Hill, NY,
13. CHE 4021: Pinch Technology 1976
14. CHE 4022: Process Instrumentation 3. David M. Himmelblau, “Basic Principles and Calculations in
15. CHE 4023: Project Engineering Chemical Engineering”, (6e), Prentice Hall of India (P) Ltd., 2009.
16. CHE 4024: Risk & Safety Management in Process Industries
4. Richard Felder and Ronald W. Rausseau, “Elementary Principles of
17. CHE 4025: Upstream and Downstream Bioprocessing
Chemical Processes”, (2e), John Wiley and Sons, 2004.
18. CHM 4001: Analytical Techniques and Instrumentation
19. CHM 4002: Catalysis and Colloidal Systems 5. Morton M. Denn, “Chemical Engineering- an Introduction”,
Cambridge University Press,NY, 2012.
Open Electives
CHE 2102: MOMENTUM TRANSFER [3 1 0 4]
1. CHE 3281: Introduction to Chemical Engineering
Properties of fluids Rheological classification - Fluid statics Static
2. CHE 3282: Industrial Pollution Control
pressure Variation of pressure with elevation Pressure measurement
Manometers Introduction to fluid flow Types of flow Basic equations of
fluid flow Continuity equation One dimensional Euler and Bernoulli
equation and applications Laminar flow Steady incompressible viscous
flow through circular pipes Hagen-Poiseuilli equation Flow between
parallel plates Flow through annuli Turbulence Turbulent flow in
smooth pipes Velocity profiles Darcy equation Flow in noncircular
conduits Losses in pipe flow - Power law of fluids Flow of liquids in thin
layers Fluid flow past immersed bodies Boundary layer and friction

71
drag Drag coefficient Motion of particles through fluids Flow of fluids
through bed of solids Ergun equation Principles of fluidization
Hydrodynamic characteristics Pneumatic conveyance Agitation and
mixing of liquids Dimensional analysis Flow of compressible fluids
Basic equations of one dimensional flow Reversible adiabatic flow
Effect of area variation Flow in convergent and divergent nozzles Flow
measurement Venturi, Orifice and Pitot-tube Variable area meter Flow
measurement in open channels Introduction to unsteady flow Time
required for emptying tank Fluid transportation machinery Pumps and
classification of pumps Pump characteristics
References:
1. McCabe and Smith, “Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering”,
(5e), McGraw-Hill, NY, 1993.
2. Coulson and Richardson, “Chemical Engineering Vol I”,
(3e),Pargamon and ELBS, 1977.
3. Foust et al, “Principles of Unit Operations”, (2e), John Wiley and
Sons, NY, 1980.
4. Badger and Banchero, “Introduction to Chemical Engineering”,
McGraw-Hill, NY, 1990.
CHE 2103: MECHANICAL OPERATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Particle size analysis Representation of size analysis Shape factor
sieve methods of analysis Surface area determination Number of
particle in the sample mixture, Industrial screening Screening equipment
Efficiency of screen and performance of screen Storage of solids Types
of conveyers Selection of conveyer Size reduction Energy
relationships Size reduction equipment Crushers, grinders, ultrafine
grinders and cutting machines Open circuit and closed circuit grinding
Classifiers Types of classifiers Gravity settling Centrifugal separation
Cyclone separator - Principles Design of centrifuge- Tubular bowl
centrifuge- disc-stack centrifuge- Electrostatic precipitator Filtration
Filtration equipment Selection, design and operation of filters Filter aids
Thickening Batch and continuous thickener Design of continuous
thickener Magnetic separation Separation based on motion of particles
through fluids Jigging Dense media separation Agitation and mixing of
liquids- Flow patterns in Agitated vessel Mixing of powders and plastic
masses
References:
1. McCabe and Smith, “Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering”,
(5e), McGraw-Hill, NY, 993.
2. Foust et al, “Principles of Unit Operations”, (2e),John Wiley and
Sons, NY, 1980.
3. Badger and Banchero, “Introduction to Chemical Engineering”,
McGraw-Hill, NY, 1990.
4. Coulson and Richardson, “Chemical Engineering Vol II”,
(3e),Pargamon and ELBS, 1970.
CHE 2104: CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
THERMODYNAMICS - I [2 1 0 3]
Basic concepts and definition: Classical and Statistical
thermodynamics, system, boundary, surroundings, internal energy,
work, heat, equilibrium, reversible process, intensive and extensive
function, ideal gas temperature scale.
First law of thermodynamics for non-flow process, flow process, State
and path function, Enthalpy, Heat capacity
PVT behavior of gases: Ideal gas, definition, ideal gas law, equation of
state for real gases, graphical representation of P-V-T behavior, V-T
diagram, P-V diagram and P-T diagram, Thermodynamic analysis of
72
processes. Generalized correlations for thermodynamic property of
gases, reduced equation of state, two parameter and three parameter
correlations
Second law of thermodynamics: Spontaneous process, qualitative
difference between heat and work, heat reservoir, heat pump, heat
engine, Kelvin Plank statement, Clausius statement, irreversibility,
entropy, Carnot principle, postulates, thermodynamic temperature scale,
third law of thermodynamics.
Thermodynamic relations: Classification of thermodynamic processes,
Helmholtz and Gibbs free energy, fundamental property relations,
Maxwell's relations and their applications, Clausius-clapeyron equation,
modified equations for U, H and S, relationship between Cp and Cv, ratio
of heat capacity, effect of pressure and volume on Cp and Cv, Gibbs
Helmholtz equations.
Applications of laws of thermodynamics:
Refrigeration, choice of refrigerant, Carnot cycle, vapour compression
cycle, air refrigeration, Heat pumps, Liquefaction processes, free
expansion, isotropic expansion, Steam power plant, Rankine cycle,
Reheat and regenerative cycles. Internal combustion engines.
References:
1. K.V. Narayanan, “A Text Book of Chemical Engineering
Thermodynamics”, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
2. J. M Smith, H. C. Van Ness and M. M. Abbot, “Introduction to
Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics”, (7e), McGraw Hill, 2004.
3. T. E. Daubert, “Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics”, McGraw
Hill , 1985.
4. Y. V. C. Rao, “An Introduction Thermodynamics”, Universities Press,
2004.
CHM 2101: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY [3 0 0 3]
Stereochemistry: Constitutional, geometrical and optical isomerisms,
Determination of specific rotation, RS configuration, Enantiomers,
Diastereomers, Meso compounds.
Reaction intermediates: Structure, stability and reactions of free radicals,
carbocations, carbanions & carbenes, Transient techniques.
Strengths of organic acids and bases: Monobasic, dibasic, aliphatic &
aromatic acids, Effect of structure on acidity, Hydrogen bond, Steric
inhibition to resonance, Effects of solvents, Aliphatic & aromatic bases.
Aromatic & heterocyclic compounds: Structure of benzene, Mechanism
of electrophilic substitution reactions of benzene, Effect of substituents,
Classification of heterocyclic compounds, Reactions.
Carbohydrates: Classification, Reactions, Monosaccharides, Physical &
chemical properties, Disaccharides & polysaccharides - sources,
structure & properties.
Amino acids & proteins: Classification, Synthesis, Physical & chemical
properties, Peptides, Protiens, Enzymes classification, synthesis,
reactions, comparison & applications in industry.
Dyes: Valence bond & molecular orbital approach to color, Bathochromic
and Hypsochromic shifts, Classification schemes, applications &
structures, Azodyes, Anthraquinone dyes, Fluorescent brightening
agents.
Industrial processes: Pharmaceutical processes, - Alkylation,
Condensation & cyclization, Oxidation, Perfume & Flavor chemistry,
Condensation, Esterification, Hydrogenation, Nitration & Grignard
processes.
References:
1. I.L. Finar, “Organic Chemistry, Vol I”, (6e), Pearson Education,
Singapore, 2009.
2. R.T. Morrison, R.N. Boyd, “Organic Chemistry”, (6e), Prentice Hall,
New Delhi, 2007.
3. P.Y. Bruice, “Organic Chemistry”, (3e), Dorling Kindersley, New Delhi,
2009.
4. G.T. Austin, “Shreve's Chemical Process Industries”, (5e), McGraw-
Hill, Singapore, 1986.
CHE 2111: CHEMICAL ENGINEERING DRAWING [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to AutoCAD, Basic drawing and editing commands, making
changes in drawings, organizing drawing with layers, adding dimensions
and text to drawings, advanced editing in AutoCAD, hatching.
Assembly drawing of some of the following:
Valves: Globe valve, Ball valve, Non-rising stem gate valve, Three-way
stop valve, Needle valve, Gate valve, Diaphragm valve
Pumps: Centrifugal, Rotary, Vane and Gear pumps
Steam traps: Bucket type, Inverted bucket type and Thermodynamic
steam traps
Joints: Cotter and Pin joint, Cotter joint with sleeve, Socker and Spigot
cotter joint, Strap joint with Gib and Cotter
Pipe joints: Flanged pipe joint, Hydraulic pipe joint, Gland and Stuffing
box, Expansion joint, Union joint
References:
1. Millan Alan R. “ABC of AutoCAD”, Tech Publications.
2. McCarthy Tim, “AutoCAD express”, Narosa Publications.
3. Venugopal K, “Engineering Drawing and Graphics with AutoCAD”,
Newage Publications.
4. N D Bhatt, V M Panchal, “Machine Drawing”, (49e), Charotar
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2014.
5. Gopal Krishna, “Machine Drawing”.
CHM 2111: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LAB [0 0 3 1]
1. Preparation of m-dinitrobenzene from nitrobenzene by nitrogen and
organic qualitative analysis-I
2. Preparation of acetanilide from aniline by acetylation and organic
qualitative analysis-II
3. Preparation of p-bromo acetanilide from acetanilide by bomination
and organic qualitative analysis-III
4. Preparation of benzoic acid from benzaldehyde by oxidation and
organic qualitative analysis-IV
5. Preparation of salicylic acid from methyl salicylate by hydrolysis and
organic qualitative analysis-V
6. Determination of the % purity of phenol by Winkler's method
7. Determination of the amount of acetone by iodoform method
8. Determination of the % purity of acetic acid by titration method
9. Determination of the amount of acetamide by alkali hydrolysis
method
10. Determination of acid value, iodine value and saponification value of
the given sample of oil
References:
1. “III Semester Chemical lab Manual”, Chemistry Department, MIT,
Manipal,
2. V. Venkateshwaran, R. Veeraswamy, A.R. Kulandaivelu, “Basic
Principles of Practical Chemistry”, (1e), Sultan Chand and Sons,
1993.
3. K.K. Sharma, D.S. Sharma, “An Introduction to Practical Chemistry”,
Vikas Publishing House, 1996.
73
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2202: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Optimization Techniques: formation of LPP, Solution by Graphical
method, Simplex method, Penalty cost and two phase methods.
Probability & Random variables: Finite sample spaces, conditional
probability and independence, Bayes' theorem One dimensional random
variable, mean, variance, Chebyshev's inequality. Two and higher
dimensional random variables, covariance, correlation coefficient,
regression, curve fitting. Probability distributions: Binomial, Poisson,
uniform, normal, gamma, Chi-square and exponential. Numerical
methods- Solution of BVP's in ODE. Numerical solutions of two
dimensional Laplace, Poisson equations, one dimensional heat and
wave equations by explicit methods. Crank-Nicolson method. Finite
element method, Introduction, simple applications Z transform:
properties of z transforms, initial and final value theorems, solution of
difference equations by the method of z transforms, convolution
theorem.
References:
1. Kreyzig E, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (7e), Wiley
Eastern.
2. Meyer P. L., “Introduction to probability and Statistical
applications”,(2e), American Publishing Co.
3. Hamdy A Taha - Operation research, (7e), PHI.
4. Grewal B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna
Publishers.
5. Sastry S.S., “Introductory methods for Numerical Analysis”, (2e),
Prentice Hall
CHE 2201: CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
THERMODYNAMICS - II [2 1 0 3]
Thermodynamic properties of pure substances: fugacity, fugacity
coefficient, compressibility factor, activity.
Solution thermodynamics: Ideal and non-ideal gas mixtures and liquid
solutions, partial molar properties, physical significance and
determination methods, chemical potential.
Gibbs-Duhem equation: general form, various forms of Gibbs-Duhem
equation, applications, limitations; Property changes of mixing, excess
properties. Criteria of phase equilibrium, Duhemtheorem. Vapour liquid
equilibrium, VLE equation, low pressure VLE, Phase diagrams for binary
solution, T-x-y and P-x-y diagrams. Effect of pressure on VLE.
Azeotropes and its types.
Activity coefficient; equations used for the determination, Margules, van
Laar, Wilson equations, VLE at high pressures, bubble point, dew point
calculations, Thermodynamic consistency tests for VLE data.
Chemical reaction equilibrium; criteria of equilibrium, Reaction
stoichiometry, equilibrium constant, Gibbs free energy change, choice of
standard state, feasibility of chemical reactions, effect of temperature on
equilibrium constant, evaluation of van't Hoff constant, Effect of
parameters like temperature, pressure, composition on the equilibrium
conversion.
References:
1. K.V. Narayanan, “A Text Book of Chemical Engineering
Thermodynamics”, Prentice Hall ofIndia, 2006
2. J.M Smith, H.C. VanNess and M.M. Abbot, “Introduction to Chemical
Engineering Thermodynamics”, (7e), McGraw Hill, 2004
3. T.E. Daubert, “Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics”, McGraw
Hill , 1985
4. Y.V.C.Rao, “Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics”, Universities
Press, 1997
CHE 2202: HEAT TRANSFER OPERATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to Modes of heat transfer and it applications
Conduction - Steady state Heat conduction Development of equations
for conduction through plane and curved surfaces like spheres, cylinders
etc. Compound resistance, Critical thickness of insulation Heat transfer
with internal heat generation Introduction to transient heat conduction-
Introduction to Multidimensional heat conduction
Convection Forced and Natural convection Individual and Overall heat
transfer Coefficient- Determination of Individual heat transfer coefficients
for different systems Analogies between transfer of heat and
momentum- Principles of design of heat exchangers Co-current and
counter-current flow Dirt factors LMTD- Enthalpy balances in an
exchanger -Effectiveness of heat exchanger.
Extended surfaces Types of fins Heat transfer in rectangular and pin fins
Fin effectiveness Fin efficiency-Heat transfer to fluids with phase change
Heat transfer to boiling liquids Types of condensation
Introduction to radiation heat transfer Kirchhoff's law- Stefan
BoltzmannView factors Net radiation between two large parallel planes
Radiation with shields Temperature measurement of gases and radiation
errors
Evaporation Types of Evaporation equipment Mass & Energy balances
Calculations for single effect and multi-effect systems Performance of
Evaporators, Design calculations Vapor Recompression
Crystallization Types, Equilibria and yield super saturationMier's theory
Nucleation and crystal growth Delta L law Material and Energy balances
Swenson-Walker crystallizer Calculations
References:
1. McCabe and Smith, “Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering”,
(5e), McGraw-Hill, NY,1993
2. J. P. Holman, “Heat transfer”, McGraw-hill, 1976.
3. Badger and Banchero, “Introduction to Chemical Engineering”,
McGraw-Hill, NY, 2010
4. Coulson and Richrdson, “Chemical Engineering Vol I”, (3e),
Pargamon and ELBS, 1970
5. Donald Q. Kern, “Process Heat Transfer”, McGraw-Hill, 1950
CHE 2203: MASS TRANSFER - I [2 1 0 3]
Diffusion: Introduction to mass transfer operations- molecular diffusion
in gases and liquids - steady state diffusion under stagnant and laminar
flow conditions−diffusion in multi component mixtures - Diffusion in
solids - molecular and Knudsen diffusion in porous solids - unsteady
state diffusion in solids.
Interphase Mass Transfer and Mass Transfer coefficient: Theories of
interphase mass transfer- estimation of mass transfer coefficient -
Individual and overall mass transfer coefficients for gas-liquid and liquid-
liquid operations−Material balance approach for steady state mass
transfer processes - concept of equilibrium curve and operating
line−stages and Murphree stage efficiency.
Absorption: Gas Absorption - calculation of number of theoretical stages
for Absorption and stripping column (Graphical) - estimation of number
of plates by Kremser equation - Packed tower absorber HETP - HTU and
NTU calculations Design of absorption column - Equipment for gas-
liquid operations.
74
Adsorption: Adsorption - adsorption isotherm - batch and continuous
stage wise adsorption operation−unsteady state fixed bed adsorbers -
break through curves - process design of adsorption column-
Adsorption equipment.
Humidification and Dehumidification: Vapor gas mixtures terminology
Psychometric chart Water cooling operations Gas-Liquid contact
operations Adiabatic operations Types of Equipment Design
calculations Cooling towers design of cooling towers Recirculating
Liquid-gas humidification cooling
References:
1. R.E. Treybol, “Mass Transfer Operations”, (2e), McGraw Hill, 1981.
2. Foust, A.S.Wenzel, L.A., Clump, C.W., Naus, L., and Anderson, L.B.,
“Principles of Unit operations”, (2e), Wiley, 1980.
3. McCabe and Smith, “Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering”,
(5e), McGraw-Hill, NY, 1993
4. Hill G B, “Cooling towers principles and practice”, BH, London, 1990
CHM 2201: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY [3 0 0 3]
Solution chemistry: Expressing concentrations, Vapor pressure of a
liquid, Raoult's law, Ideal and non-ideal solutions, Azeotrope, Distillation
of miscible liquids, Partially miscible liquid-liquid equilibrium,
Thermodynamics of mixture, Henry's law, Relationship between Henry's
& Raoult's law, Numerical problems.
Colligative properties: Introduction, Determination of molar masses.
Experimental measurement of vapour pressure lowering, osmotic
pressure, boiling point elevation & depression of freezing point,
Abnormal colligative properties- Vant Hoff's factor, Degree of
association & dissociation, Numerical problems.
Phase equilibria: Gibb's phase rule, Derivation of phase rule, Single
component systems, Reduced phase rule, Two-component system,
Formation of compounds with congruent melting point, Formation of
compounds with incongruent melting point.
Adsorption phenomena: Adsorption of gases on solids, Factors affecting
adsorption, Different types of adsorption isotherms, Freundlich's &
Langmuir's theory, BET theory of multilayer adsorption, Adsorption from
solutions.
Electroanalytical methods: Principle and types of conductometric
titrations, Potentiometric titrations, Advantages and limitations, Cyclic
voltammetry.
References:
1. P. Atkins, J. de Paula, “Physical Chemistry”, (7e), Oxford Publication,
New York, 2002.
2. D. A. Skoog, D. M. West, F. J. Holler, S. R. Gouch, “Fundamentals
ofAnalytical Chemistry”, (8e), Thomson Brooks, Singapore, 2004.
CHE 2211: MOMEMTUM TRANSFER AND MECHANICAL
OPERATIONS LAB [0 1 3 2]
The experiments involve:
Reynolds Experiment Calibration of flow meters, flow through circular
pipe, annulus, v-notch, packed bed and fluidized bed Centrifugal pump
characteristics Screen effectiveness, verification of laws of size
reduction, particle size analysis, filtration, sedimentation.
CHM 2211: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LAB [0 0 3 1]
1. Titration of a given mixture of weak and strong acids against a strong
base by conductometric method
2. Precipitation titration between lithium sulphate and barium chloride by
conductometric method
3. Redox titration of Mohr's salt against K2Cr2O7 by potentiometric
method
4. Colorimetric determination of Copper
5. Percentage composition of binary mixture using viscometer
6. Bimolecular reaction between K2S2O8 and KI
7. Determination of velocity constant for the saponification of ethyl
acetate
8. Determination of surface tension of a liquid using stalagmometer
9. Kinetics of inversion of sucrose using polarimeter
10.Determination of percentage composition of binary mixture using
Abbe's refractometer
References:
1. “IV Semester Chemical lab Manual”, Chemistry Department, MIT,
Manipal,
2. V. Venkateshwaran, R. Veeraswamy, A.R. Kulandaivelu, “Basic
Principles of Practical Chemistry”, (1e), Sultan Chand and Sons, 1993.
3. K.K. Sharma, D.S. Sharma, “An Introduction to Practical Chemistry”,
Vikas Publishing House, 1996.
FIFTH SEMESTER
CHE 3101: MASS TRANSFER - II [2 1 0 3]
Distillation: Vapour liquid equilibrium concept - Raoults law - deviations
from ideal law - concept of azeotropic and types steam distillation
Enthalpy concentration diagrams binary and multi component systems
dew and bubble point calculations flash vaporization simple distillation-
binary component distillation - continuous rectification methods for
identifying the theoretical trays: 1) Ponchan Savarit method: minimum
reflux ratio, optimum reflux ratio- total reflux ratio, partial condenser, total
condenser, 2) McCabe Thiele method: concept of q line, optimum reflux
ratio- total reflux ratio, partial condenser, total condenser. Multi
component distillation: azeotropic, extractive, molecular distillation.
Liquid-Liquid Extraction: liquid-Liquid-Equilibria- Ternary systems
triangular and rectangular coordinates-choice of solvent-single stage
and multi stage cross current, equipment's such as mixer settler, packed
and tray towers.
Leaching: Concept of Leaching, effect of temperature and size of feed on
leaching, Batch leaching processes.
Drying Theory, Types and mechanism of drying operation Hysteresis
Rate curves Batch and continuous drying Direct and indirect drying
Through circulation drying Industrial dryers Design criteria Design of
rotary dryers
Recent advances in mass transfer operations: Introduction to membrane
process- advantages-disadvantages- types membranes preparation of
membrane-pore measuring techniques
References:
1. R.E. Treybal, “Mass Transfer operation”, McGraw-Hil, 1968.
2. McCabe and Smith, “Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering”,
(5e), McGraw-Hill, 1993.
3. Coulson-Richardson, “Chemical Engineering Vol-II”, Paragmon
and ELBS, 1970.
4. Kausik Nath, “Membrane separation process”.
CHE 3102: CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING - I [2 1 0 3]
Kinetics of homogeneous chemical reactions Rate expressions
Temperature dependence of rate Differential, integral, half-life and total
75
pressure method theories, Elementary and Non elementary reaction
kinetics - Pseudo, steady state hypothesis mechanism.
Isothermal reactor design Design of batch, semi-batch, CSTR's and
PFR's Problems on optimization, Multiple reactor systems Reactors in
series or/and parallel combinations CSTRs series Performance
analysis Batch, Semi-Batch, Continuous and Recycle reactors.
Multiple reaction system Series and parallel reactions in flow reactors -
Product distribution Yield and selectivity Maximizing the desired
product in parallel reactions Different reactors and schemes for
minimizing the unwanted product Maximizing the desired product in
series reactions.
Enzymatic reaction fundamentals Michaelis and Menten Equation
Batch reactor calculations Inhibition of enzyme reactions Multiple
enzyme and substrate systems, Design and analysis of biological
reactors Cell growth Batch bioreactor Chemostat system Oxygen
limited fermentation Scaleup.
References:
1. Scott Fogler H, “Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering”, (4e),
PHI, 2005.
2. Octave Levenspiel, “Chemical Reaction Engineering”, (3e), Wiley &
Sons, 2003.
3. Rawlings J.B, Ekerd, J.G., “Chemical Reactor Analysis and Design
Fundamentals”, Nole Hill 2002.
4. Smith J.M, “Chemical Engineering Kinetics”, (3e), McGrawl-Hill,
International student edition.
CHE 3103: TRANSPORT PHENOMENA [2 1 0 3]
Prediction of transport coefficients- viscosity, thermal conductivity and
diffusivity and their dependence with temperature, pressure and
composition; Kinetic theories of viscosity, thermal conductivity and
diffusivity
Shell balance for momentum, energy and mass transfer- uni-
dimensional velocity-temperature and concentration profiles-
momentum, energy and mass flux at the surface.
Introduction to general transport equations for momentum, energy and
mass transfer in Cartesian cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates- simple
solutions in one dimension
Velocity, temperature, concentration distribution with more than one
independent variable, Velocity and temperature distribution in turbulent
flow; Boundary layer concept of momentum and energy transport
References:
1. R.B.Bird , W.E.Stewart and E.W.Lightfoot, “Transport Phenomena”,
(2e), John-Wiley, 2002
2. Robert S Brodkey and C.Hershey, “Transport Phenomena - A unified
approach”, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1988
3. J.C. Slattery, “Advanced Transport Phenomena”, Cambridge
University Press, 1999
4. C.J. Geankoplis, “Transport Process and Unit Operation”, (3e),
Prentice-Hall, 1993
CHE 3104: CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES [4 0 0 4]
Indian industry A brief review - Detailed description of the processes
along with neat flow diagrams, engineering problems that are
encountered frequently during the process and major uses and
application are to be discussed for the following.
Industrial gases: Carbon dioxide Hydrogen Oxygen Nitrogen Synthesis
gas
Chloroalkali industry: Common salt Caustic soda Chlorine
Hydrochloric acid Bleaching powder Soda ash
Sulfur and sulfuric acid: Extraction of sulfur Production of sulfuric acid
from sulfur and other sources Recent advances
Fertiliser industry: Ammonia Nitric acid Ammonium nitrate Ammonium
sulfate Ammonium chloride Urea
Phosphate industry: Elemental Phosphorous Phosphoric acid
Superphosphates NPK fertilizers
Oils, fats and waxes: Edible oils Extraction of vegetable oil
Hydrogenation of oil Soaps and detergents Manufacturing processes
Glycerin recovery
Pulp and paper: Chemical and mechanical pulp Pulping methods
Chemical recovery of black liquor Paper and paper board
Sugar and starch: Sugar Starch and modified starches Glucose
Fermentation Media for growth - Industrial alcohol Absolute alcohol
Acetone and Butanol
Polymerisation: Classification of polymers Modes of polymerization
Polyvinyl chloride Polyethylene Viscose rayon , Nylon 6 and Nylon 66
Natural and synthetic rubber
References:
1. Faith Keyes, et.al, “Industrial Chemicals”, (4e), Wiley Interscience,
1975.
2. Charles E Dryden, “Outlines of Chemical Technology”, (2e), East
Press Ltd., 1975.
3. “CHEM TECH Vol 14”, Chemical Engineering Education
Development Centre, IIT, Madras, 1975-78.
4. Austin G.T., “Shreve's Chemical Process Industries”, (5e), McGraw-
Hill, 1986.
CHE 3105: COMPUTATIONAL METHODS IN CHEMICAL
ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to numerical computing, approximation and errors in
computing
Numerical Solution to non-linear, transcendental and polynomial
equations Bisection method, False position method, Secant method,
Wegstien method, Newton-Raphson method, Bairstow's method
Numerical solution to Linear Algebraic Equations- Gauss elimination,
Gauss-Jordan, Crout's reduction; Iterative methods- Gauss-Seidal,
Relaxation method, Eigen Value problems power method, Jacob's
method
Interpolation with equal interval Newton forward formula; Gauss's
forward and backward interpolation, Interpolation with unequal intervals-
Lagrangian polynomials, divided difference.
Numerical Integration and differentiation Derivatives using Newton's
forward and backward interpolation formulae, Composite Trapezoidal,
Romberg Integration.
Ordinary differential equations (ODE)- Initial value problem, Euler and
Modified Euler method, Runge-Kutta methods, Predictor-Corrector
methods, boundary value problems
Partial differential equation (PDE)- Shooting method, Finite difference
method, solution to Elliptic, Parabolic and hyperbolic equations; Crank-
Nicholson method; Bender Schmidt method
(Problems from Chemical engg subjects like Process Calculation,
Momentum Transfer, Heat Transfer and Mass Transfer-I should be solved
using the above numerical techniques wherever possible.)
76
References:
1. Micheal Cutlip, Mordechai Shacham, “Problem Solving in chemical
and Biochemical Engineering with POLYMATH, EXCEL and MATLAB”,
(2e), Prentice Hall, 2008
2. Alkis Constantinides, Navid Mostoufi, “Numerical methods for
chemical engineers with MATLAB Applications”, Prentice Hall,2000
3. E. Balagurusamy, “Numerical Methods”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Ltd.,1997
CHE 3111: HEAT TRANSFER LAB [0 1 3 2]
Experiments based on conduction, convection and radiation Different
types of heat exchangers and condensers Estimation of thermal
conductivity, thermal diffusivity, and emissivity.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Koontz D., “Essentials of Management”, Mc Graw Hill, New York,
2004
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied
Publishers, 2006
3. Peter Drucker, “The practice of management”, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003
CHE 3202: CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING - II [2 1 0 3]
Isothermal non-ideal flow reactors RTD in chemical reactors distribution
functions Conversion in non-ideal flow reactors Single and multi-
parameter models for non-ideal flow Concepts of mixing Micro and
macro mixing.
Non isothermal homogeneous reactions Temperature effects Principles
of stability Design procedures for adiabatic and non-isothermal
conditions for batch semi-batch and flow reactors Optimum
temperature progression Multiple reactions and effect of temperature on
product distribution.
Heterogeneous reactions Rate equation for heterogeneous systems
Contacting patterns for two phase systems Fluid particle non-catalytic
reactions Different models Derivation of rate equations Application to
design Fluid-fluid non- catalytic reactions Overall expression Kinetic
regimes Rate equations - Application to design of towers for slow
reactions - Mixer settlers Slurry reaction kinetics Reactive distillation
and extractive reactions. Introduction to slurry and trickle bed reactors
Fluidized bed Reactors Design.
Heterogeneous catalysis Types and classification of catalysts Desirable
characteristics and the method of determination Selection and
preparation of catalysts for industrial reactions Kinetics of
heterogeneous solid catalysed gas reactions - Mechanisms Derivation
of mathematical models based on different mechanism - Rate controlling
step Analysis of external transport processes Intrapellet mass transfer
Effectiveness factors
References:
1. Scott FoglerH, “Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering”,
(4e),PHI, 2005
2. Octave Levenspiel, “Chemical Reaction Engineering”, (3e),Wiley &
Sons, 2003
3. Rawlings J B, and Ekerd J G, “Chemical Reactor Analysis and Design
Fundamentals”, Nole Hill 2002
4. Smith J M, Chemical Engineering Kinetics, (3e), McGraw-Hill,
International student edition
CHE 3203: PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL [3 1 0 4]
Introduction Laplace transforms-- Process models Degrees of freedom
analysis Control degrees of freedom Linearization Process dynamics
Processes with complex dynamics Time delay and Inverse response
Control Valve characteristics Elements of feed-back control system Block
diagram algebra Transient response Stability Routh criterion Root locus
diagram Frequency response analysis Bode and Nyquist plots Design of
feed-back controllers Introduction to advanced process control
References:
1. Stephanopoulos G, “Chemical Process Control An Introduction to
Theory and Practice”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2008
2. Donald R Coughanowr, “Process Systems Analysis and Control”,
(3e), McGraw-Hill, 2009
3. Carlos A Smith, Armando B Corripio, “Principles and Practice of
Automatic Process Control”, John Wiley, 2006
4. Jairath A K, “Problems and solutions of Control Systems”, CBS
Publishers, 2004
CHE 3211: MASS TRANSFER LAB [0 1 3 2]
Applicability of Rayleigh's equation for simple distillation vaporization
and thermal efficiency of steam distillation distillation under total reflux
in a packed column studies in batch adsorption diffusivity by stephen's
method mass transfer coefficient in dissolution of solid liquid-liquid
extraction in a three stage cross flow cascade operation studies in
simple and cross flow leaching experimental determination of liquid-
liquid equilibrium data drying of solids in fluidized bed dryer extraction
of solute in packed bed column crystallization process in an batch
crystallizer tray efficiency of bubble cap distillation column VLE data.
CHE 3212 COMPUTATIONAL METHODS IN CHEMICAL
ENGINEERING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Chemical engineering problems related to Process Calculations,
Momentum Transfer, Heat Transfer and Mass Transfer-I will be solved
using numerical concepts discussed in Computational Methods in
Chemical Engineering coursework with the help of computer software
such as MAT LAB, POLYMATH, and EXCEL
77
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its types Job
costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet and profit &
loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios,
Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios
References:
1. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J., “Engineering Economy”,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chan S. Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Pearson
Education, Inc, 2010.
3. Raman B.S., “Advanced accountancy”, United publications,
Bangalore, 1993.
4. T. Ramachandran, “Accounting and Financial Management”, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
5. Thuesen G. J & Thuesen H. G., “Engineering Economics”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
CHE 4101: PROCESS MODELING AND SIMULATION [3 1 0 4]
Introduction- Models and model building, principles of model
formulation , precautions in model building, fundamental laws-
continuity equation, energy equation, equation of motion, transport
equations equation of state, equilibrium kinetics, classification of
models.
Numerical solutions of mathematical equations Algebraic equation in
one and two variables; simultaneous linear equations; ordinary
differential equation in one variables and more than one variable, stiff
differential equations.
Lumped parameter Models- steady and unsteady state- Formulation and
solution techniques to be discussed for vapor equilibrium models multi-
component dew point and flash calculations, boiling operation, batch
and continuous distillation, tank model- tank with flow rate as function of
level, mixing tank, stirred tank with heating jacket, CSTR- with multiple,
series and parallel reaction, chlorination of benzene, autocatalytic
reaction. Non- isothermal CSTR, Non-ideal CSTR- models with dead
space and passing estimation of model parameter, methods of
moments.
Distributed parameter models (steady state)- solution of split boundary
value problems shooting technique, quasi-linearization solution;
counter current heat exchanger, tubular reactor with axial dispersion,
counter current gas absorber, pipe line gas flow, permeation process,
pipe line flasher, spray tower humidifier, packed bed catalytic reactor.
Distributed parameter models (unsteady state, one dimension): solution
to partial differential equations using finite difference method convection
problems, explicit and implicit centered difference methods; diffusive
 problems, Crank Nicolson finite difference scheme , combined
convective and diffusive problems.- unsteady state conduction and
diffusion ,heat exchanger, gas absorbers and dynamics of tubular reactor
with dispersion.
Introduction to population balance models
second order non-interacting and interacting by introducing a step input
Linearization Valve characteristics of linear, equal percentage and quick
opening valves Studies on Proportional, Proportional-Integral, and
Proportional-Integral-Derivative controllers Control of systems with
cascading and ratio effects

References:
1. W.F. Ramirez, “Computational Methods in Process Simulations”,
(2e), Butterworth publishers, 1997
2. Roger E Franks, “Modelling and simulation in Chemical
4 Engineering”, John Wiley & Sons, 1972
3. K Hangos, I Cameron, “Process Modelling and Model Analysis”, Vol-
4, Academic Press, 2001.
4
4. D Ramakrishna, “Population Balance-Theory and Applications to
Particulate systems in Engineering”, (1e), Academic Press, 2000
EIGHTH SEMESTER
CHE 4297: SEMINAR
Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
The topic has to approved by the Department and a report of the
same has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.

CHE 4102: DESIGN AND DRAWING OF CHEMICAL
4 EQUIPMENTS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to equipment design - piping design and economic pipe
diameter, design information and data, equipment selection and
4
specification
Design of Heat Transfer equipment's - heat exchangers, condensers.
Design of Mass Transfer equipment's - distillation columns, absorption
columns, extraction columns
Introduction to mechanical design - classification of vessels, design
4
codes, general design considerations, design of cylindrical and spherical
vessels under internal pressure, design of heads and closures, standard
4
flanges, design of cylindrical and spherical vessels under external
pressures, use of stiffeners, compensation for openings and pipes,
4
design of vessels subjected to combined loading, design of tall vessels,
design of storage vessels, design of mixing equipment, heat exchangers,
high pressure vessels, design of vessel supports.
4 An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
4
References:
1. Coulson and Richardson's, “Chemical Engineering design”, Volume
4 6, BH publishers.
2. D Q Kern, “Process heat transfer”, McGraw-Hill publishers.
3. Badger, Walter L Banchero, Julius T, “Introduction to Chemical
Engineering”, McGraw-Hill publishers.
4. Coulson and Richardson's, “Chemical Engineering design”, Volume
6,BH publishers.
5. Indian Standard Code for unfired pressure vessel, BIS 2825-1969.
6. Indian Standard Code for Heat Exchangers, BIS 4503-1967.
7. M V Joshi, V V Mahajani, “Process Equipment Design”, MacMillan
Publishers.
CHE 4111: PROCESS MODELING AND SIMULATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Experiments based on a) simulation of steady state flash drum,
reactors, distillation column, absorber and chemical plants b) Simulation Phytostabilization; Biomonitoring; Biomembrane Reactors; Successful
of unsteady state operation of chemical plants.
CHE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester.
Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
report should include the certificates issued by the industry.
CHE 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks.
submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
submission of the final project report in the prescribed form.
Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before
the department committee as part of project evaluation.
MINOR SPECIALIZATIONS
I. ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
BIO 4001: BIOREMEDIATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Advantages and Disadvantages of Bioremediation; Factors
influencing Bioremediation; Microbial ecology and metabolism;
Biodegradation of common contaminant compounds; Bioremediation
processes; Biological Filtration Processes for Decontamination of Air
Stream; Biotreatment of Metals; Phytoextraction; Rhizofiltration;
and Unsuccessful Case Studies in Bioremediation Process

CHE 4112: REACTION ENGINEERING AND PROCESS References:

CONTROL LAB [0 1 3 2]
Experiments based on the following topics:
Kinetic studies under isothermal conditions using batch, semi-batch,
PFR and CSTR - Concept of Recycle and kinetic studies on catalyzed
liquid phase reaction employing varying recycle rates - RTD studies to
determine the mixing pattern and non-ideal behaviour in PFR and CSTR
Dynamic response of systems: first order non-linear, thermometric;
1. Martin Alexander, “Biodegradation and Bioremediation”, Academic
press, 1999.
2. John. T. Cookson, Jr., “Bioremediation engineering; design and
application” ,McGraw Hill, Inc., 1995.
3. Eweis, Ergas, Chang Schroeder, “Bioremediation Principles”,
McGraw-Hill Series in Water Resources and Environmental
Engineering, 1998.

78
 BIO 4002: DESIGN OF BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT
PROCESSES [3 0 0 3]
Flow and Mass loading for treatment plants; Various Physical units
operations equalization tank design, sedimentation tank design by solid
flux and batch data, dissolved air flotation; Filtration mechanism in water
treatment and design of filters, Chemical treatment and precipitation;
Activated sludge process and different types of active sludge processes;
Mathematical model development for active sludge process, and design,
Sequencing batch reactors (SBR), Plug flow aerobic treatment, Rotating
Biological contactor and model, Trickling filters and roughing filters and
various design parameters, Various pond processes, Disinfection-
Mechanisms, Mathematical Models for disinfection, Breakpoint
chlorination and calculations; Design considerations in anaerobic
processes; Water reuse and reclamation technologies, Risk
assessment.
References:
1. Metcalf and Eddy, “Wastewater Engineering - Treatment, Disposal
and Reuse”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 1991.
2. C.S.Rao, “Environmental Pollution Control Engineering”, New Age
International (P) Ltd. Publishers, 1991.
3. H. J. Jordening, and J. Winter, “Environmental Biotechnology:
Concepts and Applications”, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co, 2005.
BIO 4003: MICROBIAL TREATMENT OF WASTEWATER [3 0 0 3]
Need for wastewater treatment; Characterization of wastewater-
Biological- BOD, COD, TOC, MPN, Bacterial count, BOD kinetic
parameter fitting by Least square, Fujimoto, Daily difference, Thomas
and Moments-Methods; Physical characterization such as solids,
Turbidity, and Chemical characterizations. Bacterial metabolism in
treatment, Decomposition of organic compounds in Ecosystem, Biology,
Mass energy balance for Aerobic respiration, and Anaerobic respiration,
General considerations for Aerobic Vs. Anaerobic treatment, Kinetic
aspects, Hydrolysis of cellulose-biological aspects, Anaerobic
degradation of lignocellulose and cellulose, proteins, fats; Various types
of anaerobic treatment reactors-UASB and its variations, calculation of
biogas by Buswell equation, Nitrification and denitrification processes,
and Anammox process, Biological Phosphorus removal processes.
References:
1. Metcalf and Eddy, “Wastewater Engineering - Treatment, Disposal
and Reuse”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 1991.
2. C.S. Rao, “Environmental Pollution Control Engineering”, New Age
International (P) Ltd. Publishers, 1991.
3. H. J. Jordening, and J. Winter, “Environmental Biotechnology:
Concepts and Applications”, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co, 2005.
BIO 4004: SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Integrated solid waste management, operation of waste management
systems. Legislative Trends and Impacts; Composition of municipal
solid wastes, Properties of MSW; transformations of solid waste;
Properties, classification and transformation of Hazardous wastes and
its management; Collection of solid waste, Separation, processing and
Transformation of solid waste, Transfer and Transport, Disposal; Landfill
methods & its design; Biological principles, aerobic composting,
Anaerobic digestion, Biological transformation processes. Energy
production from biological conversion products, Fermentation and
compost processes: design parameters & Applications; Meeting federal
and state mandated diversion goals; Recycling, Implementation of solid
waste management options; planning, siting and permitting of waste
management facilities.
79
References:
1. George Tchobanoglous, “Integrated solid waste management:
Engineering principles and management issues”, Mcgraw Hill,
1993.
2. William D Robinson, “The solid waste handbook: A practical guide”,
John Willy & sons, 1986.
II. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING
CHE 4001: NATURAL GAS ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Determination of natural gas properties such as specific gravity, pseudo-
critical properties, viscosity, compressibility factor, gas density,
formation and expansion volume, and compressibility; Gas reservoir
deliverability: analytical and empirical methods, construction of IPR
curve, Well bore performance for both single and mist gas wells; Choke
performance: Dry and wet gas flow in chokes; Well deliverability using
nodal analysis; Natural gas processing: dehydration, gas treating, gas to
liquids processing, compression and cooling; Natural gas transportation
and measurement; advanced natural gas production engineering: Liquid
loading, hydrate cleaning and pipeline cleaning.
References:
1. B Guo, A Ghalambor, “Natural Gas Engineering Handbook”, Gulf
Publishing Company, 2005.
2. D L Katz, R L Lee, “Natural Gas Engineering”, McGraw‐Hill, 1990.
3. B Guo, W C Lyons, A Ghalambor, “Petroleum Production
Engineering: A Computer Assisted Approach”, Elseveir, 2007.
4. T Ahmed, P D McKinney, “Advanced Reservoir Engineering”,
Elseveir, 2005.
CHE 4002: OIL AND GAS RESERVOIR ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Basic concepts of reservoir engineering: Calculation of hydrocarbon
volume, Fluid pressure regimes, Recovery factor, Hydrocarbon phase
behavior.
PVT analysis for oil, gas and water: Definition of parameters, Fluid
sampling, Laboratory testing and conversion to field conditions.
Material balance applied to oil reservoirs: General form of equation,
Reservoir drive mechanisms, Solution gas drive, Gas cap drive, Natural
water drive.
Flow through porous media: Darcy's law, Flow regimes, Real gas
potential, Flow geometry and pressure distribution, Radial flow equation,
Multiphase flow: effective and relative permeability, solution of radial flow
equation; transient flow analysis, stabilized deliverability, calculation of
water influx.
Oil Well Testing: The constant terminal rate solution for transient and
steady state flow, Superposition theories, Pressure build-up theory and
analysis, Well-completion.
Gas Well Testing: Radial flow of a real gas, Solution techniques of radial
flow equation, Theory of gas well testing, Pressure build-up and analysis
techniques
Natural Water Influx and Immiscible Displacement: Water influx theory
and prediction of water influx, Oil recovery calculations, Displacement
under different conditions.
Reservoir Simulation: Classical reservoir engineering and reservoir
simulation, Effects of variable properties, Capillary pressure and flow.
References:
1. Dake L P, “Fundamental of Reservoir Engineering”, Elsevier, 1978.
2. Smith H C, Tracy G W, Farrar R L, “Applied Reservoir Engineering:
Vol I and II”, OGCI. 1999.
3. Tarek Ahmed, “Reservoir Engineering Handbook”, (2e),Gulf
Professional Publishing, 2001.
4. Salter A, Baldwin J, Jespersen R, “Computer-Aided Reservoir
Management”, Pennwell. 2000.
CHE 4003: PETROCHEMICALS [3 0 0 3]
General introduction Economics and future prospects of
petrochemicals Energy crisis and petrochemical industry Sources and
classification of petrochemicals
First generation petrochemicals Alkanes Alkenes and alkynes BTX
aromatics Diene base petrochemicals
Second generation petrochemicals Synthesis gas Methanol
Formaldehyde Chloromethanes Ethanol Acetaldehyde Acetic acid
Acetic anhydride Isopropyl alcohol Ethylene oxide Propylene oxide
Acetone Vinyl chloride Phenol Aniline Styrene
Third generation petrochemicals Plastics Rubber fibres olefinic
polymers Polyethylene Polypropylene Poly-isobutylene Diene polymers
Polybutadiene Neoprene Polyisoprene SBR Synthetic fibres
References:
1. Maiti, S., “Introduction to Petrochemicals”, Oxford and IBH
Publishing Co. Ltd., 1992.
2. “Chem Tech IV”, Chemical Engineering Education Development
Centre, IIT Madras, 1978.
3. Austin, G., “Shreve's Chemical Process Industries”, (5e), McGraw-
Hill, NY, 1986.
CHE 4004: PETROLEUM REFINERY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Origin, Formation, Migration & Accumulation of petroleum, Exploration,
Drilling, Well completion, Recovery (primary, secondary & tertiary),
Separation and Transportation; Indian refining scenario, OPEC and WPC;
Crude oil composition, Characterization and classification; Atmospheric
and vacuum distillation, Design of crude oil distillation columns; Thermal
Cracking, Visbreaking, Coking; Catalytic cracking and hydro cracking:
principles, feedstocks, technologies, catalyst, operational conditions,
products etc.; Catalytic reforming: principles, feedstocks, technologies,
catalysts, operational conditions, products etc.; Isomerization, Alkylation
and Polymerization; Refinery Products, Tests and specifications,
Treatment of petroleum products, Hydro desulfurization, Product blending;
Lube oil processing: De asphalting, solvent extraction and de-waxing;
Energy conservation in petroleum refineries; Environmental issues and
New Trends in petroleum refinery operations
References:
1. James G Speight, “The chemistry and technology of petroleum”,
(4e), CRC Press, 2006.
2. R A Meyers, “Handbook of petroleum refining processes”, (3e),
McGraw-Hill, 2004.
3. B K Bhaskara Rao, “Modern petroleum refining processes”, (5e),
Oxford& IBH, 1984.
4. Nelson, “Petroleum refining engineering”, McGraw-Hill, 1949.
5. R N Watkins, “Petroleum refinery distillation”, Gulf publication,
1979.
lll. POLLUTION CONTROL ENGINEERING
CHE 4005: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND
MANAGEMENT PLAN [3 0 0 3]
Environmental impact assessment (EIA), definitions and concepts,
rationale and historical development of EIA, EIA in Civil Engineering,
80
Initial environmental examination, environmental impact statement,
environmental appraisal, environmental impact factors and areas of
consideration, measurement of environmental impact, organization,
scope and methodologies of EIA, status of EIA in India; Environmental
management - principles, problems and strategies; Review of political,
ecological and remedial actions; future strategies; multidisciplinary
environmental strategies, the human, planning, decision-making and
management dimensions; Environmental audit, definitions and
concepts, partial audit, compliance audit, methodologies and
regulations; introduction to ISO and ISO 14000; Life cycle assessment;
Triple bottom line approach; Industrial Ecology; Ecological foot printing;
Carbon trading; Sustainable development
References:
1. L. W. Canter, “Environmental Impact Assessment”, (2e), McGraw-
Hill, 1997.
2. P. Judith, G. Eduljee, “Environmental Impact Assessment for Waste
Treatment and Disposal Facilities”, John Wiley & Sons, 1994.
3. G. Burke, B. R. Singh, L. Theodore, “Handbook of Environmental
Management and Technology”, (2e), John Wiley & Sons, 2000
4. C. H. Eccleston, “Environment Impact Statements: A
Comprehensive Guide to Project and Strategic Planning”, John
Wiley & Sons, 2000.
5. R. Welford, “Corporate Environmental Management - Systems and
Strategies”, Universities Press, 1996 .
6. K. Whitelaw, Butterworth, “ISO 14001: Environmental System
Handbook”, 1997.
7. “The Economist Intelligence Unit, Best Practices - Environment”,
Universities Press, 1993.
8. R. Therivel, John Glasson, Andrew Chadwick, “Introduction to
Environmental Impact Assessment (Natural and Built
Environment)”,Routledge, 2005.
CHE 4006: INDUSTRIAL WASTE WATER ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to waste water engineering, Standards for treated waters,
Algae, Control measures, quality of underground Waters. Nature and
source of impurities. Examination of waters. Requirements of water
treatment facilities. Purpose of advanced wastewater treatment,
Physical treatment, pre-treatment, solids removal by setting and
sedimentation, filtration centrifugation, coagulation and flocculation.
Kinetics of biological growth, introduction to suspended and fixed film
reactors. Concepts of gas transfer and solids separation, Nitrogen and
Phosphorus removal from waste water. Concepts of aerobic and
anaerobic treatment of waste water.Design of Activated Sludge system
using biological process dynamics. Complete design details of Activated
Sludge Process. Modifications of ASP. Process concepts and design
aspects of Trickling Filters, Rotating Biological Contactors (RBC),
Fluidized bed reactor/treatment. Anaerobic and aerobic treatment
biochemical kinetics, trickling filter, activated sludge and lagoons,
aeration systems, sludge separation and drying. Advance waste water
treatment processes, sludge treatment and disposal
References:
1. Templeton M R, Butler D, “Introduction to Wastewater Treatment” (e-
book).
2. Metcalf, Eddy, “Wastewater Engineering - Treatment and Reuse”,
(4e),McGraw-Hill, 2003.
3. Viessman W, Hammer M J, “Water Supply and Pollution Control”,
(6e),Addison Wesley, 1998.
4. Hendricks D, “Fundamentals of Water Treatment Unit Processes”,
CRC Press/IWA Publishing, 2011.
5. Peavy H S, Rowe D R, Tchobanoglous G, “Environmental
Engineering”, McGraw-Hill, 1985.
CHE 4007: POLLUTION CONTROL ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Man and environment Nutrient and hydrologic cycles Types of pollution
Legislation to environmental pollution Aspects of pollution control
Evaluation and characterization of wastewater Treatment methods
Advanced wastewater treatment Sludge treatment and disposal Solid
waste management
Noise pollution and control
Ambient and stack gas sampling analysis of air pollutants Principles of
air pollution Plume behavior Meteorological factors affecting air
pollution Equipments for control and abatement of air pollution
Pollution control of effluent in chemical industries such as Fertilizer,
Petroleum refinery, Pulp and paper and Tannery industries
References:
1. S.P. Mahajan, “Pollution Control in Process Industries”, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2008.
2. C.S. Rao, “Environmental Pollution Control Engineering”, (2e),New
Age International Publishers, 2006.
3. V Cavaseno, “Industrial Air Pollution Engineering”, (1e), McGraw
Hill, NY, 1980.
CHE 4008: SOLID WASTE ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Sources, quantities generated, and physiochemical properties of
municipal solid waste and hazardous waste, Solid Waste Management
Pyramid Key Technologies for SWM (collection, handling,
transformation, landfills, incinerators, composting); Relevant
environmental regulations for waste disposal, site investigations; Site
Selection (NIMBY), Regulatory permitting process; Incineration,
composting, Types of Landfills, basic geotechnical considerations,
earthen liners for waste disposal, Clay mineralogy, factors controlling
hydraulic conductivity, methods to measure k in the lab and field,
compatibility of liner materials to chemicals in leachate, Operational
aspects of MSW landfills (daily cover, leachate disposal, GW
monitoring), Landfill Gas Collection System and Leachate Recirculation
System Design, Landfill Final Cap Design and Water Balance Modeling
References:
1. Tchobanoglous, Getal, “Integrated Solid Waste Management”, (2e),
McGraw Hill New York, 2001.
2. La Grega, Mi, Bucking ham P, Evans, J, “Hazardous Waste
Management”, (2e), McGraw Hill, 2001.
3. McBean E, Rovers F, Farquhar G, “Solid Waste landfill Engineering
and Design”, (1e), PHI, New York, 1995.
lll. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy, Sources
of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages, Working capital
management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash management, and
Dividend decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
81
2. I M Pandey, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house, Delhi,
2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand &
Co., Delhi, 1999.
4. ICFAI, “Corporate Financial Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Maheshwari S.N., “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities.
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM. Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability. Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction, & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. T.V. Rao and Pereira D.F., “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subbrao A.,“Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House, 1999.
3. N G Nair and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S. Chand Company, 1995.
4. Virmani B R; Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology transfer
and human resource development”, Response books, 1997.
5. Pareek Udai et al., “Human Resource Development in Asia: Trends
and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market opportunities
and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New Economy, Building
Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market Demand, Scanning
the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets, Business Markets,
Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments, Product Life Cycle, New
Market Offerings, Designing and Managing Services, Price Strategies,
Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. ICFAI,“Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R L and Gupta S.L., “Marketing Management”, Sultan
Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2000.
HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design: Product life cycle,
Process design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine
charts, Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations
strategy, Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems
thinking, Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision
process. Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries,
visibility, System life cycle models, System dynamics and its importance
in system thinking. System dynamics modeling process.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G., “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P., “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Mieghem J., “Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices,
Dynamic Ideas”, ISBN: 0-9759146-6-9, 2008.
4. Sterman J.D., “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and
Modeling for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition,
2004.
5. Senge Peter, “The Fifth Discipline”, Currency Doubleday, New York,
1990.
OTHER PROGRAMME ELECTIVES
CHE 4009: ADVANCED BIO-CHEMICAL ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Genetic engineering aims, techniques, achievements and prospects of
genetic engineering Process of gene expression, split genes and MRNA
modification in eukaryotes, post translational modifications of proteins
Induction and mutation
Alteration of cellular DNA: Virus and phages cell fusion Commercial
applications of microbial genetics and mutant populations Recombinant
DNA technology
Transport phenomena in bioprocess systems Gas liquid mass transfer
in cellular systems Determination of oxygen transfer rates Power
requirements for sparged and agitated fermentors Scale up and scale
down of bioreactors
Recovery and purification of fermentation products: Filtration
Centrifugation coagulation and flocculation separation of soluble
products Liquid liquid extraction adsorption- dialysis reverse osmosis
ultrafiltration and microfiltration, chromatography, electrophoresis,
electrodialysis
Design ans analysis of biological reactors Ideal bioreactors Sterilisation
of reactors Batch and continuous Immolised biocatalysts Formations
Characterisation and applications multiple bioreactors Packed,
fluidized and trickling bed reactors
Alternate bioreactor configurations animal and plant cell reactor
technology
Analysis for mixed culture fermentation systems Neutralism, mutation,
commensalisms and amenalism Classification of interaction between
two species Competition and survival of the fittest Volterra's analysis of
competition competition and selection in a chemostat Predation and
parasitism Model development via stability analysis Effects of number
of species and their interactions definitions Population dynamics in
model of mass action form, Biological reactors in the mixed culture and
with natural systems uses of well defined mixed populations
Medical applications of bioprocessing Engineering - Tissue engineering
Commercial tissue culture process
References:
1. Bailey, J. S. and Ollis, D. F., “Biochemical Engineering
Fundamentals”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1986.
2. Shuler, M.L. and Kargi, F., “Bioprocess Engineering Basic
Concepts”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1988.
3. Blanch, H.W. and Clerk, D.S., “Biochemical engineering”, Marcel
Dekker Inc., New York, 1996.
82
CHE 4010: ADVANCED CHEMICAL REACTION
ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Homogeneous Reactor design and Analysis for ideal reactors. Review of
isothermal design for batch, semi batch and flow reactors, multiple
reactions and reaction networks, yield selectivity concepts. Analysis for
first order networks, reaction networks of general order. Reactor energy
balance and its applications to reactor design and analysis.
Homogeneous reactor design and analysis for non ideal reactors.
Review of basic concepts of residence time distributions (RTD). Single
and Multiparameter models for real reactor behavior, macro mixing and
micro mixing, segregated flow model and Zweitering's Analysis of
maximum mixedness, IEM and other models for micro mixing.
Heterogeneous reactors-gas-solid systems-Reviews of kinetics of gas-
solid catalytic reactions with and without diffusion limitations. Reactor
design for fixed and fluidized bed reactors, selected case studies. Non
catalysis gas solid reactions review of kinetics reactor design case studies.
Gas-liquid systems-Basic theories of mass transfer with chemical reaction
model systems and model reactors. Reactor design for mechanically
agitated and bubble column reactors selected case studies.
References:
1. Octave Levenspiel, “Chemical Reaction Engineering”, (3e), Wiley &
Sons, 2003.
2. Rawlings J.B, Ekerdt, J.G., “Chemical Reactor Analysis and Design
Fundamentals”, (1e), Nob Hill Publishing Co., 2002.
3. Scot Foggler, H, “Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering”, (4e),
PHI, 2005.
4. CarberrY J J, “Chemical and Catalytic reaction engineering”, (1e),
Doven Publishers, 2001.
5. Froment G F, Bischoff K B, “Chemical Reactor Design and Analysis”,
(2e), John Wiley and Sons NY, 1997.
CHE 4011: ADVANCED PROCESS CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Laplace domain analysis of advanced control systems Cascade control
Feed forward control Open loop unstable processes Processes with
inverse response Adaptive control Model based control Introduction to
multivariable control Matrix properties State variable Solution of state
equations Controllability and observability Analysis of multivariable
systems stability Resiliency Interaction RGA Robustness Design of
controllers for multivariable processes Selection of controlled variables
SVD-BLT tuning of multivariable controllers Multivariable DMC
Multivariable IMC Model predictive control Introduction to sampled data
control system Sampling Hold element z transforms Stability analysis
and design of digital compensators
References:
1. W.L. Luyben, “Process Modelling, Simulation and Control for
Chemical Engineers”, McGraw Hill, 1990.
2. Donald R Coughanowr, “Process Systems Analysis and Control”,
(3e), McGraw-Hill, 2009.
3. D.W. Seborg, T.F. Edgar and D.A. Millichamp, “Process Dynamics
and Control”, John Wiley & Sons, 1989.
4. Stephanopoulos G, “Chemical Process Control An Introduction to
Theory and Practice”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2008.
CHE 4012: ADVANCED SEPARATION PROCESS [3 0 0 3]
Thermodynamics of separation operations-Energy entropy and
availability balances-Review of ideal gas and ideal solution Models-Non
ideal thermodynamic property Models, P-V-T equations of state, Models
of activity coefficients-Margules-Van Laar. Wilson-NRTL UNI QUAC and
UNI FAC Models Liquid-liquid equilibra, Review of equilibrium based
methods for binary systems. Equilibrium based methods for Multi
component Absorption stripping Distillation and Extraction. Equation
tearing procedures-Simultaneous correction procedures Inside out
methods, Enhanced Distillation and super critical Extraction Residue
curve Maps-Heterogeneous Azeotropic Distillation, Reactive Distillation
usage of software Super critical fluid extraction Rate Based Models for
Distillation Thermodynamic properties and transport rate expressions
Methods of calculation Multi component batch distillation Rapid
Solution Methods Membrane separations Dialysis and Electrodialysis.
Adsorption, ion exchange and chromatography.
References:
1. J. D. Seader, Ernest J. Henley, “Separation process principles”, (2e),
John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
2. Wanket P C, “Separation Process Engineering”, (2e), PHC, NJ 2007.
3. C. Judson King, “Separation Processes”, (1e), TMH, New Delhi
1974.
CHE 4013: ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS [3 0 0 3]
Thermodynamic Analysis of Chemical engineering systems. Minimum
energy requirements Estimation of properties in multicomponent
multiphase systems. Analysis of high pressure and low temperature
phase equilibria, intermolecular force, potential energy functions and
virial coefficients and excess functions; Thermodynamic models and
data reduction procedures for estimation of the interaction parameters;
Theories of solutions; Phase instability and partially miscible systems;
Estimation procedures for solubility of gases in pure and mixed solvents,
computations methods for generation of Multicomponent phase
equilibrium data for process design; Review of chemical equilibria in
complex reacting systems and computational methods for optimum
process conditions for maximum conversion, statistical
thermodynamics. Schrodinger's equation, microcanonical and
canonical ensembles, par tition function, expressions for
thermodynamic quantities, perfect gases. Analysis of problems in
irreversible thermodynamics.
References:
1. J.M.Prausnitz, Lichtenthalu R.M., EdmundoG.De Azevedo,
“Molecular thermodynamics of fluid phase equilibria”, (3e), PHI,
1998.
2. Tester J.W., Modell, M., “Thermodynamics and its applications”,
(3e), PHI, 1997.
3. Bejan, “Advanced Thermodynamics”, (1e), Wiley, 1988.
4. Y. V. C. Rao, “Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics”, Universities
Press, 1997.
CHE 4014: AIR POLLUTION CONTROL & EQUIPMENT
DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Meteorological aspects of air pollution dispersion; Air pollution sampling
and measurements; Air pollution control methods and design of
Equipments: Settling chambers, laminar and turbulent flow Filtration,
Collection of particles by cylindrical fibers and granular beds Electrostatic
precipitation Cyclones Wet collectors; Efficiency and dimensions of
particle control devices; Gas absorption in tray and packed towers, Stage
efficiency, Equilibrium number of stages/packed height; Absorption
with/without chemical reaction. Advanced techniques for Removal of SO2
and CO2; Removal of HCs/VOCs; NOx removal from effluent streams.
83
References:
1. Martin Crawford, “Pollution Control Theory”, McGraw Hill, NY. 1976.
2. Joe Ledbetter, “Air Pollution Part A & B”, Marcel Dekker, NY, 1972.
3. A.C Perkin, “Air Pollution”, McGraw-Hill 1974.
4. S.M. Khopkar, “Environmental pollution Monitoring and control”,
New Age Int. ND, 2004.
CHE 4015: BIO ENERGY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Biomass sources and classification, Characteristics preparation,
Chemical composition and properties of different biomass materials and
bio-fuels. Sugarcane molasses and other sources for fermentation
ethanol. Sources and processing of oils and fats for liquid fuels. Energy
plantations. Briquette of loose biomass, drying storage and handling of
biomass.
Biogas technology, Feedstock for biogas production, Aqueous waste
containing biodegradable organic matter, animal residues, microbial and
biochemical aspects, operating parameters for biogas production,
kinetics and mechanism, dry and wet fermentation. Digesters for natural
applications, High rate digesters for industrial waste water treatment.
Bio-ethanol and bio-diesel technology, Production of fuel ethanol by
fermentation of sugars, gasohol as a substitute for petro, Trans-
esterification of oils to produce bio-fuels, Pyrolysis and gasification of
biomass, Thermo chemical conversion lignocelluloses biomass,
Biomass processing for liquid fuel production, Pyrolysis of biomass.
Pyrolysis regime, effect of particle size, temperature and products
obtained, Thermo-chemical gasification principles, Effect of pressure
temperature and introduction of steam and oxygen.
Combustion of biomass and co-generation systems, Combustion of
woody biomasss. Theory, calculation and design of equipments. Co-
generation in biomass processing industries, Combustion of rice husk,
use of bagasse for cogeneration.
References:
1. A Chakraverthy, “Biotechnology and alternative technologies for
utilization of biomass or agricultural wastes”, (1e), Oxford & IBA,
New Delhi. 1989.
2. K M Mittal, “Biogas systems: Principles and applications”, (1e), New
Age International Publishers (P) Ltd., 1996.
3. P. Venkata Ramana, S. N. Srinivas, “Biomass energy systems”, (1e),
Tata energy Research Institute New Delhi, 1996.
CHE 4016: ENERGY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Energy scenario in India Renewable sources of energy Availability
Generation and utilization of solar, wind, geothermal and tidal, ocean
thermal energies and Nuclear Energy
Solid fuels: Testing methods Proximate and ultimate analysis Calorific
value Weathering and grindability index of coal Theories of origin and
stages of formation Coal washing techniques Carbonisation
Gasification Briquetted and pulverized fuels
Liquid fuels: Testing methods Aniline point Viscosity index ASTM
distillation Flash and fire point Carbon residue Moisture Smoke point
and char value Calorific value Origin, composition and classification of
petroleum Distillation of crude and purification of petroleum products
Gaseous fuels: Fuel gas and flue gas analysis Calorific value Production
and utilization of Natural gas, producer gas, water gas and carbonated
water gas
Combustion: Terminology Calculation of air requirement Grates,
burners and stokers
Furnaces: Classification Construction Thermal efficiency Fuel
economy Types of furnaces used in process industries
Energy audit: Energy conservation and auditing Guidelines and
procedures for energy audit Domestic, industrial and transportation
sectors
References:
1. Sharma, S.P., Chander Mohan, “Fuels and Combustion”, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 1982.
2. Saha, A.K., “Combustion Engineering and Fuel technology”, Oxford
Press.
3. Gilchrist, J.D., “Fuels, Furnaces and Refractories”, Pergamon Press,
1977.
4. Manson L. Smith, Keri W. Stinson, “Fuels and Combustion”,
McGraw-Hill, 1952.
CHE 4017: APPLIED INTERFACIAL ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
General introduction of colloids and interfaces.
The role of mixing and entropy: Brownian motion and Brownian
flocculation
Colloid stability: what the attractive forces and repulsive forces which
exist and why the colloidal (nano) domain is different from molecular
scale. Van der Waals forces, Electrical phenomena at interfaces
(Electrical double layer).
What happens at surfaces: Surface and interfacial tension/free energy,
planar and curved interfaces. Spreading of droplets. Application: non-
stick frying pans and EOR (without chemicals)
Experimental interrogation of colloids and surfaces: Measurement of
surface tension, contact angle, zeta potential, particle size
Understanding adsorption at surfaces (Thermodynamics of interfaces):
The surface excess and the Gibbs equation. Application: Spreading or
roll-up of droplets. cEOR.
Self assembly of Amphiphiles (surfactants): Micelle formation and
surfactant adsorption. The hydrophobic effect.The effect of counter ions.
Phospholipids and cell membranes. Application: General applications
(builders and sequestrants; anti-corrosion agents; anti-stripping agents,
micro-emulsions)
Particles at interfaces: emulsions. Applications: foods (pickering)
emulsions and froth flotation for ore extraction
Novel fabrication of nanostructured particles: Self-assembled &
nanostructured / biomimetic interfaces. Application: gecko adherence to
walls and catalysts
Electron transfer across interfaces: electrode kinetics. Application:
Gluco Watch: non-invasive blood glucose monitoring for diabetics.
Latest trends in interfacial science and latest innovation in interfacial
engineering applications
Reference Books:
1. Hiemenz, P. C, Rajagopalan, R., “Principles of Colloid and Surface
Chemistry”, (3e), Marcel Dekker, New York, 1997.
2. M. J. Rosen, “Surfactants and Interfacial Phenomena”, (1e), Wiley-
Interscience Publication, New York, 1978.
3. Adamson, A. W. Gast, A. P., “Physical Chemistry of Surfaces”, (1e),
Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1997.
4. D. Fennell Evans, Kakan Wennerstrom, “The Colloidal Domain:
Where Physics, Chemistry, Biology, and Technology Meet (Advances
in Interfacial Engineering)”, Wiley-VCH, 1999.
5. J. Israechvili, “Intermolecular & Surface Forces”, (2e), Academic
Press, 1992.
84
CHE 4018: INTRODUCTION TO BIOCHEMICAL
ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction Principles of microbiology Structure of cells Microbes
Bacteria Fungi Actinomycetes Algae Chemicals of life Lipids Sugars
and polysaccharides of cellular organization cell nutrients
Macronutrients Growth media
Kinetics of enzymes Catalysed reactions Enzyme substrate complex
and enzyme action Simple enzyme kinetics with one and two substrates
Determination of elementary step rate constants Isolation and utilization
of enzymes Production of crude enzyme extracts Enzyme purification
enzyme immobilization Application of hydrolytic enzymes Immobilised
enzyme technology Methods of immobilization Enzyme production
Intracellular and extracellular enzymes
Metabolic pathways and energetic of the cell Glucose metabolism
Glycolysis and TCA cycle Respiration Control sites of aerobic glucose
metabolism Metabolism of nitrogenous compounds Nitrogen fixation
Metabolism of hydrocarbons Overview of biosynthesis Anaerobic
metabolism Photosynthesis - Autotropic metabolism transport across
cell membranes
Cell growth Batch growth Determining cell mass concentration Growth
patterns and kinetics in batch culture Factors affecting growth kinetics-
Quantification of growth kinetics Unstructured non-segregated models
to predict specific growth rate Models with growth inhibitors Logistic
equation Growth models for filamentous organisms Models for
transient behaviour Models with time delay Chemically structured
models
References:
1. J. S. Bailey and D. F. Ollis, “Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals”,
McGraw-Hill, NY, 1986.
2. M. L. Shuler and F. Kargi, “Bioprocess Engineering Basic Concepts”,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1998.
3. H .W. Blanch and D. S.Clerk, “Biochemical Engineering”, Mercel
Dekker Inc., 1996.
CHE 4019: MEMBRANE SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Membrane preparation and structure, membrane permeability, flow
pattern and classification: micro filtration, ultra filtration, nano filtration,
reverse osmosis, electrodyalysis, dialysis, membrane modules and
plant configuration, liquid separation: pervaporation, vacuum membrane
distillation, transport through membrane, solution diffusion model and
Donnan equilibrium, Kimura-Sourirajan model, Spiegler and Kedem
model, Extended Nernst-Planck model.
Gas separation: complete mixing model (binary and multi component)
for gas separation, cross flow model, counter current flow model, single
stage membrane separation, multistage membrane separation and
analogy with multi component distillation, differential permeation with
point permeate withdrawal, bubble point type curve, dew point type
curve.
Membrane reactor: perovskite type, bio catalytic membrane reactor,
application of membrane in separation of optical isomers of valued
bioactive materials. Transport through bio membrane like kidney.
References:
1. E. J. Hoffman, “Membrane separations Technology: single-stage,
Multistage, and Differential Permeation”, (1e), Gulf Professional
Publishing, 2003.
2. M.H.V. Mulder, “Membrane Separation”, (1e), Springer Publ. 2007.
3. K.S. Scott, Robert Hughes (Editors), “Industrial Membrane
Separation Technology”, (1e), Blackie Academic & Professional
Chapmann& Hall, Glasgaw, 1996.
 CHE 4020: OPTIMIZATION OF CHEMICAL PROCESSES [3 0 0 3]
The nature and organization of optimization the essential features of
optimization problems- Review of fitting models to data formulation of
objective functions. Optimization theory and methods Basic concepts
of optimization-Convex and concave functions-optimization of un-
constrained functions: one dimensional search, uni-dimensional and
Multidimensional problems. Un-constrained Multivariable optimization.
Simplex, conjugate search. Powells Method. Indirect and Secant
Methods. Linear programming and applications Non-linear
programming with constraints. Diagnosis of the failure of optimization
codes to solve problems. Optimization of staged and Discrete
processes Dynamic programming, integer and Mixed Integer
programming-nonlinear. mixed integer programming algorithms.
Application of optimization in Heat transfer and Energy conservation,
separation processes, fluid flow systems chemical reactor Design and
operation and optimization in large-scale plant Design and Operation.
References:
1. T. F. Edgar, D. M. Himmelblau, L. S. Ladson, “Optimization of
chemical processes”, (2e),McGraw Hill international Editions, 2003.
2. S.S. Rao, “Engineering Optimization-theory and practice”, (4e),
John wile and sons, 2009.
3. M.C. Joshi, K.M. Moudagalya, “Optimizations, Theory and practice”,
(1e),Narosa Pub, New Delhi, 2008.
CHE 4021: PINCH TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Need of Pinch Technology, Types of Pinch, Problem addressed by Pinch
technology. Key Steps of Pinch Technology: Data extraction, Targeting,
Designing, Optimization.
Basic Elements of Pinch Technology: Grid diagram, Composite curve,
Problem table algorithm, Grand composite curve.
Heat Exchanger Network (HEN): Energy targeting, Area targeting,
Number of units targeting, Shell targeting, cost targeting.
Designing of HEN: Pinch design methods, Heuristic rules, Stream
splitting, Design of maximum energy recovery (MER)
Heat Integration of Equipments: Heat engine, Heat pump, Distillation
column, Reactor, Evaporator, Drier, Refrigeration systems.
“HINT” Software Practice of software for HEN using Pinch Technology
References:
1. Ian C Kemp, Pinch, “Analysis and Process Integration: A User Guide
on Process Integration for the efficient use of energy”, (2e),
Butterworth-Heinemann (Elsevier) publisher, 2007.
2. Stanislaw Sieniutycz, JacekJezowski, “Energy Optimization in
Process Systems”, (1e), Elsevier, 2009.
3. Robin M. Smith, “Chemical Process: Design and Integration”,
John Wiley & Sons, 2005.
4. R K Sinnott, Richardson & Coulson's, “Chemical Engineering
volume 6, Chemical Engineering Design”, (4e), Elsevier, 2005.
5. Angel Martın, Fidel A. Mato, “Hint: An educational software for
heat exchanger network design with the pinch method, Education
for Chemical Engineers”, Elsevier, Volume 3, 2008,e6-e14.
CHE 4022: PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Functions and Elements of measuring instruments: Static and Dynamic
characteristics, Errors in measuring instruments.
Temperature measurement: Filled system thermometers, Metallic
expansion thermometers, Resistance thermometers, Thermistors,
Thermocouples, Radiation pyrometers, Temperature transducers.
85
Pressure measurement: Mechanical pressure instruments
Manometers, Elastic type pressure gauge; Electrical methods of
pressure measurements; Strain gauge, Capacitance pressure
transducer, Potentiometric, Piezoelectric, Magnetic, Optical pressure
transducers.
Vacuum sensors: Mechanical vacuum gauges, Thermal vacuum
gauges, Ionization gauges.
Flow measurement: Variable Head type flow meters: Orifice meters,
Venture meters, Flow nozzle, Pilot tube, Variable area flow meters,
Differential pressure transmitters, Quantity meters, Mass flow meters,
Electrical flow meters: Electro-magnetic, Ultrasonic, Laser Doppler,
Vortex shedding flow meter, Anemometer.
Level measurement: Gauge glass, Float, Displace and Torque type, Air
purge/bubbler type, Level measurements by electric methods:
Resistance, Capacitance, Radiation, Ultrasonic, Microwave, Optical,
Radar, and Laser.
Density measurement: Displacement & float type, Hydrometers,
Ultrasonic and Sonic, Radiation densitometers, Gas densitometers.
Viscosity measurement: Capillary, Efflux cup, Falling ball, Float,
Rotational, Gyrating, Vibrating rod, Plastometers
Humidity measurement: Dry & wet bulb Psychrometer, Hair
Hydrometers, Thin film capacitance, Humidity sensor, Dew-point
Hydrometers.
References:
1. K Krishnaswamy, S Vijayachitra, “Industrial Instrumentation”, New
Age International (P) Limited, 2005.
2. Donald Eckman, “Industrial Instrumentation”, Wiley Eastern Limited.
3. S K Singh, “Industrial Instrumentation & control”, Tata McGraw Hill
Educational Private Limited, 2009.
4. Bela G Liptak, “Instrument Engineers' Handbook”, (4e), Process
Measurement and Analysis Volume I, CRC Press, 2003.
CHE 4023: PROJECT ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Preliminary data on projects; Process engineering, Block flow diagram,
Process flow diagram, Piping and instrumentation diagram, Pilot plants,
General considerations for plant location and layout, piping design, plant
utilities, insulation, instrumentation, safety in chemical plant, Project
engineering management, Project scheduling and its importance, PERT
and CPM techniques, Gantt chart, Optimum project design, optimum
production rates, selected examples such as heat exchangers, pumps ,
vessels, evaporators, and driers.
References:
1. Howard F. Rase, M.H. Barrow, “Project Engineering of Process
Plants”, John Wiley, 1957.
2. Warren Sieder, J.D. Seader, Daniel Lewin, “Product and Process
Design Principles”, John Wiley, 2004.
3. Gael D. Ulrich, “A Guide to Chemical Engineering Process Design
and Economics”, John Wiley, 1984.
4. Max S Peters, Klaus D. Timmerhaus, Ronald E. West, “Plant Design
and Economics for Chemical Engineers”, McGraw- Hill, 2003.
5. E.E. Ludwig, “Applied Project Engineering”, Gulf Publishing Co.,
Houston, 1988.
6. J. Modes, Philips, “Project Engineering with CPM & PERT”, Renhold
Publishing Co.
7. Coulson and Richardson's, “Chemical Engineering Series Chemical
Engineering Volume 6”, Chemical Engineering Design, (3e), 2003.
 CHE 4024: RISK AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT IN PROCESS
INDUSTRIES [3 0 0 3]
Safety in process plants: Hazard analysis, damage minimisation, and
control, fires, types of fire, fire extinguishers, types and handling,
contamination removal, reduction methods, personal protective devices,
Plant and personal safety. Pressure vessels, storage, handling and
transportations of liquids and gases under high pressure, material of
construction, safety precautions, explosive chemicals and handling.
Safety administration, types of organisation, safety committee, safety
council, safety education. First aid principles and methods, first aid
training, plant inspection, safety specialist jobs. Engineering design for
safety considerations, plant layout for safety. Hazards in work places:
nature and type of work places, types of hazards, hazards in industries,
workers exposure to hazardous chemicals, threshold limit values of
chemicals, Engineering control of hazards and accidents due to fire and
explosives and natural causes in different industries.
Safety management: Fundamental safety aspects, costs of industrial
injuries, accountability of personnel and managers. Measuring safety
performance, measuring companywide safety performance, measuring
national safety performance, national safety council. Motivating safety
performance, motivation of employees, supervisors, managers and
management, legal aspects of safety
References:
1. Roland P.Blake, “Industrial safety”, (2e), Prentice Hall Inc, New York,
1953.
2. G.D, Muir, “Hazards in Chemical Laboratory”, (2e), The Chemical
Society, London, 1980.
3. Judson and Brown, “Occupational Accident Prevention”, John
Wiley, New York, 1980.
4. Handling, “Industrial Safety Hand Book”, McGraw Hill, London,
1969.
CHE 4025: UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM
BIOPROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Substrate processing (milling, grinding and extraction etc), Sterilization
of air and medium in batch and continuous mode, the development of
inocula for industrial fermentation, the development of inocula for yeast,
bacterial and mycelia processes, the aseptic inoculation of plant
fermenters.
An overview of bioseparations, Characteristics of bioseparators,
Removal of insolubles. Filtration and micro filtration, Equipments for
conventional filtration. General theory-continuous equipments,
Laboratory tests, Centrifugtion scale-up of centrifugation, Cell disruption
chemical methods, Mechanical methods, Isolation, extraction, Batch,
staged operation, Differential extractions and fractional extractions with a
stationary phase. Fractional extractions with two mixing phases,
Adsorption-Batch and continuous operation, Product purification-
Elution, chromatography-yield and purity-scaling-up chromatography,
precipitation, ultrafiltration and electrophoresis, Polishing crystallization,
batch crystallization, Drying-basic concepts-ancillary operations, water
quality, solvent recovery, waste disposal. Biosafety.
References:
1. Paul A. Belter, E. L. Cussler, Wei-Shan Hu, “Bioseparations,
Downstream processing for biotechnology”, (1e), John Wiley and
Sons. 1988.
2. Pauline M. Doran, “Bioprocess engineering principles”, (1e),
Academic press,1995.
3. H.J. Rehm, G. Reed, G, Stephanopoulos (ED), “Biotechnology”,
(2e),Bio Processing, Vol. 3, John Wiley, 1993.
86
4. Stanbury P. F., A. Whitakar, S. J. Hall, “Principles of Fermentation
Technology”, (2e), Elsevier Publishers, 2005.
CHM 4001: ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES AND
INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Spectroscopic methods of analysis: Introduction, Energy concepts,
Properties of EMR, Types of molecular spectra, Interaction of EMR with
matter, Instrumentation, Applications.
Microwave spectroscopy: Introduction, Diatomic rigid rotor and non-
rigid models, Instrumentation, Applications, Advantages and
disadvantages.
Raman spectroscopy: Basic principles, Properties of Raman lines,
Classical and quantum theories, Techniques and instrumentation,
Applications.
Infrared spectroscopy: Theory, Diatomic molecules as harmonic &
anhormonic oscillators, Diatomic vibrating rotator, Vibrations of
polyatomic molecules, Instrumentation of dispersive and FT-IR, Double
beam IR spectrometer, Uses of IR, Advantages, Limitations.
UV-visible spectroscopy: Theory, Types of transitions, Instrumentation,
Double beam spectrophotometer, Applications, Spectrophotometry,
Beer's law, Deviations,
NMR spectroscopy: Basic principles, Chemical shift, Spin-spin
coupling, Instrumentation, Applications of proton NMR spectroscopy.
Chromatographic techniques: General concepts, Classification,
Instrumentation, Experimental techniques, Applications, Advantages &
disadvantages of CC, HPLC, TLC & GC.
Electroanalytical methods: Basic Principles of conductometric &
potentiometric titrations, Applications.
References:
1. D.A. Skoog, J. Holler, F.T.A. Nieman, “Principles of Instrumental
Analysis”, (5e), Saunders, Philadelphia, 1992.
2. GH Jeffery, “Vogel's Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis”,
(5e), John Wiley & Sons Inc, 1989.
3. G.W. Ewing, “Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis”, Mc-
Graw-Hill, 1989.
CHM 4002: CATALYSIS AND COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Adsorption & catalysis: Adsorption of gases by solids, Adsorption
isotherm, Physisorption & chemisorption, Theories of adsorption, Types
of adsorption isotherm, Factors influencing adsorption, Adsorption from
solution, Gibb's adsorption isotherm for adsorption from solution,
Catalytic properties, Classification, Industrial catalytic processes,
Catalytic cycles, Energetics. Solutions & solubility: Introduction, Factors
affecting solubility, Expressing concentrations, Solutions of liquids in
liquids, Ideal and non-ideal solutions, Thermodynamics of ideal
solutions, Free energy, volume, enthalpy & entropy changes of mixing for
an ideal solution, Vapor pressure composition and boiling point
composition curves, Distillation behavior, Azeotropes, Fractional
distillation, Solubility of partially miscible liquid pairs, Lower and Upper
critical solution temperature, Vapor pressure and distillation of
immiscible liquids, Steam distillation, Solutions of gases in liquids,
Factors influencing solubility of a gas.
Colligative properties: Introduction, Lowering of vapor pressure,
Experimental measurement, Determination of molar masses, Osmosis,
Osmatic pressure, Measurement; Laws of osmatic pressure, Vat Hoff's
theory of dilute solutions, Isotonic solutions, Relationship between
osmatic pressure & vapor pressure lowering, Theories of semi-
permeability, Effects of osmosis and semi-permeability, Concept of
reverse osmosis, Boiling point elevation, Experimental measurement,
Thermodynamic treatment, Molal elevation constant, Determination of
molar masses, Depression of freezing point, Experimental
measurement, Thermodynamic treatment, Molal depression constant,
Determination of molar masses, Vant Hoff's factor, Degree of
association.
Colloidal state: Introduction, Types, Preparation & purification, General
properties of sols, Dialysis, Electro-dialysis and ultra-filtration, Optical
property of sols, Electro-osmosis, Determination of size & mass of
colloidal particles, Kinetic properties of sols-diffusion, Brownian
movement & sedimentation, Application of colloids, Emulsions, Types,
Applications, Preparation, Properties and applications of gels.
References:
1. S. H. Maron, C. F. Prutton, “Principles of Physical Chemistry”, (4e),
IBH Publishing Co. New Delhi, 1985.
2. D. A. Skoog. D. M. West, F. J. Holler, R. Crouch, “Fundamentals of
Analytical Chemistry”, (8e), Thomson-Brooks, 2007.
3. K. W. Kolasinski, “Surface Science; Foundations of Catalysis and
Nanoscience”, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
OPEN ELECTIVES
CHE 3281: INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Chemical engineering and chemical technology. Chemical
engineering: Origin, growth and role in chemical process industries.
Chemical Process Industry: Definition, origin, growth and the present
scenario. Concepts of unit processes and unit operations, chemical
kinetics and thermodynamics applied to reactions. Systematic
analysis of chemical processes: Need and basic considerations.
Chemical engineers, the diversity of employment opportunities for
them. A successful chemical engineer. Professionalethics. Intimate
connections with physico-chemical sciences, biological and
biomedical sciences and other engineering streams case studies.
Concerns of chemical engineering traditional areas: environment,
energy and petroleum refining, polymer, pharmaceutical and food
processing, bioengineering and biotechnology, health and safety.
Concepts of scale-up, modelling and simulation. Dimensional analysis
.Computer in chemical engineering. Nanotechnology. Grand
challenges of engineering in the 21st century.
87
References:
1. Himmelblau, David Mautner, and James B. Riggs., “Basic principles
and calculations in chemical engineering. Vol. 1”, Prentice Hall PTR,
1996.
2. Morton M. Denn, “Chemical Engineering- an Introduction”,
Cambridge University Press, NY, 2012.
3. Felder, Rousseou, “Basic Principles of Chemical Engineering”, (3e),
Prentice Hall, 2002.
4. Ghosal, S.K., Sanyal, S.K. and Datta, S. “Introduction to Chemical
Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New
Delhi 1997.
5. Badger, W.A., Banchero, J.T., “Introduction to Chemical
Engineering”, McGraw-Hill Book Company.
6. Perry, R.H., Green, D.W., “Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook”,
McGraw-Hill Book Company
CHE 3282: INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Man and environment, Nutrient and hydrologic cycles, Types of pollution
Legislation to environmental pollution, Aspects of pollution control,
Evaluation and characterization of wastewater, Treatment methods,
Advanced wastewater treatment, Sludge treatment and disposal, Solid
waste management, Noise pollution and control, Ambient and stack gas
sampling, analysis of air pollutants, Principles of air pollution, Plume
behavior Meteorological factors affecting air pollution, Equipments for
control and abatement of air pollution, Pollution from automobiles,
control mechanisms
E-waste sources and effects, e-waste management.
References:
1. S. P. Mahajan, “Pollution Control in Process Industries”, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2008.
2. C. S. Rao, “Environmental Pollution Control Engineering”, (2e),New
Age International Publishers, 2006.
3. V Cavaseno, “Industrial Air Pollution Engineering”, (1e), McGraw
Hill, NY, 1980.
 Department of Civil Engineering
Civil Engineering Department was established in the year 1957 with the Programs offered
inception of Manipal Institute of Technology. In the 57 years of its glorious Under Graduate Program
existence, the Civil Engineering Department has evolved into one of the
4 B.Tech in Civil Engineering (1957)
most matured and full-fledged departments in the institute.
Post Graduate Programs
The course curriculum has been designed aptly to cater to the ever
4 M.Tech in Construction Engineering
expanding demands of research and industry, by zealously congregating and Management (1989)
4
the views of all stake holders. The department upholds excellent M.Tech in Structural Engineering (1992)
4
interaction with reputed academics in specialized areas, and also with M.Tech in Environmental Engineering (2010)
4
industry professionals at national and international levels. MSc in Geology (2015)
The department has created a platform for exchanging the research PhD
ideas by organizing Nationallevel conferences, workshops, seminars Faculty Strength
from time to time. The department ardently fosters the industry- Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
academia collaborations by conducting invited lectures by eminent
industry professionals. Department has got accreditation by National
18 12
Board of Accreditation in the year 2001 for a period of 5 years and 2008 7
for a period of 3 years. 41 45

PhD Professors
M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors

88
 B Tech in CIVIL ENGINEERING

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2104 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2204 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
CIE 2101 Fluid Mechanics 3 1 0 4 CIE 2201 Water Resources Engineering 3 1 0 4
CIE 2102 Mechanics of Structure 3 1 0 4 CIE 2202 Analysis of Indeterminate Structures 3 1 0 4
CIE 2103 Building Science and Technology 4 0 0 4 CIE 2203 Basic Reinforced Concrete Design 3 1 0 4
II CIE 2104 Basics of Surveying 2 1 0 3 CIE 2204 Applied Surveying 2 1 0 3
CIE 2105 Engineering Geology 3 0 0 3 *** *** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
CIE 2111 Building Design and Drawing 0 0 3 1 CIE 2211 Surveying Practice – I 0 0 3 1
CIE 2112 Material Testing Lab – I 0 0 3 1 CIE 2212 Geology Lab 0 0 3 1
17 4 6 23 16 5 6 23
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
CIE 3101 Geotechnical Engg. 3 1 0 4 HUM 4002 Engineering Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3
CIE 3102 Basic Structural Steel Design 3 1 0 4 CIE 3201 Applied Soil Engineering 3 0 0 3
CIE 3103 Water Supply Engineering 3 0 0 3 CIE 3202 Waste Water Management 3 0 0 3

89
III CIE 3104 Highway Engineering 2 1 0 3 CIE 3203 Railway and Airport Engineering 3 0 0 3
CIE **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3 CIE **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3
CIE 3105 Elements of Earthquake Engineering 3 0 0 3 ******* Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
CIE 3111 Soil Mechanics Lab 0 0 3 1 CIE 3211 Structural Design and Drawing 1 0 3 2
CIE 3112 Fluid Mechanics Lab 0 0 3 1 CIE 3212 Material Testing Lab – II 0 0 3 1
CIE 3213 Surveying Practice – II 0 0 3 1
17 3 6 22 18 1 9 22
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3 CIE 4297 Seminar 1
CIE 4101 Estimating and Construction Management 3 1 0 4 CIE 4298 Industrial Training 1
CIE **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3 CIE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
CIE **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
IV CIE **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3
CIE **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
CIE 4111 Computer Aided Analysis and Design Lab 0 0 3 1
CIE 4112 Environmental Engg. Lab 0 0 3 1
CIE 4113 Estimation and Costing Practice 0 0 3 1
17 2 9 22 14
Minor Specialisations THIRD SEMESTER
I. Building Construction and Management MAT 2104: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
1. CIE 4001: Building Code and Requirements Gradient, divergence and curl, Line, surface and volume integrals.
2. CIE 4002: Precast Technology Green's, divergence and Stoke's theorems. Fourier series of periodic
3. CIE 4003: Recent Advances in Concrete Technology functions. Half range expansions. Harmonic analysis. Fourier integrals.
4. CIE 4004: Resource Management Sine and cosine integrals, Fourier transform, Sine and cosine
transforms. Partial differential equation- Basic concepts, solutions of
II. Environmental Engineering, Hydraulics & Water Resources equations involving derivatives with respect to one variable only.
Engg. solutions by indicated transformations and separation of variables. One-
1. CIE 4005: Ground Water Engineering dimensional wave equation, one dimensional heat equation and their
2. CIE 4006: Hydrological Analysis solutions. Introduction to probability: finite sample space, conditional
3. CIE 4007: Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines probability and independence. Bayes' theorem,One dim. random
4. CIE 4008: Industrial Waste Treatment variables, Mean, Variance. Two and higher dimensional random
variables: mean, variance, correlation coefficient and regression.
III. Geotechnical Engineering & Transportation Engineering
1. CIE 4009: Design of Foundation and Earth Retaining Structures References:
2. CIE 4010: Ground Improvement Techniques 1. Murray R. Spiegel, “Vector Analysis”, Shaum Publishing Co.,
3. CIE 4011: Pavement Material and Design
1959.
4. CIE 4012: Soil Reinforcement and Geosynthetics
2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engg. Mathematics”, Wiley Eastern.

IV. Structural Engineering 3. P. L. Meyer, “Introduction to Probability and Statistical

1. CIE 4013: Advanced Design of Steel Structures Applications”.

2. CIE 4014: Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design 4. B. S. Grewal, “Higher Engg. Mathematics”, 2014.
3. CIE 4015: Finite Element Method of Analysis
4. CIE 4016: Pre-stressed Concrete Design CIE 2101: FLUID MECHANICS - I [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Fluid Properties and Classification of Fluid, Pressure and its
V. Business Management Measurement, Hydrostatics, Kinematics of Fluid Motion, Dynamics of
1. HUM 4011: Financial Management Fluid Motion, Ideal Fluid Flow, Laminar Flow Through Pipes, Turbulent
2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management Flow Through Pipes, Flow Measurement, Flow in open Channels
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management
4. HUM 4014: Operations and Systems Management References:
1. Streeter V. L. and Wiley E.B, “Fluid Mechanics”, McGraw Hill book
Other Programme Electives
Co., New York,1998.
1. CIE 4017: Air Pollution and Control
2. Modi P. N. and Seth S. M., “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics”,
2. CIE 4018: Applied Geology
Standard Book House, New Delhi, 2005.
3. CIE 4019: Bridge Engineering
3. Bansal R. K, “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Laxmi
4. CIE 4020: Coastal Engg
Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.
5. CIE 4021: Environmental Impact Assessment and Auditing
6. CIE 4022: Geo-Environmental Engineering 4. Jain A. K., “Fluid Mechanics”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2002.
7. CIE 4023: Non Destructive Testing of Materials 5. Garde R. J., “Fluid Mechanics through problems”, New age
8. CIE 4024: Remote Sensing and GIS international Pvt. Ltd., Publishing, New Delhi, 2003.
9. CIE 4025: Solid Waste Management
10.CIE 4026: Traffic Systems and Engineering CIE 2102: MECHANICS OF STRUCTURE [3 1 0 4]
11.CIE 4027: Urban Mass Transportation System Introduction, Analysis of Determinate Trusses, Bending and shear
12.CIE 4028: Urban Transportation Planning stresses, Torsion of circular, Stability of columns, Stress on inclined
planes, Analysis of Arches and suspension bridge, Strain Energy,
Open Electives Deflection, Rolling Loads and Influence Lines
1. CIE 3281: Environmental Management
2. CIE 3282: Introduction to Remote Sensing and GIS References:
3. CIE 3283: Strength of Materials 1. Timoshenko, “Strength of Materials Vol. I & Vol. II “, CBS Publishers
4. CIE 3284: Air and Noise Pollution & Distributers, NewDelhi.

90
2. James M Gere & Stephen P Timoshenko, “Mechanics of Materials”,
CBS Publishers &Distributers, New Delhi.
3. Basavarajaiah & Mahadevappa, “Strength of Materials”, CBS
Publishers., 2001.
4. Reddy C.S., “Basic structural analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2004.
5. Ramamrutham & Narayanan, “Strength of Materials”, Dhanpat Rai,
1989.
CIE 2103: BUILDING SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY [4 0 0 4]
Masonry elements, Stone masonry, Jointsin masonry, Hollow block
construction. Load bearing and partition walls, Plastering, Painting and
Flooring, Roofs, Shoring, Underpinning, and Scaffolding, Bricks, Tiles,
Lime, Timber, plywood, Tar, Bitumen and Asphalt, Modern Building
Materials, Corrosion, Cement, Concrete, Micro Structure of Concrete,
Mix design proportion, curing, Introduction to Alternative Concretes,
Adhesives and sealants.
References:
1. “Handbook on Masonry design and construction”, SP 20-1991
2. “Nomograms for thickness of masonry walls”,SP10-1975, (First
reprint September 1991)
3. “Handbook on Building Construction Practices”, SP:62 (S&T)
:1997
4. “National Building Code”, BIS, New Delhi, (1988)
5. “Sushil Kumar, Building Construction”, Standard Publication (1976)
CIE 2104: BASIC SURVEYING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction , Compass Survey, Plane Table survey, Levelling, Simple
leveling, Differential leveling, Errors in Levelling, Reciprocal Levelling,
Contours, Application and uses, Methods in Contouring, Characteristics
of contours, Theodolite Survey , Repetition and Reiteration methods
Temporary adjustments of theodolite, Trignometriclevelling using height
and distance formulae
References:
1. Punmia B. C, “Surveying and levelling, Vol I and II”, Lakshmi
Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Arora K. R, “Surveying, Vol I”, Standard Book house, New Delhi,
1993.
3. Kanetkar T. P, Kulkarni S. V., “Surveying and levelling Vol. I and
Vol. II”, Pune, Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan., 1996.
4. Thomas Norman, “Surveying”, Edward Arnold Publishers (ELBS),
Budapest.
5. Duggal S.K, “Surveying Vol. I”, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing
Co.Ltd, New Delhi, 1996.
CIE 2105: ENGINEERING GEOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Geology and Civil Engineering, Seismology: Earthquakes
and tsunamis, Case studies, Physical Geology, Weathering
91
(deterioration) of rocks, Structural Geology, Petrology, crystallography,
Minerals, Rock as building material, Engineering Geology, Remote
sensing and GIS, Geological considerations in selection of sites for dams
& reservoirs, tunnels, bridges & highways and Landslides.
References:
1. Parbin Singh, “Engineering Geology”, S.K. Kataria and Sons, New
Delhi, 2002.
2. Mukherjee P. K., “A text book of Geology”, World Press, Kolkata,
2003.
3. Venkata Reddy D., “Engineering Geology for Civil Engineering”,
Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1995.
CIE 2111: BUILDING DESIGN AND DRAWING [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to AutoCAD, Foundations and Footings, Doors and
Windows, Designing and Drawing of Residential Buildings, Designing
and Drawing of Public Buildings:
References:
1. Balagopal Pabhu T. S., Vincent Paul K. and Vijayan C., “Building
Design of Civil Engg. Drawing”, Spades Publishers, Calicut, 1999.
2. Shah and Kale, “Principle of Building Drawing”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1985.
3. Sharma and Kaul, “Text book of Building Construction”, S. Chand,
New Delhi, 1976.
4. Rangawala S. C., “Elementary and advanced building
Construction”, Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Limited, 2009.
5. IS National Building Code, 1970.
CIE 2112: MATERIAL TESTING LAB - I [0 0 3 1]
Determination of specific gravity of fine and coarse aggregate, grading of
coarse aggregate and fine aggregate, Bulking of sand, Aggregate impact
value and abrasion value (Los Angeles Test). Cement - determination of
specific gravity, Fineness, Standard consistency, Setting times,
Soundness and Strength. Concrete - Determination of workability, Mix
Design as per IS 10262-1982, Compressive strength and tensile
strength, flexural strength and modulus of elasticity, Permeability of
concrete.
References:
1. Shetty M. S., “Concrete Technology”, S. Chand and Co., 2006.
2. Neville and Brooks, “Concrete Technology”, Pearson Education,
2003.
3. Singh Gurucharan, Materials of Construction, Standard Publishers.
(1988)
4. Relevant IS Codes
 FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2205: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Numerical solutions of partial differential equations by finite difference
methods, five point formula, Laplace Poisson Equations, Heat equation,
Crank Nicolson's method, Wave equation., Introduction to calculus of
variations, geodesics, isoperimetric problems, approximate methods,
Weighted Residual Approach, Least square method. Application of Finite
Difference technique: Statically determinate and indeterminate beams,
Buckling of columns. Introduction to Tensor Analysis, Distributions:
binomial, Poisson, uniform, normal, gamma, chi-square and
exponential. Moment generating function, Functions of one dimensional
and two dimensional random variables, Sampling theory, Central limit
theorem and applications. Optimization Techniques: Introduction to
Linear programming, Formation of Linear Programming problem,
solution by graphical method, Simplex method. Two phase simplex
method, Transportation problems
References:
1. Rajasekaran S., “Numerical methods for Science and Engineering”,
Wheeler and Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1992.
2. Allahabad Sastry S. S., “Introductory methods of Numerical
Analysis”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
3. A. R. Mitchel and R. Wait, “Finite Element Methods in Partial
Differential Equations”, John Wiley, 1997.
1. P. L. Meyer, “Introduction to probability and Statistical Applications”.
CIE 2201:WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Hydrology, Irrigation engineering, Reservoir planning,
Hydraulic structures- Dams, Diversion head works-components; Bligh's
Creep Theory, Canal masonry works- Falls, Regulators, Cross Drainage
Works, Flood studies: Importance, estimation of flood magnitude, flood
routing, flood control measures. River training works.
References:
1. Viessman and Knapp, “Introduction to Hydrology”, Harper and Row
Publishers, Singapore, 1989.
2. H. M. Raghunath, “Hydrology”, Wiley Eastern pulications, Delhi,
1985.
3. Modi P. N, “Irrigation, water resource and water power”, Standard
book house publications, Delhi, 1988.
4. R. K. Sharma, T. K. Sharma, “Irrigation Engineering”, S.Chand and
Co., New Delhi, 2002.
5. Santhosh Kumar Garg, “Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic
Structures”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 1998.
CIE 2102: ANALYSIS OF INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES [3 1 0 4]
Analysis of two hinged parabolic arches, Analysis of Simple Statically
Indeterminate Beams, Analysis of statically indeterminate beams, bents
and frames, Kani's method of Analysis, Influence Lines for Bridge
Trusses and Statically Indeterminate Beams, Plastic Analysis- Ductility,
92
Behaviour in the plastic range, concept of plastic hinge, plastic moments,
shape factor for different shapes of cross - section, redistribution of
moment, collapse mechanism.
References:
1. Hibbeler, R.C., “Structural analysis”, Pearson Education.
2. Daniel L Schodak, “Structures”, Pearson Education.
3. Reddy C.S., “Basic structural Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2004.
4. Ramamrutham, “Theory of Structures”.
5. Rao Prakash D.S., “Structural Analysis”, Universities Press, India.
1996.
CIE 2203: BASIC REINFORCED CONCRETE DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
Role of reinforcement, behavior of RCC section, Straight line Theory,
Determination of Crack width, Limit state method, Design of rectangular
beams (singly and doubly reinforced), flanged beams, Design for Shear
and Torsion, Design of slabs for various boundary conditions, Limit state
of collapse in compression, Design of axially loaded short and slender
R.C. Columns, uniaxial and bi-axial bending using SP16 hand book,
Design of square and rectangular column footings.
References:
1. Karve S.R, and Shah V.L., “Limit State Theory and Design of
Reinforced Concrete”, Structures Publishers, Pune, 1996.
2. Varghese P. C., “Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete”,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1999.
3. Shah H. J., “Reinforced concrete Vol. I”, Charotar Publishing house,
Anand, 2005.
4. Unnikrishna Pillai, Devdas Menon, “Reinforced Concrete Design”,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 1998.
Code books:
1. IS:456 2000, “Code of practice for plain and Reinforced concrete”,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
2. SP-16 1984, “Design Aids for Reinforced concrete IS 456. Bureau
of Indian Standards”, New Delhi.
CIE 2204: APPLIED SURVEYING [2 1 0 3]
Tacheometry, Curves- simple curve, compound curve, reverse curve,
transition curve, Lemniscate curve and vertical curve, Construction
Surveying, Photogrammetric Surveying, Aerial Photogrammetry, Under
Ground Surveys, Hydrographic Survey, Electronic Distance
Measurement, Total station Instruments - computing distance from the
phase differences.
References:
1. Kanetkar T. P. and Kulkarni S. V., “Surveying and leveling, Part I and
II”, Pune Vidyarthi Griha Prakashana Pune, 1989.
2. Arora K. R., “Surveying, Vol. I and II”, Standard Book House, New
Delhi, 1993.
3. Punmia B.C, “Surveying, Vol. I and II”, Lakshmi Publications, New
Delhi, 2005.
4. David Clark, “Plane and Geodetic Surveying for Engineers”, Vol I and
II, CBS Publication and Distributors, New Delhi, 1983.
5. Norman Thomas, “Surveying”, Edward Arnold Publishers (ELBS)
London, 1963.
CIE 2211: SURVEYING PRACTICE - I [0 0 3 1]
Chain survey, Compass Survey, Distance between two inaccessible
points, Plane table surveying- Radiation and intersection methods,
Solving three point problem by Bessel's solution, Plane table traversing,
Levelling- Simple and reciprocal, Theodolite -Single plane method,
Double plane method, Distance between inaccessible points
References:
1. Kanetkar T. P. and Kulkarni S. V, “Surveying and leveling-Part I and II”,
Vidyarthi Griha Prakashana - Pune, 1996.
2. Punmia B. C., “Surveying - Vol. I”, Lakshmi Publications, New Delhi,
2005.
CIE 2212: GEOLOGY LAB [0 0 3 1]
Identification and description of Rock forming Minerals: Quartz group,
Ore minerals, Megascopic study of texture, structure, and engineering
importance, Interpretation of geologic maps with horizontal inclined,
folded, faulted and unconformity, Determination of thickness of strata on
horizontal ground, Dip and strike problems, Borehole problems and their
uses in dams, tunnels and reservoir site.
References:
1. Muruthesha Reddy M. T., “Engineering Geology Practicals”, New
age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Gurappa K.M., “Structural Geology maps and problems”, 1975.
3. Gokhale W., “Manual of Geological maps”, CBS publications, New
Delhi, 1987.
FIFTH SEMESTER
CIE 3101: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Soil structure, Clay minerals, Index properties of soil, Total,
effective and neutral stresses, Flow Through Soil, Seepage Through
Soils, Compaction of Soil, Stress Distribution in Soil, Consolidation of
Soil, Shear Strength of Soil, Direct shear, Triaxial, Unconfined
compression and Vane shear tests, Drained, Undrained and consolidated
undrained tests and their applications.
References:
1. Terzaghi K., and Peck R. B., “Soil Mechanics in Engineering
Practice”, (2e), Wiley International Edition, New York, 1967.
2. Taylor D. W., “Fundamentals of Soil mechanics”, (2e), Asia
Publishing house Bombay, 1960.
93
3. Ramiah B.K. and ChickanagappaL.S., “Hand Book of Soil Mechanics
and Foundation Engg.”, Oxford and IBH, 1990.
4. Lambe T. W. and Whitman R. V., “Soil Mechanics”, SI Version, John
Wiley and Sons, 1987.
5. Gopal Ranjan and. Rao A. S. R, “Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics”,
(2e), New Age International Pvt. Limited, Publishers, 2000
CIE 3102: BASIC STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Limit state method of design and Allowable stress design,
Structural fasteners and joints, Design of Tension members,
Compression member, Design of flexural members, Welded Plate, Roof
Trusses
References:
1. Subramanian N., “Design of Steel Structures”, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi.
2. Duggal S.K., “Limit State method of design of steel structures”, Tata
McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
3. Martin L.H and Purkiss J.A., “Structural Design of Steelworks to BS
5950”, Edward Arnold, London,1992.
4. Bhavikatti S. S., “Design of Steel structures”, I. K. International
Publishing House, New Delhi, 2010.
Code books:
1. “IS 800-2007: General construction in steel-Code of practice” (third
revision), Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
2. “IS 875-1987 (Part III): Code of practice for design loads (other than
earthquake) for building structures”, Bureau of Indian Standards,
New Delhi.
3. “BS 5950 (part I) - 1985: Structural us of steelwork in buildings”,
British Standards Institution, London.
4. “SP: (6)-1964: Hand book for Structural Engineers”, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi.
CIE 3103: WATER SUPPLY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Quantity of water, Sources of water, Quality of water,
Treatment of water, Filtration, Other treatment methods, Distribution of
water, Pipe appurtenances, wastage of water - Leakage detection &
prevention, corrosion and its prevention.
References:
1. “Manual on water supply and treatment CPHEEO”, Ministry of Urban
Development, New Delhi, 1991.
2. Garg S. K., “Environmental Engg.-I”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
1999.
3. Birdie G. S., “Water Supply and Sanitary Engg.”, Dhanpath Rai and
Sons, New Delhi, 1987.
4. Modi and Seth, “Water Supply and Sanitary Engg.”, Dhanpath Rai
and Sons, New Delhi.
5. Fair and Gayer, “Water Supply and Sanitary Engg.”, Dhanpath Rai
and Sons, New Delhi.
 CIE 3104: HIGHWAY ENGINEERING [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, Traffic Engineering, Geometric Design, Horizontal curve,
Extra widening, Super elevation, Transition curve, Vertical curves-
Summit and Valley Curves, Pavements Design, Flexible and Rigid
pavements- IRC method, Highway Economics and Finance, Highway
Drainage System
References:
1. Khanna S. K and Justo C. E. G., (8e), “Highway Engineering”,
Nemchand and Bros., Roorkee, 2001.
2. Kadiyali L. R., “Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning”,
(6e), Khanna Publisher, New Delhi, 2000.
3. E. J. Yoder, “Principles of Pavement Design”, (2e), John Wiley &
Sons, Inc. New York, 1975.
4. Yang H. Huang, “Pavement Analysis and Design”, Prentice Hall,
2003.
CIE 3105: ELEMENTS OF EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, seismic zoning map of India, seismic waves,
seismograms, earthquake magnitude and intensity, Introduction to
theory of vibrations, Primary and secondary effects of earthquake,
Lesson learnt from the past earthquakes, Equivalent static method (IS
1893, Ductile detailing of RC frames as per IS 13920 (1993), Restoration
and retrofitting of exciting structures.
References:
1. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikhande., “Earthquake Resistant
Design of Structures”, Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited, New
Delhi, 2006.
2. C. V. R. Murty, “Earthquake Tips- Learning Earthquake Design and
Construction”, National Information Centre of Earthquake
Engineering, IIT Kanpur, 2005.
3. P. C. Varghese, “Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design”, Prentice-
Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi, 2005.
4. Chopra A. K., “Dynamics of Structures”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd. New Delhi, 1996.
Code books:
1. IS:1893 (part 1)- 2002, “Criteria for earthquake resistant design of
structures”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
2. IS: 13920 1993, “Ductile detailing of reinforced concrete structures
subjected to seismic forces - code of practice”, Bureau of Indian
Standards, New Delhi.
CIE 3111: SOIL MECHANICS LABORATORY [0 0 3 1]
Determination of moisture content, specific gravity, Atterberg's limits, in-
situ unit weight, Sieve analysis, coefficient of permeability by constant
head and variable head permeameter, Standard Compaction test, use of
proctor needle, Triaxial shear test, Unconfined compression test, Direct
shear test, Vane shear test, Determination of CBR, Demonstration of
Plate load test, Cone penetration test, Modified compaction test and
hydrometer analysis.
94
References:
1. Relevant IS codes
2. Bowles J. E., “Engineering properties of soil and their
measurement”, (2e), McGraw Hill Book Company, New York, 1986.
3. Lambe T. W, “Soil testing for Engineers”, John Wiley and Sons, INC.
4. Cheng Liu and Jack B. Evett, “Soil properties, Testing, Measurement
and Evaluation”, Prentice-Hall, Inc. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey,
1987.
CIE 3112: FLUID MECHANICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Calibration of Triangular Notch, Rectangular Notch, Cippoletti Notch,
Venturimeter, Orifices, Mouth pieces, Orifice meter, Broad crested weir,
Curved weir, Ogee weir, Plug Sluice, Determination of Friction factor of
pipes, Experiment on Venturi flume, Standing wave flume,
Demonstration of Parshall Flume.
References:
1. Modi P. N. and Seth S. M., “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics”,
Standard Book House, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Jain A. K., “Fluid Mechanics”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2002.
3. Streeter V. L and Wiley E. B., “Fluid Mechanics”, McGraw Hill Co.
New York, 1998.
4. Bansal R. K. “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Laxmi
Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of
depreciation, Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its
types Job costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet
and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as
liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios
References:
1. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J., “Engineering Economy”,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chan S. Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Pearson
Education, Inc., 2010.
3. Raman B. S (1993), “Advanced accountancy”, United publications,
Bangalore.
4. T. Ramachandran (2001), “Accounting and Financial Management”,
Scitech Publications Pvt. Ltd. India.
5. Thuesen G. J & Thuesen H. G., “Engineering Economics”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
CIE 3201: APPLIED SOIL ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Soil Exploration, Earth pressure at rest, active and passive conditions,
Stability of slopes - Finite and infinite slopes, Bearing capacity of shallow
footings, Pile foundations, Pile driving, Load carrying capacity of a
single pile by dynamic formulae, static formula, Group action and
Negative skin friction, under-reamed piles and Bored compaction piles.
References:
1. Bowels J. E., “Foundation Analysis and Design”, McGraw-Hills Book
Company 4th Edition, 1998.
2. Shashi K Gulati and Manoj Datta, “Geotechnical Engineering”,
TataMcGraw-Hill Publishing company limited, New Delhi, 2005.
3. Hsai Yang Fang, “Foundation Engg.”, Hand Book, CBS. Publishers
and Distributors, 2nd Edition, New Delhi, 2001.
4. Arora K.R., “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, (7e),
Standard, Publishers and Distributors, 2008.
5. Gopal Ranjan and Rao A. S. R., “Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics”,
(2e), New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers, 2000.
CIE 3202: WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Unit Operations, Unit Processes, Stabilization Ponds
Aerobic, Facultative & Anaerobic Lagoons, Septic tanks and their Design
Aspects, Sludge Treatment, Sludge Digestion- Aerobic and Anaerobic,
Energy recovery from digesters, Operation and Maintenance of treatment
units, Disposal of wastes from various units.
References:
1. S. C. Rangwala., “Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering”, Charotar
Publishing House, 1990.
2. S. K. Garg., “Environmental Engineering Vol.I& II”, Khanna
Publishers, 2004.
3. B C Punmia., “Waste Water Engineering”, (2e), Laxmi Publications,
1998..
4. George Tchobanoglous, Franklin Louis Burton, H. David Stensel,
“Wastewater Engineering - Treatment and Reuse”, McGraw-Hill
Education, 2003.
5. Metcalf and Eddy, “Wastewater Engineering: treatment disposal
reuse”, McGraw-Hill, 1979.
CIE 3203: RAILWAY ENGINEERING AND AIRPORT
PLANNING [3 0 0 3]
Railway Engineering- Tractive resistance, Permanent way, Alignment
Details, Points and crossing, Track Junctions, Miscellaneous Topics-
Railway Station and Yards Triangle, Turn Table, Scotch Block, Fouling
marks, Buffer Stops. Signals Airport Engineering- Factors to be
considered in Airport Planning, Geometric Design, Airport Capacity and
Designing of Terminal Area, Visual aids and Air traffic control system
95
References:
1. Saxena S.C. and Arora S.P., “A Text Book of Railway Engineering”,
Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 1981.
2. Khanna S.K., Arora M.G. and Jain S.S., “Airport Planning and
Design”, Nemchand and Brothers, 2008.
3. Horenjeff, R. and McKelvey, F., “Planning and Design of Airports”,
(4e), McGraw Hill Company, New York, 1994.
4. Ashford, N. and Wright, P.H., “Airport Engineering”, (3e), John Wiley
and Sons, New York, 1992.
CIE 3211: STRUCTURAL DESIGN AND DRAWING [1 0 3 2]
Detailing of rectangular beams (singly and doubly reinforced, Detailing of
flanged beam, Detailing of one way slabs, Detailing of Two way slabs,
Detailing of Isolated footing, Detailing of Isolated footing with uniaxial
moment, Design and detailing of continuous beam, Dog legged staircase.
References:
1. Duggal S.K., “Limit State Design of Steel Structures”, Tata McGraw
Hill education private Limited New Delhi, 2008.
2. Krishna Raju N., “Structural Design and Drawing”, Universities
Press, India, 2009.
3. Shah M. G. and Kale C. M., “RCC Theory and Design”, Mcmillan
India Ltd.,, 1991.
4. Verghese P. P., “Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
5. Punmia B. C., “Limit State Design of reinforced concrete”, Laxmi
Publications, Limited, 2007.
Code books:
1. IS 456 2000, “Plain and reinforced concrete code of practice”,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
2. IS 800 2007, “General construction in Steel-code of Practice”,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
3. SP-16--1984, “Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete to IS:456-
1978”, Bureau of Indian Standards ,New Delhi.
4. IS 3370 Part II & IV, “Code of Practice for Concrete Structures for
the Storage of Liquids”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
CIE 3212: MATERIAL TESTING LAB - II [0 0 3 1]
Tension test on mild steel, Compression test on cast iron, timber and
Shear test on mild steel specimen, Torsion test on mild steel specimen
and Rockwell hardness test, Brinell's Hardness test and bending test on
wood, Impact tests: a) Izod b) Charpy and Fatigue test (Demonstration),
Test on Bricks, Tests on Flooring and Roofing Tiles, Tests on Bitumen,
Compressive strength of Laterite Stone.
References:
1. Suryanarayana A. V. K., “Testing of Metallic Materials”, Prentice Hall
of India, New Delhi, 1990.
2. Khanna & Justo, “Highway Materials Testing”, Nemchand and
brothers, 1989.
3. Technical Teachers' Training Institute, Laboratory Manual of Strength
of Materials, Oxford University Press, 1983.
4. Relevant I S Codes.
CIE 3213: SURVEYING PRACTICE - II [0 0 3 1]
Tacheometric surveying, Curve Surveying: (Using Chain and Tape),
Setting out simple curves, Curve Surveying (Using theodolite), Setting
out a compound curve, reverse curve, transition curve (Bernoullis
Leminscate), combined curve, Total Station Method, Study of
Instruments: Hand level, Clinometers, Abney level, Use of Planimeter,
Box sextants, Nautical sextants, Ceylonghat tracer.
References:
1. Punmia B. C, “Surveying and levelling”, Vol I and II, Lakshmi
Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Arora K. R , “Surveying Vol I”, Standard Book house, New Delhi,
1993.
3. Kanetkar T. P and Kulkarni S. V., “Surveying and leveling Part I & II”,
Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan Pune, 1996.
4. Thomas Norman, “Surveying”, Edward Arnold Publishers (ELBS),
Budapest.
5. David Clark, “Plane and Geodetic Surveying for Engineers Vol I and
II”, CBS publication and Distributors, New Delhi, 1983.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Koontz D., “Essentials of Management”, Mc Graw Hill, New York,
2004.
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied
Publishers, 2006.
96
3. Peter Drucker, “The practice of management”, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003.
CIE 4101: ESTIMATION AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT [3 1 0 4]
Estimation, Quantity Estimation- Center Line and Long Wall Short Wall
Methods, Rate Analysis, Contract, Valuation, Project Management
Construction, Planning for Construction Projects, Scheduling, Network
Analysis, Pert Analysis, CPM analysis, Cost Analysis, Project updating,
Construction organisation Management of Construction equipment
Introduction to construction equipment
References:
1. M. Chakraborti., “Estimating, Costing, Specification & Valuation in
Civil Engineering”, Published by the Author, Sixteenth edition, 2003.
2. B. N. Dutta., “Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering”, UBS
Publishers' Distributors Ltd. Sixteenth reprint, 2000.
3. CPWD., “Manual for Standard Specification and Rate Analysis”.
4. IS 1200: Part 1 to 16: “Method of measurement of building and civil
engineering work”.
5. Seetharaman. S., “Construction Engg. and Management”, Umesh
Publication, 1997.
CIE 4111: COMPUTER AIDED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to STAAD software package. Analysis of continuous beams
using STAAD, Analysis of plane trusses, plane frames, and space frames
using STAAD, Design of frames using STAAD package, Introduction and
application of ETABS
References:
1. STAAD Pro software tutorial.
2. ETABS software tutorial.
CIE 4112: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Determination of solids, Turbidity determination and Jar test,
Determination of Alkalinity, Acidity and Ph, Calcium, Magnesium and
total Hardness, Chlorides, dissolved oxygen and BOD, Residual chlorine
and chlorine demand, Determination of Iron and Fluorides, Determination
of C.O.D., Ammonical Nitrogen and Nitrates, Demonstration of High
volume sample and sound lever meter, determination of oil, grease and
Sulphates.
References:
1. “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water”,
ALPHA AWWA WPCF.
2. Sawyer and Mc Carty, “Chemistry for Environmental Engineering”,
McGraw Hill, New York, 1994.
3. IS 3025 , “Methods of Sampling and Test (Physical and Chemical)
for Water Used in Industry”, IIT New Delhi, 1964.
4. Drinking water Standards IS 10500-2004.
 CIE 4113: ESTIMATION AND COSTING PRACTICE [0 0 3 1]
Definition, types, principles, detailed specification for different
components of building, Quantity estimation of Foundation, Masonry
work, Doors, Windows, RCC work and different types of roofs, Rate
analysis for different items of work, Quantity and cost estimation of
buildings, Measurement of earth work using leveling data, Quantity and
cost estimation of roads and culverts
EIGHTH SEMESTER
CIE 4297: SEMINAR
Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
The topic has to approved by the Department and a report of the
same has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
CIE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the
vacation starting from the end of third semester.
Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
report should include the certificates issued by the industry.
CIE 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks.
An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
submission of the final project report in the prescribed form.
Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before
the department committee as part of project evaluation.
MINOR SPECIALIZATION
I. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT
CIE 4001: BUILDING CODE AND REQUIREMENTS [3 0 0 3]
General building requirements, Fire and Safety: fire prevention, life safety,
fire protection, Soil and foundation, Types of foundations, settlement,
depth and thickness of foundation, flexible foundations, determination of
modulus of elasticity of soil, Earth quake resistant of masonry wall,
Lighting and ventilation, Water supply, drainage and sanitation, Plumbing
system, Building Repairs and Maintenances.
97
References:
National Building Code of India 2005
CIE 4002: PRECAST TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Suitability of precast construction, Advantages and
Limitations, Materials Used.
Preliminary Design Consideration, General Design Principles, Structural
Integrity, Loads on Stability Elements, Connections, Force Transfer
Mechanism, Ear thquake Design, Modular Consideration and
Standardization, Types of Frames and Components, Bearing Walls,
Typical Bearing Walls, Modulation, Design for Cantilever and Shear Wall
Action, Precast Floor, Precast Concrete Beams and Column, Composite
reinforced Beams, Precast concrete Column, Column Design.
References:
1. Kim S. Elliott, “Precast Concrete Structures”, Butterworth-
Heinemann, An imprint of Elsevier Science, www.bh.com, 2002.
2. “FIP Planning and Design Handbook on Precast Building
Structures”, Published by SETO Ltd., 1994.
3. Hubert Bachmann & Alfred Steinle, “Precast Concrete Structures”,
Published by Ernst & Sohn GmbH & Co. KG., 2011.
CIE 4003: RECENT ADVANCES IN CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Microstructure and Properties of Hardened Concrete, Introduction,
Microstructure of Concrete, Strength, Dimensional Stability, Durability,
Hydraulic Cements, Aggregates, Admixtures, Proportioning Concrete
Mixtures, Concrete at Early Age, Nondestructive Methods, Concrete
Materials, Mix Proportioning, and Early-Age Properties, Advances in
Concrete Technology, Special Types of Concrete, Concrete Mechanics.
References:
1. Monteiro and Mehta, “Concrete: Microstructure, Properties, and
Materials”, (4e), McGraw-Hill, 2014.
CIE 4004: RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Integrated material Management: Meaning, Functions, and Advantages.
Selective Control, Codification and Standardization. Material planning
budgeting and procuring. Price forecasting, Purchasing under
uncertainties, Purchasing Capital equipment. Source selection.
Foundations of Total Quality Management: Understanding quality, TQM
philosophy: Concept of Ishikawa, Taguchi, Shingo philosophies. Models
and frame works. TQM Tools: An overview of Flowcharts, Check sheets,
Histogram, Cause and effect diagrams, Pareto diagram, Scatter diagram
and Control charts. ISO 9000 quality systems. ISO 14001 quality systems.
References:
1. GopalKrishnanan P., Sundaresan M., “Material Management
Integrated Approach”, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi, 1992.
2. Datta A. K., “Material Management and Inventory Control: Principles
and Practice”, Jaico Publishing House, Bombay, 1988.
3. Woodside Gayle, Aurrichio Patrick, “ISO 14001, Auditing manual”,
Mc-graw Hill, New Delhi, 2000.
4. Bhat Sridhara K., “Total Quality Management”, Himalaya Publication
House, Mumbai. (2007)
5. Oakland John S TQM, Text with cases, Butterworth- Heinemann,
Oxford.(2006)
II.ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING AND HYDRAULICS & WATER
RESOURCES ENGINEERING
CIE 4005: GROUND WATER ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of Groundwater flow, Mechanics of well flow, Aquifer
Parameters, Wells, Groundwater Management, Quality of Groundwater:
Standards for different uses of groundwater, Dangerous effects of
groundwater, Remedial measures.
References:
1. Todd D. K., “Groundwater Engineering”, John Wiley, New York,
1980.
2. Walton W. C., “Groundwater Resources”, Mc-Graw-Hill co. New
York, 1970.
3. Bouwer H., “Groundwater Hydrology”, Mc-Graw-Hill co. New York,
1978.
4. Raghunath H. M. “Groundwater”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi,
1987.
5. Karanth K. R., “Groundwater Assessment”, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, New
Delhi, 1980.
CIE 4006: HYDROLOGICAL ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Hydrological cycle, Analysis of precipitation data,
Abstractions, Runoff, Hydrographs, Unit hydrograph, S-curve, Synthetic
unit hydrograph-Synder's method, Floods, Emperical methods, rational
method, Envelope curves, Flood frequency methods, Flood routing.
References:
1. Linsley, Pauler and Kohlas, “Hydrology for Engineers”, MGH
Publishers, Tokyo, 1975.
2. Linsley, Kohler & Paulhus, “Applied hydrology”, MGH Publications,
New York, 1949.
3. VenTe Chow, D. R. Maidment, L. W. Mays, “Applied Hydrology”,
McGraw Hill, 1998.
4. H. M. Raghunath, “Hydrology”, Wiley Eastern publications, Delhi,
1985.
5. W. Viessman & J. Knapp “Introduction to hydrology”, Harper & Row
publishers, 1989.
CIE 4007: HYDRAULICS & HYDRAULIC MACHINES [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of Open Channel Flow, Gradually Varied Flow, Rapidly
Varied flow, Design of Stable Channels, Impulse Momentum Principle
And Its Applications, Hydraulic turbines, hydro power plants,
classification of turbines, general Principles of working of Pelton, Francis
and Kaplan turbines, Hydraulic Pumps, Classification, work done and
98
efficiencies, pumps in series and pumps in parallel, specific speed,
Reciprocating Pumps.
References:
1. VenTe Chow, “Open Channel Flow”, McGraw Hill Company Ltd., New
York, 1985.
2. Subramanya K., “Flow in Open Channels”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company, New-Delhi, 2005.
3. Modi P. N. and Seth S. M, “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics”,
Standard Book House, New Delhi, 2005.
4. Bansal R. K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Laxmi
Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.
CIE 4008: INDUSTRIAL WASTE TREATMENT [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, cleaner production, Waste management Approach, Waste
Audit, Streeter Phelph Equation, self - purifying capacity of river, DO sag
curve, Pollution from major industries, Textiles, Tanneries, Electroplating
industries, Dairy, Sugar, Paper, distilleries, Fishery Industry , Refineries,
thermal power plants, Treatment Technologies, Aerobic and anaerobic
processes, Hazardous Waste Management, Hazardous wastes,
Characteristics , Physico chemical treatment, solidification, incineration.
References:
1. Nelson Nemero, “Industrial waste water Management”.
2. A. D. Patwardhan, “Industrial Waste treatment”.
3. S C Bhatia, “Environmental Pollution control in chemical process
industries”, Khanna Publishers.
4. Mahajan, “Pollution control in process industries”.
5. M. N. Rao & A. K. Dutta, “Wastewater Treatment”, Oxford - IBH
Publication, 1995.
III. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING & TRANSPORTATION
ENGINEERING
CIE 4009: DESIGN OF FOUNDATIONS AND EARTH RETAINING
STRUCTURES [3 0 0 3]
Bearing capacity- Brinch Hansen's, Meyerhoff's, Skempton's and Vesic's
bearing capacity equations, Piles subjected to lateral loads-Broms
theory, Retaining walls- cantilever, counterfort and soil reinforced
retaining walls, Soil nailing, Well Foundation-Bearing capacity, Lateral
stability - Terzaghi's method and IRC method, Foundations in expansive
soils, Cofferdams, Machine Foundations.
References:
1. Bowles J. E., “Foundation Analysis and Design”, McGraw Hill, New
York, 1997.
2. Winterkorn H. F and Fange H. Y., “Foundation Engineering Hand
book”, VanNostand Reinhold Company, New York, 1991.
3. Teng W. C., “Foundation Design, Prentice Hall of India”, New Delhi,
1981.
4. Swami Saran, “Design of Substructures”, Oxford and IBH
Publishers.
5. Srinivasalu P and Vaidyanathan C. V., “Hand Book of Machine
Foundations”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1987.
CIE 4010: GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Mechanical modification, Hydraulic modification,
Physical and chemical modification, Thermal modification,
Modification by inclusions, Case studies of ground improvement
projects in India.
References:
1. Koerner R. M., “Construction and Geotechnical methods in
Foundation Engineering”, McGraw Hill, 1994.
2. M. R. Hausmann, “Engineering Principles of Ground Modifications”,
McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 1990.
3. Alam Singh, “International Overviews Current Practices in
Geotechnical Engineering”, IBT Publishers and Distributors, New
Delhi, 1988.
4. Kuberan R., Nakul Dev and Govindan K. K., “Geotechnical
Engineering, Indian Experiences, A Compilation of IGS Annual
Lectures- 1978 - 1992”, Edition Indian Geotechnical Society.
5. Purushotham Raj, “Ground Improvement Techniques”, Laxmi
Publications, New Delhi.
CIE 4011: PAVEMENT MATERIALS AND DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Types, Design wheel load, Soil classification, Design of
Flexible pavement, IRC and AASHTO methods, Bituminous Materials,
Design of Rigid pavement, Design of cement concrete mixes, Soil
Stabilisation Roads, Mechanical Stabilisation, Combining material to obtain
required gradation, Soil-Lime, Lime-Cement-Soil, Soil-Cement and Soil
Bitumen stabilization. Design of Runway Pavement, Pavement Failure and
Evaluation, Structural evaluation of Flexible and rigid pavement.
References:
1. Khanna S.K and Justo C.E.G., “Highway Engineering”, (8e),
Nemchand and Bros., Roorkee, 2001.
2. Dr Kadiyali L.R and Dr Lal N.B, “Prinicples and Practices of Highway
Engineering”, (4e), Khanna Publisher, New Delhi, 2003.
3. E.J. Yoder, “Principles of Pavement Design”, (2e), John Wiley &
Sons, Inc. New York, 1975..
4. Yang H. Huang, “Pavement Analysis and Design”, Prentice Hall,
2003.
CIE 4012: SOIL REINFORCEMENT AND GEOSYNTHETICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Concept of reinforced soil, Different types of
Geosynthetics, Properties and Tests on Geosynthetics, Design of
Reinforced Soil retaining walls, Design of Reinforced Earth Foundations,
Reinforced soil slopes, Soil Nailing Techniques, Pavement application,
Drainage and filtration applications of geosynthetics, Construction of
landfills using geosynthetics.
99
References:
1. Koerner. R.M., “Designing with Geosynthetics”, (5e), Prince Hall
Publication, USA, 2005.
2. SivakumarBabu G. L., “An introduction to Soil Reinforcement and
Geosynthetic”, Universities Press, Hyderabad,2009.
3. Swami Saran, “Reinforced Soil and its Engineering Applications”, I.
K. International Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2006.
4. G.V. Rao, PK Banerjee, J.T. Shahu, G.V. Ramana, “Geosynthetics -
New Horizons”, Asian Books Private Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
5. Jones CJEP, “Earth reinforcement and Soil structures”,Thomas
Telford Publishing, London, 1996.
IV. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
CIE 4013: ADVANCED DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Unsymmetrical bending, Design of welded plate girders,
Design of Gantry Girders, Compression member: Design of
compression member subjected combined axial &uniaxial bending,
combined axial& biaxial bending, Eccentric and Moment connections,
Composite beams and columns, Light guage steel members
References:
1. Subramanian N., “Design of Steel Structures”, Oxford University
press, New Delhi.
2. Duggal S. K., “Limit State method of design of steel structures”, Tata
McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010.
3. Martin L. H and Purkiss J. A., “Structural Design of Steelworks to BS
5950”, Edward Arnold, London, 1992.
4. Bhavikatti S. S., “Design of Steel structures”, I.K. International
Publishing House, New Delhi, 2010.
Code books:
1. IS 800-2007: General construction in steel-Code of practice (third
revision), Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
2. IS 875-1987 (Part III): Code of practice for design loads (other than
earthquake) for building structures, Bureau of Indian Standards, New
Delhi.
3. BS 5950 (part I) 1985: Structural us of steelwork in buildings, British
Standards Institution, London.
4. SP 6: Part1-1964: Hand book for Structural Engineers, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi.
5. SP 6 : Part 5 : 1980 Handbook for structural engineers - Cold-formed,
light gauge steel structures, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
6. IS 801: 1975 Code of practice for use of cold formed light gauge
steel structural members in general building construction, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi
7. IS 811: 1987 Cold formed light gauge structural steel sections,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
 CIE 4014: ADVANCED REINFORCED CONCRETE DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Flat slabs, Retaining walls, Design of grid floors and portal frame, Water
Tanks: Design of water tanks as per IS 3370 code, Rectangular and
circular tanks resting on ground, Overhead tanks - Intze type with
supporting structures, Silos and Bunkers, Shells and Folded plates
References:
1. Krishnaraju N, “Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design”, CBI
Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Punmia B. C, “Reinforced Concrete Structures”, (8e), Lakshmi
Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1992.
3. Verghese P. C., “Advanced Reinforced Concrete”, Prentice HI New
Delhi, 2005.
4. Unnikrishna Pillai., Devadas Menon., “Reinforced concrete Design”,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 1998.
Code books:
1. IS:456 2000, “Code of practice for plain and Reinforced concrete”,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
2. SP-16 1984, “Design Aids for Reinforced concrete IS 456”, Bureau
of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
3. IS: 3370-Part II & Part IV, “Code of practice for Concrete Structures
for The Storage of Liquids”, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
CIE 4015: FINITE ELEMENT METHOD OF ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
Brief general description of the method, theory of elasticity, Concept of
an element, displacement models, Variational method of formulation,
Application of Finite element method to pin jointed and rigid jointed
structures, Application to plane stress and plane strain problems.
References:
1. Zinkiewiez O. C., “The Finite Element Method”, (3e), Tata McGraw
Hill Book Co, New Delhi, 1979.
2. Desai C. S. and Abel J. E.,” Introduction to the Finite Element
Method”, Ist Indian Edition, CBS publications, New Delhi,1987.
3. Krishnamoorthy C. S., “Finite Element Analysis”, (2e), Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 1987.
4. Bathe K.J., “Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis”,
(2e), Prentice Hall Engle Wood, Cliffs, New Jersey, 1997.
CIE 4016: PRESTRESSED CONCRETE DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Basic Concepts of Prestressing, Basic principles of prestressing, Losses
of prestress, Analysis of sections for flexure, Camber and deflections,
Limit state of collapse and serviceability, Transmission of pre-stress in
pre-tensioned members, Design of pre-tensioned and post-tensioned.
References:
1. Krishna Raju N., “Pre-stressed Concrete”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi.
2. Dayaratnam P., “Pre-stressed Concrete Structures”, Oxford and IBH
Publications, New Delhi.
100
3. Mallick S. K. and Gupta A. P., “Pre-stressed Concrete”, Oxford and
IBH, New Delhi
4. Lin T.Y. and Ned. Burns H., “Design of Pre-stressed Concrete
Structures”, John Wiley and Sons, New York.
Code books:
1. IS:1343-1980, “Code of Practice For Prestressed concrete”,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, 1981.
V. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy, Sources
of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages, Working capital
management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash management, and
Dividend decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
2. I M Pandey, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house, Delhi,
2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand &
Co., Delhi, 1999.
4. ICFAI, “Corporate Financial Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Maheshwari S. N., “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities.
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM. Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability. Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction, & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. T.V. Rao and Pereira D.F., “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subbrao A., “Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House, 1999.
3. N G Nair and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S. Chand Company, 1995.
4. Virmani B R; Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology transfer
and human resource development”, Response books, 1997.
5. Pareek Udai et al., “Human Resource Development in Asia: Trends
and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
 HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market opportunities
and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New Economy, Building
Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market Demand, Scanning
the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets, Business Markets,
Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments, Product Life Cycle, New
Market Offerings, Designing and Managing Services, Price Strategies,
Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. ICFAI, “Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R.L. and Gupta S.L., “Marketing Management”, Sultan
Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2000.
HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design: Product life cycle,
Process design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine
charts, Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations
strategy, Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems
thinking, Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision
process. Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries,
visibility, System life cycle models, System dynamics and its importance
in system thinking. System dynamics modeling process.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G., “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P., “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Mieghem J.,“Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices,
Dynamic Ideas”, ISBN: 0-9759146-6-9, 2008.
4. Sterman J.D., “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and
Modeling for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition,
2004.
5. Senge Peter, “The Fifth Discipline”, Currency Doubleday, New York,
1990.
OTHER PROGRAM ELECTIVES
CIE 4017: AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Air pollution, Meteorology variables, primary and secondary pollutants,
Effects of air pollution on - human health, animals, plants and materials,
Industrial plant location and planning, Ambient and stack sampling, Air
101
pollution control devices, Global effects of air pollution - Acid rain, Green
house effect, Ozone layer depletion, Air quality and emission standards,
Air pollution index, Air pollution act.
References:
1. Rao C. S., “Environmental Pollution control”, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
Delhi, 1995.
2. Rao H.V.N. and Rao M.N., “Air pollution”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 1989.
3. “Air Pollution - Sampling and Analysis”, APHA.
CIE 4018: APPLIED GEOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, interior of the earth, geological processes, geological
hazards, natural resources, minerals, rocks, water, soil, engineering
properties of rocks, structural geology, stratigraphy, hydrogeology,
artificial recharge structures, rain water harvesting, ground water
exploration, geophysical exploration, remote sensing and GIS
applications, economic geology, process of formation of mineral
deposits, ore genesis, ore dressing, Indian mineral deposits,
environmental geology, application of geology in Civil Engineering
projects like Dams, tunnels, bridges etc.
References:
1. Blyth, F. G. H & De Freitas M. H., “Engineering Geology”,(7e),
ELBS,1984.
2. Robert F. Legget, “Geology and Engineering”, McGraw Hill.
CIE 4019: BRIDGE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Investigation for bridge, Site selection, data drawing, design discharge
linear water way, Standard specification for Road Bridge, IRC Bridge
code, Culverts, Concrete Bridges, Types, components, Tbeam reinforced
concrete bridges, Pre‐stressed concrete bridges, Continuous bridges,
cantilever bridges, Sub structure, Piers and Abutments, Caissons, scour,
bridge bearings, wing walls, Liquefaction assessment of bridge site.
References:
1. T RJagadeesh, M A Jayaram, “Design of Bridge Structures”, PHI
Learning Private Limited, 2009.
2. Ponnusamy S, “Bridge Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Co., New Delhi, 2008.
3. Whitney, C. S, “Bridges”, Greenwich House, 1983.
4. N. K. Raju, “Design of bridges”, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.
5. Indian Road Congress Codes No. 5, 6, 18, 21, 24, Jamnagar House,
Shah Jahan Road, New Delhi.
CIE 4020: COASTAL ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Coastal process, Origin of coasts, wind, waves, Coastal erosion and
Coastal protection work erosion, littoral drift, Sea walls and bulkheads,
Groins, Jetties, off-shore breakwaters, artificial beach nourishment,
Environmental impact assessment, Port Planning, Harbour structures:
Berthing structures, Breakwaters: types.
References:
1. S. Narasimhan, S. Kathiroli, Nagendra Kumar B., Editors, “Harbour
and coastal Engineering, Volume I & II”, National Institute of Ocean
Technology, NIOT, Chennai, Ocean and Coastal Engineering
Publications, 2002.
2. Coastal Structures, “Proceedings of short term course”,
Department of Ocean Engineering, I.I.T. Madras, Chennai, India,
2002.
3. “Coastal Erosion Areas Protection and Management”, Proceedings
of short term course by the Dept. of Applied Mechanics and
Hydraulics, N.I.T.K. Surathkal, India, 2003.
4. “Coastal Engineering Manual”, (CEM), U. S. Army Corps of
Engineer, Vicksburg, Miss., 2006.
5. Brunn P., “Port Engineering”, Gulf publishing Company, 1981.
CIE 4021: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
AND AUDITING [3 0 0 3]
Environmental Impact Assessment, Impact identification, Prediction
and assessment of impacts on air, surface water, soil, noise, biological,
cultural and socio-economic environment, Public participation in
environmental decision making, Environmental monitoring and its
importance, EIA case study on a developmental project / activity,
Environmental audit - meaning, benefits, procedure and case studies.
References:
1. Laury W. Canter, “Environmental Impact Assessment”, McGraw Hill
International editions, New York, 1996.
2. CIRIA special publication 96, “Construction Industry”, Research and
Information Association.
3. Mhaskar. A. K, “Environmental Audit”, Media Enviro, Pune.
CIE 4022: GEOENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Geoenvironmental Problems, Regulations and Practice,
Composition and Properties of Soils and Wastes, Subsurface Flow and
Contaminant Transport, Subsurface contamination, In-situ waste
containment, Waste Containment Liner Systems, Leachate Collection
and Removal Systems, Waste Containment System Liner Design, Final
Cover Systems, Contaminated Site Investigation and Risk Assessment,
Soil and Groundwater Remediation Technologies, Beneficial Use Of
Waste Materials: Recycling, Case studies.
References:
1. Sharma, H. D. and Reddy, K. R., “Geoenvironmental Engineering:
Site Remediation, Waste Containment, and Emerging Waste
Management Technologies”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2004.
2. Sharma, H. D. and Lewis, S. P., “Waste Containment Systems,
Waste Stabilization, and Landfills: Design and Evaluation”, John
Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1994.
3. Qian, X., Koerner, R. M., and Gray, D. H., “Geotechnical Aspects of
Landfill Design and Construction”, Prentice Hall, 2002.
4. Daniel, David E., “Geotechnical Practice for Waste Disposal”,
Chapman & Hall, 1993.
102
CIE 4023: NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING OF MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: - Importance and need of non-destructive testing, Basic
methods for NDT of concrete structures, Qualification and certification,
Testing of concrete, Comparison of NDT methods, Quality control, Visual
Inspection Technique, Half-Cell Electrical Potential Method, Schmidt
Rebound Hammer Test, Carbonation Depth Measurement Test, Penetration
Resistance or Windsor Probe Test: - Resistivity Measurement,
Electromagnetic Methods of Testing Concrete, Radiographic Testing,
Ultrasonic Testing, Ground Penetrating Radar.
References:
1. J .H. Bungey, “The Testing of Concrete in Structures”, Surry
University Press.
2. “Guidebook on Non-Destructive Testing of Concrete Structures”,
Training Course Series No. 17, International Atomic Energy Agency,
Vienna, 2002.
3. Christiane Maierhofer, Hans-Wolf Reinhardt and Gerd Dobmann,
“Non-Destructive Evaluation of Reinforced Concrete Structures”,
Vol. 1 & 2, Woodhead Publishing Limited.
4. V. M. Malhotra and N. J. Carino, “Handbook On Nondestructive
Testing of Concrete”, Second Edition, CRC Press.
CIE 4024: REMOTE SENSING AND GIS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Basic concepts of Remote sensing, Physics of Remote
sensing Orbits, Concept of Spatial, spectral, radiometric and temporal
resolution, Remote sensing data product and its purchase, Visual
interpretation, Fundamentals of GIS, Objectives, Components of GIS,
contributing disciplines and technologies, Raster , Vector, Exercise on
Remote sensing and GIS application. Definitions of Triangular irregular
network (TIN) and Digital Elevation Model (DEM), Indian satellite program,
Launch vehicles, Exercise on Remote sensing and GIS application
References:
1. Lillesand T. M., and Kiefer, R. W., “Remote Sensing and Image
interpretation”, (6e), John Wiley & Sons, 2000.
2. John R. Jensen, “Introductory Digital Image Processing: A Remote
Sensing Perspective”, (2e),1995.
3. Sabins, F. F. Jr., “Remote Sensing Principles and Image
interpretation”, W.H. Freeman & Co., 1978.
4. Allan Brimicombe,“GIS Environmental Modeling and Engineering”,
Taylor & Francis, 2003.
CIE 4025: SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Municipal, industrial, special and hazardous wastes,
General Aspects, Engineered Systems, Processing Techniques, Material
Recovery: Mechanical size alteration, Electromagnetic separation,
Drying and dewatering, Hazardous Wastes, Hazardous Solid Waste
Management, Case Studies: Major industries and management methods
used in typical industries
References:
1. Arcadio Sincero and Gregoria Sincero, “Environmental
Engineering”, (2e), Prentice - Hall India .
2. George Tchobanoglous, “Integrated Solid Waste Management :
Engineering Principles and Management Issues”, McGraw-Hill
Publication.
3. M La Grega and others, “Hazardous Waste Management”,
McGraw Hill Publication.
CIE 4026: TRAFFIC SYSTEMS AND ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Traffic Engineering Studies, Speed and Delay study, Traffic volume study,
Origin-Destination study, Capacity study, Traffic Congestion study,
Traffic Flow Analysis, Design of Traffic Facilities, Grade separated
intersection, Rotary, Design of Parking Facilities, Design of Cycling
Tracks, Bus Stop Location and Bus Bay Design, Road Accidents
Analysis, Design of Traffic Control System, Design of Road Lighting
System, Laws of Illumination, Light at Intersections, Rotaries, Bridges
and in Tunnels.
References:
1. Papacostas C S., “Fundamentals of Traffic Engineering”, Prentice
Hall, 1990.
2. JotinKhisty C and Lall, “Transportation Engineering”, Prentice Hall,
2000.
3. McShane W R & Roess R P, “Traffic Engineering”, Prentice-Hall, NJ,
2010.
4. L. R. Kadiyali, “Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning”, Khanna
Publishers.
5. Khanna S K and Justo C E G, “Highway Engineering”, NemChand
and Bros.
CIE 4027: URBAN MASS TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Transit, Mass transportation characteristics, Public
Transport, travel characteristics, trip chaining, technology of bus, rail,
rapid transit systems, Transit Network Planning, transit lines types,
geometry and characteristics, Transit Scheduling, marginal ridership,
crew scheduling, Terminals and Depot.
References:
1. Kristhi, Lal, “Transporation Engineering”, PHI, Delhi, 2008.
2. Hay, W. W., “An Introduction to Transportation Engineering”, (2e),
John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
3. Dickey, J. W., et. al., “Metropolitan Transportation Planning”, TMH
edition, 2002.
4. Railis, V. R, “Inter-city Transport, Engineering and Planning”, The
Macmillan Press, 2003.
5. Vuchic V. R., “Urban Public Transportation System and Technology”,
Prentice Hall, Inc. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1981.
103
CIE 4028: URBAN TRANSPORTATION PLANNING [3 0 0 3]
Transportation Planning Process and Surveys, Trip Generation, Trip
Distribution, O-D Matrix, Growth Factor, Gravity model, Tanner model,
Intervening and Competing opportunities models, Traffic Assignment, All
or nothing Assignment, Multiple Route Assignment, Capacity Restraint
Assignment, Diversion Curves, Modal Split, Probit and Logit Analysis,
Land-use Transport Models, Lowry Derivative Models, Garin-Lowry
Model.
References:
1. Kadiyali L. R., “Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning”,
(6e), Khanna Publisher, New Delhi.
2. JotinKhisty C and Kent Lal B, “Transportation Engineering-An
Introduction”, PHI, New Delhi.
3. Papacostas C S., “Fundamentals of Traffic Engineering”, Prentice
Hall.
4. M. J. Bruton, “Introduction to Transportation Planning”, Hutchinson
cf London Ltd.
4. B. G. Hutchinson, “Introduction to Urban System Planning”,
McGraw Hill.
OPEN ELECTIVES
CIE 3281: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Environment Management and Sustainable, Environmental Policies,
Environmental Protection, EIA (Environmental Impact Assessment),
Environmental Audit, Life cycle assessment (LCA) and environmental
design (ED), Environmental management system and Techniques,
Environmental Safety and ISO 14000 series of standards, Total quality
Management (TQM) and Total safety Management (TSM), ISO 9000, and
18000 series of standards.
References:
1. Lohani B. N., “Environmental Quality Management”, South Asian
Publishers, New Delhi, 1984.
2. MOEF, “Government of India, Carrying Capacity Based
Developmental Planning Studies for the National Capital Region”,
1995-96.
3. Chanlett, “Environmental Protection”, McGraw Hill Publication, New
York,1973.
4. “Environmental Laws”, MOEF, Government of India.
CIE 3282: INTRODUCTION TO REMOTE SENSING AND GIS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Basic concepts of Remote sensing, Physics of Remote
sensing Orbits, Concept of Spatial, spectral, radiometric and temporal
resolution, Remote sensing data product and its purchase, Visual
interpretation, Fundamentals of GIS, Objectives, Components of GIS,
contributing disciplines and technologies, Raster , Vector, Exercise on
Remote sensing and GIS application. Definitions of Triangular irregular
network (TIN) and Digital Elevation Model (DEM), Indian satellite
program, Launch vehicles, Exercise on Remote sensing and GIS
application
References:
1. Lillesand T. M., and Kiefer R. W., “Remote Sensing and Image
interpretation”, VI edition of John Wiley & Sons, 2000.
2. John R. Jensen , “Introductory Digital Image Processing: A Remote
Sensing Perspective”, (2e), 1995.
3. Sabins, F. F. Jr., “Remote Sensing Principles and Image
interpretation”, W. H. Freeman & Co.,1978.
4. Allan Brimicombe, “GIS Environmental Modeling and Engineering”,
Taylor & Francis, 2003.
CIE 3283: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Review of Basic Mechanics of Solids, Stresses due to bending, Stresses
due to shearing force, Slope and deflection of beams, Torsion, solid and
hollow circular shafts, power transmitted by shafts, stepped shafts,
Variation of stress at a point, Bi-axial state of stress and strain, Cylinders,
Stability of columns,Slenderness ratio, failure by buckling, Euler's
formula, Rankine's empirical formula.
References:
1. E. P. Popov, “Mechanics of Materials”, S.I. Version, PHI, 1993.
2. Pytel and Singer, “Strength of Materials”, Harper & Collins,1987.
3. Rajput R. K., “Strength of Materials”, S Chand & Co., 2004.
4. Bhavikatti S. S., “Strength of Materials”, Vikas Publishers, 2005.
104
CIE 3284: AIR AND NOISE POLLUTION [ 3 0 0 3]
This subject is offered as an open Elective across many branches of
Engineering at undergraduate level of B.Tech. Program. The student will
be exposed to various effects of air and the noise pollution. He will be
studying the metrological variables Stability conditions, effects of air
pollution on human, animals, plants and materials, global effects of air
pollution like acid rain, Greenhouse effect, ozone layer depletion etc.
Topics like Sampling, analysis and control, Air-pollution due to gasoline
driven and diesel driven engines different types of control methods etc.
will also be taught in this subject. It gives knowledge of the ill health
effects of Air and Noise Pollution and its quantification. Thus this open
elective brings an awareness make them to practice environmental
friendly lifestyle.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Rao H. V. N. and Rao M. N, (1989), “Air pollution”, Tata Mc Graw Hill,
New Delhi.
2. Air Pollution - Sampling and Analysis - APHA.
3. Rao C. S., (1995), “Environmental Pollution control”, Wiley Eastern
Ltd. Delhi.
4. Wark Kenneth and Wamer C. F, Air Pollution its Origin and Control.
Harper and Row, Publ.
5. Sincero. A. P.andSincero G. A. Environmental Engineering. Prentice
Hall
 Department of Computer Science and Engineering

The B.Tech degree program in Computer Science and Engineering was Programs offered
started in the year 1985 under the Dept. of Electronics and
Communication. The Department of Computer Science & Engineering Under Graduate Program
4
(CSE) came into existence as an independent department in 1988. Over B.Tech in Computer Science and Engineering (1985)
the years, the department has developed to become a center of Post Graduate Programs
4
excellence providing in-depth technical knowledge and opportunities for M.Tech in Computer Science and Engineering (1989)
4
innovation and research with well-equipped computer facilities and M.Tech in Computer Science and Information Security (2010)
dedicated faculty. The department has tie-up with various industries and PhD
offers electives in collaboration with the industries. The department has
strong research interest in diverse areas of Computer Science and also Faculty Strength
offers a PhD Program. Great emphasis is given on the emerging, Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
interdisciplinary, cutting edge areas of research in the department. The
focus areas of research are High Performance Computing System,
Computer Vision, Software Engineering, Knowledge Engineering, 15 9
6
Computer Networks and Security and Machine Learning. The research
43 43
activities of the faculty members and the students have resulted in more
than 400 publications in International Conferences as well as Journals.
Students are encouraged to participate in co-curricular and
extracurricular activities. The department coordinates the activities of the
student clubs IE(CSE), Linux Users Group and ACM student Chapter. PhD Professors
Students are placed in reputed industries like Microsoft, Amazon, M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
Deloitte, Oracle, Cisco, Samsung etc. B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors

105
 B Tech in COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2105 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2205 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
CSE 2101 Computer Organization & Design 3 1 0 4 CSE 2201 Formal Languages & Automata Theory 3 1 0 4
CSE 2102 Switching Circuits & Logic Design 2 1 0 3 CSE 2202 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 1 0 4
CSE 2103 Data Structures 3 1 0 4 CSE 2203 Microprocessors 2 1 0 3
II CSE 2104 Object Oriented Programming 3 1 0 4 CSE 2204 Database Systems 2 1 0 3
CSE 2111 Logic Design Lab 0 0 3 2 *** **** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
CSE 2112 Data Structures Lab 0 0 3 2 CSE 2211 Microprocessors Lab 0 0 3 2
CSE 2113 Object Oriented Programming Lab 0 0 3 1 CSE 2212 Database Systems Lab 0 0 3 2
13 5 9 23 15 5 6 24
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
CSE 3101 Computer Architecture 2 1 0 3 HUM 4002 Engineering Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3
CSE 3102 Operating Systems 3 1 0 4 CSE 3201 Compiler Design 2 1 0 3

106
CSE 3103 Computer Networks 3 1 0 4 CSE 3202 Parallel Computer Architecture and Programming 2 1 0 3
CSE 3104 Software Engineering 3 1 0 4 CSE **** Programme Elective – II 3 0 0 3
III
CSE **** Programme Elective – I 3 0 0 3 CSE **** Programme Elective – III 3 0 0 3
CSE 3111 Operating Systems Lab 0 0 3 1 *** **** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
CSE 3112 Algorithms Lab 0 0 3 1 CSE 3211 Compiler Design Lab 0 0 3 2
CSE 3113 Computer Networks Lab 0 0 3 2 CSE 3212 Parallel Programming Lab 0 0 3 2
14 4 9 22 15 3 6 22
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3 CSE 4297 Seminar 1
CSE 4101 Internet Technologies 2 1 0 3 CSE 4298 Industrial Training 1
CSE 4102 Distributed and Cloud Computing 3 1 0 4 CSE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
IV CSE **** Programme Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
CSE **** Programme Elective – V 3 0 0 3
CSE **** Programme Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
CSE 4111 Internet Technologies Lab 0 0 3 2
16 3 3 21 14
Minor Specialisations THIRD SEMESTER
I. Graphics and Image Processing
1. CSE 4001: Computer Graphics MAT 2105: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
2. CSE 4002: Computer Vision Boolean Algebra: Partial ordering relations, Poset, Lattices, Basic
3. CSE 4003: Digital Image Processing Properties of Lattices. Distributive and complemented lattices, Boolean
4. CSE 4004: Multimedia Applications lattices and Boolean Algebra. Propositional and Predicate Calculus: Well
formed formula, connectives, quantifications, Inference theory of
II. Information Management and Analytics propositional and predicate calculus. Elementary configuration:
1. CSE 4005: Advanced Database Systems Permutations and Combinations, Generating function, Principle of
2. CSE 4006: Big Data Analytics inclusion and exclusion Partitions, compositions. ordering of
3. CSE 4007: Data Warehouse and Data Mining permutations :Lexicographical and Fikes. Graph theory: Basic
4. CSE 4008: Information Retrieval definitions, Degree, regular graphs, Eulerian and Hamiltonian graphs,
Trees and Properties, Center, radius and diameter of a graph, Rooted and
III. Intelligent Systems binary trees, Matrices associated with graphs, Algorithms for finding
1. CSE 4009: Artificial Intelligence shortest path, Algorithm. Group theory: Semi groups, Monoids, Groups-
2. CSE 4010: Machine Learning
subgroups, Normal Subgroups, Cosets, Lagrange's Theorem, Cyclic
3. CSE 4011: Natural Language Processing
groups.
4. CSE 4012: Social Network Analysis

IV. Network and Security References:

1. CSE 4013: Advanced Computer Networks 1. C. L. Liu, “Elements of Discrete Mathematics”, (2e),McGraw Hill,
2. CSE 4014: Information Security New Delhi,2007
3. CSE 4015: Principles of Cryptography 2. J. P. Trembaly and R. Manohar, “Discrete Mathematics Structures with
4. CSE 4016: Wireless Networks application to Computer Science”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
3. E. S. Page and L. B. Wilson, “An Introduction to Computational
V. Software Process Engineering Combinatroics “, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1979
1. CSE 4017: Building Enterprise Application
4. Narasingh Deo, “Graph theory with Applications to Computer
2. CSE 4018: Design Patterns
3. CSE 4019: Software Architecture Science”, PHI, 2012
4. CSE 4020: Software Testing and Analysis
CSE 2101: COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
VI. Business Management Computer types, Functional units, Basic operational concepts, Bus
1. HUM 4011: Financial Management structures, Software, Performance, Numbers, arithmetic operations and
2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management characters, Instruction set architecture, Memory locations and
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management addresses, Memory operations, Addressing modes, Addition and
4. HUM 4014: Operations and Systems Management subtraction of signed numbers, Design of Fast Adders, Multiplication of
positive numbers Signed operand multiplication, Fast multiplication,
Other Programme Electives Integer division, Floating point numbers and operations, Introduction,
1. CSE 4021: Advanced Data Structures and Algorithms Basic concepts, Design methods, Introduction, Basic of Caches,
2. CSE 4022: Advanced Java Programming
Measuring and Improving Cache Performance, Virtual Memory,
3. CSE 4023: Advanced Linux Programming
Common Framework for Memory Hierarchy, Accessing I/O devices,
4. CSE 4024: Business Intelligence and its Application
5. CSE 4025: Data Communications Interrupts, Direct memory access, Buses.
6. CSE 4026: Embedded Systems
7. CSE 4027: Mobile Application Development References:
8. CSE 4028: Parallel Algorithms 1. Carl Hamacher, ZvonkoVranesic and SafwatZaky, Naraig Manjikian,
9. CSE 4029: Principles of Programming Languages “Computer Organization and Embedded Systems”,(6e),McGraw Hill
10. CSE 4030: Product Realization with Publication, 2012
Hardware-Software Interface 2. D. A. Patterson and J. L. Hennessy, “Computer Organization and
11. CSE 4031: Soft Computing Paradigms Design - The Hardware/Software Interface”, (5e),Morgan
12. CSE 4032: Storage Device and Technology Kaufmann, 2011
13. CSE 4033: Virtual Reality Technologies
3. Mohammed Rafiquzzaman and Rajan Chandra, “Modern
Computer Architecture”, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd. 2008.
Open Electives
1. CSE 3281: Database Management Systems 4. William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture
2. CSE 3282: Essentials of IT Designing for Performance”, (8e), PHI, 2009.
3. CSE 3283: Essentials of Industrial Computing 5. J .P. Hayes, “Computer Architecture and Organization”, McGraw-
4. CSE 3284: Game Programming Hill, 1998.
5. CSE 3285: Introduction to Algorithms
6. CSE 3286: Linux Basics and Programming CSE 2102: SWITCHING CIRCUITS & LOGIC DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
7. CSE 3287: Principles of Soft computing Overview of Logic Gates and Boolean Algebra, Introduction to Verilog, K-
8. CSE 3288: Principles of Software Engineering Map Simplification, Incompletely Specified Functions, Multiple Output
9. CSE 3289: Programming in C#
Circuits Multilevel NAND and NOR Circuits, Arithmetic Circuits: Half
10. CSE 3290: Programming in Java
Adder, Full Adder, Ripple Carry Adder, Adder/Subtractor, BCD Adder, Fast
11. CSE 3291: Web Programming
Adders, Verilog for Arithmetic Circuits, Combinational Circuits:

107
Multiplexer, Decoder, Encoder, Code converter, Arithmetic Comparison
Circuits, Verilog for Combinational Circuits, Synchronous Sequential
Circuits: Flip-Flops, Analysis and Design of Synchronous Sequential
Circuits, Ripple Counters, Registers, Shift Registers, Ring and Johnson
Counters, Switching Circuits: Transistor Switches, NMOS, CMOS Logic
Gates, Programmable Logic Devices, Noise Margin, Power dissipation,
Fan-in, Fan-out Transmission Gates
References:
1. Stephen Brown and Zvonko Vranesic, “Fundamentals of Digital Logic
with VerilogDesign”, (3e),Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2014
2. M. Morris Mano, “Digital Design”, (2e),PHI Pvt. Ltd., 2000.
3. Donald D. Givone, “Digital Principles and Design”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd, 2003.
4. John F. Wakerly, “Digital design - Principles and Practice”, (4e),
Pearson Education, 2013.
CSE 2103: DATA STRUCTURES [3 1 0 4]
Introduction - Pointers and Pointer Application, Accessing variables
through pointers, pointers to pointers, pointer arithmetic and arrays,
pointers and functions, Recursion- definition, recursive programs,
efficiency of recursion, Stacks, queues, evaluation of expressions,
multiple stacks and queues and its application, Linked lists
representations- Singly, doubly, header node, circular along with the
application, Trees-Binary trees, representation, recursive/ non recursive
inorder, preorder and post order tree traversal, level order traversal Binary
search tree, creation, insertion deletion operations on binary search tree,
Optimal Binary Search Trees, Red-Black Trees, Splay Trees, mway
search trees, B trees, Sorting, Graphs
References:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Richard F. Gilberg, “A Structured Programming
Approach Using C”, (3e), Cengage Learning India Private Limited,
India, 2007.
2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Susan Anderson and Freed,
“Fundamentals of Data Structures in C”, (2e), Silicon Press, 2007.
3. Richard F. Gilberg, Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data structures, A
Pseudocode Approach with C”, (2e), Cengage Learning India Pvt.
Ltd, India , 2009.
4. Tenenbaum Aaron M., Langsam Yedidyah, Augenstein Moshe J.,
“Data structures using C”, (1e), Pearson Prentice Hall of India Ltd.,
2007.
5. Debasis Samanta, “Classic Data Structures”, (2e), PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd., India, 2010.
CSE 2104: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, The Java Language, Attributes of Object Oriented
Programming, Programming Basics, Language Basics, Primitive Types,
Variables, Operators, Expressions, Input, Control Structures, Arrays and
Strings, Classes, Objects and Methods, new operator, Garbage
Collection and Finalizers, this keyword, Controlling Access to Class
Members, Method Overloading, Overloading Constructors,
Understanding static, Nested and Inner Classes, Variable Length
Arguments, Inheritance Basics, Creating Multilevel Hierarchy, Method
Overriding and Polymorphism, Using Abstract Classes, Using Final, The
Object Class. Interface Fundamentals, Package Fundamentals,
Exception Handling Fundaments, Consequences of an Uncaught
Exception, Handling Errors through Exceptions, Multithreading
Fundamentals, The Thread Class and Runnable Inter face,
Synchronization, Generic Fundamentals, Applet Basics, Strings, Swings.
108
References:
1. Herbert Schildt and Dale Skrien, “Java Fundamentals A
Comprehensive Introduction”, (1e), McGrawHill, 2013.
2. Herbert Schildt, “The Complete Reference JAVA 2”, (8e), Tata
McGrawHill, 2011.
3. Dietel and Dietel, “Java How to Program”, (9e), Prentice Hall India,
2012.
4. Steven Holzner, “Java 2 Programming Black Book”, Dream Tech,
India, 2005.
CSE 2111: LOGIC DESIGN LAB [0 0 3 2]
Simulation of Logic Circuits Using Verilog: Verification of Logic Gates and
Boolean Algebra Simplification of Expressions using Kmap: SOP and
POS Forms, Multilevel NAND, NOR Circuits, Arithmetic Circuits: Half
Adder, Full Adder, Multi-Bit Adder/Subtractor, BCD Adder, Multiplexers,
Decoders and Encoders, Code Converters and Comparator, Flip-Flops:
D, JK, and T Flip-Flops, Registers: Shift Register, Ring Counter, Johnson
Counter, Binary and BCD Counters
References:
1. Stephen Brown and ZvonkoVranesic, “Fundamentals of Digital Logic
with Verilog Design”, (1e),Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.,
2014
2. J. Bhasker, “A VHDL Primer”, (3e), PHI Pvt. Ltd., 2005.
CSE 2112: DATA STRUCTURES LAB [0 0 3 2]
Reviewing the concepts of pointers and structures. Studying the
operation of stacks and queues and the associated application
programs. Creating dynamic allocation of memory for linked list and
applying it to examples using single, doubly, circular linked list.
Implementing sorting and searching techniques, Creation of trees and
the application associated with the trees.
References:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Richard F. Gilberg, “A Structured Programming
Approach Using C”, (3e), Cengage Learning India Private Limited,
India, 2007.
2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Susan Anderson and Freed,
“Fundamentals of Data Structures in C”, (2e), Universities Press,
India, Reprint 2011.
3. Richard F. Gilberg, Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data structures, A
Pseudocode Approach with C”, (2e), Cengage Learning India Pvt.
Ltd, India, 2009.
4. Robert Kruc & Bruce Lening, “Data structures & Program Design in
C”, (2e), Pearson, 2007.
5. Debasis Samanta, “Classic Data Structures”, (2e), PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd., India, 2010
CSE 2113: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Programs on control statements, arrays, classes objects and methods,
Inheritance, Interfaces, packages, exceptions, multithreading, Generics,
Strings, input-output streams, Applets and swings.
References:
1. Herbert Schildt and Dale Skrien, “Java Fundamentals A
Comprehensive Introduction”, (1e), McGrawHill, 2013.
2. Herbert Schildt, “The Complete Reference JAVA 2”, (8e), Tata
McGrawHill, 2011.
3. Dietel and Dietel, “Java How to Program”, (9e), Prentice Hall India,
2012.
4. Steven Holzner, “Java 2 Programming Black Book”, Dream Tech,
India, 2005.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2205: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Basic Set theory, Axioms of probability, Sample space, conditional
probability, total probability theorem, Baye's theorem. One dimensional
and Two dimensional random variables, mean and variance, properties,
Chebyschev's inequality, correlation coefficient, Distributions, Binomial,
Poisson, Normal and Chisquare. Functions of random variables: One
dimensional and Two dimensional, F & T distributions, Moment
generating functions, Sampling theory, Central limit theorem, Point
estimation, MLE, Interval estimation, Test of Hypothesis: significance
level, certain best tests; Chi square test
References:
1. P. L. Meyer, “Introduction to Probability and Statistical Applications”,
(2e), 1980, Oxford and IBH publishing, Delhi.
2. Miller, Freund and Johnson, “Probability and Statistics for
Engineers”, (8e), PHI, 2011.
3. Hogg and Craig, “Introduction to Mathematical Statistics”, (6e),
Pearson education, New Delhi, 2012
4. Ross Sheldon M, “Introduction to Probability and Statistics for
Engineers and Scientists”, Elseveir, 2010
CSE 2201: FORMAL LANGUAGES AND AUTOMATA
THEORY [3 1 0 4]
Mathematical Preliminaries and Notation, Three basic concepts,
Applications, Deterministic Finite Accepters, Nondeterministic Finite
Accepters, Reduction of the Number of States in Finite Automata.
Regular Expressions, Identifying Nonregular Languages. Context-Free
grammars, Parsing and Ambiguity, Context-Free Grammars and
Programming Languages, Methods for Transforming Grammars,
Normal Forms. Nondeterministic Pushdown Automata, Deterministic
Pushdown Automata and Deterministic Context-Free Languages, The
Turing Machine, Linear Bounded Automata. Recursive and Recursively
Enumerable Languages, Unrestricted Grammars, Context Sensitive
grammars and Languages. The Chomsky Hierarchy, Some Problems
that cannot be Solved By TM's, Undecidable Problems for recursively
Enumerable Languages, The Post Correspondence Problem.
References:
1. Peter Linz, “An Introduction to Formal Languages and Automata”,
(5e), Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2011.
2. John C Martin, “Introduction to Languages and the Theory of
Computation”, (3e), McGraw Hill, 2007.
3. J E Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani & Jeffrey D Ullman, “Introduction to
Automata Theory, Languages and Computation”, (3e), Pearson
Education, 2006.
4. K. L. P. Mishra, N. Chandrashekharan, “Theory of Computer
Science”, (3e),PHI publications, 2007.
5. Michael Sipser, “Theory of Computation”, Cengage Learning, 2007.
CSE 2202: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS [3 1 0 4]
Fundamentals of Algorithms, Important Problem Types, Analysis of
algorithm efficiency. Analysis Framework: Asymptotic Notations and
Basic Efficiency Classes, Mathematical Analysis of Nonrecursive and
Recursive Algorithms. Brute force Techniques, Divide and Conquer,
Decrease and Conquer: Insertion Sort, Depth First Search, Breadth First
109
Search, Topological Sorting. Transform and Conquer: Presorting, BST,
Heapsort. Space and Time tradeoffs: Input Enhancement in String
Matching. Dynamic Programming: Warshall's and Floyd's Algorithms,
The Knapsack Problem. Greedy Techniques: Prim's, Kruskal's and
Dijkstra's Algorithm, Huffman Trees. Coping with limitations of
algorithmic power, Backtracking: nQueens problem, Hamiltonian Circuit
Problem, SubsetSum Problem. BranchandBound: Assignment Problem,
Knapsack Problem, TSP,P, NP,and NP-complete Problems.
References:
1. Anany Levitin, “Introduction to the Design and Analysis of
Algorithms”, (3e), Pearson Education, India, 2011.
2. Ellis Horowitz and Sartaj Sahni, “Computer Algorithms/C++”, (2e),
University Press, 2007.
3. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronal L, Rivest, Clifford
Stein, “Introduction to Algorithms”, (2e), PHI, 2006.
CSE 2203: MICROPROCESSORS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to microprocessors: 8086 internal architecture, 8086
instruction set and programming, Strings, Procedures and Macros,
Interrupts and interrupt applications: Priority Interrupt Controller,
Programmable Parallel Peripheral Interface, Min and Max modes of
operation, Timing diagram, 80286, 80386, and 80486 Processors:
Architecture, Enhancement features-Protected mode operation,
Selectors, Descriptors, The memory system, Input/Output system, The
Pentium and Pentium pro microprocessors: Branch Prediction Logic,
Cache Structure, Superscalar Architecture, Special Pentium Registers,
Internal Structure of the Pentium Pro, Special Pentium Pro Features, The
Pentium II, Pentium III, Pentium 4 and Core2 Microprocessors: Memory
Interface, Register Set, Hyper-Threading Technology, Multiple Core
Technology, CPUID, Model-Specific Registers, 64-Bit Extension
Technology.
References:
1. Douglas V. Hall, “Microprocessors and its Interfacing”,(3e Revised),
Tata McGraw Hill Publications Ltd., 2008.
2. Barry B. Brey, “THE INTEL MICROPROCESSORS Architecture,
Programming, and Interfacing”, (8e), Prentice Hall India, 2009.
3. Nilesh B Bahadure, “Microprocessors The 8086/8088,
80186/80286, 80386/80486 and the Pentium Family”, Prentice Hall
India, 2010.
4. Kenneth Ayala, “The 8086 Microprocessor: Programming &
Interfacing the PC”, Ceneage learning India Pvt. Ltd., 2007.
CSE 2204: DATABASE SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Database-System Applications, Relational Databases, Database Design,
Transaction Management, Database Architecture. Relational Operations,
The Relational-Algebra, Null Values, Modification of the Database. SQL
Data Definition, SQL Data Types and Schemas, Integrity Constraints, Set
Operations, Aggregate Functions, Overview of SQL Query Language,
Basic Structure of SQL Queries, Join Expressions, Overview of the
Design Process, The Entity-Relationship Model, Constraints, Entity-
Relationship Diagrams, Entity-Relationship Design Issues, Removing
Redundant Attributes in Entity Sets, Extended E-R Features, Relational
Database Design, Atomic Domains and First Normal Form, Functional
Dependency Theory, Algorithms for Decomposition, File Organization,
Static Hashing, Dynamic Hashing, Transaction Concept, Transaction
Atomicity and Durability, Recovery and Atomicity, Recovery algorithm.
References:
1. Silberschatz, Korth, Sudarshan, “Database System Concepts”, (6e),
McGrawHill, NewYork, 2011.
2. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant Navathe, Durvasula V L N Somayajulu,
Shyam K Gupta, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”,
(6e),Pearson Education, United States of America,2011.
3. Thomas Connolly, Carolyn Begg, “Database Systems A Practical
Approach to Design, Implementation and Management”, (4e),
Pearson Education, England, 2005.
4. Peter Rob, Carlos Coronel, “Database Systems Design,
Implementation and Management”, (10e), Course Technology,
Boston, 2013.
CSE 2211: MICROPROCESSORS LAB [0 0 3 2]
Basics of Assembly Programming, Simple Programs using Addition,
Subtraction and Branching Instructions, Operations on BCD and ASCII
data (Packing, Unpacking, Conversion between BCD and ASCII),
Multiplication and Division, List Operations (Arrays), String Operations,
DOS and BIOS interrupts String Operations, DOS interrupts Integer
Operations and file operations, Logic Controller Interfacing, DAC
Interfacing, Keyboard Interfacing, Seven Segment Display Interfacing,
Stepper Motor, ADC Interfacing, Elevator Interfacing
References:
1. Douglas V. Hall, “Microprocessors and its Interfacing”, (3e
Revised), Tata McGraw Hill Publications Ltd., 2008.
2. Barry B. Brey, “THE INTEL MICROPROCESSORS Architecture,
Programming, and Interfacing”, (8e), Prentice Hall India, 2009.
CSE 2212: DATABASE SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 3 2]
Implementation of ER diagrams using DIA tool, Designing the different
databases and working with queries using SQL. Working with Advanced
SQL like, Exceptions Cursors, Procedures, Functions and Packages,
Mini-Project work using Java as front end and Oracle/PostgresSQL as
back end.
References:
1. Thomas Connolly, Carolyn Begg, “Database Systems A Practical
Approach to Design, Implementation and Management”, (4e),
Pearson Education, England, 2005.
2. Peter Rob, Carlos Coronel, “Database Systems Design,
Implementation and Management”, (10e), Course Technology,
Boston, 2013.
3. Ivan Bayross, “SQL, PL/SQL”, (4e), BPB Publications, USA, 2009.
FIFTH SEMESTER
CSE 3101: COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE [2 1 0 3]
Organization and Architecture, Processor Organization, The Instruction
Cycle, Introduction to Parallel processing, Parallel Computer Structures,
Architectural Classification Schemes, Pipelining, Instruction Level
Parallelism, SIMD Computer Organizations, SIMD interconnection
networks, Parallel Algorithms for Array processors, Symmetric
Multiprocessor Organization, Cache Coherence and the MESI Protocol,
Multithreading and Chip Multiprocessors, Synchronization, Models of
Memory Consistency, Clusters, Operating System Design Issues,
Cluster Computer Architecture, Blade Servers, Clusters Compared to
SMP, Multicore Computers, Hardware Performance Issues: Increase in
Parallelism, Power Consumption, Software Performance Issues:
110
Software on Multicore, Multicore Organization, Intel x86 Multicore
Organization: Intel Core Duo, Intel Core i7.
References:
1. William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture
Designing for Performance”, (8e), Pearson Prentice Hall, 2010.
2. Kai Hwang and Faye A. Briggs, “Computer Architecture and Parallel
Processing”, TMH Private Ltd., 2012.
3. John L. Hennessy & David A. Patterson, “Computer Architecture A
Quantitative Approach”, (5e), Morgan Kaufmann, 2014
4. Rajiv Chopra, “Advanced Computer Architecture (A Practical
Approach)”, (2e), S. Chand & Company Ltd, 2011.
CSE 3102: OPERATING SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
Operating System Structures, Virtual Machines, Process Scheduling,
Operations on Processes, Interprocess Communication, Multithreaded
Models, Scheduling Algorithms, Critical Section Problem, Peterson's
Solution, Synchronization Hardware, Semaphores, Classical Problems
of Synchronization, Monitors, Deadlock Characterization, Methods for
handling deadlocks, Logical Versus Physical Address Space, Swapping,
Contiguous Memory Allocation, Paging, Segmentation, Demand Paging,
Page Replacement, Allocation of Frames, Thrashing, Allocation Kernel
Memory, File Concept, Access Methods, Directory Structure, File
System Mounting, Sharing, Protection. Disk Scheduling, Goals of
Protection, Principles of Protection, Domain of Protection,
implementation of Access Matrix, Case Study- Linux Systems, Design
Principles, Process and Memory Management, Scheduling in Linux
System, Kernel modules.
References:
1. A. Silberschatz, P. B. Galvin and G. Gagne, “Operating System
Concepts”, (8e), Wiley and Sons(Asia) Pt. Ltd., 2009.
2. Milan Milenkovic, “Operating systems: Concepts and Design”,
McGraw Hill, New York, 1987.
3. H. M. Dietel, “An Introduction to Operating Systems”, Addison
Wesley, 1990.
4. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Operating System: Design and
Implementation”, Prentice Hall of India, 1991.
5. Maurice J Bach, “Design of Unix Operating System”, Prentice Hall of
India, 1988
.
CSE 3103: COMPUTER NETWORKS [3 1 0 4]
Overview of the Internet Protocol Layering, Internet History, Introduction
to Application Layer, Client Server Paradigm, Standard Client Server
Applications, Socket Interface Programming, Introduction to Transport
Layer, Transport layer Protocols, UDP, TCP, Introduction to Network
Layer, Network Layer Protocols, Unicast and Multicast Routing, Next
Generation IP, Introduction to Data Link Layer: Wired Networks, Data Link
Control, Multiple Access Protocols, Link Layer Addressing, Wired LANS
Ethernet Protocols, Wireless LANS, Other Wireless Networks, Mobile IP,
Data and Signals, Digital Transmission, Bandwidth Utilization,
Transmission Media.
References:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Computer Networks A Top Down Approach”,
McGraw Hill Edition,2012
2. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “TCP/IP Protocol Suite”, (5e), McGraw Hill
Publication, 2010.
3. William Stalllings, “Data and Computer Communications”, (8e), PHI
Publication, 2011.
4. W. Richard Stevens, “UNIX Network Programming”, (3e), PHI
Publication, 2003.
5. Larry L.Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, “Computer Networks”, (5e),
Morgan Kaufmann Publication, 2011.
CSE 3104: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction: Evolution from an art form to an engineering discipline,
Software development Projects, Exploratory style of software
development, Emergence of software Engineering, Notable changes in
software development practices. Computer Systems Engineering,
Software Life Cycle Models: A few basic concepts, Waterfall model and
its extensions, Rapid Application Development, Agile development
models, Spiral Model , A Comparison of different Life Cycle models,
Software Project Management, Requirement Analysis And
Specifications: Requirement Gathering and Analysis, Software
Requirement Specifications, Formal System Specification, Axiomatic
Specification, Algebraic Specification, Executable Specification and
4GL, Software Design, Function oriented software design, Object
modelling using UML, User Interface Design, Coding and Testing.
References:
1. Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, (4e), PHI
Learning PVT. LTD, 2014
2. Roger S. Pressman, “Software Engineering - A Practitioner's
Approach”, (7e),McGrawHill International Edition, 2010.
3. Hans Van Vliet, “Software Engineering: Principles and Practice”,
(3e), Wiley India, 2012.
4. Bernd Bruegge, Allen H. Dutoit, “Object-Oriented Software
Engineering using UML Patterns and Java”, (2e) ,Pearson
Publication, 2011.
5. Ian Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, (9e), Addison-Wesley,
2011.
CSE 3111: OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Implementing UNIX commands and learn the usage of VI editor,
Illustration of Shell Commands, Shell programming, CPU Scheduling
Algorithms, Deadlock Detection and Avoidance Algorithms, Page
replacement and allocation algorithms, Disk Scheduling Algorithms,
Inter Process Communication by using Pipes, Sockets and Messages
References:
1. Graham Glass, King Ables, Pearson, “Unix for Programmers and
Users”, (3e), Prentice-Hall, 2003.
2. Maurice J Bach, “Design of Unix Operating System”, Prentice Hall of
India, 1988
3. A. Silberschatz, P. B. Galvin and G. Gagne, “Operating System
Concepts”, (8e), Wiley and Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd., 2009.
4. Rachel Morgan, “Unix System V”, McGrawHill, 1987.
CSE 3112: ALGORITHMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Implement a doubly linked list & BST, GCD Techniques, Bubble sort,
Selection sort, Linear search, String Matching, Merge Sort, Quick sort,
binary search, insertion sort, DFS, BFS, topological sorting, AVL tree, 2-
3 tree, heap sort, Horspool algorithm, Open hash table, Floyd's
algorithm, Warshall's algorithm, Prim's algorithm, Kruskal's algorithm,
Dijkstra's algorithm, N queens problem, subset-sum problem, branch
and bound technique.
References:
1. Anany Levitin, “Introduction to The Design and Analysis of
Algorithms”,(3e), Pearson Education, India, 2012.
2. Ellis Horowitz and Sartaj Sahni, “Computer Algorithms/C++”, (2e),
University Press, 2007.
111
3. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronal L, Rivest, Clifford
Stein, “Introduction to Algorithms”, (2e), PHI, 2006.
CSE 3113: COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB [0 0 3 2]
Review of Linux system calls and working with UNIX Network
commands, UDP Based Client Server Programs, TCP Based Client
Server Programs, Concurrent TCP Servers, Implement the various TCP
Protocols- Simple, Go Back N, Selective Reject, Link State Routing,
Shortest Path Routing, Distance Vector Routing, Checking the class of
IPv4 Addresses, Encapsulation and Decapsulation of IP Packets,
Fragmentation, Calculating Cyclic Redundancy Check and Frame
Sorting, Synchronous Multiplexing using SELECT System Call.
References:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Computer Networks A Top Down Approach”,
Tata McGraw Hill Publication 2012.
2. W. Richard Stevens, “UNIX Network Programming”, (3e), PHI
Publication, 2003.
3. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “TCP/IP Protocol Suite”, (5e), McGraw Hill
Publication, 2010.
4. William Stalllings, “Data and Computer Communication”, (8e), PHI
Publication, 2011.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its types Job
costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet and profit &
loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios,
Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios
References:
1. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J, “Engineering Economy”, McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chan S. Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Pearson
Education, Inc, 2010.
3. Raman B. S, “Advanced Accountancy”, United publications,
Bangalore, 1993
4. T. Ramachandran, “Accounting and Financial Management”, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
5. Thuesen G. J & Thuesen H. G, “Engineering Economics”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005
CSE 3201: COMPILER DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, Language Processors, The Structure of a Compiler, Lexical
Analysis: Role of the Lexical Analyzer, Input Buffering, Recognition of
Tokens, Design of Lexical Analyzer Generator, Syntax Analysis:
Introduction, Writing a Grammar, Top Down Parsing, Bottom Up Parsing,
Introduction to LR parsing, More powerful LR parsers, Using Ambiguous
Grammars, Syntax Directed Definitions, Evaluation order for SDD's,
Application of Syntax- Directed Translation, Intermediate Code
Generation: Variants of Syntax Trees, Three Address Code, Types and
Declarations, Translation of Expressions, Code Generation: Issues in
Design of Code Generator, The Target Language, Basic Blocks and Flow
Graphs, Optimization of Basic Blocks, Peephole Optimization, Register
Allocation and Assignment, Run Time Environment: Storage
Organization, Stack Allocation of Space, Theory of FLEX, Theory of
YACC.
References:
1. Alfred V. Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D. Ullman,
“Compilers Principles, Techniques and Tools”, (2e), Pearson
Education, 2010.
2. Kenneth C. Louden, “Compiler Construction - Principles and
Practice”, (1e), Thomson, 2007.
3. Vinu V. Das, Compiler Design using FLEX and YACC, Prentice-Hall,
2007.
CSE 3202: PARALLEL COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND
PROGRAMMING [2 1 0 3]
GPUs as parallel computers, Architecture of a modern GPU, Need for
parallelism, Parallel programming languages and models, History of
GPU Computing, Message passing model, MPI basic data types and
functions, Point-to-point communication, Collective communication,
Benchmarking parallel performance, MPI error handling functions,
OpenCL Architecture, OpenCL execution model, Program and Kernel
Object, Memory model, Writing Kernels, OpenCL Device Architecture,
OpenCL APIs, OpenCL programs, Data Parallelism, CUDA Program
Structure, Matrix-Matrix Multiplication, Device memories and Data
transfer, Kernel functions and Threads, Importance of Memory Access
Efficiency, CUDA Device Memory types, Parallel Virtual Machines,
Process Management, Communication functions, Comparison of
parallel programming models.
References:
1. D. Kirk and W. Hwu , “Programming Massively Parallel Processors A
Hands-on approach”, (1e), Elsevier Inc., 2010
2. Michael J. Quinn, “Parallel Programming in C with MPI and
OpenMP”, McGraw Hill Edition, 2003.
3. Benedict R. Gaster, Lee Howes, David R, Perhaad Mistry, Dana
Schaa, “Heterogeneous Computing with OpenCL”, (1e),Elsevier
Inc., 2012
4. V. Rajaraman, C. Siva Ram Murthy, Parallel Computers Architecture
and Programming, Prentice-Hall India, 2000.
5. Shane Cook, “CUDA Programming: A developer's guide to parallel
computing with GPUs”, Morgan Kaufman Publication, Elsevier, 2013
CSE 3211: COMPILER DESIGN LAB [0 0 3 2]
Preliminary Scanning Applications, Identification of Tokens in a given
Program, Design of Lexical Analyzer, Design of Parser, Design of Code
Generator, Usage of LEX and YACC.
References:
1. Alfred V. Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D. Ullman,
“Compilers Principles, Techniques and Tools”, (2e), Pearson
Education, 2010
2. Kenneth C. Louden, “Compiler Construction - Principles and
Practice”, (1e), Thomson, 2007.
112
3. Vinu V. Das, “Compiler Design using FLEX and YACC”, Prentice-Hall,
2007.
CSE 3212: PARALLEL PROGRAMMING LAB [0 0 3 2]
Study of Working Environment of Visual Studio, MPI Programs using
Point to Point communication, MPI Programs using Collective
communication, Error Handling in MPI, OpenCL program to perform
Vector Addition, Matrix Multiplication, Sorting, String reverse, String
sorting, Transpose of Matrix, Benchmarking parallel performance,
Simple CUDA programs to perform operations on Vectors and Matrices.
References:
1. D. Kirk and W. Hwu, “Programming Massively Parallel Processors A
Hands-on approach”, (1e), Elsevier Inc., 2010.
2. Michael J. Quinn, “Parallel Programming in C with MPI and
OpenMP”, McGraw Hill Edition, 2003.
3. Benedict R. Gaster, Lee Howes, David R, Perhaad Mistry, Dana
Schaa, “Heterogeneous Computing with OpenCL”, (1e),Elsevier
Inc., 2012.
4. Shane Cook, “CUDA Programming: A developer's guide to parallel
computing with GPUs”, Morgan Kaufman Publication, Elsevier,
2013.
5. “CUDA C Programming Guide”, Nvidia, 2012.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Koontz D., “Essentials of Management”, McGraw Hill, New York,
2004.
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied
Publishers, 2006.
3. Peter Drucker, “The practice of Management”, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003.
CSE 4101: INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES [2 1 0 3]
Basics of WWW, HTTP, XHTML, HTML5 and CSS3, Client Side Scripting
Vs Server Side Scripting, PHP, Java Web Technologies, ASP.NET, The C#
Language, The Anatomy of an Web Application, Introducing Server
Control, The Page Class, Application Events, Web Controls, Error
Handling, Logging and Tracing, State Management, Validation, Styles,
Themes and Master Pages, The Data Provider Model, Direct Data
Access, Disconnected Data Access, Data Binding, Data Source
 Controls, The Grid View, Files and Streams, XML, Understanding
Security, Authentication and Authorization, Forms Authentication,
Windows Authentication, Understanding Caching, Output Caching, Data
Caching, Understanding the Need of Ajax, Building ASP.NET AJAX
Applications, ASP.NET AJAX's Server-Side Controls, Using Multiple
UpdatePanel Controls, jQuery.
References:
1. Achyut Godbole, AtulKahate, “Web Technologies”, (3e), McGraw
4 Hill, 2013.
2. Jason N. Gaylord, Christian Wenz, Pranav Rastogi, Todd Miranda,
Scott Hanselman, “Professional ASP.NET 4.5 in C# and VB”, Wrox,
4 2013.
3. Matthew MacDonald, “Beginning ASP.NET 4.5 in C#”, Apress, 2012.
4. Jennifer Niederst Robbins, “Learning Web Design: A Beginner's
Guide to HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and Web Graphics”, (4e), O'Reilly
4 2012.
5. Jon Duckett, “HTML and CSS: Design and Build Websites”, (1e),
Wiley, 2011.
4 Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
CSE 4102: DISTRIBUTED AND CLOUD COMPUTING [3 1 0 4]
Distributed System Architecture: Characterization of Distributed systems
Examples of distributed systems, Challenges System models,
Architecture and fundamental models Inter Process Communication-
4
External Data Representation, Group Communication, distributed object
and remote Invocation, Communication between Distributed Object,
4
Remote Procedure call, Event and notifications, Synchronization, Logical
clocks, Mutual Exclusion, Election algorithms. Consistency and
4
replication, Data-centric and Client-Centric Consistency Models,
Protocols, Introduction to Cloud Computing: What's cloud computing,
4
Properties & Characteristics, Service models, Deployment models.
Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS): Introduction, Cloud resource
4
virtualization, Virtual Machines Provisioning and Migration Services. The
mapreduce programming model and implementations, SLA
management in cloud computing.
4 Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before
References:
1. George Coulouris, Jean Dollimore, TimKindberg, “Distributed
Systems, Concepts and Design”, (4e),Pearson Education, 2009.
2. Andrew S. Tannenbaum, Maarteen Van Steen, “Distributed Systems,
Principles and Paradigms”, (2e), PHI (EEE), 2009.
3. Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg, Andrzej Goscinski, “Cloud
Computing Principles and Paradigms”, Wiley Publications , 2013.
4. Dan C. Marinescu, “Cloud Computing Theory and Practice”, Morgan
Kaufmann, 2013.
5. Mei- Ling Liu, “Distributed Computing: Principles and Application”,
Pearson Education, Inc. New Delhi. 2004.
CSE 4111: INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES LAB [0 0 3 2]
HTML Tags, C# Programming Language Constructs, Web Forms and
Web Controls, State Management, Validation, Styles, Themes and
Master Pages, Working with Data, Data Controls, Files and Streams,
XML, AJAX, Mini Project.
References:
1. Matthew MacDonald, “Beginning ASP.NET 4.5 in C#”, Apress, 2012.
2. Jason N. Gaylord, Christian Wenz, Pranav Rastogi, Todd Miranda,
Scott Hanselman, “Professional ASP.NET 4.5 in C# and VB”, Wrox,
2013.
3. Stephen Walther, Nate Scott Dudek, “ASP.NET 4.5 Unleashed”,
Pearson Education Inc., 2013.
113
4. Adam Freeman, Matthew MacDonald, Mario Szpuszta, “Pro ASP.NET
4.5 in C#”, Apress, 2013.
5. Elliotte Rusty Harold and W. Scott Means, “XML In a nutshell”, (3e),
O'Reilly, 2005.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
CSE 4297: SEMINAR
Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
The topic has to approved by the Department and a report of the
same has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
CSE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the
vacation starting from the end of third semester.
prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
report should include the certificates issued by the industry.
CSE 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks.
An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
submission of the final project report in the prescribed form.
the department committee as part of project evaluation.
MINOR SPECIALISATIONS
I. GRAPHICS AND IMAGE PROCESSING
CSE 4001: COMPUTER GRAPHICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Graphics Hardware, Algorithms for Drawing 2D Primitives:
Overview, Scan Converting Lines, Circles and Ellipse, Filling Rectangles
and Polygons, Clipping Lines and Polygons, Geometrical
Transformations, Projections, Input devices, Interaction Hardware, Basic
and composite Interaction Tasks, Interaction techniques, Dialogue
design, Representing curves and surfaces, Parametric Cubic Curves,
Solid Modelling, Achromatic and colored light, Achromatic Light,
Chromatic Color, Color Models for Raster Graphics, The quest for visual
realism, Visual surface determination: Techniques for Efficient Visible
Surface Algorithms, Algorithm for Visible Line Determination, The z-
Buffer algorithm, List Priority algorithm, Scan Line algorithm, Area
Subdivision algorithm, Algorithms for Octrees, Illumination and shading:
Illumination Models, Shading Models for polygon, Animation.
References:
1. Foley J. D., Van Dam A., Feiner S. K., Hughes J. F., “Computer
Graphics, Principles and Practice”,(2e), Addision-Wesley, 2004.
2. Donald Hearn, Pauline Baker M., “Computer Graphics”, (2e),
Pearson Education, 2004.
3. Peter Shirley Steve Marschner, “Fundamentals of Computer
Graphics”, (3e), A K Peters/CRC Press; 2009.
4. Donald Hearn, Pauline Baker M., “Computer Graphics with OpenGL”,
(3e), Pearson Education, 2010.
5. Edward Angel, “Interactive Computer Graphics- A top down
approach using OpenGL”, (5e), Pearson Education, 2009.
CSE 4002: COMPUTER VISION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to computer vision, Advantages of computer vision,
Cameras, Pinhole, CCD, Radiometry-Measuring light, Radiosity,
Specularity, Sources, Shadows and Shading, Light sources, Local and
global shading models, photometric stereo, Linear filters, Convolution,
Sampling, Spatial frequency, Fourier transforms, Geometry of multiple
views, Two views, Three views, Image reconstruction and rectification,
Human stereopsis, Model-based vision, Binocular fusion, Finding
templates using classifiers, Class histograms, Feature selection, Neural
networks, Support vector machine, Recognition by relations between
templates, Finding objects by voting and relations between templates,
Relational reasoning using probabilistic models and search, Geometric
templates from spatial relations, Object recognition, Application: Image
based rendering, Construction of 3D models, Approaches to image
based rendering.
References:
1. David A. Forsyth, “Computer Vision A Modern Approach”, PHI
learning, 2009.
2. Sonka, Hlavac, Boyle, “Digital Image Processing and Computer
Vision”, CENGAGE Learning, 2008.
CSE 4003: DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Digital Image Processing, components of an image
processing system, Spatial domain- Gray level transformations,
histogram processing, spatial filtering, smoothing spatial filters,
sharpening spatial filters, combining spatial enhancement methods,
Filtering in the frequency domain- Introduction to the Fourier transform,
frequency domain, the basics of filtering in the frequency domain, image
smoothing and image sharpening using frequency domain filters. Image
restoration- Noise models, restoration using spatial filtering, periodic
noise reduction by frequency domain filtering, estimating the
degradation function. Morphological image processing- Preliminaries,
dilation and erosion, opening and closing, the hit-or-miss
transformation, basic algorithms, extension to gray-scale images, Image
segmentation- Point, line, and edge detection, Thresholding, region-
based segmentation, segmentation using morphological watersheds,
motion in segmentation.
References:
1. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”
(3e), Pearson Prentice Hall, 2008.
2. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Steven L. Eddins, “Digital
Image Processing Using MATLAB”, (2e), Tata McGraw Hill
Publication, 2010.
3. Sonka, Hlavac, Boyle, “Digital Image Processing and Computer
Vision”, CENGAGE Learning, 2008.
CSE 4004: MULTIMEDIA APPLICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Multimedia, Multimedia information representation,
Multimedia networks, Multimedia Applications, Application and
networking Terminology, Multimedia information representation,
Digitization Principles, Compression Principles, Text Compression,
Image Compression, Audio Compression, Video Compression. Notion of
114
synchronization, Basic synchronization issues, Synchronization
Reference model, Synchronization in a Distributed Environment,
Multimedia Synchronization Specification Methods Collaboration
dimensions, Group Communication Architectures, Session
Management. Quality of Multimedia data transmission, QoS for IP
protocols, Prioritized delivery. Multimedia over IP, Internet Telephony,
Multimedia over ATM networks, Transport of MPEG-4, Movie on
Demand, Broadcast schemes for video on demand.
References:
1. Ze-Nian Li and Mark.S.Drew, “Fundamentals of Multimedia”,
Pearson Education,2004.
2. Fred Halshal, “Multimedia Communications-Applications,
Networks, Protocols and Standards”, Pearson Education,2001
3. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt, “Multimedia: Computing,
Communications and Applications”, Pearson Education,2009
4. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt, “Multimedia Fundamentals-
Volume 01 Mediacoding and content processing”, Pearson
Publication, 2003.
5. K R Rao, Zoran S Bojkovic and Dragorad A Milovanovic,
“Introduction to Multimedia Communications”, Wiley Publications,
2006.
II. INFORMATION MANAGEMENT AND ANALYTICS
CSE 4005: ADVANCED DATABASE SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Query processing and optimization, Measures of Query Cost, Evaluation
of Expressions, Transformation of Relational Expressions, Estimating
Statistics of Expression Results, Materialized Views. Concurrency
Control and Recovery System, Lock-Based Protocols, Multiple
Granularity, Timestamp-Based Protocols, Validation-Based Protocols.
Parallel and distributed Databases , I/O Parallelism ,Complex Data types,
Structured Data Types and Inheritance in SQL, Object Identity and
Reference Types in SQL, Data storage, Distributed transactions, Commit
protocols, Concurrency control in distributed Databases, Availability,
Distributed Query processing, Cloud Based Database, , XML Document
Schema, Querying and Transaction, Storage of XML Data, Transaction-
Processing Monitors, Transactional Workflows, Motivation, Spatial and
geographic Data, multimedia Database, Mobility and Personal Database.
References:
1. Silberschatz, Korth, Sudarshan, “Database System Concepts”, (6e),
McGrawHill, New York, United States of America, 2011.
2. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant Navathe, Durvasula V L N Somayajulu,
Shyam K Gupta, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, (6e),
Pearson Education, United States of America,2011.
3. Ceri S and Pelagatti G, “Distributed Databases Principles and
Systems”, (2e), McGraw Hill, New York, United States of America,
1999.
4. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke: “Database
Management Systems”, (3e), McGraw-Hill, United States of
America, 2003
CSE 4006: BIG DATA ANALYTICS [3 0 0 3]
Big Data, Characteristics of Big data, Data in warehouse and data in
Hadoop, Importance of Big Data, Big data use cases, Map Reduce,
Distributed File System, Algorithms using Map Reduce, Communication
Cost model, Complexity Theory, Meet Hadoop, Comparison with other
systems, The Hadoop Distributed File System, Hadoop I/O, File Based Data
structures, Developing a Map Reduce Application, Inverted Index for Text
Retrieval, Graph Algorithms, Page Rank, Stream Data Model: A Data-
Stream-Management System, Sampling Data in a Stream, Filtering Streams,
Distinct Elements in a Stream, NOSQL Models, Understanding Storage
Architecture, Performing CURD operations, Querying NOSQL Stores
References:
1. Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, “Mining of Massive
Datasets”, Cambridge University Press, 2011.
2. Tom White, “Hadoop: The definitive guide”, (3e), O'reilly, Yahoo
Press, 2012.
3. Shashank Tiwari, “Professional NOSQL”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2012
4. Jimmy Lin, Chris Dyer, “Data Intensive Text Processing with
MapReduce”, (1e), Morgan & Claypool Publishers, 2010.
5. Paul C Zikopoulos, Chris Eaton, Dirk Deroos, Thomas Deutch, George
Lapis, “Understanding Big Data”, McGraw Hill, 2012.
CSE 4007: DATA WAREHOUSE AND DATA MINING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Data warehouse and Data Mining, Data Warehouse
Building Blocks, Principles of Dimension Modelling, Advanced Topics in
Dimension Modelling, ETL, Data Quality, OLAP, Data Pre-processing,
Data cleaning, Data Integration and Transformation, Knowledge
discovery in databases, Data mining techniques, Association rules
mining, Algorithms for mining frequent patterns, Apriori Algorithm, FP
Growth without generating candidate generation, From association
mining to correlation analysis, Pattern Evaluation Methods, Introduction
to classification, Decision Tree Induction, Bayesian Classification, Rule
Based Classification, Back-propagation, Lazy Learners, Model
Evaluation and Selection, Ensemble methods, Introduction to cluster
analysis, Partitioning methods, Hierarchical methods, Density-Based
methods, Evaluation of Clustering, Outlier analysis.
References:
1. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, “Data Mining- Concepts and
Techniques”, (3e), Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011
2. Paulraj Ponniah, “Data Warehousing”, (2e), Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,
2010
3. H. Witten and E. Frank, “Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning
Tools and Techniques”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2000.
4. M. H. Dunham, “Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics”,
Pearson Education 2006.
5. W. H. Inmon, “Building the Data Warehouse”, (4e),Wiley India Pvt.
Ltd., 2005.
CSE 4008: INFORMATION RETRIEVAL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Information Retrieval, Information Retrieval Systems,
Information Retrieval Strategies, Web search basics-Web
characteristics, Boolean Retrieval and Postings List, Information
Retrieval Problem, Document delineation and character sequence
decoding, Dictionaries and tolerant retrieval, Search structures for
dictionaries, Index Construction, Types of indexes, Index Compression,
Types of compression, Parametric and zone indexes, Vector space
model, Evaluation in Information Retrieval, Relevance assessment,
Probabilistic Information Retrieval, Binary independence model,Text
Classification-Classification problems, Classification models,Clustering
in information retrieval,Clustering models, Evaluation in clustering,XML
retrieval: Challenges and Evaluation of XML retrieval, XML retrieval
strategies, Web Crawling and Link Analysis.
References:
1. Christopher D Manning, Prabhakar Raghavan and Hinrich Schutze,
“Introduction to Information Retrieval”, Cambridge University
Press, 2008.
115
2. Stefan Buttcher, Charles L. A. Clarke , Gordon V. Cormack,
“Information Retrieval - Implementing and Evaluating Search
Engines”, (6e), MIT Press, 2011.
3. Baeza-Yates and Ribeiro-Neto, “Modern Information Retrieval”, (2e),
Addison Wesley, 2010.
4. Soumen Charabarti, “Mining the Web”, Morgan-Kaufmann, 2003.
5. David A Grossman, OphitFrieder, “Information Retrieval Algorithms
and Heuristics”, (2e), Springer, 2004.
III. INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS
CSE 4009: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE [3 0 0 3]
Foundations of Artificial Intelligence, History of Artificial Intelligence, The
state of the Art, Agents and Environments, The concept of Rationality,
The Nature of Environments, The structure of Agents, Problem Solving
agents, Example Problems, Searching for Solutions, Uninformed search
strategies, Informed (Heuristic) search strategies, Heuristic functions,
Games, Optimal decision in games, Alpha Beta Pruning, Knowledge
based agents, The Wumpus World, Logic, Propositional logic,
Propositional Theorem Proving, Representation revisited, Syntax and
semantics of First order logic, Using First order logic, Ontological
Engineering, Categories and objects, Reasoning systems for categories,
The internet shopping world. Acting under uncertainty, Basic probability
notation, Inference using full joint distributions, independence, Baye's
Rule and its use, representing knowledge in an uncertain domain, the
semantics of Bayesian networks.
References:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence A Modern
Approach”, (3e), Pearson Education, 2010
2. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Shivashankar B. Nair, “Artificial
Intelligence”, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2008.
3. Saroj Kaushik, “Artificial Intelligence”, (1e),Cengage Learning
Publications, 2011.
4. Don W. Patterson,“Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert
Systems”, PHI Publication,2006.
CSE 4010: MACHINE LEARNING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Machine learning and its applications, Bayesian decision
theory, Maximum likelihood ratio, parametric classification, regression,
Multivariate methods, K- nearest neighbor classification, Linear
discrimination, Gradient descent, Logistic discrimination, Single layer
Perceptron, Training a perceptron, Multilayer perceptron, Decision trees,
Support vector machines, Clustering, K-Means clustering, Hierarchial
clustering, Competitive learning, Radial basis functions, Naïve Bayes
classifier, Hidden markov model, Linear regression, Belief propagation,
Generating diverse learners, Voting, Error correcting output codes,
Bagging, Boosting.
References:
1. Ethem Alpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning”, (2e), MIT
Press. 2010.
2. Peter Harrington, “Machine Learning in Action”, Manning
Publications, 2012.
3. Christopher M. Bishop,” Pattern Recognition and Machine
Learning”, Springer, 2007.
4. Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart, David G. Stork, “Pattern
Classification”, (2e), Wiley, 2001.
 CSE 4011: NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Language Processing, Ambiguity, Models and Algorithm,
Survey of English Morphology, Building a Finite-State Lexicon, FSTs for
Morphological Parsing, Lexicon-Free FSTs: The Porter Stemmer,
Detecting and Correcting Spelling Errors, Minimum Edit Distance,
Unsmoothed N-Grams, Evaluating N-Grams - Perplexity, Smoothing,
Interpolation, Backoff, English Word Classes, Part-of-Speech Tagging,
Rule-based and HMM Part-of-Speech Tagging, Transformation-based
Tagging, The Noisy Channel Model for Spelling, Constituency, Some
Grammar Rules for English, Treebanks, Dependency Grammars,
Dynamic Programming Parsing Methods, Probabilistic Context-Free
Grammars, Evaluating Parsers, Information Extraction, Question
Answering and Summarization, Classical MT, Statistical MT
References:
1. Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin, “Speech and Language
Processing”, 2000.
2. Akshar Bharati, Rajeev Sangal and Vineet Chaitanya, “Natural
Language Processing: A Paninian Perspective”, Prentice-Hall of
India, New Delhi, 1995.
3. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein, Edward Loper, “Natural Language
Processing with Python Analysing Text with natural language
toolkit”, O'Reilly Media, 2009
4. Chris Manning, Hinrich Schutze, “Foundations of Statistical Natural
Language Processing”, MIT Press, Cambridge, 1999
CSE 4012: SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Social Web, Nodes, Edges and Network measures,
Describing Nodes and Edges, Describing Networks, Layouts, Visualizing
Network features, The role of Tie Strength, Measuring Tie Strength, Tie
Strength and Network Structure, Tie Strength and Network Propagation,
Link Prediction, Entity Resolution, Link Prediction: Case Study Friend
Recommendation, Introduction to Community Discovery, Communities
in Context, Quality Functions, The Kernighan-Lin algorithm,
Agglomerative Algorithms, Spectral Algorithms, Multi-level Graph
Partitioning, Markov Clustering, Other Approaches, Introduction to
Social Influence, Influence Related Statistics, Social Similarity and
Influence, Homophily, Existential Test for Social Influence, Influence and
Actions, Influence and Interaction, Influence Maximization in Viral
Marketing
References:
1. Jennifer Goldbeck, “Analyzing the Social Web”, Morgan Kaufmann
Publications, 2013.
2. Charu C. Aggarwal, “Social Network Data Analytics”, Springer
Publications, 2011.
3. John Scott, “Social Network Analysis”, (3e), SAGE Publications
Limited, 2013.
4. Jay Goldman, “Facebook Cookbook”, O'Reilly, 2009.
5. Shamanth Kumar, Fred Morstatter, Huan Liu, “Twitter Data Analytics”,
Springer Publications, 2013.
IV. NETWORK AND SECURITY
CSE 4013: ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Internetworking, Switching concepts and STP, Vlan and
VTP concepts, Routing concepts and structure of the router, Interior
Routing Protocols, Overview of Data Centers, Server Architecture
Overview, Application Architectures Overview, Data Center Design, Data
Center Security ,Server Load Balancing, Virtualization, Benefits of
Virtualization, Virtualization Implementation, Virtualization challenges,
Examples. PSTN, Basics and Signaling: Analog Circuit Basic Call Setup,
116
ISDN, VOIP, Role of Digital Signal Processing, Role of Microprocessor,
Network problems, IP signaling Protocol, SIP, RTP/RTCP,SDP VoiceOver
IP Applied, PSTN Numbering Plan, Dial-Peer, CISCO Voice Products
References:
1. Todd Lammle, “CCNA Cisco Certified Network Associate Study
Guide” (7e), 2011
2. Mauricio Arregoces and Maurizio Por tolani, “Datacenter
Fundamentals”, Cisco Press, 2003
3. Danielle Ruest, Nelson Ruest, Virtualization, “A Beginner's Guide”,
McGrawHill 2009.
4. Jim Geir, “Wireless Networks First-Step”, CISCO Press, 2004.
5. Jonathan Davidson, et al., “VoIP Fundamentals”, (2e), Cisco Press,
2006
CSE 4014: INFORMATION SECURITY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to security, Characteristics of Information, Components of
an Information System, Security System Development Lifecycle, The
Need for Security-Business Needs first, Threats, Attacks, Intruders,
Intrusion Detection, Malicious Software-Types, Viruses, Viruses
Countermeasures, Worms, Introduction to Database Security, SQL
Injection, Reliability and Integrity, Sensitive Data, Inference, Multilevel
Databases, Proposals for Multilevel Security, Designs of Multilevel
Secure Databases, Transport-Level Security- Web Security Issues, SSL,
TLS, Pretty Good Privacy (PGP), S/MIME, IP Security, IP Security Policy,
Encapsulating Security Payload, Internet Key Exchange, The Need for
Firewalls, Firewall Characteristics, Types of Firewalls,Cyber Crimes and
Hackers- Cybercrimes, Cyber criminals, Hackers, Hacking topologies,
Types of Attacks, Dealing with the rising tide of cybercrimes, Indian
Cyber Law Offences.
References:
1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security: Principles
and Practice”, (5e), Prentice Hall, 2010.
2. Michael E. Whitman and Herbert J. Mattord, “Principles of
Information Security”, (4e), Cengage Learning India Publication,
2011
3. Charles P Pfleeger and Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, “Security in
Computing”, (4e), PHI, 2009.
4. Joseph Migga Kizza, “A Guide to Computer Network Security”,
Springer International edition, 2009.
CSE 4015: PRINCIPLES OF CRYPTOGRAPHY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction-Security Goals, Attacks, Services and Mechanisms,
Classical Encryption Techniques- Symmetric Cipher Model,
Transposition Techniques, The Data Encryption Standard, Block Cipher
Operation, Multiple Encryption and Triple DES, Modes of operation,
Mathematics Of Cryptography- Modular Arithmetic, Fermat's and Euler's
Theorems, The Chinese Remainder Theorem, AES-Structure, Round
Functions, Key Expansion, Pseudorandom Number Generators, Stream
Ciphers, RC4, Public-Key Cryptosystems, RSA Algorithm, Diffie-
Hellman Key Exchange, ElGamal Cryptosystem, Cryptographic Hash
Functions-Applications, Hash Functions Based on Cipher Block
Chaining, Secure Hash Algorithm, Message Authentication Function,
Message Authentication Codes, Digital Signatures
References:
1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security: Principles
and Practice”, (5e), Prentice Hall, 2010.
2. Behrouz A. Forouzan and Debdeep Mukhopadhyay, “Cryptography
and Network Security”, (2e), McGraw Hill, 2008.
3. Atul Kahate, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Tata McGraw-
Hill Publishing, 2008
4. Bruce Schneier, “Applied Cryptography”, (2e), John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., 1996.
CSE 4016: WIRELESS NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Wireless Networks, 1G cellular systems- AMPS, 2G
cellular systems- DAMPS, CDMA, GSM, CDPD, GPRS, Cordless
telephony, Wireless application Protocol (WAP), 3G cellular systems-
service classes and standards, IMT 2000, 4G systems and beyond-
OFDM and services, Challenges, Fixed wireless access systems- WLL,
IEEE 802.16 standards, WLAN- concepts, applications, topology,
requirements, physical and MAC layers, IEEE 802.11a,b and g, Wireless
ATM and Ad Hoc routing- ATM architecture, HIPERLAN architecture,
Routing in Wireless Ad Hoc Networks, Personal area networks(PAN)-
Bluetooth and Home RF, Wireless Geolocation Systems- architecture, E-
911 services
References:
1. R Nicopolitidis et. al., “Wireless Networks”, (1e), Wiley, 2009.
2. Kaveh Pahlavan, P Krishnamurthy, “Wireless networks”, (1e),
PHI, 2009.
3. Ivan Stojmenovic, “Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile
Computing”, (1e), Wiley, 2010.
4. WCY Lee, “Cellular and Mobile Communication Systems”, (2e),
MGH, 2004.
V. SOFTWARE PROCESS ENGINEERING
CSE 4017:BUILDING ENTERPRISE APPLICATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, software engineering methodologies, life cycle of raising
enterprise applications, Incepting Enterprise applications, Enterprise
analysis, Business modeling, requirements elicitation and analysis, use
case modeling, prototyping, nonfunctional requirements, requirements
validation, planning and estimation, Architecting and Designing
Enterprise applications, Architectures, views and viewpoints, Logical
architecture, Technical architecture, data architecture and design
infrastructure architecture and design elements, policies for
infrastructure management, deployment strategy, construction
readiness, Introduction to concept of software construction maps,
methodologies of code review Testing and rolling out Enterprise
applications, Types and methods of testing an enterprise application,
testing levels and testing approaches, testing environments
References:
1. Anubhav Pradhan, Satheesha B. Nanjappa, Senthil K. Nallasamy,
Veerakumar Esakimuthu, “Raising Enterprise Applications”, John
Wiley, 2011.
2. Brett McLaughlin, “Building Java Enterprise Applications”, O'Reilly
Media, 2000.
3. Marnie L. Hutcheson, “Software Testing Fundamentals: Methods
and Metrics”, Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
CSE 4018: DESIGN PATTERNS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction - The Catalog of Design Patterns, Describing Design
Patterns, The Catalog of Design Patterns, Organizing the Catalog,
Solving Design Problems using Design Patterns, Selecting a Design
Pattern, Using a Design Pattern, A Case Study: Designing a Document
Editor, Design Problems, Document Structure, User Interface, Creational
Patterns - Abstract Factory, Builder, Factory Method, Prototype,
Singleton, Structural Patterns- Adapter, Bridge, Composite, Decorator,
117
Facade, Flyweight, Proxy, Behavioral Patterns-Chain of Responsibility,
Command, Interpreter, Iterator, Mediator, Memento, Observer, State,
Strategy, Template Method, Visitor, Conclusion, History, The Pattern
Community.
References:
1. Erich Gamma, Richard Helm, Ralph Johnson and John Vlissides,
“Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software”,
Pearson Education, 2004.
2. Mark Grand, “Patterns in JAVA Vol-3 JAVA Enterprise Design
Patterns”, Wiley, 2002.
3. Elisabeth Freeman, “Head First Design Patterns”, Oreilly, 2004.
4. Alan Shalloway and James R Trott, “Design Patterns Explained”,
Pearson Education, 2004.
5. Steve Holzner, “Design Patterns for Dummies”, Wiley, 2006.
CSE 4019: SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE [3 0 0 3]
Understanding Software Architecture, Definitions of Software
Architecture, Introducing the Case Study, Requirements Overview,
Project Context, Software Quality Attributes, Performance, Scalability,
Modifiability, Middleware Architecture and Technologies, Technology
Classification, Application Servers, Software Architecture Process,
Process Outline, Architecture Design, Documenting Software
Architecture, Using UML 2.0, Architecture Views, Case Study Design,
ICDE Technical Issues, The Challenges of Complexity, Aspect Oriented
Architectures, Aspects for ICDE Development, Model Driven
Architecture, Definition for MDA, Reasons for MDA, Service Oriented
Architectures and Technologies, Service Oriented Architecture for ICDE,
Background, The Semantic Web, ICDE and the Semantic Web.
References:
1. Gorton Ian, “Essential Software Architecture”, Springer International
Edition, 2011.
2. Bosch Jan, “Design and Use of Software Architectures”, Addison
Wesley, 2000.
3. Rozanski Nick & Woods Eoin, “Software Systems Architecture”,
Addison Wesley, 2005.
4. Bass Len, Clements Paul and Kazman Rick, “Software Architecture in
Practice”, (2e), Pearson education, 2003.
CSE 4020: SOFTWARE TESTING AND ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
Preliminaries: Software Testing, Humans, Errors and Testing, Software
Quality, Requirements, Behavior and Correctness, Correctness Versus
Reliability, Testing and Debugging, Functional Testing: Boundary Value
Testing, Equivalence Class Testing, Decision Table Based Testing, Test
adequacy basics, Adequacy criteria based on control flow, concepts
based on Data Flow, Adequacy criteria based on Data Flow, Introduction,
Mutation and Mutants, Test Assessment using Mutation, Test Selection,
Minimization and Prioritization for Regression Testing: Regression Test
Process, Selecting Regression Tests, Unit Testing: Introduction, Context,
Test Design, Using JUnit, Stubs and Mocks, Tools, Integration Testing:
Introduction, Integration errors, Dependence, OO Versus Non-OO
programs, Integration Hierarchy.
References:
1. Aditya P Mathur, “Foundations of Software Testing”, (2e), Pearson
Education 2008.
2. Paul C. Jorgensen, “Software Testing A Craftsman's Approach”,
(3e), 2013.
3. Mauro Pezze, Michal Young, “Software Testing and Analysis:
Process, Principles and Techniques”, John Wiley & Sons, 2008.
4. Gopalaswamy Ramesh, Srinivasan Desikan, “Software testing
Principles and Practices”, (2e), Pearson, 2007.
VI. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy, Sources
of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages, Working capital
management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash management, and
Dividend decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
2. I M Pandey, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house, Delhi,
2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand &
Co., Delhi, 1999.
4. ICFAI, “Corporate Financial Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Maheshwari S. N., “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities.
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM. Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability.Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction, & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. T. V. Rao and Pereira D.F., “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subbrao A., “Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House, 1999.
3. N G Nair and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S. Chand Company, 1995.
4. Virmani B R; Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology transfer
and human resource development”, Response books, 1997.
5. Pareek Udai et al., “Human Resource Development in Asia: Trends
and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market opportunities
and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New Economy, Building
Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market Demand, Scanning
the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets, Business Markets,
Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments, Product Life Cycle, New
Market Offerings, Designing and Managing Services, Price Strategies,
Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. ICFAI,“Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R.L. and Gupta S.L., “Marketing Management”, Sultan
Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2000.
118
HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design: Product life cycle,
Process design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine
charts, Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations
strategy, Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems
thinking, Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision
process. Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries,
visibility, System life cycle models, System dynamics and its importance
in system thinking.System dynamics modeling process.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G., “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P., “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Mieghem J., “Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices,
Dynamic Ideas”, ISBN: 0-9759146-6-9, 2008.
4. Sterman J.D., “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and
Modeling for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition,
2004.
5. Senge Peter, “The Fifth Discipline”, Currency Doubleday, New York,
1990.
OTHER PROGRAMME ELECTIVES
CSE 4021: ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES AND
ALGORITHMS [3 0 0 3]
Amortized Analysis - Aggregate analysis, The accounting method, The
potential method, Binomial Heaps - Binomial trees and Binomial heaps,
Operations on Binomial heaps. Fibonacci Heaps - Structure of Fibonacci
heaps, Mergeable heap operations, decreasing a key and deleting a
node. vanEmde Boas Trees- Preliminary approaches, A recursive
structure, The van Emde Boas Tree. Data structures for Disjoint sets
Disjoint-set operations, Linked-list representation of disjoint sets,
Disjoint set forests. Minimum spanning trees - Growing a minimum
spanning tree, algorithms for single source shortest paths - The
Bellman-Ford algorithm, Directed acyclic Graphs, Graphs with non-
negative edges.. All-pairs shortest paths - Shortest paths and matrix
multiplication, The Floyd-Warshall algorithm, Maximum Flow- Flow
Networks, The Ford-Fulkerson method. Johnson's algorithm for sparse
graphs
References:
1. Cormen T. H., Leiserson C. E, Rivest R.L. and Stein C., “Introduction
to Algorithms”, (3e), Prentice-Hall India, 2009.
2. Cormen T. H., Leiserson C. E, Rivest R. L. and Stein C., “Introduction
to Algorithms”, (2e), Prentice-Hall India, 2001.
3. Baase Sara and Gelder A.V, “Computer Algorithms Introduction to
Design and Analysis”, (3e), Pearson Education, 2000.
4. Peter Brass, “Advanced Data Structures”, Cambridge University
Press, ISBN 978-0-521-88037-4 , 2008.
CSE 4022: ADVANCED JAVA PROGRAMMING [3 0 0 3]
Java basics, applets, J2EE and J2SE, J2EE multitier architecture, design
patterns, J2EE Database, database schema, jdbc driver types, jdbc
packages, brief overview of jdbc process, statement objects and result
set, HTML, XML, XHTML, generating an XML document, parsing XML,
Java servlets and common gateway interface programming, HTTP
request headers, HTTP response header and cookies, sessions, JSP
Installation, JSP tags, Tomcat, Request string, user sessions, cookies,
session objects, Enterprise java beans and JAR files, deployment
descriptors, Struts Architecture, writing and executing struts
application, Model View Controller layers, Validator and Tiles, Java Mail
API, Java remote method invocation, Java message service, SOAP.
References:
1. James Keogh, “The Complete Reference J2EE”, Tata McGraw-Hill,
2002.
2. James Holmes, “Struts: The Complete Reference”, (2e), Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2007.
3. Kogent Learning Solutions Inc., “Java Server Programming Java
Black Book”, Dreamtech Press, Platinum edition, 2010.
4. Richard Monson Haefel, “J2EE web services”, (1e), Pearson, 2004.
5. Bryan Basham, Bert Bates, Kathy Sierra, “Head First Servlets and
JSP”, (2e), OReilly, 2011.
CSE 4023: ADVANCED LINUX PROGRAMMING [3 0 0 3]
Advanced UNIX Programming with Linux: Getting Started with
emacs, GDB, GCC, automation with GNU make, Writing Good
GNU/Linux Software, Processes, Interprocess Communication,
Devices, The /proc file System, Linux System Calls, Security, File
system permission, authenticating users, Python: Built-in Data
Types, Simple Statements, Compound statement, Functions and
Classes, Parsing, Applications and Recipes, Guidance on Packages
and Modules. Bash Programming: Bash and bash scripts, Writing and
debugging scripts, The Bash environment, The GNU sed stream
editor, Regular expressions, Grep, Pattern Matching, Conditional
statements, I/O redirection, repetitive tasks, interactive editing, non-
interactive editing, Writing interactive scripts, Functions, Catching
Signals, Inter Process Communications, Semaphores, Shared
Memories, Sockets, Programing GNOME using GTK+ .
References:
1. Mark Mitchell, Jeffrey Oldham, and Alex Samuel, “Advanced Linux
Programming”, New Riders Publishing, 2001.
2. Dave Kuhlman, “A Python Book: Beginning Python, Advanced
Python, and Python Exercises”, Rexx Publishers, 2012.
3. Machtelt Garrels, “Bash Guide for Beginners”, Fultus Corporation
Publishers, 2004.
4. Daniel P. Bovet, Marco Cesati, “Understanding the Linux Kernel”,
(2e), O'Reilly Publication, 2002.
5. Niel Matthew, Rick Stone, “Beginning Linux Programming”, (4e),
Wiley Publications, 2007.
CSE 4024:BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE AND ITS
APPLICATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Business Intelligence, Types of digital data; Introduction
to OLTP and OLAP, Evolution of BI, Applications, Components,
Framework, Roles & Responsibilities, Data integration, Data quality,
Data profiling and applications, Data flow and transformations, SSIS
Architecture, Introduction to ETL using SSIS; Integration Services
objects; Data flow components, Data and dimension modeling,
multidimensional data model, Concepts of dimensions, facts, cubes,
attribute, hierarchies, star and snowflake schema, Measures, Metrics,
KPIs and Performance Management, Introduction to enterprise
reporting, concepts of dashboards, balanced scorecards, Introduction
to SSRS Architecture, enterprise reporting using SSRS.
119
References:
1. R N Prasad, Seema Acharya, “Fundamentals of Business Analytics”,
Wiley India, 2011.
2. David Loshin, “Business Intelligence”, Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers, 2003.
3. Brain Larson, “Delivering Business Intelligence with Microsoft SQL
server 2008”,McGraw Hill Companies, 2009.
4. Stephen Few, “Information Dashboard Design”, O'Reilly Media,
2006.
5. Mike Biere, “Business Intelligence for the Enterprise”, (2e), IBM
Press, 2003.
CSE 4025: DATA COMMUNICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Data Communication, Components, Data
Representation, Data Flow, Network Criteria, Physical Structure of
Network, Network Types: LAN, WAN, Switching ,Data Networking, and
the Internet, Data Transmission- analog and digital, Transmission Media-
guided and wireless, Signal Encoding Techniques- digital and analog,
Digital Data Communication Techniques- asynchronous and
synchronous, Data Link Control Protocols-flow and error control, HDLC,
Multiplexing-FDM, synchronous TDM and statistical TDM, Spread
Spectrum-FHSS, DSSS, CDMA, Circuit Switching and Packet Switching,
Asynchronous Transfer Mode(ATM).
References:
1. William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communications”, (10e),
Prentice Hall, 2014.
2. Behrouz A. Fourouzan, “Data Communication and Networking”,
(5e), Tata McGrawHill, 2013.
CSE 4026: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Embedded systems, classification of Embedded
systems, RISC and ARM design philosophy, ARM processors
fundamentals and instruction set, Real-time operating systems (RTOS),
Schedulers, Performance metric in scheduling models for periodic,
sporadic, Aperiodic tasks, synchronization between the processes, OS
functions and tasks and for resource management, embedded Linux
Internals, OS security issues, RTOS programming tools- MICRO C/OS-II
AND VxWORKS, Embedded project management cycle, Embedded
system design and co-design issues in system development process,
use of scopes and logic analyzers for system hardware tests, Issues in
Embedded System Design, Overview of 8/16/32-bit microcontroller,
RISC and CISC based systems.
References:
1. Raj Kamal, “Embedded Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
2. Sloss, Symes, Wright, “ARM System Developer's Guide”, Elsevier,
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011.
3. Shibu K V, “Introduction to Embedded Systems”, (6e),
TataMcGrawHill, 2011.
4. Wayne Wolf, “Computers as Components: Principles of
Embedded Computing Systems”, (2e), Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers, 2008.
CSE 4027: MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT [3 0 0 3]
Mobile platforms, Mobile apps development, Android platform, setting
up the mobile app development environment, case study, App user
interface mobile UI resources, Activity- states and life cycle, interaction
amongst activities, App functionality- Threads, Async task, Services
states and life cycle, Notifications, Broadcast receivers, Telephony and
SMS APIs, Native data handling on-device file I/O, shared preferences,
mobile databases, and enterprise data access, Content Providers,
Graphics and animation custom views, canvas, animation APIs,
multimedia audio/video playback and record, images and camera,
Location based services, native hardware access, Debugging, White
box testing, Black box testing, and test automation, JUnit, Robotium,
MonkeyTalk, Versioning, signing and packaging mobile apps,
distributing apps on mobile market place.
References:
1. Anubhav Pradhan, Anil V Deshpande, “Composing Mobile Apps,
learn, explore apply using Android”, (1e), Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., India,
2014.
2. Zigurd Mednieks, Laird Dornin, G. Blake Meike, and Masumi
Nakamura, “Programming Android”, (2e), O'Reilly, CA, USA,
2012
3. Barry Burd, “Android Application Development All in one for
Dummies”, (2e), John Wiley and Sons Inc. New Jersey, Canada,
2012.
4. Lauren Darcey, Shane Conder, “Teach Yourself Android
Application Development in 24 Hours”, (2e), Sams Publications,
USA, 2012.
CSE 4028: PARALLEL ALGORITHMS [3 0 0 3]
Parallel Algorithm Design, Parallel Processing Terminology, Sieve of
Eratosthenes, Control parallel and data parallel approach, PRAM model
of Parallel Computation, PRAM Algorithms, Parallel Reduction, Tree
Traversal, Merging sorted Lists, Graph Coloring, Scaled Speedup and
Parallelizability, Amdahl's Law, Gustafson-Barsis's Law, Karp-Flat
Metric, Isoefficiency Metric, Elementary Parallel Algorithms, Parallel
Algorithms for Processor Arrays, Parallel Algorithms for
Multiprocessors, Parallel Algorithms for Multicomputers, Monte Carlo
Methods of Parallel Random Number Generators, Case studies, Solving
Linear Systems, Back Substitution, Odd-Even Reduction, Gaussian
Elimination, Iterative Methods, Multigrid Methods, Sorting: Lower
Bounds on Parallel Sorting, Bitonic Merge sort algorithms.
References:
1. Michael J Quinn, “Parallel Computing- Theory and Practice”,
McGraw-Hill Inc., 2008.
2. Michael J Quinn, “Parallel Programming in C with MPI and
OpenMP”, McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2012.
3. Ananth Grama, George Karypis, Vipin Kumar and Anshul Gupta,
“Introduction to Parallel Computing”, Pearson Education, 2003.
CSE 4029: PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES [3 0 0 3]
Abstractions in Programming Languages, Computational Paradigms,
Language Definition, Language Translation, History and Design Criteria,
Efficiency, Regularity, Further Language Design Principles, Lexical
Structure of Programming Languages, CFGs and BNFs, Parse Trees and
Abstract Syntax Trees, Ambiguity, Associativity, and Precedence,
EBNFs and Syntax Diagrams, Attributes, Binding, and Semantic
Functions, Declarations, Blocks, Name Resolution and Overloading,
Allocation, Lifetimes, and the Environment, Variables and Constants,
Aliases, Dangling References, and Garbage, Expressions and
Statements, Object-Oriented Programming, Functional Programming,
Logic Programming, Parallel Programming.
References:
1. Kenneth C. Louden, Kenneth A. Lambert, “Programming Languages
Principles and Practice”, (3e), Cengage Learning, 2012.
2. Allen B. Tucker, Robert E. Noonan, “Programming Languages
120
Principles and Paradigms”, (2e), TMH, 2010.
3. Terrence W. Pratt, Marvin V. Zelkowitz, “Programming Languages:
Design and Implementation”, (4e), 2001.
CSE 4030: PRODUCT REALIZATION WITH
HARDWARE-SOFTWARE INTERFACE [3 0 0 3]
The Product Realization Process, Developing Engineering
Requirements, Innovation, An Introduction to the Raspberry Pi,
Raspberry Pi GPIO, Writing software for the Arduino, Arduino and Home
Automation, Setting up the Raspberry Pi, Connecting Raspberry Pi,
Compiling and testing, Setting up Raspberry Pi to Arduino Bridge Shield,
Case: Implementation-A Basic Thermometer, An introduction to
Makefiles, Case: Implementation from Thermometer to Thermostat
Building upon First Project, arduPi a library for our Raspberry Pi and
Arduino shield, Testing Arduino shield for database, Case
Implementation of Temperature Storage, Setting up a Database to Store
Results, Apache web server, Case Implementation of Curtain
Automation, Pulse Width Modulation
References:
1. Goyal, Ulrich, “Product Design & Development (SIE)”, (4e), Tata
McGraw Hill Education Private, 2009.
2. Andrew K. Dennis, “Raspberry Pi Home Automation with Arduino”,
Packt Publishing, 2013
CSE 4031: SOFT COMPUTING PARADIGMS [3 0 0 3]
Artificial Neural Networks-Definition, benefits, terminology, neuron
models, activation functions, learning process, types of learning, error-
correction, memory based, Hebbian, competitive, and Boltzmann
learning, Feed forward neural network- Single and multilayer perceptron,
limitations, back propagation algorithm, practical considerations, radial
basis function network, Recurrent networks-Hopfield network, NARX
model, state space model, recurrent multilayer perceptron, second order
networks, learning algorithms, Self-organizing map, principal
component analysis, Neural network applications, Fuzzy Logic- Basic
concepts, operations and properties, relations, logic, fuzzy quantifiers,
inference, rules, fuzzification and defuzzification, Fuzzy Logic
Applications, Genetic Algorithms - basic concepts, principles, gene
encoding, genetic operators, genetic programming, Neuro fuzzy
systems applications.
References:
1. Simon S. Haykin, “Neural Networks- A Comprehensive Foundation”,
Prentice Hall, 2005.
2. Li Min Fu, “Neural Networks in Computer Intelligence”, Tata McGraw
Hill Edition, 2008.
3. S. Rajsekaran, G. A. Vijayalaxmi Pai, “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic
and Genetic Algorithms: Synthesis and Application”, Prentice Hall,
2010.
4. Timothy J. Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, (3e),
John Wiley& Sons, 2010.
CSE 4032: STORAGE DEVICE AND TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Information Storage and Management, Data center
infrastructure, Information Life cycle, Storage System Environment,
Data Protection, RAID, RAID levels, Intelligent Storage System, EMC
CLARIION, Direct Attached Storage and Introduction to SCSI, Storage
Area Networks, Network Attached Storage, Content Addressed Storage,
Architecture, Examples, Storage Virtualization, Configuration,
Challenges, Storage Area Networks, Zoning, Business Continuity,
Information Availability, Business Impact Analysis, Backup and
Recovery, Backup purpose, Considerations, Granularity, Technologies,
Local Replication, Remote Replication, Concepts in practice.
References:
1. G. Somasundaram, Alok Shrivastava, “Information Storage and
Management-Storing”, March 2009.
2. “Managing and Protecting Digital Information”, EMC Education
Services, Wiley India Edition, 2009.
3. Marc Farley, “Storage Networking Fundamentals”, (1e), CISCO
Systems, 2004.
4. Gupta Mena, “Storage Area Network Fundamentals”, Pearson Ed.
2005.
CSE 4032: VIRTUAL REALITY TECHNOLOGIES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Input Devices, Output Devices, Displays, Computing
Architectures for VR, The Rendering Pipeline, PC Graphics Architecture,
Workstation-Based Architectures, Distributed VR Architectures,
Modeling, Geometric Modeling, Kinematics Modeling, Physical
Modeling, Behavior Modeling, Model Management, VR Programming
Toolkits and Scene Graphs, World Toolkit, Java 3D, General Haptics
Open Software Toolkit, Peopleshop, Human Factors in VR Methodology
and Terminology, User Performance Studies, VR Health and Safety
Issues, VR and Society, Traditional VR Applications: Medical
Applications of VR, Education, Arts and Entertainment, Military VR
Applications, Emerging Applications of VR, VR Applications in
Manufacturing, Applications of VR in Robotics, Information
Visualization.
References:
1. Grigore C. Burdea, Philippe Coiffet, “Virtual Reality Technology”,
Wiley-IEEE Press, 2003.
2. Sherman, W. R. & A. Craig, “Understanding, Virtual Reality:
Interface, Application and Design”, Morgan Kaufmann, San
Francisco, CA, 2003.
3. Philippe Fuchs, Guillaume Moreau, Pascal Guitton, “Virtual Reality:
Concepts and Technologies”, CRC Press, 2011.
OPEN ELECTIVES
CSE 3281: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Database System Applications, Database Languages, Relational
Databases, Data Storage and Querying, Database Architecture,
Database Users and Administrators, Structure of Relational Databases,
Relational Query Languages, Relational Operations, The Entity-
Relationship Model, Constraints, Entity-Relationship Design Issues,
Reduction to Relational Schemas, SQL Data Types and Schemas,
Integrity Constraints, Set Operations, Aggregate Functions, Nested
Subqueries, Modification of the Database. Join Expressions, Views,
Transaction. Features of Good Relational Design, Decomposition Using
Functional Dependencies, Functional Dependency Theory, Algorithms
for Decomposition, Decomposition Using Multivalued Dependencies,
Transaction Concept, A simple Transaction model, Storage Structure,
Transaction Atomicity and Durability, Transaction isolation,
Serializability.
References:
1. Silberschatz, Korth, Sudarshan, “Database System Concepts”, (6e),
McGrawHill, New York, 2011.
2. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant Navathe, Durvasula V L N Somayajulu,
Shyam K Gupta, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, (6e),
Pearson Education, United States of America, 2011.
121
3. Thomas Connolly, Carolyn Begg, “Database Systems A Practical
Approach to Design, Implementation and Management”, (4e),
Pearson Education, England, 2005.
4. Peter Rob, Carlos Coronel, “Database Systems Design,
Implementation and Management”, (10e), Course Technology,
Boston, 2013.
CSE 3282: ESSENTIALS OF IT [3 0 0 3]
Computer Hardware and Software concepts. Introduction to Operating
System, basic concept of multiprogramming, multitasking and
multiprocessing. Memory and Process Management, Scheduling
Algorithms, Inter process Communication, Threads, Concurrency,
Critical section, Mutual Exclusion, Deadlocks and prevention, File and
device Management- I/O channels, interrupts. Relational Database
Management System Concepts - Introduction to E-R modeling,
notations, functional dependency, and basic Normalization techniques.
Structured Query Language - DDL, DML, DCL statements. Concept of
Order By, Group By, Having clauses and Aggregate functions. Joins -
Introduction to the concept of independent and correlated sub queries,
Views and Embedded SQL
References:
1. Sivasubramanyam Y., Deepak Ranjan Shenoy, Nagendra R Shetty
and Raghavendra N., “Campus Connect Foundation Program Vol.
1”, Education and Research, Infosys Technologies, 2006.
2. Hanumesh V. J., Seema Acharya, Nagendra R Shetty and Meera
Gayathri Dharmalingam, “Campus Connect Foundation Program
Vol. 2”, Education and Research, Infosys Technologies, 2006.
3. A. Silberschatz, P.B. Galvin and G. Gagne, “Operating System
Principles”, (7e), Wiley & Sons (Asia), 2006.
4. Henry F. Korth, Abraham Silberschatz and Sudarshan, “Database
system concepts”, (5e), McGraw-Hill, 2006.
CSE 3283: ESSENTIALS OF INDUSTRIAL COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Analysis of Algorithms: Introduction to Analysis of algorithms, code
tuning techniques, analysis of some well-known algorithms, intractable
problems. Object oriented concepts: programming techniques,
advanced concepts in object oriented technology, object oriented design
methodology, recent trends in OO technology. System development
methodology: Evaluation of software, software development models,
requirement analysis and design, software construction, software
testing and software quality. Introduction to web technologies:
Internetworking concepts, architecture and protocol, the World Wide
Web, web applications, security in applications and issues in web based
applications.
References:
1. Hanumesh V. J, Seema Acharya, Nagendra R Shetty and Meera
Gayathri Dharmalingam, “Campus Connect Foundation Program,
Vol 2”, Education and Research, Infosys Technologies, 2006.
2. Sundar K. S, Seema Acharya, Nagendra R Shetty, Sivasubramanyam
Y, and Sujith Samuel Mathew, “Campus Connect Foundation
Program, Vol 3”, Education and Research, Infosys Technologies,
2006.
3. Comer Douglas E, “Computer Networks and Internets”, (5e),
Prentice Hall, 2011.
CSE 3284: GAME PROGRAMMING [3 0 0 3]
Basic Elements of Game Design: Games and Video Games, What is a
Game, Conventional Games and Video Games, Key Components of
Video Games, The Structure of a Video Game, Stages of the Design
Process Game World, User Interface and Gameplay, The Hierarchy of
Challenges, Skills, Stress and Absolute Difficulty, Making PvP Games Fair,
Making PvE Fair, Managing Difficulty, The Genres of Games: Action
Games, Strategy Games, Role Playing Games, Sports Games, Vehicle
Simulation, Adventure Games, Online Gaming, World of Warcraft, Java
for Games Programming, An Animation Framework, The Worm-Chasing
Application, Worm Chase as an Applet, Java Imaging and Sound: AWT
Imaging Model, , Java 2D, Image Loading, Visual Effects and Animation,
Java Sounds, Sprites:, Defining and Coding a Sprite, Case Study: An
Isometric Tile Game and A 3D Checker Board
References:
1. Ernest Adams, “Fundamentals of Game Design”, (2e), New Riders
(Pearson), 2010.
2. Andrew Davison, “Killer Game Programming in Java”, O'Reilly, 2005.
3. Tony Gaddis, “Starting Out with Games & Graphics in C++”, (2e),
Addison-Wesley, 2012.
4. Mike McShaffry, David Graham, “Game Coding Complete”, (4e),
Cengage Learning PTR, 2012.
CSE 3285: INTRODUCTION TO ALGORITHMS [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of Algorithms, Important Problem Types, Analysis of
algorithm efficiency, Analysis Framework: Asymptotic Notations and
Basic Efficiency Classes, Mathematical Analysis of Nonrecursive and
Recursive Algorithms, Bruteforce Techniques: Selection Sort and Bubble
Sort, Sequential Search and String Matching, Exhaustive Search. Divide
and Conquer: Mergesort, Quicksort and Binary search. Decrease and
Conquer: Insertion Sort, Depth First Search, Breadth First Search,
Topological Sorting. Transform and Conquer: Presorting, Balanced
Search Trees, Heaps and Heapsort, Problem Reduction. Space and Time
tradeoffs: Sorting by Counting, Input Enhancement in String Matching,
Hashing. Dynamic Programming: Computing a Binomial Coefficient,
Warshall's and Floyd's Algorithms and the Knapsack Problem. Greedy
Techniques: Prim's Algorithm, Kruskal's Algorithm, Dijkstra's Algorithm,
Huffman Trees.
References:
1. Anany Levitin, “Introduction to the Design and Analysis of
Algorithms”, (3e), Pearson Education, India, 2012.
2. Ellis Horowitz and Sartaj Sahni, “Computer Algorithms/C++”, (2e),
University Press, India, 2007.
3. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronal L, Rivest, Clifford
Stein, “Introduction to Algorithms”, (2e), PHI, India, 2006.
CSE 3286: LINUX BASICS AND PROGRAMMING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to UNIX Operating System, UNIX Architecture and Command
Usage, General Purpose Utilities, The File System, Absolute Pathnames,
Relative Pathnames, Handling Ordinary Files, Compressing and
Decompressing Files, Basic File Attributes, File Ownership, File
Permissions, Changing File Permissions, The vi Editor, Working With gdb
Debugger, The Shell, Pattern matching, File Redirection, Escaping and
Quoting, Pipes, Shell Variables, The Process Basics, Mechanism of
Process creation , Process States and Zombies, Running Process in
Background, Killing Process with Signals, Customizing The Environment,
Environment Variables, File Systems and Inodes, Hard Links, Symbolic
Links, Umask, Simple Filters, Filters Using Regular Expression grep and
sed, Essential shell programming, Developing shell scripts, Debugging
shell scripts, Interrupting a program, Essential Linux System
Administration
122
References:
1. Sumitabha Das, “UNIX Concepts and Applications”, (4e),Tata
McGraw Hill Publications, 2011.
2. Neil Matthew and Richard Stones, “Beginning Linux Programming”,
(4e), Wrox Publication, 2008.
3. Behrouz A Forouzan and Richard F Gilbery, “UNIX and Shell
Programming”, CENGAGE Learning India Edition New Delhi, 2004.
4. Eric Foster Johnson, John C Welch, Micah Anderson, “Beginning
Shell Scripting”, Wrox Publication, 2005.
CSE 3287: PRINCIPLES OF SOFT COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Soft computing- Definition, Conception, Importance, Development
history; Neural networks: Neuron models, Activation functions, Network
architectures, Types of learning: error-correction, memory based,
Hebbian, competitive, and Boltzmann learning. Feed forward neural
network: Single layer perceptron, Multi layer perceptron, Back
propagation algorithm, Radial basis function network. Self-organizing
map, Principal component analysis, Applications. Fuzzy logic: Fuzzy set
theory: Fuzzy versus Crisp, Fuzzy set and Crisp set, Fuzzy relations and
Crisp relations. Fuzzy systems: Crisp logic, Predicate logic, Fuzzy logic,
Fuzzy rule based system, Defuzzification methods, Applications;
Genetic algorithms: Basic concepts, Working principle, Encoding,
Fitness function, Reproduction, Crossover, Mutation operators,
Applications; Hybrid Intelligent systems: Combination of Neural
networks, Fuzzy logic and Genetic algorithms
References:
1. Eva Volna, “Introduction to Soft computing”, (1e), Bookboon.com,
2013.
2. S. Rajasekaran, G. A. Vijayalakshmi Pai, “Neural Networks, Fuzzy
Logic and Genetic Algorithm: Synthesis and Applications”, PHI,
2011.
3. S. N. Sivanandam, S. N. Deepa, “Principles of Soft Computing”,
Wiley Pub., 2010.
4. Simon S. Haykin, “Neural Networks- A Comprehensive
Foundation”, Prentice Hall, 2005.
5. Timothy J Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, (2e),
McGrawHill, 2004.
CSE 3288: PRINCIPLES OF SOFTWARE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, The problem domain, The Software Engineering
Challenges, Software Processes, Desired Characteristics of Software
Process, Software Development Process Models, Software
Requirements Analysis And Specifications, Software Requirements,
Problem Analysis, Requirement Specifications, SRS, Planning a
Software Project , Process Planning, Effort Estimation, Project
Scheduling and Staffing, Software Configuration Management Plan,
Function Oriented Design, Design Principle, Module Level Concepts,
Design Notations and Specifications, DFDs, Object Oriented Design, OO
Analysis and Design ,OO Concepts, UML Diagrams, Coding
,Programming Principles and Guidelines,Coding Process, Testing,
Testing Fundamentals, Types of Testing.
References:
1. Pankaj Jalote, “An Integrated approach to Software Engineering”,
(3e), Narosa, 2005.
2. Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, (3e), PHI
learning, 2009.
3. Roger S. Pressman, “Software Engineering A Practioner's
Approach”, (6e), McGraw-Hill, 2005.
4. Ian Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, (9e), Pearson, 2010.
 CSE 3289: PROGRAMMING IN C# [3 0 0 3]
C#'s Family Tree- C, C# Relation to the .NET Framework, Introduction
to .NET Framework, Managed vs. Unmanaged Code, The Common
Language Specification, Object-Oriented Programming-
Encapsulation, Polymorphism, Inheritance, The C# Keywords,
Identifiers, The .NET Framework Class Library, C#'s Value Types,
Integers, Floating-Point Types, The decimal Type, Characters, The bool
Type, Literals- Character Escape Sequences, String Literals, The
Scope and Lifetime of Variables, Type Conversion and Casting,
Operators, Operator Precedence, Program Control Statements,
Introducing Classes and Objects- Garbage Collection and Destructors,
Arrays and Strings, A Closer Look at Methods and Classes,
Inheritance, Interfaces, Structures, Enumerations, The System,
Exception Class, Exception- Handling Fundamentals.
References:
1. Herbert Schildt, “C# 4.0: The Complete Reference”, Tata McGraw
Hill Publication, 2010.
2. E Balagurusamy, “Programming in C# A Primer”, (3e), Tata McGraw
Hill Publication, 2010.
3. Harsh Bhasin, “Programming in C#”, Oxford University Press, 2014.
4. Joseph Albahari and Ben Albahari, “C# 4.0 In A Nutshell”, (4e),
O'Reilly Media Inc., 2010.
CSE 3290: PROGRAMMING IN JAVA [3 0 0 3]
Object Oriented Programming, Byte Code Concept, Data Types, Variables
and Arrays, Operators, Control Statements, Classes and Methods,
Inheritance, String Handling, Packages, Access Protection, Importing
Packages, Interface, Exception Handling, Using Try And Catch,
Multithreaded Programming, File Handling, standard streams, Byte
Streams, File Input/Output Streams, Character Streams, Serialization,
Applets-Architecture, display methods, passing parameters Event
Handling mechanisms, delegation modes, classes, Event Listeners,
Adapter Classes, Inner Classes, AWT Classes, Window Fundamentals,
Working With Frame Windows, Introduction to Databases: JDBC
Connectivity.
123
References:
1. Herbert Schildt, “The Complete Reference Java”, (8e), TataMcGraw
Hill, 2011
2. Deitel and Deitel, “Java How to Program”, (10e), Pearson Edu., 2011
3. Steven Holzner, “Java 2 programming black book”, Dream Tech, New
Delhi, reprint:2005.
4. Pratik Patel and KarlMoss, “Java Database programming with
JDBC”, (2e), DreamTech, New Delhi, 2000.
CSE 3291: WEB PROGRAMMING [3 0 0 3]
Traditional HTML, XHTML, Loose Syntax Returns, Presentational Markup
Removed and Redefined, HTML5 Document Structure Changes, Adding
Semantics, HTML5's Open Media Effort, Client Side Graphics, HTML5
Form Changes, Emerging Elements and Attributes to Support Web
Applications, HTML5 Metadata Changes, Client side Programming using
Javascript, Statements, Loops and Functions, Client side Programming
using jQuery, Events, Animations and Effects, PHP History, General PHP
Language Features, Configuring the Environment, Embedding PHP Code
in Web Pages, String Interpolation, Control Structures, Functions, Arrays,
Object-Oriented PHP, Advanced OOP Features, Working with HTML
Forms.
References:
1. Thomas A. Powell, “HTML & CSS: The Complete Reference”, (5e),
McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. David Sawyer McFarland, “JavaScript & jQuery The Missing
Manual”, (2e), O'Reilly, 2011.
3. W. Jason Gilmore, “Beginning PHP and MySQL from Novice to
Professional”, (4e),Apress,2010.
4. Elizabeth Castro and Bruce Hyslop, “HTML5& CSS3 Visual Quick
Start Guide”, (7e),Pearson, 2012.
5. Adriaan de Jonge and Phillip Dutson, “jQuery, jQuery UI, and jQuery
Mobile: Recipes and Examples”, Pearson Education, 2013.
 Department of Electronics & Communication Engineering

Established in the year 1972, the department of Electronics &

Programs offered
Communication Engineering has developed itself as a center of
Under Graduate Program
excellence in academics and research. The department has been
4 B.Tech in Electronics and
working primarily on imparting basic knowledge and essential skills in
Communication Engineering (1972)
Electronics and Communication Engineering to the students.
Post Graduate Programs
The department has facilities such as MEMS design center for device
4 M.Tech in Digital Electronics & Advanced Communication (1999)
simulation, fabrication and testing; ATMEL MCU Center; NOVOTON ARM
4 M.Tech in Microelectronics (2008)
Processor boards; development boards for embedded system; campus
wide license for MathWorks tool; and CADENCE tool for VLSI design. To PhD
support the co-curricular and extra-curricular activities, at the
department level we have IE, IEEE, ISTE student chapters. Faculty Strength
In addition to regular teaching learning activity, faculty and student are Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
involved in active research in the area of Image, Audio, and Speech
1
Processing; Biomedical Instrumentation; Soft Computing Techniques; 19 10
Source and Channel Coding; Cipher System; Sensor Networks; 11
36 35
Plasmonics; Analog and Digital VLSI; Embedded Systems; MEMS and
Nano technology, Carbon Nano Tubes, and Thin Film Technology.
Student research and project work in these domains has resulted in
Journal and Conference publications at National and International levels;
and has brought laurels at national and International level technical PhD Professors
competitions. About 60 to 70 students from every passing out batch go M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
abroad for their masters in reputed universities. B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors

124
 B. Tech in ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2102 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2203 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
ECE 2101 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 4 ECE 2201 Antennas 3 1 0 4
ECE 2102 Electromagnetic Waves 3 1 0 4 ECE 2202 IC Systems 3 1 0 4
ECE 2103 Network Analysis 3 0 0 3 ECE 2203 Digital Signal Processing 3 0 0 3
II ECE 2104 Signals and Systems 3 0 0 3 ECE 2204 Digital System Design Using Verilog 3 0 0 3
ECE 2105 Logic Design 3 0 0 3 ******* Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
ECE 2111 Digital Electronics Lab 0 0 3 1 ECE 2211 Electronic Circuit Design Lab 0 0 6 2
ECE 2112 Signals & Circuits Simulation Lab 0 0 3 1 ECE 2212 DSP Lab 0 0 3 1
17 3 6 22 17 3 9 23
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
ECE 3101 Linear and Digital Control Systems 3 0 0 3 HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3
ECE 3102 Microcontrollers 3 0 0 3 ECE 3201 Digital Communication 3 1 0 4
ECE 3103 Analog Communication 3 1 0 4 ECE **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3

125
ECE 3104 VLSI Design 3 1 0 4 ECE **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3
III
ECE 3105 Communication Networks 3 0 0 3 ECE **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3
ECE 3106 Computer Organization and Architecture 3 0 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
ECE 3111 Microcontroller Lab 0 0 6 2 ECE 3211 Communication Lab – I 0 0 3 1
ECE 3112 VLSI Lab 0 0 3 1 ECE 3212 Communication Network Lab 0 0 6 2
18 2 9 23 17 2 9 22
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002 Engineering Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 ECE 4297 Seminar 1
ECE 4101 Wireless Communication 3 1 0 4 ECE 4298 Industrial Training 1
ECE 4102 RF & Microwave Engineering 3 1 0 4 ECE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
IV ECE **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
ECE **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3
ECE **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
ECE 4111 Communication Lab – II 0 0 6 2
17 3 6 22 14
Minor SpeciaIisations
THIRD SEMESTER
I. Embedded System Design
1. ECE 4001: Advanced Embedded System Design MAT 2102: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
2. ECE 4002: Embedded Networking Complex Variable: Functions of complex variable, C-R equations,
3. ECE 4003: Embedded System Design differentiation, Cauchy's integral formula, Taylor's and Laurent Series,
4. ECE 4004: Real Time Systems Cauchy's residue theorem. Fourier series and transforms: Periodic
II. Signal Processing function, Fourier Series expansion, Parseval's identity and applications.
1. ECE 4005: Advanced Digital Signal Processing Partial Differential Equations: Solution by method of separation of
2. ECE 4006: Digital Image Processing variables, One dimensional wave equation, D'almbert's solution and
3. ECE 4007: Digital Speech Processing solution by separation of variables, One dimensional heat equation and
4. ECE 4008: Linear Algebra for Signal Processing solution by separation of variables. Vector Calculus: Vector differential
operator, gradient divergence, and curl, Line, surface and volume
III. Telecommunication integrals, Green's theorem, divergence and Stoke's theorems and their
1. ECE 4009: Information Theory and Coding applications.
2. ECE 4010: Mobile Communication
3. ECE 4011: Optical Fiber Communication References:
4. ECE 4012: Spread Spectrum Communication 1. Grewal B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, (42e), Khanna
IV. VLSI Design Publishers.
1. ECE 4013: Analog and Mixed Signal Design 2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engg. Mathematics”, (10e), Wiley
2. ECE 4014: Low Power VLSI Design Eastern.
3. ECE 4015: Semiconductor Device Physics 3. Gerald and Wheatley, “Applied Numerical Analysis”, (5e), Pearson
4. ECE 4016: VLSI/ULSI Process Technology education.
4. Murray R. Spiegel, “Vector Analysis”, Schaum Publishing Co., 1959.
V. Business Management
5. Narayanan, Ramaniah, ManicavachagomPillay, “Advanced
1. HUM 4011: Financial Management
Engineering Mathematics”,(8e), John Wiley India.
2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management
4. HUM 4014: Operations and Systems Management ECE 2101: ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS [3 1 0 4]
Review of BJT operation, biasing and stability, Transistor at low
Other Programme Electives frequencies and high frequencies, Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field-
1. ECE 4017: Advanced MOS Devices Effect Transistors and their Applications. Bipolar Transistor Large-Signal
2. ECE 4018: Advanced Processors and Controllers and Small-Signal Model. BJT Amplifiers: Input and Output Impedances,
3. ECE 4019: Cipher Systems Biasing, Bipolar Amplifier Topologies. MOS Amplifier: Amplifier
4. ECE 4020: Data Structures and Algorithms Topologies, Relationship between Transfer Function and Frequency
5. ECE 4021: RTL Verification using Verilog Response, Input and Output Impedances. Properties of Negative
6. ECE 4022: Electronic Instrumentation Feedback: Gain Desensitization, Bandwidth Extension. Oscillators: LC
7. ECE 4023: Electronic System Design Oscillators, Parallel LC Tanks, Cross-Coupled Oscillator. Power
8. ECE 4024: Error Control Coding Amplifier: Emitter Follower as Power Amplifier, Push-Pull Stage,
9. ECE 4025: Flexible Electronics Improved Push-Pull Stage, Power Amplifier Classes.
10. ECE 4026: Low Voltage Analog Signal Processing
11. ECE 4027: MEMS
References:
12. ECE 4028: Microwave Integrated Circuits
13. ECE 4029: Nano Technology 1. Behzad Razavi, “Fundamental of Microelectronics”, Wiley, 2013.
14. ECE 4030: Object Oriented Programming Using C++ 2. A.S.Sedra, K. C. Smith, “Microelectronic Circuits”, Oxford University
15. ECE 4031: Power Electronics Press, 2011.
16. ECE 4032: Radar and Navigation Systems 3. R. L. Boylestad, L. Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuit
17. ECE 4033: Soft Computing Techniques Theory”, 2009.
18. ECE 4034: System on Chip Design 4. J. Millman, C. C. Halkias, Chetan. D. Parekh, “Integrated
19. ECE 4035: Time Frequency and Wavelet Transforms Electronics”, McGraw Hill, 2010.
20. ECE 4036: Building Automation Systems
21. ECE 4037: Wireless Sensor Networks ECE 2102: ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES [3 1 0 4]
Open Electives Review of Vector analysis, Vector algebra, Cartesian, cylindrical and
1. ECE 3281: Consumer Electronics spherical co-ordinate systems. Electrostatics: Coulomb's law, Electric
2. ECE 3282: Electronic Product Design & Packaging field intensity and Electrostatic potential, Gauss's law and its
3. ECE 3283: Introduction to Communication Systems applications, divergence and Gauss divergence theorem, boundary
4. ECE 3284: Microcontrollers and Applications conditions. Magnetostatics: Magnetic field intensity, Biot-Savart's law,
5. ECE 3285: MEMS Technology Ampere's law, Stoke's theorem. Electromagnetic Waves: Maxwell's
6. ECE 3286: Introduction to Embedded Systems equations in integral and point form for free space and material media,
7. ECE 3287: Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic relation between electric and magnetic fields, Poynting vector and
8. ECE 3288: Building Automation Systems complex Poynting vector theorem. Reflection of Electromagnetic Waves:
9. ECE 3289: Applications of Signal Processing Transmission and reflection coefficients and standing wave ratio,
10. ECE 3290: Introduction to Nanoscience & Technology Brewster's angle, total reflection.

126
References:
1. Jr. Hayt, Buck, “Engineering Electromagnetics”, (7e), McGraw Hill.
2. Martin A Plonus, “ Applied Electromagnetics”, McGraw Hill, 1978.
3. John D Kraus, “Electromagnetics”, (4e), McGraw Hill.
4. Sadiku, “Elements of Electromagnetics”, (3e), Oxford University.
5. R K Shevgaonkar, “Electromagnetic Waves”, Tata McGraw Hill,
2005.
ECE 2103: NETWORK ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
Network equation: Nodal and loop analysis of networks, source
transformation, star delta transformations. Laplace transformation and
its application: Solution of RL, RC, RLC networks. Network Theorems:
Superposition, reciprocity, Thevenin's and Norton's theorems, maximum
power transfer theorem. First order and higher order differential
equations: General and particular solutions of RL, RC and RLC circuits.
Transient behaviour and Initial conditions in networks: Evaluation of initial
and final conditions in RL, RC and RLC circuits for AC and DC
excitations.Linear wave shaping. Two port network and network
functions: Open circuit impedance parameters, cascade connection of
two port networks, transfer functions.
References:
1. M. E. Van Valkenberg, “Network Analysis”, Prentice Hall of India,
2000.
2. Franklin F. Kuo, “Network Analysis and Synthesis”, (2e), Wiley
International.
3. Joseph Edminister, “Electric Circuits”, Schaum's Series, McGraw Hill.
4. Millman, H. Taub, “Pulse, Digital and Switching Waveforms”, (2e),
McGraw Hill.
ECE 2104: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to signal and systems: Continuous and discrete time
signals, System properties - memory, linearity, causality, invertibility,
time invariance and stability. Linear time-invariant systems: Discrete
continuous Time LTI systems, convolution sum, convolution Integral.
Fourier series representations of periodic signals: Response of LTI
systems to complex exponentials. Fourier representations of non-
periodic signals: Fourier representation of non-periodic signal, Solution
of linear constant coefficient differential equations. Sampling: sampling
theorem, aliasing. Application of Laplace Transform: Continuous time
system analysis using Laplace transform, region of convergence and
stability. Z-Transform.
References:
1. A. V. Oppenheim, A. S. Willsky, A. Nawab, “Signals and Systems”,
PHI, 2006.
2. Simon Haykin, Barry Van Veen, “Signals and Systems”, John Wiley
& Sons, New Delhi, 2005.
3. H. Hsu, R. Ranjan, “Signals and Systems”, Schaums outline, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2006.
4. B. P. Lathi, “Linear Systems and Signals”, Oxford University Press,
2005.
ECE 2105: LOGIC DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Logic Families: Performance metrics of logic gates, basic transistor-
transistor logic (TTL) and CMOS logic.Boolean algebra: Review of
number systems and codes, simplification of Boolean expressions.
Combinational Logic Design: Minimization of Boolean functions, Design
of conmbinational circuits. Synchronous Sequential Logic Design: SR,
JK, master-slave JK, D and T flip flops, analysis and design of
127
synchronous sequential circuits. Asynchronous Sequential Logic
Design: Fundamentals of asynchronous sequential circuits, analysis and
design of asynchronous sequential circuits, asynchronous counters,
cycles, races and hazards in asynchronous circuits. Digital System
Design using PLDs: PROM, PLA, PAL.
References:
1. Donald D. Givone, “Digital Principles and Design”, Tata McGraw Hill,
2002.
2. William I. Fletcher, “An Engineering Approach to Digital Design”,
Prentice Hall of India, 2009.
3. ZviKohavi, Niraj K Jha, “Switching and Finite Automata Theory”, (3e),
Cambridge, 2010.
4. C. H. Roth, “Fundamentals of Logic Design”, Thomson, 2000.
5. A. Ananda Kumar, “Switching Theory and Logic Design”, Prentice
Hall of India, 2009.
ECE 2111: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
1. Study of characteristics of TTL ICs.
2. Verification of Boolean theorems and laws.
3. Study and implementation of combinational circuits.
4. Design and implementation of synchronous sequential circuits.
5. Design and implementation of asynchronous sequential circuits.
ECE 2112: SIGNALS AND CIRCUITS SIMULATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
1. Simulation of passive and active circuit components.
2. Simulation of simple circuits.
3. Amplifiers.
4. Oscillators and signal generators.
5. Applications of diodes, OPAMP and IC 555 timer.
6. Analysis of signals and systems using MATLAB.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2203: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to probability: Finite sample spaces, Baye's theorem,
Chebyshev's inequality. Two and higher dimensional random variables,
covariance, correlation coefficient. Probability Distributions: Binomial,
Poisson, uniform, normal, gamma, hi-square and exponential
distributions, central limit theorem and applications. Difference
Equations and Z-transforms: Difference Calculus, difference equations
with constant coefficients, solutions. Z - Transforms and Inverse Z-
transforms. Finite difference expressions for first and second order
derivatives, Solution of boundary value problems, numerical solutions of
Laplace and Poisson equations by standard five point formula, heat and
wave equations by explicit methods.
References:
1. P. L. Meyer, “Introduction to Probability and Statistical Applications”,
(2e), American Publishing Co., 1979.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (5e), Wiley
Eastern, 1985.
3. A. V. Openheim, R. W. Schafer, “Digital Signal Processing”, Prentice
Hall, 1975.
4. Hogg, Craig, “Introduction to Mathematical Statistics”, (4e),
MacMillan Publishing, 1975.
5. Narayanan, Ramaniah, ManicavachagomPillay, “Advanced
Engineering Mathematics”,(8e), John Wiley India.
 ECE 2201: ANTENNAS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction: Types of Antennas, radiation mechanism, current
distribution. Fundamentals of antenna: Radiation pattern, power density
and radiation intensity, directivity, gain, efficiency, HPBW. Electric and
magnetic vector potentials, solutions for wave equations, far-field
radiation, duality theorem and reciprocity theorem. Infinitesimal, small
and finite dipole antennas, half wave length dipole. Small circular loop
antenna, circular loop with constant current, ferrite loop. Antenna
arrays.Folded dipole, long wire, V, rhombic, helical, Yagi-Uda.Babinet's
principle, Huygens's principle. Rectangular and circular patch. Ground
wave propagation, space wave propagation, troposphere and
ionosphere propagation and their effect on radio waves.
References:
1. Constantine A. Balanis, “Antenna Theory”, John Wiley & Sons,
2010.
2. John D. Kraus, “Antenna and Wave Propagation”, Tata McGraw Hill,
2010.
3. K. D. Prasad, “Antenna & Wave Propagation”, Satya Prakashan, 2009.
4. F. E. Terman, “Radio Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1995.
ECE 2202: IC SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
Operational Amplifier, Differential amplifier: Analysis and characteristics
of differential amplifier. Level shifter, output stage and operational
amplifier parameters. Linear applications of operational amplifier:
Inverting amplifier, non-inverting amplifier. Active filters. Precision half
wave and full wave rectifiers, peak detector, sample and hold circuit,
Astable multivibrator using 555 timer, positive and negative edge
triggered monostable multivibrator, linear ramp generator and FSK
generator. Digital to analog converter (DAC) and analog to digital
converters (ADC), types. Phase-locked loops: Operating principle of
PLL, circuit analysis of phase detector. Applications of PLL. AM & FM
demodulator and FSK demodulator.
References:
1. Stanley William D, “Operational Amplifiers with Linear Integrated
Circuits”, Prentice Hall, 2004.
2. Milman Jacob, “ Microelectronics”, McGraw Hill, 2001.
3. Franco Sergio, “Design with Op amps & Analog Integrated Circuits”,
McGraw Hill, 2002.
4. Ramakant A. Gayakwad, “Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits”,
Prentice Hall of India, 2000.
5. Choudhury Roy D, Shail B. Jain, “Linear Integrated Circuits”, Wiley
Eastern, 2003.
ECE 2203: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Z-transform and its application to the analysis of LTI systems: Review of
Z - transform, analysis of LTI system in Z - domain, pole-zero analysis,
stability. Frequency domain sampling and reconstruction of discrete time
signals: properties of DFT, filtering of long data sequences, FFT
algorithms. Structures for FIR filters: Direct form, cascade form,
frequency sampling and lattice structures. Structures for IIR filters:
Direct forms, cascade and parallel form, lattice ladder structures. Design
of IIR and FIR filters: Bilinear transformation, Butterworth, Chebyshev
and elliptic filters. Design of FIR filters using windows, frequency
sampling design. Effect of time domain windowing on power spectrum,
Parametric methods of PSD estimation.
References:
1. Proakis J. G., Manolakis D. G. Mimitris D., “Introduction to Digital
Signal Processing”, Prentice Hall, India, 2003.
128
2. Oppenheim A.V, Schafer R. W., “Discrete Time Signal Processing”,
Pearson Education, 2003.
3. Ifeachar, Jervis, “Digital Signal Processing - A Practical Approach”,
Pearson Education, Asia, 2003.
4. Rabiner L. R, Gold D. J., “Theory and Applications of Digital Signal
Processing”, Prentice Hall, India, 1998.
5. Sanjit Mitra K., “Digital Signal Processing - A computer Based
Approach”, TMH, 2001.
ECE 2204: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN USING VERILOG [3 0 0 3]
Digital Implementation: Options and Design Flow, Programmable
ASICs. FPGA Architectures and Applications, Implementation of
combinational and sequential circuits using FPGAs, Shannon's
decomposition. Digital Testing and Testability: Fault models, path
sensitization and D algorithms, Boolean difference, PODEM, ITG, DFT
methods. Introduction to HDL, VHDL versus Verilog, Verilog
description of combinational circuits. Delays in Verilog. Verilog data
types and operators. Simple synthesis examples. Modeling registers
and counters. Verilog functions. Verilog tasks. Generate statements.
System level design using Verilog: Design of real-world examples
using Verilog such as LED displays, ALU, UART and GPIO.
References:
1. M. J. S. Smith, “Application Specific ICs”, Pearson, 1997.
2. Charles Roth, LizyKurian John, ByeongKil Lee, “Digital System
Design Using Verilog, (1e), 2016.
3. Michael D. Ciletti, “Advanced Digital Design with the Verilog
HDL”,(2e), Prentice Hall Publishing, 2010.
4. Stephen, Brown and Zvonko Vranesic, “Fundamentals of Digital
Logic with Verilog Design”, TMH, 2013.
5. Parag K. Lala, “Fault Tolerant and Fault Testable Hardware Design”,
BS Publication, 1990.
ECE 2211: ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT DESIGN LAB [0 0 6 2]
1. Amplifiers and wave shaping.
2. Applications of OP AMPs.
3. Multivibrators Timer IC 555 and OP AMP.
4. Rectifiers, filters and Voltage regulators (IC 741, 78XX, 79XX,
LM317, 723).
5. Oscillators Phase shift, Hartley, Colpitts and Crystal.
6. Mini project (Design, construct and demonstrate a system using
combination of above modules).
ECE 2212: DSP LAB [0 0 3 1]
1. Time domain and frequency domain analysis of signals and systems.
2. Analysis in z-domain.
3. Filter design.
4. Applications to speech and image signal processing.
5. Introduction to Code Composer Studio.
6. Filter implementation using DSP Kits.
FIFTH SEMESTER
ECE 3101: LINEAR AND DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Block diagrams and signal flow graphs: Transfer function, signal flow
graphs, gain formula, state diagram. System modeling. Time domain
analysis: Stability, Routh-Hurwitz criterion, time response for continuous
data systems, root locus properties and construction. Frequency
domain analysis: Second order prototype system, Bode diagram, gain
and phase margins, Nyquist stability criterion. Compensators and
controllers: Feedback and feed forward controls, PI, PD and PID
controllers, lead, lag and lead-lag compensators. Digital control
systems: Mapping between s and z plane, Jury's test. PID controllers
State space representation: Stability analysis, state transition matrix,
Eigen values.
References:
1. B. C. KUO, “Automatic Control Systems”, (7e), PHI.
2. Nagrath and Gopal, “Control System Engineering”, (3e), PHI.
3. K.Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, (2e), PHI.
4. D'azzo and Houpis, “Linear Control System Analysis and Design”,
(5e), TMH, 2003.
5. S. I. Ashon, “ Microprocessors with Applications in Process
Control”, McGraw Hill, 1984.
ECE 3102: MICROCONTROLLERS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Difference between Processors & Controllers, Von-
Neuman & Harvard architecture, RISC & CISC processors. 8051
Microcontrollers: Architecture, I/O pins, ports and circuits, Instruction
set, Addressing modes, counter & timers, I/O port programming, Serial
Data Input/Output, Interrupts. ARM Processor: ARM architecture,
Programmers model, Pipelining, ARM organization & Implementation,
Addressing modes, Instruction set, thumb model, AMBA. Programming
and Interfacing with ARM7 Processor: Introduction to LPC2148, GPIO
and Timer programming, PWM, Watch Dog Timer, ADC, DAC. Interfacing
of DC and Stepper Motor, LED, Toggle Switch, Matrix Key board.
References:
1. Mazidi M. A. & J. G. Mazidi, “The 8051 Microcontroller and
Embedded Systems”, Pearson, 2002.
2. Steve Furber, “ARM System-On- Chip Architecture”, (2e), Pearson
Education, 2000.
3. J. R. Gibson, “ARM Assembly Language-An Introduction”, Dept. of
Electrical Engineering and Electronics, The University of Liverpool,
2007.
4. Andrew N. Sloss, Dominic Symes, Chris Wright, “ARM System
Developer's Guide”, Elsevier, 2004.
5. LPC21XX User Manual, 2007.
ECE 3103: ANALOG COMMUNICATION [3 1 0 4]
Fourier analysis: properties, Dirac delta function and its properties.
Filtering and signal distortion: Hilbert transform linear distortion and
equalization. Spectral density and correlation: Energy spectral density,
power spectral density, auto correlation and cross correlation of energy
and power signals. Amplitude modulation: modulation index, average
power, square law modulator detector, super-hetrodyne receiver. Double
Side Band Suppressed Carrier (DSBSC) Modulation. Single Side Band
(SSB) Modulation. Angle modulation: modulation index, average power,
single tone FM, detection of FM, AFC, FM stereo transmitter and receiver.
Noise: thermal noise, shot noise, SNR, noise factor, noise in AM DSBSC
system, noise in SSB system.
References:
1. Simon Haykin, “An Introduction to Analog & Digital
Communications”, Willey Eastern, New York, 2009.
2. Taub and D. L. Shelling, “Principles of Communication Systems”,
McGraw Hill Book Co., 2008.
3. B. P. Lathi, “Modern Digital and Analog Communication”, Oxford
University Press, 2005.
129
4. Cooper and McGillem, “Statistical Probabilistic Methods for Signals
and System Analysis”, Oxford University Press, 2007.
5. Dennis Roddy & John Coolen, “Electronic Communications”, (4e),
PHI, 2001.
ECE 3104: VLSI DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
VLSI technology trends and Moore's law. MOS devices and Circuits:
threshold voltage, analysis of NMOS and CMOS inverter circuits.
Fabrication of ICs: Lithographic process of MOS and CMOS fabrication.
MOS Circuit design & Layouts: BiCMOS inverters and circuits, dynamic
and clocked CMOS inverters. Clocking strategies, Stick diagrams,
scaling of MOS circuits. Basic circuit concepts and performance
estimation: Sheet resistance, estimation of delay in NMOS and CMOS
inverters, driving of large capacitive loads, super buffers, power
dissipation in CMOS. Sub system design: Design strategies, design of
adders, ALUs and shifters and sequential circuits. Interconnects:
Capacitive parasitic, inductive parasitic resistive parasitic.
References:
1. Jan M Rabaey, “Digital Integrated Circuits”, Prentice Hall India, 2003.
2. Weste. N and Eshraghian K, “Principles of CMOS VLSI Design”, (2e),
Addison Wesley Publication.
3. Sung Mo Kang and Yusuf Leblebici, “CMOS Digital Integrated
Circuits Design and Analysis”, (3e), Tata Mcgraw Hill.
4. Pucknell D. A. and EshraghianK., “Basic VLSI Design”, PHI
publication, 2009.
5. Amar Mukherjee, “Introduction to NMOS & CMOS VLSI Systems
Design”, Prentice Hall, 1986.
ECE 3105: COMMUNICATION NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
Fundamental concepts of networks: packet switched networks,
switching types, TCP/IP and OSI model, ATM. Networking devices:
multiplexers, repeaters, hubs, bridges, router. Data links and
transmission: channel coding, methods of channel access, error
detection and correction, local area networks and networks of LANs:
LAN protocols, mac and IP address. Wireless networks and mobile IP:
wired LAN technologies. Routing and internetworking: network layer
routing, RIP, OSPF, congestion control. Transport and end to end
protocols: TCP, UDP. Applications and network management: DNS, e-
mail, FTP, www and http. Advanced concepts: VPNS, MPLS, VOIP, mobile
ad-hoc networks, satellite networks and wireless sensor networks.
References:
1. Nader F. Mir, “Computer and Communication Networks”, Pearson
Education, 2007.
2. Albert Leon Garcia and Indra Widjaja, “Communication Networks”,
McGraw Hill, 2006.
3. J. F. Hayes, “Modeling and Analysis of Computer Communication
Networks”, Plenum, 1984.
4. Jean Walrand & PravinVaraiya, “High Performance Communication
Networks”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2002.
5. William Stallings, “Data & Computer Communication”, (7e), Prentice
Hall.
ECE 3106: COMPUTER ORGANIZATION & ARCHITECTURE [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Overview of architecture of typical computers, Instruction
set, addressing modes, reverse polish notation. ALU design: Adders,
CLA, CSA, high speed multiplier design, Booth's and modified Booth's
algorithm, Wallace tree structure, arithmetic processors. Memory
organization: Main memory and cache memory, memory management
techniques, cache mapping functions virtual memory. Input/output
organization: Interrupt driven I/O, DMA. Control unit: single bus
processor, multiple bus processor, micro programmed control unit.
Advanced concepts: Instruction pipelining and pipeline hazards. RISC
architecture in modern processors, VLIW architecture, vector computing
and array processing.
References:
1. M. Raffiquzzaman & Raja Chandra, “Modern Computer Architecture,
Galgotia publications”, New Delhi, 1990.
2. M Morris Mano, “Computer System Architecture”, (3e), Pearson
Education, Delhi, 2002.
3. Nicholas Carter, “Computer Architecture”, Schaum's outlines,
McGraw.Hill, New Delhi, 2006.
4. V. Carl Hamacher, Z. Vranesic & S. Zaky, “Computer Organization”,
(5e), McGraw Hill International Edition, Computer Science
series,1998.
5. David A. Patterson & John L. Hennessy, “Computer Organization and
Design. The Hardware/Software Interface”, (3e), Elsevier, 2005.
ECE 3111: MICROCONTROLLER LAB [0 0 6 2]
1. Familiarization of 8051 board and simulation tools.
2. Programming 8051 using assembly language.
3. Familiarization of ARM kits and software tool.
4. Basic programming: Data transfer, Arithmetic, logical, branch.
5. Interfacing of external devices to ARM kit and programming.
6. Programming using embedded C.
7. Mini project (Design, construct and demonstrate a system using
microcontroller kits such as Nuvoton, Cortex, 8051, ATMEL, AVR etc.).
ECE 3112: VLSI LAB [0 0 3 1]
1. VHDL programming and simulation of combinational and sequential
circuits.
2. Study of various modelling styles using VHDL.
3. Synthesis of combinational and sequential circuits.
4. Implementation of digital circuits using the FPGA/CPLD.
5. Verilog programming and simulation of logic circuits.
6. Generation and simulation of layouts for simple logic circuits.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction: Definition of management and systems approach, nature &
scope. Functions of managers. Planning: Types of plans, steps in
planning, strategies, policies & planning premises. Strategic planning
process and tools. Organizing: Nature & purpose of organising,
functional authority, art of delegation, decentralisation of authority.
Staffing: HR planning, recruitment, development and training. Human
factors in Managing: Theories of Motivation, Leadership, Managerial
Grid. Basic control process, Critical control points & standards, Control
techniques. International Management: Managerial practices in Japan &
USA & application of Theory Z. Entrepreneurship: Entrepreneurial traits,
Creativity, Innovation management, Market analysis.
References:
1. Koontz D, “Essentials of Management”, (7e), McGraw Hill, New
York.
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied
Publishers, 1993.
130
3. Peter Drucker, “The Practice of Management”, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003.
ECE 3201: DIGITAL COMMUNICATION [3 1 0 4]
Signal detection: Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization procedure, geometric
interpretation of signals, matched filter receiver. Pulse modulation
systems: PAM, PDM, PCM, TDM and PAM, sampling, quantization and
encoding techniques, delta modulation. Baseband digital data
transmission: inter symbol interference, Nyquist condition, Optimum
detection, noise probability of error expression. Digital modulation
techniques: PSK, DPSK, FSK, QAM, QPSK, OQPSK MSK and OFDM.
Information theory and coding: Information rate and Shannon-Fano
coding, Huffman coding, Shannon's theorem and channel capacity,
Viterbi coding. Spread Spectrum System (SSS): Direct sequence,
frequency hopping SSS.
References:
1. Haykin S, “ Digital Communications”, John Wiley and Sons, 1988.
2. Taub H and Schilling D. L, “Principles of Communication Systems”,
McGraw Hill publication, 2008.
3. Hsu H.P., “Analog and Digital Communications”, Schaum's outline
series, 2003.
4. Proakis J G, “Digital Communications”, McGraw Hill, 2009.
5. Cooper and McGillem, “Statistical Probabilistic Methods for Signals
and System Analysis”, Oxford University Press, 2007.
ECE 3211: COMMUNICATION LAB - I [0 0 3 1]
1. Active filters and Equalizers.
2. Modulation schemes, Transmission and Reception .
3. Transmission Lines and Waveguides.
4. Antennas.
5. Phase Locked Loop (PLL).
6. Sampling Techniques and Time division multiplexing.
ECE 3212: COMMUNICATION NETWORK LAB [0 0 6 2]
1. LAN and WAN configuration.
2. Routing protocols configuration, testing and verification.
3. TCP, UDP communication.
4. Sub netting and super netting.
5. VLAN and VTP protocols.
6. Implementation of hardware based real time network.
7. Mini project (Design, construct and demonstrate a system using
combination of above modules).
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction: Nature and significance, law of demand, and supply. Time
value of money: Interest factors for discrete compounding, uniform,
gradient cash flow. Economic analysis of alternatives: Bases for
comparison of alternatives, capital recovery with return. Break-even and
minimum cost analysis: Minimum cost analysis. Depreciation: Methods
of depreciation. Financial management: Sources of long term finance.
Valuation of securities: Bond valuation and valuation models, bond value
theorems, dividend capitalization approach. Financial statement
analysis: Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios, leverage ratios, turn
over ratios, profitability ratios, common size analysis, and drawbacks of
financial statement analysis.
References: ECE 4111: COMMUNICATION LAB - II [0 0 6 2]
1. Thuesen G. J, “Engineering Economics”, Prentice Hall of India, New 1. Active and Passive Microwave and Microstrip Devices.
Delhi, 2005. 2. Advanced Modulation Formats.
2. Blank Leland T and Tarquin Anthony J., “Engineering Economy”, 3. Optical Communication.
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2002. 4. Line coding techniques.
3. Grant Eugene L, “Principles of Engineering Economy”, John Wiley, 5. Communication Networks.
Delhi, 1990.
4. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi, 2005. EIGHTH SEMESTER
5. T. Ramachandran, “Accounting and Financial Management”, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd, India, 2001. ECE 4297: SEMINAR
4 Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
ECE 4101: WIRELESS COMMUNICATION [3 1 0 4] topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
Path loss and shadowing: Overview of wireless communications, free the syllabus.
4
space path loss, ray tracing, empirical path loss models, simplified path The topic has to be approved by the department and a report of the
loss model, shadowing, outage probability. Modeling: Channel impulse same has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
response, narrowband fading models, autocorrelation, power spectral
density, wideband fading models, power delay profile. Capacity: ECE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Capacity in AWGN and fading channels, CDI, CSI, CSI at transmitter and
4 Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
receiver, comparisons, time invariant and varying channels. Diversity of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
Techniques: Receiver diversity, transmitter diversity, analysis based on starting from the end of third semester.
moment generating functions. Equalization Techniques: Linear
4 Student has to submit a training report to the department in the
Equalizers, MLSE, DFE. MIMO system: MIMO models, capacity of MIMO prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
channels, MIMO diversity gain. report should include the certificates issued by the industry.

References: ECE 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL

1. Andrea Goldsmith, “Wireless Communication”, Cambridge
4 The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
University Press, 2009. research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
2. T. S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communication - Principles and
4 The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
Practice”, Pearson, 2002. which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
3.
4 D. Tse and P. Viswanath, “Fundamentals of Wireless A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
Communication”, Cambridge University Press, 2005. about 8 weeks.
4. A. F. Molisch, “Wireless Communications”, John Wiley and Sons,
4 An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
2010. submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
5. Lee, “Wireless Communication Systems”, TMH, 2013.
4 The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
submission of the final project report in the prescribed form.
4 ECE 4102: RF & MICROWAVE ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4] Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before
Transmission line at RF: General equation, reflection coefficient, SWR, the department committee as part of project evaluation.
impedance matching. Guided wave propagation: Guided waves, TE, TM
and TEM waves, wave impedance, excitation of wave guides. Passive MINOR SPECIALIZATIONS
microwave components: Resonators, E-plane Tee, H-plane Tee, hybrid
Tee. Microwave sources: High frequency limitations of conventional I. EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN
tubes. Reentrant cavities, two cavity klystron, bunching process, output
power and beam loading. Reflex klystron, velocity modulation, power ECE 4001: ADVANCED EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
output, electronic admittance and efficiency, traveling wave tube. Introduction: Multiple processes in an application, problem of sharing
Magnetron, Gunn diode and tunnel diode. Microwave measurement: data by multiple tasks and routines, network operating systems, interrupt
Measurement of power, attenuation, SWR, antenna gain measurements, routine in an RTOS, RTOS task scheduling models, interrupt latency.
wavelength and impedance measurement. Device drivers: Parallel port and serial port device drivers, device drivers
for internet programmable timing devices. Processor modeling:
References: Software analysis, software development process life cycle, finite state
1. J. Ryder, “Network Lines and Fields”, (2e), Prentice - Hall India Ltd. machines, models, state machine models, IP cores. System modeling:
Hardware software co-design, co-design for system specification and
2. Jordan and Balmain, “Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating
modeling, models of computation, HW/SW scheduling. Memory:
System”, (2e), Prentice - Hall India.
Memory write ability, advanced RAM interfacing communication basic,
3. S. Liao, “Microwave Devices and Circuits”, Prentice Hall India Ltd,
microprocessor interfacing, I/O addressing.
1990.
4. Kennedy, “Electronic Communication Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill,
References:
1999.
1. David E. Simon, “An Embedded System Primer” Pearson
5. David M. Pozar, “Microwave Engineering”, (3e), John Wiley & Sons,
Education, 2001.
2009.
2. Raj Kamal, “Embedded Systems: Architecture, Programming and
Design”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.

131
3. Steve Heath, “Embedded System Design”, (2e), Elsevier, 2004.
4. Shibu K. V, “Introduction to Embedded Systems”, (1e), Tata McGraw
Hill.
5. Tammy Noergaard, “Embedded System Architecture, A
Comprehensive Guide for Engineers and Programmers”, Elsevier,
2006.
ECE 4002: EMBEDDED NETWORKING [3 0 0 3]
Embedded communication protocols: Serial communication protocols,
SPI, I2C, PC Parallel port programming, ISA/PCI bus protocols. USB and
CAN bus: USB states, USB communication, USB interface, CAN
interface using PIC microcontroller. Ethernet basics: Ethernet, building a
network, hardware options, cables, connections and network speed,
design choices. Ethernet controllers. Ethernet in local and internet
communication. Embedded Ethernet: Exchanging messages using UDP
and TCP, serving web pages with dynamic data, e-mail for embedded
systems using FTP, network security. Wireless embedded networking:
Wireless sensor networks, network topology, localization, time
synchronization. Energy efficient MAC protocols, SMAC.
References:
1. Frank Vahid, Givargis, “Embedded Systems Design - A Unified
Hardware/Software Introduction”, Wiley Publications, 2000.
2. Jan Axelson, “Parallel Port Complete”, Penram publications, 1996.
3. Dogan Ibrahim, “Advanced PIC Microcontroller Projects in C”,
Elsevier, 2008.
4. Jan Axelson, “Embedded Ethernet and Internet Complete”, Penram
publications, 2007.
5. Bhaskar Krishnamachari, “Networking Wireless Sensors”,
Cambridge press, 2005.
ECE 4003: EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Embedded systems overview, processor technology, IC
technology. Processors, Hardware & Software: Custom single purpose
and General Purpose processors, general purpose processor design.
Typical embedded system: memory, sensors & actuators,
communication interface, embedded firmware. Hardware and software
co-design: Fundamental issues, computational models, design flow and
development tools. Operating systems: types of OS, tasks, process &
threads, multiprocessing and multitasking, concurrent processes,
communication among processes. Embedded C programming:
Programming 8051 controller using embedded C. Embedded
development life cycle (EDLC): Objectives and phases of EDLC.
References:
1. Frank Vahid& Tony Givargis, “Embedded System Design”, Wiley
Publication, 2002.
2. Shibu K. V, “Introduction to Embedded Systems”, McGraw Hill
Publication, 2013.
3. K. J. Ayala, Dhananjay V. Gadre, “The 8051 Microcontroller and
Embedded Systems”, Cengage Learning, 2010.
4. Raj Kamal, “Embedded Systems”, (2e), Tata McGraw Hill.
5. B Kantha Rao, “Embedded Systems”, PHI Learning, 2011.
ECE 4004: REAL TIME SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Real time embedded systems, real time design issues.
Hardware considerations: Basic architecture, hardware interfacing,
CPU, memory, I/O, other special devices. Real time specifications and
design techniques: Finite state automata, real time kernels, polled loop
systems, interrupt driven systems, round robin systems,
132
foreground/back ground systems. Database: Real time vs general
purpose databases, deadlock and live-lock, priority inversion, data base
for hard real time systems, soft real time services. Embedded system
components: Firmware components, software application components,
debugging components. Software requirements: Specifications for real
time systems, performance analysis and optimization.
References:
1. Philip A. Laplante, “Real Time Systems Design and Analysis: An
Engineer's Hand Book”, (2e), IEEE Press, PHI, 2002.
2. Philip A. Laplante, “Real Time Systems Design and Analysis”, (3e),
IEEE Press, Wiley India, 2004.
3. C. M. Krishna, Kang. G. Shin, Real Time Systems, McGraw Hill
International Editions, 1997.
4. Rajib Mall, “Real Time Systems Theory and Practice”, Pearson
Education, Delhi, 2007.
5. R. J. A. Buhur, D. L. Bailey, “An Introduction to Real Time Systems”,
PH International, 1999.
II. SIGNAL PROCESSING
ECE 4005: ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Multi-rate signal processing: Multi-rate systems, decimation and
interpolation, decimation filters, interpolation filters, interpolated FIR
filters for decimation and interpolation filters, filter banks, uniform DFT
filter bank, QMF. Multi-resolution analysis: Short-time Fourier transform
and discrete-time wavelet transform, filter-bank for STFT and wavelet
transform. Adaptive filtering: Principle of adaptive filters, Weiner filters,
steepest descent algorithm, LMS algorithm, direct least square and RLS
algorithms, application of adaptive filters as noise canceller.
Homomorphic signal processing: Homomorphic system, properties of
complex cepstrum, complex cepstrum of exponential signals, real
cepstrum.
References:
1. P. P Vaidyanathan, “Multirate Systems and Filter Banks”, Prentice
Hall, India, 1993.
2. S. J Orfanidis, “Optimum Signal Processing”, McGraw Hill, NJ,
2007.
3. Elliot D F, “Hand Book of Digital Signal Processing”, Academic
press, New York 1987.
4. A. V Oppenheim and R. W. Schafer, “Digital Signal Processing”, PHI
Learning, 2008.
ECE 4006: DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Image processing basics: Image sensing and acquisition, image
perception, brightness adaptation and discrimination, image
representation. Spatial domain filtering: Intensity transformations,
contrast stretching, histogram equalization, gradient and Laplacian.
Filtering in the frequency domain and image transforms: 2D sampling,
smoothing and sharpening filters. Morphological processing: Erosion,
dilation, opening, closing, Hit or Miss transform. Image segmentation
and representation: Point, line detection, edge detection, edge linking,
descriptors. Image compression: Lossless compression, lossy
compression, image compression standards. Image processing
applications: Character recognition, biomedical image processing,
Water marking.
References:
1. Rafael C Gonzalez, Richard E Woods, “Digital Image Processing”,
(2e), Pearson Education, 2003.
2. William K Pratt, “Digital Image Processing”, John Willey, 2001.
3. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, “Image Processing,
Analysis, and Machine Vision”, (4e), Cengage Learning.
4. A. K. Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, PHI, New
Delhi, 1995.
ECE 4007: DIGITAL SPEECH PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of speech: Anatomy and physiology of speech production
system, phonetics. Time domain analysis of speech: Pitch period
estimation using auto correlation function. Short time Fourier analysis of
speech: Effects of window type and widow size, power spectral density
estimates. Homomorphic processing of speech: Cepstral analysis of
speech pitch and formant estimation using liftering method, MFCC.
Linear predictive coding of speech: Basic principles of LPC, Pitch
detection using LPC parameters. Speech processing applications.
Speech recognition systems: ASR, DTW, HMM. Speech enhancement:
Adaptive cancellation methods, adaptive echo canceller. Speech
Synthesis: Principles of speech synthesis, synthesizer technologies.
References:
1. Rabiner L. R and Schaffer R. W, “Digital Processing of Speech
Signals”, Prentice Hall, NJ, 2007.
2. Thomas F. Quatieri, “Discrete Time Speech Signal Processing
Principles and Practice”, Pearson Education, Inc., 2004.
3. Douglas O' Shaughnessy, “Speech Communications. Human and
Machine Reading”, Addison Wesley, 1987.
4. Dr. Shaila D. Apte, “Speech and Audio Processing”, Wiley India,
2012.
5. Lawrence Rabiner, Biing-Hwang Juang, B. Yegnanarayana,
“Fundamentals of Speech Recognition”, Pearson, (Fifth Impression)
2011.
ECE 4008: LINEAR ALGEBRA FOR SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Linear equations: System of linear equations and its solution sets,
elementary row operations and echelon forms, matrix operations,
invertible matrices. Vector spaces: Vector spaces, subspaces, bases
and dimension, coordinates, matrices as linear transformations, null
space and column space, pseudo. Eigen values and Eigen vectors:
Characteristic equation, diagonalization, Jordan canonical form, special
matrices, positive definite matrices and applications. Orthogonality and
least squares: Inner product spaces, Schwarz's inequality and
applications, Gram-Schmidt process, generalized Fourier series, QR
factorization. Symmetric matrices and quadratic forms: Diagonalization,
quadratic forms, constrained optimization, singular value
decomposition.
References:
1. Gilbert Strang, “Linear Algebra and its Applications”, (3e), Thomson
Learning Asia, 2003.
2. David C. Lay, “Linear Algebra and its Applications”, (3e), Pearson
Education (Asia) Pte. Ltd, 2005.
3. Kenneth Hoffman and Ray Kunze, “Linear Algebra”, (2e), PHI, 2004.
4. Sohail A Dianat and Eli Saber, “Advanced Linear Algebra for
Engineers with MATLAB”, (1e), CRC Press.
III. TELECOMMUNICATION
ECE 4009: INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Representation of information, entropy and entropy
calculations, probability distribution of discrete sources and channels.
Information sources: Zero memory sources, extension of the sources,
133
Markov sources, tree and state diagram representation, entropy of
Markov source. Information channels: Probability and entropy relations
in information channels, mutual information and properties, cascading
of channels, channel capacity. Channel coding: Kraft's inequality,
Shannon-Fano coding, Huffman coding, adaptive Huffman coding &
decoding, Shannon's theorem code efficiency. Reliable communication
over information channels: Error probability, Fano bound Shannon's
second theorem and random coding.
References:
1. Thomas M. Cover and Joy A. Thomas, “Elements of Information
Theory”, John Wiley and Sons, 2004.
2. Abrahamson, “Information Theory and Coding”, McGraw Hill, 1963.
3. Richard E. Blahut, “Principles and Practice of Information Theory”,
Addison-Wesley, 1987.
4. Khalid Sayood, “Data Compression”, (3e), Elsevier.
ECE 4010: MOBILE COMMUNICATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to wireless communication systems: Evolution and
fundamentals, cellular communications from 1G to 4G. Cellular
concepts: Frequency for radio transmission, frequency reuse, channel
assignment strategies, handoff strategies. Multiple access techniques:
TDMA, FDMA and CDMA. Mobile radio propagation: Free space
propagation model, ground reflection model, diffraction, scattering,
practical link budget Modulation techniques for mobile radio: Single
carrier modulation, wideband modulation, spread spectrum techniques,
OFDM. Wireless systems and standards: GSM, GPRS, EDGE, CDMA
based digital standards, IS.95 to CDMA 2000, WLL, IMT2000,
convergence in the networks - 3G and beyond, Ad-hoc networks.
References:
1. Theodore S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communications Principles and
Practice”, (2e),Pearson Education, Asia, 2010.
2. Upena Dalal, “Wireless Communication”, Oxford University Press,
2009.
3. Vijay K Garg, “Wireless Communication and Networking”, Morgan
Kaufmann Publishers (An imprint of Elsevier), 2009.
4. V. Jeyasri, Arokiamary, “Cellular and Mobile Communications”,
Technical Publications, Pune, 2009.
5. William C. Y. Lee, “Wireless and Cellular Communications”,
McGraw Hill, 2006.
ECE 4011: OPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATION [3 0 0 3]
Planar dielectric waveguides: Derivation and solution of Eigenvalue
equation for planar symmetric dielectric waveguides, TE and TM modes.
Step and graded index fibers: Derivation and graphical solution of wave
equation for step index fibers, concept of V-number, Hi-Bi fibers.
Distortion of optical pulses propagating through fibers. Fiber amplifiers:
Concept of optical amplification, EDFA, SOA. Advanced modulation and
demodulation formats for optical fiber communications: Coherent
detection of ASK, FSK and PSK. Optical DQPSK, DOPSK and QAM,
optical CDMA. Wave propagation through an isotropic media: Concept of
permittivity tensor, index ellipsoid, linear electro-optic effect, bulk optic
amplitude and intensity modulators.
References:
1. G. Keiser, “Optical Fiber Communications”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2010.
2. M. Sathish Kumar, “Fundamentals of Optical Fiber Communication”,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, Second Edition, 2014.
3. A. Ghatak and K. Thyagarajan, “Introduction to Fiber Optics”,
Cambridge University Press, NY, 1998.
4. A. Ghatak and K. Thygarajan, “Optical Electronics”, Cambridge
University Press, NY, 1989.
5. H. Ganapathy Hebbar, “Optical Fiber Communication”, Elsevier,
2013.
ECE 4012: SPREAD SPECTRUM COMMUNICATION [3 0 0 3]
Review of basic digital modulation, principle of spread spectrum
communication, direct sequence and frequency hopping, PN
sequences, Gold sequences, Barker, Walsh Hadmard and Kasami codes.
Direct sequence spread spectrum system: DS/BPSK system, spectral
characteristics, processing gain and jamming margin, DS/QPSK
system, MSK spread spectrum. Frequency hopping spread spectrum
system: Slow and fast hopping systems, BFSK / FH system, processing
gain and jamming margin, probability of error. Code tracking: Serial and
parallel search acquisition, hybrid search acquisition. Application of
Spread Spectrum communication: Anti jamming, low probability
detection, multi path rejection, CDMA.
References:
1. Peterson R. L. and Ziemer R. E., “Introduction to Spread Spectrum
Communication”, PHI, 1995.
2. George R. and Cooper C. D., “Modern Communications and Spread
Spectrum”, (2e), McGraw Hill,1986.
3. R. C. Dixon, “Spread Spectrum Communication”, IEEE press, John
Wiley and Sons, 1976.
4. Sklar B, “Digital Communication Fundamentals and Applications”,
Pearson Education, 2001.
IV. VLSI DESIGN
ECE 4013: ANALOG AND MIXED SIGNAL DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to analog design: Design flow and design issues, low
frequency and high frequency small signal MOSFET models. CMOS
analog circuits: Cascade current mirror, sensitivity analysis, active
loads, CMOS Amplifiers. CMOS operational amplifier: Operational trans
conductance amplifiers, wide swing OTA, folded cascode OTA, CFOA.
Introduction to mixed signal design: Mixed signal circuits, CMSP.
Continuous time (CT) filters: OTA-C and gm-C based integrators. Data
converters: DAC, ADC. Mixed signal layout issues: Layout for passive
components, programmable capacitor arrays. Layouts for analog
circuits, differential amplifier, OTA. Width correction, layout techniques
for improved matching, common centroid approach.
References:
1. David A. Johns, Ken Martin, “Analog Integrated Circuit Design”,
John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
2. R. Jacob Baker, Harry W. Li, David E. Boyce, “CMOS Circuit Design,
Layout, and Simulation”, IEEE Press, PHI, 1998.
3. Behzad Razavi, “Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits”, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2002.
4. T. Deliyanis, Y. Sun and J. K. Fidler, “Continuous-Time Active Filter
Design”, CRC Press, 1999.
5. Rudy J. van de Plassche, “CMOS Integrated Analog to Digital and
Digital to Analog Converters”, (2e), Springer International Edition,
2003.
134
ECE 4014: LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Need for low power VLSI design, hierarchical low power
design methodologies. Device & technology impact on low power:
Power dissipation in CMOS circuits, Dynamic and static power
dissipation. Probabilistic power analysis: Probabilistic power analysis
techniques. Circuit level power reduction techniques: Power
consumption in circuits, low power digital cell library. Logic level power
reduction techniques: Signal gating, reduction of power in address and
data buses. Low power clock distribution: Single driver versus
distributed buffers. Low power architecture and systems: Power and
performance management, switching activity reduction. System level
power reduction techniques: Software level power reduction techniques.
References:
1. Gary K. Yeap, “Practical Low Power Digital VLSI Design”, KAP, 2002.
2. Christian Piguet, “Low Power CMOS Circuits Technology, Logic
Design and CAD Tools”, CRC Press, 2006.
3. Jan M. Rabaey, Massoud Pedram, “Low Power Design
Methodologies”, Kluwer Academic, 1997.
4. Kaushik Roy, Sharat Prasad, “Low Power CMOS VLSI Circuit
Design”, Wiley, 2000.
5. Kiat Seng Yeo, Samir S. Rofail, Wang-Ling Goh, “CMOS/BiCMOS
ULSI: Low Voltage, Low Power”, Pearson, 2002.
ECE 4015: SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE PHYSICS [3 0 0 3]
Energy Bands in Semiconductors: Insulators and metals, Fermi function,
Donors and acceptors in semiconductors. Device modeling. PN junction:
Ideal static I-V characteristics. Bipolar Junction Transistor: AC small
signal equivalent circuit, switching characteristics. MOS capacitor:
channel and p-channel MOS capacitor, C-V characteristics. FETs:
MOSFET structure, types and modes of operation, short channel effects
on MOSFET performance parameters. Metal Semiconductor (MS)
contacts: I-V characteristics of Schottky barrier junctions, non-idealities
of Schottky barrier diodes, applications of MS contacts, Metal
Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor, JFET. Introduction to
semiconductor TCAD.
References:
1. M. K. Achuthan and K.N. Bhat, “Fundamentals of Semiconductor
Devices”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
2. B. G. Streetman and S. Banerjee, “Solid State Electronic Devices”,
PHI, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Nandita Das Gupta and Amitava Das Gupta, “Semiconductor
Devices: Modeling and Technology”, PHI, New Delhi, 2004.
4. N. W. Ashcroft and N. D. Mermin, “Solid State Physics”, Brooks/Cole
Cengage Learning, 1976.
5. S. M. Sze, “Physics of Semiconductor Devices”, John Wiley & Sons,
2006.
ECE 4016: VLSI/ULSI PROCESS TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Material properties: Physical properties, crystal structure, defects,
dislocation. Crystal growth: Silicon crystal growth. Czochralski
technique, wafer shaping, crystal characterization. Silicon oxidation:
Thermal oxidation, Deal-Grove model, oxide thickness characterization.
Photolithography: Optical lithography, photoresists, electron beam, Xray,
Ion beam lithography. Etching: Wet chemical etching, Dry etching.
Diffusion: Basic diffusion process. Fick's first and second law. Ion
implantation: Range of implanted ions, ion distribution, ion stopping, ion
channeling. Film deposition and metallization: CVD, molecular beam
epitaxy, Dielectric deposition. Device and circuit fabrication: Isolation,
local oxidation, metallization.
References:
1. Gary S. May and S.M. Sze, “Fundamentals of Semiconductor
Fabrication”, Wiley Student edition, 2003.
2. S. K. Gandhi, “VLSI Fabrication Principles”, John Wiley and Sons,
2009.
3. W. Scott Ruska, “Microelectronic Processing”, McGraw Hill, 1997.
4. Peter Van Zant,” Microchip Fabrication”, McGraw Hill, 2013.
5. S. Campbell, “The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic
Fabrication”, Oxford Press, Cambridge, 2013.
V. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Financial management: Objectives of financial management, functions
of financial management. Principle of accountancy: Single and double
entry book keeping. Sources of long term finance: Equity capital,
preference capital, debenture capital. Valuation of securities: Bond
valuation, equity valuation, dividend capitalization. Leverage: Operating
leverage, financial leverage, total leverage. Working capital management:
Objectives and need for working capital. Capital budgeting: Benefit cost
ratio risk analysis in capital budgeting. Cost of capital: Debt capital,
preference capital and equity capital, Cash management: Motives of
holding cash, objective of cash management. Dividend decisions:
Traditional approach, stability of dividends, stock split.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
2. I M Pandey, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house, Delhi,
2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand &
Co., Delhi, 1999.
4. ICFAI,” Corporate Financial Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Maheshwari S.N, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Strategic role of HRM: Nature, scope, objectives, evolution of the
concept of HRM, HRM in India, qualities of HR manager. Job analysis &
design: Process and methods of collecting data for job analysis, job
description, job specifications, factors affecting job design. Job
evaluation and human resources planning: Advantages and limitations of
job evaluation, Human resources planning, responsibility for human
resource planning. Employment, induction, & socialization: Placement
policy, induction programs. Training and development: Employees
training, Career and succession planning. Labor relations and employee
security: Promotion transfers and separations, discipline and
grievances, industrial and labor relations and trade unionism.
References:
1. T. V. Rao and Pereira D. F., “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subbrao A., “Essentials of Human Resource Management and
Industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House, 1999.
3. N G Nair and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S. Chand Company, 1995.
4. Virmani B R, Rao Kala, “Economic Restructuring Technology
Transfer and Human Resource Development”, Response books,
1997.
5. Pareek Narain Udai, “Human Resource Development in Asia: Trends
and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
135
HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Defining marketing for the twenty-first century, scope of marketing,
societal marketing concept. Adapting marketing to the new economy.
Building customer satisfaction, value, and retention. Winning markets
through market-oriented strategic planning. Gathering information and
measuring market demand. Scanning the marketing environment.
Analyzing consumer markets and buyer behavior. Analyzing business
markets and business buying behavior. Dealing with the competition.
Identifying market segments. Positioning and differentiating the market
offering through the product life cycle. Developing new market offerings.
Developing price strategies and programs. Managing retailing,
wholesaling, and market logistics.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. “Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R L and Gupta S L, “Marketing Management”, Sultan
Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2000.
HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Operations management: Production consumption cycle, Functions of
production and operations management. Forecasting: Simple moving
average method, Weighted moving average and forecasting errors.
Product development and design: Product analysis, Product life cycle,
Process design. Capacity planning: Ideal capacity, effective capacity,
output, efficiency, utilization. Aggregate planning & Master scheduling:
Strategies/plans for aggregate capacity planning, Scheduling.
Operations strategy: Resource view, process view, Operation
performance, Operational efficiency. Systems thinking: Systems
engineering and its management, IDEFO models, System life cycle
models. System dynamics: Modeling process, Model validation.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G, “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P, “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Adam Everett E Jr. and Ebert Ronald J, “Production and Operations
Management”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
4. Mieghem J, “Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices,
Dynamic Ideas”, 2008.
5. Sterman J. D, “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and
Modeling for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition,
2004
OTHER PROGRAMME ELECTIVES
ECE 4017: ADVANCED MOS DEVICES [3 0 0 3]
Overview of the semiconductor industry: MOS capacitor, MOSFET long
channel behavior, Si MOSFET device scaling, ITRS trend. Review of basic
semiconductor device physics: Electron and hole, MOS capacitor, metal
silicon contacts. MOSFET: Long and short channel MOSFETs, ultra-small
MOSFETs, scaling, threshold voltage, channel length, hot carriers in MOS
devices. MOS memory: Volatile and non-volatile memory, CCDs and
CMOS imagers. Silicon on insulators: SOI CMOS, partially depleted SOI
MOSFETs, fully depleted SOI MOSFETs. FINFET: Fabrication, circuit
design. Modern nanoscale devices: Quantum well devices, nanowires,
tunnel FETs, graphene FET, BiCMOS device. Introduction to
semiconductor TCAD.
References:
1. M. K. Achuthan and K. N. Bhat, “Fundamentals of Semiconductor
Devices”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Y. Taur and T. H. Ning, “Fundamentals of Modern VLSI Devices”,
Cambridge University Press, 2009.
3. Harry Veendrick, “Deep Submicron CMOS ICs”, Kluwer academic
publishers, 2000.
4. Niraj Jha, “Nanoelectronic Circuit Design”, Springer, London, 2011.
5. Jean Pierre Colinge, “FinFETs and Other Multi Gate Transistors”,
Springer, 2008.
ECE 4018: ADVANCED PROCESSORS AND CONTROLLERS [3 0 0 3]
AVR architecture: RISC architecture in AVR, data format and directives,
I/O ports, types of reset, timer/counters and interrupts, power saving
modes. AVR assembly language programming: Assembling an AVR
program, Instruction set, AVR time delay and instruction pipeline.
Peripheral programming in assembly and C language: I/O port, timer,
interrupt, serial port, PWM, SPI, TWI (I2C). PSoC: Core, oscillator, RAM,
ROM, interrupt controller, digital and analog programmable blocks.
Digital system of PSoC: UDBs, CAN, USB, PWM, I2C. Analog system of
PSoC: Switched capacitor, analog routing, comparators, LCD direct
drive, temperature sensor, DAC, delta sigma converter, successive
approximation register ADC.
References:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Sarmad Naimi, Sepehr Naimi, “AVR
Microcontroller and Embedded Systems using Assembly and C”
Pearson education, 2012.
2. “ATmega32 Microcontroller Datasheet”, Doc. Ref. No. 2503QAVR02
/ 11 from Atmel Corp.
3. Steven F. Barrett, Daniel J.pack, “Atmel AVR Microcontroller Primer:
Programming and Interfacing”, Morgan & Claypool Publishers,
2007.
4. Robert Ashby, “Designers Guide to the Cypress PSoC”, Elsevier Inc,
2005.
5. “PSoC3, PSoC5 Architecture TRM (Technical Reference Manual)”,
Document No. 001-50235 Rev. *E Cypress Semiconductor corp,
2010.
ECE 4019: CIPHER SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Cryptographic attacks, services and mechanisms. Number
theory: Divisibility, Euclidian algorithm, congruences, Chinese
remainder theorem, modular exponentiation. Basic cryptographic
techniques: Shift, linear and affine transformation, Hill cipher, Vigenere
and Beufort ciphers. Introduction to modern symmetric key cipher:
Modern block cipher, stream cipher, Fiestel cipher, DES, RC. 5, Blowfish.
Advanced encryption standard: Galois field, AES encryption and
decryption algorithm. Asymmetric key cipher: Knapsack problem,
Merkle-Hellman, RSA, Rabin, Elgamal and elliptic curve cryptography.
Message integrity and message authentication: MD hash function, SHA.
512, Whirlpool algorithms, digital signatures.
References:
1. Neal Koblitz, “A Course in Number Theory and Cryptography”, (2e),
Springer.
2. Behrouz A. Forouzan, D. Mukhopadhyay, “Cryptography and
Network Security”, (2e), Tata McGraw Hill.
3. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security”, (4e),
136
Pearson Education.
4. Henry Beker, Fred Piper, Cipher Systems: the Protection of
Communications”, Northwood Books, 1982.
ECE 4020: DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS [3 0 0 3]
Overview of C++, introduction to algorithms, algorithm specification.
Arrays, stacks and queues: Array as abstract data type, sparse matrix,
string abstract data type, evaluation of arithmetic expressions, recursion,
multiple stacks, Queues. Linked lists: Dynamic memory allocation,
linked lists. Trees: Binary trees, binary tree traversal algorithms, Huffman
coding, threaded binary trees, heaps, binary search trees. Height
balanced tree - Introduction to AVL trees. Graphs and sorting: The graph
abstract data type- definitions and representations. Elementary graph
operations-depth first search, breadth first search, linear and binary
search, connected components. Insertion sort, Quick sort, Merge sort,
Heap sort and Radix sort.
References:
1. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Dinesh Mehta, “Fundamentals of Data
Structures in C++”,Galgotia Publications, Reprint, 2004.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in
C++”, (2e), Pearson Education, 2005.
3. Lipschutz, “Data Structures with C++”, Schaum Outline Series,
2006.
4. Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, David Mount, “Data
Structures and Algorithms in C++”, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
ECE 4021: RTL VERIFICATION USING VERILOG [3 0 0 3]
Verilog as HDL, levels of design description, simulation, synthesis,
functional verification, PLI. Language constructs and conventions:
Verilog syntax and semantics, keywords, data types, operators. Gate
level modeling: Verilog gate primitives, description of AND/OR and
BUF/NOT gates, design of flip flops with gate primitives. Behavioral
modeling: Constructs, blocking and non-blocking statements,
conditional statements, multi-way branching, loops, sequential and
parallel blocks. Dataflow modeling: Continuous assignment structures,
delay specifications. Switch level modeling: Basic transistor switches,
CMOS switch, time delays with switch primitives. Functions, tasks, and
user defined primitives and compiler directives, Test benches.
References:
1. T. R. Padmanabhan, B. Bala Tripura Sundari, “Design Through Verilog
HDL”, John Wiley & Sons, 2004.
2. Samir Palnitkar, “Verilog® HDL. A Guide to Digital Design and
Synthesis IEEE 1361-2001 Compliant”, (2e), Prentice Hall, 2003.
3. J. Bhaskar, “A Verilog HDL Primer”, BS Publications, 2005.
4. Stephen Brown and ZvonkoVranesic, “Fundamentals of Digital Logic
with Verilog Design”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.
5. Michael D. Ciletti, “Advanced Digital Design with the Verilog HDL”,
PHI, 2005.
ECE 4022: ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTAION [3 0 0 3]
Transducers: Classification active, passive, mechanical and electrical.
Generalized measurement system: Functional description of measuring
systems, step response of zero, first and second order measurement
systems. Transducers: Resistive, capacitive, inductive, piezoelectric and
optoelectronic transducers. Temperature and pressure measurement:
RTD, thermistors, thermocouples. Level and thickness measurement:
Electrical conductivity, capacitive, radioactive, ultrasonic and nucleonic
methods. Flow measurement: Classification of flow meters, LDA,
ultrasonic flow meters, Doppler flow meters, purge flow regulators.
Applications: pH and force measurement, LDR, Biomedical
instruments for measurement of ECG, EEG, EMG, EGG.
References:
1. D. V. S. Murthy, “Transducers & Instrumentation”, PHI, New Delhi,
1999.
2. A.K. Sawhney, “Electrical & Electronic Measurements and
Instrumentation”, Dhanpat Rai & Co, New Delhi, 2002.
3. Doeblin E.O., “Measurement Systems, Application and
Design”,(4e), McGrawHill, New York.
4. Khandpur, “Hand Book of Biomedical Instrumentation”, McGraw
Hill, 2003.
ECE 4023: ELECTRONIC SYSTEM DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to product design, modern product development
process, Ishikawa diagram, design stages, reverse engineering.
Signal acquisition and conditioning: Sensors and actuators,
instrumentation amplifiers, power amplifiers, differential charge
measurement. Thermal Management: Introduction to thermal
sources, heat calculations, heat transfer methods, heat sink selection,
cooling methods in electronic systems. Power Section: Designing
power supplies, packaging details for power components. I/O
Devices, Displays & Debugging: Push button switches, touch screen,
display board, LED's, injection laser diodes, liquid crystal displays,
mother board. Quality control, SMD components, Soldering and
manufacturing.
References:
1. Kevin N. Otto and Kristin L. Wood, “Product Design techniques in
Reverse Engineering and New product Development”, Pearson
Education, 2001.
2. Neil storey, “Electronics System Approach”, Pearson Education,
2011.
3. Douglas Brooks, “Signal Integrity Issues and Printed Circuit
Board Design”, Prentice Hall, 2003.
4. Bruce Archambeault, “PCB Design for Real-World EMI Control”,
Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2002.
5. Rudolf Strauss, “Surface Mount Technology”, Butterworth-
Heinemann Ltd, Oxford, 1994.
6. John R. Branes, “Electronic System Design”, Prentice Hall Inc.,
2001.
ECE 4024: ERROR CONTROL CODING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to algebra: Groups, rings and fields, properties of finite
fields, vector spaces, matrices. Linear block codes: Syndrome and
error detection, minimum distance of a block code, error detecting
and error correcting capabilities, Hamming codes. Cyclic codes:
Generator and parity check matrices of cyclic codes, encoding and
decoding of cyclic codes, cyclic Hamming codes. BCH codes:
Encoding and decoding of BCH codes, implementation of error
correction in BCH codes, R.S codes. Burst error correcting codes:
Encoding, decoding of single burst error correcting cyclic codes, and
interleaved codes. Convolution codes: Trees, trellis, state diagram,
Viterbi algorithm, Fano algorithm. Recent developments: Turbo codes
and LDPC codes.
References:
1. S. Lin and D. J. Costello Jr., “Error Control Coding Fundamentals
and Applications”, Prentice Hall, 1983.
137
2. McWilliams & Sloane, “Theory of Error Correcting Codes”, North
Holland Publishing Co, 2006.
3. W. W. Peterson and E. J. Weldon, “Error Correcting Codes”, (2e),
John Wiley.
4. E. R. Berlekamp, “Algebraic Coding Theory”, Aegean Park Press,
1984.
5. Blahut, R. E., “Theory and Practice of Error Control Codes”,
Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 1983.
ECE 4025: FLEXIBLE ELECTRONICS [3 0 0 3]
Disordered semiconductors: Electron states and metal insulator
transitions, disorder induced localization, Anderson transition.
Materials and novel processing technology for flexible electronics:
Semiconductor, organic and polymeric materials, gravure printing,
inkjet printing, digital lithography. Amorphous silicon thin films and
devices: Low temperature amorphous and nanocrystalline silicon
growth, doping, defect densities, TFT, PIN devices, LEDs. Flexible
organic materials and devices: Introduction, structure and properties,
Optoelectronic devices, solar cells, photodiodes, LEDs organic TFT
device, flexible devices based on CNT. Vacuum nanoelectronics: Field
emitter arrays, novel cold cathode materials. Introduction to TCAD.
References:
1. R. A. Street, “Hydrogenated Amorphous Silicon”, Cambridge
University Press, 1991.
2. R. A. Street, “Technology and Applications of Amorphous
Silicon”, Springer, 2000.
3. Richard Zallen, “The Physics of Amorphous Solids”, Wiley-
Interscience Publication, 1983.
4. Hagen Klauk, “Organic Electronics”, Wiley-VCH, 2006.
5. Wei Zhu, “Vacuum Microelectronics”, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
ECE 4026: LOW VOLTAGE ANALOG SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Circuit strategies to reduce supply voltage: Low voltage issues in
MOS operation, Current mode low voltage design, self cascode
MOSFETs and level shifter techniques, analog circuits in weak
inversion. Design of low voltage analog signal processing blocks:
Current mirrors, CC, OTA, CFOA, CDTA, OTRA, FTFN and FVF. Low
Voltage CMOS GmC Filters: Overview of low voltage architectures and
circuit non idealities, floating gate topologies. Low voltage MOS
trans-linear analog signal processing: Design procedures, biasing
strategies based on flipped voltage followers and floating batteries.
Noise and Dynamic range: Noise analysis of OTA C filters, distortion
analysis and dynamic range, performance evaluation based on
speed, noise.
References:
1. Ahlad Kumar, G. K. Sharma, S. S Rajput, “Design of Low Voltage
Analog Signal Processing Blocks”, LAP Lambert Academic
Publishing, 2014.
2. TleloCuautle, Esteban, “Integrated Circuits for Analog Signal
Processing”, Springer Publishers, 2013.
3. Wang, Alice, Calhoun, Benton Highsmith, Chandrakasan,
Anantha P., “Sub Threshold Design for Ultra Low Power
Systems”, 2006.
4. Serdijn, Wouter A., “Low Voltage Low Power Analog Integrated
Circuits”, Springer Publishers, 1995.
5. Lo, Tien. Yu, Hung, Chung. Chih, “1V CMOS Gm- C Filters: Design
and Applications”, Springer Publishers, 2009.
 ECE 4027: MEMS [3 0 0 3]
Historical background of MEMS. Isotropic etching and anisotropic
etching, wafer bonding, sacrificial layer etching issues, stiction. MEMS
transduction and actuation techniques: Electromechanical,
piezoelectric, electromagnetic and electro dynamic transducers. Micro
sensing for MEMS: Piezoresistive, capacitive, piezoelectric, resonant
sensing and surface acoustic wave sensors. Basic Bio-MEMS
fabrication technologies. LIGA process. RF MEMS: Mechanical
modeling of MEMS fabrication of MEMS switches. Microfluidic devices
and components for Bio-MEMS. Sensing technologies for Bio-MEMS
applications: Capillary electrophoresis, MEMS for drug delivery.
Introduction to MEMS simulation tool.
References:
1. Chang Liu, “Foundations of MEMS”, Prentice Hall, 2011.
2. Tai-Ran Hsu, “MEMS & Microsystems Design and Manufacture”,
Tata McGraw-Hill, 2002.
3. Minhang Bao, “Analysis and Design Principles of MEMS Devices”,
Elsevier Science, 2005.
4. Wanjun Wang, Steven A. Soper, “Bio-MEMS-Technologies and
Applications”, CRC Press, 2007.
5. Gabriel M. Rebeiz, “RF MEMS: Theory, Design, and Technology”,
John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
ECE 4028: MICROWAVE INTEGRATED CIRCUITS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: MIC, two wire parallel transmission line, voltage standing
wave ratio, impedance matching. Analysis of microstrip line: Impedance
transformation, guide wavelength and loss, coupling to axial and
microstrip lines. Coupled microstrips: Directional, microstrip and branch
line couplers. Microwave circuit design: Design of microwave LPF, HPF,
circulators, isolators. Microstrip: Radiating elements, radiation fields.
Active devices and circuits: Avalanche diode, PIN diode, Schottky barrier
diode, mixer. Fabrication technology: Thick film technology, thin film
technology. Microwave resonators: Series and parallel resonant circuit,
circular waveguide cavity. Applications of MIC: Phase array radars,
satellite television systems.
References:
1. K. C. Gupta and Amarjit Singh, “Microwave Integrated Circuits”,
Wiley Eastern Ltd, 1974.
2. Ramesh Garg, InderBahl, Maurizio, “Microstrip Lines and Slot lines”,
(3e), Artech Publishers, 2013.
3. David M Pozar, “Microwave Engineering”, (3e), John Wiley & Sons,
1998.
4. Samuel Liao, “Microwave Devices and Circuits”, PHI Ltd., 1990.
5. C. Balanis, “Antenna Theory: Analysis and Design”, John Wiley,
2002.
ECE 4029: NANO TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Classical particles, waves and wave particle duality, Black
body radiation, photoelectric effect, diffraction. Wave mechanics:
Schrodinger wave equation, wave mechanics of particles. Electrons in
low-dimensional systems: Quantum well, quantum wire and quantum
dots. Materials for nano-electronics: Crystal lattices, bonding in crystals,
metals, direct and indirect band gap semiconductors, semiconductor
alloys, semiconductor hetero-structures, organic semiconductors,
carbon nano-structures.Graphene preparation techniques bottom-up
and top-down techniques. Characterization techniques - STM, AFM,
NSOM, TEM, SEM. Nano devices: Resonant tunneling diodes,
nanomaterial based field effect transistors.
138
References:
1. V. V. Mitin, V. A. Kochelap and M. A. Stroscio, “Introduction to
Nanoelectronics, Science, Nanotechnology, Engineering and
Applications”, Cambridge University Press, 2008.
2. M S Dressellhaus, G. Dressellhaus and P. C. Eklund, “Science of
Fullerenes and Carbon Nanotubes”, San Diego, CA, Academic Press,
1996.
3. V. V. Mitin, V. A. Kochelep and M. A. Stroscio, “Quantum
Heterostructures”, New York, Cambridge University Press, 1999.
4. R. P. Feynman, “Lectures on Physics”, Vol 3, New York, Addison
Wesley, 1964.
5. D. Saxon, “Elementary Quantum Mechanics”, San Franscisco, CA,
Holden. Day Inc., 1968.
ECE 4030: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
USING C++ [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Overview of C++, data types, operators, arrays and
strings, pointers, inline functions, function overloading. Classes &
Objects: Class objects, scope resolution operator, access members,
member functions, constructors, destructors, friend functions.
Inheritance: Inheritance and protected members, inheriting multiple base
classes, constructors, destructors and inheritance, virtual base classes.
Virtual functions, polymorphism: Inheritance of virtual functions, pure
virtual functions. I/O system basics, file I/O: File streams and string
streams, file operations, error handling, formatted I/O. Exception
handling: Throwing an exception, try block, catching an exception,
exception specifications, catching all exceptions.
References:
1. Herbert Schildt , “The Complete Reference C++”, (4e), Tata
McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. Robert Lafore, “Object-Oriented Programming in C++”, (4e),
Pearson Education, Reprint 2011.
3. Stanley B. Lippmann, Josee Lajore, “C++ Primer”, (4e), Pearson
Education, 2005.
4. Paul J. Deitel, Harvey M. Deitel, “C++ for Programmers”, Pearson
Education, 2009.
5. K. R. Venugopal, Rajkumar Buyya, T. Ravi Shankar, “Mastering
C++”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
ECE 4031: POWER ELECTRONICS [3 0 0 3]
Power Electronics Devices: Power computations, thyristor, power BJT,
power MOSFET, IGBT turn on and turn off mechanisms, ratings,
protection and snubber circuits, gate/base driver circuits. Controlled
rectifiers: Half controlled, fully controlled single phase and three phase
converters for different loads, dual converters and cyclo converters.
DCDC switched mode converters: Buck, Boost, Buck-Boost, Cuk,
Flyback, forward. DC-AC switched mode inverters: Half bridge and full
bridge single phase inverters, Fourier series analysis, amplitude and
harmonic control, PWM techniques, three phase inverters with 120o and
180o conduction. Applications: Switched mode power supplies, power
conditioners, UPS, automotive electronics.
References:
1. Daniel W. Hart, “Introduction to Power Electronics”, McGraw Hill,
2010.
2. Muhammad H. Rashid, “Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and
Applications”, (3e), Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2004.
3. Ned Mohan, “Power Electronics Converters, Applications and
Design”, (2e), John Wiley & Sons. INC, 1995.
4. M. D. Singh, “Power Electronics”, (2e), TMH publisher, 2007.
 ECE 4032: RADAR AND NAVIGATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Principles of radar: Simple form of radar equation, radar frequencies,
millimeter and sub millimeter waves. Radar equation: Prediction of range
performance, minimum detectable signal, receiver noise, radar clutter,
pulse repetition frequency. Antennas for radar & navigation: Reflector,
phased array and loop antennas. CW and FM radar: Doppler effect, CW
radar, FMCW radar. Moving target indicator (MTI) and pulse Doppler
radar: Delay line cancellers, range gated Doppler filters. RADAR
detection: Radar receivers, displays and duplexer, detection of radar
signals in noise, Synthetic aperture radar. Navigation Systems: Radio
altimeter, LORAN, DECCA, OMEGA, inland shipping aids, principle and
working of SONAR.
References:
1. Merrill Skolnic, “Introduction to RADAR Systems”, (3e), McGraw-
Hill.
2. Peyton Z. and Peebles Jr., “Radar Principles”, Wiley India, 2009.
3. G. S. N. Raju, “Radar Engineering and Fundamentals of Navigational
Aids”, I. K. International Publishers, 2008.
4. A. D. Waite, “SONAR for practicing Engineers”, (3e), Wiley
Publications.
5. N. S. Nagaraja,”Elements of Electronic Navigation”, (2e), TMH,
2001.
ECE 4033: SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Model of neuron, feedback, fundamental learning
processes, learning tasks. Rosenblatt's perceptron: Bayes classifier for
Gaussian environment, batch perceptron algorithm. Multilayer
perceptrons: Batch learning and online learning, back propagation
algorithm, XOR problem. Kernel methods and radial basis function (RBF)
networks: K-means clustering, Hybrid learning procedure for RBF
networks. Support vector machines, self- organizing maps. Dynamical
systems: Discrete time and gradient type Hopfield networks. Fuzzy
Logic: comparison of classical sets and fuzzy sets, basic operation on
fuzzy sets. Linguistic variables and fuzzy IF-THEN rules: fuzzy rule base,
Fuzzy inference engine, fuzzifiers, defuzzifiers.
References:
1. Simon Haykin, “Neural Networks and Learning Machines”, (3e), PHI
edition private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Jacek M. Zurada, “Introduction to artificial Neural Systems”, Jaico
publication, 2006.
3. Li Xin Wang, “Introduction to Fuzzy Systems and Control”, Prentice
Hall publication, 1997.
4. Timothy J. Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, Intl.
edition, McGraw Hill publication, 2008.
5. Shivanandam & Deepa, “Principles of Soft Computing”, Wiley India
edition, 2009.
6. Jang J. S. R. , Sun C. T., Mizutani E., “Neuro-Fuzzy & Soft
Computing”, PHI,1997.
ECE 4034: SYSTEM ON CHIP DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to the system approach: System Architecture, processor
architectures, memory and addressing. Processors: basic concepts in
processor micro architecture, buffers, minimizing pipeline delays,
branches, VLIW processors, superscalar processors. Memory design
for SOC: internal memory, size, scratchpads and cache memory, cache
organization, cache data. Interconnect customization and configuration:
Inter connect architectures, SOC standard buses, analytic bus models
using the bus model, effects of bus transactions and contention time.
SOC customization, customizable soft processor, reconfiguration. SOC
139
design approach, AES algorithms, design and evaluation, image
compression, JPEG compression.
References:
1. Michael J. Flynn and Wayne Luk, “Computer System Design System
on Chip”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2011.
2. Steve Furber, “ARM System on Chip Architecture”, Addison Wesley
Professional, 2000.
3. Ricardo Reis, “Design of System on a Chip-Devices and
Components”, Springer, 2004.
4. Prakash Rashinkar, Peter Paterson and Leena Singh L, “System on
Chip Verification Methodologies and Techniques”, Kluwer
Academic Publishers, 2001.
ECE 4035: TIME FREQUENCY AND WAVELET
TRANSFORMS [3 0 0 3]
Time frequency analysis and wavelet transforms stationary and non-
stationary signals, STFT as filter bank. Continuous wavelet transforms:
Wavelet function and its properties, energy spectrum of a wavelet,
linearity, shifting and scaling. Discrete wavelet transform: Frames and
orthogonal wavelet bases, dyadic grid scaling and orthonormal wavelet
transforms, scaling equation, scaling coefficients, basis functions and
orthogonality. Filter bank analysis of DWT: DWT and its relation to filter
banks, Multi-rate sampling fundamentals, Haar filter bank. Designing
orthogonal and bi-orthogonal wavelet systems: Direct and frequency
domain approaches, discrete time wavelet transform, signal analysis
and synthesis, two-dimensional wavelet system.
References:
1. P. S Addison, “The illustrated Wavelet transform Handbook”, Institute
of Physics Publishing, 2002.
2. Raghuveer M. Rao, Ajit S. Bopardikar, “Wavelet Transforms-
Introduction to Theory and Applications”, Pearson Education, 2008.
3. K. P. Soman and K. I. Ramachandran, “Insight into Wavelets from
Theory to Practice”, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.
4. S. V. Narasimhan, Nandini Basumallick, S. Veena, “Introduction to
Wavelet Transform: A signal Processing Approach”, Narosa
Publishing House, 2012.
5. P. P. Vaidyanathan, “Multirate Systems and Filter Banks”, Pearson,
2012.
ECE 4036: BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Overview of Digital Controllers, Network and Communication protocols,
Introduction to Building Management Systems, General BMS
architecture, Communication Systems and standards for BMS.
Application of internet for Automation and Management. Introduction to
HVAC and Optimal control methods for HVAC Systems. Lighting Control
Systems and protocols. Security and Safety Control Systems such as
Access Control and Fire Alarm Systems. System Integration and
Convergence. Energy Management, Green Building (LEED) concept and
examples.
References:
1. V. K. Jain, “Automation Systems in Smart and Green Buildings”,
published by Khanna Publishers, ISBN-13: 978-8174092373, 2009.
2. Reinhold A. Carlson, Robert A. Di Giandomenico, “Understanding
Building Automation Systems: Direct Digital Control, Energy
Management, Life Safety, Security/access Control, Lighting,
Building Management Programs”.
3. Ronnie J. Auvil, “HVAC Control Systems”, (2e), Hardcover January
1, 2007
4. Thomas L. Norman, “Integrated Security Systems Design:
Concepts, Specifications, and Implementation (v. 1)”, CPP PSP CSC
(2007).
5. Benantar, Messaoud, “Access Control Systems: Security, Identity
Management and Trust Model”s, Springer publication, 2005, ISBN:
0387004459.
ECE 4037: WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
AdHoc Networks: Cellular and Ad Hoc networks, Routing, Quality of
Service Provisioning. Wireless Sensor Networks: Design constraints and
challenges, sensor network architecture. MAC Protocols: Issues in
designing MAC protocols for wireless sensor networks, MAC protocols
for sensor network, S-MAC, IEEE 802.15.4. Routing Protocols: Table-
driven, on-demand, hybrid, flooding, hierarchical, and power aware
routing protocols. QoS and Energy Management: Issues and Challenges
in providing QoS, need for energy management. Sensor Network
Platforms and Tools: Sensor Node Hardware Berkeley Motes,
Programming Challenges, Node-level software platforms, Node-level
Simulators.
References:
1. C. Siva Ram Murthy, and B. S. Manoj, “AdHoc Wireless Networks”,
Pearson Education, 2008.
2. Holger Karl & Andreas Willig, “Protocols and Architectures for
Wireless Sensor Networks”, John Wiley, 2005.
3. Feng Zhao & Leonidas J. Guibas, “Wireless Sensor Networks - An
Information Processing Approach”, Elsevier, 2007.
4. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli, & Taieb Znati, “Wireless Sensor
Networks- Technology, Protocols, and Applications”, John Wiley,
2007.
5. Anna Hac, “Wireless Sensor Network Designs”, John Wiley, 2003.
OPEN ELECTIVES
ECE 3281: CONSUMER ELECTRONICS [3 0 0 3]
Audio system: Microphones, head phones and hearing aids, loud
speakers. CDs, DVDs, Blue ray technology, iPods, MP4 players and
accessories, home audio systems. Television: Elements of TV
communication system, composite video signal, need for synchronizing
and blanking pulses, picture tubes, LCD, LED and plasma TV fundamentals,
principles of working of cable TV and DTH. Telecommunication systems:
Basics of telephone system, caller ID telephone, intercoms, cordless
telephones, cellular mobile systems. Office electronics: Automatic teller
machines, facsimile machines, digital diaries, safety and security systems.
Home electronics: Digital camera system, microwave ovens, washing
machines, air conditioners and refrigerators.
References:
1. S. P. Bali, “Consumer Electronics”, Pearson Education, 2005.
2. R. R. Gulati, “Monochrome and Color Television”, New Age
International Publisher, 2001.
3. A. M. Dhake, “TV and Video Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2001.
ECE 3282: ELECTRONIC PRODUCT DESIGN & PACKAGING [3 0 0 3]
Industrial design: Product planning, creativity, product life cycle and
reliability, aesthetics, ergonomics, control panel organization, product
detailing, product finishing. Thermal management: Introduction to
thermal sources, heat calculations, heat transfer methods, heat sink
selection, cooling methods in electronic systems. Packaging
techniques: packaging technologies, ball grid arrays, flip chip, chip-
140
scale packaging. First level, second level packages and third level
packages. Noise in electronic systems and EMI: Design of low noise
circuits. Interfacing of analog and digital systems. PCB design. Sources
of EMI, shielding of signal lines, ground loops, reduction techniques,
reflections and cross talk in digital circuits.
References:
1. Flurshiem C.H., “Industrial Design and Engineering”, Springer
Verilog, 2007.
2. P. Horowitz and W. Hill, “The Art of Electronics”, Cambridge, 1995.
3. H. W. Ott, “Noise Reduction Techniques in Electronic Systems”,
Wiley, 1989.
4. W. C. Bosshart, “Printed Circuit Boards: Design and Technology”,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
5. G. L. Ginsberg, “Printed Circuit Design”, McGraw Hill, 1991.
ECE 3283: INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION
SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Electronic Communication: model of communication
systems and types of electronic communication. Basic telephone
system, signaling tones, DTMF. Types of optical fibers, Numerical
aperture. Attenuation and dispersion in optical fibers, optical sources
and detectors. Satellite communication systems: Principles of satellite
orbits and positioning, Earth station technology, multiple access
techniques, Application of satellites. Wireless communication systems:
frequency reuse, cell splitting, sectoring, macro cell and micro cell,
Architecture of GSM systems. RADAR Systems: pulse radar, duplexer,
MTI Radar. Wireless Technologies: Wireless LAN, PAN, bluetooth,
ZigBee, RFID and NFC.
References:
1. Louis E. Frenzel, “Communication Electronics-Principles and
Applications”, TMH, 2004.
2. Timothy Pratt, “Satellite Communication Systems”, John Wiley and
Sons, 2006.
3. William Stallings, “Wireless Communication and Networks”,
Pearson Education, 2006.
4. Gerd Keiser, “Optical Fiber Communication”, McGraw Hill, 1991.
5. Kennedy, “Electronic Communication Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill,
1999.
ECE 3284: MICROCONTROLLERS AND APPLICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: History of microcontrollers embedded versus external
memory devices. Microcontroller survey, CISC and RISC
microcontrollers, Harvard and von Neumann architecture, commercial
microcontroller devices. 8051 Microcontroller: History of 8051,
architectural features of 8051, programming model. Pin details, I/O
ports, addressing mode, instruction set of 8051. Programming the 8051
resources, Counters, Timers, Serial I/O and Interrupts. Interfacing:
Peripheral Interfacing- memory interfacing, stepper motor, LCD Light
Emitting Diode, Seven Segment Display, Digital to analog Converter,
Analog to Digital converter. The 8051 based system design- case
studies.
References:
1. Krishna Kant, “Microprocessors and Microcontrollers”, PHI, India,
2007.
2. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillipse Mazidi, Rolin D. Mckinlay,
“8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems Using Assembly and
C”, Pearson Education, 2010.
3. Ajay V. Deshmukh, “Microcontrollers- Theory and Applications”,
TMH, New Delhi, 2008.
ECE 3285: MEMS TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Historical background of MEMS. Bulk micromachining: Isotropic etching
and anisotropic etching. Surface micromachining: Sacrificial layer
etching issues. MEMS transduction and actuation techniques:
Electromechanical, piezoelectric, electrostrictive, magnetostrictive,
electromagnetic and electro dynamic transducers. Micro sensing for
MEMS: Piezoresistive, capacitive, piezoelectric, resonant sensing. Basic
Bio-MEMS fabrication technologies. RF MEMS: Fabrication of MEMS
switches. Microfluidic devices and components for Bio-MEMS: Micro-
pump applications in Bio-MEMS. Sensing technologies for Bio-MEMS
applications: Coupling electrochemical detection with microchip.
Introduction to MEMS simulation tool.
References:
1. Chang Liu, “Foundations of MEMS”, Prentice Hall, 2011.
2. MinhangBao, “Analysis and Design Principles of MEMS Devices”,
Elsevier Science, 2005.
3. Stephen D. Senturia, “Microsystem Design”, Springer, 2001.
4. Wanjun Wang, Steven A. Soper, “Bio-MEMS-Technologies and
Applications”, CRC Press, 2007.
5. Gabriel M. Rebeiz, “RF MEMS: Theory, Design, and Technology”,
John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
ECE 3286: INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Embedded System vs general computing system, Classification and
application areas, Characteristics and quality attributes, Hardware and
software development tools, Core of Embedded system, Memory,
Sensors and Actuators, Communication interface, Embedded firmware,
Other system components. Input/output interfacing Real Time Operating
System, Operating system Services-Message queues-Timer Function-
Events-Memory Management, Interrupt Routines in an RTOS
environment, Basic design using RTOS, Device drivers. The I2C Bus, The
SPI function, The CAN bus, Ethernet, Internet, Introduction to Blue tooth:
Specification, Core Protocol, lEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) Testability: Boundary
Scan Architecture.
References:
1. Shibu K.V., “Introduction to Embedded Systems”, McGraw Hill,
2009.
2. Raj Kamal, “Embedded Systems”, TMH.
3. K. J. Ayala, “The 8051 Microcontroller”, Penram International.
4. Han-Way Huang, “Embedded System Design using C8051”,
Cengage Learning, 2008.
5. Frank Vahid, Tony Givargis, “Embedded System Design”, John Wiley
& Sons.
ECE 3287: NEURAL NETWORKS & FUZZY LOGIC [3 0 0 3]
Neural networks: Biological neurons, Mc-culloch Pitt's model.
Supervised learning methods, Linear single layer classifiers: Non-
parametric classifiers and R-category perceptron classifiers. Multi- layer
feed-forward classifiers: Linearly non-separable pattern classification,
error back propagation training. Dynamical systems: Discrete time and
gradient type Hopfield networks. Unsupervised learning methods:
Hamming net and Maxnet, Kohenen's self-organizing feature maps.
Introduction to kernel methods: Radial basis functions, Probabilistic
neural networks. Fuzzy logic: Types of fuzzy systems, basic operation on
fuzzy sets. Linguistic variables, fuzzy IF-THEN rules: Fuzzy rule base,
fuzzy inference engine. Hybrid Systems.
141
References:
1 Jacek M. Zurada, “Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems”, Jaico
publication, 2006.
2 Simon Haykin, “Neural Networks and Learning Machines”, (3e), PHI
edition private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.
3 Li Xin Wang, “Introduction to Fuzzy Systems and Control”, Prentice
Hall publication, 1997.
4 Timothy J. Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, Intl.
Edition, McGraw Hill publication, 2008.
ECE 3288: BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Overview of Digital Controllers, Network and Communication protocols,
Introduction to Building Management Systems, General BMS
architecture, Communication Systems and standards for BMS.
Application of internet for Automation and Management. Introduction to
HVAC and Optimal control methods for HVAC Systems. Lighting Control
Systems and protocols. Security and Safety Control Systems such as
Access Control and Fire Alarm Systems. System Integration and
Convergence. Energy Management, Green Building (LEED) concept and
examples.
References:
1. V. K. Jain, “Automation Systems in Smart and Green Buildings”,
published by Khanna Publishers (2009), ISBN-13: 978-
8174092373.
2. Reinhold A. Carlson, Robert A. Di Giandomenico, “Understanding
Building Automation Systems: Direct Digital Control, Energy
Management, Life Safety, Security/access Control, Lighting,
Building Management Programs”.
3. Ronnie J. Auvil, “HVAC Control Systems”, (2e)(Hardcover), January
1, 2007.
4. Thomas L. Norman, “Integrated Security Systems Design:
Concepts, Specifications, and Implementation (v. 1)”, CPP PSP
CSC, 2007.
5. Benantar, Messaoud, “Access Control Systems: Security, Identity
Management and Trust Models”, Springer publication, 2005, ISBN:
0387004459.
ECE 3289: APPLICATIONS OF SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Signals and systems, classification of signals, concept of
frequency, Analog to digital/ Digital to analog conversion and their
applications. Time domain analysis: Properties of systems, linear time
invariant systems, convolution, correlation and its applications.
Frequency domain analysis: Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT),
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT), linear filtering using DFT, Fast Fourier
Transform (FFT). Digital filters: FIR filter design, IIR filter design,
applications. Applications: Application examples in audio processing,
communication, biomedical signal and image processing,
manufacturing automation.
References:
1. Dimitris G. Manolakis, Vinay K. Ingle, “Applied Digital Signal
Processing: Theory and Practice”, Cambridge University Press,
2011.
2. Proakis J. G and Manolakis D. G., “Introduction to Digital Signal
Processing”, Prentice Hall, India, 2003.
3. Steven W. Smith, “The Scientist and Engineer's Guide to Digital
Signal Processing”, (http://www.dspguide.com).
 ECE 3290: INTRODUCTION TO NANOSCIENCE
AND TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Classical particles, waves and wave particle duality - experimental and
theoretical explanations. Black body radiation, photoelectric effect,
interference, diffraction. Schrodinger wave equation, wave mechanics of
particles. Atoms and atomic orbitals. Quantum well, quantum wire and
quantum dots. Explanation with examples of metallic and semiconductor
materials. Crystal lattices, bonding in crystals, metals, semiconductors,
direct and indirect band gap semiconductors, semiconductor alloys,
hetero-structures, organic semiconductors, carbon nano-structures.
Graphene preparation techniques. Characterization techniques,
Resonant tunneling diodes, nanomaterial based field effect transistors.
142
References:
1. V. V. Mitin, V. A. Kochelap and M. A. Stroscio, “Introduction to
Nanoelectronics, Science, Nanotechnology, Engineering And
Applications”, Cambridge University Press, 2008.
2. M. S. Dressellhaus, G. Dressellhaus and P. C. Eklund, “Science of
Fullerenes and Carbon Nanotubes”, San Diego, CA, Academic
Press, 1996.
3. V. V. Mitin, V. A. Kochelep and M. A. Stroscio, “Quantum
Heterostructures”, New York, Cambridge University Press, 1999.
4. R. P. Feynman, “Lectures on Physics”, Vol 3, New York, Addison
Wesley, 1964.
5. D. Saxon, “Elementary Quantum Mechanics”, San Franscisco,
CA, Holden. Day Inc., 1968.
 Department of Electrical & Electronics Engineering

The Department has a team of 52 well qualified and dedicated faculty Programs offered
with wide ranging specializations in addition to 21 support staff. The Under Graduate Program
4
undergraduate programme offers a unique mix of Electrical, Electronics B.Tech in Electrical & Electronics Engineering (1960)
& Computer related courses, enabling the students to take up Post Graduate Programs
professional career/higher studies in any of these areas.
4 M.Tech in Energy Systems & Management (1989)
4
The department has well equipped and state-of- the- art laboratories M.Tech in Power Electronics & Drives (2008)
including Advanced Energy System lab, sponsored by Schneider PhD
Electric. The laboratory exercises are designed to ensure synchronism
with the curriculum and exposure to various Softwares and Hardwares Faculty Strength
related to the field of Electrical &Electronics. Core Competency of the
department is in the area of Lighting & Energy Studies, Power & Control Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
Systems, Power Electronics & Drives, Embedded Systems.
12 8 3
40 41

PhD Professors
M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors

143
 B. Tech in ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Sub. Name L T P C Subject Code Sub. Name L T P C
MAT 2102 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2206 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
ELE 2101 Electrical Circuit Analysis 2 1 0 3 ELE 2201 Signals & Systems 2 1 0 3
ELE 2102 Digital Electronic Circuits 2 1 0 3 ELE 2202 Electrical Machinery – II 3 1 0 4
ELE 2103 Electrical Machinery – I 3 1 0 4 ELE 2203 Digital System Design & Computer Architecture 3 1 0 4
II ELE 2104 Electromagnetic Theory 2 1 0 3 ELE 2204 Analog System Design 2 1 0 3
ELE 2105 Analog Electronic Circuits 2 1 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
ELE 2111 Electrical Circuits Lab 0 0 3 1 ELE 2211 Electrical Machinery Lab – I 0 0 3 1
ELE 2112 Integrated Electronics Lab – I 0 0 6 2 ELE 2212 Integrated Electronics Lab – II 0 0 6 2
13 6 9 22 15 5 9 23
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
ELE 3101 Linear Control Theory 3 1 0 4 HUM 4002 Engineering Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3
ELE 3102 Digital Signal Processing 2 1 0 3 ELE **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3

144
ELE 3103 Communication Systems 2 1 0 3 ELE **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3
ELE 3104 Generation Transmission & Distribution 3 1 0 4 ELE 3201 Power Electronics 3 1 0 4
III
ELE 3105 Power System Analysis 3 1 0 4 ELE 3202 Measurements & Instrumentation 2 1 0 3
ELE 3106 Microcontroller Based System Design 2 1 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
ELE 3111 Electrical Machinery Lab – II 0 0 3 1 ELE 3211 Measurements & Instrumentation Lab 0 0 6 2
ELE 3112 Microcontroller Lab 0 0 6 2 ELE 3212 System Simulation Lab 0 0 3 1
15 6 9 24 16 3 9 22
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3 ELE 4297 Seminar 1
ELE 4101 Switchgears & Protection 3 1 0 4 ELE 4298 Industrial Training 1
ELE **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3 ELE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
ELE **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
IV
ELE **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3
ELE **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
ELE 4111 Power Electronics Lab 0 0 3 1
ELE 4112 Advanced Energy Systems Lab 0 0 3 1
17 2 6 21 14
Minor Specializations THIRD SEMESTER
I. Embedded Systems MAT 2102: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
1. ELE 4001: Embedded System Design Functions of complex variable. Analytic function, C-R equations,
2. ELE 4002: FPGA Based System Design differentiation, Integration of complex function, Cauchy's integral formula.
3. ELE 4003: Embedded Processor Architecture Taylor's and Laurent Series, Singular points, Residues, Cauchy's residue
4. ELE 4004: Real Time Systems theorem. Periodic function, Fourier Series expansion, even and odd
functions, functions with arbitrary periods, Half range expansions Fourier
II. Energy Management transform, Parseval's identity, PDE-Solution by method of separation of
variables and by indicated transformations. One dimensional wave
1. ELE 4005: Advanced Energy Management
equation, One dimensional heat equation and their solutions. Vector
2. ELE 4006: Energy Auditing
differential operator, gradient divergence and curl. Line, surface and volume
3. ELE 4007: Lighting Science: Devices and Systems integrals.Green's theorem, Divergence and Stoke's theorems.
4. ELE 4008: Power System Operation and Control
References:
III. Energy Systems 1. Grewal B.S.“Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers.
1. ELE 4008: Power System Operation and Control 2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engg. Mathematics”, Wiley Eastern.
2. ELE 4009: Computer Techniques in Power System Analysis 3. Gerald and Wheatley, “Applied Numerical Analysis”, (5e).
3. ELE 4010: Modern Power Converters 4. Murray R. Spiegel,“Vector Analysis”, Schaum Publishing Co., 1959.
4. ELE 4011: Solid State Drives 5. Narayanan, Ramaniah and Manicavachagom Pillay, “Advanced
Engineering Mathematics”, Vol 3.
IV. Signal Processing & Control
1. ELE 4012:Advanced Digital Signal Processing ELE 2101: ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS [2 1 0 3]
2. ELE 4013:Control System Design Review of Mesh Current and node voltage analysis- Coupled circuit
3. ELE 4014:Applicationsof DSP analysis. Network Theorems Locus Diagrams. General characteristics of
4. ELE 4015:Industrial Automation & Control waveform symmetry, Odd and even components, Step, ramp and
impulse signals and their properties, Doublet, Equation of waveforms
V. Business Management and their derivatives. Transients in series & multi-loop circuits. Analysis
1. HUM 4011: Financial Management of networks by Laplace transform method, Initial and Final value
theorems, Convolution Integral theorem, Evaluation of residues from
2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management
pole-zero diagram. Network Functions, Two port parameters (Z, Y, T and
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management
h parameters), Relationship between parameters, evaluation of Two port
4. HUM 4014: Operations and Systems Management parameters, Interconnection of 2 two port networks series, parallel and
cascade connections.
Other Programme Electives
1. ELE 4016: Building Automation Systems References:
2. ELE 4017: Computer Networks 1. Hayt W. H. & J.E. Kemmerly, S.M. Durbin, “Engineering Circuit
3. ELE 4018: Data Structures & Algorithms Analysis”, ( 7e), TMH, 2010
4. ELE 4019: Database Management Systems 2. Edminister J., “Schaum's Outline Series of Electric Circuits”, (6e),
5. ELE 4020: Electrical Machine Design TMH, 2013
6. ELE 4021: HVDC & FACTS 3. Kuo F. F., “Network Analysis and Synthesis”, (2e), Wiley, 2006
7. ELE 4022: Lighting Controls: Technology and Applications 4. Van Valkenberg, “Network Analysis”, (3e), PHI, 2009
8. ELE 4023: Digital Control Systems 5. C. L. Wadhwa, “Network Analysis and Synthesis”, New Age
9. ELE 4024: Renewable Energy International, (3e), 2008.
10. ELE 4025: Smart Grid Technologies
11. ELE 4026: Soft Computing ELE 2102: DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS [2 1 0 3]
12. ELE 4027: Solid State Lighting and Controls Combinational logic circuit design using gates, Minimization using
13. ELE 4028: Utilization of Electrical Energy variable entered maps, Quine-McCluskey algorithm. Combinational
circuit design using MSI chips: Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Encoder,
14. ELE 4029: VLSI Design
Decoder, Arithmetic circuits. Logic families and their characteristics.
Sequential logic circuit design. Analysis and design of synchronous
Open Electives sequential finite state machines. Case studies: Traffic light controllers,
1. ELE 3281: Analog & Digital Electronic Circuits vending machine, linked state machines.
2. ELE 3282: Electric Drives
3. ELE 3283: Electrical Energy Systems References:
4. ELE 3284: Energy Auditing 1. Wakerly, “Digital Design Principles & Practices”, Pearson, 2003.
5. ELE 3285: Energy Conversion Technologies 2. Givone, “Digital Principles & Design”, TMH, 2011.
6. ELE 3286: Microcontrollers 3. Leach D. P. & A. P. Malvino, “Digital Principles and Applications”,
7. ELE 3287: MATLAB for Engineers MGH, 2008.
8. ELE 3288: Lighting Design 4. Roth C. H., “Fundamentals of logic design”, Jaico, 2007.

145
 ELE 2103: ELECTRICAL MACHINERY - I [3 1 0 4]
Principle, Construction, phasor diagram, Equivalent circuit, Voltage
Regulation, Losses and Efficiency, energy efficiency, Tests on single
phase transformer, Inrush current, Harmonics Tap changing
transformers, Auto transformer, 3 phase transformer operation, Scott
connection.
Production of rotating magnetic field, working principle and Construction
of 3 phase Induction motor, Equivalent circuit, Losses and efficiency,
torque-slip characteristics, Tests on 3 phase induction motor, Circle
diagram, Starter, Speed control, Deep bar and double cage induction
motors, Induction generator, Single phase induction motor.
Types of DC &AC windings, DC generator principle, Construction, Types
of DC generators, Magnetization characteristic, Armature reaction,
Commutation, Load characteristics
References:
1. P.S.Bimbhra, “Electrical Machinery”, (7e), Khanna publishers, 2012
2. D.P. Kothari & I. J. Nagrath, “Electric Machines’’, (4e), TMH, 2013
3. Langsdorf E.H., “Theory of Alternating Current Machinery”, (2e),
TMH, 2004
4. Say M.G., “Alternating Current Machines”, (5e), ELBS, 1994
5. Mukherjee P.K. & Chakravarti C, “Electrical Machines”, (2e),
Dhanpat Rai& Sons, 2005.
ELE 2104: ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY [2 1 0 3]
Electrostatics: Coulomb's law, Gauss's law, Divergence theorem,
Electrical potential, Poisson's and Laplace's theorem and capacitance.
Application Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), High dielectric constant
materials
Magnetostatics: Biot-Savart law, Ampere's circuital law, Magnetic flux
density, Stokes' theorem and inductance. Applications Velocity Filter,
Magnetic Levitation, Mass Spectrometry.
Time-varying field: Faraday's law, Displacement current, Maxwell's
equations
Waves: Uniform plane wave, Poynting's Theorem, Skin effect, Normal
and oblique Incidence. Application Microwaves
References:
1. Mathew Sadiku, “Elements of Electromagnetics”, (3e), Oxford
University Press, 2000
2. Hayt W, “Engineering Elextromagnetics”, (7e), TMH, 2006
3. N Narayana Rao, “Elements of Engineering Electromagnetics”,
(6e), Pearson Education, 2006
4. Kraus J.D., “Electromagnetics”, (4e), MGH, 1992
ELE 2105: ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS [2 1 0 3]
Junction Diode Characteristics and applications, MOSFET
Characteristics, Uses of MOSFET, MOSFET biasing, Biasing
requirements Current Mirrors, Current source, Current sink, Basic
Amplifier Configurations, Cascade and Cascode configurations, Small
signal model, high frequency model, frequency response of the CS, CD
and CG configurations, Distortion in amplifiers, Large signal
amplifiers,Basic Differential amplifier, Slew rate considerations.
References:
1. A.S. Sedra& K.C. Smith, "Microelectronic Circuits", (6e), Oxford
Univ. Press, 2010.
2. Jacob Millman and Christos Halkias, “Integrated Electronics”,
(2e), McGraw Hill
3. David A. Bell, “Fundamentals of Electronic Devices and Circuits”,
(5e), Oxford Univ. Press(RS) 2009.
146
4. Grey, Hurst, Lewis and Meyer, “Analysis and Design of
AnalogIntegrated Circuits”, (5e).
5. Jacob Baker, “CMOS: Circuit Design, Layout and Simulation”,
Wiley, (3e), 2010
ELE 2111: ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Module I: Transient analysis of RL, RC, and RLC circuits using ODE
solver; Simulation of linear models of mechanical and electrical
systems using Simulink; data acquisition and analysis; curve fitting &
interpolation, Converting MATLAB code to executable format;
Familiarization of graphical design tools.
Module II: Electric circuit simulation using PSPICE Steady state &
transient analysis of DC & AC circuits.
Module III: Measurement and experimental verification of network
theorems - Measurement of power, power factor and pf correction -
Three phase power measurement - Measurement of self and mutual
inductance.
References:
1. Hanselman, “Mastering MATLAB 7”, Pearson Education 2005.
2. Rashid M. H, “SPICE for circuits and Electronics using PSPICE”, PHI
1995
3. www.mathworks.com
ELE 2112: INTEGRATED ELECTRONICS LAB - I [0 0 6 2]
Module I: Design, Simulate and Test basic analog electronic circuits
using diodes, Rectifiers without and with capacitor filter, Fixed and
variable voltage power supplies, Zener diodes, voltage regulators,
MOSFET biasing and current mirror circuits, Frequency response of
Amplifier Circuits.
Module II: Design and Testing of combinational circuits using gates,
multiplexers, decoders, arithmetic circuits etc., Design and Testing of
sequential digital electronic circuits such as counters, shift registers &
sequence generators, sequence detectors etc.
References:
1. Millman and Halkias, “Integrated Electronics: Analog and Digital
Circuits and Systems”, TMH, 1992.
2. David Bell, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, (5e), Oxford
University Press.
3. John Wakerly, “Digital Design: Principles and Practices”, (4e),
Prentice Hall, Inc, 2005.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2208: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Statistics: Mean, Median, Mode measures of dispersion. Finite sample
spaces, conditional probability and independence, Bayes' theorem, one
dimensional random variable, mean, variance, Chebyshev's inequality.
Two and higher dimensional random variables, covariance, correlation
coefficient, curve fitting. Binomial, Poisson, uniform, normal, gamma,
Chi-square and exponential distributions. Moment generating function,
Functions of one and two dimensional random variables, Sampling
theory, Central limit theorem. Difference equations with constant
coefficients, solutions. Z- transforms and Inverse Z-transforms.
Solutions of Difference equations using Z-transforms. Solution of
boundary value problems, Numerical solutions of Laplace and Poisson
equations, heat and wave equations by explicit methods.
References:
1. P. L. Meyer, “Introduction to probability and Statistical Applications”
, (2e), American Publishing Co., 1979.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (5e), Wiley
Eastern, 1985.
3. A. V. Openheim & R. W. Schafer, “Digital Signal Processing”,
Prentice Hall,1975.
4. Hogg & Craig, “Introduction to Mathematical Statistics”, (4e),
MacMillan, 1975.
5. Narayanan Ramaniah and Manicavachagom Pillay “Advanced
Engineering Mathematics”.
ELE 2201: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Time domain analysis of continuous-time and discrete-time signals &
systems: linear-time invariant systems, impulse response, convolution,
causality and stability, representation of LTI systems, Frequency domain
analysis of continuous time signals and systems: Fourier series, Fourier
transform, properties and applications, Frequency domain analysis of
discrete-time signals and systems: Discrete-time Fourier series,
Discrete-time Fourier transform, properties and applications, Z
transform representation of discrete time signals and systems,
properties and applications
References:
1. Haykin S., “Signals and Systems”, Wiley, 1999.
2. Oppenheim, Willisky, and Nawab, “Signals and Systems”, (2e),
PHI, 1997.
3. Ziemer R.E., Tranter W.H. & Fannin D. R., “Signals and Systems”,
(4e), Pearson, 2002.
ELE 2202: ELECTRICAL MACHINERY - II [3 1 0 4]
Operating principle of DC motors, Types, Characteristics, speed control,
starters, Losses, Efficiency and testing
Principle of synchronous generator, Types, Construction, Field MMF,
Armature windings, Emf equation, harmonic suppression, Modeling of
alternator, Phasor diagrams, Armature leakage reactance, Armature
reaction, Pre-determination of voltage regulation, Synchronization, Load
sharing, Governor characteristics, Power angle characteristics,
Synchronizing power and torque, effect of varying excitation, effect of
varying the input torque, Alternator connected to infinite bus, Two
reaction theory for salient pole synchronous generator
Construction, operating principle of synchronous motor, Starting
methods, power input and power output as a function of torque angle,
Synchronizing power and torque, Performance characteristics, V
curves, Inverted V curves, Power and excitation circles, O-curves,
Hunting, Natural frequency of Oscillations, power factor improvement by
Synchronous motor.
References:
1. P. S. Bimbhra, “Electrical Machinery”, (7e), Khanna publishers,
2012
2. D. P. Kothari & I. J. Nagrath, “Electric Machines”, (4e), TMH,
2013
3. Langsdorf E. H., “Theory of Alternating Current Machinery”, (2e),
TMH, 2004
4. Say M. G., “Alternating Current Machines”, (5e), ELBS, 1994
5. Mukherjee P. K. & Chakravarti C, “Electrical Machines”, (2e),
Dhanpat Rai& Sons, 2005
147
ELE 2203: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN & COMPUTER
ARCHITECTURE [3 1 0 4]
Digital implementation options, Digital system modeling: Domains,
levels of abstraction. Introduction to Verilog: Behavioral, data-flow and
Gate level modeling. Design case studies - combinational, sequential,
FSM, arithmetic units. Verilog HDL Synthesis. Programmable ASICs,
Programming Technologies
Introduction to Computer Architecture, Op code encoding techniques,
Instruction Types and Addressing modes, Reduced Instruction Set
Computers. Pipelining, I/O interfacing, Interrupts. Memory Organization,
Data path design , Control path design, control unit optimization,
Multiplication and Division algorithms.
References:
1. Smith M.J.S., “Application Specific ICs”, Pearson, 2010.
2. Samir Palnitkar, “Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design and
Synthesis”, PHI, 2003
3. Brown S. & Vranesic Z., “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog
Design”, TMH 2013.
4. Nazeih M. Botros, “HDL Programming :VHDL and Verilog”,
Dreamtech Press, 2009
5. M. Raffiquzzman & Rajan Chandra, “Modern Computer
Architecture”, Galgotia Publications, 2012.
6. David Patterson and John Hennessy, “Computer Organization and
Design”, Elsevier, 2012.
ELE 2204: ANALOG SYSTEM DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Feedback amplifiers, Barkhausen criterion for sustained oscillation,
Feedback Topologies for Controlled sources, Operational Amplifier
Architecture, OPAMP in linear Mode, OPAMP under Positive and Negative
feedback, Linear applications of OPAMP, Differential amplifier,
Instrumentation amplifier, Voltage to current converter, Integrator,
Differentiator, Phase shifter, Active Filters, Nonlinear applications of
OPAMP , Zero Cross detectors, Comparator, Schmitt trigger circuits,
multivibrator circuits, Precision rectifiers, Clamping circuits, Peak
detectors, sample and hold circuits, PLL, 555 timer, Analog Multipliers
References:
1. Sergio Franco, “Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog
Integrated Circuits”, (3e), TMH, 2005
2. J. Millman& A. Grabel, "Microelectronics", (2e), McGraw Hill.
3. Robert. F. Coughlin & Fredrick F. Driscoll, “Operational Amplifiers
and Linear Integrated Circuits”, (2e), PHI/Pearson, 2009
4. James M. Fiore, “Op - Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits”,
Thomson Learning, 2001
5. David A. Bell, “Operational Amplifiers and Linear IC's”, (2e),
PHI/Pearson, 2004
ELE 2211: ELECTRICAL MACHINERY LABORATORY - I [0 0 3 1]
OC and SC tests on single phase transformer, Sumpner's test, Polarity
tests and connection of single phase transformers as three phase bank,
Parallel operation of single phase transformers, Scott connection, Open
delta connection, No load and blocked rotor tests, Load test on three
phase squirrel cage Induction motor, torque-slip characteristics. Load
test on induction generator. Load test on Single Phase induction Motor.
References:
1. P. S. Bimbhra,“Electrical Machinery”,(7e), Khanna publishers, 2012
2. Langsdorf E.H., “Theory of Alternating Current Machinery”, (2e),
TMH, 2004
3. Mukherjee P. K. & Chakravarti C, “Electrical Machines”, (2e),
DhanpatRai& Sons, 2005
ELE 2212: INTEGRATED ELECTRONICS LABORATORY - II [0 0 6 2]
Module I: Design, Simulation and Testing of operational amplifier based
circuits in linear and nonlinear mode, Timer circuits.
Module II: Digital circuit design using Verilog HDL - Functional simulation
and synthesis of the combinational and sequential circuits using Verilog
HDL simulator and testing on FPGA demo boards.
References:
1. A.S. Sedra & K.C. Smith, “Microelectronics Circuits”, (4e), Oxford
Univ.Press.
2. Samir Palnitkar, “Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design and
Synthesis”, PHI, 2003
3. Brown S. & Vranesic Z., “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog
Design”, TMH, 2013.
FIFTH SEMESTER
ELE 3101: LINEAR CONTROL THEORY [3 1 0 4]
Mathematical models: electrical, mechanical and electro-mechanical
systems, block diagram reduction, signal flow graphs, Mason's gain
formula; Time Response: transient response specifications of second
order systems, steady state error, sensitivity; Stability: BIBO stability,
Routh- Hurwitz criterion , Root locus plot ; frequency domain
specifications; Frequency Response plots: Polar plots, Nyquist stability
criterion, Bode plots; P, PI, PD & PID controllers ; State Space Model:
canonical forms, solution of state equation , controllability and
observability, pole placement design; Lyapunov stability for LTI systems.
References:
1. Ogata K, “Modern Control Engineering”, (5e), Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice Hall, 2010.
2. Norman S. Nise, “Control Systems Engineering”, (5e), John Wiley &
Sons, Inc, 2010.
3. K. R. Varmah, “Control Systems”, TMH, 2010.
4. Prof. S.D. Agashe IIT Bombay, “Control systems”: http://www.
nptel.iitm. ac.in/ courses/108101037/
5. Frazzoli, Emilio, and Munther Dahleh. 6.241J “Dynamic Systems
and Control”, Spring 2011. (MIT Open Course Ware:
Massachusetts Institute of Technology)
ELE 3102: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [2 1 0 3]
Review of time-domain and frequency domain properties of discrete-
time signals and systems, Sampling in time and frequency domain.
Discrete Fourier Transform -Linear convolution using DFT. Computation
of DFT-Fast Fourier Transform, Decimation in time and Decimation in
frequency FFT algorithms, Computational considerations. Digital Filters-
Digital filter structures, FIR and IIR filters, finite word length effects. FIR
filter design- FIR design by Fourier approximation, Window method,
Frequency sampling method, Optimal FIR design, IIR filter design:
Classical filter design using Butterworth and Chebyshev approximations,
Impulse invariant and bilinear transformation methods, Frequency
transformation technique for HP, BP and BS filter design, Direct design of
IIR filters. Real time implementation of DSP algorithms.
148
References:
1. Proakis J. G. and D. G. Manolakis, “Introduction to Digital Signal
Processing”, PHI, 2009
2. Oppenheim A.V. and R.W. Schafer, “Discrete time signal processing”,
Pearson, 2009.
3. Mitra S. K., “DSP: A computer based approach”, (2e), TMH, 2006
4. Johny R. Johnson, “Introduction to Digital Signal Processing”,
Prentice Hall of India/Pearson Education, 2002.
ELE 3103: COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Elements of an Electrical Communication System, Communication
channels and their characteristics. Analog Communication Systems: AM
- Principles, Transmitters and Receivers, Angle modulation, Frequency
modulation- FM demodulation, FM receivers, FM stereo broadcasting,
FM Radio communication, Television signal transmission & reception.
Digital Communication: Sampling theorem. pulse modulation
techniques; Multliplexing TDM, FDM. Data communication techniques:
Data transmission using analog carriers, MODEMS employing FSK, PSK,
DPSK, QPSK, and ASK. Signal constellation. Error control coding
techniques. Overview of computer networks and Multiuser Radio
Communications
References:
1. Simon Haykin, “An Introduction to Analog and Digital
Communications”, John Wiley & Sons,2010
2. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, John Wiley & Sons, 4th
edition,2013
3. Tomasi. W., “Electronic communication systems”, Pearson, 2011
4. Theodre S Rappaport., “Wireless communications-Principles &
Practice”, PHI, 2011
5. Herbert Taub, Donald L Schilling, “Principles of communication
Systems”, McGraw Hill, 2009
ELE 3104: GENERATION, TRANSMISSION &
DISTRIBUTION [3 1 0 4]
Introduction , General layout of a power system, voltage levels,
conventional ways of generating electric power, computation of line
parameters for single phase and three phase, line performance, need for
reactive power compensation mechanical design of lines sag and
tension calculation, overhead insulators, underground cables, corona.
References:
1. S.N. Singh, “Electric Power Generation, Transmission &
Distribution”, PHI, 6th printing, 2006.
2. Kothari &Nagrath, “Power System Engineering”, (2e), TMH, 2007.
3. Arora & Domkundwar, “A Course on Power Plant Engg”, (3e),
DhanpathRai, 2002
4. Nag P K, “Power plant Engneering”, TataMcGraw Hill, 2002.
5. Wadhwa, “Electrical Power System”, (3e), New Age Intl, 2000.
ELE 3105: POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS [3 1 0 4]
Representation of power systems: One line diagram, impedance
diagram, Thevenin's model, Admittance and impedance model for power
systems & network calculation. Load flow studies. Symmetrical three-
phase faults, selection of circuit breakers. Asymmetrical faults:
Symmetrical components, sequence networks of power systems,
analysis of unsymmetrical faults in generators and power systems under
no-load and loaded conditions. Stability studies: Steady-state and
transient-state stability, Multi machine stability.
References:
1. Stevenson W. D., “Elements of Power System Analysis”, (4e), MGH,
1982.
2. Elgerd O. I., “Electric Energy System Theory: An Introduction”, (2e),
TMH, 1982.
3. Nagrath I. J. & D. P. Kothari, “Modern Power System Analysis”, (3e),
TMH, 2003.
4. Hadi Saadat, “Power System Analysis”, MGH, 1999.
ELE 3106: MICROCONTROLLER BASED SYSTEM DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to microprocessors and microcontrollers, general purpose
and embedded systems, CISC and RISC architectures, 8051
microcontroller: Architecture, pin diagram, addressing modes,
instruction set, programming, stack, subroutines, GPIO, timers, serial
port, interrupts. Interfacing keyboard, LCD and DAC to 8051. ARM
processor: Processor modes, visible registers, ARM and Thumb
instruction sets, programming, stack, subroutine, exceptions, pipelined
architecture. NXPLPC21XX microcontroller: architecture, programming,
timers, watchdog timer, ADC, interfacing DC motor, stepper motor and
seven segment LED.
References:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and GillispieMazidi, “The 8051
Microcontroller and embedded systems, using assembly and 'C'”,
Pearson education, 2011.
2. Kenneth. J. Ayala, “The 8051 Microcontroller and embedded
systems, using assembly and 'C'”, Cengage Learning, 2009.
3. Steve Furber, “ARM System - on Chip Architecture”, Pearson,
Second Edition, 2007
4. William Hohl, “ARM Assembly Language”, CRC Press, 2012
ELE 3111: ELECTRICAL MACHINERY LAB - II [0 0 3 1]
Magnetisation characteristics of DC generator, Load test on dc
machines, Speed control of D.C. shunt motor. Tests on DC Machines, V-
and inverted V-curves of synchronous machines, Measurement of Xd
and Xq of a salient pole synchronous machine, Predetermination of
regulation of alternator.
References:
1. P. S. Bimbhra, “Electrical Machinery”, (7e), Khanna publishers,
2012
2. Langsdorf E.H., “Theory of Alternating Current Machinery”, (2e),
TMH, 2004
3. Mukherjee P. K. & Chakravarti C, “Electrical Machines”, (2e),
DhanpatRai& Sons, 2005
ELE 3112: MICROCONTROLLER LAB [0 0 6 2]
Module I: Experiments using 8051 Microcontroller
Module II: Interfacing exercises using 8051 microcontroller
Module III: Experiments using ARM processor based microcontroller.
References:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and GillispieMazidi, “The 8051
Microcontroller and embedded systems, using assembly and 'C'”,
Pearson education, 2011.
2. Kenneth. J. Ayala, “The 8051 Microcontroller and embedded
systems, using assembly and 'C'”, Cengage Learning, 2009.
3. Steve Furber, “ARM System - on Chip Architecture”, (2e), Pearson,
2007.
4. LPC21XX User Manual
149
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its types Job
costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet and profit &
loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios,
Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios
References:
1. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J., “Engineering Economy”,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chan S. Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Pearson
Education, Inc., 2010
3. Raman B. S., “Advanced accountancy”, United publications,
Bangalore, 1993
4. T. Ramachandran, “Accounting and Financial Management”,
Scitech Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
5. Thuesen G. J & Thuesen H. G., “Engineering Economics”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005
ELE 3201: POWER ELECTRONICS [3 1 0 4]
Power Semiconductor Devices: SCR, Power MOSFET, IGBT- structure,
characteristics, safe operating area, base/gate driver requirements,
ratings, protection, GTO, Triac- structure, operation; Converter
Topologies: single phase and three phase half and fully controlled bridge
rectifiers-operation with different loads, triggering sequence, expression
for voltage and current, THD, input power factor, effect of source
inductance, inverter mode, dual converters; AC voltage regulators; DC-
DC converters-buck and boost converters, quadrants of operation; DC-
AC converters-circuit topologies, switching, harmonic spectrum, multi-
level inverters; Principle of space vector modulation and soft switching.
References:
1. Hart D. W., “Power Electronics”, Tata Mcgraw-Hill, 2011
2. Ned Mohan et.al., “Power Electronics, Converters, Applications &
Design”,(2e), Wiley.2010
3. Bose B. K., “Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives”, Pearson,
2010.
4. Rashid M. H., “Power Electronics, Circuits, Devices and
Applications”, PHI, 2007.
5. Bimbhra P. S., “Power Electronic”, Khanna Pub., 2012.
ELE 3202: MEASUREMENTS And INSTRUMENTATION [2 1 0 3]
Basic concepts of measurements - System configuration, calibration -
Errors in measurements: Measuring instruments: Permanent magnet
moving coil; Moving iron; and Electrodynamometer type Applications -
Measurement of Resistance, Inductance & Capacitance: A.C. Bridges,
Instrument Transformers: CT and PT, Transducers: Electrical
transducers: Analog signal conditioning: Instrumentation amplifiers, v/f
and i/f converters, sample and hold circuits, noise cancellation filters,
Data conversion: DAC, ADC, Signal transmission: Digital data
transmission, Protocols, wired & wireless. Examples - I/O devices and
displays.Oscilloscopes: Measurements using CRO, Vir tual
Instrumentation: Applications: Digital Energy Meter, ECG monitoring
system.
References:
1. Sawhney A. K., “A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements
and Instrumentation”, (4e), Dhanpat Rai& Sons, 1991.
2. Golding E. W. & Widdis F. C., “Electrical Measurements and
Measuring Instruments”, (5e), Wheeler, 1989.
3. Rangan, Sarma, & Mani, “Instrumentation Devices and Systems”,
(2e), TMH, 1998.
ELE 3211: MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION LAB [0 0 6 2]
Design & implementation of measurement systems on microcontroller
platform, Sensing power signals, Sensing ECG signal , Realisation of
instruments such as volt meter, ammeter, wattmeter, Design
&Realisation of common analog signal conditioning blocks using Analog
System Design starter kit - ASLKv2010, Study of ADC & DAC, Real time
data acquisition, measurement & monitoring on Virtual instrumentation
platform.
References:
1. Rangan, Sarma, & Mani, “Instrumentation Devices and Systems”,
(2e), TMH, 1998
2. K R K Rao , C P Ravikumar, “Analog System Lab Manual”, Texas
Instruments, Wiley India
3. Jovitha Jerome, “Virtual Instrumentation using Lab VIEW”,
PHI,2010
ELE 3212: SYSTEM SIMULATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Analyze and predict stability (absolute and relative) and performance of
linear continuous time control systems. P, PI, PD and PID Control;
Controller Design / tuning with SIMULINK; state feedback controllers,
Implement real-time controllers to meet system performance
specifications; Modelling and control of physical systems, System
Dynamics with SIMSCAPE
Analysis of Discrete-Time systems using MATLAB and SIMULINK;
Design of IIR Filters and FIR filters and implementation using real time
data; Rapid prototyping and code generation.
Model based analysis of electrical machines.
References:
1. Hanselman, “Mastering MATLAB 7”, Pearson Education 2005.
2. Norman S. Nise, “Control Systems Engineering”, (5e), John Wiley &
Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd, 2009.
3. Mitra S. K., “DSP: A computer based approach”, (3e), TMH, 2006.
4. www.mathworks.com
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
150
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Koontz D. “Essentials of Management”, Mc Graw Hill, New York,
2004
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied
Publishers, 2006
3. Peter Drucker, “The practice of management”, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003
ELE4101: SWITCHGEAR AND PROTECTION [3 1 0 4]
Circuit breakers: Arc phenomenon, arc interruption theories, Special
duties. CB types: Oil circuit breakers, Air circuit breakers, SF6 CB,
Vacuum CB, MCB, MCCB and DC circuit breakers. CB rating, testing,
operating mechanism, Auto reclosure, metal clad switchgear, GIS.
Isolators and earthing switches. Fuses. Neutral grounding. Protective
Relaying: Functions, characteristics, standard definition of relay
terminologies, classifications & operating principles. Protection
schemes for bus bar, transformer, alternator, transmission Line and
Induction Motor. Static Relays: Static amplitude and phase comparators.
Numerical relaying: aliasing, sampling theorem, DFT, phasor estimation,
numerical relaying algorithms. Introduction to network relays, Adaptive
Protection.
References:
1. Rao S. S., “Switchgear Protection and Power systems”, Khanna
Publishers, 2011.
2. Badriram and Vishwakarma, “Power System Protection &
Switchgear”, TMH, 2013
3. Ravindranath & Chander, “Power System Protection and
Switchgear”, Wiley, 1990.
4. T. S. Madhava Rao, “Power System Protection Static Relays with
microprocessor applications”, TMH, 2002.
5. Mason, “The Art and Science of Protective Relaying”, Wiley, 1972.
6. Ravindra P. Singh, “Digital Power System Protection”, PHI, 2007.
ELE 4111: POWER ELECTRONICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
SCR characteristics - Measurement of latching and holding current -
Study of Commutation circuits Resonant commutation, Complimentary
commutation and Auxiliary commutation - AC DC converters - Speed
control of D.C. motor - Speed control of Induction motor - DC DC
Converters using IGBT / MOSFET - Power electronic circuit simulation
using PSPICE.
References:
1. Hart D. W., “Power Electronics”, Tata Mcgraw-Hill, 2011
2. Ned Mohan et. al., “Power Electronics, Converters, Applications &
Design”, (2e), Wiley.2010
3. Bose B. K., “Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives”, Pearson,
2010
 ELE 4112: ADVANCED ENERGY SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Module I:
Experiments onY Bus formation, analysis of Short, Medium and long
transmission lines using ABCD constants, Load flow analysis using
Gauss Seidel and Newton Raphson methods, Transient Stability
Analysis, Short Circuit Fault Analysis, Power quality studies and relay
coordination using MATLAB, MiPower / PSCAD software packages.
Module II:
Experiments on Numeric over current Relay, Smart Energy meter,
Solar simulator
References:
1. M Stagg & Elabid, “Computer techniques in Power System
Analysis”, MGH
2. Badriram and Vishwakarma, “Power System Protection &
Switchgear”, TMH, 2013
3. MiPower and PSCAD user manuals.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
ELE 4297: SEMINAR
Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
The topic has to approved by the Department and a report of the
same has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
ELE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the
vacation starting from the end of third semester.
Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
report should include the certificates issued by the industry.
ELE 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks.
An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
submission of the final project report in the prescribed form.
Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before
the department committee as part of project evaluation.
MINOR SPECIALIZATIONS
I. EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
ELE 4001: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Embedded Systems: Evolution, Issues and challenges, Design Metrics.;
System and Processor Architecture: Instruction Set and Addressing
Modes; Improving processor performance; Memory Architecture and
Types: Memory Interfacing; Memory Hierarchy and Cache;Timers,
Counters and Watchdog Timers; Analog-to-Digital Converters; Design of
Data Acquisition System;Bus I/O and Networking Considerations:
151
Parallel and Serial bus and bus protocols; Wireless Protocols; Error
detection and correction; Interrupts; Real-time Operating Systems:
Scheduling, Memory and I/O Management; Embedded Software
Development: Flow, Environments and Tools.Low Power Embedded
System design; Software and hardware co design; Testing of Embedded
Systems.; System Design Example.
References:
1. Frank Vahid and Tony Givargis, “Embedded System Design”, Wiley
India, 2012.
2. Shibu K V, “Introduction to Embedded Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill,
2012
3. Raj Kamal, “Embedded Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
4. Santanu Chattopadhyay, “Embedded System Design”, PHI, 2010.
5. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/coursecontents_elec.php
ELE 4002: FPGA BASED SYSTEM DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Overview of Digital Systems Implementation options , FPGA
Architecture, Programming technologies, Altera &Actel logic cells, I/O
Blocks, Programmable interconnects, Logic implementation , Design
verification- Test bench codes, Hardware testing, FPGA Architectural
options; granularity of function and wiring resources, reconfigurable
architectures- Fine grained, Coarse grained ,Medium grained ,
Embedded multipliers, adders, MACs, processor cores, Configuring an
FPGA ; Vendor specific issues, Logic block architecture, timing models-
static and dynamic timing analysis, Input and Output cell characteristics ,
Power dissipation, Partitioning and placement, Routing resources
,Embedded system design using FPGAs, DSP using FPGAs, Multi FPGA
systems, Reconfigurable systems, Application case studies
References:
1. M.J.S. Smith, “Application Specific Integrated Circuits”, Pearson,
2000
2. Peter Ashenden, “Digital Design using VHDL/Digital Design using
Verilog”, Elsevier, 2007
3. W. Wolf, “ FPGA based system design”, Pearson, 2004
4. Clive Maxfield, “The Design Warriors Guide to FPGAs”, Elsevier,
2004
ELE 4003:EMBEDDED PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE [3 0 0 3]
ARM 9 Processor Fundamentals - Registers, Current Program Status
Register, Processor Modes, Instruction set and addressing modes.
Pipelined architecture, ARM 9 Exceptions, and the Vector Table. The
ARM memory interface, The Advanced Microcontroller Bus Architecture
(AMBA). ARM9E Instruction Cycle Timings,ARM9TDMI architecture,
ARM coprocessor interface. Introduction to ARM 11 and ARM Coretx
Processors. Application of ARM processor for embedded applications.
References:
1. S.B. Furber, “ARM System-on-Chip Architecture Addison Wesley
Longman”, 2000,ISBN: 0-201-67519-6
2. Andrew N. Sloss, Dominic Symes, Chris Wright , “ARM System
Developer's Guide Designing and Optimizing System Software”,
Morgan Kaufmann publishers
ELE 4004: REAL TIME SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Difference between real time embedded systems and non-real time
systems, characteristics of real time systems, real time concepts,
terminology, real time design issues, examples, Real time specifications
and design techniques, Basic Features of an Operating System, Real time
operating systems. Kernel Features, Real-time Kernels, Processes and
Threads and scheduling, Inter-process Communication, Synchronous
and Asynchronous I/O, Interrupt Handling, Device Drivers, Example
Real-time OS, Evaluating and Optimising Operating System
Performance.
References:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Galvvin, Grag, “Operating System
Principles”, (7e), Gagne. John Wiley Publications,2011
2. Milan Milenkovic, “Operating Systems Concepts and Design”,
MGH,1997
3. Philip A. Laplante , “Real time systems design and analysis”,
(3e), IEEE Press, Wiley India, 2004.
4. Sam Siewert, “Real time embedded systems and components”,
Cengage Learning, India edition, 2007.
5. Http://nptel.iitm.ac.in
II. ENERGY MANAGEMENT
ELE 4005: ADVANCED ENERGY MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Energy Scenario, Energy needs of growing economy. Energy sector
reforms, Energy Conservation and electricity acts. Global Environmental
Concerns. Evaluation of energy projects and proposals. Types,
methodology and Measurements in energy audits. Electricity Tariffs.
Power factor correction. Energy efficient motors and lighting systems.
Demand Side Management (DSM). ARM core architecture. ARM
instruction sets, memory management, Pipelined architecture, ARM
core based microcontroller, study of on-chip peripherals.
Communication protocols. MODBUS protocol. Zigbeeprptocol. Smart
energy meter architecture. Basic concepts and benefits of OOPs.
Application of OOPs in energy management: simple codes to
communicate with smart meters, protection and control devices.
RDBMS and their usage in energy management systems. Interfacing
smart meters, protection and control devices with standard DBMS
packages.
References:
1. Steve Furber, “ARM System - on Chip Architecture”, (2e), Pearson,
2007
2. William Hohl, “ARM Assembly Language”, CRC Press, 2012
3. Panneerselvam R., “Engineering Economics”, PHI, 2008.
4. Balagurusamy, E., “Object Oriented Programming with C++”,
TMH, 3rd edition, 2007.
5. Herbert Schildt, “C++ The Complete Reference, (3e), TMH.
6. “General Aspect of Energy Management and Energy Audit:
http://www.energymanagertraining.com/new_course.php.
ELE 4006: ENERGY AUDITING [3 0 0 3]
Energy Types, Needs, Scenario, Energy Security, Environmental Impact,
Energy Reforms, Material & Energy Balance, Consumption Pattern, Sankey
Diagram, Energy Policy, Information Systems, Energy Conservation Act
2001, Electricity Act 2003, Energy Reforms, National Action Plan for
Climate Change (NAPCC), Standards & Labels ,Energy Audit Purpose &
Scope, Types of Energy Audit & Methodologies, Audit Instruments, Energy
Management principles, Benchmarking and Strategies, Performance
assessment of Electrical utilities, Performance Assessment of Thermal
Utilities, Energy Economic Analysis, Role of ESCOs
References:
1. Paul W. O'Callaghan, “Energy Management A comprehensive guide
to reducing costs by efficient energy use”, McGraw Hill, England,
1992
152
2. IEEE Std. 739-1995, “IEEE recommended practice for energy
management in industrial and commercial facilities”.
3. Amit K. Tyagi, “Handbook on Energy Audits and Management”,
TERI, 2000
4. W. R. Murphy and G. McKay, “Energy management”, Butterworth &
Co Publishers, Oxford, UK, 2001.
5. BEE Study Material, “Energy Management & Energy Audit”,
www.bee-india.com
ELE 4007: LIGHTING SCIENCE: DEVICES AND SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Light & Vision -Spectral eye sensitivity curve photometric & Radiometric
quantities and units - Laws of illumination-Point by point method of
illuminance calculations Polar curves -Evaluation of total luminous flux -
Artificial light sources: Constructional and Energy aspects of light
sources- color characteristics - Environmental Effects of Light sources-
Luminaire: optical characteristics of light control elements - C.I.E.
classification - - measurements using GONIO photometer - - Quantity
and Quality of Illuminance - Artificial illumination design techniques:
Lumen method of calculations - IES glare index computation method -
Lighting Controls-Energy conservation measures in illumination
systems
References:
1. New York, “Lighting Handbook”, (10e), 2011.
2. Spiros Kitsinelis, “Light Sources: Technologies & Applications”,
CRC press, 2010.
3. M. A. Cayless & A. M. Marsdon, “Lamps & Lighting”, (4e)Oxford &
IBH publishing company, 1996
4. Jack L. Lindsey., “Applied Illumination En ESNA Engineering”, (2e),
Fairmont Press, INC 1997
ELE 4008: POWER SYSTEM OPERATION AND CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Generator & voltage control system: Energy conversion, application to
synchronous machines, Park's transformation, voltage & mechanical
equations, synchronous operation, steady state model, simplified
dynamic model, generator connected to infinite bus - Exciter system
block diagrams, generator models, stability of excitation systems.
Voltage regulation, generator with excitation system connected to infinite
bus, small signal stability analysis - Load frequency control, single area
systems, speed governing system, static response characteristics,
closed ALFC loops, static & dynamic response, secondary ALFC loops,
two area system, Reactive power & voltage control - Generation &
absorption of reactive power, methods of voltage control, performance
requirements of transmission lines, uncompensated lines, voltage &
current profiles, power/voltage characteristics, principles of
transmission system compensation, Introduction to facts controllers-
Economic load dispatch.
References:
1. R. Bergen, Vijay Vital, “Power system analysis”, (2e), prentice Hall
2. Hingorani & Gyugui, “Understanding facts”, Wiley-IEEE Press,
1999.
3. P. Kundur, “Power system stability analysis & control”, Tata
McGraw Hill , 2006.
4. O. L. Elgerd, “Electric energy systems”, McGraw Hill, 1982.
5. Wood & Woolenberg, “Power system operation & control”, John
Wiley, 2003.
 ELE 4009: COMPUTER TECHNIQUES IN POWER SYSTEM
ANALYSIS [3 0 0 3]
Review of Power System Components, Network Matrices - Bus
Impedance matrix - admittance matrix - formation and modification of
bus impedance matrix in three phase networks - Short Circuit Studies -
symmetrical and asymmetrical faults - ZBUS and YBUS matrices for short
circuit studies - short circuit calculations using ZBUS - symmetrical
component analysis-calculation of currents and voltages - load Flow
Studies: PQ, PV and slack buses - bus mismatch Gauss - Seidal,
Newton - Raphson and Fast Decoupled methods of load flow analysis -
Stability Studies - Transient Stability - Swing equation - synchronous
machine and induction machine equations - representation of load -
modified Euler and Range-Kutta methods of transient stability analysis.
References:
1. M. A. Pai, “Computer Techniques in Power System Analysis”, (2e)
Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2005.
2. A. K. Mahalanabis, D. P. Kothari and S. I. Ahson, “Computer Aided
Power System Analysis and Control”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.-
3. E. V. Krishnamurthy and S. K. Sen, “Computer Based Numerical
Algorithms”, East-West Press, New Delhi., 1976.
4. G. W Stagg & E l Abiad., “Computer methods in power system
analysis”, McGraw hill Publishers.
ELE 4010: MODERN POWER CONVERTERS [3 0 0 3]
Switched Mode Power converters: generalized comparison between
switched mode and linear DC regulators, operation and steady state
performance of buck, boost, buck-boost, cuk and sepic converters,
continuous conduction mode, discontinuous conduction mode; DC-DC
converters with isolation- Fly back converter, Forward converter, push-
pull converter, half bridge and full bridge DC-DC converters; Resonant
Converters- series and parallel loaded converters in continuous and
discontinuous mode of operation, zero current switch resonant
converter (ZCS), zero voltage switch resonant converter (ZVS); Control
techniques- Voltage feed forward PWM control, current mode control,
digital pulse width modulation control; Converter modelling- equivalent
circuit modelling of converters using state space averaging technique;
Closed loop converter design- case studies; Uninterruptible Power
Source (UPS)
References:
1. Robert W. Erickson, Dragan Maksimovic; “Fundamentals of Power
Electronics”,(2e), Springer, 2005
2. Mohan, Undeland & Robbins; “Power Electronics, Converters,
Applications and Design”, Wiley, 2001.
3. Daniel .W. Hart, “Introduction to Power Electronics”, PHI,1997.
4. P. Krein, “Elements of Power electronics”, OUP, 1998
5. Pressman A. I., S”witching Power Supply Design”.
ELE 4011: SOLID STATE DRIVES [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of Electric Drives: components, dynamics, multi-
quadrant operation, equivalent moment of inertia and torque, nature
and classification of load torque, steady state stability; DC Drives:
single phase and three phase controlled rectifier fed dc drives-
controlled freewheeling, speed torque characteristics, waveforms,
expressions for voltage, current, speed, torque and power, Dual
converter fed DC drives, Chopper fed DC drives- quadrants of
operation; AC drives: Induction Motor Drives- stator voltage control,
rotor resistance control, slip power recovery scheme, frequency
control-control strategies, DQ model, principle vector control, direct
and indirect vector control scheme,; Synchronous Motor Drives-
153
overview of scalar and vector control schemes of PMSM, SRM and
BLDC motors ,brushless DC excitation; UPS.
References:
1. Dubey G. K., Power Semiconductor Controlled Drives, PH, 1989.
2. Dubey G. K., Fundamentals of Electric Drives, Narosa, 2010.
3. Dewan S. B., G. R. Slemon & A. Straughen, Power Semiconductor
Drives. Wiley, 1984
4. Murphy J. M. D. & F. G.Turnbull, Power Electronic Control of AC
motors”, Pergamon 1989.
5. Bose B. K., “Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives”, Pearson,
2010
6. “Signal Processing And Control”
ELE 4012: ADVANCED DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Multi-rate Digital Signal Processing: Decimation by a Factor D,
Interpolation by a Factor I, Sampling Rate Conversion by a Rational Factor
I/D, Filter Design and Implementation for sampling rate Conversion
Linear Prediction and Optimum Linear Filters: Forward and Backward
linear prediction, Solution of the Normal Equations, Properties of linear
prediction - Error Filter, AR Lattice and ARMA Lattice - Ladder Filters.
Power spectrum Estimation: Non-Parametric Spectrum Estimation
Methods, Parametric Methods for power spectrum estimation. Adaptive
filters: FIR adaptive filters, Widrow Hoff LMS Adaptive algorithm, RLS
adaptive filters- Simplified IIR LMS Adaptive filter. Introduction to
wavelets and wavelet transform.
References:
1. Proakis J G and Manolakis D G., “Digital Signal Processing
Principles, Algorithms and Application”,PHI, 2012.
2. Oppenheim A V & Schafer R W, “Discrete Time Signal Processing”,
PHI, 2010.
3. Simon Haykin, “Adaptive filter theory”, (4e), Pearson
Education,2009.
4. Li Tan, Jean Jiang, “Digital signal processing: Fundamentals and
Applications”, (2e),2012.
5. C Britton, Rorabaugh, “DSP Primer”, McGraw Hill Publication, 2005
2. 6.Jaideva C. Goswami, Andrew K. Chan, “Fundamentals of
Wavelets : Theory, Algorithms and Applications”, (2e), Wiley, 2011
ELE 4013: CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Control system performance objectives, Design of cascade & feedback
compensation, Scalar and multivariable control systems, Industrial PID
controllers, state space systems and PID control, PID tuning, Pole
placement techniques for design of controllers and observers, Kalman
filter, Robust control, techniques, Non-linear control system design:
Linearization, compensation and design of non-linear systems, design of
non-linear control system using phase plane analysis, Lyapunov
stability; optimal control theory and applications; Adaptive Control; Self
tuning control; Model reference adaptive control; practical aspects:
Control system design examples; MATLAB & SIMULINK for Control
system Design.
References:
1. Katsuhiko Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, (5e), PHI, 2010.
2. Stanley M. Shinners, “Advanced modern control system theory and
design”, John Wiley & Sons, 1998.
3. Michael A. Johnson, Mohammad M. Moradi, PID Control: New
Identification and Design Methods, Springer 2005.
4. V. I. George, C. P. Kurian, “Digital Control Systems”, (1e), Cengage
learning, 2012.
5. Norman S. Nise, “Control Systems Engineering”, (5e), John Wiley &
Sons Inc, 2010.
ELE 4014: APPLICATIONS OF DSP [3 0 0 3]
Review of Digital Filter Design - Implementation of DSP algorithms
options and issues, real-time implementation - Digital signal processors
- Architectural features of digital signal processors, Fixed point and
floating point DSPs, DSP families, Case study of TMS320C24x
processor - Applications of DSP in speech and audio processing
Quality measures Speech recognition, Audio Processing - Applications
of DSP in image and video processing - Digital image fundamentals, Two
dimensional signals & systems, Image transforms, Image enhancement,
Image and Video compression standards - Applications of DSP in
analysis of biomedical signals - ECG, EEG and EMG signals, Diagnostic
methods - Applications of DSP in power electronic systems, electric
drives & embedded control.
References:
1. Proakis J.G. and Manolakis D.G., “Digital Signal Processing
Principles, Algorithms and Application”, PHI, 2012.
2. Openheim A.V. & Schafer R.W., “Discrete Time Signal Processing”,
PHI, 2010.
3. Douglas O'Shaghnessy, “Speech communication Human &
Machines”, (2e), 1999.
4. Gonzalez R. C. & Woods R. E, “Digital Image Processing”, Pearson,
2002
5. Keith Jack, “Video Demystified”, 2004
ELE 4015: INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION AND CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Industrial Automation and Control- architecture, Controller Tuning techniques,
Feed Forward control and Ratio control, PLCs- Internal & external architecture,
programming formats, Ladder logic rules, programming using contacts and
coils. Digital PLC and inter locking techniques, Timers, counters, arithmetic
functions, Ladderdiagrams for process control, PLC Applications,
architecture of DCS, Supervisory Computer functions, Control techniques,
system integration with PLCs and computer, Flow Control valves, Hydraulic
systems, CNC machines, Pneumatic control system, Dc motor drives- energy
saving with adjustable speed drives, Induction motor drives and synchronous
motor drives, Fieldbus architecture, Overview of Modbus and Profibus,
SCADA- architecture, Communications in SCADA- types & methods,
Protocol structure, HART Protocol- Techniques to read HART data into an
NON-HART system, Role of SMART Devices in process control- real time
case studies.
References:
1. John W. Webb and Ronald A. Reiss, “Programmable logic
controllers-Principle and applications”,(5e), PHI.
2. J.R. Hackworth and F.D. Hackworth Jr.,“Programmable logic
controllers- Programming Method and applications”, Pearson,
2004.
3. Stuart A. Boyer, “SCADA supervisory control and data acquisition”,
ISA Publication.
4. Samuel M. Herb , “Understanding Distributed Processor Systems
for Control”, ISA Publication.
5. Madhuchanda Mitra and Samarjit Sen Gupta, “Programmable Logic
Controllers and Industrial Automation an Introduction”, Penram
International Publishing (India) Pvt. Ltd.
154
III. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy, Sources
of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages, Working capital
management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash management, and
Dividend decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
2. I M Pandey, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house,
Delhi, 2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand &
Co., Delhi, 1999.
4. ICFAI, “Corporate Financial Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Maheshwari S.N., “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 2002
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities.
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM. Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability. Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction, & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. T.V. Rao and Pereira D.F., “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subbrao A., “Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House, 1999.
3. N G Nair and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S. Chand Company, 1995.
4. Virmani B R; Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology transfer
and human resource development”, Response books, 1997.
5. Pareek Udai et al., “Human Resource Development in Asia: Trends
and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market opportunities
and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New Economy, Building
Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market Demand, Scanning
the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets, Business Markets,
Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments, Product Life Cycle, New
Market Offerings, Designing and Managing Services, Price Strategies,
Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. ICFAI, “Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R.L. and Gupta S.L., “Marketing Management”, Sultan
Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2000.
 HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design: Product life cycle,
Process design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine
charts, Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations
strategy, Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems
thinking, Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision
process. Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries,
visibility, System life cycle models, System dynamics and its importance
in system thinking. System dynamics modeling process.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G., “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P., “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Mieghem J., “Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices,
Dynamic Ideas”, ISBN: 0-9759146-6-9, 2008.
4. Sterman J.D., “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and
Modeling for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition,
2004.
5. Senge Peter, “The Fifth Discipline”, Currency Doubleday, New York,
1990.
OTHER PROGRAMME ELECTIVES
ELE 4016: BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Concept of intelligent, green and smart building. Importance of
automatic control in Building systems and special control structures.
Overview of Building systems and their requirements. Sensors and
measurement for Building subsystems. HVAC and Lighting control
systems. Introduction to DDC for HVAC. Building fire, safety and
surveillance systems CCTV. Communication systems for building
automation and control, Building services, automation and integration,
building automation and control networks. Building automation
standards overview, Overview of BACnet - Building Automation and
Control Networking Protocol, Introduction to LonWorks. Energy saving
with variable speed drives
References:
1. Shengwei Wang, “Intelligent Buildings and Building Automation”,
(1e), Spons Architecture Price Book, New York, 2009.
2. Wolfgang Kastner, “Communication Systems for Building
Automation and Control”, Proceedings of the IEEE, Vol. 93, No. 6,
June 2005
3. Jong-jin Kim, “Intelligent Buildings”, Butterworth-Heinemann,
Illustrated Edition, London, 2006.
4. Derek Clements-Croome, “Intelligent Buildings: Design
Management and Operation”, Thomas Telford Ltd., UK, Illustrated
Edition, 2004.
5. Reinhold A. Carlson Robert A. Di Giandomenico, “Understanding
Building Automation Systems: Direct Digital Control, Energy
Management, Life Safety, Security Access Control, Lighting, and
Building”, (1e), Means, R. S. Company, Incorporated (Publisher),
New Delhi, 1991.
ELE 4017: COMPUTER NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to types of computer networks, Network hardware, Network
software, OSI and TCP/IP reference model, Internet Standards, IP
addressing-classes, subnetting, masking, Connecting devices, Delivery
155
of IP packets, Virtualization overview, advanced switching concepts-
STP,VLAN, VTP, Structure of a router, Routing methods, routing table
design, Static and dynamic routing protocols-RIP, IGRP, link state-OSPF
with configurations, Cloud computing Architecture, Amazon Cloud
Computing, Service levels for cloud computing, Data centers, Server
Architecture Overview-server farms, Application Architectures, Data
Center Design , server Load Balancing. Wireless LAN &WAN, Planning
and Operation of Wireless Networks, WLAN Security, Voice over
Wireless, Location Based Services. Basics and Signalling Analog circuit,
Basic Call Setup, ISDN, VoIP, IP Signalling Protocol, SIP, Applied PSTN
Numbering Plan
References:
1. Forouzan Behrouz A., “TCP/IP Protocol suite”, Tata Mcgraw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi 2000.
2. Tanenbaum A. S., “Computer Networks”, (3e), Prentice Hall of India
Pvt Ltd (EEE), New Delhi 1996.
3. Danielle Ruest, Nelson Ruest , “Virtualization, A Beginner's Guide”.
4. Todd Lammle, “CCNA Cisco Certified Network Associate Study
Guide”, (7e)
5. Robert C Elsen Peter et.al, “Cloud Computing, A Practical Approach
Cloud Application Architecture”, McGraw Hill,
ELE 4018: DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS [3 0 0 3]
Analysis of algorithms - Stacks - application to evaluation of postfix
expressions, conversion from infix to postfix representation - Queues -
Sequential representation, operations, priority queues, and array
implementation Linked Lists Trees Graphs Sorting - Searching -
Greedy techniques - Prim's &Kruskal's algorithms for minimum
spanning trees, shortest paths, optimal tape storage, job scheduling with
deadlines, Knapsack problem - Divide and Conquer - General technique,
maximum and minimum., multiplying long integers, Strassen's matrix
multiplication, finding the closest pair of points - Dynamic programming
- matrix chain ordering, all pairs shortest paths, optimal BST
Backtracking - NP completeness - Introduction to parallel algorithms.
References:
1. Cormen, Leiserson and Rivest, “Introduction to algorithms”, MGH
2001.
2. Aho, Hopcroft and Ulmann, “Design and Analysis of Algorithms”,
Addison Wesley 2000.
3. Horowitz and Sahni, “Fundamentals of computer algorithms”, (2e),
Galgotia Pub. 1998.
ELE 4019: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Databases, Database Environment. Entity-Relationship
Modeling, Enhanced Entity-Relationship Modeling, the Relational Model,
Relational Algebra, Normalization, SQL: Data Manipulation
SQL : Data Definition, Query-By-Example, Introduction to Commercial
DBMS like Access, MYSQL. Database Planning, Design, and
Administration. Methodology: Conceptual, Logical, and Physical
Database Design, Transaction management, Database protection
integrity and security, concurrent operations on database.
References:
1. Elmasri and Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, (6e),
Addison Wesley, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. C. J. Date, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, (8e), Pearson
Education, 2003.
3. R. Ramakrishnan, “Database Management Systems”,Tata McGraw
Hill, 2003.

4. S. Henry, “Database System Concepts”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publications
5. Korth H. F. & Silberschatz A., “Database system concepts”, (4e),
MGH, 2002.
ELE 4020: ELECTRICAL MACHINE DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Design of Transformers: Output equation, specific loadings, design of
core, coils, tank and cooling systems, calculation of equivalent circuit
parameters, temperature rise from design data.
Design of DC machines: Output equation, specific loading, choice of
poles and speed, design of armature, main field, commutator,
temperature rise from design data.
Design of Alternators: Output equation, specific loadings, main
dimensions, armature slots, calculation of machine constants and
temperature rise from design data.
Three phase Induction motors: Output equation, specific loadings, main
dimensions, stator and rotor windings, armature slots, Squirrel cage
rotor designs, equivalent resistance of rotor, calculation of machine
constants and temperature rise from design data.
References:
1. Clayton and Hancock, “Performance And Design of DC machines”,
(3e), O&IBH, 1988.
2. Say M.G., “Performance and Design of AC machines”, (3e), CBS,
2002.
3. Sawhney A. K., “A Course In Electrical Machine Design”, (6e),
Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 2006.
4. Shanmugasundaram A., G. Gangadharan & R. Palani, “Electrical
Design Data Book”, Wiley, 1989.
ELE 4021: HVDC & FACTS [3 0 0 3]
HVDC transmission system, merits and demerits application and
schemes of HVDC, equivalent circuit diagram of a two terminal HVDC
link, HVDC control, grid firing units for converters. Introduction to FACTS
controllers- configuration and working principle of SVC, STATCOM,
TCSC, SSSC, SPS and UPF- Steady state characteristics, effect of
FACTS devices on transient stability, power flow, power oscillation
damping and voltage stability.
References:
1. K R Padiyar, “FACTS Controllers in power transmission and
distribution systems”, New Age International publishers, New Delhi,
2007.
2. Narendra G Hingorani & L. Gyugyi, “Understanding FACTS:
Concepts and Technology of flexible AC transmission systems”,
IEEE Press, 2000.
3. K R Padiyaar, “HVDC power transmission systems, Technology and
System Interactions”, New Age International publishers, New Delhi,
1999.
4. Vijay K. Sood, “HVDC and FACTS Controller”, Kluwer Academic
Publisher, 2004.
ELE 4022: LIGHTING CONTROLS: TECHNOLOGY AND
APPLICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to lighting controls & strategies Energy management
strategies - Switching control Sensor technologies Stand-alone v/s
Interconnected panels - Centralized & Localized control Dimming
control scheme for light sources - Lighting control system design
(Design process) - Commissioning and energy codes (ASHRAE/IESNA
& IECC standards) Daylight harvestings systems - Central and
156
distributed control Control signals and Protocols Wireless RF lighting
control Integration of lighting control with building management system
- Design patterns to different applications.
References:
1. Rober t S Simpson, “Lighting Controls: Technology and
Applications” , Focal press,2003.
2. “IES lighting Handbook”, (10e), IESNA-2-11.
3. Craig DiLouie, “Advanced lighting control: Energy saving
productivity, Technology and Applications”, Fairmont Press, Inc,
2004.
ELE 4023: DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Discrete time signals: sampling, ZOH, Mapping between s-plane and z-
plane ; Pulse transfer function; steady state error ; Stability criterion in
the z-plane: Jury's test, bilinear transformation, stability analysis using
root locus, Bode & Nyquist plot; State models for discrete-time systems :
Diagonalization , state transition matrix , solution of state equation for
discrete time systems by recursion and z-transform method, discrete-
time equivalent of continuous-time systems; Controllability and
Observability; Design of cascade & state feedback controllers in discrete
time domain, Zeigler Nichols tuning, pole placement design,
Ackermann's formula, design of state observers, Deadbeat control;
Lyapunov stability for LTI discrete-time systems ; Optimal regulator.
References:
1. Ogata K., “Discrete Time Control System”, (2e), Pearson, 2005
2. M. Gopal, “Digital Control and State Variable Methods”, Tata
McGraw Hill New Delhi, 2005.
3. Kuo, B.C., “Digital Control Systems”, Oxford university press, 1992.
4. Stanley M. Shinners, “Advanced modern control system theory and
design”, John Wiley & Sons, 1998.
5. V. I. George, C.P. Kurian, “Digital Control Systems”, (1e), Cengage
learning, 2012.
ELE 4024: RENEWABLE ENERGY [3 0 0 3]
Energy sources and their availability - Solar Energy - solar radiation and
measurements, solar energy storage, - Solar Photo-Voltaic systems
design - Wind Energy- estimation, Maximum power and power
coefficient, wind energy conversion systems - design considerations
and applications - Energy from Bio-Mass - Sources of bio-mass, Bio-
mass conversion technologies - Thermo-chemical conversion and Bio-
chemical conversions, Anaerobic digestion and Fermentation, Bio-gas
generation Pyrolysis and Liquefaction, Classification of Gasifiers, Energy
plantation -Energy from the Oceans - Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion,
Open and Closed Cycle plants, Site selection considerations, Origin of
tides, Tidal energy conversion systems, Wave energy conversion
systems - Hybrid Energy Systems.
References:
1. Khan B. H., “Non-conventional Energy Resources”, TMH, 2006
2. Twidell J. W. & Weir A. D., “Renewable Energy Resources”, ELBS,
1986.
3. Mukherjee D. & Chakrabarti S., “Fundamentals of Renewable
Energy Systems”, New Age Intl., 2004.
ELE 4025: SMART GRID TECHNOLOGIES [3 0 0 3]
Evolution of Electric Grid, Introduction to Smart Grid - Advantages -
Indian Smart Grid, Need of Smart Grid; Overview of Technologies for
Smart Grid, Difference between conventional & Smart Grid Technology,
Transmission & Distribution Automation, Home and Building
Automation, Communication and Measurement; Monitoring, PMU,
Smart Meters and Measurements Technologies; Micro-grids and
Distributed Energy Resources: Concept and applications of micro-grid;
Issues of interconnection, protection and control of micro-grid;
Sustainable energy sources, Integration of renewable energy sources;
Power Quality issues of Grid connected Renewable Energy Sources;
Information and Communication Technology for Smart Grid; Advanced
Metering: Home Area Network (HAN), Neighborhood Area Network
(NAN), Wide Area Network (WAN), Broadband over Power line (BPL),
Control of the Power Grid Standards
References:
1. Ali Keyhani, Mohammad N. Marwali, Min Dai “Integration of Green
and Renewable Energy in Electric Power Systems”, Wiley, 2011.
2. James Momoh, “Smart Grid: Fundamentals of Design and
Analysis”, Wiley, 2012
3. Janaka Ekanayake, Nick Jenkins, Kithsiri Liyanage, Jianzhong Wu,
Akihiko Yokoyama, “Smart Grid: Technology and Applications”,
Wiley, 2012
4. Peter S. Fox Penner, “Smart Power: Climate Changes, the Smart
Grid, and the Future of Electric Utilities”, (1e), Island Press, 2010,
5. S. Chowdhury, S. P. Chowdhury, P. Crossley, “Microgrids and Active
Distribution Networks” Institution of Engineering and Technology, 30
Jun 2009
6. Stuart Borlase, “Smart Grids (Power Engineering)”, CRC Press,
2012.
7. Jean Claude Sabonnadière, Nouredine Hadjsaïd, “Smart Grids”,
Wiley Blackwell.
ELE 4026: SOFT COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of Artificial Neural Networks- Feed forward and feed back
networks, learning rules- Single-layer feed forward networks - Multi layer
feed forward networks - Linearly non-separable pattern classification,
generalized delta learning rule, error back propagation training
algorithms - Single layer feed back network - Energy function -
Application of neural networks. Introduction to Fuzzy control - Inference
rules - Fuzzy knowledge based controllers - Fuzzification, membership
function evaluation, Defuzzification methods, Application of fuzzy logic
to control systems - fuzzy-neural systems. Familiarization with MATLAB
Fuzzy logic & neural network Toolbox. Introduction to Genetic
Algorithms.
References:
1. J. S. T Jang, C.T Sun and E. Mitzutani “Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft
Computing”, Prentice Hall International, Inc, 1997.
2. Chin-Teng Lin, C.S. George Lee, “Neural Fuzzy Systems”, Prentice
Hall International, Inc.1996.
3. S. Haykin, "Neural Networks - A Comprehensive Foundation”, (2e),
Prentice Hall, 1999.
4. T. J. Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, McGraw-
Hill, Inc., 1995
5. Jacek M. Zurada, “Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks”, Jaico,
1997
ELE 4027: SOLID STATE LIGHTING AND CONTROLS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Lighting Technology, Light generation principles
Incandescence & luminescence, Review of Light Sources, Solid state
lamps basics & life cycle of a photon, Optical Characteristics of LED,
LED Classification & material technology, White Light Generation
Techniques - Challenges & issues, Electrical Characteristics of LEDs,
LED driver considerations - Power management topologies (SPMS), LED
157
Dimming approaches, Color control feedback and schemes, Thermal
management considerations - Heat sink design, SSL test standards,
Data Sheet analysis, Remote Phosphor Technology, OLED.
References:
1. Arturas Zukauskus, Michael S. Shur and Remis Gaska,
“Introduction to solid state lighting”, Wiley-Interscience, 2002
2. E. Fred Schubert, “Light Emitting Diodes”, (2e), Cambridge
University Press, 2006.
3. Pattrick Mottier, “LEDs for Lighting Applications”, John Wiley , 2009
4. Steve Winder, “Power Supplies for LED Driving”, Newnes, 2008.
5. Ron Lenk, Carol Lenk, “Practical Lighting Design with LEDs”, Wiley
IEEE press, 2011
ELE 4028: UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL ENERGY [3 0 0 3]
Traction - Traction Drives - dc and ac traction drives, power
semiconductor controlled drives, dc and ac traction employing
polyphase ac motors, diesel electric traction Electroplating:
Preparation of work for electroplating, Electro extraction, electrolysis of
water. Electric Welding: Resistance welding, spot, seam, butt, projection
and flash welding, Power supply, Arc welding, Carbon arc and metallic
arc welding, , Control of current in welding transformers. Electric
Heating: types, modes of heat transfer, resistance heating, resistance
ovens, Design of heating element, Temperature control, Induction
heating, Core type furnace, Coreless Induction furnace, indirect
induction oven, High frequency eddy current heating, Dielectric heating,
Arc furnaces.
References:
1. J.B.Gupta, “Utilization of Electrical Power and Electrical Traction”,
S.K. Katharia& Sons, 1994.
2. E.O. Taylor, “Utilization of Electric Energy”, Orient Longman, 1971.
3. Suryanarayana N.V, “Utilization of Electrical Power including Electric
Drives and Electric Traction”, Wiley Eastern, 1994.
ELE 4029: VLSI DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
MOS Devices and circuits: Device operation, characteristics, second
order effects, Gate and junction capacitance, modeling, spice
parameters. Inverter Design Using MOS. Delay models, super buffers.
Performance optimization: Fan-In, Fan-out, Power dissipation, layout,
area, speed. CMOS fabrication process, Introduction to CAD tools for
Layout and functional simulation. MOSFET logic gates: Pass transistors
and transmission gates. Implementation of Boolean functions and
combinational circuits using switch logic & gate logic. Pseudo NMOS
inverter. Stick diagrams, Design rules and layouts, Scaling of MOS
circuits. Introduction to Analog VLSI Design; Issues, Challenges, Small
signal modeling, Discussion on basic building blocks.
References:
1. J.M. Rabaey, A. Chandrakasan, and B. Nikolic, “Digital Integrated
Circuits”, Pearson, 2003.
2. Neil H. E. Weste and Kamran Eshraghain, “Principles of CMOS VLSI
Design- A systems perspective”, Pearson, 2003.
3. Kang and Lablebici, “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits”, TMH, 2002
4. John P Uyemura, “CMOS Logic Circuit Design”, Springer 1999.
5. D. A, Hodges, H G Jackson, R.A. Saleh, “Analysis and Design of
Digital Integrated Circuits”, TMH
6. B Razavi, “Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits”, McGraw Hill,
2001
7. Jacob Baker, “CMOS Circuit Design, Layout, and Simulation”, (3e),
Wiley India, 2010.
 OPEN ELECTIVES
ELE 3281: ANALOG And DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS [3 0 0 3]
(Not Applicable to E&C, ICE, Mechatronics)
Operational amplifiers and applications - dc voltage follower, bridge
amplifier, integrator, differentiator, low pass, high pass and band pass
active filters, precision diode and clamp, log antilog amplifiers, astable,
monostable and triangular wave generators, Schmitt Trigger, Analog
multiplier - Phase locked loop and applications - Phase comparator,
Voltage controlled Oscillator, Functional block Schematic of PLL, PLL
applications in communication- Number systems- Conversions
between Number Systems - Subtraction using 1's and 2's. Complements
- Karnaugh maps, Logic gates Truth tables, Realization of Boolean
functions using Gates, Universal Gates - Msi combinational circuits -
Half and Full adders, magnitude comparator, Decoder, Encoder,
Multiplier, ROM, PLA, - Sequential circuits - Flip Flops Synchronous and
Asynchronous Counters, Design of counters , 74194 Shift Register IC
based design.
References:
1. Franco Sergio, "Design with Op amps &Analog Integrated Circuits"
McGraw Hill, 1997.
2. Ramakant A. Gayakwad, “Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits”,
Prentice Hall of India
3. Givone, “Digital Principles & Design”, TMH, 2003
ELE 3282: ELECTRIC DRIVES [3 0 0 3]
(Not Applicable to Mechatronics & Printing)
Electric Drives - Components of electric drives, factors affecting choice
of drives, dynamics of electrical drives, fundamental torque equation,
speed-torque conventions, multi-quadrant operation of electric drives,
load torque components, nature and classification of load torque,
equivalent moment of inertia, steady state stability, load equalization -
Motor power rating, thermal model, classes of motor duty - Introduction
to thyristors, characteristics, power converters: AC to DC, DC to DC, AC
to AC, DC to AC - DC Drives Systems - characteristics, starting, speed
control, braking - AC Drives Systems: characteristics, starting, speed
control, braking - Closed loop motor control schemes - Constant Torque,
Speed, Position control systems.
References:
1. Dubey G. K, “Fundamentals of Electric Drives”, (2e), Narosa, 2001
2. De N. K and Sen P. K, “Electric Drives”, PHI, 1999
3. Pillai S. K, “A First Course on Electric Drives”, New Age International,
1989
ELE 3283: ELECTRICAL ENERGY SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Power Systems - Voltage and Frequency Standards Energy - Power
Plants - Thermal Power - Nuclear Power Plant - Diesel Power Plant -
Hydro Electric Power Plants - Gas turbine power plant - Applications -
Combined operation of power plants, load division among different types
of power plants - Renewable Energy - Solar, Wind, Biomass,
Geothermal, tidal, Fuel Cell - Transmission Systems - Overhead lines,
Line representation, Insulators, Underground cables, Classification -
Distribution Systems - Types, Feeders, Distributors, Service Mains,
Substation Layout - Protection Systems - Faults, Earthing, Fuse, Circuit
Breakers, Relays, Electric Safety, Shock, Grounding practice, Standards,
Domestic Wiring - Performance Analysis - Transformers, Induction
Motors, HVAC & Lighting loads - Load Characteristics & Economic
Aspects, Power Factor correction, Tariff .
158
References:
1. M. A. El-Sharkawi, “Electric Energy An Introduction”, (2e), CRC
press.
2. J. B. Gupta, “A Course in Electrical Power”, S. K. Kataria & Sons,
1996.
3. C. L. Wadhwa,” Electrical Power System”, (3e), New Age Intl.,
2000
ELE 3284: ENERGY AUDITING [3 0 0 3]
Energy: Energy Types, Needs, Scenario, Security, Environmental Impact,
Costs, Material & Energy Balance, Consumption Pattern, Sankey
Diagram, Energy Policy, Information Systems, Energy Conservation Act
2001 Energy Audit - Purpose, Scope, Types, Methodologies, Reporting,
Instruments, Energy Auditor Responsibilities Energy Management
Energy Management principles, Strategy, Benchmarking, Energy
Manager Responsibilities Performance Assessment - Boilers, Steam
Systems, Furnaces, Insulation & Refractories, Cogeneration, Waste Heat
Recovery, Transformers, Motors, Compressors, Refrigeration Systems,
Fans, Blowers, Pumps, Cooling Towers, Illumination Systems, DG Sets
Energy Economics Economic analysis of investments, Simple payback
method, return on investment, net present value, internal rate of return,
life cycle costing, energy performance contracts and role of ESCOs.
References:
1. Paul W. O'Callaghan, “Energy Management - A comprehensive
guide to reducing costs by efficient energy use”, McGraw Hill,
England, 1992
2. IEEE Std. 739-1995, “IEEE recommended practice for energy
management in industrial and commercial facilities”.
3. BEE Study Material, “Energy Management & Energy Audit”,
www.bee-india.com
ELE 3285: ENERGY CONVERSION TECHNOLOGIES [3 0 0 3]
(Not Applicable to Mechatronics)
Transformers - construction, operating principle, types, equivalent
circuit, voltage regulation, efficiency, auto-transformer, Three-phase
transformers - Construction, operating principle, types, emf equation,
armature reaction, equivalent circuit, power input & output expressions,
losses, efficiency & applications of AC Generators Induction Motors
three phase & single-phase - Synchronous Motors - power factor
correction DC Motors Special Machines Working principle & equivalent
circuits of stepper motors, switched reluctance motors, brushless dc
motor, ac & dc servo motors, universal motors, linear induction motor.
References:
1. I. J. Nagrath and D. P. Kothari, “Electric Machines”, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2001.
2. P. S. Bhimbhra, “Electrical Machines”, (3e), Khanna Publishers,
1984.
3. J. D. Edwards, “Electrical Machines and Drives”, Macmillan, UK
1991
ELE 3286: MICROCONTROLLERS [3 0 0 3]
(Not Applicable to E&C,I&CT, CSE ICE)
Introduction to microprocessors and microcontrollers, comparison,
embedded system and general purpose systems - The 8051
architecture, signal descriptions - Assembly language programming,
8051 instruction set, addressing modes. Programming using 8051
instruction set - Timer/ Counter: Programming 8051 timers, counter
programming. Serial communication: Basics of serial communication,
programming the 8051 serial port. Interrupts: 8051 interrupts, programming
8051 interrupts, interrupt priority -.System design using 8051: Interfacing
keyboards, LCD display, ADC to 8051 - Interfacing a stepper motor to 8051.
Programmable peripheral interface: Programming the 8255, Interfacing
8255 to 8051 - Development tools: Simulators, debuggers, cross compilers,
in circuit emulators for microcontrollers
References:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Gillispie Mazidi, “The 8051 Microcontroller
and embedded system using assembly and C”, Pearson education,
2009.
2. Kenneth. J. Ayala, “8051 Microcontroller and embedded systems using
assembly and C”, Cengage Learning, 2009.
3. Predko, “Programming and customizing the 8051 Microcontroller”,
TMH.
ELE 3287: MATLAB FOR ENGINEERS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to MATLAB - Numeric, Cell, and Structure Arrays - Functions and
Files - Decision-Making Programs - Linear Algebraic Equations- data
processing and visualization-importing & organizing data - Advanced Plotting
SIMULINK ;System Dynamics ; Model Building and Regression; curve fitting &
interpolation; ODE & PDE Solvers; Simulation of linear models of mechanical
and electrical systems using Simulink; data acquisition and analysis; building
GUI; Converting MATLAB code to executable format; Project based learning
building interactive applications (demos & mini project).
159
References:
1. Hanselman, “Mastering MATLAB 7”, Pearson Education 2005.
2. www.mathworks.com
ELE 3288: LIGHTING DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Visible spectrum- psychophysics of vision-photometric quantities-
laws of illumination-point by point method of illuminance calcualtions-
Light sources-luminaires-principles of light control elements-light
Intensity distribution diagram-evaluation of total flux-illuminance and
visual performance-Lumen method calculations-principles and
general requirements of interior & exterior lighting for different
applications-Lighting Design Examples- Energy and cost
effectiveness of lighting schemes.
References:
1. IESNA New York, “Lighting Handbook”, (10e), 2011
2. Jack L. Lindsey., Applied Illumination Engineering”, (2e),
Fairmont Press, INC 1997
3. D. W. Durrant, “Interior Lighting Design”, (5e), Lighting Industry
Federation Limited, London 1977
4. J. B. de Boer and D . Fischer, “Interior Lighting”, (2e), Philips
Technical Library, 1981.
 Department of Information & Communication Technology

Established in the year 2001, the department has developed itself as a

Programs offered
center of excellence, providing opportunities for innovation and
research, with well-equipped computer laboratories and dedicated Under Graduate Programs
4
faculty. B.Tech in Information Technology (2000)
4 B.Tech in Computer and Communication Engineering (2013)
The students are given freedom to organize workshops or seminars and
are encouraged to take part in co-curricular and extra-curricular activities Post Graduate Programs
4
without compromising the quality of learning. The academic curriculum M.Tech in Computer Networking and Engineering (2005)
4 M.Tech in Software Engineering (2006)
for the courses offered in the Department and the technical skills of the
students have been appreciated by the industries who have visited MIT. PhD
Our alumni are working as Software Professionals in top industries like
Google, Microsoft, Oracle, Cisco, IBM, Intel, Samsung R&D, Honeywell, Faculty Strength
Flipkart, Toshiba, KPIT Cummins, Deloitte etc., and such higher job offers Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
per student testify the quality and excellence of the department.

12 7
5
41 41

PhD Professors
M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors

160
 B. Tech in INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2105 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2205 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
ICT 2101 Object Oriented Programming 4 0 0 4 ICT 2201 Computer Networks 3 0 0 3
ICT 2102 Digital Systems 3 1 0 4 ICT 2202 Computer Organization & Microprocessor Systems 3 1 0 4
ICT 2103 Data Structures 3 1 0 4 ICT 2203 Database Systems 3 0 0 3
ICT 2104 Principles of Data Communication 4 0 0 4 ICT 2204 Software Engineering 3 0 0 3
II ICT 2111 Object Oriented Programming Lab 0 0 3 1 *** **** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
ICT 2112 Digital Systems Lab 0 0 3 1 ICT 2211 Microprocessor Systems Lab 0 0 3 1
ICT 2113 Data Structures Lab 0 0 3 1 ICT 2212 Database Systems Lab 0 0 3 1
ICT 2213 Software Engineering Lab 0 1 3 2
16 3 9 22 17 3 9 23
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
ICT 3101 Operating Systems 4 0 0 4 HUM 4002 Engg Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3
ICT 3102 Embedded Systems 3 1 0 4 ICT 3201 Distributed Systems 3 0 0 3

161
ICT 3103 Internet Tools &Technology 3 0 0 3 ICT 3202 Data Warehousing and Data Mining 4 0 0 4
ICT **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3 ICT **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3
III ICT 3107 Design & Analysis of Algorithms 3 1 0 4 ICT **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3
ICT 3111 Embedded Systems Lab 0 1 3 2 *** **** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
ICT 3112 Internet Tools &Technology Lab 0 0 3 1 ICT 3211 Computer Network Lab 0 0 3 1
ICT 3113 Operating Systems & Algorithms Lab 0 1 3 2 ICT 3212 Data Warehousing & Data Mining Lab 0 1 3 2
ICT 3213 Advanced Technology Lab 0 0 3 1
16 4 9 23 18 2 9 23
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3 ICT 4297 Seminar 1
ICT 4101 Business Intelligence 3 1 0 4 ICT 4298 Industrial Training 1
ICT 4102 Information &Web Security 3 0 0 3 ICT 4299 Project Work/ Practice School 12
IV ICT **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
ICT **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3
ICT **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
ICT 4111 Data Analytics Lab 0 1 3 2
17 3 3 21 14
Minor Specializations
I. Advanced Network Systems
1. ICT 4001: Mobile Computing
2. ICT 4002: Multimedia Communication
3. ICT 4003: Next Generation Telecom Networks
4. ICT 4004: Software Defined Networking
II. Data Analytics
1. ICT 4005: Big Data Analytics
2. ICT 4006: Information Retrieval
3. ICT 4007: Machine Learning
4. ICT 4008: Semantic Web
III. Soft Computing
1. ICT 4009: Artificial Intelligence
2. ICT 4010: Human Computer Interaction
3. ICT 4011: Natural Computing
4. ICT 4012: Neural Network and Fuzzy Logic
IV. Software Systems Design
1. ICT 4013: Advanced Software Engineering
2. ICT 4014: Software Architecture
3. ICT 4015: Software Project and Quality Management
4. ICT 4016: Software Quality Engineering
V. Business Management
1. HUM 4011: Financial Management
2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management
4. HUM 4014: Operations and Systems Management
Other Programme Electives
1. ICT 4017: Cloud Computing
2. ICT 4018: Computer Vision
3. ICT 4019: Internet of Things
4. ICT 4020: Pattern Recognition
5. ICT 4021: Social Network Analytics
6. ICT 4022: Software Construction
7. ICT 4023: Software Reliability
8. ICT 4024: Web Intelligence
Open Electives
1. ICT 3281: Computer Graphics and Animation
2. ICT 3282: Design and Development of Web Applications
3. ICT 3283: Fundamentals of Data Structures and Algorithms
162
THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2105: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
Boolean Algebra: Partial ordering relations, Poset, Lattices, Basic
Properties of Lattices. Distributive and complemented lattices, Boolean
lattices and Boolean Algebra. Propositional and Predicate Calculus: Well
formed formula, connectives, quantifications, Inference theory of
propositional and predicate calculus. Elementary configuration:
Permutations and Combinations, Generating function, Principle of
inclusion and exclusion Partitions, compositions. Ordering of
permutations: Lexicographical and Fikes. Graph theory: Basic
definitions, Degree, regular graphs, Eulerian and Hamiltonian graphs,
Trees and Properties, Center, radius and diameter of a graph, Rooted and
binary trees, Matrices associated with graphs, Algorithms for finding
shortest path. Group theory: Semi groups, Monoids, Groups-
subgroups, Normal Subgroups, Cosets, Lagrange's Theorem, Cyclic
groups.
References:
1. C. L. Liu, “Elements of Discrete Mathematics”, (2e), 2007, McGraw
Hill, New Delhi.
2. J. P. Trembaly and R. Manohar, “Discrete Mathematics Structures
with application to computer science”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
3. E. S. Page and L. B. Wilson, “An introduction to Computational
Combinatroics”, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1979.
4. Narasingh Deo, “Graph theory with Applications to Computer
Science”, PHI, 2012
ICT 2101: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING [4 0 0 4]
Introduction, Data Types, Variable and Arrays, type conversion and
casting, Operators and control statements, Classes and Inheritance,
Packages and Interfaces, Array list and Vectors , String Handling,
Exception Handling, Input/Output, Applet architecture, initialization and
termination, applet display methods, HTML applet tag, Passing
parameters to applets.
References:
1. Patrick Naughton and Herbert Schildt, “The Complete Reference
Java 2”, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
2. Aaron Walsh and John Fronckowiak,“Java Programming Bible”,
(1e), IDG Books, India, 2000,
3. E. Balaguruswamy, “Programming with JAVA A Primer”, (2e), Tata
McGrawHill, 2000
ICT 2102: DIGITAL SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
Number Systems, Boolean algebra and logic gates, Simplification of
Boolean function using Boolean theorem, K-Map, tabulation method,
Combinational circuits, Synchronous sequential logic, Asynchronous
sequential logic, Memory Devices.
References:
1. M. Morries Mano, “Digital Logic and Computer Design”, Prentice
Hall India, 2013.
2. Ronald J. Tocci and Neal S. Widmer, “Digital Systems”, (9e),
Pearson Edcation, 2007.
3. J. F. Wakerly, “Digital Design Principles and Practices”, (3e),
Pearson Education, 2003.
ICT 2103: DATA STRUCTURES [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Arrays - The Array as Abstract Data type, Sparse Matrix
Representation, Transpose of a sparse matrix, Representation of
multidimensional arrays, The String abstract data type, Stacks and
Queues, Linked Lists: Singly linked lists, Circular lists, Dynamically
Linked Stacks and Queues, Polynomial representation and polynomial
operations using singly linked list, singly circular linked list, Doubly linked
lists. Trees-Binary trees, Heaps, Binary Search Trees,Graphs-Depth
First Search, Breadth First Search, Connected components, Spanning
trees, Insertion Sort, Quick Sort, Merge sort, Heap sort, Radix sort.
Linear search, Binary search.
References:
1. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Dinesh Mehta, “Fundamentals of Data
Structures in C++”, (2e), GalgotiaPublications, Reprint 2004.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in
C++”, (2e), Pearson Education, 2005.
3. Michael T, Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, David Mount, “Data
Structures and Algorithms in C++”, (2e), John Wiley & Sons, 2011
ICT 2104: PRINICPLES OF DATA COMMUNICATION [4 0 0 4]
Overview of communications Model, Concept of Data Transmission,
Channel Capacity. Guided and Wireless Transmission and Propagation
methods. Signal Encoding Techniques. Digital Data Communication
Techniques, Asynchronous and Synchronous Transmission, Types of
Errors, Error Detection methods. Data link Control, HDLC frame format
and Flow Control with Case study. Multiplexing methods, Spread
Spectrum, CDMA. Modems types. Introduction to Circuit Switching and
Packet Switching.
References:
1. William Stallings, “Data & Computer Communications”, Maxwell
Mcmillan Publications, Prentice Hall of India Pvt., Ltd., New Delhi 1,
2002.
2. Behrouz Forouzan, “Introduction to data communication &
networking”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi-2004.
3. Fred Halsal, “Data Communication Computer Network & OSI”,
Addison Wesley, Longmen, 2001.
4. PC Gupta, “Data Communications”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1999.
ICT 2111: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Programs based on the following concepts: classes, inheritance,
polymorphism, threads, interfaces and packages, string handling and
file handling, applets.
163
ICT 2112: DIGITAL SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Verification of Boolean algebra and De Morgan theorems, simplification
and implementation of Boolean expressions using K-maps.
Combinational logic, Adders, subtractors, multiplexers, Decoders,
encoders, shift registers, code converters. Counters - Asynchronous
and Synchronous counters, Shift register counters.
ICT 2113: DATA STRUCTURES LAB [0 0 3 1]
Applications of stacks, Arithmetic expression conversion and evaluation
using stack, queues, Linked lists-singly linked lists, circular linked lists,
doubly linked lists, polynomial addition using circular linked lists, Binary
Trees, Binary search tree operations, graph traversal technique, different
sorting and searching techniques.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2205: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Basic Set theory, Axioms of probability, Sample space, conditional
probability, total probability theorem, Baye's theorem. One dimensional
and Two dimensional random variables, mean and variance, properties,
Chebyschev's inequality, correlation coefficient, Distributions, Binomial,
Poisson, Normal and Chi square. Functions of random variables: One
dimensional and Two dimensional, F & T distributions, Moment
generating functions, Sampling theory, Central limit theorem, Point
estimation, MLE, Interval estimation, Test of Hypothesis: significance
level, certain best tests; Chi square test
References:
1. P. L. Meyer, “Introduction to probability and Statistical Applications”,
(2e), Oxford and IBH publishing, Delhi, 1980.
2. Miller, Freund and Johnson, “Probability and Statistics for
Engineers”, (8e), PHI, 2011.
3. Hogg and Craig, “Introduction to Mathematical Statistics”, (6e),
2012, Pearson education, New Delhi.
4. Ross Sheldon M, “Introduction to Probability and Statistics for
Engineers and Scientists”, Elseveir, 2010.
ICT 2201: COMPUTER NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
Review of Data Communications, Introduction to Computer Networks:
Definition, Uses, Classification of Networks, Network topology and
Topography. Layered Architecture of ISO/OSI Reference Model,
Overview of TCP/IP architecture, Media Access sublayer and LANS,
Network Layer, IP addressing, Subnetting and Supernetting, Delivery
Forwarding, and Routing of IP Packets, Internet Protocol, ARP and RARP,
Internet Control Message Protocol, Internet Group Management
Protocol, User Datagram Protocol, Transmission Control Protocol,
Stream Control Transmission Protocol, Introduction to Routing
Protocols.
References:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “TCP/IP Protocol Suite”, (4e), Tata McGraw
Hill, 2010.
2. Tannenbaum, A.S., “Computer Networks”, (4e), Prentice Hall of
India EE Edition, 2003.
3. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking”,
(4e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
4. Leon Garcia and Widjala, “Communication Networks”, (2e), Tata
McGraw Hill, 2004.
ICT 2202: COMPUTER ORGANIZATION & MICROPROCESSOR
SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
Microprocessor: 8086 Architecture, Instruction Set, stacks and
subroutine, macros and procedures, related programs, Interrupts,
Programs related to interrupts, Pin diagram. Computer Organization:
Introduction, Execution Unit, Control Unit, Memory Unit, Input & Output
References:
1. Douglas V. Hall, “Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming
and Hardware”, revised (2e),Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
2. Barry B. Brey, “The Intel Microprocessors: 8086 to Pentium Pro -
Architecture, Programming and Interfacing”, (6e), Prentice Hall of
India, 2007.
3. Mohd. Rafiquizzaman, “Microprocessors and Microcomputer
based System Design”, (2e), UBS,1999.
4. K. Udaykumar and B. S Umashankar, “Advanced microprocessors
and IBM PC assembly language programming”, Tata
McGrawhill,1998.
5. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, “ Computer
Organization”, (5e), McGraw Hill, 2012.
6. Mohamed Rafiquzzaman and Rajan Chandra, “Modern computer
Architecture”, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd, St. Paul, Minnesota,
U.S.A, 2012.
ICT 2203: DATABASE SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Database and database users, Relational Databases, Introduction to
SQL, Intermediate SQL, Advanced SQL, Database design and ER model,
Relational database design, Transaction management, Concurrency
control, Recovery system, Types of DBMS.
References:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F.Korth, S. Sudarshan, “Database
System Concepts”, (6e), McGraw-Hill, New York, 2011.
2. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database
Systems”, (6e), Addison-Wesley, New York , 2011.
3. C.J.Date, “An Introduction to database systems”, (8e), Addison-
Wesley Publication, New York, 2003.
ICT 2204: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to software engineering, Software Myths, Software
Engineering Process Models, Phases in software development, Project
Management, People, Process, Project, Project Scheduling and
Estimation, Metrics, Empirical Estimation Models, Requirements
Engineering tasks, Eliciting Requirements, Developing Use cases,
Analysis Modeling approaches, Data Modeling concepts, Design
164
Process and Quality, Design concepts, Design Models, Design
Methodologies, Software Testing Strategies and Testing Techniques,
Strategic approach, Issues, Levels of testing, Testing Techniques.
References:
1. Roger S.Pressman “Software Engineering A practitioner's approach”,
(6e), McGraw Hill, 2005
2. James Rumbaugh, “Object Oriented Modeling and design”, Prentice-
Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 8th Reprint, 2000.
3. Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson, “The Unified
Modeling Language User Guide”, (2e), Pearson Education, 2005.
4. Ian Somerville, “Software engineering”, (7e), Addison Wesley, 2006.
ICT 2211: MICROPROCESSOR SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
To implement programs related to memory access based on arithmetic
instructions, logical instructions, branch instructions, procedures and
macros(Addition, multiplication, division, unpacked BCD arithmetic,
Packed BCD arithmetic, Sorting, Searching, Code conversion, GCD,
LCM, Recursive functions).Implement the programs using various
interrupts to input from keyboard and display, menu driven programs.
Programs related to string instructions are implemented. Video RAM
related programs are implemented at the end.
ICT 2212: DATABASE SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Application user interface design using VC#, Back end database
processing using SQL and PL/SQL in MYSQL, Processing database in
ORACLE8 using SQL3, Database design and application development.
ICT 2213: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING LAB [0 1 3 2]
Requirement collection for given problem statement, identify constraint,
functional, non functional requirements. UML diagrams using IBM
rational software architecture tool. Implement the given problem
statement using java, apply black box and white box testing.
FIFTH SEMESTER
ICT 3101: OPERATING SYSTEMS [4 0 0 4]
Introduction to operating system, Process management: Process
concept, Threads, CPU Scheduling, Process synchronization, Handling
deadlocks, Memory management: Main memory, Virtual memory,
Storage Management: File systems, Disk scheduling, RAID Structure,
Case study: The LINUX operating System, virtualization.
References:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin and Greg Gagne, “Operating
System Concepts”, (8e), Wiley, 2012.
2. William Stallings, “Operating Systems: Internals and Design
Principles”, (7e), Pearson, 2013.
3. Harvey M Deitel, Paul J Deitel, David R Choffnes, “Operating
Systems”, (3e), Prentice Hall, 2003.
4. Milan Milankovic, “Operating Systems: Concept and Design”, (2e),
McGraw Hill, 2001
ICT 3102: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS [3 1 0 4]
An overview of Cortext M- ARM Architecture, The RISC and ARM design
philosophy, ARM addressing modes, ARM I/O Programming, Memory
management, debugging, instruction set ,ARM processor exceptions
and modes, programming using ARM C language, interrupts multi
threading, I/O programming and Hardware software synchronization
LED, ADC, DAC, keyboard, LCD, UART, stepper motor etc, serial port
interfacing, data acquisition system, Communication Systems Based on
the UARTs ,Wireless Communication ,Internet of Things
References:
1. Jonathan W. Valvano, “Embedded systems: real-time interfacing to
arm cortextm-m microcontrollers”, (4e), createspace Independent
Publishing Platform volume 2 , June 2014, ISBN: 978-1463590154,
2. Douglas V Hall, “Microprocessor and Interfacing, Programming &
Hardware”, (2e), Tata Mcgraw Hill.
3. Jonathan W. Valvano, “Embedded systems: Introduction to Arm(r)
Cortex - M Microcontrollers”, (5e), June 2014, ISBN-10:
1477508996
ICT 3103: INTERNET TOOLS & TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Basic concepts of the Internet and internet browsers, fundamentals of
Website design,Websites building tools and languages, basics of XHTML
(text, fonts, colors, images,lists, tables, frames, forms), Scripting and
Scripting Languages (VB Script, Java Script).
References:
1. Deitel, Deitel, Goldberg, “Internet & World Wide Web How To
Program”, (4e), Pearson Education, 2008.
2. Chris Bates, “Web Programming: Building Internet Application”, (3e),
Wiley India, 2006.
3. Larry Wall, Jon Orwant, Tom Christiansen, “Programming Perl”, (4e),
O'Reilly , 1991
4. Jeffrey C.Jackson, “Web Technologies: A Computer Science
Perspective", Pearson Education, 2006.
ICT 3107: DESIGN & ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Graphs-Representation of graphs & Digraphs, Graph
Search Methods Breadth First Search, Depth-First Search, Shortest path
algorithms, Algorithm Design Techniques - The Greedy Method, Divide
and Conquer, Dynamic Programming. Trees-Binary search trees, Heap
Trees, Height Balanced Tree, B Trees, B+ trees. Hashing - hash
functions, collision resolution techniques. Heaps and priority Queues,
NP-Completeness and Approximation Algorithms
ICT 3111: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS LAB [0 1 3 2]
Familiarization of Cortex M keil software, familiarization of data transfer,
rotate, branch instructions, code conversion, sorting, Fibonacci series,
experiments on timers and interrupts, interfacing LCD, keyboard, 7
segment, stepper motor, DAC, ADC, In addition to above list of experiments
students are required to develop mini project using raspberry pi kit.
ICT 3112: INTERNET TOOLS & TECHNOLOGY LAB [0 0 3 1]
Design and develop a static web page using XHTML and CSS, Design
and develop dynamic web pages using different client / Server side
scripting languages (Java script , VBScript and Perl) and Use of XML and
its specifications, Mini project using above mentioned web design tools.
ICT 3113: OPERATING SYSTEMS AND ALGORITHMS LAB [0 1 3 2]
Exploring Linux commands, executing shell scripts, inter process
communication using system calls, implementing scheduling
algorithms, implementing algorithms such as Greedy, Divide and
Conquer, Dynamic programming, Backtracking and Branch and Bound.
165
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS & FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its types, Job
costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet and profit &
loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios,
Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios
References:
1. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J , “Engineering Economy”, McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chan S. Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Pearson
Education, Inc, 2010.
3. Raman B.S, “Advanced accountancy”, United publications,
Bangalore, 1993
4. T. Ramachandran, “Accounting and Financial Management”, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
5. Thuesen G. J & Thuesen H. G, “Engineering Economics”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
ICT 3201: DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Distributed System Design and Issues, Communication in Distributed
Environment- Inter process Communication Message-Passing Systems,
Client and server process design and issues, Distributed objects, The
RPC Model, Distributed Resource Management- File System and Naming
Systems, Distributed Shared Memory, Consistency and Replication
Management, Fault Tolerance, Case Studies- Distributed Object Oriented
and Coordination Oriented Systems.
References:
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Distributed Systems: Principles and
Paradigms” , (2e), Pearson Education Asia, 2006 .
2. George Coulouries, Jean Dollimore, Tim Kindberg, “Distributed
Systems Concepts and Design”, (3e), Pearson Education Asia, 2004.
3. M. Singhal, N. Shivaratri, “Advanced Concepts in Operating
Systems”, (2e), TMH, 2004.
 ICT 3202: DATA WARE HOUSING & DATA MINING [4 0 0 4]
Data warehouse definition, Warehouse schema, Data Warehousing
Architecture, OLAP, Data cube, Data cleaning, Data Integration and
transformation, Data reduction, Data mining Introduction, Association rule
mining, Clustering Techniques, Classification and Prediction, Web Mining.
References:
1. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, “Data Mining Concepts And
Techniques”, (2e), Morgan Kauffmann Publishers, 2008
2. Arun K Pujari, “Data Mining Techniques”, (1e), Universities Press
India, 2001.
ICT 3211: COMPUTER NETWORK LAB [0 0 3 1]
Basic TCP and UDP based socket programming, Client Server based C
programs: to determine whether a string is Palindrome, to reverse a
string, sorting of numbers, File Server Operations, Chat Server, Database
operations, Multiple Client Single Server, simple DNS implementation
ICT 3212: DATA WARE HOUSING AND DATA MINING LAB [0 1 3 2]
Introduction to data warehousing tool (IBM's Infosphere),creating
physical data model, data flows, control flows and OLAP cube using
Infosphere tool, association rule mining (apriori, DIC, frequent pattern),
classification algorithm, clustering, implementation of mini project.
ICT 3213: ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY LAB [0 0 3 1]
The lab exercises are designed to familiarize students with the more
recent trend in the software Industries . The recent technologies such as:
J2ME, android, etc., can be considered.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
166
References:
1. Koontz D., “Essentials of Management”, Mc Graw Hill, New York,
2004.
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied
Publishers, 2006.
3. Peter Drucker, “The practice of management”, Butter worth Hein
Mann, 2003.
ICT 4101: BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE [3 1 0 4]
Contexts for HCI, Processes for user-centered development, Different
measures for evaluation, Usability heuristics and the principles of
usability testing, Physical capabilities that inform interaction design,
Cognitive models that inform interaction design, Social models that
inform interaction design, Principles of good design and good designers,
Accessibility, Interfaces for differently-aged population groups
References:
1. Alan Dix, Janet E. Finlay, Gregory D. Abowd, and Russell Beale,
“Human-Computer Interaction”, (3e), Prentice Hall, 2003.
2. Ben Shneiderman, Catherine Plaisant, Maxine Cohen and Steven
Jacobs, “Designing the User Interface: Strategies for Effective
Human-Computer Interaction”, (5e), Addison-Wesely, 2009.
3. Jeffrey Rubin and Dana Chisnell, “Handbook of Usability Testing:
How to Plan, Design, and Conduct Effective Tests”, (2e), New York,
Wiley, 2008.
4. Yvonne Rogers, Helen Sharp and Jenny Preece, “Interaction Design:
Beyond Human - Computer Interaction”, (3e), Wiley, 2011
ICT 4102: INFORMATION AND WEB SECURITY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Information and Network Security, Mathematical Tools of
Symmetric Cryptography, Symmetric-Key Ciphers: Classical and
Modern, Mathematical Tools for Asymmetric Cryptography,
Asymmetric-Key Cryptography, Message Integrity and Message
Authentication, Digital Signature, Key Management, User Authentication,
Transport Level Security, Wireless Network Security, Email Security, IP
Security
References:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Cryptography and Network Security”,
McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. Rolf Oppliger, “Security Technologies for the World Wide Web”, (2e
,Artech House, 2002.
3. Seth Fogie, Jeremiah Grossman, Robert Hansen and Anton Rager,
“XSS Attacks: Cross Site Scripting Exploits and Defense”, Syngress,
2007.
4. Justin Clarke et.al., “SQL Injection Attacks and Defense”, (2e),
Syngress, 2012.
5. Dafydd Stuttard, and Marcus Pinto, “The Web Application Hacker's
Handbook: Finding and Exploiting Security Flaws”, (2e), Wiley,
2011.
 ICT 4111: DATA ANALYTICS LAB [0 1 3 2]
Basic Map Reduce programing on a given data using sqoopto transfer
data between Hadoop and relational databases, using scripting language
piglatin for constructing data flows for extract, transform, and load (ETL)
processing and analysis of large datasets, using query language Hive for
data summarization, ad hoc queries, and the analysis of large datasets
stored in Hadoop-compatible file systems, using machine learning and
data component mahout.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
ICT 4297: SEMINAR
Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
The topic has to be approved by the Department and a report of the
same has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
ICT 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the
vacation starting from the end of third semester.
Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
report should include the certificates issued by the industry.
ICT 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/research
laboratory or any other competent institutions.
The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks.
An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
submission of the final project report in the prescribed form.
Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before
the department committee as part of project evaluation.
MINOR SPECIALIZATIONS
I. ADVANCED NETWORK SYSTEMS
ICT 4001: MOBILE COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Mobile Wireless Communication, Radio Propagation and
Transmission, Fundamentals, Introduction to Digital Transmission,
Multiplexing and Modulation Techniques, Cellular Concept, Channel
Allocation Schemes, Capacity and Coverage in Cellular Systems, Cell
Sectorization and Cell Splitting Techniques, Wireless Medium Access
167
Control, Multiple Access Protocols, Introduction to GSM, GPRS, EDGE,
HSDPA Wireless LAN, Bluetooth, Mobile IP, Wireless TCP, Wireless
Access Protocols.
References:
1. T.S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communications: Principles and
Practices”, (2e), Pearson Education, 2009.
2. William Stallings, “Wireless Communications and Networks’’, (2e),
Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Jochen Schiller, “Mobile Communication”, (2e), Addison Wesley,
2003.
4. Frank Adelstein, Sandeep K S Gupta, Golden Richard III and Loren
Schwiebert, “Fundamental of Mobile and Pervasive Computing”,
(1e), McGraw-Hill, 2004.
ICT 4002: MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Media and Data Streams, Overview of Multimedia
processes and Coding Multimedia Coding/ Compression Standards:
Huffman Coding, Runlength Coding, JPEG, MPEG, DVI, H.261 -I/O
Devices, OS - Storage Systems - Streaming Media Middleware -
Continuous Media Representations - Media Coding - Media processing -
Real-time Protocols - End-to-end Streaming Media - Resource Allocation
- Multicast Protocols, Databases - Distributed Collaboration - Video
Conferencing - 3D Virtual Environments.
References:
1. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt, “Multimedia Computing,
Communications and Applications”, Pearson Education, 2012.
2. K.R. Rao, Zorans Bojkovic and D. A. Milovanovic, “Multimedia
Communication Systems”, Prentice Hall, 2002.
3. M. Ghanbari, “Standard Codecs”, IT, 2003.
4. John W. Woods (Editor), “Multi Dimensional Signal, Image and
Video Processing and Coding”, (2e), Academic Press, 2011.
ICT 4003: NEXT GENERATION TELECOM NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
Review of Cellular Technologies, Wireline Next generation Technologies,
Wireless Next Generation Technologies, Next Generation Networks, GSM
Technology, Network Planning in GSM Networks, EGPRS Technology,
Evolution of 3G Networks, WCDMA concepts, UMTS architecture,
Performance Evaluation of 3G Evolution, Introduction to HSPA
technology (HSDPA and HSUPA) and its architecture, Introduction to
LTE, Need For LTE, 3GPP specifications for LTE, LTE System
Architecture, Evaluation of LTE in 3GPP, From LTE to LTE-A, Need for
Convergent Systems, Architecture of Convergent Systems, Introduction
to IMS, Applications and Architecture of IMS, Introduction to Femtocells,
Need for Femtocells, Architecture with IMS support, History and
Evolution of UMA, Benefits of UMA, Comparison of UMA and Femtocells,
Architecture, Protocols in UMA.
References:
1. Erik Dahlman, Stefan Parkvall, Johan Skold and Per Beming, “3G
Evolution: HSPA and LTE for Mobile Broadband”, Elsevier
Publications, 2007.
2. Ajay R. Mishra “Advanced Celuler Network Planning and
Optimization”, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
3. Simon Saunders, Stuart Carlaw, Andrea Giustina, Ravi RaiBhat, V.
Srinivasa Rao, Rasa Siegberg, “Femtocells: Opportunities and
Challenges for Business and Technology”, John Wiley & Sons, 2009
ICT 4004: SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKING [3 0 0 3]
History and Evolution of SDN, Control and Data Plane Separation, Virtual
Networking, SDN Nuts and Bolts: Control Plane, Data Plane,
Programming SDNs, Use Cases
References:
1. Nick McKeon et.al., "OpenFlow: Enabling Innovation in Campus
Networks", www.openflow.org/documents/openflow-wp-latest.pdf
2. Rajesh Kumar Sundararajan, “Software Defined Networking: A
Definitive Guide”, Kindle Book, 2013.
3. Siamak Azodolmolky, “Software Defined Networking with Open
Flow”, Packt Publishing, 2013.
4. Fei Hu (Editor), “Network Innovation through Open Flow and SDN:
Principles and Design”, CRC Press, 2014.
II. DATA ANALYTICS
ICT 4005: BIG DATA ANALYTICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Big Data Analytics, Overview of Data Analytics Lifecycle,
Using R for Initial Analysis of the Data, Advanced Analytics and Statistical
Modeling for Big Data, Theory and Methods, Advanced Analytics and
Statistical Modeling for Big Data Technology and Tools.
References:
1. Michael Minnelli and Michele Chambers, “Big Data Big Analytics:
Emerging Business Intelligence and Analytic Trends for Today's
Businesses”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2013
2. Arvind Sathi, “Big Data Analytics”, MC Press, LLC, 2012
3. Vignesh Prajapathi, “Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop”, PACKT,
2013
ICT 4006: INFORMATION RETRIEVAL [3 0 0 3]
Boolean Retrieval Model, Index Construction, Index Compression, Vector
Space Model, Evaluation in IR, Relevance Feedback and Query
Expansion, Latent Semantic Indexing, Web Search Basics, Web Crawling
and Indexes, Link Analysis
References:
1. Christopher D. Manning, Prabhakar Raghavan and Hinrich Schütze,
“Introduction to Information Retrieval”, Cambridge University Press,
2008.
168
2. Stefan Buettcher, Charles L. A. Clarke and Gordon V. Cormack,
“Information Retrieval: Implementing and Evaluating Search
Engines”, MIT Press, 2010.
3. David A. Grossman and Ophir Frieder, “Information Retrieval:
Algorithms and Heuristics”, Springer, 2004.
ICT 4007: MACHINE LEARNING [3 0 0 3]
Basic concepts of machine learning, Supervised learning setup, LMS,
Logistic regression, Perceptron, Exponential family Generative learning
algorithms, Gaussian discriminant analysis, Naive Bayes, Support
vector machines, Model selection and feature selection, Ensemble
methods: Bagging, boosting.
Evaluating and debugging learning algorithms; Learning Theory:
Bias/variance tradeoff, Union and Chernoff and Hoeffding bounds, VC
dimension, Worst case (online) learning, Practical advice on how to use
learning algorithms, Unsupervised Learning: Clustering, K-means, EM,
Mixture of Gaussians, Factor analysis, PCA, ICA Reinforcement Learning
and Control: Markov Decision Processes (MDPs), Bellman equations,
Value iteration and policy iteration, Linear quadratic regulation (LQR),
LQG, Q-learning, Value function approximation, Policy search, Reinforce,
POMDPs.
References:
1. Kevin P Murphy, “Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective”,
MIT Press, 2012.
2. Mehryar Mohri, Afshin Rostamizadeh, and Ameet Talwalkar,
“Foundations of Machine Learning”, MIT Press, 2012.
3. Daphne Koller and Nir Friedman, “Probabilistic Graphical Models:
Principles and Techniques”, MIT Press, 2009.
4. Christopher M. Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine
Learning”, Springer, 2007.
ICT 4008: SEMANTIC WEB [3 0 0 3]
Semantic web vision, Describing web resource, Querying semantic web,
Ontology languages, Ontology reasoning, Ontology design and
management, Ontology programming, Applications of the semantic web
References:
1. Grigoris Antoniou, Paul Groth, Frank van van Harmelen and Rinke
Hoekstra, “A Semantic Web Primer”, MIT Press, 2012.
2. Michael C. Daconta, Leo J. Obrst and Kevin T. Smith, “The Semantic
Web: A Guide to the Future of XML, Web Services, and Knowledge
Management”, Wiley, 2003.
3. Jorge Cardoso, Martin Hepp and Miltiadis D. Lytras, “The Semantic
Web: Real-World Applications from Industry”, Springer, 2008.
4. K. L. Clark and F. G. McCabe. 2006. “Ontology oriented
programming in go!.” Applied Intelligence 24, 3 (June 2006), 189-
204. DOI=10.1007/s10489-006-8511-x http://dx.doi.org/
10.1007/ s10489-006-8511-x
III. SOFT COMPUTING
ICT 4009: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Intelligent Agents, Solving Problems by Searching,
Informed Search, Constraint Satisfaction Problems (CSP), Adversarial
Search, Logical Agents, Knowledge Representation, Planning,
Probabilistic Reasoning, Decision Making, Knowledge in Learning,
Statistical Learning Methods
References:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norving, “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern
Approach”, Prentice Hall, USA, 2012.
2. Daphne Koller and Nir Friedman, “Probabilistic Graphical Models”,
MIT Press, USA, 2010.
3. Edward Tsang, “Foundations of Constraint Satisfaction”, Academic
Press, USA, 1993.
ICT 4010: HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION [3 0 0 3]
Contexts for HCI, Processes for user-centered development, Different
measures for evaluation, Usability heuristics and the principles of
usability testing, Physical capabilities that inform interaction design,
Cognitive models that inform interaction design, Social models that
inform interaction design, Principles of good design and good designers,
Accessibility, Interfaces for differently-aged population groups
References:
1. Alan Dix, Janet E. Finlay, Gregory D. Abowd, and Russell Beale,
“Human-Computer Interaction”, (3e), Prentice Hall, 2003.
2. Ben Shneiderman, Catherine Plaisant, Maxine Cohen and Steven
Jacobs, “Designing the User Interface: Strategies for Effective
Human-Computer Interaction”, (5e), Addison-Wesely, 2009.
3. Jeffrey Rubin and Dana Chisnell, “Handbook of Usability Testing:
How to Plan, Design, and Conduct Effective Tests”, (2e), New York:
Wiley, 2008.
4. Yvonne Rogers, Helen Sharp and Jenny Preece, “Interaction Design:
Beyond Human - Computer Interaction”, (3e), Wiley, 2011
ICT 4011: NATURAL COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Basic notations of biochemistry and molecular biology, DNA computing,
Basic Computing Models, DNA computation models, Bacterial
Computers and Data Storage, Peptide Computing, Membrane
Computing, Chemical Computing
References:
1. Leandro Nunes de Castro, “Fundamentals of Natural Computing:
Basic Concepts, Algorithms, and Applications”, CRC Press, USA,
2006.
2. Stephan Olariu and Albert Y. Zomaya, “Handbook of Bioinspired
Algorithms and Applications”, CRC Press, USA, 2005.
3. Nancy Forbes, “Imitation of Life - How Biology Is Inspiring
Computing”, MIT Press, USA, 2004.
169
4. Gary William Flake, “The Computational Beauty of Nature: Computer
Explorations of Fractals, Chaos, Complex Systems, and
Adaptation”, Bradford Book, USA, 2000.
ICT 4012: NEURAL NETWORKS & FUZZY LOGIC [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Learning Processes, Single Layer Perceptron, Multilayer
Perceptron, Radial Basis Function, Support Vector Machine, Principle
Component Analysis, Introduction to Fuzzy Set, Fuzzy Relations, Fuzzy
Logic and Inference
References:
1. Simon Haykin, “Neural Networks: A Comprehensive Foundations”,
Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2001.
2. Martin T.Hagan, Howard B. Demuth and Mark H.Beale, “Neural
Network Design”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2010.
3. Timothy J.Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, Wiley,
USA, 2010.
IV. SOFTWARE SYSTEM DESIGN
ICT 4013: ADVANCED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Specialized process models-Component based development, Formal
methods model, Aspect Oriented S/W Development; Agile view of
process-Agile process, agile process models, Applying Web
Engineering; Web engineering- initiating web app project, analysis for
web apps, design for web apps, testing for web apps; Formal methods-
Concepts, formal specifications; Cleanroom s/w engg; Reengineering;
Formal Specifications- Specification Qualities, Classification of
Specification Styles, Descriptive Specifications: Logic and Algebraic
Specifications, Operational Specifications: DFD, FSM, Petri Nets,
Introduction to Z
References:
1. Roger S. Pressman “Software Engineering-A practitioner's
approach”, (6e), McGraw-Hill publications, 2005.
2. Ghezzi, M. Jazayeri and D. Mandrioli, “Fundamentals of Software
Engineering”, Prentice Hall, 2003.
ICT 4014: SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE [3 0 0 3]
The Architecture Business Cycle, Software Processes and the
Architecture Business Cycle, Architectural Patterns, Reference Models,
and Reference Architectures, Architectural Structures and Views, A Case
Study in Utilizing Architectural Structures, Architecture for the A-7E
Avionics System, Understanding Quality Attributes, Functionality and
Architecture, Architecture and Quality Attributes , Achieving Qualities,
Introducing Tactics, Availability Tactics, Modifiability Tactics,
Performance Tactics, Security Tactics, Testability Tactics, Usability
Tactics, Relationship of Tactics to Architectural Patterns, Designing the
Architecture, Architecture in the Life Cycle of software development,
Documenting Software Architectures, Uses of Architectural
Documentation, Reconstructing Software Architectures, Information
Extraction, Database Construction, View Fusion, Reconstruction, The
4+1 Views, General UML features, Component instance diagrams,
Class and subsystem diagrams, sequence and collaboration diagrams,
Deployment diagrams, Statechart diagrams, Activity diagrams,
Transaction and Data Design, Data Model Design, Architectural patterns
:Interactive systems , Adaptable systems , Design Patterns.
References:
1. Bass Len, Clements Paul and Kazman Rick, “Software Architecture
in Practice”,(2e), Pearson Education, 2003.
2. Garland Jeff and Anthony Richard, “Large Scale Software
Architecture: A Practical guide using UML”, Wiley Dreamtech India,
2003.
3. Frank Buschmann, RegineMeunier, Hans Rohnert, Peter Sommerlad,
Michael Stal Pattern-Oriented Software Architecture, “A System of
Patterns - Volume 1”, John Wiley and Sons, 2006.
ICT 4015: SOFTWARE PROJECT AND
QUALITY MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Project concepts and its management, software management process
framework, software management disciplines. Cost Estimation-
problems in software estimation, cost estimation processes, estimating
web application development ; Software Quality Management -software
quality factors, software quality components, software quality plan,
software quality metrics, software quality costs, software quality
assurance standard, certification, assessment. Software Management
and Metrics -Software Configuration Management, Risk Management,
Defect Management; Project evaluation and emerging trends. Software
Quality, Software Quality Attributes and Specification, Cost of Quality,
Defects, Faults, Failures, Defect Rate and Reliability, Defect Prevention,
Reduction, and Containment, Software Review; Software Quality
Management and Models, Software Quality Assurance, Total Quality
Management; Quality Standards and Processes, ISO 9000 Series, Six
Sigma concepts.
References:
1. Walker Royce, “Software Project Management: A Unified
Framework”, Pearson, 2000 .
2. Pankaj Jalote, “Software Project Management in Practice”, Pearson,
2002.
3. Ramesh Gopalaswamy, “Managing and global Software Projects”,
Tata McGraw Hill Tenth Reprint, 2011.
4. Roger S.Pressman, “Software Engineering-A Practitioner's
Approach“, 7thEdition McGraw Hill, 2010.
5. Jeff Tian, “Software Quality Engineering (SQE)”, Wiley.
6. Stephen H. Kan, “Metrics and Models in Software Quality
Engineering”, Addison-Wesley.
ICT 4016: SOFTWARE QUALITY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Software Quality Engineering helps to understand fundamentals of
software quality development, software inspection, testing, verification
170
and validation. It introduces standard software architectures and
software qualimetry tools to implement and maintain the software
development processes. It provides an insight to the best practices for
software platform, PC constraints and user experience.
V. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy, Sources
of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages, Working capital
management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash management, and
Dividend decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
2. I M Pandey, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house, Delhi,
2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand &
Co., Delhi, 1999.
4. ICFAI, “Corporate Financial Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Maheshwari S.N., “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities.
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM. Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability. Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. T.V. Rao and Pereira D.F., “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subbrao A., “Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House , 1999.
3. N G Nair and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S. Chand Company, 1995.
4. Virmani B R; Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology transfer
and human resource development”, Response books, 1997.
5. Pareek Udai et al., “Human Resource Development in Asia: Trends
and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market opportunities
and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New Economy, Building
Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market Demand, Scanning
the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets, Business Markets,
Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments, Product Life Cycle, New
Market Offerings, Designing and Managing Services, Price Strategies,
Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. ICFAI,“Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R.L. and Gupta S.L., “Marketing Management”, Sultan
Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2000.
HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design: Product life cycle,
Process design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine
charts, Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations
strategy, Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems
thinking, Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision
process. Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries,
visibility, System life cycle models, System dynamics and its importance
in system thinking. System dynamics modeling process.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G., “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P., “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Mieghem J., “Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices,
Dynamic Ideas”, ISBN: 0-9759146-6-9, 2008.
4. Sterman J.D., “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and
Modeling for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition,
2004.
5. Senge Peter, “The Fifth Discipline”, Currency Doubleday, New York,
1990.
OTHER PROGRAMME ELECTIVES
ICT 4017: CLOUD COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals Of Cloud Computing, Understanding Cloud Architecture
And Services, Infrastructure-as-a-Service (IaaS), Platform-as-a-Service
(PaaS), Software-as-a-Service (SaaS), Cloud Security, Business
Continuity In Cloud, Cloud Infrastructure, Management And Migration,
Hadoop In Cloud Computing
References:
1. John Rhoton, “Cloud Computing Explained”, (2e), Recursive Press,
2010.
171
2. Barrie Sosinsky, “Cloud Computing: Bible”, Wiley India, 2011
3. John W. Ritting house and James F. Ransome, “Cloud Computing,
Implementation, Management and Security”, CRC Press, 2010
4. David S. Linthicum, “Cloud Computing and SOA Convergence in
Your Enterprise: A Step-by-Step Guide”, Addison Wesley, 2009
5. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating Systems”, (3e), Prentice
Hall, 2007
6. George Reese, “Cloud Application Architectures”, O'Reilly, 2009
7. Mark C. Chu-Carroll, “Code in the Cloud: Programming Google App
Engine”, Pragmatic Programmers, LLC, 2011
8. Roger Jennings, “Cloud Computing with the Windows Azure
Platform”, Wrox, Wiley India, 2010
ICT 4018: COMPUTER VISION [3 0 0 3]
Image formation models, Image processing and feature extraction,
Computing local features in practice, Motion estimation, Shape
representation and segmentation, Evaluating segmenters, Object
recognition
References:
1. David A. Forsyth and Jean Ponce, “Computer Vision: A Modern
Approach”, (2e), Prentice Hall, 2012.
2. Ramesh Jain, Rangachar Kasturi and Brian G. Schunck, “Machine
Vision”, McGraw-Hill, 1995.
3. Berthold K. P. Horn, “Robot Vision”, MIT Press, 1986.
ICT 4019: INTERNET OF THINGS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to IoT, IoT System Architecture, IoT Enabling Technologies,
IoT Communication & Networking Protocols, IoT Services and
Applications
References:
1. Zach Shelby and Carsten Bormann, “6LoWPAN: The Wireless
Embedded Internet”, Wiley, 2009.
2. Jean-Philippe Vasseur and Adam Dunkels, “Interconnecting Smart
Objects with IP: The Next Internet”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2010.
3. Honbo Zhou, “The Internet of Things in the Cloud: A Middleware
Perspective”, CRC Press, 2012.
4. Jan Holler et.al, “From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things:
Introduction to a New Age of Intelligence”, Elsevier, 2014
5. Hakima Chaouchi, “The Internet of Things: Connecting
Objects”,(1e), Wiley-ISTE, 2010.
ICT 4020: PATTERN RECOGNITION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to pattern classification and structural pattern recognition,
Bayesian decision theory, Bayesian estimation, Feature selection and
extraction, Linear discriminant function, Nonparametric pattern
recognition, Algorithm-independent learning, Recognizing structures
References:
1. Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart and David G. Stork, “Pattern
Classification”, (2e), Wiley-Interscience, 2000.
2. Keinosuke Fukunaga, “Introduction to Statistical Pattern
Recognition”, (2e), Academic Press, 1990.
3. Christopher M. Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine
Learning”, Springer, 2007.
4. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani and Jerome Friedman, “The
Elements of Statistical Learning: Data Mining, Inference, and
Prediction”, (2e), Springer, 2011.
ICT 4021: SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYTICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Social Networks, Graph Concepts, Random network
models, Network centrality, Small world network models, optimization,
strategic network formation and search, Contagion, opinion formation,
coordination and cooperation, Applications of SNA, SNA and online
social networks
References:
1. David Easley and Jon Kleinberg, “Networks, Crowds, and Markets:
Reasoning About a Highly Connected World”, Cambridge University
Press, 2010.
2. Derek Hansen, Ben Shneiderman and Marc A. Smith, “Analyzing
Social Media Networks with NodeXL: Insights from a Connected
World”, Morgan Kaufman, 2010.
3. John G Scott, “Social Network Analysis”, (3e), SAGE Publications,
2012.
4. David Knoke and Song Yang, “Social Network Analysis”, (2e), SAGE
Publications, 2007.
ICT 4022: SOFTWARE CONSTRUCTION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to software construction, Creating high quality code,
Variables, Statements, Code improvements, System considerations,
Software craftsmanship
References:
1. Steve McConnell, “Code Complete: A practical Handbook for
Software Construction”, Microsoft Press.
2. Bertrand Meyer, “Object Oriented Software Construction”, (2e).
ICT 4023: SOFTWARE RELIABILITY [3 0 0 3]
Concepts of software reliability, Software reliability models, Prediction
analysis, Operational profile, Testing for reliability measurement,
Fundamentals of measurement, Product metrics
References:
1. Patric D. T.O connor, “Practical Reliability Engineering”, (4e), John
Wesley & sons, 2003.
2. John D. Musa, “Software Reliability Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill,
1999.
172
3. Michael Lyu, “Handbook of Software Reliability Engineering”, IEEE
Computer Society Press, ISBN: 0-07-039400-8, 1996.
4. John D. Musa, Anthony Iannino, Kazuhira Okumoto, “Software
Reliability Measurement, Prediction, Application, Series in Software
Engineering and Technology”, McGraw Hill, 1987.
5. Norman E .Fenton, Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, "Software metrics",
(2e), International Student Edition, 2003.
ICT 4024: WEB INTELLIGENCE [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to web intelligence, Search, Indexing and memory,
Analyzing sentiment and intent, Databases and their evolution, Map-
Reduce, Classification, Clustering and mining, Neural models, Deep
learning, Regression and feature selection
References:
1. Gautam Shroff, “The Intelligent Web: Search, smart algorithms, and
big data”, Oxford University Press, 2014
2. Haralambos Marmanis and Dmitry Babenko, “Algorithms of the
Intelligent Web”, Manning Publications, 2009.
3. SatnamAlag, “Collective Intelligence in Action”, Manning
Publications, 2008.
OPEN ELECTIVES
ICT 3281: COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND ANIMATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Computer Graphics, Hardcopy technologies, Display
technologies, Input devices. Basic Raster Graphics Algorithms for
drawing 2D primitives, Filling, Clipping, Geometrical Transformations:
2D transformations, composition of 2D transformations, 3D
transformations. Viewing Pipeline, General projection transformations,
Problems on projections. Introduction to curves and surfaces, Animation
and its basics, Graphics Programming using openGL.
References:
1. Van Dam, Foley, Feiner, Hughes “Computer Graphics, Principles and
Practice”, (2e), Addison Wesley Publishers, 1993.
2. Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker : “Computer Graphics”, (2e),
Prentice-Hall of India, 2000.
3. F. S. Hil lJr., “Computer Graphics using OpenGL”, Pearson Education,
2003.
4. David F. Rogers: “Procedural Elements For Computer Graphics”,
Tata McGraw Hill International Editions,1985.
5. D. Shrenier, M. Woo, J. Neider, T. Davis, “Open GL Architecture
Review board, OpenGL Programming Guide: The Official Guide to
learning OpenGL”, Version 2.1, Addison Wesley, 2006
 ICT 3282: DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF WEB
APPLICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Web essentials such as Clients, Servers, and Communication. The
Internet-Basic Internet Protocols-HTML: Syntax of HTML document,
HTML, HEAD, TITLE, BODY tags, The attributes of body tag such as,
Background, BGCOLOR, VLINK, ALINK, TEXT. Creating headings and
using attributes of it. Creation of paragraphs. Creation ordered,
unordered lists and definition lists. Creating Hypertext Links, image
maps. Creating FORMS and frames. Creating table Creating style sheets,
cascading style sheets and user defined style sheets. Developing
dynamic web pages using Document Object model (DOM). Using
objects, and event model, Filters and Transitions and different functions.
Creating dynamic web pages using PHP, Case study: Design a web page
using above mentioned scripting languages.
References:
1. Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, Abbey Deitel “Internet & World Wide Web
How To Program”, (5e), Pearson Education, 2011
2. Bates, “Developing Web Applications”, Wiley, 2006.
3. Robert. W. Sebesta, "Programming the World Wide Web", (4e),
Pearson Education, 2007.
173
ICT 3283: FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA STRUCTURES AND
ALGORITHMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to algorithms, Arrays ,Sparse matrix representation, Stacks
and stack operations, Queues and Queue Operations, Linked Lists,
Circular lists, Doubly linked lists, Trees and Tree representations, Binary
Tree traversals and different operations, Binary Search Tree, Heaps,
Graph Abstract type-Representations and elementary operations,
Sorting and searching techniques.
References:
1. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Dinesh Mehta, “Fundamentals of Data
Structures in C++”, Galgotia Publications, 2006.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in
C++”, (2e), Pearson Education, 2005.
3. Michael T, Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, David Mount, Data
“Structures and Algorithms in C++”, (2e), John Wiley & Sons,
2011.
 B. Tech in COMPUTER AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2105 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2205 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
ICT 2101 Object Oriented Programming 4 0 0 4 ICT 2251 Operating Systems 4 0 0 4
ICT 2103 Data Structures 3 1 0 4 ICT 2252 Advanced Programming Technologies 3 0 0 3
ICT 2151 Digital System Design 3 1 0 4 ICT 2253 Embedded Systems Design 3 1 0 4
II ICT 2152 Digital Communication 4 0 0 4 ICT 2254 TCP/IP Protocol Suite 3 0 0 3
ICT 2111 Object Oriented Programming Lab 0 0 3 1 *** **** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
ICT 2113 Data Structures Lab 0 0 3 1 ICT 2261 Operating Systems Lab 0 1 3 2
ICT 2161 Digital System Design Lab 0 0 3 1 ICT 2262 Embedded Systems Design Lab 0 1 3 2
16 3 9 22 18 4 6 24
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
ICT 3151 Fundamentals of Algorithm Analysis & Design 3 0 0 3 HUM 4002 Engineering Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3
High Speed Communication Networks and
ICT 3152 3 1 0 4 ICT 3251 Wireless Communication and Computing 4 0 0 4
Programming

174
ICT 3153 Parallel Programming 3 0 0 3 ICT 3252 Data Mining & Predictive Analysis 4 0 0 4
ICT 3154 Database Systems 3 0 0 3 ICT **** Programme Elective – II 3 0 0 3
III
ICT 3155 Software Design Technology 3 0 0 3 ICT **** Programme Elective – III 3 0 0 3
ICT **** Programme Elective – I 3 0 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
ICT 3161 Rational Unified Process Lab 0 0 3 1 ICT 3261 Network Programming Lab 0 0 3 1
ICT 3162 Database Systems Lab 0 1 3 2 ICT 3262 Data Mining & Predictive Analysis Lab 0 0 3 1
ICT 3263 Mobile Application Development Lab 0 0 3 1
18 2 6 22 19 1 9 23
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3 ICT 4297 Seminar 1
ICT 4102 Cyber Security 3 0 0 3 ICT 4298 Industrial Training 1
ICT 4151 Wireless Sensor and Adhoc Networks 4 0 0 4 ICT 4299 Project Work / Practice School 12
IV ICT **** Programme Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
ICT **** Programme Elective – V 3 0 0 3
ICT **** Programme Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
ICT 4161 Network Design & Wireless Sensor Networks Lab 0 1 3 2
18 2 3 21 14
Minor Specialisations
THIRD SEMESTER
I. Advanced Network Systems
MAT 2105: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
1. ICT 4001: Mobile Computing Boolean Algebra: Partial ordering relations, Poset, Lattices, Basic
2. ICT 4002: Multimedia Communication Properties of Lattices. Distributive and complemented lattices, Boolean
3. ICT 4003: Next Generation Telecom Networks lattices and Boolean Algebra. Propositional and Predicate Calculus: Well
1. ICT 4004: Software Defined Networking formed formula, connectives, quantifications, Inference theory of
propositional and predicate calculus. Elementary configuration:
II. Data Analytics Permutations and Combinations, Generating function, Principle of
1. ICT 4005: Big Data Analytics inclusion and exclusion Partitions, compositions. ordering of
2. ICT 4006: Information Retrieval permutations: Lexicographical and Fikes. Graph theory: Basic
3. ICT 4007: Machine Learning definitions, Degree, regular graphs, Eulerian and Hamiltonian graphs,
4. ICT 4008: Semantic Web Trees and Properties, Center, radius and diameter of a graph, Rooted and
binary trees, Matrices associated with graphs, Algorithms for finding
III. Soft Computing shortest path, Algorithm. Group theory: Semi groups, Monoids, Groups-
subgroups, Normal Subgroups, Cosets, Lagrange's Theorem, Cyclic
1. ICT 4009: Artificial Intelligence
groups.
2. ICT 4010: Human Computer Interaction
3. ICT 4011: Natural Computing
References:
4. ICT 4012: Neural Network and Fuzzy Logic
1. C. L. Liu, “Elements of Discrete Mathematics”, (2e), 2007, McGraw
IV. Software Systems Design Hill, New Delhi.
2. J. P. Trembaly and R. Manohar, “Discrete Mathematics Structures
1. ICT 4013: Advanced Software Engineering with application to computer science”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
2. ICT 4014: Software Architecture
3. E. S. Page and L. B. Wilson, “An introduction to computational
3. ICT 4015: Software Project & Quality Management
combinatroics”, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1979.
4. ICT 4016: Software Quality Engineering
4. Narasingh Deo, “Graph theory with Applications to computer
science”, PHI, 2012.
V. Business Management

1. HUM 4011: Financial Management ICT 2101: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING [4 0 0 4]

2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management Introduction, Data Types, Variable and Arrays, type conversion and
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management casting, Operators and control statements, Classes and Inheritance,
4. HUM 4014: Operations and Systems Management Packages and Interfaces, Array list and Vectors , String Handling,
Exception Handling, Input/Output, Applet architecture, initialization and
Other Programme Electives termination, applet display methods, HTML applet tag, Passing
1. ICT 4017: Cloud Computing parameters to applets.
2. ICT 4018: Computer Vision
3. ICT 4019: Internet of Things References:
4. ICT 4020: Pattern Recognition 1. Patrick Naughton and Herbert Schildt, “The Complete Reference
5. ICT 4021: Social Network Analytics Java 2”, (3e), Tata McGrawHill, 2000.
6. ICT 4022: Software Construction 2. Aaron Walsh and John Fronckowiak, “Java Programming Bible”,
7. ICT 4023: Software Reliability (1e), IDG Books, India, 2000,
8. ICT 4024: Web Intelligence 3. E.Balaguruswamy, “Programming with JAVA A Primer”, (2e), Tata
McGrawHill, 2000
Open Electives

1. ICT 3281: Computer Graphics and Animation
2. ICT 3282: Design and Development of Web Applications
3. ICT 3283: Fundamentals of Data Structures and Algorithms
ICT 2103: DATA STRUCTURES [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Arrays-The Array as Abstract Data type, Sparse Matrix
Representation, Transpose of a sparse matrix, Representation of
multidimensional arrays, The String abstract data type, Stacks and
Queues, Linked Lists: Singly linked lists, Circular lists, Dynamically
Linked Stacks and Queues, Polynomial representation and polynomial

175
operations using singly linked list, Singly circular linked list, Doubly
linked lists. Trees-Binary trees, Heaps, Binary Search Trees, Graphs-
Depth First Search, Breadth First Search, Connected components,
Spanning trees, Insertion Sort, Quick Sort, Merge sort, Heap sort, Radix
sort. Linear search, Binary search.
References:
1. Ellis Horowit z, SartajSahni, Dinesh Mehta, “Fundamentals of Data
Structures in C++”, (2e), Galgotia Publications, Reprint 2004.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in
C++”, (2e), Pearson Education, 2005.
3. Michael T, Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, David Mount, “Data
Structures and Algorithms in C++”, (2e), John Wiley & Sons,
2011
ICT 2151: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Simplification of Boolean Functions, K-map method,
Combinational logic, Design of Adders/Subtractors, Combinational logic
with MSI & LSI, Sequential logic-counters and shift registers, Computer
organization - Introduction, ALU unit, Control unit, Memory unit, Input
and output unit.
References:
1. M. Morries Mano, “Digital design”, Prentice Hall India, (3e), 2002.
2. Ronald J. Tocci, Neal S. Widmer and Greegory L Moss, “Digital
Systems: principles and Applications”, (10e), Pearson Education
India, 2007
3. Mohamed Rafiquzzaman and Rajan Chandra, “Modern computer
Architecture”, (3e), Galgotia publications Pvt Ltd, 2010.
ICT 2152: DIGITAL COMMUNICATION [4 0 0 4]
Introduction to Digital Communication, Signals, Probability and Random
Processes, Gram-Schmidt Orothogonalizatin, Representation of band
limited and Bandpass Processes. Waveform Coding, Sampling,
Multiplexing, Digital Baseband Signaling, ISI and Nyquist Criterion. Band
pass Digital Signaling, Tx and Rx models, Modulation schemes,
Detection.
Basics Information Theory and Source Coding, Shannon's theorem,
channel capacity. Error Control Coding, Introduction to Block codes,
Convolution codes, and CRC. Spread Spectrum Systems: PN
sequences, DSSS basics, FHSS.
References:
1. Simon S. Haykin, “Digital Communication Systems”, Wiley
Publication, 2013.
2. Sklar B K, “Digital Communications: Fundamentals &
Applications”,(2e), Pearson Education India, 2009.
3. John G. Proakis and Masoud Salehi, “Digital communications”,
McGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2009.
4. Ramakrishna Rao, “Digital Communication”, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Co.
Ltd., New Delhi.
176
5. Lathi B.P., M”odern Digital and Analog Communication”,(3e), Oxford
University Press.
ICT 2111: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Programs based on the following concepts: classes, inheritance,
polymorphism, threads, interfaces and packages, string handling and
file handling, applets
ICT 2113: DATA STRUCTURES LAB [0 0 3 1]
Implementation of stacks, Arithmetic expression conversion and
evaluation using stack, queues, Linked lists-singly linked lists, circular
linked lists, doubly linked lists, polynomial addition using circular linked
lists, Binary Trees, Binary search tree operations, graph traversal
technique, different sorting and searching techniques.
ICT 2161: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB [0 0 3 1]
Combinational logic Adders, subtractors, multiplexers, decoders,
encoders, code converters.
Counters - Asynchronous and Synchronous counters, Shift register
counters.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2205: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Basic Set theory, Axioms of probability, Sample space, conditional
probability, total probability theorem, Baye's theorem. One dimensional
and Two dimensional random variables, mean and variance, properties,
Chebyschev's inequality, correlation coefficient, Distributions, Binomial,
Poisson, Normal and Chisquare. Functions of random variables: One
dimensional and Two dimensional, F & T distributions, Moment
generating functions, Sampling theory, Central limit theorem, Point
estimation, MLE, Interval estimation, Test of Hypothesis: significance
level, certain best tests; Chi square test
References:
1. P. L. Meyer, “ Introduction to probability and Statistical
Applications”,(2e), 1980, Oxford and IBH publishing, Delhi.
2. Miller, Freund and Johnson, “Probability and Statistics for
Engineers”, (8e), PHI, 2011.
3. Hogg and Craig, “Introduction to Mathematical Statistics”,(6e),
2012, Pearson education, New Delhi.
4. Ross Sheldon M, “Introduction to Probability and Statistics for
Engineers and Scientists”, Elseveir, 2010.
ICT 2251: OPERATING SYSTEMS [4 0 0 4]
Introduction to Operating systems, Process management - Process
concept, Threads, CPU Scheduling, Process synchronization, Handling
deadlocks, Memory management - Main memory, Virtual memory,
Storage Management - Disk scheduling. Fundamentals of real time
systems, Real time operating systems - Theoretical foundations of

scheduling, System services for application programs, Memory
management issues, Selecting criteria and metric for a real time
operating system.
References:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin and Greg Gagne,
“Operating System Concepts”, (8e), Wiley, 2012.
2. William Stallings, “Operating Systems: Internals and Design
Principles”, (7e), Pearson, 2013.
3. Phillip A Laplante, Seppo J Ovaska, “Real time systems design and
analysis”, (4e), Wiley,2011
4. Jane W. S. Liu, “Real time systems”, (1e), Prentice Hall, 2000
. [EE Edition] ., 2003.
ICT 2252: ADVANCED PROGRAMMING TECHNOLOGIES [3 0 0 3]
Advanced Java programming - AWT, Database connectivity,
Fundamentals of Interpreters, dynamic typing, dynamic scoping (perl),
Data processing-regular expressions, string interpolation, hash tables
(perl), XML, Web programming: server(PHP), client(Java Script),
Overview of scripting languages Python and Ruby, Python basics, list,
tuples, sets, strings, dictionaries, control flow, functions, modules,
python programs, Ruby strings, methods, classes, arrays, modules,
use of Python Scripts in other platforms.
References:
1. Daryl Harms, Kenneth M. McDonald, and Vernon Ceder, “The Quick
Python Book”, (2e), Manning Publications, 2010
2. Huw Collingbourne, “The Little Book of Ruby”, (2e), Sapphire steel
Software, 2008
3. David Flanagan, Yukihiro Matsumoto, “The Ruby Programming
Language”, (1e), O'reilly, 2008
ICT 2253: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
An overview of Cortex_ M ARM Architecture, The RISC and ARM design
philosophy, ARM addressing modes, ARM I/O Programming, Memory
management, debugging, instruction set ,ARM processor exceptions
and modes, programming using ARM C language, interrupts multi
threading, I/O programming and Hardware software synchronization
LED ADC, DAC, keyboard, LCD, UART, stepper motor etc, serial port
interfacing, data acquisition system, Communication Systems Based on
the UARTs ,Wireless Communication, Internet of Things
References:
1. Jonathan W. Valvano, “Embedded systems: real-time interfacing to
ARM Cortex_M microcontrollers”, Createspace Independent
Publishing Platform volume 2, (4e), June 2014, ISBN: 978-
1463590154,
2. Douglas V Hall “Microprocessor and Interfacing, Programming &
Hardware”, (2e), Tata Mcgraw Hill.
3. Jonathan W. Valvano, “Embedded systems: Introduction to Arm(r)
177
Cortex-M Microcontrollers” (5e), June 2014, ISBN-10:
1477508996.
ICT 2254: TCP/IP PROTOCOLS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Networking and brief History of Internet, OSI and TCP/IP
Reference Models, Underlying Technologies, Connecting Devices,
Network Layer, Internet Protocol (IP),Transport Protocol, Application
Layer Protocols, Internet Technologies, IPv6 addressing.
References:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “TCP/IP Protocol Suite”, (4e), Tata McGraw
Hill, 2010.
2. Tannenbaum, A.S, “Computer Networks”, (4e), Prentice Hall of India
3. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking”,
(4e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
4. Leon Garcia and Widjala, “Communication Networks”, (2e), Tata
McGraw Hill, 2004.
5. William Stalings, “High Speed Networks and Internet”, (2e), Pearson
Education, 2008.
ICT 2261: OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB [0 1 3 2]
Exploring Linux commands, learning vi editor, executing shell scripts,
inter process communication using system calls, algorithm
implementation for CPU scheduling and paging, deadlock management.
References :
1. Todd Meador S, “Linux Shell Script Programming”, (1e), Cengage
Learning, 2003.
2. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin and Greg Gagne,
“Operating System Concepts”,(8e), Wiley, 2012
ICT 2262: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS DESIGN LAB [0 1 3 2]
Familiarization of data transfer, rotate, branch instructions, code
conversion, sorting, Fibonacci series, experiments on timers and
interrupts, interfacing LCD, keyboard, 7 segment, stepper motor, DAC,
ADC. In addition to above list of experiments students are required to
develop mini project using Raspberry pi board.
FIFTH SEMESTER
ICT 3151: FUNDAMENTALS OF ALGORITHM ANALYSIS
& DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Performance Analysis, Asymptotic Notations, Advanced Data
Structures, Hashing, Greedy Technique, Divide and conquer, Dynamic
Programming, Backtracking, Branch and Bound, Introduction to NP
Completeness, Approximation Algorithms,
References:
1. Sartaj Sahni, “Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications In
C++”, (2e), Silicon Press, 2004.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures And Algorithm Analysis In C”,
(2e),Pearson Education, 2007
3. 3.Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson & Ronald L Rivest,
“Introduction toAlgorithms”, (3e), Prentice Hall India, 2009
4. Ananth Grama, Anshul Gupta, Vipin Kumar, George Karypis,
“Introduction To Parallel Computing: Design And Analysis Of
Algorithms”, (2e), Pearson Education Limited, 2003,
ICT 3152: HIGH SPEED COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
AND PROGRAMING [3 1 0 4]
High Speed Communication Networks: Optical Networks, Integrated
and Differentiated Services, QoS Parameters, Multiprotocol Label
Switching, VPN, Latency Reduction Techniques, Queuing Models, VoIP,
Signaling, Protocols for QoS Support, Applications.
UNIX Network Programming: Elementary Sockets, Elementary TCP ans
SCTP Sockets, IPv4 and IPv6 Interoperability, Daemon Process,
Multicasting, Multicast Socket Options, Advanced UDP Sockets,
Datagram Truncation.
References:
1. William Stallings, “High Speed Networks and Internet”, (2e),
Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2002
2. W. Richard Stevens, Bill Fenner, Andrew M. Rudoff, “UNIX Network
Programming Volume 1”, (3e), Addison Wesley, 2003.
3. James P.G. Sterbenz, Joseph D. Touch, “High Speed Networking, A
systematic approach to High Bandwidth Low Latency
Communication”, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2002.
ICT 3153: PARALLEL PROGRAMMING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to CPU micro-architecture, Evolution, Cache, Cores, Memory
access pattern, Introduction to accelerated computing, coprocessors,
comparing the coprocessors, GPUs as parallel computers, Architecture
of a modern GPU, Parallel programming languages and models, Serial
versus parallel problems, Types of Parallelism, GPUs and CPUs, Amdahl's
Law, Flynn's taxonomy, Evolution of graphics pipelines, GPU computing
and future trends, Introduction to CUDA C, Function declaration,
Threads, Blocks, Grids, Kernels, Warps, Kernel launch, Runtime APIs,
CUDA program structure, CUDA programs, Error handling, Memory
access efficiency, CUDA Memory hierarchy, Memory as a limiting factor
to parallelism, Memory access patterns, Introduction to CUDA Libraries,
CUDA SDK, Profiling, The Message Passing Interface (MPI), How MPI
communicates.
178
References:
1. Kirk, D. & Hwu, W. M. W., “Programming Massively Parallel
processors A Hands on Approach”, Morgan Kaufman
2. Cook, S., “CUDA Programming: A developer's guide to parallel
computing with GPUs”, Morgan Kaufman
3. Farber, R., “CUDA Application Design and Development”, Morgan
Kaufman.
4. Sanders, J. ,& Kandrot, E., “CUDA BY EXAMPLE : An introduction to
general purpose GPU programming”, NVIDIA corporation.
5. “CUDA C Programming Guide”, NVDIA corporation.
ICT 3154: DATABASE SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Database and database users, Relational Databases, Introduction to
SQL, Intermediate SQL, Advanced SQL, Database design and ER model,
Relational database design, Transaction management, Concurrency
control, Recovery system, Recovery system.
References:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F.Korth, S. Sudarshan,“Database
System Concepts”,(6e), McGraw-Hill,New York, 2011.
2. RamezElmasri , Shamkant B Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database
Systems”, (6e), Addison-Wesley,New York , 2011.
3. C. J. Date, “An Introduction to database systems”, (8e), Addison-
Wesley Publication, New York, 2003.
ICT 3155: SOFTWARE DESIGN TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Software Engineering - Software Process, Software
Engineering Practice, Process Model - Generic Process Models, Agile
Process Models, Requirements Engineering, Design Engineering -
Design process, Software Testing Strategies and Testing techniques,
Software Project Planning and management.
References:
1. Pressman R, “Software Engineering, A Practitioners Approach”,
seventh edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2010.
2. Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, ninth edition, Pearson
Education, 2011.
3. James Rumbaugh, "Object Oriented Modeling and Design”, Prentice
Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 2010.
4. Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson, “The Unified
Modeling Language User Guide”, Pearson Education, Second
edition, 2005
ICT 3161: RATIONAL UNIFIED PROCESS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Familiarization of Rational unified process & activities (Emphasis on
activities Inception, Elaboration, Construction and Transition) which
covers the basic software engineering concepts.
 ICT 3162: DATABASE SYSTEMS LAB [0 1 3 2]
Application user interface design using VC#, Back end database
processing using SQL and PL/SQL in MYSQL, Processing database in
ORACLE8 using SQL3, Database design and application development.
References:
1. www.homeandlearn.co.uk/ (for Visual C#)
2. http://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.0/en/index.html
3. http://nordbotten.com/ADM/ADM_book/Ch7_SQL3.htm
4. http://www.vldb.org/conf/1993/P244.PDF
5. http://docs.oracle.com/cd/A87860_01/doc/appdev.817/a76976/
adobjxmp.htm
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of
depreciation, Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its
types Job costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet
and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as
liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios
References:
1. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J., “Engineering Economy”,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chan S. Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Pearson
Education, Inc., 2010.
3. Raman B.S., “Advanced accountancy”, United publications,
Bangalore, 1993.
4. T. Ramachandran, “Accounting and Financial Management”, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
5. Thuesen G. J & Thuesen H. G., “Engineering Economics”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
ICT 3251: WIRELESS COMMUNICATION & COMPUTING [4 0 0 4]
Introduction to Wireless Systems. 2G, Evolution for TDMA, IS-95, 3G
Wireless networks Cellular Concepts, channel assignments, Handoff
strategies, GoS, Improving Coverage & Capacity. Physical modelling for
179
wireless channels, Time and frequency coherence, Statistical channel
models. Point to point communication: detection, diversity and channel
uncertainty. Cellular Systems: multiple access and interference
management. GSM systems, Wideband CDMA, OFDM. Capacity of
Wireless Channels. Multiuser capacity and oppor tunistic
communication. Modeling of MIMO fading channels
References:
1. Andrea Goldsmith, “Wireless Communication”, Cambridge
University Press, 2005.
2. T.S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communications principle and practice”,
(2e), Prentice Hall of India Pvt., Ltd., New Delhi.
3. David Tse and Pramod Viswanath, “Fundamentals of Wireless
Communication”, Cambridge University Press.
ICT 3252: DATA MINING AND PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS [4 0 0 4]
Introduction to data mining, data preprocessing, data warehousing and
OLAP technology, concept description, Association rule mining,
classification, predictive analysis, clustering, mining complex types of
data, applications and trends in data mining.
References:
1. Jiawei Han and Michelin Kimber, “Data Mining Concepts And
Techniques”, (2e), Morgan Kauffmann Publishers, 2008.
2. Arun K Pujari, “Data Mining Techniques” , (1e), Universities Press
India, 2001.
3. G. K. Gupta,“ Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies”, Easter
Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
4. Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach and Vipin Kumar, “Introduction to
Data Mining”, Pearson Education, 2007.
ICT 3261: NETWORK PROGRAMMING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Implementation of algorithm for congestion control and to find the
shortest path, Socket programming, Download manager, Encryption-
Decryption algorithms, Simple programs on NS2
References:
1. Richard Stevens and Stephen A. Rago., “Advanced Programming in
the UNIX Environment”, (2e), Addison Wesley Professional, 2005
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and David J Wetherall, “Computer
Networks”, (5e), Prentice Hall, 2010
3. TeerawatIssariyakul and Ekram Hossain, “Introduction to Network
Simulator Ns2”, (2e), Springer, 2011
ICT 3262: DATA MINING AND PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to data mining tool data pre-processing, association rule
mining (apriori, DIC, frequent pattern), classification algorithm,
clustering, predictive analysis using rapid miner, implementation of mini
project.
References:
1. Jiawei Han, icheline Kamber, Jian Pei, “Data Mining: Concepts and
Techniques”, (3e), Morgan Kaufmann, 2011
2. Sholom M. Weiss, Nitin Indurkhya, “Predictive Data Mining: A
Practical Guide”, Morgan Kaufmann, 1997
3. http://www.is.informatik.uni-duisburg.de/courses/im_ss09/
uebung/rapidminer-4.4-tutorial.pdf
ICT 3263: MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to Android, Android Emulator (GUI to Design), iPhone
introduction, Introduction to XCode, Hands on : iOS Simulator,
Introduction to windows mobile application development tools, Mini
Project based on Android/IOS/Windows.
Referencess:
1. Zheng and Lionel M. Ni., Morgan Kaufmann, “Smart Phone and Next
Generation Mobile Computing”, Pei, 2006.
2. Dev Mark, Jeff Lemarche, “Beginning iPhone development”, Apress,
2010.
3. Henry Lee and Eugene chuvyrov, “Beginning Windows Phone App
Development”.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections
References:
1. Koontz D., “Essentials of Management”, Mc Graw Hill, New York,
2004
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied
Publishers, 2006
3. Peter Drucker,” The practice of management”, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003
180
ICT 4102: CYBER SECURITY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Information and Network Security, Mathematical Tools of
Symmetric Cryptography, Symmetric-Key Ciphers: Classical and
Modern, Mathematical Tools for Asymmetric Cryptography,
Asymmetric-Key Cryptography, Message Integrity and Message
Authentication, Digital Signature, Key Management, User Authentication.
Web security model: Browser security model including same-origin
policy, Client-server trust boundaries, Session management,
authentication: Single sign-on, HTTPS and certificates. Application
vulnerabilities and defenses: SQL injection, XSS, CSRF. Client-side
security: Cookies security policy, HTTP security extensions, Plugins,
extensions, and web apps, Web user tracking, Server-side security tools,
e.g. Web Application Firewalls (WAFs) and fuzzers
References:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Cryptography and Network Security”,
McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security: Principles
and Practice”, (6e), Prentice Hall, 2013.
3. Wenbo Mao, “Modern Cryptography: Theory and Practice”, Prentice
Hall, 2003.
4. Rolf Oppliger, “Security Technologies for the World Wide Web”, (2e),
Artech House, 2002.
5. Seth Fogie, Jeremiah Grossman, Robert Hansen and Anton Rager,
“XSS Attacks: Cross Site Scripting Exploits and Defense”, Syngress,
2007.
ICT 4151: WIRLESS SENSOR & ADHOC NETWORKS [4 0 0 4]
Sensor Types, Characteristics of Sensors, Applications, Characteristics
of Sensor Networks, Classification of Sensor Networks, WSN vs Ad-hoc
networks, Interface to the Internet, Sensor mote Platforms (TELOSB and
IRIS), Standardizations, Embedded Operating Systems (RTOS, TinyOS,
Contiki), MAC design for WSN, MAC protocols for WSN, The IEEE
802.15.4 MAC protocol
Techniques and Protocols in WSNs, Node Clustering Algorithm for
WSNs, Time synchronization protocols (NTP, TPSN, RBS, ACS, TDP,
RDP), Range-Based and Range-Free Localization protocols, Security
attack in Sensor Networks, Security in IEEE 802.15.4
References:
1. Jun Zheng and Abbas Jamalipoor, “Wireless Sensor Networks: A
Networking Perspective”, John Wiley & Sons, 2009.
2. Holger Karl and Andreas Willig, “Protocols and Architectures for
Wireless Sensor Networks”, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, 2005.
3. Waltenegus Dargie and Christian Poellabauer, “Fundamentals of
Wireless Sensor Networks: Theory and Practice”, John Wiley &
Sons, 2010
4. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli and Taieb Znati, “Wireless Sensor
Networks Technology, Protocols, and Applications”, John Wiley &
Sons, 2007.
5. Ian F. Akyildiz and Mehmet Can Vuran, “Wirelesss Sensor Networks”
John Wiley & Sons, 2010.
 ICT 4161: NETWORK DESIGN & WIRELSESS
SENSOR NETWORKS LAB [0 1 3 2]
Every Semester 5 problems will be defined and will be assigned to a
group of students consisting of 4 members. Every group will design an
IPv6 address based sensor network system which will sense at least 5
parameters and sends the data to a sink node through multi hop (atleast 5
hops) communication covering a radius of 300 meters. The Sink node
needs to connected to the internet to store the data in the cloud and a
corresponding visualization environment needs to developed.
Problems can be defined with respect to building an application,
Implementation of new MAC protocols, Routing Mechanisms, Clustering
Techniques, Security Attacks and its Mitigation Algorithms.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
ICT 4297: SEMINAR
Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
The topic has to be approved by the Department and a report of the
same has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
ICT 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the
vacation starting from the end of third semester.
Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
report should include the certificates issued by the industry.
ICT 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks.
An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
submission of the final project report in the prescribed form.
Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before
the department committee as part of project evaluation.
MINOR SPECIALIZATIONS
I. ADVANCED NETWORK SYSTEMS
ICT 4001: MOBILE COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Mobile Wireless Communication Radio Propagation and
Transmission Fundamentals Introduction to Digital Transmission,
181
Multiplexing and Modulation Techniques Cellular Concept Channel
Allocation Schemes Capacity and Coverage in Cellular Systems Cell
Sectorization and Cell Splitting Techniques Wireless Medium Access
Control Multiple Access Protocols Introduction to GSM, GPRS, EDGE,
HSDPA Wireless LAN Bluetooth Mobile IP Wireless TCP Wireless
Access Protocols.
References:
1. T.S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communications: Principles and
Practices”, (2e), Pearson Education, 2009.
2. William Stallings, “Wireless Communications and Networks”, (2e),
Pearson Education, 2009.
3. Jochen Schiller, “Mobile Communication”, (2e), Addison Wesley,
2003.
4. Frank Adelstein, Sandeep K S Gupta, Golden Richard III and Loren
Schwiebert, “Fundamental of Mobile and Pervasive Computing”,
(1e), McGraw-Hill, 2004.
ICT 4002: MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Media and Data Streams Overview of Multimedia
processes and Coding Multimedia Coding/ Compression Standards:
Huffman Coding, Runlength Coding, JPEG, MPEG, DVI, H.261 -I/O
Devices OS - Storage Systems - Streaming Media Middleware -
Continuous Media Representations - Media Coding - Media processing -
Real-time Protocols - End-to-end Streaming Media - Resource Allocation
- Multicast Protocols Databases - Distributed Collaboration - Video
Conferencing - 3D Virtual Environments.
References:
1. Ralf Steinmetz and KlaraNahrstedt, “Multimedia Computing,
Communications and Applications”, Pearson Education, 2012.
2. K.R. Rao, ZoransBojkovic and D. A. Milovanovic, “Multimedia
Communication Systems”, Prentice Hall, 2002.
3. M. Ghanbari, Standard Codecs, IT, 2003.
4. John W. Woods (Editor), “Multi Dimensional Signal, Image and
Video Processing and Coding”, (2e), Academic Press, 2011.
ICT 4003: NEXT GENERATION TELECOM NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
Review of Cellular Technologies, Wireline Next generation Technologies,
Wireless Next Generation Technologies, Next Generation Networks, GSM
Technology, Network Planning in GSM Networks, EGPRS Technology,
Evolution of 3G Networks, WCDMA concepts, UMTS architecture,
Performance Evaluation of 3G Evolution, Introduction to HSPA
technology (HSDPA and HSUPA) and its architecture, Introduction to
LTE, Need For LTE, 3GPP specifications for LTE, LTE System
Architecture, Evaluation of LTE in 3GPP, From LTE to LTE-A, Need for
Convergent Systems, Architecture of Convergent Systems, Introduction
of IMS, Applications and Architecture of IMS, Introduction to Femtocells,
Need for Femtocells, Architecture with IMS support, History and
Evolution of UMA, Benefits of UMA, Comparison of UMA and Femtocells,
Architecture, and Protocols in UMA.
References:
1. Erik Dahlman, Stefan Parkvall, Johan Skold and Per Beming, “3G
Evolution: HSPA and LTE for Mobile Broadband”, Elsevier
Publications, 2007.
2. Ajay R. Mishra “Advanced Celuler Network Planning and
Optimization”, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
3. Simon Saunders, Stuart Carlaw, Andrea Giustina, Ravi Rai Bhat, V.
Srinivasa Rao, Rasa Siegberg, “Femtocells: Opportunities and
Challenges for Business and Technology”, John Wiley & Sons, 2009
ICT 4004: SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKING [3 0 0 3]
History and Evolution of SDN, Control and Data Plane Separation, Virtual
Networking, SDN Nuts and Bolts: Control Plane, Data Plane,
Programming SDNs, Use Cases
References:
1. Nick McKeon et.al., “Open Flow: Enabling Innovation in Campus
Networks”, [Online Available] www.openflow.org/ documents/
openflow-wp-latest.pdf
2. Rajesh Kumar Sundararajan, “Software Defined Networking: A
Definitive Guide”, Kindle Book, 2013.
3. Siamak Azodolmolky, “Software Defined Networking with Open
Flow”, Packt Publishing, 2013.
4. Fei Hu (Editor), “Network Innovation through Open Flow and SDN:
Principles and Design”, CRC Press, 2014.
II. DATA ANALYTICS
ICT 4005: BIG DATA ANALYTICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Big Data Analytics, Overview of Data Analytics Lifecycle,
Using R for Initial Analysis of the Data, Advanced Analytics and Statistical
Modeling for Big Data Theory and Methods, Advanced Analytics and
Statistical Modeling for Big Data Technology and Tools
References:
1. Michael Minnelli and Michele Chambers, “Big Data Big Analytics:
Emerging Business Intelligence and Analytic Trends for Today's
Businesses”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2013
2. Arvind Sathi, “Big Data Analytics”, MC Press, LLC, 2012
3. Vignesh Prajapathi, “Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop”, PACKT,
2013
ICT 4006: INFORMATION RETRIEVAL [3 0 0 3]
Boolean Retrieval Model, Index Construction, Index Compression, Vector
Space Model, Evaluation in IR, Relevance Feedback and Query
Expansion, Latent Semantic Indexing, Web Search Basics, Web Crawling
and Indexes, Link Analysis
References:
1. Christopher D. Manning, Prabhakar Raghavan and Hinrich Schütze,
“Introduction to Information Retrieval”, Cambridge University Press,
2008.
182
2. Stefan Buettcher, Charles L. A. Clarke and Gordon V. Cormack,
“Information Retrieval: Implementing and Evaluating Search
Engines”, MIT Press, 2010.
3. David A. Grossman and Ophir Frieder, “Information Retrieval:
Algorithms and Heuristics”, Springer, 2004.
ICT 4007: MACHINE LEARNING [3 0 0 3]
Basic concepts of machine learning, Supervised learning setup, LMS,
Logistic regression, Perceptron, Exponential family Generative learning
algorithms, Gaussian discriminant analysis, Naive Bayes, Support
vector machines, Model selection and feature selection, Ensemble
methods: Bagging, boosting.
Evaluating and debugging learning algorithms; Learning Theory:
Bias/variance tradeoff, Union and Chernoff and Hoeffding bounds, VC
dimension, Worst case (online) learning, Practical advice on how to use
learning algorithms, Unsupervised Learning: Clustering, K-means, EM,
Mixture of Gaussians, Factor analysis, PCA, ICA Reinforcement Learning
and Control: Markov Decision Processes (MDPs), Bellman equations,
Value iteration and policy iteration, Linear quadratic regulation (LQR),
LQG, Q-learning, Value function approximation, Policy search,
Reinforce, POMDPs.
References:
1. Kevin P Murphy, “Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective”,
MIT Press, 2012.
2. Mehryar Mohri, Afshin Rostamizadeh, and Ameet Talwalkar,
“Foundations of Machine Learning”, MIT Press, 2012.
3. Daphne Koller and Nir Friedman, “Probabilistic Graphical Models:
Principles and Techniques”, MIT Press, 2009.
4. Christopher M. Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine
Learning”, Springer, 2007.
ICT 4008: SEMANTIC WEB [3 0 0 3]
Semantic web vision, Describing web resource, Querying semantic web,
Ontology languages, Ontology reasoning, Ontology design and
management, Ontology programming, Applications of the semantic web
References:
1. Grigoris Antoniou, Paul Groth, Frank van van Harmelen and Rinke
Hoekstra, “A Semantic Web Primer”, MIT Press, 2012.
2. Michael C. Daconta, Leo J. Obrst and Kevin T. Smith, “The Semantic
Web: A Guide to the Future of XML, Web Services, and Knowledge
Management”, Wiley, 2003.
3. Jorge Cardoso, Martin Hepp and Miltiadis D. Lytras, “ The Semantic
Web: Real-World Applications from Industry”, Springer, 2008.
4. K. L. Clark and F. G. McCabe,“Ontology oriented programming in
go!.” Applied Intelligence 24, 3 (June 2006), 189-204.
DOI=10.1007/s10489-006-8511-x
http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/ s10489-006-8511-x
III. SOFT COMPUTING
ICT 4009: ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Intelligent Agents, Solving Problems by Searching,
Informed Search, Constraint Satisfaction Problems (CSP), Adversarial
Search, Logical Agents, Knowledge Representation, Planning,
Probabilistic Reasoning, Decision Making, Knowledge in Learning,
Statistical Learning Methods
References:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norving, “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern
Approach”, Prentice Hall, USA, 2012.
2. Daphne Koller and Nir Friedman, “Probabilistic Graphical Models”,
MIT Press, USA, 2010.
3. Edward Tsang, “Foundations of Constraint Satisfaction”, Academic
Press, USA, 1993.
ICT 4010: HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION [3 0 0 3]
Contexts for HCI, Processes for user-centered development, Different
measures for evaluation, Usability heuristics and the principles of
usability testing, Physical capabilities that inform interaction design,
Cognitive models that inform interaction design, Social models that
inform interaction design, Principles of good design and good designers,
Accessibility, Interfaces for differently-aged population groups
References:
1. Alan Dix, Janet E. Finlay, Gregory D. Abowd, and Russell Beale,
“Human-Computer Interaction”, (3e), Prentice Hall, 2003.
2. Ben Shneiderman, Catherine Plaisant, Maxine Cohen and Steven
Jacobs, “Designing the User Interface: Strategies for Effective
Human-Computer Interaction”, (5e), Addison-Wesely, 2009.
3. Jeffrey Rubin and Dana Chisnell, “Handbook of Usability Testing:
How to Plan, Design, and Conduct Effective Tests”, (2e), New York:
Wiley, 2008.
4. Yvonne Rogers, Helen Sharp and Jenny Preece, “Interaction Design:
Beyond Human - Computer Interaction”, (3e), Wiley, 2011
ICT 4011: NATURAL COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Basic notations of biochemistry and molecular biology, DNA computing,
Basic Computing Models, DNA computation models, Bacterial
Computers and Data Storage, Peptide Computing, Membrane
Computing, Chemical Computing
References:
1. Leandro Nunes de Castro, “Fundamentals of Natural Computing:
Basic Concepts, Algorithms, and Applications”, CRC Press, USA,
2006.
2. Stephan Olariu and Albert Y. Zomaya, “Handbook of Bioinspired
Algorithms and Applications”, CRC Press, USA, 2005.
3. Nancy Forbes, “Imitation of Life - How Biology Is Inspiring
Computing”, MIT Press, USA, 2004.
183
4. Gary William Flake, “The Computational Beauty of Nature: Computer
Explorations of Fractals, Chaos, Complex Systems, and
Adaptation”, Bradford Book, USA, 2000.
ICT 4012: NEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Learning Processes, Single Layer Perceptron, Multilayer
Perceptron, Radial Basis Function, Support Vector Machine, Principle
Component Analysis, Introduction to Fuzzy Set, Fuzzy Relations, Fuzzy
Logic and Inference
References:
1. Simon Haykin, “Neural Networks: A Comprehensive Foundations”,
Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2001.
2. Martin T.Hagan, Howard B. Demuth and Mark H. Beale, “Neural
Network Design”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2010.
3. Timothy J.Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, Wiley,
USA, 2010.
IV. SOFTWARE SYSTEM DESIGN
ICT 4013: ADVANCED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Specialized process models-Component based development, Formal
methods model, Aspect Oriented S/W Development; Agile view of
process-Agile process, agile process models, Applying Web
Engineering; Web engineering- initiating web app project, analysis for
web apps, design for web apps, testing for web apps; Formal methods-
Concepts, formal specifications; Cleanroom s/w engg; Reengineering;
Formal Specifications - Specification Qualities, Classification of
Specification Styles, Descriptive Specifications: Logic and Algebraic
Specifications, Operational Specifications: DFD, FSM, Petri Nets,
Introduction to Z
References:
1. Roger S. Pressman “Software Engineering - A practitioner's
approach”, (6e), McGraw-Hill publications, 2005.
2. Ghezzi, M. Jazayeri and D. Mandrioli, “Fundamentals of Software
Engineering”, Prentice Hall, 2003.
ICT 4014: SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE [3 0 0 3]
The Architecture Business Cycle, Software Processes and the
Architecture Business Cycle, Architectural Patterns, Reference Models,
and Reference Architectures, Architectural Structures and Views, A Case
Study in Utilizing Architectural Structures, Architecture for the A-7E
Avionics System, Understanding Quality Attributes, Functionality and
Architecture, Architecture and Quality Attributes , Achieving Qualities,
Introducing Tactics, Availability Tactics, Modifiability Tactics,
Performance Tactics, Security Tactics, Testability Tactics, Usability
Tactics, Relationship of Tactics to Architectural Patterns, Designing the
Architecture, Architecture in the Life Cycle of software development,
Documenting Software Architectures, Uses of Architectural
Documentation, Reconstructing Software Architectures, Information
Extraction, Database Construction, View Fusion, Reconstruction, The
4+1 Views, General UML features, Component instance diagrams,
Class and subsystem diagrams, sequence and collaboration diagrams,
Deployment diagrams, Statechart diagrams, Activity diagrams,
Transaction and Data Design, Data Model Design, Architectural patterns
:Interactive systems , Adaptable systems , Design Patterns.
References:
1. Bass Len, Clements Paul and Kazman Rick: “Software Architecture
in Practice”, (2e), Pearson Education, 2003.
2. Garland Jeff and Anthony Richard: “Large Scale Software
Architecture: A Practical guide using UML”, Wiley Dreamtech India,
2003.
3. Frank Buschmann, RegineMeunier, Hans Rohnert, Peter Sommerlad,
Michael Stal, “Pattern-Oriented Software Architecture, A System of
Patterns - Volume 1”, John Wiley and Sons, 2006.
ICT 4015: SOFTWARE PROJECT & QUALITY
MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Project concepts and its management software management process
framework, software management disciplines. Cost Estimation-
problems in software estimation, cost estimation processes, estimating
web application development; Software Quality Management -software
quality factors ,software quality components, software quality plan,
software quality metrics ,software quality costs software quality
assurance standard, certification, assessment. Software Management
and Metrics -Software Configuration Management, Risk Management,
Defect Management ; Project evaluation and emerging trends.
Software Quality, Software Quality Attributes and Specification, Cost of
Quality, Defects, Faults, Failures, Defect Rate and Reliability, Defect
Prevention, Reduction, and Containment, Software Review; Software
Quality Management and Models, Software Quality Assurance, Total
Quality Management; Quality Standards and Processes, ISO 9000
Series, Six Sigma concepts
References:
1. Walker Royce, “Software Project Management: A Unified
Framework”, Pearson, 2000.
2. Pankaj Jalote, “Software Project Management in Practice”, Pearson,
2002.
3. Ramesh Gopalaswamy, “Managing and global Software Projects”,
Tata McGraw Hill Tenth Reprint, 2011.
4. Roger S. Pressman, “Software Engineering - A Practitioner's
Approach”, (7e),McGraw Hill, 2010.
5. Jeff Tian, “Software Quality Engineering (SQE)”, Wiley.
6. Stephen H. Kan, “Metrics and Models in Software Quality
Engineering”, Addison-Wesley.
ICT 4016: SOFTWARE QUALITY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Software Quality Engineering helps to understand fundamentals of
software quality development, software inspection, testing, verification
and validation. It introduces standard software architectures and
184
software qualimetry tools to implement and maintain the software
development processes. It provides an insight to the best practices for
software platform, PC constraints and user experience.
References:
1. Len Bass, Paul Clements, “Software Architecture in Practice”, Rick
Kazman, (2e).
2. Frank Buschmann, Regine Meunier, Hans Rohnert, Peter
Sommerlad, Machaelstal, “Pattern Oriented Software
Architecture”, (4e), Wiley India edition.
3. Ian Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, (7e).
V. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy, Sources
of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages, Working capital
management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash management, and
Dividend decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
2. I M Pandey, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house, Delhi,
2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand &
Co., Delhi, 1999.
4. ICFAI, “Corporate Financial Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Maheshwari S.N., “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities.
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM. Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability. Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction, & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. T.V. Rao and Pereira D.F., “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subbrao A., “Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House, 1999.
3. N G Nair and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S. Chand Company, 1995.
4. Virmani B R; Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology transfer
and human resource development”, Response books, 1997.
5. Pareek Udai et al., “Human Resource Development in Asia: Trends
and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
 HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market opportunities
and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New Economy, Building
Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market Demand, Scanning
the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets, Business Markets,
Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments, Product Life Cycle,
New Market Offerings, Designing and Managing Services, Price
Strategies, Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing
Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. ICFAI, “Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R.L. and Gupta S.L., “Marketing Management”, Sultan
Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2000.
HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design: Product life cycle,
Process design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine
charts, Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations
strategy, Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems
thinking, Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision
process. Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries,
visibility, System life cycle models, System dynamics and its importance
in system thinking. System dynamics modeling process.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G., “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P., “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delh, 2005i.
3. Mieghem J., “Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices,
Dynamic Ideas”, ISBN: 0-9759146-6-9, 2008.
4. Sterman J.D., “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and
Modeling for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition.
2004.
5. Senge Peter, “The Fifth Discipline”, Currency Doubleday, New York,
1990.
OTHER PROGRAMME ELECTIVES
ICT 4017: CLOUD COMPUTING [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals Of Cloud Computing, Understanding Cloud Architecture
And Services, Infrastructure-as-a-Service (IaaS), Platform-as-a-Service
(PaaS), Software-as-a-Service (SaaS), Cloud Security, Business
185
Continuity In Cloud, Cloud Infrastructure, Management And Migration,
Hadoop In Cloud Computing
References:
1. John Rhoton, “Cloud Computing Explained”, (2e), Recursive Press,
2010.
2. Barrie Sosinsky, “Cloud Computing: Bible”, Wiley India, 2011
3. John W. Rittinghouse and James F. Ransome, “Cloud Computing,
Implementation, Management and Security”, CRC Press, 2010
4. David S. Linthicum, “Cloud Computing and SOA Convergence in
Your Enterprise: A Step-by-Step Guide”, Addison Wesley, 2009
5. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Modern Operating Systems”, (3e), Prentice
Hall, 2007
6. George Reese, “Cloud Application Architectures”, O'Reilly, 2009
7. Mark C. Chu-Carroll, “Code in the Cloud: Programming Google App
Engine”, Pragmatic Programmers, LLC, 2011
8. Roger Jennings, “Cloud Computing with the Windows Azure
Platform”, Wrox, Wiley India, 2010
ICT 4018: COMPUTER VISION [3 0 0 3]
Image formation models, Image processing and feature extraction,
Computing local features in practice, Motion estimation, Shape
representation and segmentation, Evaluating segmenters, Object
recognition
References:
1. David A. Forsyth and Jean Ponce, “Computer Vision: A Modern
Approach”, (2e), Prentice Hall, 2012.
2. Ramesh Jain, Rangachar Kasturi and Brian G. Schunck, “Machine
Vision”, McGraw-Hill, 1995.
3. Berthold K.P. Horn, “Robot Vision”, MIT Press, 1986.
ICT 4019: INTERNET OF THINGS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to IoT, IoT System Architecture, IoT Enabling Technologies,
IoT Communication & Networking Protocols, IoT Services and
Applications
References:
1. Zach Shelby and Carsten Bormann, “6LoWPAN: The Wireless
Embedded Internet”, Wiley, 2009.
2. Jean-Philippe Vasseur and Adam Dunkels, “Interconnecting Smart
Objects with IP: The Next Internet”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2010.
3. Honbo Zhou, “The Internet of Things in the Cloud: A Middleware
Perspective”, CRC Press, 2012.
4. Jan Holler et.al, “From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things:
Introduction to a New Age of Intelligence”, Elsevier, 2014.
5. Hakima Chaouchi, “The Internet of Things: Connecting Objects”,
(1e), Wiley-ISTE, 2010.
 ICT 4020: PATTERN RECOGNITION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to pattern classification and structural pattern recognition,
Bayesian decision theory, Bayesian estimation, Feature selection and
extraction, Linear discriminant function, Nonparametric pattern
recognition, Algorithm-independent learning, Recognizing structures
References:
1. Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart and David G. Stork, “Pattern
Classification”, (2e), Wiley-Interscience, 2000.
2. Keinosuke Fukunaga, “Introduction to Statistical Pattern
Recognition”, (2e), Academic Press, 1990.
3. Christopher M. Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine
Learning”, Springer, 2007.
4. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani and Jerome Friedman, “The
Elements of Statistical Learning: Data Mining, Inference, and
Prediction”, (2e), Springer, 2011.
ICT 4021: SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYTICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Social Networks, Graph Concepts, Random network
models, Network centrality, Small world network models, optimization,
strategic network formation and search, Contagion, opinion formation,
coordination and cooperation, Applications of SNA, SNA and online
social networks
References:
1. David Easley and Jon Kleinberg, “Networks, Crowds, and Markets:
Reasoning About a Highly Connected World”, Cambridge University
Press, 2010.
2. Derek Hansen, Ben Shneiderman and Marc A. Smith, “Analyzing
Social Media Networks with NodeXL: Insights from a Connected
World”, Morgan Kaufman, 2010.
3. John G Scott, “Social Network Analysis”, (3e), SAGE Publications,
2012.
4. David Knoke and Song Yang, “Social Network Analysis”, (2e), SAGE
Publications, 2007.
ICT 4022: SOFTWARE CONSTRUCTION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to software construction, Creating high quality code,
Variables, Statements, Code improvements, System considerations,
Software craftsmanship
References:
1. Steve McConnell, “Code Complete: A practical Handbook for
Software Construction”, Microsoft Press.
2. Bertrand Meyer, “Object Oriented Software Construction”, (2e).
ICT 4023: SOFTWARE RELIABILITY [3 0 0 3]
Concepts of software reliability, Software reliability models, Prediction
analysis, Operational profile, Testing for reliability measurement,
Fundamentals of measurement, Product metrics
186
References:
1. Patric D. T.O connor, “Practical Reliability Engineering”, (2e), John
Wesley & sons, 2003.
3. John D. Musa, “Software Reliability Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill,
1999.
4. Michael Lyu, “Handbook of Software Reliability Engineering”, IEEE
Computer Society Press, ISBN: 0-07-039400-8, 1996.
6. John D. Musa, Anthony Iannino, Kazuhira Okumoto, “Software
Reliability Measurement, Prediction, Application, Series in Software
Engineering and Technology”, McGraw Hill, 1987.
8. Norman E. Fenton, Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, “Software metrics”,
(2e), International Student Edition, 2003.
ICT 4024: WEB INTELLIGENCE [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to web intelligence, Search, Indexing and memory,
Analyzing sentiment and intent, Databases and their evolution, Map-
Reduce, Classification, Clustering and mining, Neural models, Deep
learning, Regression and feature selection
References:
1. GautamShroff, “The Intelligent Web: Search, smart algorithms, and
big data”, Oxford University Press, 2014
2. Haralambos Marmanis and Dmitry Babenko, “Algorithms of the
Intelligent Web”, Manning Publications, 2009.
3. Satnam Alag, “Collective Intelligence in Action”, Manning
Publications, 2008.
OPEN ELECTIVES
ICT 3281: COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND ANIMATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Computer Graphics, Hardcopy technologies, Display
technologies, Input devices. Basic Raster Graphics Algorithms for
drawing 2D primitives, Filling, Clipping, Geometrical Transformations:
2D transformations, composition of 2D transformations, 3D
transformations. Viewing Pipeline, General projection transformations,
Problems on projections. Introduction to curves and surfaces, Animation
and its basics, Graphics Programming using openGL.
References:
1. Van Dam, Foley, Feiner, Hughes “Computer Graphics, Principles and
Practice”, (2e), Addison Wesley Publishers, 1993.
2. Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, “Computer Graphics”, (2e),
Prentice-Hall of India, 2000.
3. F. S. Hill Jr., “Computer Graphics using OpenGL”, Pearson Education,
2003.
4. David F. Rogers: “Procedural Elements For Computer Graphics”,
Tata McGraw Hill International Editions,1985.
5. D. Shrenier, M. Woo, J. Neider, T.Davis, “Open GL Architecture
Review board, OpenGL Programming Guide: The Official Guide to
learning OpenGL”, Version 2.1, Addison Wesley, 2006
 ICT 3282: DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF
WEB APPLICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Web essentials such as Clients, Servers, and Communication. The
Internet-Basic InternetProtocols
HTML: Syntax of HTML document, HTML, HEAD, TITLE, BODY tags, The
attributes of body tag such as ,Background, BGCOLOR, VLINK, ALINK,
TEXT. Creating headings and using attributes of it. Creation of paragraphs.
Creationordered, unordered lists and definition lists. Creating Hypertext
Links, image maps. Creating FORMS and frames. Creating table Creating
style sheets, cascading style sheets and user defined style sheets.
Developing dynamic web pages using Document Object model (DOM).
Using objects, and event model, Filters and Transitions and different
functions. Creating dynamic web pages using PHP, Case study: Design a
web page using above mentioned scripting languages.
References:
1. Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, Abbey Deitel, "Internet & World Wide Web
How To Program", (5e), Pearson Education, 2011
2. Bates, “Developing Web Applications”, Wiley, 2006.
187
3. Robert. W. Sebesta, "Programming the World Wide Web", (4e),
Pearson Education, 2007.
ICT 3283: FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA STRUCTURES AND
ALGORITHMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to algorithms, Arrays ,Sparse matrix representation, Stacks
and stack operations, Queues and Queue Operations, Linked Lists,
Circular lists, Doubly linked lists, Trees and Tree representations, Binary
Tree traversals and different operations, Binary search Tree, Heaps,
Graph Abstract type-Representations and elementary operations,
Sorting and searching techniques.
References:
1. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Dinesh Mehta, “Fundamentals of Data
Structures in C++”, Galgotia Publications, 2006
2. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in
C++”, (2e), Pearson Education, 2005.
3. Michael T, Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, David Mount, “Data
Structures and Algorithms in C++”, (2e), John Wiley & Sons, 2011
 Department of Instrumentation & Control Engineering

The Department of Instrumentation and Control Engineering was Programs offered

established in the year 2001, with a B.Tech course in Instrumentation &
Under Graduate Program
Control Engineering. The course deals with Electronics, Control system
4 B.Tech in Instrumentation and Control Engineering (2001)
and Instrumentation subjects. The department has state-of-the-art
laboratories in the areas of Instrumentation, Process Control, Control Post Graduate Programs
4
Systems, Microcontrollers, Soft Computing, Industrial Automation and M.Tech in Control Systems (2005)
4 M.Tech in Aerospace Engineering (2007)
Space Engineering Lab. All the department programs are AICTE
approved. PhD
The Department has expertise available in the field of Sensors, Robust
Control, Neural Network and Fuzzy Logic, Bio-medical Instrumentation, Faculty Strength
Digital Signal Processing, Image Processing, Adaptive Control, MEMS, Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
Electronic Instrumentation, Embedded Systems, Hybrid Systems,
Automation etc. The Department is involved in numerous active research 4
works in the above emerging fields. The department also organizes
10 5
20 21
various research workshops and conferences. Control Instrumentation
System Conference (CISCON) is an annual event organized under the
auspices of Instrumentation and Control Engineering Department.

PhD Professors
M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors

188
 B. Tech in INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2102 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2208 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
ICE 2101 Electrical Circuit Analysis 3 1 0 4 ICE 2201 Signals And Systems 2 1 0 3
ICE 2102 Electrical and Electronics Measurements 3 0 0 3 ICE 2202 Industrial Instrumentation 4 0 0 4
ICE 2103 Digital Electronic Circuits 2 1 0 3 ICE 2203 Linear Control Theory 3 1 0 4
II ICE 2104 Analog Electronic Circuits 2 1 0 3 ICE 2204 Analog System Design 2 1 0 3
ICE 2105 Sensors And Transducers 3 0 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
ICE 2111 Logic Design Lab 0 0 6 2 ICE 2211 Analog Systems Lab 0 0 6 2
ICE 2112 Circuits Simulation Lab 0 0 3 1 ICE 2212 Measurements & Transducers Lab 0 0 3 1
15 4 9 22 16 4 9 23
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
ICE 3101 Modern Control Theory 3 1 0 4 HUM 4002 Engineering Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3
ICE 3102 Biomedical Instrumentation 3 0 0 3 ICE 3201 Industrial Automation 4 0 0 4
ICE 3103 Communication Systems 3 0 0 3 ICE 3202 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 4

189
ICE 3104 Microprocessors & Microcontrollers 3 0 0 3 ICE **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3
III
ICE 3105 Control System Components 4 0 0 4 ICE **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3
ICE 3106 Process Instrumentation & Control 3 0 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
ICE 3111 Microprocessors & Microcontrollers Lab 0 0 6 2 ICE 3211 Control Systems Simulation Lab 0 0 3 1
ICE 3112 Industrial Instrumentation Lab 0 0 3 1 ICE 3212 Process Control Lab 0 0 3 1
19 1 9 23 18 2 6 22
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3 ICE 4297 Seminar 1
ICE 4101 Analytical and Optical Instrumentation 4 0 0 4 ICE 4298 Industrial Training 1
ICE **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3 ICE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
ICE**** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
IV
ICE **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3
ICE **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
ICE 4111 Virtual Instrumentation 0 1 2 2
ICE 4112 Automation Lab 0 0 3 1
18 2 5 22 14
Minor Specialisations
THIRD SEMESTER
I. Applied Electronics MAT 2102: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
1. ICE 4001: Digital System Design Functions of complex variable. Analytic function, C-R equations,
2. ICE 4002: Embedded System Design differentiation, Integration of complex function, Cauchy's integral
3. ICE 4003: Real Time Embedded Systems formula. Taylor's and Laurent Series, Singular points, Residues,
4. ICE 4004: VLSI Design Cauchy's residue theorem. Periodic function, Fourier Series expansion,
even and odd functions, functions with arbitrary periods, Half range
expansions Fourier transform, Parseval's identity, PDE-Solution by
II. Process Control method of separation of variables and by indicated transformations. One
1. ICE 4005: Chemical Process Systems dimensional wave equation, One dimensional heat equation and their
2. ICE 4006: Instrumentation and Control In solutions. Vector differential operator, gradient divergence and curl. Line,
Petrochemical Industries surface and volume integrals. Green's theorem, Divergence and Stoke's
theorems.
3. ICE 4007: Instrumentation System Design
4. ICE 4008: Nonlinear Control Systems
References:
1. Grewal B. S. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers.
III. Sensor Technology 2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engg. Mathematics”, Wiley Eastern.
1. ICE 4009: Advanced Sensor Technology 3. Gerald and Wheatley,” Applied Numerical Analysis”, (5e).
2. ICE 4010: Microelectromechanical Systems 4. Murray R. Spiegel, “Vector Analysis”, Schaum Publishing Co., 1959
3. ICE 4011: Multisensor Data Fusion 5. Narayanan, Ramaniah and Manicavachagom Pillay, “Advanced
4. ICE 4012: Smart Sensors Engineering Mathematics”, Vol 3.

ICE 2101: ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS [3 1 0 4]

IV. Business Management
Network theorem as applied to DC and AC circuits with independent and
1. HUM 4011: Financial Management dependent sources, Series and parallel resonance, Initial and final
2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management conditions RL and RC circuits, time constant, multi-loop RL and RC
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management circuits, response to sinusoidal and exponential excitations of RLC
4. Hum 4014: Operations and Systems Management circuits, Laplace transform of standard signals and their characteristics,
equations of waveforms and their derivatives, Applications of Laplace
Transform in network analysis, Two Port Network, Network elements,
Other Programme Electives classifications and configurations, Network Parameters and their Inter-
1. ICE 4013: Applied Optimal Control relationships.
2. ICE 4014: Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic
3. ICE 4015: Biomedical Control Systems References:
4. ICE 4016: Biomedical Equipments 1. A. Chakrabarti, “Circuit Theory (Analysis and Synthesis)”, 2004
5. ICE 4017: Computer Networks & Protocol 2. Hayt, W.H & J.E. Kemmerly, “Engineering Circuit Analysis”, MGH,
2001.
6. ICE 4018: Computational Techniques
3. Schaum's outline series, “Electric Circuits”, MGH, 1992
7. ICE 4019: Computer Vision 4. C.L. Wadhwa, “Network Analysis and Synthesis”, New Age
8. ICE 4020: Control System Design International Publishers, 2003
9. ICE 4021: Digital Image Processing
10. ICE 4022: Digital Control Systems ICE 2102: ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS
11. ICE 4023: Fundamentals of Aerospace Vehicles MEASUREMENTS [3 0 0 3]
12. ICE 4024: Object Oriented Programming with C++ Basics of measurements. A.C Bridges. Measurement of power & Energy
(Digital energy meter).Block diagram, working principle, applications of
13. ICE 4025: Operations Research
Oscilloscopes Analog CRO, DSO, voltage probes, current probe.
14. ICE 4026: Optimization Techniques Measurement using CRO's: Digital storage, Display devices Dot matrix,
15. ICE 4027: Power Electronics segmental, LED, LCD, Digital meters Multimeter, Frequency meter, Q-
16. ICE 4028: Power Plant Instrumentation meter, LCR meter : Block (circuit) diagram, Principle of operation,
17. ICE 4029: Reliability and Safety Engineering application, Recorders Analog, Digital. Regulated Power Supply,
Spectrum analyzer.
18. ICE 4030: Robotics Systems & Control
19. ICE 4031: Robust Control
References:
20. ICE 4032: Wireless Sensor Technology 1. David A. Bell, “Electronic Instrumentation & Measurements”, Reston
Publication, Virginia, 1983.
Open Electives 2. Oliver & Cage, “Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation”, MGH,
1. ICE 3281: Introduction to Industrial Instrumentation 1975.
2. ICE 3282: Programmable Logic Controller 3. Cooper W.D & Helfrick A.D, “Electronic Instrumentation &
3. ICE 3283: Virtual Instrumentation Measurement Techniques”, (3e), MGH, 1975.
4. A.K. Sawhney, “A Course in Electrical & Electrical Measurement &
4. ICE 3284: Sensor Technology
Instrumentation”, Dhanpath Rai publishing, 1994.
190
 ICE 2103: DIGITAL ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS [2 1 0 3]
Review of Logic Gates; truth tables; De Morgan's theorem.
Combinational Logic Circuits: SOP & POS; min and max terms; K-map,
VEM. Arithmetic Circuits, Data Processing Circuits: Multiplexers,
decoders; encoders; parity generators; parity checkers. Flip-Flops,
Sequential Logic Circuits: Registers and counters, asynchronous down
counter, synchronous counters, pre-settable counters, State Machines
excitation table; memory, serial binary adder, parity bit generator. D/A
converters, A/D converters.
References:
1. Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino, Goutam Saha, “Digital
Principles and Applications”, (7e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2010
2. Ronald J. Tocci, Neal S. Widmer, Gregory L. Moss, “Digital Systems -
Principles & Applications”, (10e), Pearson. 2008
3. M. Morris Mano, “Digital Design: With an Introduction to Verilog
HDL”, (5e), Pearson. 2013
4. Anand Kumar, “Fundamentals of Digital Circuits”, (2e), PHI, 2009
ICE 2104: ANALOG ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS [2 1 0 3]
Review of transistor characteristics, Comparison and applications of the
CE, CB, CC configuration, Cascade connections, Darlington
configuration. Characteristics of FETs, Transfer characteristics,
specification, MOSFET, VMOS, CMOS, FET and MOSFET biasing, FET
small signal modelling, Current Mirror for FET. Voltage regulation,
Capacitor filter, R-C filter, Series & Shunt voltage regulator. Classification
of amplifiers, Distortion in amplifiers, Frequency response of an
amplifier, Large Signal Amplifiers, Transformer coupled amplifier, push-
pull amplifier, Oscillators.
References:
1. Sedra A. S., & K. C. Smith, “Micro Electronic Circuits”, OUP. 1999
2. Millman and Halkias, “Integrated Electronics: Analog and Digital
Circuits and Systems”, TMH. 1992
3. Boylestad and Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”,
(5e), PHI. 1993.
4. Behzad Razavi, “Fundamentals of Microelectronics”, (2e), John
Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2014
ICE 2105: SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS [3 0 0 3]
Standards, Configurations & Functional description, I/o configuration,
selection of transducers Generalized Measurement System,
Transducers, Generalized Performance Characteristics, Variable
Resistance Transducers: potentiometers, strain guages, Variable
Capacitance Transducers, Variable Inductive Transducers: LVDT, Hall
effect, solid state, synchros Piezo Electric Transducers, pH Electrodes,
Concept and methods of pH Measurement, Optoelectronic Transducers
and Smart Sensors.
References:
1. Doeblin, “Measurement Systems”, (4e) McGraw Hill, New York.
1992
2. DVS Murthy, “Transducers & Instrumentation”, PHI, New Delhi. 1999
3. A.K. Sawhney, “Electrical & Electronic Measurements and
Instrumentation”, Dhanpat Rai & Co, New Delhi. 2002
4. H.K.P. Neubert, “Instrument Transducers”, Oxford University press
Delhi, 1988
ICE 2111: LOGIC DESIGN LAB [0 0 6 2]
Study on Gate parameters and IC Data sheets, Logic Gates: i) Key
parameters ii) Implementation of Boolean functions. Design of Code
Conversion Circuits, Arithmetic circuits: Adders & Subtractors,
191
Magnitude comparator & Parity checker / generator, Multiplexers &
Demultiplexers, Encoders & Decoders. Study of Flip flops, Counters,
Shift Registers, Synchronous sequential circuits, Asynchronous
sequential circuits
References:
1. Morris M. Mano, “Digital Design”, Pearson Education, 2000.
2. Ronald J. Tocci, “Digital Systems”, Pearson Education, 2003.
3. William I. Fletcher, “An Engineering Approach to Digital Design”,
Prentice Hall of India, 2002.
4. Donald P Leach, Albert Paul Malvino, Goutam Saha, “Digital
Principles and Applications”, (7e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2010
ICE 2112: CIRCUITS SIMULATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Electric circuit simulation using Matlab- basic functions in MATLAB,
steady state analysis, transient analysis of RC circuit, ODE solvers.
Introduction to SIMULINK, Simulation of RL and RLC circuits. Electric
circuit simulation using PSPICE- steady state analysis, transient
analysis, analysis of diode circuits, BJT and FET circuits.
References:
1. “MATLAB online help and documentation”, R2011.
2. William Palm III, “Introduction to MATLAB 6.0 for Engineers”, MGH
2001.
3. Rashid M.H, “Spice for Circuits and Electronics using PSPICE”, PHI,
1995.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2208: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Statistics: Mean, Median, Mode measures of dispersion. Finite sample
spaces, conditional probability and independence, Bayes' theorem, one
dimensional random variable, mean, variance, Chebyshev's inequality.
Two and higher dimensional random variables, covariance, correlation
coefficient, curve fitting. Binomial, Poisson, uniform, normal, gamma,
Chi-square and exponential distributions. Moment generating function,
Functions of one and two dimensional random variables, Sampling
theory, Central limit theorem. Difference equations with constant
coefficients, solutions. Z- transforms and Inverse Z-transforms.
Solutions of Difference equations using Z-transforms. Solution of
boundary value problems, Numerical solutions of Laplace and Poisson
equations, heat and wave equations by explicit methods.
References:
1. P. L. Meyer, “Introduction to probability and Statistical Applications”,
(2e), American Publishing Co., 1979.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (5e), Wiley
Eastern, 1985.
3. A. V. Openheim & R. W. Schafer, “Digital Signal Processing”,
Prentice Hall, 1975.
4. Hogg & Craig, “Introduction to Mathematical Statistics”, (4e),
MacMillan, 1975.
5. Narayanan Ramaniah and Manicavachagom Pillay, “Advanced
Engineering Mathematics”, Vol 3.
ICE 2201: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction: Classification, Basic operations, Elementary signals and
functions, interconnections of operations, properties of systems. Time
domain representations for linear time-invariant systems: convolution:
Impulse response, properties, Differential and difference equation
representations, Block diagram representations. Fourier representations
for signals: Discrete-time periodic signals: The Fourier transforms
properties of Fourier representations. Applications of Fourier
representations.
References:
1. Haykin Simon, Veen Barry Van, “Signals and Systems”, John Wiley
&Sons, New Delhi, 2008.
2. Alan V. Oppenheim, A.S.Willsky, “Signals and Systems”, PHI.
/Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2003.
3. H.Hsu, R. Ranjan, “Signals and Systems”, Schaums's outline, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2006.
4. B.P.Lathi., “Linear systems and Signals”, Oxford University Press,
2005.
5. S. N. Iyer, “Signals and Systems”, Cengage Publications, 2011.
ICE 2202: INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION [4 0 0 4]
Temperature Measurement: RTD, thermistor, thermocouple, optical
pyrometers, radiation, and thermal conductivity. Pressure Measurement:
Elastic types, Electrical types, Low Pressure Measurement. Flow
Measurement: Head type, variable area flow meters. Radiation types,
Measurement of mass flow rate. Measurement of Speed and
Acceleration: Tachometers - Velocity and Vibration Measurements. Level
Measurement: Direct methods, indirect methods, Electrical. Moisture
and Humidity Measurement. Measurement of Viscosity. Measurement of
Thickness.
References:
1.Noltingk B, “Instrumentation Reference Book”, (2e), Butter worth
Heinemann, Oxford. 1996
2.Liptak B. G, “Handbook of Process Measurement and Analysis”, (3e),
Chilton Book Company, Radnor, Pennsylvania. 1995
3.Douglas M. Considine, “Process / Industrial Instruments & Controls
Handbook”, (4e), McGraw Hill, Singapore 1993
4.A.K. Sawhney, “Mechanical Measurements and Instrumentation”,
Dhanpat Rai& Co, New Delhi. 2002
ICE 2203: LINEAR CONTROL THEORY [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to feedback control systems, Mathematical modeling of
systems, analogous systems, Concept of transfer function, block
diagram reduction technique, signal flow graph. Time response of first
and second order systems, Steady - State Errors,. Frequency Domain
Analysis, Correlation between frequency domain and time domain
specifications. Stability Analysis, Routh Hurwitz criteria. Root locus
plots, Bode plots,. Polar plots, Nyquist stability criterion,. Concept of
Compensators and Controllers-introduction to Lag, Lead, Lag-lead
compensators, PID controllers. Characteristics.
References:
1. John J.D'Azzo and Constantine H. Houpis, “Feedback control system
analysis and synthesis”, McGraw Hill New-York, 2007.
2. Nagrath and Gopal, “Control Systems engineering”, (2e,) New Age
International (P) Limited, 2001.
3. Ramakalyan, “Control Engineering- A comprehensive foundation”,
Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Norman S. Nise, “Control Systems Engineering”, (4e), Wiley India,
2003.
ICE 2204: ANALOG SYSTEMS DESIGN [2 1 0 3]
Architecture, two-stage architecture, gain stage with active load, small
signal model, differential stage, difference mode and common mode
gains, slew rate Basic information of Op-amp Packages. Differential
192
amplifier, instrumentation and summing amplifier, practical differentiator
and integrator, voltage to current converter, current to voltage converter,
clippers, clampers, active filters, Comparator, Schmitt trigger,
multivibrator, wave generator, rectifier, peak detector, V/f and f/V
converters. 555 Timer, PLL, VCO, R-C phase shift, Wein-bridge, Hartley,
Colpitts and crystal oscillators, D/A and A/D converters
References:
1. Ramakant Gayakwad, “Op Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits”,
(2e), Pearson. 1990.
2. Sergio Franko, “Design with Operational Amplifiers and Analog
Integrated Circuits”, 1989.
3. Robert F. Coughlin and Frederick S. Driscoll, “Operational Amplifiers
and Linear Integrated Circuits”, Pearson education (Singapore) Pvt
ltd. 2002.
4. D Roy Choudhury and Shail Jain, “Linear Integrated Circuits”, New
age International pvt. Ltd. 2003.
ICE 2211: ANALOG SYSTEMS LABORATORY [0 0 6 2]
Inverting and Non inverting amplifiers using OPAMP, Op-Amp Summing
Amplifiers and difference amplifier using OPAMP,Integrator using OPAMP,
Differentiator using OPAMP Comparator and Schmitt trigger circuits
using OPAMP, Astable and Monostable multivibrator using OPAMP, Wein
Bridge Oscillator using OPAMP, Second order Butter worth active filters
using OPAMP, Waveform Generations using OPAMP, Astable
multivibrator using 555 timer, Monostable Multivibrator using 555 timer,
Schmitt trigger circuits using 555 timer.
References:
1. Malvino, “Electronic Principles”,TMH,1999
2. Ramakanth Gayakwad, “Opamp and linear Integrated Circuits”,
Pearson, 1992
3. Adel Sedra and Kenneth Smith Harcourt, “Microelectronic Circuits”,
Winter Ventures (Red Lion, PA, U.S.A.) 1991.
4. D Roy Choudhury and Shail Jain, “Linear Integrated Circuits”, New
age International pvt. Ltd. 2003.
ICE 2212: MEASUREMENTS AND TRANSDUCERS
LABORATORY [0 0 3 1]
Study of Maxwell's bridge, DeSauty's Bridge, Different Measurement
techniques using CRO, Thevenin's, Maximum power transfer Theorem
verification, Superposition, Reciprocity Theorem verification,
Measurement of three phase power & Power factor for RL load.
Measurement of Energy. Analyse the characteristics of Temperature
sensor/transducer, displacement sensor/transducer, Airflow sensor and
Hall Effect, Load Cell, and Strain gauges, Flow sensor. Demonstration on
dead weight measurement, Anemometer, Burglar Alarm, temperature
using Radiation method, Speed, Ph Measurement.
References:
1. A. K Sawhney, “A course in Electrical and Electronic Instrumentation
Measurements”, (7e), Dhanpat Rai & co, New Delhi, 2002.
2. E. O .Doeblin, “Measurement Systems Application and Design”,
(4e), McGraw Hill, New York, 1992.
3. Oliver & Cage, “Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation”, MGH,
1975.
4. Cooper W.D & Helfrick A.D, “Electronic Instrumentation &
Measurement Techniques”, (3e), MGH, 1975
 FIFTH SEMESTER
ICE 3101: MODERN CONTROL THEORY [3 1 0 4]
State equation of linear continuous data systems, Canonical form of
state representation. Derivation of state models from transfer function.
Stability analysis, diagonalization, Solution of state equations, Cayley
Hamilton theorem. Controllability and observability. State variable
method for discrete time systems system representation in terms of
difference equations, Discrete time state equations, Realization.
Similarity transformations, Transformation of continuous time systems
to discrete time systems. Solution of discrete state equations,
Controllability and observability of discrete systems. Pole placement,
state feedback and output feedback, Observer design.
References:
1. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall India, 2002.
2. M. Gopal, “Modern control system theory”, Wiley Eastern Limited,
1984.
3. K. Ogata, “State space analysis of control systems”, Prentice Hall
India, 1967.
4. M. Gopal, “Digital control and state variable methods”, Tata McGraw
Hill New Delhi, 1997.
5. V. I. George and C.P. Kurian, “Digital Control Systems”, Cengage
publishers New Delhi, 2012
ICE 3102: BIO-MEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Classification and Selection of Biomedical transducers. Bioelectric
Potentials and electrodes- Resting and action potentials, Propagation of
action potential, Reflexes, Electrodes, Biomedical recorders. Cardio
vascular system, ECG amplifiers, Electrode, ECG recorders, Cardiac
arrhythmias, BP measurement, blood flow measurements, oximeters.
Nervous system, Synapse, EEG recording techniques, and Wave types.
Cardiac pacemakers, defibrillators, and Heart lung machine.
Haemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis, Artificial respirator, nerve
stimulator, diathermy. Endoscopes, Neonatal Instrumentation,
Incubators, Apnoea monitor, Lithotripsy. ICU, bedside and central
monitoring systems. MRI, Ultrasonography, X-ray instrumentation, CT.
References:
1. Leslie Cromwell, Fred J. Weibell and Erich A. Pfeiffer, “Biomedical
Instrumentations and Measurements”, (2e), PHI. 1991.
2. Raghbir Singh Khandpur, “Electronic Instrumentation in Medical
Practice”, Kothari Publications. 1975.
3. Bertil Jacobson & John G. Webster, “Medicine and Clinical
Engineering”, PH. 1979.
4. Khandpur R. S, “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”, TMH.
1987.
5. Geddes L. A. & L. E. Baker, “Principles of Applied Biomedical
Instrumentation”, Wiley. 1989.
ICE 3103: COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Transmission And Reception, amplitude modulation, Angle modulation,
phase and frequency modulators and demodulators, frequency
spectrum of angle modulated waves, FM transmitters, FM receivers,
PLL, FDM, noise in analog modulation systems, Sampling theorem for
low-pass and band-pass signal, PAM, natural sampling, flat-top
sampling, signal recovery though holding, quantization of signals,
quantization error, PCM, DPCM, delta Modulation, adaptive delta
modulation, digital amplitude modulation, FSK, BFSK, DPSK, QPSK.,
multiple access techniques wireless communication, TDMA and FDMA,
wireless communication systems.
193
References:
1. Roddy Dennis, Coolen John, “Electronic Communications”, Prentice
Hall of India, 2000.
2. Lathi B.P., “Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems”,
Oxford University Press,2005.
3. Blake Roy, “Electronic Communication Systems”, Thomson Delmar
Publications, 2002.
4. Shanmugam K, Sam John, “An introduction to Analog and Digital
Communication”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2008.
ICE 3104: MICROPROCESSORS AND
MICROCONTROLLERS [3 0 0 3]
Difference between Processors & Controllers, memory, classifications,
Architecture, RISC & CISC processors, selection criteria, 8051
Microcontrollers: Architecture- I/O pins, ports, External memory,
Instruction set, Addressing modes, Programming, counter & timers,
Serial Data I/O, Interrupts, Introduction to ARM processor design,
Architecture, Pipelining, organization & implementation, The thump
model, AMBA, Introduction to LPC2148, Block diagram, Memory
mapping and accelerator module, Pin details, GPIO programming, Timer
programming, PWM, WDT, ADC, DAC. Applications- Interfacing of DC &
Stepper Motor, LED, Toggle Switch, Matrix Key board.
References:
1. Mazidi M. A. & J. G. Mazidi, “The 8051 Microcontroller and
Embedded Systems”, Pearson. 2002.
2. Kenneth J Ayala, “The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture
Programming and Applications”, (2e), Penram International
publishing, 2002.
3. Steve Furber, “ARM System-on-Chip Architecture”, (2e), Addison
Wesley, 2000.
4. “LPC21XX User Manual”, 2007.
ICE 3105: CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS [4 0 0 4]
A.C & D.C Servomotor, Electronic drive circuits, applications in control.
Tachogenerator. Synchros, Construction, Static & Dynamic Errors.
Residual Voltage & Phase Shift, Zeroing Of Synchros. Stepper Motors,
types, Drive circuits and high speed operations applications Control
valve and sizing, Principles, types, characteristics, Electro-pneumatics,
Gear And Gear Train, Speed-Torque, Teeth Ratio, Gear Train Design.
Cams and Followers. Fluid control, Pneumatic control, pneumatic gates,
relays, and actuators. Special Machines, Linear induction motors,
applications. Reluctance motors, Gyroscopes.
References:
1. W.G. Andrews, “Applied Instrumentation for Process Industries”,
Gulf Publishing Company, 1982
2. B. G. Liptak, “Instrumentation Engineer's Hand Book”, Taylor and
Francis 2006
3. M. D. Desai, “Control System Components”, PHI publications, 2010
4. J.E Gibson & F.B Tuteur, “Control System Components”, Mc Graw
Hill, NY, 1996.
5. B W. Anderson, “Analysis and Design of Pneumatic Systems”,
Krieger Publishing Co., 2001.
ICE 3106: PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Need for process control, process control terminology, pressure and
thermal processes, higher order process, interacting - non-interacting
systems, continuous and batch process, self-regulation, Basic control
actions on-off, P, I, D, P+I, P+D and P+I+D control modes, controllers
to realize various control actions, 2DOF PID controllers, Anti-Reset
windup issues and its solution, Final Control, Selection Criteria, Selection
of Valves, Cavitation and Flashing Applications, Evaluation criteria. Feed
forward control, ratio control, cascade control inferential control, split
range control, introduction to multivariable control, Internal Model
Controller and Introduction to Model Predictive Control
References:
1. Stephanopoulis, G, “Chemical Process Control”, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, 1990.
2. Eckman. D.P., “Automatic Process Control”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New
Delhi, 1993.
3. Curtis D. Johnson, “Process Control Instrumentation Technology”,
(8e), PHI, 2009.
4. Pollard A., “Process Control”, Heinemann educational books,
London, 1971.
5. Donald Coughanower, “Process Systems Analysis and Control”,
McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1991.
ICE 3111: MICROPROCESSORS AND
MICROCONTROLLERS LAB [0 0 6 2]
8051 Assembly Language Program for Data Transfer, 8051 Assembly
Language Program for arithmetic operations, 8051 Assembly Language
Program for Array handling, 8051 Assembly Language Program for
Code Conversion, 8051 Assembly Language Program for Counters and
Time delay generation, 8051 C for waveform generation, 8051
Interfacing, Interfacing toggling switches using ARM, Monitor routines
for keyboard using ARM, Interfacing Stepper motor & DC motor using
ARM, Interfacing Seven segment display using ARM, Interfacing ADC &
DAC using ARM.
References:
1. Steve Furber, “Arm System-On-Chip Architecture”, (2e), Addison
Wesley 2007.
2. Mazidi M. A. & J. G. Mazidi, “The 8051 Microcontroller and
Embedded Systems”, Pearson. 2002
3. LPC21XX User Manual.
ICE 3112: INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Design a system to measure temperature using Thermistor, volumetric
flow rate using head type flow meters. Design a liquid level measurement
system using Ultrasonic Transducer/ Capacitive Transducer. Design a
pressure measurement using capacitive pressure transducer. Design a
system to measure thickness of a given material using LVDT/
Capacitance sensor, torque and speed, vibrations using accelerometers /
Piezo electric transducer, weight using Load cell/ Strain gauges,
distance/ speed/ volume using ultrasonic transducer. Design a humidity
measurement system. Design a system for detection of element using
optical sensor. Design a system to detect a particular gas using solid
state sensors
References:
1. C S Rangan ,G R Sarma and V S V Mani, “Instrumentation Devices &
Systems”, (2e), Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004.
2. E.O.Doeblin, “Measurement Systems application and Design”, (4e),
McGraw Hill, New York, 1992.
3. Fawwaz T. Ulaby and Michel M. Maharbiz, “Circuits: Laboratory
Companion”, NI Instruments, 2014.
4. A.K. Sawhney, “Mechanical Measurements and Instrumentation”,
Dhanpat Rai & Co, New Delhi. 2002
194
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its types Job
costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet and profit &
loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios,
Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios
References:
1. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J, “Engineering Economy”, McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chan S. Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Pearson
Education, Inc, 2010.
3. Raman B.S, “Advanced accountancy”, United publications,
Bangalore, 1993.
4. T. Ramachandran, “Accounting and Financial Management”, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
5. Thuesen G. J & Thuesen H. G, “Engineering Economics”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
ICE 3201: INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION [4 0 0 4]
Review of Computers in Process Control, Data loggers, Data Acquisition
Systems (DAS), Direct Digital Control (DDC).Supervisory Control and
Data Acquisition Systems (SCADA), sampling considerations.
Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) Basics, PLC Intermediate
Functions, Interface and Backplane Bus Standards for Instrumentation
Systems, Field bus, HART protocol: MOD bus, Profibus, RS-485
Transmission Technology, IEC 1158-2 Transmission Technology,
Distributed Control Systems, Definition, Local Control Unit, architecture,
case studies in DCS.
References:
1. John. W. Webb Ronald A Reis, “Programmable Logic Controllers -
Principles and Applications”, (4e), Prentice Hall Inc., New Jersey.
1998.
2. Frank D. Petruzella, “Programmable Logic Controllers”, (2e),
McGraw Hill, New York. 1997.
3. Deshpande P.B and Ash R.H, “Elements of Process Control
Applications”, ISA Press, New York. 1995.
4. Curtis D. Johnson, “Process Control Instrumentation Technology”,
(7e), Prentice Hall, New Delhi. 2002.
5. Krishna Kant, “Computer based Industrial Control”, Prentice Hall,
New Delhi, 1997.
ICE 3202: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 1 0 4]
Time and frequency analysis of signals and systems Z-transform and its
application to the analysis of LTI systems, DFT, properties of the DFT, use
of DFT in linear filtering, filtering of long data sequences, DFT as linear
transformation, Efficient computation of the DFT- FFT Algorithms, Radix
2 DITFFT and DIFFFT. Design of IIR filters, Butterworth, Chebyshev,
Design of FIR Filters Linear phase FIR Filters, Implementation of Discrete
time Systems: Structures for FIR, IIR systems, lattice ladder structures.
Finite word length effects. Power Spectrum Estimation, Parametric
methods of PSD estimation
References:
1. Proakis John G., Manolakis Dimitris G., “Digital Signal Processing”,
Prentice Hall, India, 2003
2. Oppenheim A.V.and Schafer R.W., “Discrete Time Signal
Processing”, Pearson Education. 2003
3. Sanjit Mitra K, “Digital Signal Processing: A computer based
approach”, TMH 2001.
4. P.L.Meyer, “Introduction to probability and Statistical
Applications”,(2e), American Publishing Co., 1979
ICE 3211: CONTROL SYSTEMS SIMULATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Familiarization with MATLAB Control system toolbox, Block diagram
reduction Technique, Time domain analysis and steady state errors ,
State space analysis, Stability analysis, Controller design by frequency
domain methods, Controller design by time domain methods, Modeling
practice with SIMULINK, Generation of basic signals, Generation of
discrete sequences, Discrete time systems, z-transform, Analog filter
design, IIR filter design, Digital image processing & Digital speech
processing.
References:
1. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, PHI, 2002.
2. R.C. Dorf and R. H. Bishop, “Modern Control Systems”, Wesley
Longman,INC, 1998.
3. Norman S. Nise, “Control Systems”, Wiley, 2000.
4. Nagrath and Gopal, “Control Systems engineering”, (2e,) New Age
International (P) Limited, 2001.
ICE 3212: PROCESS CONTROL LAB [0 0 3 1]
Study the characteristics of P, PI, PID Controller modes level process,
temperature, flow, and pressure station. Study of Characteristics of
control valves, various tuning methods in MATLAB and study of multiple
loop control strategy like Ratio control, feed forward. Study of Cascade
control, conical tank system, shell and tube heat exchanger, anti-reset
windup scheme for flow station.
References:
1. Curtis Johnson, “Process control Instrumentation Technology”,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 2001
2. Donald R. Coughanowr, “Process Systems Analysis & Control”,
McGraw-Hill Inc., 1991.
3. Wayne Bequette, “Process control, Modelling, simulation &
Control”, PHI Pvt. Ltd, 2004.
4. Stephanopoulis, G, “Chemical Process Control”, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, 1990.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
195
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections.
References:
1. Koontz D, “Essentials of Management”, McGraw Hill, New York,
2004.
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied
Publishers, 2006.
3. Peter Drucker, Butterworth Hein Mann, “The practice of
management”, 2003.
ICE 4101: ANALYTICAL AND OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS [4 0 0 4]
Radiation Sources, Monochromator: Prism, Diffraction Gratings,
Holographic Gratings, Optical Filters. UV Visible IR Spectrophotometers:
Calorimeters, Flame Photometers. NMR Spectroscopy, Principles,
Applications. Mass Spectrometers: Principle, operation Type, Quadruple
Mass Spectrometer Ionization Methods, Ion Detectors.
Chromatography, X Ray Spectrometers. Lasers Classification, Lasers
Applications. Interferometry, Calorimeters, Medical Optical Instruments.
Holography: Principle, Application, Optical data storage. Fiber optic
fundamentals and Measurements: OTDR, Laser Doppler velocimeter.
References:
1. R S Kandpur, “Handbook of Analytical Instruments”, (2e), TMH,
2003.
2. Willard, Merritt, Dean, and Settle, “Instrumental Methods of
Analysis”, (7e), CBS Publishers, 1988.
3. J.Wilson &J F B Hawkes, “Opto Electronics: An Introduction”, PHI,
1989.
4. Rajpal S.Sirohi, “Wave Optics and its Application”, Sangam books,
1993.
ICE 4111: VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION [0 1 2 2]
Introduction to Lab VIEW, Arithmetic and logical operations, Operations
on arrays, Operations on Clusters, Operations using Loops, Types of
structures and operations using them, Types of Graphs and use of
graphs and timing pallets, Operations using strings and file I/O, Basics of
Imaq vision and VISA, Measurement and automation explorer, Simulation
of DAQ, Modeling and Control design using control and simulation
toolbox.
References:
1. Gary Johnson, “LabVIEW Graphical Programming”, (2e), McGraw
Hill, New York, 1997.
2. Jovitha Jerome, “Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW”, PHI
learning, 2010.
3. S. Sumathi, P Surekha, “LabVIEW based Advanced Instrumentation
systems”, Springer, 2007.
4. Rick Bitter, Taqi Mohiuddin, Matt Nawrocki, “LabVIEW Advanced
Programming Techniques”, Taylor & Francis, 2006.
 ICE 4112: AUTOMATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Implementation of logic gates, flip flops, multiplexers and de multiplexers
in PLC, Timers operations in PLC, Counter operations in PLC, Compare
and arithmetic instructions in PLC, (a) Control of Glass inspection station
using PLC, Control of Traffic signal using PLC, Control of bottle filling
station using PLC, Control of special purpose machine using PLC,
Special functions in PLC, Experiments with CRIO, Data Acquisition using
LabVIEW, Control of pressure station using DCS, Control algorithm
design in DCS.
References:
1. John. W. Webb Ronald A Reis, “Programmable Logic Controllers -
Principles and Applications”, (4e), Prentice Hall Inc., New Jersey,
1998.
2. Lukcas M.P., “Distributed Control Systems”, Van Nostrand Reinhold
Co., New York, 1986.
3. Jovitha Jerome, “Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW”, PHI
learning, 2010.
4. S. Sumathi, P Surekha, “LabVIEW based Advanced Instrumentation
Systems”, Springer, 2007.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
ICE 4297: SEMINAR
Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
The topic has to be approved by the Department and a report of the
same has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
ICE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester.
Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
report should include the certificates issued by the industry.
ICE 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks.
An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
submission of the final project report in the prescribed form.
Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before
the department committee as part of project evaluation.
MINOR SPECIALISATION
I. APPLIED ELECTRONICS
ICE 4001: DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Review of combinational and sequential logic design, Digital
implementation options using MSI/LSI like PLDs, PLAs, & PALs, ASIC,
and Design flow. Digital system modeling: behavioural, structural, RTL,
VHDL, VHDL Style for synthesis, Design case studies, FSM,
reconfigurable computing. Programmable ASICs, Architecture of CPLDs
196
& FPGAs. CAD tools for FPGA design. Testing & Verification- Testing
combinational circuits, Testing sequential circuits, boundary scan, fault
simulation, ATPG, BIST, DFT verification.
References:
1. M. J. S. Smith,” ASICs”, Pearson Education, 1997
2. C. H. Roth, “Digital System Design using VHDL”, PWS
Publishing,1998
3. Brown Stephen, “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design
(With CD)”, TMH. 2000.
4. Bhasker J., “A VHDL Primer”, (3e), PHI, 2010.
ICE 4002: EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Embedded Systems Overview, Single-Purpose Processors Hardware,
Application-Specific Processors, IC Technology, Design Technology,
Introduction to Combinational & Sequential Logic, RT-Level Custom
Single-Purpose Processor Design, Pipelining, Super scalar & VLIW,
Instruction set, Control unit, Interrupts, I/O, Development Environment,
Application-Specific Instruction-Set Processors, Memory, Memory
Hierarchy and Cache, Advanced RAM, Basic State Machine Model,
Finite-State Machine with Data path Mode, Software Coding of a PID
Controller, PID Tuning, Practical Issues Related to Computer-Based
Control.
References:
1. Frank Vahid and Tony Givargis, “Embedded System Design: A Unified
Hardware / Software Introduction”, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
2. Steve Heath, “Embedded Systems Design”, (2e), Newnes, 2003.
3. Raj Kamal, “Embedded Systems”, (2e) TMH, 2008.
ICE 4003: REAL TIME EMBEDDED SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Characteristics of embedded computing applications, concept of real
time system, challenges in embedded system design, Designing
Embedded computing platform ,Program design, Design patterns,
Models of program, Basic features of an operating system, kernel
features, processes and threads, context switching, scheduling, Inter-
process communication, Real-time memory management, I/O, Real-
time OS, Power optimization strategies for processes, Distributed
Embedded architecture, Elements of protocol design, Network based
systems, Internet-Enabled systems, wireless applications.
References
1. Evesham, “Developing Real - Time Systems: A Practical
Introduction”, Galgotia Publications, New Delhi, 1996.
2. Levi S and Agrawala A. K, “Real - Time System Design”, McGraw Hill,
Singapore,1990.
3. Ball S.R, “Embedded Microprocessor Systems - Real World
Design”, Prentice Hall, 1996.
4. Herma K, “Real Time Systems Design for Distributed Embedded
Applications”, Kluwer Academic,1997.
5. Gassle J, “Art of Programming Embedded Systems”, Academic
Press, 1992.
ICE 4004: VLSI DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to integrated circuit technology: CMOS fabrication' Bi-
CMOS technology, Transconductance and output conductance, The n-
MOS inverter, CMOS inverter and its characteristics, design style,
Scaling models and scaling factors, Combinational circuit design,
sequential circuit design, design considerations, Design Automated
Layout Generation, Placement, Floor planning, Routing, Parasitic
Extraction, Field Programmable Gate arrays (FPGA), Configurable Logic
Block (CLB), Application-Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), Design for
Testability, Faults types and Models, AD HOC Design Techniques, Scan-
Based Techniques, BIST Techniques, Current Monitoring I DDQ Test.
References:
1. Douglas A. Pucknell & Kamran Eshraghian, “Basic VLSI Design”,
Prentice-Hall of India, 1995.
2. Neil H.E. Weste, David Harris, Ayan Banerjee, “CMOS VLSI Design, A
Circuits and Systems Perspective”, Pearson Education, 2006.
3. Sung-Mo Kang, Yusuf Leblebici, “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits
Analysis and Design”, Tata Mc-Graw-Hill, 1993.
4. John P. Uyemura, “Introduction to VLSI Circuits and Systems”, Wiley
Publishers, 2001.
5. Jab M. Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan, Borivoje Nikolic, “Digital
Integrated Circuits: A Design Perspective”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.
Limited, 2003.
II. PROCESS CONTROL
ICE 4005: CHEMICAL PROCESS SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Typical products and their uses, Systematic analysis of chemical
processes, Overall Balances, Component balances in engineering
equipment, combustion reactions, Forms of energy, Heat effects and
combustion reactions, Energy balances in manufacturing processes,
Fundamental concepts in heat exchangers, Design and classification of
heat exchangers, Fundamental principles and classification of heat
exchangers, Evaporators, Distillation columns, Energy Conservation in
process systems and industries, Optimization principles and pinch
analysis to calculate energy consumption.
References:
1. W.L. McCabe, J.C. Smith and P. Harriott, “Unit Operations of
Chemical Engineering”, (6e), McGraw Hill, 2001.
2. Walter L.Badger and Julivst. Banchero, “Introduction to Chemical
Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company, 1997
3. L.B. Anderson and L.A. Wenzel, “Introduction to Chemical
Engineering”, McGraw Hill, 1961.
4. D.A. Reay, “Industrial Energy Conservation”, McGraw-Hill, New
York, 1979.
ICE 4006: INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL IN PETROCHEMICAL
INDUSTRIES [3 0 0 3]
Refining Process, Schematic of a modern refinery, Physical Separation
Processes, Chemical Catalytic Conversion Processes, Instrumentation
and Control in Chemical Reactors: Reaction Rates and Kinetics,
Instrumentation and control in Distillation Columns: Instrumentation and
Control in Dryers: Batch dryers and continuous dryers, Boiler Control:
Main inline instruments of a drum type boiler, Instrumentation and
control in Heat Exchangers: Variables and degrees of freedom, liquid to
liquid heat exchangers, Control of Pumps, Instrumentation and Control in
Effluent and Water Treatment.
References:
1. Mohamed A. Fahim, Taher A. Al-Sahhaf, Amal Elkilani,
“Fundamentals of Petroleum Refining”, Elsevier, 2010.
2. Liptak B. G., “Process Control”, (3e), Chilton Book Company,
Pennsylvania. 1995.
3. Liptak B. G., “Process Measurement and Analysis”, (3e), Chilton
Book Company, Pennsylvania, 1995.
4. Luyben W.L, “Simulation and Control for Chemical Engineers”, (2e),
McGraw Hill, Singapore, 1989.
5. Considine D.M., “Process / Industrial Instruments and Control
Handbook”, (4e), McGraw Hill, Singapore, 1983.
197
ICE 4007: INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
General transducer design consideration, interfacing of primary
elements with end devices. Design of reference junction compensation
and linearising circuit for thermocouple, thermistor., RTD. Design of
Displacement measurement system based using LVDT, Design of signal
conditioning circuits for head type, Electromagnetic, & ultrasonic flow
meter, Design signal conditioning circuits for level, pressure, and stain
measurement. Design of P/I and I/P converters, Design of smart
transmitters, Design of 2 and 4 wire transmitters with 4-20mA output;
Design of pneumatic and electronic controllers; Design of
instrumentation servomechanism; Design of annunciators; Low level
and high level annunciators, Earthing and Shielding.
References:
1. E. O. Doebline, “Measurement Systems”, McGraw-Hill, 2003.
2. B. G. Liptak, “Instrument Engineer's Handbook”, (4e), Volume Two:
Process Control, CRC Press, 2005.
3. C.D, Johnson, “Process Control and Instrumentation Technology”,
PHI, 2002.
4. John Bentley, “Principles of Measurement Systems”, Prentice Hall,
2004.
5. W. G. Andrew, H. B. Williams, “Applied Instrumentation in the
Process Industries (Vol. 4)”, Gulf Professional Publishing, 1993.
ICE 4008: NONLINEAR CONTROL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Non Linear Systems: Characteristics of non- linear systems, common
type of non-linearities, Phase plane analysis, Linearization of Non-linear
systems. Describing Function Analysis, Determination of describing
function for various nonlinearities Application of describing function for
stability analysis of systems with single nonlinearity. Lyapunov Stability
Analysis, Concepts of Lyapunovs method, Lyapunov Theorems
Lyapunov's second Method(Direct), Krasovskii's method, Variable
Gradient method. Lyapunov's method for continuous and discrete time
state models, Linearization Methods, Sliding mode controller.
References:
1. R. Marino and P. Tomei, “Nonlinear control design - Geometric,
Adaptive and Robust”, Prentice Hall,1995.
2. J.J.E.Slotine and W.Li,” Applied Nonlinear control”, Prentice Hall,
1998.
3. Alberto Isidori, “Non linear Control Systems”, Springer Verlag, ,
1999.
4. K. P Mohandas, “Modern Control Engineering”, Sanguine
Publishers, 2006.
III. SENSOR TECHNOLOGY
ICE 4009: ADVANCED SENSOR TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Features of Advanced sensing techniques, Sensor classifications Design
and modeling issue in advanced sensing technique, Fiber optic light
propagation, Laser classifications, Driver circuits for solid state laser
diodes, Radiation sensors and Optical combinations, Accelerometers,
Thermal, Humidity and moisture sensor, Proximity detector,
Semiconductor gas sensor. Chemical sensor characteristics,
Classification, principle of direct sensing techniques such as Metal oxide
chemical sensor, electro chemical sensors, potentiometric sensors,
conductive sensors, amperometric sensors, enhanced catalytic gas
sensors, engyme sensors.
References:
1. Sabaree Soloman, “Sensors Hand Book”, McGraw Hill,1998.
2. J.G. Webster, “Medical instrumentation Application and Design”,
Houghton Mifilin Co. 2004.
3. Culshaw B and Dakin J (Eds), “Optical Fibre Sensors”, Vol. 1 & 2
Artech House, Norwood, 1989.
4. P. Garnell, “Guided Weapon Control Systems”, Pergamon Press.
1980.
5. Jacob Fraden, “Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs,
and Applications”, Springer. 2010.
ICE 4010: MICROELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
MEMS: Micro-fabrication, materials and electro- mechanical concepts.
Conductivity of semiconductors-Crystal planes and orientation-stress
and strain- flexural beam bending analysis-torsional deflections-Intrinsic
stress- resonant frequency and quality factor. Electrostatic sensors and
actuation.. Thermal sensing and actuation. Piezoelectric sensing and
actuation: Piezoelectric effect-cantilever, piezo-electric actuator model-
properties of piezoelectric materials, Applications. Piezoresistive
sensors, Magnetic actuation, Micro fluidics applications, Medical
applications, Optical MEMS, and Introduction to NEMS.
References:
1. Chang Liu, “Foundations of MEMS”, Pearson International Edition,
2006.
2. Boston, “Micromachined Transducers Sourcebook”, WCB McGraw
Hill, 1998
3. Stephen D. Senturia, “Microsystem Design”, Kluwer Academic
Publishers, Springer, 2000.
4. Marc Madou, “Fundamentals of Microfabrication”, (2e), CRC Press,
2002.
5. M H. Bao, “Micromechanical Transducers: Pressure sensors,
accelerometers, and gyroscopes”, Elsevier New York, 2000.
ICE 4011: MULTISENSOR DATA FUSION [3 0 0 3]
Sensors and sensor data, Fusion applications. inference hierarchy,
Architectural concepts and issues, Benefits of data fusion, Mathematical
tools used, Algorithms for Data Fusion, Kalman filtering, extended
Kalman filters. Decision level identify fusion. Knowledge based
approaches. Data information filter, extended information filter. Optimal
sensor fusion using range trees recursively. Distributed dynamic sensor
fusion. High Performance Data Structures
References:
1. David L. Hall, “Mathematical techniques in Multisensor data fusion”,
Artech House, 2004.
2. R. R. Brooks and S. S. Iyengar, “Multisensor Fusion: Fundamentals
and Applications with Software”, Prentice Hall Inc., 1998.
3. Arthur Gelb, “Applied Optimal Estimation”, M.I.T. Press, 1974
4. James V. Candy, “Signal Processing: The Model Based Approach”,
McGraw Hill Book Company, 1985.
ICE 4012: SMART SENSORS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, amplification and signal conditioning, digital conversion.
Standards and Implications of Smart Sensors: Introduction on IEEE1451
standards, Process control over the Internet, Sensor Communication:
Wireless zone sensing, surface acoustical wave devices, intelligent
transportation system, RF-ID, RF MEMS basics, Varactors, Micro
optics, micro grippers, microprobes, micro mirrors, FEDs. Sensor Signal
Processing, Soft-Computing use in the intelligent sensors. Complex
sensors, biometric sensors. Future of the intelligent sensors, trends
(nanosensors, biosensors).
198
References:
1. Randy Frank, “Understanding Smart Sensors”, (2e). Artech House
Publications, 2000.
2. Paul W. Chapman, “Smart Sensors”, ISA Press, 1996.
3. Krzystof Iniewski, “Smart Sensors for Industrial Applications”, CRC
Press, 2013.
4. Gerard Merjer, “Smart Sensor Systems”, Wiley Publisher, 2008.
5. Jacob Fraden, “Handbook of Modern Sensors-Physics, Designs,
and Applications”, (4e), Springer Publisher, 2010.
IV. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy, Sources
of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages, Working capital
management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash management, and
Dividend decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
2. I M Pandey, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house,
Delhi, 2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand &
Co., Delhi, 1999.
4. ICFAI, “Corporate Financial Management”, Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Maheshwari S.N, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities.
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM. Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability. Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction, & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. T.V. Rao and Pereira D.F., “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subbrao A, “Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House,1999.
3. N G Nair and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S. Chand Company,1995.
4. Virmani B R, Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology
transfer and human resource development”, Response
books,1997.
5. Pareek Udai et al, “Human Resource Development in Asia: Trends
and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market opportunities
and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New Economy, Building
Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market Demand, Scanning
the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets, Business Markets,
Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments, Product Life Cycle, New
Market Offerings, Designing and Managing Services, Price Strategies,
Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. ICFAI, “Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R.L. and Gupta S.L., “Marketing Management”, Sultan
Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2000.
HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design: Product life cycle,
Process design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine
charts, Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations
strategy, Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems
thinking, Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision
process. Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries,
visibility, System life cycle models, System dynamics and its importance
in system thinking. System dynamics modeling process.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G, “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P., “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Mieghem J, “Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices,
Dynamic Ideas”, ISBN: 0-9759146-6-9, 2008.
4. Sterman J.D., “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and
Modeling for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition,
2004.
5. Senge Peter, “The Fifth Discipline”, Currency Doubleday, New York,
1990.
OTHER PROGRAM ELECTIVES
ICE 4013: APPLIED OPTIMAL CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to optimal control- Plant model, Performance index,
Introduction to Minimum Principle, Calculus of Variations and Optimal
Control: Basic Concepts, The Basic Variational Problem, Linear
Quadratic Optimal Control Systems- Problem Formulation, Finite-Time
Linear Quadratic Regulator, Dynamic Programming, Time-Optimal
Control of LTI System, Problem Formulation and Statement, Solution of
the TOC System, Fuel-Optimal Control of a Double Integral System,
Problem Formulation and Statement and Problem Solution.
References:
1. Donald E. Kirk, “Optimal Control Theory-An Introduction”, Dover
Publications, 2004.
2. David G. Hull, “Optimal Control Theory for Application”, Springer
International, 2003.
3. Frank L.Lewis, “Applied Optimal Control and Estimation”, Prentice
Hall, 1992.
4. Brian D.O. Anderson, “Optimal Control- Linear Quadratic Methods”,
PHI, 1990.
5. D. S. Naidu, “Optimal Control Systems”, (1e), CRC Press, 2003.
ICE 4014: NEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals: Artificial Neural Networks, Single-layer Feedforward
Networks: Classifiers, Decision regions, Multi-layer Feedforward
Networks: Linearly non-separable pattern classification, generalized
delta-learning rule, Single-layer Feedback Network: Hopfield network,
Boltzman machine, Application of Neural Networks, Fuzzy sets and
Membership, Features of Membership functions, Fuzzy to Crisp
199
Conversions, Fuzzy Rule based Systems: Linguistic Hedges
Aggregation and Inference rules.
References:
1. Jacek M. Zurada, “Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks”, Jaico,
1997.
2. Yegnanarayana B., “Artificial Neural Networks”, PHI, 2001.
3. Timothy J. Ross, “Fuzzy logic with Engineering Applications”, MGH,
1997.
4. Yager & Filev, “Essentials of Fuzzy Modelling and Control”, Wiley,
1994.
5. Chin-Teng,Lin and C. S. George Lee, “Neural Fuzzy Systems”, PH,
1996.
ICE 4015: BIOMEDICAL CONTROL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Technological Control System, Transfer functions,
Mathematical Approaches, Introduction to Biological Control System,
similarities and differences, Skeletal Muscle Servomechanism. The
Semicircular Canal. Free Swinging Limbs. Thermo Regulation,
Introduction to Various parameters, Control System Models,
Biochemistry of Digestion, Type of Heat Loss from the Body, Model of
Heat Transfer between Subsystems of Human Body like Skin, Core, etc,
Respiratory control system, Modelling of O2 Uptake, Mass Balancing by
Lungs, Introduction to Eye Tracking and Control. Cardio Vascular Control
system, pupil control system. Visual Fixation System, Oculo-motor
System.
References:
1. Howard T. Milhorn, “The Applications of Control Theory to
Physiological System”, University of Chicago Press, 1966.
2. J.H. Milsum, “Biological Control System Analysis”, McGraw-Hill,
New York, 1966.
3. B.C. Kuo, “Automatic Control System”, Wiley India Edition, 2003.
4. D.O. Cooney, “Biological Engineering Principle”, Marcel Dekker, Inc,
2002.
5. Michel C Khoo, “Physiological Control Systems - Analysis,
Simulation and Estimation”, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
ICE 4016: BIO-MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS [3 0 0 3]
Principles and techniques of impedance Pneumography and
Pneumatochograph. Ventilators, humidifiers, body respirators. Acoustic
measurements and aids: Common tests and procedures, audiometer.
Hearing Aids: Different types, Electro-surgical Units: Principles of cutting,
coagulation spark gap valve, different types of laser, equipment's used in
surgery, safety. Principles of echo cardiographs, display devices for echo
imaging, precautions. Lithotripsy principles and applications. Endoscopes,
incubators, apnea monitor, anasesthesia equipment. Heart Lung Machine:
Governing principles, Hemodialysers: qualitative requirements, General
scheme of operations,Intensive coronary care concepts, principles and
applications of thermograph, infusion pump, blood cell counter.
References:
1. J.G. Webster, “Medical instrumentation application & design”,
Houghton Miffin Co., Boston USA.
2. R.S. Khandpur, “Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation”, (2e),
McGraw Hill, 2003.
3. Joseph J. Carr & John. M. Brown, “Introduction to Biomedical
Equipment technology”, (4e), Pearson Education, 2003.
4. Mohan Murali H., “Monograph on Biomedical engineering”, O.U.
Press. 1985
5. J.G. Webster, “Encyclopedia of Medical Devices and
Instrumentation”, John Willey and Sons, 1988.
 ICE 4017: COMPUTER NETWORKS AND PROTOCOL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Computer Networks and Internet, Uses of computer
networks, Reference models, Internet Standards, Internet
Administration. Addressing, IP Addressing, Delivery and Routing of IP
packets., Cloud computing Architecture, Virtualization, Advanced
Routing and Switching, Switching concepts and STP, Vlan and VTP
concepts, Routing concepts and structure of the router, Cloud
computing, Data Center Fundamentals, Wireless and VoIP.
References:
1. Forouzan Behrouz A., “TCP/IP Protocol suite”, (4e), Tata Mcgraw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi 2000.
2. Tanenbaum A. S., “Computer Networks”, (3e), Prentice Hall of India
Pvt Ltd, New Delhi 1996.
3. Todd Lammle, “CCNA Cisco Certified Network Associate Study
Guide”, (7e), Cisco Press, 2007.
4. Robert C ElsenPeter et.al, “Cloud Computing, A Practical Approach”,
(3e), Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.
5. Mauricio Arregoces and Maurizio Por tolani, “Datacenter
Fundamentals”, Cisco Press, 2007.
ICE 4018: COMPUTATIONAL TECHNIQUES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to computational techniques: motivation and applications,
Linear Systems and Equations: Matrix representation, Cramer's rule,
Algebraic Equations: Bracketing methods - Bisection, Reguli-Falsi, Open
methods, Regression and Curve Fitting: Linear regression, Least
squares, Total Least Squares, Numerical Differentiation: higher order
formulae, ODEs: Initial Value Problems, Euler's methods, Boundary Value
Problems, Over/Under Relaxation (SOR).
References:
1. Gupta S.K., “Numerical Methods for Engineers”, New Age
International, 1995
2. Chapra S.C. and Canale R.P., “Numerical Methods for Engineers”,
(5e), McGraw Hill, 2006.
3. N. J. Higham, “Accuracy and Stability of Numerical Algorithms”,
(2e), SIAM, 2002.
4. G. Strang, “Computational Science and Engineering”, MIT Press,
2008.
5. E. Suli and D. Mayers, “An Introduction to Numerical Analysis”,
Cambridge University Press, 2003.
ICE 4019: COMPUTER VISION [3 0 0 3]
Image Formation Models: Monocular imaging system, Orthographic &
Perspective Projection, Camera model and Camera calibration, Binocular
imaging systems, Thresholding, Edge-based segmentation, Region-based
segmentation, matching, Region identification, Contour-based shape
representation and description, Region-based shape representation and
description, Shape classes, Knowledge representation, Statistical pattern
recognition, Neural nets, Recognition as graph matching, Optimization
techniques in recognition, Fuzzy systems, Differential motion analysis
methods, Optical flow, Analysis based on correspondence of interest
points, Kalman filters, Case studies.
References:
1. Sonka Milan, “Image Processing, Analysis, and Machine Vision”,
(2e), Chapman and Hall, 1993.
2. Forsyth David A; Ponce Jean, “Computer Vision: A modern
Approach”, (2e), Prentice Hall of India, 2009.
3. Horn Berthold K. P., “Robot Vision”, MIT Press, 1986.
4. Shapiro Linda, Rosenfeld Azriel, “Computer vision and image
processing”, Academic press, New York, 1992.
200
5. Low Adrian, “Introductory computer vision and Image processing”,
Mc Graw Hill, 1991.
ICE 4020: CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, basic concepts, Cascade compensation, Lag, Lead, Lag-
lead compensators, Characteristics, Design of Lag, Lead, Lag-lead
compensators for continuous time systems using Root locus and Bode
Plot. Cascade compensation for discrete time systems: Design of
sampled data control system, DIR method Digital lead, lag, lag-lead
compensator design using root locus plots, Digital compensator design
using Frequency response plots. Continuous and discrete time PID
controllers. Deadbeat algorithm
References:
1. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall India, 2002.
2. M. Gopal, “Digital Control and State Variable Methods”, Tata
McGraw Hill New Delhi, 1997.
3. K. Ogata, “Discrete time Control Systems”, PHI Publishers, 1987.
4. V.I.George and C.P. Kurian, “Digital Control Systems”, Cengage
publishers New Delhi, 2012.
ICE 4021: DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: image perception, image sensing and acquisition,
sampling and quantization, basic relationship between pixels, Image
Representation: 2-D Fourier transform and its properties, discrete cosine
transform Image Enhancement and Restoration. Image Compression &
Coding, Image Segmentation. Representation schemes, boundary
descriptors and regional descriptors, Morphological Processing:
Introduction to dilation and erosion, open and close. Thinning and
thickening. Application: Character recognition, Biomedical Image
processing, Watermarking.
References:
1. Rafael C Gonzalez, Richard E Woods, “Digital Image Processing”,
(2e), Pearson Education, 2008.
2. Pratt William K, “Digital Image Processing”, (3e), John Wiley &
Sons., New York, 2003.
3. Jain A.K., “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Prentice
Hall, New Delhi, 2005,
4. Rosenfeld A. and Kak A.C.. “Digital Picture Processing”, (2e),
Academic Press, New York, 1997.
ICE 4022: DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Sampled Data Control System: Review of sampling process, system
representation in terms of difference equations, the z transform and z
transfer function, Pulse transfer functions zero order hold, Inverse z
transform and response of linear discrete system. z- transform analysis
of sampled data control system. z and s domain relationship. Block
Diagram reduction techniques, Steady state error analysis. Stability
Analysis: Jury's stability test, bilinear transformation, z domain Nyquist
stability. Stability analysis using root locus diagram. Bode plot of pulse
transfer function, Correlation between time response and root locus in
the z plane and s plane.
References:
1. K. Ogata, “Discrete time control systems”, PHI Publishers, 1987.
2. M. Gopal, “Digital Control and State Variable Methods”, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1997.
3. C. H Houpis and G.B Lamont, “Digital Control Systems”, McGraw-
Hill, 1998.
4. V. I. George and C. P. Kurian, “Digital Control Systems”, Cengage
publishers, New Delhi, 2012.
 ICE 4023: FUNDAMENTALS OF AEROSPACE VEHICLES [3 0 0 3]
System of units and Standard Atmosphere: Discussion of Units SI Units
and English Engineering Units, Fundamental physical quantities of a
flowing gas, Introduction to Aircrafts Basic components of airplane,
Airfoil Nomenclature, Aerodynamic forces over the wing surfaces, Flight
dynamics Reference frames, Transformation matrix, Definition of
stability and control, Aircraft dynamic modes, Space vehicle and Missile
Launch vehicle, Basic components of launch vehicle, classification of
launch vehicle, Satellites, Mission sequence from launch to orbit,
Missiles Classification of missiles, Introduction to Navigation systems,
gyroscope, accelerometer.
References:
1. John. D. Anderson, “Introduction to Flight”, (6e), McGraw Hill
Education, 2010.
2. Thomas. R. Yechout, “Introduction to Aircraft Flight Mechanics”,
(1e), AIAA Education. 2003.
3. Michael. V. Cook, “Flight Dynamics Principle”, (2e), Butterworth
Heinemann, USA. 2007.
4. Brian L. Stevens and Frank L. Lewis, “Aircraft Control and
Simulation”, (2e), Wiley India. 2007
5. Marcel. J. Sidi, “Spacecraft Dynamics and Control”, Cambridge
University Press. 1997.
ICE 4024: OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH C++ [3 0 0 3]
Software evolution, basic concepts of OOP, Structure of C++ Program
and Data Types. Functions- Main Function, Function Prototyping, Objects
and Classes- Private, public, protected. Overloading Operators- Unary
and binary operators. Data Conversion, Inheritance, Pointers and Virtual
Functions, Working with files and Linked lists: Operation, Double linked
list. Graphics in C++.
References:
1. Kanetkar Y., “Let Us C++”, BPB Pub, 1999.
2. Balagurusamy E., “Object oriented programming with C++”, TMH,
2001.
3. Lafore R., “Object oriented programming with turbo C++”, Galgotia
Pub, 2001.
4. Schildt H., “C++ the Complete Reference”, (3e) TMH, 1999.
5. K.R. Venugopal, “Mastering C++”, TMH, 2007.
ICE 4025: OPERATIONS RESEARCH [3 0 0 3]
Formulation of Linear Programming, Graphical Method, Simplex Method,
Big M Method, 2-phase method, Duality theory, Transportation problem -
Vogel's approximation method, MODI method, Assignment problem-
Hungarian method, Network Analysis Networks, Minimum - Span
problems, Shortest- Route Problems, Maximal flow problems, Positive
flow path, Project Management PERT/CPM, Construction of the network
diagram, Critical path computation for CPM, Critical path computations
for PERT, Decision Theory and Game theory Decision Trees, Sequential
Decisions, Queuing Models, 2 persons zero sum games, Minimax
principle, games with mixed strategies, Dynamic programming -
Deterministic Dynamic programming, Search Techniques - Golden mean
search, Three point - Intervals search, Fibonacci search, Descent
Methods: Steepest Descent method.
References:
1. Bronson Richard, “Schaum's Outlines Operations Research”, TMH.
2004.
2. G.V. Shenoy, “Linear Programming, Methods and Applications”,
New Age International (P) Limited. 1998.
201
3. P.K.Gupta & Man Mohan, “Operations Research”, (4e), Sultan Chand
& Sons. 1980.
4. Hamdy A.Taha, “Operations Research”, Pearson Education, Inc.
2002.
5. Prem Kumar Gupta and Dr. D. S. Hira, “Problems in Operations
Research, Principles and Solutions”, S. Chand and Company Ltd.
1999.
ICE 4026: OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to optimization, functions of single variable, functions of
several variables, formulation of optimization problems, Constraint
optimality criteria, constrained optimization, constraint direct search
method, Nonlinear programming: problem formulation, Dynamic
programming: sub-optimization, multistage optimization problem,
Introduction to Stochastic Optimization Techniques, types: Local Search,
Population Based, Introduction to Genetic Algorithms, Constraint
Handling, Real Parameter Genetic Algorithms, Ant Colony Optimization:
Introduction, Ant System, Ant Colony System, ANTS, Significant
Problems, Discrete Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO): Examples and
Results, Applications.
References:
1. Singiresu S. Rao, “Optimization Techniques”, New Age International
Publishers, 1996.
2. C. Mohan and Kusum Deep, “Optimization Techniques”, New Age
International Publishers, 2009.
3. D. P. Kothari and J. S. Dhillon, “Power System Optimization”, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2nd edidtion, 2004.
4. Godfrey C. Onwubolu, B. V. Babu, “New Optimization Techniques in
Engineering”, Springer-Verlag, 2004.
5. Marco Dorigo, Thomas Stützle, “Ant colony optimization”, MIT Press,
2004.
ICE 4027: POWER ELECTRONICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction : Structure of Power Electronics: How structurally power
electronics differs from low power analog electronics, Diff types of
switches Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCR): Basic structure, Gate
Trigger Circuits of SCR, Traic, GTO, BJT, Power MOSFET, IGBT, AC to DC
controlled converters :Applications, analysis with R-L-E load,
significance of R-L-E load, Three phase half wave AC to DC converter :
Principle of operation, Three phase fully controlled AC to DC converter :
Principle of operation, DC - DC Power Converters : Limitation of Line
commutated converters, DC - AC Power Converters : Principle of
operation of Inverters, PWM techniques. , commutation circuits, three
phase inverters. Line commuted inverters.
References:
1. Ned Mohan, Undeland, Robbins, “Power Electronics”, (3e), John
Wiley, 2002.
2. M. H. Rashid, “Power Electronics”, (3e), PHI /Pearson Education,
2004.
3. Bimbhra P.S., “Power Electronics”, (3e), Khanna Publication, 1999.
4. M. Ramamurthy, “Thyristors and their Application”, East-West Press,
1977.
ICE 4028: POWER PLANT INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
An overview: Brief survey of methods of power generation. Hydro,
thermal, nuclear, solar and wind etc. Dependence of instrumentation of
the method of power generation-thermal power plants-general
structures, Control loops and inter and Annunciation systems:
Combustion control of main header, hot well level control-interlock-MFT
Turbine trip conditions-Pulverized control, Turbine monitoring and
control: Condenser vacuum control- gland steam exhaust pressure
control-speed, Analysis in power plant: Computer in power plants: load
dispatching computer, generation station computer, mini computers, and
supervisory control.
References:
1. E.L Wakil, M.M., “Power Plant technology”, Mc Graw Hill, 1984
2. J. Balasubramaniam & R.K Jain, “Modern Power Plant Engineering”,
Khanna Publishers, 1985.
3. A.Sherr yetal, “Modern power station practice, Vol.6
(Instrumentation Control & Testing)”, Pergaman Press, Oxford,
1971
4. Richard Dolezal & Ludrik Varcop, “Process Dynamics Automatic
control of Steam Generation Plant”, Elsevier Publishing Co
Amesternam,1972
5. Stephen Michael Elonka & Antony Lawrence Kohal, “Standard Boiler
Operations: Questions and Answers”, TMH, 1972.
ICE 4029: RELIABILITY AND SAFETY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Reliability:- Definition and basic concepts, block diagrams, failure data,
failure modes, reliability in terms of hazard rates, Reliability calculation
for series, parallel series and K-out of M systems, Concepts of
Redundancy and Maintenance: Use of redundancy and system reliability
improvement methods, Total Productive Maintenance (TPM),
Maintainability:- Definition, basic concepts, relationship between
reliability, maintainability and availability, Reliability Tests: Introduction to
life-testing, destructive and non-destructive tests, estimation of
Parameters for exponential and Weibull distributions, Safety: Causes of
failure and unreliability, product safety, product liability and product
safety improvement program.
References:
1. Govil, A.K., “Reliability Engineering”, Tata McGraw -Hill, New Delhi,
1983.
2. Sinha and Kale, “Introduction to Life-Testing”, Wiley Eastern, New
Delhi, 1992.
3. Wisley, “Human Engineering - Guide for Equipment Designers”,
University of California Press, California, 1973.
4. Hoang Pham, “Hand book of Reliability Engineering”, Springer,
2003.
ICE 4030: ROBOTICS SYSTEMS AND CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to robotics, Common Kinematic arrangements, Rotations,
Composition of Rotations, Properties, Homogeneous Transformation
Robot sensors, desirable features of sensors, magnetic sensors, fibre
optic, tactile sensors, proximity and non- proximity sensors,
Construction of manipulators, types of actuators, grippers, Actuator
dynamics, Feed forward Control and Computed Torque, Forward, inverse
and velocity kinematics Denavit-Hartenberg Representation, Euler
Lagrange Equations, Expressions for kinetic and potential energy,
Equation of Motions, Common configuration, Newton Euler Formulation,
Robot machine vision, image processing and analysis, Lead through
programming methods, Robot programming languages-examples,
Robot applications in manufacturing, robot cell design, machine
interface, multiple robots, robot in assembly and inspection.
References:
1. Mark W. Spong & M. Vidyasagar, “Robot Dynamics and Control”,
Willey India Publisher, 2009.
2. Mikell P. G, Weiss M. Nagel R. N Odrey N. G, “Industrial Robotics”,
Mcgraw Hill, Singapore, 1996
202
3. Lee, K.S. Fu, R.C. Gonzalez & C.S.G , “Robotics”, McGraw Hill,2008
4. Br uno Sicilian, “Modelling and controlling of Robot
manipulations”,TMH,1996
5. Saeed B. Niku, “Introduction to Robotics”, PHI,2005
ICE 4031: ROBUST CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction and Review of Robust Control, Issues in Control System,
Computing the Norms for Signals and System's Transfer function, Input-
Output Relationships, Computing the Norm by State-Space Methods,
Condition for Internal stability, Sensitivity and Complementary
Sensitivity function Asymptotic Tracking, Performance, Design
Example, The sources of Model Uncertainties, Plant Uncertainty Model,
Small Gain Theorem, Robust Stability, Robust Performance, Design
Examples, Existence of Stabilizing Controllers, Parameterization of All
Stabilizing Controllers, Coprime Factorization Approach, Design
Examples, The Basic Technique of Loop shaping, Loop shaping with C,
Shaping S, T, or Q, Design Examples, P-1 Stable, P-1 Unstable, Design
examples, The Modified Problem, Spectral Factorization, Solution of The
Modified Problem, Design Examples, Robust Control for Mass-Damper
Spring Systems, Spacecraft and Inverted Pendulum.
References:
1. Doyle, J.C., B.A. Francis and A Tannenbaum, “Feedback Control
Theory”, Macmillan publishing Co, 1990.
2. Kemin Zhou, Doyle J.C and Glover K., “Robust and Optimal Control”,
Prentice Hall, Inc New Jersey.1995.
3. Willian A. Wolovich, “Automatic Control Systems”, Saunders
College Publishing.1994.
4. Kemin Zhou and Doyle J.C, “Essential of Robust Control”, Prentice
Hall Inc, New Jersey, 1998.
5. Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop, “Modern Control Systems”,
Addison Wesly Longman. Inc, 1998.
ICE 4032: WIRELESS SENSOR TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Overview of wireless sensor techniques, Challenges for Wireless
Sensor, Enabling Technologies Architectures, Sensor Network
Scenarios, Optimization Goals and Figures of Merit, Gateway Concepts.
Networking sensors: Physical Layer and Transceiver Design
Considerations, MAC Protocols for Wireless Sensor Networks, S-MAC,
Mediation Device Protocol. WSN protocols- IEEE 802.15.4 MAC
Zigbee, Wakeup Radio Concepts, Address and Name Management,
Assignment of MAC Addresses, Routing Protocols. Introduction to Time
Synchronization, Localization and Positioning, Sensor Tasking and
Control. Sensor network platforms and tools.
References:
1. Holger Karl & Andreas Willig, “Protocols and Architectures for
Wireless Sensor Networks”, John Wiley, 2005.
2. Feng Zhao & Leonidas J. Guibas, “Wireless Sensor Networks- An
Information Processing Approach”, Elsevier, 2007.
3. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli, & Taieb Znati, “Wireless Sensor
Networks- Technology, Protocols, and Applications”, John Wiley,
2007.
4. Anna Hac, “Wireless Sensor Network Designs”, John Wiley, 2003
OPEN ELECTIVES
ICE 3281: INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL
INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Measurement System general description and classification and basic
principle of Transducers. Basic principle, construction and industrial
applications of Temperature and Pressure measurement, Level and
Thickness measurement, Flow measurement. Miscellaneous
measurement like pH measurement, displacement force etc.
References:
1. A. K. Sawhney, “Electrical & Electronic Measurements and
Instrumentation”, Dhanpat Rai & Co, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Doeblin E.O., “Measurement Systems: Application and Design”,
(4e), McGraw Hill, New York, 1992.
3. Patranabis D, “Principles of Industrial Instrumentation”, (2e), Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1997.
4. A. K . Sawhney, “A course in Mechanical Measurement and
Instrumentation”, (12e), Dhanpat Rai and Co, New Delhi, 2002.
ICE 3282: PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER [3 0 0 3]
Evolution of PLC- Introduction, Architecture of PLC, Components of
PLCs. Programming a PLC, Bit Logic Operations, Timers & Counters,
Special Instructions, Analog PLC Operations & Networking of PLC and
applications of PLC. PID Instructions. Levels of Industrial control, Types
of Networking, Buts Networks, Protocols - Profibus, Modbus over view
of each bus with an application. SCADA & DCS: Architecture, different
networking, layers of control, application with case study.
References:
1. John W. Webb and Ronald A. Reis, “Programmable Logic
Controllers Principles and Applications”, (5e), Prentice-Hall India,
2003.
2. W. Bolton, “Programmable Logic Controllers”, (4e), Newnes
Publications, 2006.
3. Frank D. Petruzella, “Programmable Logic Controllers”, McGraw-
Hill book, company, 1989.
ICE 3283: VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Block diagram and architecture of a virtual instrument, Conventional
virtual instrument, Virtual instruments V/s Traditional instruments, data-
flow techniques, VIs, Components of VI and sub-VIS, loops and charts,
arrays, clusters and graphs, case and sequence structures, formula
nodes, local and global variables, string and file I/O, Origin of signals,
signal grounding, transducers, sensors, actuators, general signal
conditioning functions, DAC-ADC specifications, device connections,
DIO, opto-isolation, timing interrupts, DMA, Current loop, system buses,
203
interface buses, VISA, IVI, basic message passing, image acquisition
and processing, motion control, Design of ON/OFF controller for a
mathematically described processes using VI software
References:
1. Gary Johnson, “LabVIEW Graphical Programming”, (2e), McGraw
Hill, Newyork, 1997.
2. Lisa K. wells & Jeffrey Travis, “LabVIEW for everyone”, National
Instruments, 1997.
3. S. Sumathi, P Surekha, “LabVIEW based Advanced Instrumentation
systems”, Springer, 2007.
4. Rick Bitter, Taqi Mohiuddin, Matt Nawrocki, “LabVIEW Advanced
Programming Techniques”, CRC Press, 2007.
5. Jovitha Jerome, “Virtual Instrumentation using LabVIEW”, PHI
learning, 2010.
ICE 3284: SENSOR TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Sensor Fundamentals: basic Sensor Technology, Sensor Systems,
Sensor Characteristics, System Characteristics, Instrument Selection,
Installation, Measurement issues and criteria, Acceleration, Shock, and
Vibration sensors & Capacitive and Inductive Displacement sensors:
Applicable standards, interfacing and designs. Electromagnetism in
sensing, chemical ans biosensors, Optical and radiation sensors,
Nanotechnology - Enabled sensor: Possibilities, Realities, Applications,
Wireless sensor technologies: principle, WSN architecture, power
considerations, applications, Lifetime and sensor ownership, Smart
sensor and TEDs.
References:
1. Jon S Wilson, “Sensor Technology Handbook”, Newnes Elsevier
Publication, USA, 2005.
2. Jacob Fraden, “Handbook of modern sensors: physical, designs,
and applications”, Springer 2007.
3. Ljubisa Ristic, “Sensor Technology and devices”, Artwech House,
1999.
4. Ryoji Oba, “Intelligent sensor technology”, Wiley publication, 1998.
 Department of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering
The Department of Mechanical and Manufacturing Engineering, Programs offered
established in the year 1960, offers two Under Graduate courses, three
Under Graduate Programs
Post Graduate courses and also PhD programmes. The department is
4 B.Tech in Mechanical Engineering (1960)
also recognized as a QIP center for post graduate courses and PhD. The
4 B.Tech in Industrial and Production
department consists of experienced faculty members, who are also Engineering (1975)
constantly engaged in undertaking research work and subsequent
publications. The department conducts workshops, seminars or Post Graduate Programs
4 M.Tech in Computer Aided Analysis and Design (2003)
conferences every year. The department has very good industry –
4 M.Tech in Manufacturing Engineering &Technology (2005)
institute
4 interaction and has conducted several short courses for working M.Tech in Thermal Sciences and Energy Systems (2013)
professionals from industry. The department provides ample laboratory
facilities and hands-on training to the undergraduate students both in the PhD
conventional subject as also in the modern trends.
The department has well established Computer Aided Design laboratory Faculty Strength
with state – of – the – art hardware and software. The basic laboratories Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
such as Heat engines laboratory, Metrology laboratory, Heat transfer
laboratory, Fuel testing laboratory, Machine tools laboratory, Material 13
science laboratory, Vibration laboratory and Industrial engineering 31
50 47 21
laboratory, Energy Laboratory have advanced equipments so as to
impart quality education. The department has sprawling workshop
situated on a 30000 sqft area comprising of machine shop, CNC shop,
foundry, smithy, sheet metal, plumbing, welding sections. The practice PhD Professors
school and internship opportunities provide an excellent student industry M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
exposure. Assistant Professors

204
 B. Tech in MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2101 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2210 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
MME 2101 Thermodynamics – I 2 1 0 3 MME 2201 Thermodynamics – II 2 1 0 3
MME 2102 Kinematics of Machinery 3 1 0 4 MME 2202 Fluid Mechanics 3 1 0 4
MME 2103 Strength of Materials 2 1 0 3 MME 2203 Dynamics of Machinery 2 1 0 3
MME 2104 Material Science and Metallurgy 3 0 0 3 MME 2204 Automobile Engineering 3 0 0 3
II MME 2105 Manufacturing Technology 4 0 0 4 *** **** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
MME 2116 Computer Aided Mechanical Drawing 0 0 6 2 MME 2217 Mechanical Lab – I 0 0 3 1
MME 2118 Workshop Practice – I 0 0 3 1 MME 2218 Workshop Practice – II 0 0 3 1
MME 2219 Strength of Materials Lab 0 0 3 1
16 4 9 23 15 4 9 22
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
MME 3101 Turbo Machines 3 1 0 4 HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3

205
MME 3102 Mechanical Design – I 3 1 0 4 MME 3201 Heat Transfer 3 1 0 4
MME 3103 CAD-CAM 3 0 0 3 MME 3202 Mechanical Design – II 3 1 0 4
MME 3104 Metrology and Measurements 3 0 0 3 MME **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3
III
MME **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3 MME **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
MME **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
MME 3117 Mechanical Lab – II 0 0 3 1 MME 3216 CAD Lab 0 0 6 2
MME 3119 Metrology Lab 0 0 3 1 MME 3217 Fluid Mechanics Lab 0 0 3 1
18 2 6 22 17 3 9 23
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002 Engg Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 MME 4297 Seminar 1
MME 4101 Mechanical Vibrations 3 1 0 4 MME 4298 Industrial Training 1
MME 4102 Finite Element Methods 2 1 0 3 MME 4299 Project Work / Practice School 12
MME 4103 Production Planning and Control 2 1 0 3
IV
MME **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3
MME **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
MME 4116 FEM Lab 0 0 6 2
MME 4117 Mechanical Lab – III 0 0 3 1
15 4 9 22 14
Minor Specialisations
I. Machine Design
1. MME 4001: Design for Manufacture and Assembly
2. MME 4002: Design of Mechanical Systems
3. MME 4003: Fatigue and Fracture
4. MME 4004: Tribology
II. Manufacturing
1. MME 4005: Composite Materials
2. MME 4006: Heat Treatment of Metals and Alloys
3. MME 4007: Lean Manufacturing
4. MME 4008: Machine Tool Technology
III. Thermal Engineering
1. MME 4009: Computational Fluid Dynamics
2. MME 4010: Design of Thermal Power Plant Systems
3. MME 4011: Jet Propulsion and Rocket Technology
4. MME 4012: Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Systems
IV. Business Management
1. HUM 4011: Financial Management
2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management
4. HUM 4014: Operations and Systems Management
Other Programme Electives
1. MME 4013: Alternative Fuels for Engines
2. MME 4014: Automatic Control Engineering
3. MME 4015: Corrosion Science and Engineering
4. MME 4016: Elements of Mechatronics Systems
5. MME 4017: Fluid Drives and Control
6. MME 4018: Friction and Wear
7. MME 4019: Industrial Robotics
8. MME 4020: Introduction to Combustion
9. MME 4021: Materials Characterization
206
10. MME 4022: MEMS and Nano Technology
11. MME 4023: Micro Machining
12. MME 4024: Non Destructive Testing
13. MME 4025: Non-Conventional Energy Sources
14. MME 4026: Operations Research
15. MME 4027: Organizational Behavior
16. MME 4028: Personnel Management and Industrial Relations
17. MME 4029: Plant Engineering and Maintenance
18. MME 4030: Plant Layout and Material Handling
19. MME 4031: Power Plant Engineering
20. MME 4032: Project Management
21. MME 4033: Statistical Quality Control
22. MME 4034: Supply Chain and Logistics Management
23. MME 4035: Technology Management
24. MME 4036: Theory of Internal Combustion Engines and
Emissions
25. MME 4037: Total Quality Management
26. MME 4038: Work Systems Engineering
Open Electives
1. MME 3281: Corrosion Engineering
2. MME 3282: Energy Engineering
3. MME 3283: Industrial Safety Engineering
4. MME 3284: Internal Combustion Engines
5. MME 3285: Introduction to Alternative Fuels and Applications
6. MME 3286: Introduction to Composite Materials
7. MME 3287: Introduction to Nano Technology
8. MME 3288: Introduction to Operations Research
9. MME 3289: Introduction to Quality Control
10. MME 3290: Introduction to Refrigeration
and Air Conditioning Systems
11. MME 3291: Introduction to Robotics
12. MME 3292: Personnel Management and Industrial Relations
13. MME 3293: Project Management
14. MME 3294: Thermal Treatment of Metals and Alloys

THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2101: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
Gradient, divergence and curl, Line, surface and volume integrals.
Green's, divergence and Stoke's theorems. Fourier series of periodic
functions. Half range expansions. Harmonic analysis.Fourier integrals.
Sine and cosine integrals, Fourier transform, Sine and cosine
transforms. Partial differential equation-Basic concepts, solutions of
equations involving derivatives with respect to one variable only.
Solutions by indicated transformations and separation of variables. One-
dimensional wave equation, one dimensional heat equation and their
solutions. Numerical solutions of boundary valued problems, Laplace
and Poisson equations and heat and wave equations by explicit methods.
References:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (5e), Wiley
Eastern, 1985.
2. Sastry S. S., “Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis”, (2e),
Prentice Hall, 1990.
3. Grewal B. S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna
Publishers, 1989.
4. Murray R. Spiegel, “ Vector Analysis”, Schaum Publishing Co., 1959
MME 2101: THERMODYNAMICS - I [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, Basic concept and definitions, Zeroth law of
thermodynamics, concept of temperature, temperature scales.
Thermodynamic definition of work, heat, comparison between heat and
work. Application of first law to various engineering processes, steady
flow energy equation and its applications. Limitations of First law,
statements of second law and its corollaries, Carnot cycle, Statement of
third law, thermodynamic temperature scale. Clausius inequality,
entropy - property, principle of increase of entropy, entropy relations to
other thermodynamic properties. Introduction to pure substance,
dryness fraction and its measurement, different processes involving
pure substance. Thermodynamic processes involving ideal and real
gases, generalized compressibility chart. Available and unavailable
energy, maximum work in a reversible processes, second law efficiency.
References:
1. Nag P. K., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, McGraw - Hill Education
India Pvt. Ltd, 2013.
2. Yunus A. Cengel and Michael A. Boles, “Thermodynamics: An
Engineering Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2011.
3. Gordon J. Van Wylen and Richard E. Sonntag, “Fundamentals of
Classical Thermodynamics”, Wiley, 1986.
4. Rogers G. F. C. and Yon Mayhew, “Engineering Thermodynamics:
Work and Heat Transfer”, Prentice Hall, 1996.
5. Gupta S. C., “Thermodynamics”, Pearson Education, 2009.
MME 2102: KINEMATICS OF MACHINERY [3 1 0 4]
Kinematic chain, mechanism, mobility of mechanism, inversions,
machine. Kinematic chain with three lower pairs, with four lower pairs,
four bar chain, single slider crank chain, double slider crank chain and
their inversions, Drag link mechanism. Velocity and acceleration of
mechanisms by relative velocity method. Instantaneous Centers, Klein's
construction for slider crank mechanism. Law of gearing, cycloidal and
involute teeth, involutometry, involute function, interference, efficiency
of helical gears, worm & worm wheel. Simple, compound, reverted and
epicyclic gear trains. Ratio of tensions, Power transmitted, centrifugal
tension in a belt. Flat Pivot and Collar friction, Power loss due to friction,
207
Classification of cams and followers, Cam profile diagrams of disc cam
with knife edge follower, roller follower, flat foot mushroom follower and
roller oscillating follower.
References:
1. Hamilton H. Mabie, Charles F. Reinholtz, “Mechanisms and
Dynamics of Machinery”, (4e), Wiley's Publication, 1987.
2. Ballaney P. L., “Theory of Machines and Mechanism”, Khanna
Publications, New-Delhi, 2009.
3. Rattan S. S, “Theory of Machines”, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishers Pvt.
Ltd, New-Delhi, 2009.
4. Singh V. P., “Theory of Machines”, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd, New-
Delhi, 2010.
5. Rao J.S. and Rao V. Dukkipati, “Mechanism and Machine Theory”,
New Age International Publishers, 2012.
MME 2103: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS [2 1 0 3]
Strength, stiffness and stability stresses, Thermal stress, Elastic
constants, Strain energy, Stress-strain diagrams, Resilience,
Toughness, Hardness, Types of beams, Shear force and bending
moment in beams, Stresses in beams, Theory of simple bending, Stress
variation along the length and beam section, Shear stresses in beams.
Analysis of torsion of circular bars, Shear stress distribution, Bars of
solid and hollow circular section, Twist and torsion stiffness, Elastic
curve of Neutral axis of the beam under normal loads, Evaluation of beam
deflection and slope, Columns, Equivalent length of a column, Euler
equation, Slenderness ratio, Rankine formula for columns, Biaxial state
of stresses, Thick &thin cylindrical shells and spherical shells.
References:
1. Popov E.P., “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, Prentice-Hall of
India, New Delhi, 1997.
2. Beer F. P. and Johnston R, “Mechanics of Materials”, (3e),McGraw-
Hill Book Co, 2002.
3. Nash W.A, “Theory and Problems in Strength of Materials”, Schaum
Outline Series, McGraw-Hill Book Co, New York, 1995.
4. Kazimi S.M.A., “Solid Mechanics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co,
New Delhi, 1981.
5. Ryder G.H, “Strength of Materials”, (3e), Macmillan India Ltd., 2002.
MME 2104: MATERIAL SCIENCE AND METALLURGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to crystal structure, crystal defects, Solidification-
homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation, crystal growth. Phases in
solids - single & multi phase, solid solutions, equilibrium diagrams,
Isomorphous and Eutectic systems, equilibrium & non-equilibrium
cooling, Invariant reactions, Lever rule. Iron-Carbon systems - Allotropy
and Polymorphism, cooling curve for pure iron, Fe-C equilibrium
diagrams. Heat treatment processes like Annealing, Normalizing,
Hardening, Tempering and Case hardening. Ferrous alloys - alloy steels
like plain carbon steels, stainless steels, free machining steels, HSS and
Maraging steels, Cast irons. Non-ferrous alloys - Brasses, Bronzes and
Al-Cu alloys.
References:
1. Avner S.H., “Introduction to Physical Metallurgy”, (3e), McGraw Hill,
2004.
2. William D. Callister, “Materials Science and Engineering”, John Wiley
& Sons, 2007.
3. Lakhtin Yu., “Engineering Physical Metallurgy and Heat Treatment”,
MIR Publishers, 1985.
4. Gupta K.M., “Material Science, Metallurgy and Engineering
 Materials”, Umesh Publication, 2012.
5. Raghavan V., “Material Science and Engineering”, (4e), Prentice Hall
of India, 1989.
MME 2105: MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY [4 0 0 4]
Foundry technology, moulding materials, moulding sand & testing,
Casting-Investment casting, Permanent mould casting, Slush casting,
Pressure die casting Centrifugal casting and Continuous casting.
Advantages, limitations and applications of different types od welding
processes. Cold, warm and hot working of metals. Constructions,
accessories & attachments, types and operations of Lathes, Drilling,
Milling, Planing, Shaping and grinding machines. Drill bits, milling cutters
and grinding wheels. Principles, working, equipment, advantages,
limitations and applications of different Non-conventional machining
processes. Processing of plastics.
References:
1. Rajput R. K., “A Text book of Manufacturing Technology”, Laxmi
Publications Private Limited, 2011.
2. Khanna O.P., “A Text book of Production Technology”, Dhanpat Rai
Publications, 2011.
3. Rao P. N., “Manufacturing Technology”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi, 2006.
4. Paul DeGarmo E., Black J. T. and Ronald Kohser A., “Materials and
Process in Manufacturing”, John Wiley and Sons, Delhi, 2004.
5. Benedict G. F., “Non Traditional Machining Techniques”, Marcel
Decker, New York, 1990.
MME 2116: COMPUTER AIDED MECHANICAL DRAWING [0 0 6 2]
2D drafting-Intersection of Solids, Threaded Fasteners, square bolts &
nuts, foundation bolt, Bearings, Couplings and Joints. 3D part modeling,
assembly and sectional/exploded views-Drawings-Vertical stuffing box,
Simple eccentric, Drill jig, Square tool post, Non-return valve, Screw
jack, Swivel bearing, Strap type connecting rod end and Machine vice.
References:
1. Gopalkrishna K. R., “Machine Drawing”, Subhas Publications,
Bangalore, 2002.
2. Bhat N. D., “Machine Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House, Anands,
2002.
3. Venugopal K., “Engineering Drawing and Graphics + Auto CAD”,
Newage International Publishers, Delhi, 2002.
4. Narayana K. L. and Kannaiah P., “Text book on Engineering Drawing”,
Scitech Publications, Chennai, 2002.
5. Sham Tickoo, “CATIA for Engineers and Designers”, Dreamtech
Press New Delhi, 2005
MME 2118: WORKSHOP PRACTICE - I [0 0 3 1]
Preparation of models using Welding techniques, Lathe and CNC Turning
Centre. Acceptance tests on machine tools.
References:
1. Hajra Chaudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
2. Hajra Chaudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. II, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
208
3. Peter Smid, CNC Programming Hand book, Industrial Press, New
York, 2000.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2210: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Special Functions-Series solutions of Bessel and Legendre differential
equations, Recurrence formulae, generating functions and Orthogonal
properties for Jn(x) and Pn(x).. Probability, finite sample space,
conditional probability and independence, Bayes' theorem, one
dimensional random variable: mean and variance, Chebyshev's
inequality. Two and higher dimensional random variables, covariance,
correlation coefficient, regression, least square principle of curve
fitting.Distributions: binomial, Poisson, uniform, normal, gamma, chi-
square and exponential.Moment generating function, Functions of one
dimensional and two dimensional random variables, Sampling theory,
Central limit theorem and applications
References:
1. Kreyzig E., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (7e), Wiley
Eastern, 1999.
2. Meyer P. L., “Introduction to Probability and Statistical applications”,
(2e), American Publishing Co., 1980.
3. Hogg and Craig, “Introduction of Mathematical Statistics”, (4e),
MacMillan, 1975.
4. Grewal B. S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna
Publishers, 1989.
MME 2201: THERMODYNAMICS - II [2 1 0 3]
Carnot, Auto, Diesel and Dual cycles, Performance testing of IC Engines,
principle of combustion in SI and CI engines. Vapour power cycles like
Rankine, Reheat, Regenerative and Binary vapour cycles. Reciprocating
air compressor-multistage compression with perfect and imperfect inter
cooling.Refrigeration cycles-Bell-Coleman cycle, vapour compression
and vapour absorption cycle, Properties of refrigerants.Gas turbine
cycles with inter cooling, reheating and regeneration.Nozzles and
Diffusers-Isentropic flow, sonic velocity, Mach number, steam nozzles.
Stoichiometry-analysis of products of combustion from boiler and
engine exhaust.
References:
1. Nag P.K., “Basic and Applied Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw Hill,
2006.
2. Mayhew A. and Rogers B., “Engineering Thermodynamics”,
Longman Green & Co. Ltd. London. E.L.B.S. Edition, 1990.
3. Yunus A. Cengel and Michael A. Boles, “Thermodynamics: An
Engineering Approach”, Tata McGraw - Hill Education, 2011.
4. Rolle Kurt C., “Thermodynamics and Heat power”, Pearson
Education, 2005.
5. Nijaguna and Samaga, “Thermodynamics data handbook”.
MME 2202: FLUID MECHANICS [3 1 0 4]
Fluid properties, Fluid statics, Intensity of pressure, Pascal's law,
pressure variation in static fluid, pressure measurement by manometers,
Hydrostatic forces on surfaces, determination of metacentric height,
Stability of floating and submerged bodies, Continuity equation for one
and three dimensional flow, fluid velocity and acceleration, Energy
possessed by fluid, Euler's equation of motion along a stream line,
Rayleigh's method and Buckingham's Pi-theorem, similitude, Fluid flow
measurement devices, Viscous flow-critical Reynolds number, laminar
flow through circular pipe, laminar flow between fixed parallel plates,
Flow through pipes - Darcy and Chezy equation, Flow past immersed
bodies - Lift and drag, skin friction drag and form drag, streamlined body,
Bluff body, Boundary layer concept, laminar boundary layer thickness,
Boundary layer separation.
References:
1. Streeter V. L. and Beinzamin E., “Fluid Mechanics”, Willy Intl., New
York,1998.
2. Modi P. N. and Seth S. M., “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics”,
Standard Book House, 2011.
3. Kumar K. L., “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, Eurasia Publishing
House, New Delhi, 2000.
4. Bansal R. K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Laxmi
Publication, New Delhi, 2006.
5. Yunus A. Cengel and John M. Cimbala, “Fluid Mechanics”, Tata
McGraw-Hill Publications, 2006.
MME 2203: DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY [2 1 0 3]
Static force analysis of Bell Crank Lever, Slider crank mechanisms, Four-
bar mechanism, Drag link Mechanism, Toggle mechanism, Stone
Crusher mechanism, Mechanisms involving gears and Cams, Plate
links. Determination of inertia forces on various links of four bar
mechanism and slider crank mechanism. Determination of flywheel size
for single cylinder, multi-cylinder IC engine and press work. Balancing of
rotating masses in the same and different planes. Balancing of
reciprocating masses, Balancing of multi-cylinder in-line engines & V-
engines. Centrifugal governors such as Porter, Proell, Hartnell and
Wilson Hartnell governors. Gyroscopic effect on the movements of an
air-craft, ship and automobiles.
References:
1. Ballaney P. L., “Theory of Machines and Mechanism”, Khanna
Publications, New-Delhi, 2009.
2. Rattan S. S, “Theory of Machines”, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishers Pvt.
Ltd, NewDelhi, 2009.
3. Singh V. P., “Theory of Machines”, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd,
NewDelhi, 2010.
4. Robert L. Norton, “Design of Machinery: An Introduction to the
Synthesis and Analysis of Mechanisms and Machines”, McGraw-
Hill, 2012.
5. Rao J.S. and Rao V. Dukkipati, “Mechanism and Machine Theory”,
New Age International Publishers Year, 2012.
MME 2204: AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Automotive engine classification, Multi cylinder arrangements, engine
parts, Valve timing diagram. Fuel supply system-pumps, mixture
strength, carburetor, fuel injector, MPFI system. Ignition system, Cooling
system and Lubrication system. Clutch-single plate, multi plate,
centrifugal and semi centrifugal disc clutch, Fluid flywheel. Gear box-
constant mesh gear box, synchromesh gear box, Epicyclic (automatic)
gear box and torque converter, Overdrive mechanism. Drive to wheels-
torque reaction, driving thrust, braking torque, Universal joint, propeller
shaft, differential gear box and rear axle. Tube and tubeless tyres,
Steering system, Suspension system. Brakes-drum, disc, hydraulic,
servo and air .
References:
1. Heinz Heisler, “Vehicle and Engine Technology”, (2e), Butterworth-
Heinemann Publication, 1998.
2. Kirpal Singh, “Automobile Engineering”, Vol. I & II (12e), Standard
Publishers Distributors, New Delhi, 2011.
209
3. Rajput R. K., “Automobile Engineering”, (1e), LaxmiPublication (P)
Ltd, 2010.
4. Narang G. B. S., “Automobile Engineering”, Khanna Publishers,
1990.
5. Giri N. K., “ Automotive Technology”, Khanna Publication, 2006.
MME 2217: MECHANICAL LAB - I [0 0 3 1]
Determination of viscosity, flash & fire point of oil, lower calorific value of
gaseous fuel and dryness fraction of steam. Calibration of pressure
gauge and determination of compression ratio. Performance test on
different single cylinder, low/high speed four/two stroke petrol & diesel
engines. Performance test on IC engine with computerized testing
facility. Area measurement by Planimeter.
References:
1. Ganeshan V., “Internal Combustion Engines”, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill,
Education Private Limited New Delhi, 2007.
2. Mathur M. L. and Sharma R. P., “Course in Internal Combustion
Engines”, Dhanpath Raj Publishers, New Delhi, 2001
MME 2218: WORKSHOP PRACTICE - II [0 0 3 1]
Exercises on spur gear and helical gear cutting using milling & gear
hobbing machines. Practice of shaping operations, Exercises on
grinding operations. Machining using CNC Vertical Machining Center
and use of Non-conventional machines.
References:
1. Hajra Chaudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. II, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
2. Peter Smid, CNC Programming Hand book, Industrial Press, New
York, 2000.
MME 2219: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Tension test on mild steel, Compression test on cast iron, Hardness
tests Rockwell, Brinell, Vicker's, Charpy Impact test& Izod test on mild
steel, Shear test, Torsion test, Fatigue test on mild steel, Test on leaf
spring, Test on Helical spring, Bending and compression test on wood,
Heat treatment of steel and microstructure study of metals.
References:
1. Suryanarayana A.V.K., “Testing of Metallic Materials”, PHI, 1990.
2. Khanna and Justo, “Highway Materials Testing”, Nemchand, 1989.
3. Technical Teacher's Training Institute, “Laboratory Manual of
Strength of Materials”, Oxford University Press, 1983.
4. Davis H.E., Troxell G.E., Wiscocil C.T., “The Testing and Inspection of
Engineering Materials”, McGraw Hill Book Company.
FIFTH SEMESTER
MME 3101: TURBO MACHINES [3 1 0 4]
Classification, Dimensional analysis & similitude of incompressible and
compressible flow turbo machines. Energy transfer- Euler turbine
equation, Velocity triangles, physical interpretation of components of
energy transfer, degree of reaction, concept of utilization factor for a
turbine, theoretical head capacity relationship for pumps and
compressors. Thermodynamics of turbomachines-isentropic
efficiencies of turbo machines based on stagnation and static
conditions, infinitesimal polytropic and finite stage efficiencies for
turbines and compressors, preheat factor for a compressor and reheat
factor for a turbine. Analysis of pumps, blowers, fans and compressor-
working of radial flow pumps, compressors and blowers, centrifugal
compressors and axial flow compressors and fans. Analysis of hydraulic
and steam turbines.
References:
1. Yahya S.M., “Turbomachines”, Satya Prakashana, New Delhi.
2. Yahya S.M., “Turbines, Compressors and Flans”, TMH, New Delhi,
2005.
3. Shepherd. D.G., “Principle of Turbomachinery”, Macmillan Co. New
York, 1956.
4. Sayers.A.T., “Hydraulic & Compressible flow Turbomachines”,
McGraw Hill, 1990.
5. Dixon S. L, “Fluid Mechanics, Thermodynamics of
Turbomachinery”, Pergamon, 2006.
MME 3102: MECHANICAL DESIGN - I [3 1 0 4]
Ductile and brittle fracture, strain energy, creep & temperature, Hertz
contact stresses. Principal stresses, theories of failure, factor of safety,
strength under combined axial, bending & torsional loads, stress
concentration. Stresses in curved beams. S-N diagram, Low and high
cycle fatigue, variables affecting fatigue strength, Goodman & Soderberg
equations. Design of shafts subjected to bending in two planes in
addition to axial loads. Design of square, rectangular & taper keys.
Strength and efficiency of riveted joints, structural joints of lap & butt
types, boiler joints, rivets subjected to eccentric loading. Strength of
welds, welded joints subjected to eccentric loading, welded pressure
vessels. Design of bolts subjected to dynamic and impact and eccentric
loading. Stresses in power screw, efficiency of power screw, force &
torque requirement in screw jack.
References:
1. Bhandari V. B., “Design of Machine Elements”, (2e), Tata McGraw-
Hill PublishingCompany Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Norton R. L., “Machine Design - An Integrated Approach”, (2e),
Prentice Hall Inc. New Jersy, 2004.
3. Juvinalle R. C. and Marshek K. M., “Fundamentals of Machine
Component Design”, (3e), John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York,
2000.
4. Shigley J. E. and Mischke C. R., “Mechanical Engineering Design”,
(5e), McGraw Hill Inc., New York, 2004.
5. Mahadevan K. and Balaveera Reddy K., “Machine Design Data Hand
Book”, (4e), CBS Publishers and distributors, New Delhi, 1987.
MME 3103: CAD-CAM [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Computer aided design, need, benefits, applications of
CAD, Graphics hardware and Graphics displays. Techniques for
geometric modeling, Types and representation of curves, Types and
representation of surfaces: Analytic surfaces, Synthetic Types and
representation of solids. Numerical control and CNC programming,
Computer numerical control, CNC part programming, Advanced features
in CNC programming, Adaptive control machining systems. Industrial
Robotics, Robot anatomy, Physical configurations, Basic robot motions,
Motion systems, Robot programming, End effectors, Work cell design,
robotic application. Manufacturing systems CIM, flexible manufacturing
and distributed manufacturing.
References:
1. Groover Mikell P. and Emory W. Zimmers, “CAD/CAM: Computer-
Aided Design and Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
2001.
210
2. Ibrahim K Zeid, “CAD/CAM Theory and Practice”, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 1998.
3. Groover Mikell P., “Automation, Production Systems, and Computer
Integrated Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2008.
4. Rao P. N., “CAD/CAM”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2005.
5. Radhakrishnan P., “Computer Numerical Control Machines”, New
Central Book Agency (P) Ltd., Kolkata, 2004.
MME 3104: METROLOGY AND MEASUREMENTS [3 0 0 3]
Static characteristics of instruments and measurement systems.
Methods of pressure measurement by Elastic pressure elements and
McLeod gauge. Methods of temperature measurement by pressure
thermometer, Electrical resistance thermometer, Thermocouples and
Pyrometer. Strain measurement on static and rotary shaft, orientation of
strain gauges, gauge factor, strain gauge bridge circuit, calibration
circuit, temperature compensation. Measurement of force, torque and
shaft power. Grades of tolerances, letter symbols for tolerances, types of
fits. Taylor's principle for design of gauges, Gauge Maker's tolerance,
types of gauges. Straightness measurement using straight edge and
using Autocollimator. Squareness measurement, Surface texture
measurement and measurements of screw threads.
References:
1. Beckwith Thomas G., “Mechanical Measurements”, Pearson
Education, Delhi, 2003.
2. Jain R.K., “Engineering Metrology”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
1997.
3. Sawhney A.K., “Mechanical Measurement & Instrumentation”,
Dhanpat Rai & Co, New Delhi, 2002.
4. Nakra B.C. and Chaudry K.K., Instrumentation, Measurement &
Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
5. Gupta I. C., “Engineering Metrology”, Dhanpat Rai Publications,
New Delhi, 1997
MME 3117: MECHANICAL LAB - II [0 0 3 1]
Performance test on rotary air blower, two stage air compressor,
refrigeration plant, air conditioning plant, two cylinder 4 Stroke diesel
engine and MPFI engine. Valve timing diagram of IC engine, Morse test on
multi cylinder petrol engine. Determination of the properties of green
sand. Experiments on Gyroscope, Governors and Balancing of rotating
and reciprocating unbalance. Measurement using strain gauges.
References:
1. Ganeshan V., “Internal Combustion Engines”,(3e), Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Mathur M. L. and Sharma R. P., “Course in Internal Combustion
Eengines”, Dhanpath Raj Publishers, New Delhi, 2001.
3. Rattan S. S., “Theory of Machines”, Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishers
Pvt. Ltd, New-Delhi, 2009.
MME 3119: METROLOGY LAB [0 0 3 1]
Study of measuring instruments and gauges, Screw thread
measurements, Measurement of effective diameter of external screw
threads, Use of Comparators, Measurement of gear dimensions, Radius
and angle measurement, Calibration of Micrometer and Vernier caliper,
Surface texture and straightness measurement, Use of Profile projector,
Coordinate Measuring Machine and Interferometer.
References:
1. Jain R. K., “Engineering Metrology”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
1997.
2. Gupta I. C., “Engineering Metrology”, Dhanpat Rai Publications,
New Delhi, 1997.
3. Raghavendra N. V. and Krishnamurthy L.. “Engineering Metrology
and Measurements, Oxford University Press, 2013.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training.Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control
devices.Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive
control. Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z.
The nature & purpose of international business & multinational
corporations, unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial
traits, Creativity, Innovation management, Market analysis, Business
plan concepts, Development of financial projections
References:
1. Koontz D., “Essentials of Management”, Mc Graw Hill, New York,
2004.
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied
Publishers, 2006.
3. Peter Drucker, “The practice of management”, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003.
MME 3201: HEAT TRANSFER [3 1 0 4]
Modes of heat transfer, governing laws and its derivatives, thermal
resistance and conductance, overall heat transfer coefficient, initial and
boundary conditions. Heat conduction through plane and composite
walls, cylinder and composite cylinders, sphere and composite spheres,
system with uniform rate of internal heat generation, effect of variable
thermal conductivity. Fin analysis, effectiveness and efficiency. Lumped
parameter analysis, time constant and response of temperature
measuring instruments. Application of dimensional analysis to free and
forced convection. Boiling regimes, correlations for boiling, film and
dropwise condensation, Nusselt theory. Parallel and counter flow heat
exchanger, heat transfer in evaporators and condensers. Thermal
radiation, absorption, reflection & transmission of radiation, radiation
laws, radiation intensity and total emissive power.
References:
1. Holman J. P., “Heat Transfer”, (10e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
2. Ozisik M.N., “Heat Transfer: A Basic Approach”, (2e), McGraw Hill,
1985.
3. Yunus A. Cenzel and Afshin J. Ghajar, “Heat and Mass transfer”,
(4e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
4. Thirumaleshwar M., “Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer”,
(1e), Pearson Education, 2006.
5. Rajput R.K. “Heat and Mass Transfer”, (4e),S Chand Publishing,
2008.
211
MME 3202: MECHANICAL DESIGN - II [3 1 0 4]
Coil springs-helical coil springs, design of springs subjected to steady,
fluctuating and impact loads, critical frequency, concentric springs. Leaf
springs-semi elliptic carriage springs, stress equalization, combination
of leaf & coil springs. Design of spur, helical and bevel gears based on
static, dynamic and wear strength considerations. Design of worm
gears. Sliding contact bearings-lubricants, mechanism of film
lubrication, temperature rise, heat generation & dissipation. Selection of
rolling contact bearings. Selection of V belt, timer belt, rope and chain
drive. Torque capacity and heat dissipation in different mechanical
brakes like block brake, band brake and pivoted shoe brake.
References:
1. Bhandari V. B., “Design of Machine Elements”, (2e), Tata McGraw-
Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Norton R. L., “Machine Design - An Integrated Approach”, (2e),
Prentice Hall Inc. New Jersey, 2004.
3. Juvinall R. C. and Marshek K. M., “Fundamentals of Machine
Component Design”, (3e), John Wiley and Sons, Inc, New York,
2000.
4. Shigley J. E. and Mischke C. R., “Mechanical Engineering Design”,
(5e), McGraw Hill Inc, New York, 2004.
5. Mahadevan K. and Balaveera Reddy K., “Machine Design Data Hand
Book”, (4e), CBS Publishers and distributors' New Delhi, 1987.
MME 3216: CAD LAB [ 0 0 6 2]
Solid modelling - Sketching, Extrude, cut, hole, chamfer, round, shell, rib,
draft, revolve, pattern, sweep, blend; Datums-Plane, axis, points; Swept
blend, variable section sweep, helical sweep; Assembly Drawing-Views,
dimensioning, tolerances. Basics of MATLAB.
References:
1. Ibrahim K Zeid, “CAD/CAM Theory and Practice”, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 1998.
2. Sham Tickoo, “Pro/Engineer Wildfire for Designers”, CADCIM
Technologies, 2008.
3. Rudra Pratap, “Getting Started with MATLAB”, Oxford University
Press, 2006.
MME 3217: FLUID MECHANICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Measurement of flow using Venturimeter and Orifice meter. Calibration of
V notch, rectangular notch and orifice. Measurement of force due to
impact of jet on vanes, determination of friction factor of pipes.
Performance test on hydraulic ram, centrifugal pump, reciprocating
pump, gear pump, impulse turbine and impulse- reaction turbine.
References:
1. Jagadishlal, “Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines”, Metropolitan
Book Co. Pvt. Ltd New Delhi,1995.
2. Bansal R K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Laxmi
Publication, New Delhi, 2006.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGG ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its types Job
costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet and profit &
loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios,
Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios
References:
1. Blank Leland and T. Tarquin Anthony J., “Engineering Economy”,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chan S. Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Pearson
Education Inc., 2010.
3. Raman B.S., “Advanced accountancy”, United Publications,
Bangalore, 1993.
4. Ramachandran T., “Accounting and Financial Management”,
Scitech Publications Pvt. Ltd. India., 2001.
5. Thuesen G. J. and Thuesen H. G., “Engineering Economics”,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
MME 4101: MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Limits of vibration severity, Natural frequency by Newton's Classical
method &Energy method, Longitudinal, lateral & torsional vibration.
Viscous damping - different types of viscous damping, Coulomb
damping. Steady state forced vibration subjected to harmonic excitation,
rotating and reciprocating unbalance, force and displacement
transmissibility and whirling of shafts. Vibration measurement-
transducers, vibrometer, accelerometer, frequency measuring
instruments, exciters, Machine condition monitoring using vibration
signals. Two degree of freedom system-Classical method and
Lagrange's generalized method, Dynamic vibration absorber, Centrifugal
pendulum absorber. Multi degree freedom system-Classical method,
Influence coefficient method, Matrix iteration method, Rayleigh's
method, Dunkerley's method and Holzer's method. Vibration of
continuous system.
References:
1. Singiresu Rao S., “Mechanical Vibration”, Pearson Education, New
Delhi, 2004.
2. Graham Kelly S., “Fundamentals of Mechanical Vibrations”,
McGraw-Hill, Singapore, 1993.
3. Graham Kelly S., “Schaum's Outline of Mechanical Vibrations
(Schaum's Outline Series)”, McGraw-Hill Publication,1996.
4. Ramamurthi V., “Mechanical Vibration”, Practice with basic theory,
Narosa Publishing House. New Delhi, 2000.
5. Rao J. S. and Gupta K., “Introductory Course on Theory and Practice
of Mechanical Vibrations”, Wiley Eastern Ltd, 1984
MME 4102: FINITE ELEMENT METHODS [2 1 0 3]
Review of matrix algebra, Basics of theory of elasticity, Basics concepts
of the Finite element method-discretization, types of elements, degrees
of freedom, displacement models, convergence, displacement
polynomial, Pascal's triangle, higher order elements, Lagrange &
Serendipity polynomials, sub-parametric, super-parametric &iso-
parametric elements, local and global coordinate systems, shape
functions, Finite element formulation by Direct stiffness method-
212
application of structural, thermal & flow problems. Finite element
formulation by iso-parametric approach, Finite Element Formulation by
the Weighted residual method, Application of the Finite element method
to structural dynamics.
References:
1. Daryl L. Logan, “A First course in Finite Element Method”, (4e),
Thompson Ltd, India, 2007.
2. David V. Hutton, “Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis”, Tata
McGraw Hill. India, 2005.
3. Chandrupatla T. R. and Belegundu A. D., “Introduction to Finite
Elements in Engineering”, Pearson Education, New York, 2001.
4. Reddy J. N., “An Introduction to Finite Element Method”, (3e),
McGraw Hill International Edition, New York, 2006.
5. Larry J. Segerlind, “Applied Finite Element Analysis”, (2e), John
Wiley, New York, 1984.
MME 4103: PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to production, planning & control, functions, types of
production activities. Forecasting- importance and techniques, forecast
control. Aggregate Planning- pure and mixed strategies using trial & error
approach. Job shop scheduling- index method & sequencing
techniques. Inventory Control- introduction, classification, inventory
control models, quantity discount concept, reorder level, ABC analysis.
MRP- introduction and MRP processing logic. Assembly line balancing-
meaning and techniques. Plant Location- factors affecting and methods
of plant location. Plant Layout- types, factors affecting and techniques of
plant layout.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G., “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P, “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Adam Everett E. Jr. and Ebert Ronald J., “Production and Operations
Management”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
4. Chase Richard B., Aquilano Nicholas J. and Jacobs F. Roberts,
“Production and Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 1999.
5. EilonSamuel, “Elements of Production Planning and Control”,
Universal Publishing Corporation, Mumbai, 1991.
MME 4116: FEM LAB [0 0 6 2]
Finite Element Analysis-Truss analysis, Beam analysis, 2D and 3D
structural analysis, Thermal analysis, Shell analysis, Modal and
Harmonic analysis and Fluid analysis. MATLAB Programming for truss,
2D beams, plane stress and strain problems.
References:
1. Daryl L. Logan, “A First Course in Finite Element Method”, (4e),
Thompson Ltd. India, 2007.
2. ANSYS Classic/Workbench Software Manual.
3. Rudra Pratap, “Getting Started with MATLAB”, Oxford University
Press, 2006.
MME 4117: MECHANICAL LAB - III [0 0 3 1]
Heat transfer from in forced convection and free convection, through
composite wall and cylinders. Thermal conductivity of insulating powder
and different metals, Study of parallel flow, counter flow and shell & tube
heat exchanger, Calibration of thermocouples, Determination of Stephen
Boltzman constant and emissivity. Vibration experiments- Compound
pendulum, Bifilar suspension, Torsional vibration, Viscous damping,
Forced vibration, Transmissibility ratio, Transverse vibration of beam and
Whirling of shaft.
References:
1. Holman J. P., “Heat Transfer”, (10e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
2. Yunus A. Cenzel and Afshin J. Ghajar, “Heat and Mass Transfer”,
(4e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
3. Singiresu S. Rao, “Mechanical Vibrations”, Pearson Education
(Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2004.
4. Ramamurti V. “Mechanical Vibration Practice with Basic Theory”,
Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2000.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
MME 4297: SEMINAR
Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
The topic has to be approved by the Department and a report of the
same has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
MME 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the
vacation starting from the end of third semester.
Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
report should include the certificates issued by the industry.
MME 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks.
An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
submission of the final project report in the prescribed form.
Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before
the department committee as part of project evaluation.
MINOR SPECIALISATIONS
I. MACHINE DESIGN
MME 4001: DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE AND ASSEMBLY [3 0 0 3]
Essential factors of product design, morphology of design, producibility
requirements in design, DFMA-History, advantages of DFMA in product
design, selection of materials and processes. Sand casting-design rules
for sand castings, Investment casting-design guidelines. Characteristics
of the forging process, design guidelines, Design guidelines for turning,
drilling, reaming, shaping, slotting, milling, grinding, and design
guidelines for heat treatment. Design for die-casting. Design for sheet
metal working, Design for injection molding, Design for powder metal
processing, assembly methods, importance of DFA, basic DFA
guidelines, product design for manual assembly, design for high-speed
213
automatic assembly and robot assembly, case studies on DFMA,
importance of Fits, tolerance and surface finish in design, production
drawings.
References:
1. Geoffrey Boothroyd, Peter Dewhurst and Winston A. Knight,
“Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly”, CRC Press, 2011.
2. James G. Brala, “Design for Manufacturability Handbook”, McGraw
Hill, New York, 1999.
3. Kevin Otto and Kristin Wood, “Product Design”, Pearson Education,
Delhi, 2001.
4. Chitale A. K. and Gupta R. C., “Product Design and Manufacturing”,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
5. George E. Dieter, “Engineering Design”, McGraw Hill Book
Co.,Singapore, 2000.
MME 4002: DESIGN OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Mechanical design process, design factors, design of mechanical
systems - Flange coupling, Screw jack, Piston, Connecting rod,
Crankshaft-Overhung & Center type, Valve gear mechanism, Single plate
clutch, Passenger lift, Concrete mixer, Automobile chassis &
suspension. Johnson's method of optimization. Design for manufacture
of cast, forged, turned, milled, drilled and ground parts, design for heat
treatment, design for assembly.
References:
1. Bhandari V.B., “Design of Machine Elements”, (3e), Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Trikha S. N., “Machine Design Exercises”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi,
2001.
3. Patil S. P., “Mechanical System Design”, Jaico Publishing House,
Mumbai, 2004.
4. George E. Dieter, “Engineering Design”, McGraw Hill Book Co.,
Singapore, 2000.
5. Mahadevan K. and Balaveera Reddy K., “Machine Design Data Hand
Book”, (4e), CBS Publishers and distributors, New Delhi, 1987.
MME 4003: FATIGUE AND FRACTURE [3 0 0 3]
Structure and deformation of materials, fatigue design philosophies,
fatigue mechanisms and microscopic features, macro aspects of fatigue
of metals. High cycle fatigue - stress-life (S-N) curves, general S-N
behavior, fatigue limits, mean stress effects on S-N behavior, factors
influencing S-N behavior, life estimation using S-N approach, concepts
of cumulative damage and life prediction. Low cycle fatigue, cyclic
stress-strain curve determination, fatigue crack initiation in ductile
solids, cyclic deformation and crack initiation in brittle solids. Strain-life
approach, notch strain analysis and the strain-life approach. Linear
Elastic Fracture Mechanics, Griffith's analysis, stress and displacement
field, stress intensity factor(SIF), Plane strain fracture toughness. Fatigue
Fracture Mechanics, Crack closure and Fatigue threshold, Effect of over
load on fatigue crack growth.
References:
1. Dowling N. E, “Mechanical Behavior of Materials”, (4e), Pearson
Education, 2012
2. Suresh S., “Fatigue of Materials”, (2e), Cambridge University Press,
1998
3. Stephens R. I., Fatemi A., Stephens R. R. and Fuchs H. O., “Metal
Fatigue in Engineering”, (2e), John Wiley & Sons, 2000
4. Bannantine J. A., Comer J. J. and Handrock J. L., “Fundamentals of
Metal Fatigue Analysis”, Prentice Hall, 1990
5. Prashant Kumar, “Elements of Fracture Mechanics”, McGraw Hill
Education, 2009
MME 4004: TRIBOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to tribology, History of tribology, Interdisciplinary Approach,
Economic Benefits. Importance of Lubrication, Types & Properties of
Lubricants, Lubricants Additives, Boundary Lubrication, Mixed
Lubrication. Equation of Continuity & Motion, Generalized Reynolds
Equation with Compressible & Incompressible Lubricant, Hydrodynamic
& Hydrostatic lubrication, Elastohydrodynamic lubrication. Causes of
Friction, Adhesion Theory, Abrasive Theory, Junction Growth Theory,
Laws of Rolling Friction, Friction Instability. Wear Mechanisms and Wear
Analysis. Surface engineering, Rolling Contact Bearings, Gears, Journal
Bearings - Finite Bearings, Condition Monitoring. Surface topography
measurements, electron microscope and friction and wear
measurements laser method, bearing performance measurements,
bearing vibration measurement.
References:
1. Cameron A., “Basic Lubrication Theory”, Ellis Horwood Ltd,
Chichester, 1983.
2. Majumdar B.C., “Introduction to Tribology of Bearings”, A. H.
Wheeler & Co. Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad, 1999.
3. Williams J.A., “Engineering Tribology”, Cambridge University Press,
UK, 2005.
4. Neale, M.J., “Tribology Hand Book”, Butterworth Heinemann,
London, 1995.
5. Stachowiak G. N., Batchelor A. W. and Stachowick G. B.,
“Experimental Methods in Tribology”, Tribology Series 44, Editor D
Dowson, 2004.
II. MANUFACTURING
MME 4005: COMPOSITE MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Definition, classification, types of matrices &
reinforcements, characteristics &selection. Micro mechanical analysis
of a lamina: Introduction, derivation of stress, strain, modulus of
elasticity of fiber reinforced composites. Manufacturing of polymer
composites: Description of method, advantages, disadvantages and
application. Metal matrix composites and ceramic matrix composites:
reinforcement, matrix materials, base metal characteristics & selection,
manufacturing and applications. Design issues and structural
component design process. Application developments in aircrafts,
missiles, space, automobile, electrical and electronics, marine,
recreational and sports equipment's and construction.
References:
1. Mein Schwartz, “Composite Materials Handbook”, McGraw Hill
Book Company, 1984.
2. Autar K. Kaw, “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, CRC Press,
2010.
3. Mallik P. C., “Fiber Reinforced Composites”, Marcel Decker, 1993.
4. Rober M. Joness, “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, McGraw
Hill Kogakusha Ltd, 2008.
5. Michael W, Hyer, “Stress Analysis of Fiber Reinforced Composite
Materials”, McGraw Hill International, 1998.
MME 4006: HEAT TREATMENT OF METALS AND ALLOYS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Iron-Carbon equilibrium diagram & Fundamentals of heat
treatment, decomposition of austenite, TTT diagram, Conventional case
and Surface hardening treatments, factors affecting hardening, laser
214
hardening. Age hardening and Thermo-mechanical treatments for
Aluminium and Non-Ferrous alloys, Ausforming, Isoforming, Thermo-
mechanical annealing Steel specification, Classification and Application
of steels and Cast iron with heat treatments, commercial steel, stainless
steel, maraging steel, Malleabilization. Heat treatment and Application of
non-ferrous metals and alloys defects, causes and remedies in heat
treatment.
References:
1. Rajan T. V., Sharma C P and Sharma Alok, “Heat treatment
principles and techniques”, PHI Publication, 1999.
2. Bolton W., “Engineering Materials Technology”, Heinmann
Newness, 2001.
3. Thelning K.E.,”Steel and its Heat Treatment”, Butterworth/
Heinemann, 2000.
4. Romesh C Sharma, “Principles of Heat Treatment of Steels”, New
Age International (P) Limited, 1996.
5. Singh Vijendra, “Heat Treatment of Metals”, Standard Publishers
Distributors, 2012.
MME 4007: LEAN MANUFACTURING [3 0 0 3]
Framework of Toyota Production System, Introduction to Value Stream
Mapping, Characteristics of lean value stream. Introduction to Kanban,
Kanban Team Formation, Data Collection, Determining the Kanban Size,
Supplier Kanban, Finished Goods Kanban, EOQ vs Kanban Quantity,
Production Smoothing, Shortening Production Lead Time, Multifunction
Workers, Shortening Setup Time Concepts And Techniques,
Organization Structure for Promoting Setup Time Reduction,
Standardization of Operations, Yo-i-Don System, One Shot Setup,
Determining The Standard Quantity of Work In Progress, Preparing The
Standard Operation Sheet.
References:
1. Monden Y, “Toyota Production System: An Integrated Approach to
Just-In-Time”, (4e), CRC Press, 2011
2. Rother M and Shook J, “Learning to See: Value Stream Mapping to
add Value and Eliminate Muda”, The Lean Enterprise Institute, 1999
3. Gross J M and McInnis K R, “Kanban Made Simple: Demystifying
and Applying Toyota's Legendary Manufacturing Process”,
AMACOM books, 2003
4. Feld W M, “Lean Manufacturing: Tools, Techniques and How to Use
Them”, CRC Press, 2001.
5. Dailey K W, Wieckhorst D and Welch B, “The Lean Manufacturing
Pocket Handbook”, DW Publishing, 2003
MME 4008: MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Working and Auxiliary motions in machine Tools, Parameters defining
working motions of a machine tool, Machine tool drives-individual drive,
Group drive, Mechanical Drives for providing rotational movements
,Selection of range of spindle speeds, Typical layouts for intermediate
spindle speeds, Construction of speed diagram, Layout of speeds in GP,
Saw diagram of a GP series, Rules for layout of speed boxes having
sliding clusters, Flow Diagram, Ray diagram, Types of Feed Gear Boxes,
Functions and Requirements of machine tool structures, Profiles,
Factors affecting stiffness of machine tool structures & Methods of
improving it, Commonly used bed and column sections, Antifriction
guide ways, Protecting devices, Spindles, Milling & Drilling machines,
Antifriction bearings, Elimination of vibration, Machine tool chatter,
Vibration isolated tool holders.
References:
1. Mehta N K, “Machine Tool Design & Numerical control”, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2012.
2. Sen and Bhattacharya, “Principles of Machine Tools”, New Central
Book Agency, Calcutta, 2001.
3. CMTI., “Machine Tool Design Handbook”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
4. Basu S K, “Design of Machine Tools”, Oxford & IBH, Delhi, 1989.
5. George Schlesinger, “Testing Machine Tools”, Pergamon Press,
Oxford, 1982.
III. THERMAL ENGINEERING
MME 4009: COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS [3 0 0 3]
Models of fluid flow: Continuity, Momentum and Energy equations in
Cartesian coordinate system, General characteristic of the governing
equations: The initial and boundary conditions, The format of the
differential equation for the conservation: Discretization Process,
Methods of deriving the discretized equations, Explicit Taylor series
expansion, Application of the explicit finite difference technique to one
dimensional steady state heat transfer in a rectangular fin, Unsteady
conduction heat transfer: Explicit, Implicit and Crank Nicholson
Methods, Discretization using control volume technique: The Four basic
rules in control volume formulation, Discretization of source terms and
linearization, The SIMPLE algorithms to solve flow problems: Staggered
Grid, the derivation of the pressure correction equation as Poisson's
Pressure equation, Implementation of boundary conditions in CFD.
References:
1. John D Anderson Jr., “Computational Fluid Dynamics - The Basics
with Applications”, International Edition. McGraw Hill. New York,
1995.
2. Suhas V Patankar, “Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow”,
Hemisphere / McGraw Hill, New York, 1980.
3. Versteeg H K and Malalasekera W, “An Introduction to
Computational Fluid Dynamics - The Finite Volume Method”,
Longman Scientific & Technical. England, 1995.
4. Ghoshdastidhar, “Computer Simulation of Flow and Heat Transfer”,
Tata- McGraw-Hill Book Company. New Delhi, 1998.
5. Muralidhar K and Sundararajan T, Computational Fluid Flow and
Heat Transfer, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2003.
MME 4010: DESIGN OF THERMAL POWER PLANT
SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Design of Double Pipe Heat Exchanger, Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger
Recuperative Air Pre Heater, Economizer, Boiler furnace design,
Estimation of inside heat transfer coefficient using Jens & Lottes
equation and Thom's correlation. Estimation of pressure drop in two
phase flow using Thom's method, Super heater and Re-heater Design:
Estimation of flow in each element of a tube assembly. Estimation of
attenuation factor and direct radiation from furnace, Design of Steam
Condenser-estimation of tube side velocity, surface area and pressure
drop for various tube sizes & Plot the graph) and estimation of shell
diameter of steam condenser, Design of Cooling Tower.
References:
1. Kern D.Q., “Process Heat Transfer”, McGraw-Hill Publications,
1965.
2. Ganapathy V., “Applied Heat Transfer”, Penn Well Publishing
Company, Tulsa, Oklahoma, 1982.
215
3. Sarit Kumar Das, Balakrishan A R, “Process Heat Transfer”, Alpha
Science International, 2005.
MME 4011: JET PROPULSION AND ROCKET TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Jet Propulsion, Thrust equation, Efficiencies: Ram efficiency, thermal
efficiency, propulsive efficiency, propeller efficiency. Propulsive
Devices: turbo jet, turbo prop engine, turbo shaft engine, Ram jet, pulse
jet, Rocket Propulsion, Principle of rocket propulsion, thrust equation,
Criteria for Rocket-Motor Performance- specific impulse, total impulse,
Chemical Rockets: Solid propellant rockets, types of solid propellant,
burning rate, solid propellant grain configurations. Liquid propellant
rockets, Feed systems and injectors. Gaseous propellant rockets,
Developments in Rocket Technology: nuclear propulsion systems,
Electrical propulsion and Hybrid rockets. .
References:
1. Zucrow, “Aircraft and Missile Propulsion”, Vol I and II, John Wiley,
New York. 1958.
2. Jain J K, “Gas Turbine Theory and Jet Propulsion”, (7e), Khanna
Publishers. New Delhi, 1972.
3. Mathur M L and R P Sharma, “Gas Turbines and Jet Propulsion”,
Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi, 2000.
4. Yahya S M, “Fundamentals of compressible flow with aircraft and
rocket propulsion”, New Age International Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi, 2004.
5. Ganesan V, “Gas Turbines”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi. 2005.
MME 4012: REFRIGERATION AND AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Basic concepts and Air Refrigeration Cycles, Vapor Compression
Refrigeration Systems, Vapor Absorption Refrigeration Systems,
Compound vapour compression refrigeration system. Multi-evaporator
and cascade systems, Classification of Refrigerants, Comparison of
thermodynamic properties of refrigerants, Alternate Cooling Methods:
Desiccant Cooing System, Solar Refrigeration, Thermo Electric
Refrigeration, Analysis of Steam Jet Ejector Cycle, Refrigeration,
Psychrometry, Psychrometric charts, Process involving Air-Vapour
Mixtures, Air Conditioning Systems, Types of Air Conditioners, Load
Estimation for inside and outside design conditions. Different types of
heat loads.
References:
1. Arora S.C. and Domkundwar S., “Course in Refrigeration and Air-
conditioning”, Danpath Rai. New Delhi, 1992
2. Cook Norman, Refrigeration and Air conditioning, Macmillan
London, 1995
3. Stoecker W.F., “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, Tata McGraw
Hill,1978
4. Prasad Manohar, “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, New Age
International Pvt. Limited. New Delhi, 2004
5. Gauger D. C., Shapiro H. N., Pate M. B., “Alternative Technologies for
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Applications”, Springfield,
Washigton DC, 2008
IV. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy,
Sources of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages,
Working capital management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash
management, and Dividend decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
2. Pandey I M, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house, Delhi,
2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand &
Co., Delhi,1999.
4. ICFAI, “Corporate Financial Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Maheshwari S.N, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities.
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM. Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability. Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction, & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. Rao T V and Pereira D F, “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing,1986.
2. Subba Rao A, “Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House, 1999.
3. Nair N. G. and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S. Chand Company, 1999.
4. Virmani B R; Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology transfer
and human resource development”, Response books,1997.
5. Pareek Udai et al, “Human Resource Development in Asia: Trends and
Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market opportunities
and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New Economy, Building
Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market Demand, Scanning
the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets, Business Markets,
Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments, Product Life Cycle, New
Market Offerings, Designing and Managing Services, Price Strategies,
Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. ICFAI, “Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R L and Gupta S L, “Marketing Management”, Sultan
Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2000.
HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design: Product life cycle, Process
design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine charts,
Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations strategy,
Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems thinking,
Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision process.
Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries, visibility, System
life cycle models, System dynamics and its importance in system
thinking. System dynamics modeling process.
216
References:
1. Monks Joseph G, “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P, “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Mieghem J, “Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices,
Dynamic Ideas”, ISBN: 0-9759146-6-9, 2008.
4. Sterman J D, “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and
Modeling for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition,
2004.
5. Senge Peter, “The Fifth Discipline, Currency Doubleday”, New York,
1990.
OTHER PROGRAM ELECTIVES
MME 4013: ALTERNATIVE FUELS FOR ENGINES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to alternative fuels, Need for alternative fuels - Availability of
different alternative fuels for SI and CI engines. Properties of potential
alternative fuels, Liquid Fuels for SI Engines, Requirements of fuels for SI
engines-Different Techniques of utilizing alternative liquid fuels Blends,
Neat form, Reformed fuels - Manufacturing, Storage and Safety-
Performance and emission characteristics of alternative liquid fuels,
Liquid Fuels in CI Engines, Requirements of fuels for CI engines- Different
techniques for their utilization- Blends, Fuel modifications to suit CI
engines, Dual fuelling, Ignition accelerators and other additives, Gaseous
Fuels in SI Engines, Gaseous Fuels in CI Engines, Electrical Vehicles.
References:
1. Ramadhas A S, “Alternative Fuels for Transportation”, CRC Press,
Taylor & Francis Group, 2010.
2. Thipse S S, “Alternative Fuels: Concepts, Technologies and
Developments”, Jaico Book Distributors, 2010.
3. Gajendra Babu M K, “Alternative Transportation Fuels: Utilization in
Combustion Engines”, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, 2010.
4. Michael F. Hordeski, “Alternative Fuels: The Future of Hydrogen”,
The Fairmont Press, 2008.
5. James D. Halderman, “Hybrid and Alternative Fuel Vehicles”, (2e),
Prentice Hall, 2010.
MME 4014: AUTOMATIC CONTROL ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
The course Automatic control engineering mainly deals with the
application of automatic control in various systems like temperature
control system, water level control system, flow control system etc.
These physical systems can mathematically modelled and many
physically different systems have the same mathematical model. The
advantage of such mathematical models is that these can be solved
easily and system stability can be ascertained using mathematical
models. In addition, the selection of proper system parameters for
safety of a control system can be demonstrated through various plots
like Nyquist and Bode plots. Digital control systems play a very
important role in handling multi variate systems which can be modelled
using state space representation.
References:
1. Harrison H. L. and Bollinger J.G., “Automatic controls”, (2e),
International Text Book Co. U.S.A, 1968.
2. Raven,” Automatic Control Engineering”, McGraw Hill, U.S.A,
1995.
3. Benjamin Kuo.C., “Automatic Control Systems EEE”, (7e), Prentice
Hall of India Ltd. New Delhi, 1995.
4. Verma S. N., “Automatic Control Systems”, Khanna Publishers,
Delhi, 1990.
5. Katsuhiko Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall of
India Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
MME 4015: CORROSION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Definitions, Corrosive Environments, Consequences of Corrosion, Cost
of Corrosion, Corrosion Science and Corrosion Engineering,
Fundamental aspects of Corrosion. Corrosion Cell, Cathodic and Anodic
Reactions, Types of Corrosion Cells, Reference Electrode, Calomel
Electrode, Pourbaix Diagrams. Corrosion Rate Expressions, Electro-
Chemical nature of Aqueous Corrosion, Polarization, Factors influencing
Corrosion Rate. Types of Corrosion, Measuring Polarization, Anodic
Polarization, Cathodic Polarization, Activation Polarization and
Concentration Polarization. Corrosion Prevention, Materials Selection,
Alteration of Environments, Design, Cathodic and Anodic Protection,
Corrosion Inhibitors, Coatings. Methods used to determine Corrosion
Rate, Weight Loss Measurements, Linear Polarization, Tafel Extrapolation
Techniques.
References:
1. Ahmed Zaki, “Principles of corrosion Engineering and corrosion
control”, Elsevier science and technology Books, 2006.
2. Mars G. Fontana, “Corrosion Engineering”, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill,
2008.
3. Trethewey K. R. and Longman J. Chamberlain, “Corrosion for
Students of Science and Engineering”, Scientific and Technical,
1988.
4. Schweitzer A Philip, “Fundamentals of corrosion-Mechanisms,
Causes and preventive methods”, CRC Press, Tayler and Francis
Group, 2010.
5. Uhlig H. H. and Revie R. W., “Corrosion and Corrosion Control”,
Wiley, 1985.
MME 4016: ELEMENTS OF MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Definition, basic concepts and elements of mechatronic
systems, needs and benefits of mechatronics in manufacturing,
Sensors, Transducers: Displacement. Piezoelectric actuators, Shape
memory alloys. Hydraulic & Pneumatic devices Power supplies, valves,
cylinder sequencing. Data acquisition and translation: Signal
conditioning Operational amplifiers, inverting amplifier, differential
amplifier, Protection, comparator, filters, Multiplexer, Pulse width
Modulation Counters, decoders, ADC, DAC Signal Analysis -
Linearization of data, Compensation, Signal Averaging, Fourier analysis.
Data presentation system: Display - Cathode ray oscilloscope, LED, LCD,
Printers, Magnetic Recording, Controllers and Algorithms:
Microprocessor Applications.
References:
1. Alciatore David G & Histand Michael B, “Introduction to
Mechatronics and Measurement systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. Boltan W, “Mechatronics”, Addison Wesley Longman Ltd, 1999.
3. Devdas Shetty & Richard Kolk, “Mechatronics System Design”,
PWS Publishing, 2001
4. Dan Nesculescu, “Mechatronics”, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd,
2002.
5. Bradley D A and others, “Mechatronics”, Nelson Thornes Chennai,
2004.
MME 4017: FLUID DRIVES AND CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Structure and signal flow of pneumatic system, basic components,
pneumatic actuators: direction and flow control valves, symbols of
pneumatic valves, traverse time diagram. Design of manually operated
217
circuits, control of multiple actuators, structure of electro pneumatics
circuits, types of sensors, electrically actuated direction control valves,
relay control systems. Design of electro pneumatic circuits, basic
concepts of PLC. Structure of hydraulic circuit, Pascal's law, force
transmission in hydraulics, power pack and accessories, hydraulic
fluids, filters, hydraulic pumps and actuators. Calculation of force,
speed, power developed. Pipes and fittings, accumulators, construction
and working of direction, pressure and flow control valves, proportional
and Servo valves. Applications in regenerative meter in, meter out, bleed
off, sequencing, pressure reducing circuits, electro hydraulic circuits.
References:
1. Peter Croser and Frank Ebel, “Pneumatics Basic Level TP 101”,
Festo Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 2002.
2. Prede G. and Scholz D., “Electropneumatics Basic Level”, Festo
Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 2002.
3. Hasebrink J. P. and Kobler R., “Fundamentals of Pneumatic Control
Engineering”, Festo Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 2002.
4. Peter Rohner, “Industrial Hydraulic Control”, John Wiley & Sons,
Brisbane, 1989.
5. Majumdar S. R., “Oil Hydraulic Systems Principles and
Maintenance”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2005.
MME 4018: FRICTION AND WEAR [3 0 0 3]
Influence of material properties, rolling friction, Measurement of friction,
friction coefficient values. Mechanism of adhesive wear, shapes of
transferred and loose wear particles, size distribution of wear
fragments, quantitative laws of adhesive wear, wear coefficients,
Abrasive wear, Corrosive wear, Impact wear, Hydrodynamic,
hydrostatic and elasto-hydrodynamic lubrication, solid film lubrication,
boundary lubrication single penetration and multiple penetration
models. Effectiveness of liquid lubricant and solid lubricant. Rebuilding
and surfacing cements, wear tiles, electro spark deposition coatings,
fused carbide cloth, thermal/chemical deposited ceramic coatings,
centrifugal cast wear coatings, wear sleeves, wear plates.
References:
1. Rabinowicz E, “Friction and Wear of Materials”, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., 1995.
2. Bharat Bhushan, “Principles and applications of Tribology”, John
Wiley & Sons Inc., 1999.
3. Arnell R D, Davies P B, Halling J &Whomes T L, “Tribology:
Principles and design applications”, Macmillan Education Ltd,
1991.
4. Kragelsky I V, “Friction Wear Lubrication Tribology hand book”, vol
1, 2 & 3, MIR Publishers, 1981.
5. Majumdar B. C., “Tribology of Bearings”, Wheeler Publisher, 1990.
MME 4019: INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS [3 0 0 3]
Definition of Robots; Types of Robots; Robot Configuration; Selection of
Robots; factor affecting the control resolution, Spatial resolution,
Accuracy and repeatability, Specification of a robot, Robot
arm/manipulator Kinematics, Types of Grippers; Force Analysis of
gripper mechanism; Classification of Actuators; Actuators used in
Robots - DC motors, Stepper motors, AC motors and Servo motors,
Robot Transmission Systems; Sensors; Types and classification of
robot sensors, Positional potentiometer, Velocity tachometer, Working
of resolver, Optical encoder, Magneto resistive skin, Hall generator,
Electro-magnetic & Adhesive end effectors, proximity sensors; Tactile
Sensing; Robot Vision.
References:
1. Janakiraman P. A., “Robotics and Image Processing”, Tata McGraw
Hill, 1995.
2. Groover M.P., “Industrial Robotics”, PHI, 2008.
3. JainK.C., Aggarwal L.N, “Robotics Principles and Practice”, Khanna
Publishers, 1997.
4. Fu, Gonzalez and Lee, “Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and
Intelligence”, Tata McGrawHill, 2008.
5. Hegde Ganesh S, “A textbook on Industrial Robotics”, Laxmi
Publications (P) Ltd, 2006.
MME 4020: INTRODUCTION TO COMBUSTION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to combustion deals with the history of combustion modes,
flames, types of fuels and their properties. The thermo-chemistry of
combustion, property relations, first law of thermodynamics, reactants
and product mixtures, stoichiometry. Adiabatic flame temperature,
chemical equilibrium, the products of combustion. Basics of mass
transfer related law and species conservation. The fundamentals of
Chemical kinetics, important chemical mechanisms and Simplified
conservation equations for reacting flows, laminar premixed flames, flame
velocity thickness of flame, flame stabilization Laminar diffusion flames
and turbulent flames. Droplet evaporation and burning, applications and
simple models of droplet evaporation burning. The impact on environment
due to combustion, emissions from combustion processes.
References:
1. Stephen R. Turns, “An Introduction to Combustion, Concepts and
Applications”, (2e), McGraw- Hill, 2000.
2. Mishra D.P., “Fundamentals of Combustion”, PHI Learning Private
Limited New Delhi, 2010.
3. Sharma, S.P. and Mohan, C., “Fuels and Combustion”, Tata McGraw-
Hill, 1987.
4. Sarkar. S., “Fuels and Combustion”, Orient Longman, 2005.
5. Mukunda H.S., “Understanding of Combustion”, McMillan India Ltd,
New Delhi 1989.
MME 4021: MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION [3 0 0 3]
Basic physical and mechanical properties of materials, X-ray Diffraction
Methods, X-ray Radiation, Generation of X-rays, Distortions of Diffraction
Spectra, Wide Angle X-ray Diffraction and Scattering, Microscopic material
characterization, Light Microscopy - Optical Principles, Image Formation,
Resolution, Depth of Field, Aberrations, Instrumentation, illumination
system. Confocal microscopy, Scanning Electron Microscopy. Contrast
formation, electron specimen Interactions, preparation for micro-
composition examination, Transmission Electron Microscopy, Selected Area
Diffraction Characteristics, Single-Crystal Diffraction, Multi-Crystal
Diffraction, Kikuchi Lines. Images of Crystal Defects, Wedge Fringe, Bending
Contours, Dislocations. Differential Thermal Analysis and Differential
Scanning Calorimetry, Thermogravimetry, interpretation of TG curves.
References:
1. Yang Leng, “Materials Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic
and Spectroscopic Methods”, John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd,
Singapore, 2008.
2. Sam Zhang, Lin Li, Ashok Kumar, “Materials Characterization
Techniques”, CRC Press, 2008.
MME 4022: MEMS AND NANO TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
General methods of preparation of nanoparticles, Carbon nanostructures
and their Applications. Nanosized Structures, Physical chemistry of
nanosystems, Nanoparticles, Nanowires and Nanorods, Thin films- Self
218
assembled monolayers, Experimental techniques- Temperature
measurement techniques, Atomic Force Microscopy, Scanning
Tunneling Microscopy, Spectroscopy and Diffraction techniques. Micro
Electro Mechanical Systems, MEMS, Micro and Nanoscale Thermal
Engineering, Nanofluids preparation and Characterization, Properties of
nanofluids, Nanomaterials used in energy and Environmental
applications and their Properties. Device applications in hydrogen
storage and Production, Fuel cells, Battery, Solar energy conversion,
Waste water treatment, Pollution remedies, Nanomaterials in
automobiles. Challenges and Scope.
References:
1. Charles P Poole, “Introduction to Nanotechnology”, Wiley-
Interscience Publication, 2003.
2. Guozhong Cao, “Nanostructures & Nanomaterials”, Imperial
College Press, 2004.
3. Sobhan C B, “Microscale and Nanoscale Heat Transfer”, Taylor and
Francis Publication, 2008.
4. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, “The MEMS Handbook”, Taylor and Francis
Publication, 2005.
5. James J Allen, “MEMS Design”, Taylor and Francis Publication,
2005.
MME 4023: MICRO MACHINING [3 0 0 3]
Micromachining, Traditional Micromachining Processes, Materials for
micromachining, Advanced Micromachining and Nanofinishing,
Abrasive Water Jet Micromachining (AWJMM), Ultrasonic
Micromachining (USMM), Abrasive Jet Micromachining (AJMM),
Thermoelectric Advanced Micromachining, Electric Discharge
Micromachining (EDM), Electric Discharge Grinding (EDG) And Electric
Discharge Diamond Grinding (EDDG), Wire Electric Discharge
Micromachining, Laser Beam Micromachining, Electron Beam
Micromachining. Electrochemical and Chemical Advanced Machining,
Chemical Micromachining (ChMM). Wafer bonding- Anodic bonding,
Fusion bonding, CVD and PVD processes, Spin coating, Evaporation
and Epitaxy, Laser ablation technique. Bulk and Surface
Micromachining Techniques, Micromachining Tools.
References:
1. Jain V. K., “Introduction to Micromachining”, Narosa
Publishers,New Delhi, 2010.
2. Jain V. K., “Advanced Machining Processes”, Allied Publishers
Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.
3. Mojtaba Kahrizi, “Micromachining Techniques for Fabrication of
Micro and Nano Structures”, Intech, 2012
MME 4024: NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING [3 0 0 3]
NDE in Design, Maintenance and Service, Benefits of NDE, Choosing
the NDE technique, Qualifications of NDE personnel, Penetrant
Inspections, penetrant testing materials and processes, penetrant
testing methods and systems, sensitivity, standards, Magnetic Particle
Testing, Ultrasonic Testing, Elastic wave propagation, Ultrasonic
Transducers, Criteria for probe selection, Inspection techniques,
ultrasonic techniques for stress measurement and material studies,
Radiographic Techniques, electromagnetic radiation sources,
properties of X- and gamma rays. Radiographic imaging, Radiographic
inspection techniques, radiographic inspection systems, Eddy Current
Testing (ECT), 3D or phased array ECT. Acoustic Emission Testing,
Thermography, impact echo method of testing, phased array
techniques, laser testing methods, vibration testing and analysis
methods.
References:
1. Don E Bray and Roderic K Stanley, “Nondestructive Evaluation: A Tool
in Design, Manufacturing and Service”, Taylor and Francis Group,
London, 1997.
2. Paul E Mix, “Introduction to Nondestructive Testing-A training
Guide”, (2e), John Wiley and Sons, Inc, 2005.
3. Davis Joseph R., “ASM Handbook: Volume 17, Nondestructive
Evaluation and Quality Control”, ASM International Materials Park,
OH.
4. ASNT (Edited), “Materials and Processes for NDT Technology”,
ASNT, USA, 1981.
5. Ensminger Dale, “Ultrasonics: Fundamentals, Technology,
Application”, (2e), Marcel Dekker, New York, 1988.
MME 4025: NON - CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES [3 0 0 3]
Forms of energy, Energy sources, Need for renewable energy sources,
Thermal applications of solar energy, Measurement of solar radiation,
Empirical equations for predicting the availability of solar radiation, solar
radiations on tilted surface, flat plate collector, Performance analysis,
Transmissivity of cover systems, Transmissivity - absorptivity product,
Collector efficiency factor and Heat removal factor, Principles of wind power,
Total power, maximum power (Betz theory), Actual power, Types of windmill,
Ocean energy, Tidal energy, Tidal energy conversion by single pool system and
two pool system, Principle of OTEC, Small scale Hydel Plant, Geothermal
energy conversion, Biomass energy, Influencing factors for the generation of
biogas, Types of biogas plants, Direct energy conversion,Thermo- ionic
converters, MHD generators, Types of MHD converters.
References:
1. Sukatme S. P., “Solar Energy Principles of Thermal Collection and
Storage”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2005.
2. El-Wakil M M, “Power plant Technology”, McGraw Hill International,
1984.
3. Rai G. D., “Non-conventional Energy Sources”, Khanna Publications,
1997.
4. Rao S and Dr. Parulekar B. B., “Energy Technology”, Khanna
Publishers, 2004.
5. Culp A. W., “Principles of Energy Conversion”, McGraw Hill
International, 2001.
MME 4026: OPERATIONS RESEARCH [3 0 0 3]
The subject covers definition, phases, applications, advantages and
disadvantages of operations research. Linear programming problems
(LPP) are formulated and solved using graphical and simplex methods
and post optimality analysis conducted. The special cases of LPP include
transportation and assignment problems along with travelling salesman
problem. Game theory and various methods, waiting line models and
simulation. Poisson arrival rate and Exponential service times, System
characteristics, Problems on the models- (M/M/1): (M/M/1) : (N/FIFO),
Simulation of queuing models, Network model analysis using Critical Path
Method (CPM) and Project Evaluation & Review Technique
(PERT).Determination of probability/expectation of project completion.
References:
1. Taha H. A., “Operations Research”, (7e), Pearson Education, 2002.
2. Winston W.L., “Operations Research’, Thomson Asia, 2003.
3. Vohra N. D., “Quantitative Techniques in Management”, 2007.
4. Sharma S. D., “Operations Research”, (14e),KedarNathRamnath
Publications, 2005.
5. Kanthi Swaroop, Gupta P K and Manmohan, “Operations Research’,
Sultan Chand and Sons, 2003.
219
MME 4027: ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR [3 0 0 3]
Contributing disciplines to OB, Basic OB Model. Learning, Methods of
shaping behavior, Values, Attitudes and Job satisfaction, Personality,
Determinants of Personality, Personality theories, Major personality
attributes, Perception Attribution Theory, Selective perception, Halo
effect, Contrast effect, Stereo-typing. Maslow's hierarchy of needs,
Theory X and Theory Y, Frederick Herzberg's Motivation and Hygiene
Theory, Contemporary Theories, Group Dynamics, Group Behaviour
Model, Quality of a good leader, types and theories of leadership.
Conflict, Dimensions of Conflict Handling Intentions, Virtual
Organisation, Boundary less Organisation, Mechanistic and Organic
Model, Factors influencing organisation structure. Work Design,
Organisational Change and Organisational Development, Lewin's
Three-Step Model and Action research. Organisational Development.
References:
1. Luthans Fred, “Organisational Behaviour”, McGraw Hill, New York,
1989.
2. Gupta Rakesh, “Organisational Behaviour”, Kitab Mahal,Allahabad,
1998.
3. Davis Keith and Newstrom J.W., “Organisational Behaviour at
Work”, Tata-McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1997.
4. Moorhead Greogery and Griffin Ricky W., “Organisational
Behaviour”, AITBS, New Delhi, 1999.
5. Carrel Michaell R., Fundamentals of “Organisational Behaviour”,
Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1997.
MME 4028: PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL
RELATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Objectives of personnel management, Functions of Personnel
Management, Process of Human Resource Planning, Steps in
recruitment process, Sources of recruitment, methods of
recruitment.Promotions, Demotions, Transfers, Separation,
Absenteeism and Turn over, Wage and Salary administration,
Performance Appraisal, Methods of Performance evaluation.Industrial
Relations: Functional Requirements, Employees participation in
management.Grievances and Grievance Handling, Act of Indiscipline/
Misconduct,Principles for maintenance of discipline.Industrial
Disputes, Procedure forthe Settlement of Disputes, Government and
Industrial Relations, Organs of IndustrialPeace. Trade Unions:
Objectives and Functions, Growth of Trade Union Movement, Factors
Affecting Growth of Trade Unions, Essentials of a Successful Trade
Union.
References:
1. Mamoria,C.B., “Personnel Management”, Himalaya Publishing
House, 2007
2. Megginson,Leon C, “Personnel and Human Resource
Administration”, 1977
3. Beach,D.S., “Personnel: The Management of People At Work”,
1977.
4. Yoder and Dale, “Personnel Management and Industrial Relations”,
1972.
MME 4029: PLANT ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Industrial Building, Building maintenance and repairs,
Hardener/sealers, Floor paints, Functions of coating, Constituents of
paint, Ventilation systems and control, Requirement of water, Building
services, Water purification processes, Membrane processes,
Effluents. Measurement of noise, Vibration, Noise and Vibration control,
Nature of dust and fumes, Legislation on air pollution concern to the
plant engineer. Challenges in maintenance, Responsibilities of the
maintenance department, Reliability centered maintenance, Total
productive maintenance, Planning of maintenance function, Estimation
of maintenance work, Maintenance control, Maintenance scheduling,
Maintenance cost, Maintenance budgeting and cost control. Condition
Monitoring, Condition monitoring levels, Techniques of condition
monitoring, Future scope of condition monitoring.
References:
1. Mobley K. R., “Plant Engineer's Handbook”, Butterworth-
Heinemann, Woburn, 2001.
2. Snow A. D., “Plant Engineer's Reference Book”, Butterworth-
Heinemann, Woburn, 2000.
3. Mobley, Higgins and Wikoff, “Maintenance Engineering Handbook”,
McGraw-Hill, 2008.
4. Mishra and Pathak, “Maintenance Engineering and Management”,
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
5. Jyoti Mehrotra, “Principles and Practice of Total Productive
Maintenance”, Allied Publishers Ltd., 1998.
MME 4030: PLANT LAYOUT AND MATERIAL HANDLING [3 0 0 3]
Principle of plant layout, product, process and combination layout,
economics of different types of layout. Factors influencing the layout-
manpower, movement, service, material, machinery, waiting, building
and change factors, location of storages & delay point. Layout planning-
scientific approach, flow process chart, cross chart, string diagram, line
balancing, templates evaluation of layout, installation of layout,
computerized layout planning. Material handling- principles of material
handling, factors in selection of material handling equipment, safety in
material handling, types of material handling equipment, modern
material handling equipment.
References:
1. Buffa E. S. and Rakesh S. K., “Modern Production and Operation
Management”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2003.
2. Richard M., “Practical Plant Layout”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1955.
3. James Apple M., “Plant Layout and Material Handling”, John Wiley,
New York, 1977.
4. Mathew P. Stephens and Fred E. Meyers, “Manufacturing Facilities
Design & Material Handling”, (5e), Purdue University Press, 2013.
5. David E. Mulcahy, “Materials Handling Handbook”, McGraw Hill
Professional, 1998.
MME 4031: POWER PLANT ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Choice of site for power station, load estimation, load duration curve,
effect of variable load on power plant, Economics of power
generation.Hydro-Electric plants, Storage and pondage, flow duration
and mass curves, hydrographs, Different types of fuels used for steam
generation. Equipmentsfor burning coal in lump form, Equipment for
preparation and burning of pulverized coal, unit system and bin system.
Pulverized fuel furnaces, cyclone furnace.Coal and ash handling.Dust
collection systems-Electrostatic Precipitator.Accessories for the steam
generator such as super-heaters, de-super-heaters, control of super-
heaters, economizers, Air Pre-heaters and re-heaters.Cooling towers
and ponds, General arrangement of Diesel Power Plant. Gas Turbine
Power Plant, Principles of release of nuclear energy. Fusion and fission
reactions, Waste disposal.
References:
1. Rajput R K, “Power Plant Engineering”, Laxmi Publication (P) Ltd,
2010
2. Nag P K, “Power Plant Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
220
Co. Ltd, 2008.
3. Nagpal G R, “Power Plant Engineering’, Khanna Publishers, 2008.
4. Skrotzki and Vopat, ‘Power Station Engineering Economy’, McGraw
Hill Book Co.
5. Wrangham D.A., “Theory and Practice of Heat Engines”, ELBS
Edition.
MME 4032: PROJECT MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Concept of project, Project life cycle, organizing projects within the
functional organization, organizing projects as dedicated teams,
organizing projects within a matrix arrangement, Project manager and
their attributes.Feasibility study, Pre-feasibility study, Steps of feasibility
study. Estimating project times and costs, Factors influencing the quality
of estimates, Top-down approaches of estimation, Bottom-up
approaches of estimation, Hybrid approach of estimation. Risk
management process, Risk Assessment - probability analysis,
Contingency planning, Contingency funding and time buffers, Risk
response control, Project scheduling, Bar charts and Milestone charts,
Development of networks, Work Breakdown Structure, Program
Evaluation and Review Technique, Project audit and closure, Audit
reporting, Evaluation of project team and members.
References:
1. Gray C., Larson E. and Desai G., “Project Management The
Managerial Process”, Tata McGraw Hill Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
2. Paneerselvam R. and Senthilkumar P., “Project Management”, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
3. Chandra P., “Projects Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing,
Implementation and Review”, Tata McGraw Hill Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2009.
4. Choudhry S., “Project Management”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Co. Ltd. New Delhi., 1997.
5. Punmia B. and Khandelwal K., “Project Planning and Control with
PERT and CPM”, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
MME 4033: STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Inspection and quality control, Organization for quality, The Normal
distribution curve, Tchebyeheff's and Camp-Meidells inequality
theorems, Shewhart's bowl drawing experiments, Control charts for
variables, Interpreting patterns of variation on control charts for
variables, Type I and Type II Errors, Process capability analysis, Control
charts for attributes, Control chart for number of non-conformities per
unit. Acceptance sampling by attributes, Acceptable quality level, Lot
tolerance percent defective, AOQ curve, AOQL, Average total
Inspection, Average fraction inspected, Producers risk, Consumers risk,
Acceptance sampling tables. Specifications and Tolerances,
Conventional and Statistical tolerancing, Precision, Accuracy and
Reproducibility of method of measurements, Quality costs.
References:
1. Grant E. L and Levenworth R., “Statistical Quality Control”, McGraw
Hill Publications, New York, 2005.
2. Montgomery D.C., “Introduction to Statistical Quality Control”,
John Wieley and Sons, New York,2005.
3. Juran J.M. and Gryna F.M., ‘Quality Planning and Analysis”, Tata
McGraw Hill Publications, Delhi, 1995.
4. Bertrand L. Hansen, “Quality Control- Theory and Applications”,
Prentice Hall India, Delhi, 1987.
5. Duncan,A.J., “Quality Control and Industrial Statistics”, Irwin
Press, New York, 1970
 MME 4034: SUPPLY CHAIN AND LOGISTICS
MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Objective of a supply chain, Decision phases in a supply chain, Process
view of a supply chain, Role of distribution in the supply chain, Design
options for a distribution network, Factors influencing network design
decisions, Role of IT in network design, Making network design
decisions in practice, Transportation infrastructures and policies,
Tailored Transportation, Sourcing Decisions, In-house outsource, Third
and fourth party logistics providers, Supply scoring and assessment,
Supplier selection, Sourcing planning and analysis, Pricing and Revenue
management, Pricing and revenue management for multiple customer
segments, pricing and revenue management for perishable assets,
Information Technology, Customer relationship management, Internal
supply chain management, Supplier relationship management,
Transaction management foundation.
References:
1. Chopra and Meindl., “Supply Chain Management Strategy, Planning
and Operation”, (3e), Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Raghuram and Rangaraj, “Logistics and Supply Chain Management:
Cases and Concepts”, Macmillan, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Simchi-Levi and Kaminski, “Designing and Managing the Supply
Chain: Concepts, Strategies and Case Studies”, McGraw-Hill,
2003.
4. Shapiro J., “Modelling the Supply Chain’, Duxbury Thomson
Learning, U.S.A., 2009.
MME 4035: TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Management of technology, system model, integrated and holistic
model, Timing and innovation, technology and competition,
Entrepreneurs and innovation, entrepreneurship in corporations,
entrepreneurship, organizational barriers to innovation, venture team.
Business plans for new ventures, successful product innovation,
sources of venture capital, Growth of new firms, Dynamics of new firms,
corporate systems, dynamic factors affecting growth, Innovation
Process, Forecasting Technology, Form of technology change, S-curve
jumps from radical to system innovation, Technology life cycle,
economic long cycles, Kondratieff waves, Technology and marketing,
Sources of innovation, market pull and technology push, Corporate
research, Project strategy, sales volume and profitability in product life
time, R&D projects, production costs, market share, profit margin.
References:
1. Gerard H Gaynor, “Handbook of Technology Management”, McGraw
Hill International Edition, 1996.
2. Betz Frederick,” Managing Technology”, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
3. Steele Lowell W and Badaww Michel K.,” Managing Technology,
4. Narayanan V. K., “Managing Technology and Innovation for
Competitive Advantage”, Prentice Hall, 2001.
5. Rungachari Krishna, Chari C. P., “Technology Management and
Business Development”.
MME 4036: THEORY OF INTERNAL COMBUSTION
ENGINES AND EMISSIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to IC engines, Idealized cycles, Fuel air cycles and actual
cycles, modes of combustion, Stoichiometry, heat of formation,
adiabatic flame temperature, chemical equilibrium, ignition limits. IC
engine fuels: conventional and non-conventional fuels and their analysis.
Petroleum refining processes and products, Qualities of SI and CI engine
fuels and their ratings, alternative fuels: Alcohols, LPG, CNG, Hydrogen,
Vegetable oils. Stages of combustion in SI and CI engines: Normal and
221
abnormal combustion, Principle of combustion chamber design for SI
and CI engines. Rotary engine, CRDI, MPFI, TBI and GDI systems, Dual
fuel engines and stratified charge engines. IC engine pollutant formation,
evaporative emissions, cranks case emissions and tail pipe emissions,
Exhaust emission control methods- ammonia injection. EGR and
positive crank case ventilation.
References:
1. Ganeshan V., “Internal Combustion Engines”, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Mathur and Sharma, ‘A Course in I C Engines”, Dhanpath Rai
Publishers, New Delhi, 1981.
3. John B. Heywood, “Introduction to Internal Combustion Engines”,
Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2011.
4. Lichty L.C., “International Combustion Engines”, McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 1951.
5. Edward F. Obert, “Internal Combustion Engines and Air Pollution”,
Harper & Row, Publishers. Delhi, 1973.
MME 4037: TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Dimensions of Quality, Quality Planning, Quality costs Analysis,
Techniques for Quality Costs, Basic concepts of Total Quality
Management. Quality Council, Quality Statements, Strategic Planning,
Deming Philosophy, Barriers to TQM Implementation, TQM
Principles,Customer satisfaction and Retention, Employee Involvement -
Motivation, Empowerment teams, Continuous Process Improvement -
Juran Trilogy, PDSA Cycle, Kaizen, Supplier Partnership - Partnering,
sourcing, Supplier Selection, Supplier Rating, Relationship
Development, Performance Measures - Basic Concepts, Strategy,
Performance Measure, TQM Tools, Benchmarking Process, Quality
Function Deployment, Taguchi Quality Loss Function, Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) - Concept of six sigma, ISO 9000:2000 Quality
System - Elements, Implementation, Quality Auditing, QS 9000, ISO
14000.
References:
1. Besterfield Dale H., “Total Quality Management’, Pearson Education,
Delhi, 2006.
2. James R. Evans & William M. Lindsay, ‘The Management and
Control o’f Quality, (5e), South-Western Thomson Learning, 2002.
3. Oakland John S, “Total Quality Management text with Cases”,
Elsevier, New Delhi, 2006.
4. Besterfield Dale H, “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education,
Delhi, 2012.
5. Zeiri, “Total Quality Management for Engineers’, Aditya Books, Delhi,
1992.
MME 4038: WORK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Productivity and work study, Productivity in the individual enterprise,
Factors tending to reduce productivity, Techniques for reducing excess
work content and ineffective time, Work study, Method study, Flow
process charts, Flow diagram, Multiple activity chart, Travel chart, String
diagram, motion economy, Two handed process chart, Micro motion
study, Therbligs, SIMO chart, Cyclegraph and Chronocyclegraph,. Use
and basic procedure of work measurement, Techniques of work
measurement, Time study, Rating, Introduction to Work sampling, Pre-
determined time standards (PTS) and Standard Data. Restricted work,
Pump diagram, Multiple machine work, Load factor, Machine
interference, Interference allowance, Working environment and
Ergonomics, Safety criteria, Lighting, Noise and Vibration, Ventilation,
Climatic conditions.
References:
1. International Labour Office (ILO), “Introduction to work study”,
Universal Book Corporation, Geneva, 2001.
2. Niebel B.W. and Frievalds, A., “Methods, Standards, and Work
design”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2003.
3. Barnes R.M., “Motion and Time Study-Design and Measurement of
work”, Willey International, Singapore, 1980.
4. George K., “Work study, Universal Publishing Corporation”,
Bombay, 1995.
5. Niebel B.W., “Motion and Time Study”, (5e), Richard D.IrvinInc,
Illinois, 1972
OPEN ELECTIVES
MME 3281: CORROSION ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Definitions, corrosive environments, consequences of corrosion, cost of
corrosion, corrosion science and corrosion Engineering, fundamental
aspects of corrosion. Corrosion cell, cathodic and anodic reactions,
types of corrosion cells, reference electrode, calomel electrode,
pourbaix diagrams. Corrosion rate expressions, electro-chemical nature
of aqueous corrosion, polarization, factors influencing corrosion rate.
Types of corrosion, measuring polarization, anodic polarization, cathodic
polarization, activation polarization and concentration polarization.
Corrosion prevention, materials selection, alteration of environments,
design, cathodic and anodic protection, corrosion inhibitors, coatings.
Methods used to determine corrosion rate, weight loss measurements,
linear polarization, Tafel extrapolation techniques.
References:
1. Ahmed Zaki, “Principles of Corrosion Engineering and Corrosion
Control”, Elsvier science and Technology Books, 2006.
2. Mars G. Fontana, “Corrosion Engineering”, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill,
2008.
3. Trethewey K. R. and Longman J. Chamberlain, “Corrosion for
Students of Science and Engineering”, Scientific & Technical, 1988.
4. Schweitzer A Philip, “Fundamentals of corrosion-Mechanisms,
Causes and preventive methods”, CRC Press, Tayler and Francis
Group, 2010.
5. Uhlig H. H. and Revie R. W., “Corrosion and Corrosion Control”,
Wiley, 1985.
MME 3282: ENERGY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Steam power plant - Different types of fuels used for steam generation,
Equipment for burning coal in lump form, Stokers, Diesel Engine power
plant - Method of starting diesel engine, Auxiliaries like cooling and
lubrication system, Filters, Centrifuges, Oil heaters, Intake and exhaust
system, Layout of diesel power plant. Hydro-electric plant:
Hydrographs, Flow duration and mass curves, Storage and pondage,
Pumped storage plants, Low, medium and high head plants, Penstock,
Water hammer, Surge tanks, Gates and valves, Nuclear Power Plant,
Solar energy, Biomass energy, Wind energy, Ocean energy, Geothermal
energy conversion, tidal energy conversion.
References:
1. Nag P K, “Power Plant Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
2. Domkundwar, “Power Plant Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai Publications,
2003.
3. Rai G D, “Non-Conventional Energy Sources”, Khanna Publishers.
4. Rao S and Parulekar B B, “Energy Technology”, Khanna Publishers,
2004.
5. Culp A W, “Principles of Energy Conversion”, McGraw Hill
International, 2001.
222
MME 3283: INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Safety Engineering, Industrial Accidents, Theories of
Accident Causation, Introduction to Health and Toxic Substances,
Environmental Control and Noise, Ventilation and its Design Principle,
Personal Protection and First Aid, Fire Protection, Machine Guarding,
Safeguarding the point of operation, Power presses, Grinding machines,
Saws, Belts and Pulleys, Safety consideration regarding material
handling and storage. Safety Requirement for Material Handling and
Storage, Electrical Hazards, Employee Participation in Promoting Safety,
Safety Training, Safety Committees, Teamwork Approach to Promoting
Safety.
References:
1. Asfahl C R and Rieske D W, “Industrial Safety and Health
Management”, (6e), Pearson Education, 2011.
2. Spellman F R and Whiting N E, “The Handbook of Safety Engineering:
Principles and Applications”, Government Institutes, 2009.
3. Gupta A., “Industrial Safety and Environment”, (1e), Laxmi
Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2006
4. Goetsch D L, “Occupational Safety and Health for Technologists,
Engineers and Managers”, (8e), Pearson Education Limited, 2014.
MME 3284: INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to IC engine, Analysis of air standard cycles, fuel air cycles
and actual cycles. Modes of combustion, Stages of combustion in SI &
CI engines, factors influencing the stages of combustion, normal and
abnormal combustion, Control of abnormal combustion in SI and CI
engines. Combustion chambers in SI and CI engines. Supercharging &
Turbo-charging, Analysis of Modern developments in IC engines like
Wankel engine, Electronic injection systems in SI engines. Common Rail
Direct Injection (CRDI) engines, Multi point fuel injection. (MPFI)
engines, dual-fuel engines and stratified charge engines. Introduction to
engine Electronics, typical engine management systems, position,
displacement and speed sensing, pressure, temperature and air
measurement systems, exhaust oxygen sensors.
References:
1. Ganeshan V., “Internal Combustion Engines”, Tata McGraw Hill,
Education Private Limited New Delhi, 2007.
2. Mathur and Sharma, “A Course in I C Engines”, Dhanpath Rai
Publisher, New Delhi, 1981.
3. John B. Heywood,” Introduction to Internal Combustion Engines”,
Tata McGraw Hill, Education Private Limited New Delhi,2011.
4. Lichty L.C., “International Combustion Engines”, McGraw Hill New
Delhi, 1951.
5. Edward F. Obert, “Internal Combustion Engines and Air Pollution”,
Harper & Row, Publishers. Delhi, 1973.
MME 3285: INTRODUCTION TO ALTERNATIVE FUELS AND
APPLICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to alternative fuels, Need for alternative fuels - Availability of
different alternative fuels for SI and CI engines. Properties of potential
alternative fuels, Liquid Fuels for SI Engines, Requirements of fuels for SI
engines-Different Techniques of utilizing alternative liquid fuels Blends,
Neat form, Reformed fuels - Manufacturing, Storage and Safety-
Performance and emission characteristics of alternative liquid fuels,
Liquid Fuels in CI Engines, Requirements of fuels for CI engines- Different
techniques for their utilization- Blends, Fuel modifications to suit CI
engines, Dual fuelling, Ignition accelerators and other additives, Gaseous
Fuels in SI Engines, Gaseous Fuels in CI Engines, Electrical Vehicles.
References:
1. Ramadhas A. S., “Alternative Fuels for Transportation”, CRC Press,
Taylor & Francis Group, 2010.
2. Thipse S. S., “Alternative Fuels: Concepts, Technologies and
Developments”, Jaico Book Distributors, 2010.
3. GajendraBabu M. K., “Alternative Transportation Fuels: Utilization in
Combustion Engines”, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group. 2010.
4. Michael F. Hordeski, “Alternative Fuels: The Future of Hydrogen”, The
Fairmont Press, 2008.
5. James D. Halderman, “Hybrid and Alternative Fuel Vehicles”, (2e),
Prentice Hall, 2010.
MME 3286: INTRODUCTION TO COMPOSITE MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to composite materials: definition, classification, types of
matrices and reinforcements, characteristics and selection. Micro
mechanical analysis of a lamina. Introduction, derivation of stress,
strain, modulus of elasticity of fiber reinforced composites.
Manufacturing of polymer composites: method, advantages,
disadvantages and application. Application developments in aircrafts,
missiles, space, automobile, electrical and electronics, marine,
recreational, sports equipment's and construction. Potential future
applications of composites. Metal matrix composites and ceramic matrix
composites, reinforcement, matrix materials, characteristics and
selection, base metal selection, applications.
References:
1. Mein Schwartz, “Composite Materials Handbook”, McGraw Hill
Book Company, 1984.
2. Autar K. Kaw, “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, CRC Press,
2010.
3. Mallik P.C., “Fiber Reinforced Composites”, Marcel Decker, 1993.
4. Rober M. Joness, “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, McGraw
Hill Kogakusha Ltd, 2008.
5. Michael W, Hyer, “Stress analysis of fiber Reinforced Composite
Materials”, McGraw Hill International, 1998.
MME 3287: INTRODUCTION TO NANOTECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to nanotechnology, Bottom-up and Top-down approaches,
Physical and Chemical properties, General methods of preparation of
nanopar ticles, Carbon nanostructures, Characterization of
Nanomaterials, Nanomanipulation, Overview of micro electro
mechanical devices and Technologies, Microsensors, MEMS
Fabrication Bonding, Deposition and Etching techniques, Lithography,
LIGA technique, MEMS applications, Scope of nanotechnology as a
multidisciplinary subject, Nanomaterials used in energy and
Environmental applications Nanomaterials in automobiles, Health
hazards and other Challenges.
References:
1. Charles P Poole, “Introduction to Nanotechnology”, Wiley-
Interscience, 2003.
2. Guozhong Cao, “Nanostructures & Nanomaterials”, Imperial
College Press, 2004.
3. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, “The MEMS Handbook”, Taylor and Francis,
2005.
4. James J Allen, “MEMS Design”, Taylor and Francis, 2005.
5. Mur thy B S, Shankar P, Textbook of Nanoscience and
Nanotechnology, Universities Press (India) Private Ltd, 2013.
MME 3288: INTRODUCTION TO OPERATIONS RESEARCH [3 0 0 3]
Definition, phases, applications, advantages and disadvantages of
operations research. Linear programming problems (LPP) are
223
formulated and solved using graphical and simplex methods and post
optimality analysis conducted. The special cases of LPP include
transportation and assignment problems along with travelling salesman
problem. Game theory and various methods, waiting line models and
simulation. Poisson arrival rate and Exponential service times, System
characteristics, Problems on the models- (M/M/1): (M/M/1) : (N/FIFO),
Simulation of queuing models, Network model analysis using Critical
Path Method (CPM) and Project Evaluation & Review Technique (PERT).
Determination of probability/expectation of project completion.
References:
1. Taha H. A., “Operations Research”, (7e), Pearson Education, 2002.
2. Winston W.L., “Operations Research”, Thomson Asia, 2003.
3. Vohra N. D., “Quantitative Techniques in Management”, 2007.
4. Sharma S. D., “Operations Research”, (14e),KedarNathRamnath
Publications, 2005.
5. Kanthi Swaroop, Gupta and Manmohan, “Operations Research”,
Sultan Chand and Sons, 2003.
MME 3289: INTRODUCTION TO QUALITY CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Definitions of quality, Inspection and quality control, Organization for
quality, General quality control engineering fundamentals, Graphic
representation methods of frequency distribution, Measures of central
tendency and dispersion, Normal distribution curve, Inequality
theorems, Shewhart's bowl drawing experiments, Control charts for
variables (X, R and S charts), Type I and Type II Errors, Process capability
analysis, Process capability indexes. Control charts for attributes (p, np,
c and u charts). Acceptance sampling by attributes, Single and Double
sampling plans, Operating characteristic curve, AQL, LTPD, AOQ curve,
AOQL, ATI, AFI, Producer's risk, Consumer's risk, Acceptance sampling
tables. Conventional and statistical tolerance, Precision, Accuracy and
Reproducibility of method of measurements. Quality costs.
References:
1. Grant E L and Leavenworth R S, “Statistical Quality Control”, (7e),
Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2000.
2. Montgomery D C, “Introduction to Statistical Quality Control”, (6e),
John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2009.
3. Mahajan M S, “Statistical Quality Control”, Dhanpat Rai Publishing
Company Pvt. Limited, 2012.
4. Gryna F, Chua R C H, De Feo J A, “Juran's Quality Planning and
Analysis for Enterprise Quality’, (5e), McGraw Hill Education, 2007.
5. Hansen B L, “Quality Control: Theory and Applications”, PHI
Learning Education, 1987.
MME 3290: INTRODUCTION TO REFRIGERATION AND AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Basic concepts and Air Refrigeration Cycles, Vapor Compression
Refrigeration Systems, Vapor Absorption Refrigeration Systems,
Compound vapour compression refrigeration system. Multi-evaporator
and cascade systems, Classification of Refrigerants, Comparison of
thermodynamic properties of refrigerants, Alternate Cooling Methods:
Desiccant Cooing System, Solar Refrigeration, Thermo Electric
Refrigeration, Analysis of Steam Jet Ejector Cycle, Refrigeration,
Psychrometry, Psychrometric charts, Process involving Air-Vapour
Mixtures, Air Conditioning Systems, Types of Air Conditioners, Load
Estimation for inside and outside design conditions. Different types of
heat loads.
References:
1. Arora S.C. and Domkundwar S., “Course in Refrigeration and Air-
conditioning”, Danpath Rai. New Delhi, 1992.
2. Cook Norman, “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, Macmillan
London, 1995.
3. Stoecker. W.F., “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, Tata McGraw
Hill,1978.
4. Prasad Manohar, “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, New Age
International Pvt. Limited. New Delhi, 2004.
5. Jordon Richard C, Priester Gayle B, “Refrigeration and Air
conditioning”, Prentice Hall, 2008
MME 3291: INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS [3 0 0 3]
Definition of Robot; Types of Robots; Robot Configuration; Selection of
Robots; factor affecting the control resolution, Spatial resolution,
Accuracy and repeatability, Specification of a robot, Robot
arm/manipulator Kinematics, Types of Grippers; Force Analysis of gripper
mechanism; Classification of Actuators; Actuators used in Robots - DC
motors, Stepper motors, AC motors and Servo motors, Robot
Transmission Systems; Sensors; Types and classification of robot
sensors, Positional potentiometer, Velocity tachometer, Working of
resolver, Optical encoder, Magneto resistive skin, Hall generator, Electro-
magnetic & Adhesive end effectors, proximity sensors; Tactile Sensing;
Robot Vision.
References:
1. Janakiraman P. A., “Robotics and Image Processing”, Tata McGraw
Hill, 1995.
2. Yoram Koren, “Robotics for Engineers”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1992.
3. Groover M.P., “Industrial Robotics”, PHI, 2008.
4. Yu Kozyrev, “Industrial Robots Handbook”, MIR Pub, 1985.
5. Jain K.C., Aggarwal L. N, “Robotics Principles and Practice”,
Khanna Publishers, 1997.
MME 3292: PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL
RELATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Objectives of personnel management, Functions of Personnel
Management, Process of Human Resource Planning, Steps in
recruitment process, Sources of recruitment, methods of recruitment.
Promotions, Demotions, Transfers, Separation, Absenteeism and Turn
over, Wage and Salary administration, Performance Appraisal, Methods
of Per formance evaluation. Industrial Relations: Functional
Requirements, Employees participation in management. Grievances and
Grievance Handling, Act of Indiscipline/Misconduct, Principles for
maintenance of discipline. Industrial Disputes, Procedure for the
Settlement of Disputes, Government and Industrial Relations, Organs of
Industrial Peace. Trade Unions: Objectives and Functions, Growth of
Trade Union Movement, Factors Affecting Growth of Trade Unions,
Essentials of a Successful Trade Union.
References:
1. Mamoria C B and Gankar S V, “Personnel Management”, (23e),
Himalaya Publishing House, 2003.
2. Megginson L C, “Personnel and Human Resources Administration”,
(3e), R. D. Irwin, 1977.
224
3. Beach D S, Personnel: “The Management of the People at Work”,
(3e), Macmillan, 1975.
4. Yoder D, “Handbook of Personnel Management and Labor
Relations”, Volume 1, McGraw Hill, 1958.
MME 3293: PROJECT MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Concepts of Project and Project Management, Categories of projects,
Project life cycle phases, Tools and techniques for project management,
the project manager, Roles and responsibilities of a project manager.
Project Cost Estimation: Cost estimation, Capital cost, Operation and
Maintenance costs, Cost estimation of a sample project. Feasibility
Study: Types of feasibility. Project Network Construction, Critical path
method (CPM), Program evaluation review technique (PERT), Crashing
of Project Network, Types of crashing. Resource levelling and Allocation
Technique, Project Audit: failures and reasons for audit, Phases of
project audit, Project check list. Project Management Performance:
Performance indicators, Performance improvement, Project
management environment. Project Management Software: InstaPlan,
Yojana, Prism project manager, Primavera.
References:
1. Paneerselvam R and Senthilkumar P, “Project Management”, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2010
2. Choudhury S, “Project Management”, (1e), Tata McGraw Hill
Education, 2008
3. Lock D, “Project Management”, (10e), Ashgate Publishing Limited,
2013
MME 3294: THERMAL TREATMENT OF METALS
AND ALLOYS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to phase diagrams, invariant reactions, analysis of phase
diagrams, Introduction to Iron-Carbon equilibrium diagram &
Fundamentals of heat treatment, decomposition of austenite, TTT
diagram, Conventional case and Surface hardening treatments, factors
affecting hardening, laser hardening. Age hardening and Thermo-
mechanical treatments for Aluminium and Non-Ferrous alloys,
Ausforming, Isoforming, Thermo-mechanical annealing Steel
specification, Classification and Application of steels and Cast iron with
heat treatments, commercial steel, stainless steel, maraging steel,
Malleabilization. Heat treatment and Application of non-ferrous metals
and alloys defects, causes and remedies in heat treatment.
References:
1. Rajan T. V., Sharma C. P. and Sharma Alok, “Heat Treatment
Principles and Techniques”, PHI Publication, 1999.
2. Bolton W., “Engineering Materials Technology”, Heinmann
Newness, 2001.
3. T h e l n i n g K . E . , “ S t e e l a n d i t s H e a t Tr e a t m e n t ” ,
Butterworth/Heinemann, 2000.
4. Singh Vijendra, “Heat Treatment of Metals”, Standard Publishers
Distributors, 2012.
5. William D. Callister, “Materials Science and Engineering”, John
Wiley and Sons, 2007.
 B. Tech in INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2101 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2209 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
MME 2103 Strength of Materials 2 1 0 3 MME 2204 Automobile Engineering 3 0 0 3
MME 2104 Material Science and Metallurgy 3 0 0 3 MME 2212 Non-Conventional Manufacturing Techniques 3 0 0 3
MME 2111 Manufacturing Process Engineering 4 0 0 4 MME 2213 Theory of Machines 3 1 0 4
II MME 2112 Plant Layout and Material Handling 3 0 0 3 MME 2214 Fluid Mechanics and Machinery 3 1 0 4
MME 2113 Thermal Engineering 3 1 0 4 *** **** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
MME 2117 Strength of Materials Lab 0 0 3 1 MME 2216 Computer Aided Mechanical Drawing 0 0 6 2
MME 2118 Workshop Practice – I 0 0 3 1 MME 2218 Workshop Practice – II 0 0 3 1
17 3 6 22 17 3 9 23
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
MME 3103 CAD-CAM 3 0 0 3 HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3
MME 3104 Metrology and Measurements 3 0 0 3 MME 3211 Operations Research 3 1 0 4

225
MME 3111 Pneumatics and Hydraulics 3 0 0 3 MME 3212 Quality Control and Reliability Engineering 3 1 0 4
MME 3112 Design of Machine Elements 3 1 0 4 MME **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3
III
MME **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3 MME **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
MME **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
MME 3116 CAD Lab 0 0 6 2 MME 3218 Automation Lab 0 0 3 1
MME 3118 Thermo-Fluid Lab 0 0 3 1 MME 3219 Metrology Lab 0 0 3 1
18 1 9 22 17 3 6 22
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002 Engg Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 MME 4297 Seminar 1
MME 4102 Finite Element Methods 2 1 0 3 MME 4298 Industrial Training 1
MME 4111 Tool Engineering and Design 3 1 0 4 MME 4299 Project Work / Practice School 12
MME 4112 Production and Operations Management 3 1 0 4
IV
MME **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3
MME **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
MME 4116 FEM Lab 0 0 6 2
MME 4118 Advanced Material Testing Lab 0 0 3 1
16 4 9 23 14
Minor Specialisations 8. MME 4024: Non Destructive Testing
9. MME 4027: Organizational Behavior
I. Machine Design 10. MME 4028: Personnel Management and Industrial Relations
1. MME 4001: Design for Manufacture and Assembly 11. MME 4029: Plant Engineering and Maintenance
2. MME 4002: Design of Mechanical Systems 12. MME 4032: Project Management
3. MME 4003: Fatigue and Fracture 13. MME 4034: Supply Chain and Logistics Management
4. MME 4004: Tribology 14. MME 4035: Technology Management
15. MME 4036: Theory of Internal Combustion Engines and Emissions
II. Manufacturing 16. MME 4037: Total Quality Management
1. MME 4005: Composite Materials 17. MME 4038: Work Systems Engineering
2. MME 4006: Heat Treatment of Metals and Alloys 18. MME 4039: Business Process Re-Engineering
3. MME 4007: Lean Manufacturing 19. MME 4040: Database Management Systems
4. MME 4008: Machine Tool Technology 20. MME 4041: Enterprise Resource Planning
21. MME 4042: Industrial Ergonomics
III. Thermal Engineering 22. MME 4043: Management Information Systems
1. MME 4009: Computational Fluid Dynamics 23. MME 4044: Materials Management
2. MME 4010: Design of Thermal Power Plant Systems 24. MME 4045: Theory of Metal Forming
3. MME 4011: Jet Propulsion and Rocket Technology
4. MME 4012: Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Systems Open Electives
1. MME 3281: Corrosion Engineering
IV. Business Management 2. MME 3282: Energy Engineering
1. HUM 4011: Financial Management 3. MME 3283: Industrial Safety Engineering
2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management 4. MME 3284: Internal Combustion Engines
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management 5. MME 3285: Introduction to Alternative Fuels and Applications
4. HUM 4014: Operations and Systems Management 6. MME 3286: Introduction to Composite Materials
7. MME 3287: Introduction to Nano Technology
Other Programme Electives 8. MME 3288: Introduction to Operations Research
1. MME 4015: Corrosion Science and Engineering 9. MME 3289: Introduction to Quality Control
2. MME 4016: Elements of Mechatronics Systems 10. MME 3290: Introduction to Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Systems
3. MME 4018: Friction and Wear 11. MME 3291: Introduction to Robotics
4. MME 4019: Industrial Robotics 12. MME 3292: Personnel Management and Industrial Relations
5. MME 4021: Materials Characterization 13. MME 3293: Project Management
6. MME 4022: MEMS and Nano Technology 14. MME 3294: Thermal Treatment of Metals and Alloys
7. MME 4023: Micro Machining

226
 THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2101: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]
Gradient, divergence and curl, Line, surface and volume integrals.
Green's, divergence and Stoke's theorems. Fourier series of periodic
functions. Half range expansions. Harmonic analysis. Fourier integrals.
Sine and cosine integrals, Fourier transform, Sine and cosine
transforms. Partial differential equation-Basic concepts, solutions of
equations involving derivatives with respect to one variable only.
Solutions by indicated transformations and separation of variables. One-
dimensional wave equation, one dimensional heat equation and their
solutions. Numerical solutions of boundary valued problems, Laplace
and Poisson equations and heat and wave equations by explicit methods.
References:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (5e), Wiley
Eastern, 1985.
2. Sastry S. S., “Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis”,(2e),
Prentice Hall, 1990.
3. Grewal B. S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna
Publishers, 1989.
4. Murray R. Spiegel, “Vector Analysis”, Schaum Publishing Co., 1959.
MME 2103: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS [ 2 1 0 3]
Strength, stiffness and stability stresses, Thermal stress, Elastic
constants, Strain energy, Stress-strain diagrams, Resilience,
Toughness, Hardness, Types of beams, Shear force and bending
moment in beams, Stresses in beams, Theory of simple bending, Stress
variation along the length and beam section, Shear stresses in beams.
Analysis of torsion of circular bars, Shear stress distribution, Bars of
solid and hollow circular section, Twist and torsion stiffness, Elastic
curve of Neutral axis of the beam under normal loads, Evaluation of beam
deflection and slope, Columns, Equivalent length of a column, Euler
equation, Slenderness ratio, Rankine formula for columns, Biaxial state
of stresses, Thick & thin cylindrical shells and spherical shells.
References:
1. Popov E. P., “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, Prentice-Hall of
India, New Delhi, 1997.
2. Beer F. P. and Johnston R, “Mechanics of Materials”, (3e), McGraw-
Hill Book Co, 2002.
3. Nash W. A, “Theory and Problems in Strength of Materials”, Schaum
Outline Series, McGraw-Hill Book Co, New York, 1995.
4. Kazimi S. M. A., “Solid Mechanics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co,
New Delhi, 1981.
5. Ryder G. H, “Strength of Materials”, (3e), Macmillan India Ltd., 2002.
MME 2104: MATERIAL SCIENCE AND METALLURGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to crystal structure, crystal defects, Solidification-
homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation, crystal growth. Phases in
solids - single & multi phase, solid solutions, equilibrium diagrams,
Isomorphous and Eutectic systems, equilibrium & non-equilibrium
cooling, Invariant reactions, Lever rule. Iron-Carbon systems - Allotropy
and Polymorphism, cooling curve for pure iron, Fe-C equilibrium
diagrams. Heat treatment processes like Annealing, Normalizing,
Hardening, Tempering and Case hardening. Ferrous alloys - alloy steels
like plain carbon steels, stainless steels, free machining steels, HSS and
Maraging steels, Cast irons. Non-ferrous alloys - Brasses, Bronzes and
Al-Cu alloys.
227
References:
1. Avner S.H., “Introduction to Physical Metallurgy”, (3e), McGraw Hill,
2004.
2. William D. Callister, “Materials Science and Engineering”, John Wiley
& Sons, 2007.
3. Lakhtin Yu., “Engineering Physical Metallurgy and Heat Treatment”,
MIR Publishers, 1985.
4. Gupta K.M., “Material Science, Metallurgy and Engineering
Materials”, Umesh Publication, 2012.
5. Raghavan V., “Material Science and Engineering”, (4e), Prentice Hall
of India, 1989.
MME 2111: MANUFACTURING PROCESS ENGINEERING [4 0 0 4]
Foundry Technology, moulding materials, moulding sand & testing,
Casting-Investment casting, Permanent mould casting, Slush casting,
Pressure die casting Centrifugal casting and Continuous casting.
Advantages, limitations and applications of different types od welding
processes. Cold, warm and hot working of metals. Metal cutting-
orthogonal and oblique cutting, cutting parameters, tool life & wear,
Merchant's analysis & Taylor's equation. Constructions, accessories &
attachments, types and operations of Lathes, Drilling, Milling, Planing,
Shaping and grinding machines. Drill bits, milling cutters and grinding
wheels. Advantages, limitations and applications of Rapid prototyping.
References:
1. Rao P. N., “Manufacturing Technology”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, 2006.
2. Rajput R. K., “A Text book of Manufacturing Technology”, Laxmi
Publications Private Limited, 2011.
3. Parmer R. S., “Welding Engineering & Technology”, Khanna
Publishers, 1999.
4. Jain P. L., “Principles of Foundry Technology”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing company Ltd, 1995.
5. Chua C.K., Leong K.F., and Lim C.S., “Rapid Prototyping: Principles
and Applications”, World Scientific, 2003.
MME 2112: PLANT LAYOUT AND MATERIAL HANDLING [3 0 0 3]
Principle of plant layout, product, process and combination layout,
economics of different types of layout. Factors influencing the layout-
manpower, movement, service, material, machinery, waiting, building
and change factors, location of storages & delay point. Layout planning-
scientific approach, flow process chart, cross chart, string diagram, line
balancing, templates evaluation of layout, installation of layout,
computerized layout planning. Material handling- principles of material
handling, factors in selection of material handling equipment, safety in
material handling, types of material handling equipment, modern
material handling equipment.
References:
1. Buffa E. S. and Rakesh S. K., “Modern Production and Operation
Management”, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2003.
2. Richard M., “Practical Plant Layout”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1955.
3. James Apple M., “Plant Layout and Material Handling”, John Wiley,
New York, 1977.
4. Mathew P. Stephens and Fred E. Meyers, “Manufacturing Facilities
Design & Material Handling”, (5e), Purdue University Press, 2013.
5. David E. Mulcahy, “Materials Handling Handbook”, McGraw Hill
Professional, 1998.
 MME 2113: THERMAL ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Introduction, Zeroth Law, heat and work, First law of thermodynamics,
Steady flow energy equation, Second law, Carnot cycle, Carnot theorem,
Entropy, Clausius inequality, Vapor power cycle-Rankine cycle, reheat
Rankine cycle, Gas power cycles- Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles, air
standard efficiency, Air compressors-Multi-stage and single stage,
Intercooling, Refrigeration Principle of working, Air refrigeration, vapor
compression and absorption systems, coefficient of performance,
Elements of Heat transfer - conduction, convection and radiation,
Performance testing of IC engines- BP, IP, SFC, Mechanical efficiency,
Thermal efficiency, heat balance sheet.
References:
1. Cengel Yunus and Bole Michael, “Thermodynamics”, McGraw Hill,
New York, 2010.
2. Eastop and McConkey, “Applied Thermodynamics for Engineering
Technologies”, Pearson Education, Delhi, 2002.
3. Mayhew A. and Rogers B, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, E.L.B.S.
Longman, London, 1994.
4. Van Wylen. G.J. and Sonntag R.E, “Fundamentals of Classical
Thermodynamics”, John Wiley, New York,1985.
5. Cengel, “Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer”, McGraw Hills, New
York,1997.
MME 2117: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Tension test on mild steel, Compression test on cast iron, Hardness tests
Rockwell, Brinell, Vicker's, Charpy Impact test & Izod test on mild steel,
Shear test, Torsion test, Fatigue test on mild steel, Test on leaf spring, Test
on Helical spring, Bending and compression test on wood, Heat
treatment of steel and microstructure study of metals.
References:
1. Suryanarayana A.V.K., “Testing of Metallic Materials”, PHI, 1990.
2. Khanna and Justo, “Highway Materials Testing”, Nemchand, 1989.
3. Technical Teacher's Training Institute, “Laboratory Manual of
Strength of Materials”, Oxford University Press, 1983.
4. Davis H.E., Troxell G.E., Wiscocil C.T., “The Testing and Inspection of
Engineering Materials”, McGraw Hill Book Company.
MME 2118: WORKSHOP PRACTICE - I [0 0 3 1]
Preparation of models using Welding techniques, Lathe and CNC Turning
Centre. Acceptance tests on machine tools.
References:
1. Hajra Chaudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
2. Hajra Chaudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. II, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
3. Peter Smid, CNC Programming Hand book, Industrial Press, New
York, 2000.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2209: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion, mean, median,
mode, standard deviation. correlation coefficient Introduction to
probability, finite sample space, conditional probability and
228
independence, Baye’s theorem, one dimensional random variable: mean
and variance, Chebyshev’s inequality. Two and higher dimensional
random variables, covariance, correlation coefficient, regression, least
square principle of curve fitting. Distributions: binomial, Poisson,
uniform, normal, gamma, chi-square and exponential. Moment
generating function, Functions of one dimensional and two dimensional
random variables, Sampling theory, Central limit theorem and
applications.
References:
1. Kreyzig E., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (7e), Wiley
Eastern, 1999.
2. Meyer P. L., “Introduction to Probability and Statistical applications”,
(2e), American Publishing Co., 1980.
3. Hogg and Craig, “Introduction of Mathematical Statistics”, (4e),
MacMillan, 1975.
4. Grewal B. S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna
Publishers, 1989.
MME 2204: AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Automotive engine classification, Multi cylinder arrangements, engine
parts, Valve timing diagram. Fuel supply system-pumps, mixture
strength, carburetor, fuel injector, MPFI system. Ignition system, Cooling
system and Lubrication system. Clutch-single plate, multi plate,
centrifugal and semi centrifugal disc clutch, Fluid flywheel. Gear box-
constant mesh gear box, synchromesh gear box, Epicyclic (automatic)
gear box and torque converter, Overdrive mechanism. Drive to wheels-
torque reaction, driving thrust, braking torque, Universal joint, propeller
shaft, differential gear box and rear axle. Tube and tubeless tyres,
Steering system, Suspension system. Brakes-drum, disc, hydraulic,
servo and air .
References:
1. Heinz Heisler, “Vehicle and Engine Technology”, (2e), Butterworth-
Heinemann Publication, Second Edition, 1998.
2. Kirpal Singh, “Automobile Engineering”, Vol. I & II (12e), Standard
Publishers Distributors, New Delhi, 2011.
3. Rajput R. K., “Automobile Engineering”, (1e), Laxmi Publication (P)
Ltd, 2010.
4. Narang G. B. S., “Automobile Engineering”, Khanna Publishers,
1990.
5. Giri N. K., “Automotive Technology”, Khanna Publication, 2006.
MME 2212: NON-CONVENTIONAL MANUFACTURING
TECHNIQUES [3 0 0 3]
Process principles, equipment, applications, advantages and
disadvantages of Abrasive Jet Machining (AJM), Water Jet Machining
(WJM). Abrasive Water Jet Machining (AWJM), Ultrasonic Machining
(USM). Electro Chemical Machining (ECM) Electro Chemical Grinding,
Shaped Tube Electrolytic Machining (STEM), Electrical Discharge
Machining (EDM), Wire EDM, Electrical Discharge Grinding (EDG),
Chemical Machining (CHM), Photo chemical machining. Laser Beam
Machining (LBM), Plasma Arc Cutting (PAC), Electron Beam Machining
(EBM), Ion Beam Machining (IBM) and Thermal Energy Method (TEM).
Processing of polymers/plastics, forming and shaping processes for
plastics.
References:
1. Benedict G. F., “Non Traditional Machining Techniques”, Marcel
Decker, New York, 1990.
2. Weller E. J., “Non-Traditional Machining”, Society of Manufacturing
Engineers, Dearborn, 1984.
3. Mishra P. K., “Non-Conventional Machining”, Narosa Publishing,
Delhi.
4. Bhattacharya Amitabha, “New Technology”, IOE, Calcutta, 1973.
5. Paul DeGarmo E., Black J. T. and Ronald Kohser A, “Materials and
Process in Manufacturing”, (8e), Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
2003.
MME 2213: THEORY OF MACHINES [3 1 0 4]
Mechanism and Machine, slider crank and four bar mechanisms,
inversions, types of mechanisms. Velocity and acceleration of
mechanisms, Relative velocity and instantaneous centre method,
Relative acceleration method. Types of Cams and followers, Cam
profiles. Balancing of rotating masses in single and different planes.
Spur, helical and bevel gear terminology, minimum number of teeth to
avoid interference. Types of Gear trains, torque calculations. Belt
tensions, power transmitted by a flat and rope belt drive, no. of ropes
required. Vibrations- longitudinal, transverse, torsional vibration.
displacement, velocity and acceleration, undamped free vibration of
spring-mass system.
References:
1. Ballaney P. L., “Theory of Machines”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
1998.
2. Rattan S. S, “Theory of Machines”, Tata Mc-Graw HillPublishers Pvt.
Ltd, New-Delhi, 2009.
3. Singh V. P., “Theory of Machines”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
1998.
4. Rao J. S. and Dukkipati R. V., “Mechanism and Machine Theory”,
Wiley Eastern Ltd. Delhi, 1992.
5. Ghosh A., and Mallick A. K., “Theory of Machines and Mechanisms”,
Affiliated East West Press, Delhi, 1989.
MME 2214: FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY [3 1 0 4]
Fluid properties, ideal and real fluids, Fluid statics, Pascal's law,
Hydrostatic law, pressure measurement by manometers, Total pressure
and center of pressure for plane surfaces submerged in liquids,
buoyancy, stability conditions for floating and submerged bodies,
metacenter and metacentric height, fluid kinematics, continuity equation,
Fluid dynamics, Euler's equation, Bernoulli's equation, Linear
momentum equation, flow measurement by venturimeter, orifice meter,
notches, viscous flow through the circular pipe and between two parallel
plates , turbulent flow, major and minor losses, dimensional analysis,
similitude, Forces on plane, inclined and curved surfaces. Principle of
operation of hydraulic turbines, pumps, gear pump, vane and
reciprocating pump.
References:
1. Kumar K.L., “Fluid Mechanics”, Eurasia Publishing House, New
Delhi, 2000.
2. JagadishLal, “Hydraulic Machines”, Metropolitan Book Company
Pvt. Ltd. Delhi, 1971.
3. Bansal R. K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Laxmi
Publications (P) Ltd. New Delhi, 2006.
4. Kumar D.S., “Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering”,
S.K.Kataria Publishers, New Delhi, 2001.
5. Cengel Yunus A. and Cimbala John M., “Fluid Mechanics -
Fundamentals & Applications”, Tata McGraw Hill publications, 2011.
MME 2216: COMPUTER AIDED MECHANICAL DRAWING [0 0 6 2]
2D drafting-Intersection of Solids, Threaded Fasteners, square bolts &
nuts, foundation bolt, Bearings, Couplings and Joints. 3D part modeling,
assembly and sectional/exploded views-Drawings-Vertical stuffing box,
229
Simple eccentric, Drill jig, Square tool post, Non-return valve, Screw
jack, Swivel bearing, Strap type connecting rod end and Machine vice.
References:
1. Gopalkrishna K. R., “Machine Drawing”, Subhas Publications,
Bangalore, 2002.
2. Bhat N. D., “Machine Drawing”, Charotar Publishing House, Anands,
2002.
3. Venugopal K., “Engineering Drawing and Graphics + Auto CAD”,
Newage International Publishers, Delhi, 2002.
4. Narayana K. L. and Kannaiah P., “Text book on Engineering Drawing”,
Scitech Publications, Chennai, 2002.
MME 2218: WORKSHOP PRACTICE - II [0 0 3 1]
Exercises on spur gear and helical gear cutting using milling &gear
hobbing machines. Practice of shaping operations, Exercises on
grinding operations. Machining using CNC Vertical Machining Center
and use of Non-conventional machines.
References:
1. Hajra Chaudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. II, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
2. Peter Smid, CNC Programming Hand book, Industrial Press, New
York, 2000.
FIFTH SEMESTER
MME 3103: CAD-CAM [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Computer aided design, need, benefits, applications of
CAD, Graphics hardware and Graphics displays. Techniques for
geometric modeling, Types and representation of curves, Types and
representation of surfaces: Analytic surfaces, Synthetic Types and
representation of solids. Numerical control and CNC programming,
Computer numerical control, CNC part programming, Advanced features
in CNC programming, Adaptive control machining systems. Industrial
Robotics, Robot anatomy, Physical configurations, Basic robot motions,
Motion systems, Robot programming, End effectors, Work cell design,
robotic application. Manufacturing systems CIM, flexible manufacturing
and distributed manufacturing.
References:
1. Groover Mikell P. and Emory W. Zimmers, “CAD/CAM: Computer-
Aided Design and Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2001.
2. Ibrahim K Zeid, “CAD/CAM Theory and Practice”, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi, 1998.
3. Groover Mikell P., “Automation, Production Systems, and Computer
Integrated Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2008.
4. Rao P.N., “CAD/CAM”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2005.
5. Radhakrishnan P., “Computer Numerical Control Machines”, New
Central Book Agency (P) Ltd., Kolkata, 2004.
MME 3104: METROLOGY AND MEASUREMENTS [3 0 0 3]
Static characteristics of instruments and measurement systems.
Methods of pressure measurement by Elastic pressure elements and
McLeod gauge. Methods of temperature measurement by pressure
thermometer, Electrical resistance thermometer, Thermocouples and
Pyrometer. Strain measurement on static and rotary shaft, orientation of
strain gauges, gauge factor, strain gauge bridge circuit, calibration
circuit, temperature compensation. Measurement of force, torque and
shaft power. Grades of tolerances, letter symbols for tolerances, types of
fits. Taylor's principle for design of gauges, Gauge Maker's tolerance,
types of gauges. Straightness measurement using straight edge and
using Autocollimator. Squareness measurement, Surface texture
measurement and measurements of screw threads.
References:
1. Beckwith Thomas G., “Mechanical Measurements”, Pearson
Education, Delhi, 2003.
2. Jain R. K., “Engineering Metrology”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
1997.
3. Sawhney A. K., “Mechanical Measurement & Instrumentation”,
Dhanpat Rai & Co, New Delhi, 2002.
4. Nakra B. C. and Chaudry K. K., “Instrumentation, Measurement &
Analysis”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
5. Gupta I. C., “Engineering Metrology”, Dhanpat Rai Publications, New
Delhi, 1997
MME 3111: PNEUMATICS AND HYDRAULICS [3 0 0 3]
Structure and signal flow of pneumatic system, basic components,
pneumatic actuators: direction and flow control valves, symbols of
pneumatic valves, traverse time diagram. Design of manually operated
circuits, control of multiple actuators, structure of electro pneumatics
circuits, types of sensors, electrically actuated direction control valves,
relay control systems. Design of electro pneumatic circuits, basic
concepts of PLC. Structure of hydraulic circuit, Pascal's law, force
transmission in hydraulics, power pack and accessories, hydraulic
fluids, filters, hydraulic pumps and actuators. Calculation of force,
speed, power developed. Pipes and fittings, accumulators, construction
and working of direction, pressure and flow control valves, proportional
and Servo valves. Applications in regenerative meter in, meter out, bleed
off, sequencing, pressure reducing circuits, electro hydraulic circuits.
References:
1. Peter Croser and Frank Ebel, “Pneumatics Basic Level TP 101”, Festo
Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 2002.
2. Prede G. and Scholz D., “Electropneumatics Basic Level”, Festo
Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 2002.
3. Hasebrink J.P. and Kobler R., “Fundamentals of Pneumatic Control
Engineering”, Festo Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 2002.
4. Peter Rohner, “Industrial Hydraulic Control”, John Wiley & Sons,
Brisbane, 1989.
5. Majumdar S.R., “Oil Hydraulic Systems Principles and
Maintenance”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2005.
MME 3112: DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS [3 1 0 4]
Materials and their properties, principal stresses, theories of failure, factor
of safety, strength under combined axial, bending & torsional loads, stress
concentration. Fatigue: S-N diagram, Low cycle and high cycle fatigue,
variables affecting fatigue strength, Goodman & Soderberg equations,
stresses due to combined loading. Design of shafts subjected to bending in
two planes in addition to axial loads. Stress in keys, Stresses in bolts,
Stresses in power screw, Efficiency of power screw, Force & torque
requirement to lift load in power screw jack. Helical coil springs, spring
materials, Stress & deflection of springs subjected to steady, fluctuating &
impact loads, Energy stored in springs, Critical frequency, Concentric
springs. Spur and Helical gears design for static, dynamic and wear load.
Selection of Journal bearings and Rolling contact bearing.
230
References:
1. Bhandari V. B., “Design of Machine Elements”, (2e), Tata McGraw-
Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Norton R. L., “Machine Design - An Integrated Approach”, (2e),
Prentice Hall Inc. New Jersy, 2004.
3. Maleev and Hartman, “Machine Design”, (5e) (Revised and edited by
Drop Grover), CBS Publishers, New Delhi, 1999.
4. Shigley J. E. and Mischke C. R., “Mechanical Engineering Design”,
(5e), McGraw Hill Inc., New York, 2004.
5. Mahadevan K. and Balaveera Reddy K., “Machine Design Data Hand
Book”, (4e), CBS Publishers and distributors, New Delhi, 1987.
MME 3116: CAD LAB [0 0 6 2]
Different solid modeling operations, preparation of assembly drawing
and sectional views. CNC programming for various turning and
machining operations using turning and machining cycles. Modeling in
CAM software for plain milling, contouring, pocketing, drilling.
References:
1. Ibrahim K Zeid, “CAD/CAM Theory and Practice”, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 1998.
2. Sham Tickoo, “Pro/Engineer Wildfire for Designers”, CADCIM
Technologies, 2008.
3. Pro/E (CREO) software manual.
4. CADEM software manual.
MME 3118: THERMO-FLUID LAB [0 0 3 1]
Determination of viscosity, flash & fire point of oil. Performance test on
rotary air blower, two stage air compressor, single cylinder four / two
stroke petrol and diesel engines. Flow measurement using venturimeter
and orifice meter. Calibration of V notch & rectangular notch.
Performance test on centrifugal pump, gear pump, impulse turbine and
reaction turbine. Measurement of force due to impact of jet on vanes.
References:
1. Ganeshan V., “Internal Combustion Engines”, (3e), Tata McGraw
Hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Mathur M. L. and Sharma R. P., “Course in Internal Combustion
Engines”, DhanpathRai Publishers, New Delhi, 2001.
3. Jagadishlal, “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”,
Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd New Delhi,1995.
4. Bansal R. K., “Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines”, Laxmi
Publication, New Delhi, 2006.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process and
tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training. Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control devices.
Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive control.
Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z. The
nature & purpose of international business & multinational corporations,
unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial traits, Creativity,
Innovation management, Market analysis, Business plan concepts,
Development of financial projections.
References:
1. Koontz D., “Essentials of Management”, Mc Graw Hill, New York,
2004.
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied
Publishers, 2006.
3. Peter Drucker, “The Practice of Management”, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003.
MME 3211: OPERATIONS RESEARCH [3 1 0 4]
The subject covers definition, phases, applications, advantages and
disadvantages of operations research. Linear programming problems
(LPP) are formulated and solved using graphical and simplex methods
and post optimality analysis conducted. The special cases of LPP
include transportation and assignment problems along with travelling
salesman problem. Game theory and various methods, waiting line
models and simulation. Poisson arrival rate and Exponential service
times, System characteristics, Problems on the models- (M/M/1):
(M/M/1) : (N/FIFO), Simulation of queuing models, Network model
analysis using Critical Path Method (CPM) and Project Evaluation &
Review Technique (PERT). Determination of probability/expectation of
project completion.
References:
1. Taha H. A., “Operations Research”, (7e), Pearson Education, 2002.
2. Winston W. L., “Operations Research”, Thomson Asia, 2003.
3. Vohra N. D., “Quantitative Techniques in Management”, New Delhi,
2007.
4. Sharma S. D., “Operations Research”, Kedarnath Ramnath
Publications, (14e), 2005.
5. Kanthi Swaroop, Gupta and Manmohan, “Operations Research”,
Sultan Chand and Sons, 2003.
MME 3212: QUALITY CONTROL AND RELIABILITY
ENGINEERING [3 1 0 4]
Inspection and quality control, Organization for quality, General quality
control engineering fundamentals, Graphic representation methods of
frequency distribution, Measures of central tendency, and dispersion,
Normal distribution curve, Inequality theorems, Shewharts bowl drawing
experiments, Control charts for variables, Type I and Type II Errors,
Process capability analysis, Process capability indexes. Control charts
for attributes. Acceptance sampling by attributes, Single, double and
multiple sampling plans, Operating characteristic curve, AQL, LTPD,
AOQ curve, AOQL, ATI, AFI, ASN curve, Producer's risk, Consumer risk,
Acceptance sampling tables. Conventional and statistical tolerancing,
Precision, Accuracy & reproducibility of method of measurements.
Equipment failure pattern, Product rule, parallel redundancy, failure rate,
MTBF, MTTF, system reliability, Quality costs.
References:
1. Grant E. L. and Levenworth R., “Statistical Quality Control”, McGraw
Hill Publications, NewYork, 2005.
2. Montgomery D.C., “Introduction to Statistical Quality Control”, John
Wiley and Sons, New York,2005.
3. Mahajan M.S., “Statistical Quality Control”, Dhanpat Rai and Co. Pvt.
Ltd., Delhi, 2012.
231
4. Juran J.M. and Gryna F.M., “Quality Planning and Analysis”, Tata
McGraw Hill Publications, Delhi, 1995.
5. Bertrand L. Hansen, “Quality Control- theory and applications”,
Prentice Hall India, Delhi, 1987.
MME 3218: AUTOMATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Pneumatics - Application of pneumatic cylinders, quick exhaust valve,
dual pressure valve, shuttle valve, time delay valve, pressure sequence
valve, pneumatic counter, solenoid valves, electrical latching circuit,
pressure to electric converter, ON & OFF delay timers, proximity sensors
and electrical counters. Hydraulics - Application of variable displacement
pump, different types of valves, pressure switch, hydraulic accumulator,
inductive sensor and hydraulic motor. Study of different types of PLC and
its application.
References:
1. Waller D. and Werener H., “Pneumatics Workbook Basic Level”,
Festo Didactic GMBH & Co. Germany, 1983.
2. Rouff C., Waller D. and Werener H., “Electropneumatics Workbook
Basic Level”, Festo Didactic GMBH & Co. Germany, 1983.
3. Bosch Rexroth AG., “Project Manual Industrial Hydraulics”, RE
00845/04.07.
4. Rexroth AG, “Trainer’s Manual Electro Hydraulics”, R900071655.
MME 3219: METROLOGY LAB [0 0 3 1]
Study of measuring instruments and gauges, Screw thread
measurements, Measurement of effective diameter of external screw
threads, Use of Comparators, Measurement of gear dimensions, Radius
and angle measurement, Calibration of Micrometer and Vernier caliper,
Surface texture and straightness measurement, Use of Profile projector,
Coordinate Measuring Machine and Interferometer.
References:
1. Jain R. K., “Engineering Metrology’, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
1997.
2. Gupta I. C., “Engineering Metrology”, Dhanpat Rai Publications, New
Delhi, 1997.
3. Raghavendra N. V. and Krishnamurthy L., “Engineering Metrology
and Measurements”, Oxford University Press, 2013.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of depreciation,
Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its types Job
costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet and profit &
loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as liquidity ratios,
Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios
References:
1. Blank Lcland T. & Tarquin Anthony J., “Engineering Economy”,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chan S. Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Pearson
Education Inc., 2010.
3. Raman B. S., “Advanced Accountancy”, United Publications,
Bangalore, 1993.
4. Ramachandran T., “Accounting and Financial Management”, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India., 2001.
5. Thuesen G. J. and Thuesen H. G., “Engineering Economics”,
Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
MME 4102: FINITE ELEMENT METHODS [2 1 0 3]
Review of matrix algebra, Basics of theory of elasticity, Basics concepts
of the Finite element method-discretization, types of elements, degrees
of freedom, displacement models, convergence, displacement
polynomial, Pascal's triangle, higher order elements, Lagrange &
Serendipity polynomials, sub-parametric, super-parametric & iso-
parametric elements, local and global coordinate systems, shape
functions, Finite element formulation by Direct stiffness method-
application of structural, thermal & flow problems. Finite element
formulation by iso-parametric approach, Finite Element Formulation by
the Weighted residual method, Application of the Finite element method
to structural dynamics.
References:
1. Daryl L. Logan, “A First course in Finite Element Method”, Fourth
India Edition, Thompson Ltd, India, 2007.
2. David V. Hutton, “Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis”, Tata
McGraw Hill. India, 2005.
3. Chandrupatla T. R. and Belegundu A. D., “Introduction to Finite
Elements in Engineering”, Pearson Education. New York, 2001.
4. Reddy J. N., “An Introduction to Finite Element Method”, (3e),
McGraw Hill International Edition. New York, 2006.
5. Larry J. Segerlind, “Applied Finite Element Analysis”, (2e), John
Wiley, New York, 1984.
MME 4111: TOOL ENGINEERING AND DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
Nomenclature systems of single point cutting tools. Geometry of twist
drills and milling cutters. Kinds and mechanism of tool wear, Tool failure
criteria, Taylor’s tool life equations, Effects of process parameters on tool
life. Design of single point cutting tool, form tools, drill bits, milling
cutters, broaches. Design of jigs and fixtures- functions and elements of
jig and fixtures, design procedure, design of drill jigs, design of milling
fixtures. Press tool design-theory of press tool action, methods of
reducing cutting forces, design principles, design of different types of
dies and punch, die materials, method of punch support, design of
elements of press tools, design of forming and drawing dies.
References:
1. ASME hand book, “Fundamentals of Tool Design”, Society of
Manufacturing Engineers, New York, 1991.
2. Juneja B. L. and Sekhon G. S., “Fundamentals of Metal Cutting and
Machine Tools”, New Age International (P) Ltd. Delhi, 1995.
3. Shaw M. C., “Metal Cutting Principles”, Clarendon Press, Oxford,
1996.
4. Nagpal G. R, “Tool Engineering & Design”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi.
5. Joshi P. H., “Jigs and Fixture”, Wheeler Publishing, Mumbai, 1996.
232
MME 4112: PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to production& operations management, functions, types of
production activities and organizational aspects. Plant Location- factors
affecting and methods of plant location. Product Development & Design-
factors affecting and process analysis. Capacity Planning- factors
affecting, decision tree analysis. Forecasting- importance and
techniques, forecast control. Aggregate Planning- pure and mixed
strategies using trial & error approach. Job shop scheduling- index
method & sequencing techniques. Inventory Control- introduction,
classification, inventory control models, quantity discount concept,
reorder level, ABC analysis. MRP- introduction and MRP processing
logic. Assembly line balancing- meaning and techniques.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G., “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P., “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Adam Everett E. Jr. and Ebert Ronald J., “Production and Operations
Management”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
4. Chase Richard B., Aquilano Nicholas J. and Jacobs F. Roberts,
“Production and Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 1999.
5. Eilon Samuel, “Elements of Production Planning and Control”,
Universal Publishing Corporation, Mumbai, 1991.
MME 4116: FEM LAB [0 0 6 2]
Finite element analysis-Truss analysis, Beam analysis, 2D and 3D
structural analysis, Thermal analysis, Shell analysis, Modal and
Harmonic analysis, Fluid analysis. MATLAB programming-Programming
for solving plane/space truss, 2D beams and plane stress and plane
strain problems.
References:
1. Daryl L. Logan, “A First Course in Finite Element Method”, (4e),
Thompson Ltd. India, 2007.
2. ANSYS Classic/Workbench Software Manual.
3. Rudra Pratap, “Getting Started with MATLAB”, Oxford University
Press, 2006.
MME 4118: ADVANCED MATERIAL TESTING LAB [0 0 3 1]
Heat treatment of steel- Annealing, Normalizing, Hardening and
Tempering. Casting of aluminium alloy and deformation study.
Estimation of sliding wear properties. Specimen preparation as per
ASTM standard and study of tensile properties of heat treated samples.
Investigation of fatigue property using rotating beam testing machine,
Determination of external flaw using dye penetrant test. Specimen
preparation of heat treated and deformed samples and Microstructure
study using Metallurgical Microscope, Microhardness study using
Vickers Hardness Tester.
References:
1. Suryanarayana A. V. K., “Testing of Metallic Materials”, PHI, 1990.
2. Khanna and Justo, “Highway Materials Testing”, Nemchand, 1989.
3. Technical Teachers' Training Institute, “Laboratory Manual of
Strength of Materials”, Oxford University Press, 1983.
4. Raghavan V, “Material Science and Engineering”, (4e), Prentice Hall
of India, Delhi, 1989.
5. Rajan T. V., Sharma C. P. and Alok Sharma, “Heat Treatment
Principles and Techniques”, PHI Publication, Delhi, 1999.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
MME 4297: SEMINAR
Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
The topic has to be approved by the Department and a report of the
same has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
MME 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the vacation
starting from the end of third semester.
Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
report should include the certificates issued by the industry.
MME 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks.
An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
submission of the final project report in the prescribed form.
Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before the
department committee as part of project evaluation.
MINOR SPECIALISATIONS
I. MACHINE DESIGN
MME 4001: DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE AND ASSEMBLY [3 0 0 3]
Essential factors of product design, morphology of design, producibility
requirements in design, DFMA-History, advantages of DFMA in product
design, selection of materials and processes. Sand casting-design rules
for sand castings, Investment casting-design guidelines. Characteristics
of the forging process, design guidelines, Design guidelines for turning,
drilling, reaming, shaping, slotting, milling, grinding, and design
guidelines for heat treatment. Design for die-casting. Design for sheet
metal working, Design for injection molding, Design for powder metal
processing, assembly methods, importance of DFA, basic DFA
guidelines, product design for manual assembly, design for high-speed
automatic assembly and robot assembly, case studies on DFMA,
importance of Fits, tolerance and surface finish in design, production
drawings.
References:
1. Geoffrey Boothroyd, Peter Dewhurst and Winston A. Knight, “Product
Design for Manufacture and Assembly”, CRC Press, 2011.
2. James G. Brala, “Design for Manufacturability Handbook”, McGraw
Hill, New York, 1999.
3. Kevin Otto and Kristin Wood, “Product Design”, Pearson Education,
Delhi, 2001.
233
4. Chitale A. K. and Gupta R. C., “Product Design and Manufacturing”,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.
5. George E. Dieter, “Engineering Design”, McGraw Hill Book
Co.,Singapore, 2000.
MME 4002: DESIGN OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Mechanical design process, design factors, design of mechanical
systems - Flange coupling, Screw jack, Piston, Connecting rod,
Crankshaft - Overhung & Center type, Valve gear mechanism, Single
plate clutch, Passenger lift, Concrete mixer, Automobile chassis &
suspension. Johnson's method of optimization. Design for manufacture
of cast, forged, turned, milled, drilled and ground parts, design for heat
treatment, design for assembly.
References:
1. Bhandari V.B., “Design of Machine Elements”, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Trikha S. N., “Machine Design Exercises”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi,
2001.
3. Patil S. P., “Mechanical System Design”, Jaico Publishing House,
Mumbai, 2004.
4. George E. Dieter, “Engineering Design”, McGraw Hill Book Co.,
Singapore, 2000.
5. Mahadevan K. and Balaveera Reddy K., “Machine Design Data Hand
Book”, (4e), CBS Publishers and distributors, New Delhi, 1987.
MME 4003: FATIGUE AND FRACTURE [3 0 0 3]
Structure and deformation of materials, fatigue design philosophies,
fatigue mechanisms and microscopic features, macro aspects of fatigue
of metals. High cycle fatigue - stress-life (S-N) curves, general S-N
behavior, fatigue limits, mean stress effects on S-N behavior, factors
influencing S-N behavior, life estimation using S-N approach, concepts
of cumulative damage and life prediction. Low cycle fatigue, cyclic
stress-strain curve determination, fatigue crack initiation in ductile
solids, cyclic deformation and crack initiation in brittle solids. Strain-life
approach, notch strain analysis and the strain-life approach. Linear
Elastic Fracture Mechanics, Griffith's analysis, stress and displacement
field, stress intensity factor(SIF), Plane strain fracture toughness. Fatigue
Fracture Mechanics, Crack closure and Fatigue threshold, Effect of over
load on fatigue crack growth.
References:
1. Dowling N. E, “Mechanical Behavior of Materials”, (4e), Pearson
Education, 2012
2. Suresh S., “Fatigue of Materials”, (2e), Cambridge University Press,
1998
3. Stephens R. I., Fatemi A., Stephens R. R. and Fuchs H. O., “Metal
Fatigue in Engineering”, (2e), John Wiley & Sons, 2000
4. Bannantine J. A., Comer J. J. and Handrock J. L., “Fundamentals of
Metal Fatigue Analysis”, Prentice Hall, 1990
5. Prashant Kumar, “Elements of Fracture Mechanics”, McGraw Hill
Education, 2009
MME 4004: TRIBOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to tribology, History of tribology, Interdisciplinary Approach,
Economic Benefits. Importance of Lubrication, Types & Properties of
Lubricants, Lubricants Additives, Boundary Lubrication, Mixed
Lubrication. Equation of Continuity & Motion, Generalized Reynolds
Equation with Compressible & Incompressible Lubricant, Hydrodynamic
& Hydrostatic lubrication, Elastohydrodynamic lubrication. Causes of
Friction, Adhesion Theory, Abrasive Theory, Junction Growth Theory,
Laws of Rolling Friction, Friction Instability. Wear Mechanisms and Wear
Analysis. Surface engineering, Rolling Contact Bearings, Gears, Journal
Bearings - Finite Bearings, Condition Monitoring. Surface topography
measurements, electron microscope and friction and wear
measurements laser method, bearing performance measurements,
bearing vibration measurement.
References:
1. Cameron A., “Basic Lubrication Theory”, Ellis Horwood Ltd,
Chichester, 1983.
2. Majumdar B.C., “Introduction to Tribology of Bearings”, A. H.
Wheeler & Co. Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad, 1999.
3. Williams J.A., “Engineering Tribology”, Cambridge University Press,
UK, 2005.
4. Neale, M.J., “Tribology Hand Book”, Butterworth Heinemann,
London, 1995.
5. Stachowiak G. N., Batchelor A. W. and Stachowick G. B.,
“Experimental methods in Tribology”, Tribology Series 44, Editor D
Dowson, 2004.
II. MANUFACTURING
MME 4005: COMPOSITE MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Definition, classification, types of matrices &
reinforcements, characteristics &selection. Micro mechanical analysis
of a lamina: Introduction, derivation of stress, strain, modulus of
elasticity of fiber reinforced composites. Manufacturing of polymer
composites: Description of method, advantages, disadvantages and
application. Metal matrix composites and ceramic matrix composites:
reinforcement, matrix materials, base metal characteristics & selection,
manufacturing and applications. Design issues and structural
component design process. Application developments in aircrafts,
missiles, space, automobile, electrical and electronics, marine,
recreational and sports equipment's and construction.
References:
1. Mein Schwartz, Composite Materials Handbook, McGraw Hill Book
Company, 1984.
2. Autar K. Kaw, Mechanics of Composite Materials, CRC Press, 2010.
3. Mallik P. C., Fiber Reinforced Composites, Marcel Decker, 1993.
4. Rober M. Joness, Mechanics of Composite Materials, McGraw Hill
Kogakusha Ltd, 2008.
5. Michael W, Hyer, “Stress Analysis of Fiber Reinforced Composite
Materials”, McGraw Hill International, 1998.
MME 4006: HEAT TREATMENT OF METALS AND ALLOYS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Iron-Carbon equilibrium diagram & Fundamentals of heat
treatment, decomposition of austenite, TTT diagram, Conventional case
and Surface hardening treatments, factors affecting hardening, laser
hardening. Age hardening and Thermo-mechanical treatments for
Aluminium and Non-Ferrous alloys, Ausforming, Isoforming, Thermo-
mechanical annealing Steel specification, Classification and Application
of steels and Cast iron with heat treatments, commercial steel, stainless
steel, maraging steel, Malleabilization. Heat treatment and Application of
non-ferrous metals and alloys defects, causes and remedies in heat
treatment.
References:
1. Rajan T. V., Sharma C P and Sharma Alok, “Heat Treatment Principles
and Techniques”, PHI Publication, 1999.
234
2. Bolton W., “Engineering Materials Technology”, Heinmann Newness,
2001.
3. Thelning K. E., “Steel and its Heat Treatment”, Butterworth /
Heinemann, 2000.
4. Romesh C Sharma, “Principles of Heat Treatment of Steels”, New
Age International (P) Limited, 1996.
5. Singh Vijendra, “Heat Treatment of Metals”, Standard Publishers
Distributors, 2012.
MME 4007: LEAN MANUFACTURING [3 0 0 3]
Framework of Toyota Production System, Introduction to Value Stream
Mapping, Characteristics of lean value stream. Introduction to Kanban,
Kanban Team Formation, Data Collection, Determining the Kanban Size,
Supplier Kanban, Finished Goods Kanban, EOQ vs Kanban Quantity,
Production Smoothing, Shortening Production Lead Time, Multifunction
Workers, Shortening Setup Time Concepts And Techniques,
Organization Structure for Promoting Setup Time Reduction,
Standardization of Operations, Yo-i-Don System, One Shot Setup,
Determining The Standard Quantity of Work In Progress, Preparing The
Standard Operation Sheet.
References:
1. Monden Y, “Toyota Production System: An Integrated Approach to
Just-In-Time”, (4e), CRC Press, 2011.
2. Rother M and Shook J, “Learning to See: Value Stream Mapping to
add Value and Eliminate Muda”, The Lean Enterprise Institute, 1999.
3. Gross J M and McInnis K R, “Kanban Made Simple: Demystifying and
Applying Toyota's Legendary Manufacturing Process”, AMACOM
books, 2003.
4. Feld W M, “Lean Manufacturing: Tools, Techniques and How to Use
Them”, CRC Press, 2001.
5. Dailey K W, Wieckhorst D and Welch B, “The Lean Manufacturing
Pocket Handbook”, DW Publishing, 2003.
MME 4008: MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Working and Auxiliary motions in machine Tools, Parameters defining
working motions of a machine tool, Machine tool drives-individual drive,
Group drive, Mechanical Drives for providing rotational movements
,Selection of range of spindle speeds, Typical layouts for intermediate
spindle speeds, Construction of speed diagram, Layout of speeds in GP,
Saw diagram of a GP series, Rules for layout of speed boxes having
sliding clusters, Flow Diagram, Ray diagram, Types of Feed Gear Boxes,
Functions and Requirements of machine tool structures, Profiles,
Factors affecting stiffness of machine tool structures & Methods of
improving it, Commonly used bed and column sections, Antifriction
guide ways, Protecting devices, Spindles, Milling & Drilling machines,
Antifriction bearings, Elimination of vibration, Machine tool chatter,
Vibration isolated tool holders.
References:
1. Mehta N K, “Machine Tool Design & Numerical Control”, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2012.
2. Sen and Bhattacharya, “Principles of Machine Tools”, New Central
Book Agency, Calcutta, 2001.
3. CMTI., “Machine Tool Design Handbook”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
4. Basu S K, “Design of Machine Tools”, Oxford & IBH, Delhi, 1989.
5. George Schlesinger, “Testing Machine Tools”, Pergamon Press,
Oxford, 1982.
III. THERMAL ENGINEERING
MME 4009: COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS [3 0 0 3]
Models of fluid flow: Continuity, Momentum and Energy equations in
Cartesian coordinate system, General characteristic of the governing
equations: The initial and boundary conditions, The format of the
differential equation for the conservation: Discretization Process,
Methods of deriving the discretized equations, Explicit Taylor series
expansion, Application of the explicit finite difference technique to one
dimensional steady state heat transfer in a rectangular fin, Unsteady
conduction heat transfer: Explicit, Implicit and Crank Nicholson Methods,
Discretization using control volume technique: The Four basic rules in
control volume formulation, Discretization of source terms and
linearization, The SIMPLE algorithms to solve flow problems: Staggered
Grid, the derivation of the pressure correction equation as Poisson's
Pressure equation, Implementation of boundary conditions in CFD.
References:
1. John D Anderson Jr., “Computational Fluid Dynamics- The Basics
with Applications”, International Edition, McGraw Hill, New York,
1995.
2. Suhas V Patankar, “Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow”,
Hemisphere / McGraw Hill, New York, 1980.
3. Versteeg H K and Malalasekera W, “An Introduction to Computational
Fluid Dynamics - The Finite Volume Method”, Longman Scientific &
Technical. England, 1995.
4. Ghoshdastidhar, “Computer Simulation of Flow and Heat Transfer”,
Tata- McGraw-Hill Book Company. New Delhi, 1998.
5. Muralidhar K and Sundararajan T, “Computational Fluid Flow and
Heat Transfer”, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2003.
MME 4010: DESIGN OF THERMAL POWER PLANT
SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Design of Double Pipe Heat Exchanger, Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger
Recuperative Air Pre Heater, Economizer, Boiler furnace design,
Estimation of inside heat transfer coefficient using Jens & Lottes
equation and Thom's correlation. Estimation of pressure drop in two
phase flow using Thom's method, Super heater and Re-heater Design:
Estimation of flow in each element of a tube assembly. Estimation of
attenuation factor and direct radiation from furnace, Design of Steam
Condenser-estimation of tube side velocity, surface area and pressure
drop for various tube sizes & Plot the graph) and estimation of shell
diameter of steam condenser, Design of Cooling Tower.
References:
1. Kern D.Q., “Process Heat Transfer”, McGraw-Hill Publications,
1965.
2. Ganapathy V., “Applied Heat Transfer”, Penn Well Publishing
Company, Tulsa, Oklahoma, 1982.
3. Sarit Kumar Das, Balakrishan A R, “Process Heat Transfer”, Alpha
Science International, 2005.
MME 4011: JET PROPULSION AND ROCKET TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Jet Propulsion, Thrust equation, Efficiencies: Ram efficiency, thermal
efficiency, propulsive efficiency, propeller efficiency. Propulsive Devices:
turbo jet, turbo prop engine, turbo shaft engine, Ram jet, pulse jet, Rocket
Propulsion, Principle of rocket propulsion, thrust equation, Criteria for
Rocket-Motor Performance- specific impulse, total impulse, Chemical
Rockets: Solid propellant rockets, types of solid propellant, burning rate,
solid propellant grain configurations. Liquid propellant rockets, Feed
systems and injectors. Gaseous propellant rockets, Developments in
235
Rocket Technology: nuclear propulsion systems, Electrical propulsion
and Hybrid rockets.
References:
1. Zucrow, “Aircraft and Missile Propulsion”, Vol I and II, John Wiley,
New York. 1958.
2. Jain J K, “Gas Turbine Theory and Jet Propulsion”, (7e), Khanna
Publishers. New Delhi, 1972.
3. Mathur M L and R P Sharma, “Gas Turbines and Jet Propulsion”,
Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi, 2000.
4. Yahya S M, “Fundamentals of compressible flow with aircraft and
rocket propulsion”, New Age International Pvt.Ltd. New Delhi, 2004.
5. Ganesan V, “Gas Turbines”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi. 2005.
MME 4012: REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Basic concepts and Air Refrigeration Cycles, Vapor Compression
Refrigeration Systems, Vapor Absorption Refrigeration Systems,
Compound vapour compression refrigeration system. Multi-evaporator
and cascade systems, Classification of Refrigerants, Comparison of
thermodynamic properties of refrigerants, Alternate Cooling Methods:
Desiccant Cooing System, Solar Refrigeration, Thermo Electric
Refrigeration, Analysis of Steam Jet Ejector Cycle, Refrigeration,
Psychrometry, Psychrometric charts, Process involving Air-Vapour
Mixtures, Air Conditioning Systems, Types of Air Conditioners, Load
Estimation for inside and outside design conditions. Different types of
heat loads.
References:
1. Arora S.C. and Domkundwar S., “Course in Refrigeration and Air-
conditioning”, Danpath Rai. New Delhi, 1992
2. Cook Norman, “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, Macmillan
London, 1995
3. Stoecker W.F., “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, Tata McGraw
Hill,1978
4. Prasad Manohar, “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, New Age
International Pvt. Limited. New Delhi, 2004
5. Gauger D. C., Shapiro H. N., Pate M. B., “Alternative Technologies for
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Applications”, Springfield,
Washigton DC, 2008
IV. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy, Sources
of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages, Working capital
management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash management, and
Dividend decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
2. Pandey I M, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house, Delhi,
2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand &
Co., Delhi,1999.
4. ICFAI, “Corporate Financial Management’, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Maheshwari S.N., “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 2002.
 HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities.
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM. Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability. Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction, & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. Rao T V and Pereira D F, “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subba Rao A, “Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House,1999.
3. Nair N G and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S. Chand Company, 1999.
4. Virmani B R; Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology transfer
and human resource development”, Response books,1997.
5. Pareek Udai et al, “Human Resource Development in Asia: Trends
and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market opportunities
and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New Economy, Building
Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market Demand, Scanning
the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets, Business Markets,
Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments, Product Life Cycle, New
Market Offerings, Designing and Managing Services, Price Strategies,
Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. ICFAI, “Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R L and Gupta S L, “Marketing Management”, Sultan
Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2000.
HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design: Product life cycle,
Process design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine
charts, Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations
strategy, Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems
thinking, Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision
process. Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries,
visibility, System life cycle models, System dynamics and its importance
in system thinking. System dynamics modeling process.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G, “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P, “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Mieghem J, “Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices, Dynamic
Ideas”, ISBN: 0-9759146-6-9.2008.
4. Sterman J D, “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and Modeling
for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition, 2004.
236
5. Senge Peter, The Fifth Discipline, Currency Doubleday, New York,
1990.
OTHER PROGRAM ELECTIVES
MME 4015: CORROSION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Definitions, Corrosive Environments, Consequences of Corrosion, Cost
of Corrosion, Corrosion Science and Corrosion Engineering,
Fundamental aspects of Corrosion. Corrosion Cell, Cathodic and Anodic
Reactions, Types of Corrosion Cells, Reference Electrode, Calomel
Electrode, Pourbaix Diagrams. Corrosion Rate Expressions, Electro-
Chemical nature of Aqueous Corrosion, Polarization, Factors influencing
Corrosion Rate. Types of Corrosion, Measuring Polarization, Anodic
Polarization, Cathodic Polarization, Activation Polarization and
Concentration Polarization. Corrosion Prevention, Materials Selection,
Alteration of Environments, Design, Cathodic and Anodic Protection,
Corrosion Inhibitors, Coatings. Methods used to determine Corrosion
Rate, Weight Loss Measurements, Linear Polarization, Tafel
Extrapolation Techniques.
References:
1. Ahmed Zaki, “Principles of corrosion Engineering and corrosion
control”, Elsevier science and technology Books, 2006.
2. Mars G. Fontana, “Corrosion Engineering”, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill,
2008.
3. Trethewey K. R. and Longman J. Chamberlain, “Corrosion for
students of science and engineering”, Scientific and Technical,
1988.
4. Schweitzer A Philip, “Fundamentals of corrosion-Mechanisms,
Causes and preventive methods”, CRC Press, Tayler and Francis
Group, 2010.
5. Uhlig H. H. and Revie R. W., “Corrosion and Corrosion Control”,
Wiley, 1985.
MME 4016: ELEMENTS OF MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Definition, basic concepts and elements of mechatronic
systems, needs and benefits of mechatronics in manufacturing,
Sensors, Transducers: Displacement. Piezoelectric actuators, Shape
memory alloys. Hydraulic & Pneumatic devices Power supplies, valves,
cylinder sequencing. Data acquisition and translation: Signal
conditioning Operational amplifiers, inverting amplifier, differential
amplifier, Protection, comparator, filters, Multiplexer, Pulse width
Modulation Counters, decoders, ADC, DAC Signal Analysis -
Linearization of data, Compensation, Signal Averaging, Fourier analysis.
Data presentation system: Display - Cathode ray oscilloscope, LED,
LCD, Printers, Magnetic Recording, Controllers and Algorithms:
Microprocessor Applications.
References:
1. Alciatore David G & Histand Michael B, “Introduction to
Mechatronics and Measurement systems”, Tata McGraw Hill,
2003.
2. Boltan W, “Mechatronics”, Addison Wesley Longman Ltd, 1999.
3. Devdas Shetty & Richard Kolk, “Mechatronics System Design”, PWS
Publishing, 2001
4. Dan Nesculescu, “Mechatronics”, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd, 2002.
5. Bradley D A and others, “Mechatronics”, Nelson Thornes Chennai,
2004.
 MME 4018: FRICTION AND WEAR [3 0 0 3]
Influence of material properties, rolling friction, Measurement of friction,
friction coefficient values. Mechanism of adhesive wear, shapes of
transferred and loose wear particles, size distribution of wear fragments,
quantitative laws of adhesive wear, wear coefficients, Abrasive wear,
Corrosive wear, Impact wear, Hydrodynamic, hydrostatic and elasto-
hydrodynamic lubrication, solid film lubrication, boundary lubrication
single penetration and multiple penetration models. Effectiveness of
liquid lubricant and solid lubricant. Rebuilding and surfacing cements,
wear tiles, electro spark deposition coatings, fused carbide cloth,
thermal/chemical deposited ceramic coatings, centrifugal cast wear
coatings, wear sleeves, wear plates.
References:
1. Rabinowicz E, “Friction and Wear of Materials”, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc., 1995.
2. Bharat Bhushan, “Principles and applications of Tribology”, John
Wiley & Sons Inc., 1999.
3. Arnell R D, Davies P B, Halling J &Whomes T L, “Tribology: Principles
and design applications”, Macmillan Education Ltd, 1991.
4. Kragelsky I V, “Friction Wear Lubrication Tribology hand book”,Vol 1,
2 & 3, MIR Publishers, 1981.
5. Majumdar B. C., “Tribology of Bearings”, Wheeler Publisher, 1990.
MME 4019: INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS [3 0 0 3]
Definition of Robots; Types of Robots; Robot Configuration; Selection of
Robots; factor affecting the control resolution, Spatial resolution,
Accuracy and repeatability, Specification of a robot, Robot
arm/manipulator Kinematics, Types of Grippers; Force Analysis of
gripper mechanism; Classification of Actuators; Actuators used in
Robots - DC motors, Stepper motors, AC motors and Servo motors,
Robot Transmission Systems; Sensors; Types and classification of robot
sensors, Positional potentiometer, Velocity tachometer, Working of
resolver, Optical encoder, Magneto resistive skin, Hall generator, Electro-
magnetic & Adhesive end effectors, proximity sensors; Tactile Sensing;
Robot Vision.
References:
1. Janakiraman P.A., “Robotics and Image Processing”,Tata McGraw
Hill, 1995.
2. Groover M.P.,” Industrial Robotics”, PHI, 2008.
3. Jain K.C.,Aggarwal L.N, “Robotics Principles and Practice”, Khanna
Publishers, 1997.
4. Fu, Gonzalez and Lee, “Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and
Intelligence”, TataMcGrawHill, 2008.
5. Hegde Ganesh S, “A textbook on Industrial Robotics”, Laxmi
Publications (P) Ltd, 2006.
MME 4021: MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION [3 0 0 3]
Basic physical and mechanical properties of materials, X-ray Diffraction
Methods, X-ray Radiation, Generation of X-rays, Distortions of
Diffraction Spectra, Wide Angle X-ray Diffraction and Scattering,
Microscopic material characterization, Light Microscopy - Optical
Principles, Image Formation, Resolution, Depth of Field, Aberrations,
Instrumentation, illumination system. Confocal microscopy, Scanning
Electron Microscopy. Contrast formation, electronspecimen
Interactions, preparation for micro-composition examination,
Transmission Electron Microscopy, Selected Area Diffraction
Characteristics, Single-Crystal Diffraction, Multi-Crystal Diffraction,
Kikuchi Lines. Images of Crystal Defects, Wedge Fringe, Bending
237
Contours, Dislocations. Differential Thermal Analysis and Differential
Scanning Calorimetry, Thermogravimetry, interpretation of TG curves.
References:
1. Yang Leng, “Materials Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic
and Spectroscopic Methods”, John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd,
Singapore, 2008.
2. Sam Zhang, Lin Li, Ashok Kumar, “Materials Characterization
Techniques”, CRC Press, 2008.
MME 4022: MEMS AND NANO TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
General methods of preparation of nanopar ticles, Carbon
nanostructures and their Applications. Nanosized Structures,Physical
chemistry of nanosystems, Nanoparticles, Nanowires and Nanorods,
Thin films- Self assembled monolayers, Experimental techniques-
Temperature measurement techniques, Atomic Force Microscopy,
Scanning Tunneling Microscopy, Spectroscopy and Diffraction
techniques. Micro Electro Mechanical Systems, MEMS, Micro and
Nanoscale Thermal Engineering, Nanofluids preparation and
Characterization, Properties of nanofluids, Nanomaterials used in energy
and Environmental applications and their Properties. Device applications
in hydrogen storage and Production, Fuel cells, Battery, Solar energy
conversion, Waste water treatment, Pollution remedies, Nanomaterials
in automobiles. Challenges and Scope.
References:
1. Charles P Poole, “Introduction to Nanotechnology”, Wiley-
Interscience Publication, 2003.
2. Guozhong Cao, “Nanostructures & Nanomaterials”, Imperial College
Press, 2004.
3. Sobhan C B, “Microscale and Nanoscale Heat Transfer”, Taylor and
Francis Publication, 2008.
4. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, “The MEMS Handbook”, Taylor and Francis
Publication, 2005.
5. James J Allen, “MEMS Design”, Taylor and Francis Publication,
2005.
MME 4023: MICRO MACHINING [3 0 0 3]
Micromachining,Traditional Micromachining Processes, Materials for
micromachining, Advanced Micromachining and Nanofinishing,
Abrasive Water Jet Micromachining (AWJMM), Ultrasonic
Micromachining (USMM), Abrasive Jet Micromachining (AJMM),
Thermoelectric Advanced Micromachining, Electric Discharge
Micromachining (EDM), Electric Discharge Grinding (EDG) And Electric
Discharge Diamond Grinding (EDDG), Wire Electric Discharge
Micromachining, Laser Beam Micromachining, Electron Beam
Micromachining. Electrochemical and Chemical Advanced Machining,
Chemical Micromachining (ChMM). Wafer bonding- Anodic bonding,
Fusion bonding, CVD and PVD processes, Spin coating, Evaporation and
Epitaxy, Laser ablation technique. Bulk and Surface Micromachining
Techniques, Micromachining Tools.
References:
1. Jain V. K., “Introduction to Micromachining”, Narosa Publishers,New
Delhi, 2010.
2. Jain V. K., “Advanced Machining Processes”, Allied Publishers
Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.
3. Mojtaba Kahrizi, “Micromachining Techniques for Fabrication of
Micro and Nano Structures”, Intech, 2012.
 MME 4024: NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING [3 0 0 3]
NDE in Design, Maintenance and Service, Benefits of NDE, Choosing the
NDE technique, Qualifications of NDE personnel, Penetrant Inspections,
penetrant testing materials and processes, penetrant testing methods
and systems, sensitivity, standards, Magnetic Particle Testing,
Ultrasonic Testing, Elastic wave propagation, Ultrasonic Transducers ,
Criteria for probe selection, Inspection techniques, ultrasonic techniques
for stress measurement and material studies, Radiographic Techniques,
electromagnetic radiation sources, properties of X- and gamma rays.
Radiographic imaging, Radiographic inspection techniques,
radiographic inspection systems, Eddy Current Testing (ECT), 3D or
phased array ECT. Acoustic Emission Testing, Thermography, impact
echo method of testing, phased array techniques, laser testing methods,
vibration testing and analysis methods.
References:
1. Don E Bray and Roderic K Stanley, “Nondestructive Evaluation: A Tool
in Design, Manufacturing and Service”, Taylor and Francis Group,
London, 1997.
2. Paul E Mix, “Introduction to Nondestructive Testing-A training
Guide”, (2e), John Wiley and Sons, Inc, 2005.
3. Davis Joseph R., “ASM Handbook: Volume 17, Nondestructive
Evaluation and Quality Control”, ASM International Materials Park,
OH.
4. ASNT (Edited), “Materials and Processes for NDT Technology”,
ASNT, USA, 1981.
5. Ensminger Dale, “Ultrasonics: Fundamentals, Technology,
Application”, (2e), Marcel Dekker, New York, 1988.
MME 4027: ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR [3 0 0 3]
Contributing disciplines to OB, Basic OB Model. Learning, Methods of
shaping behavior, Values, Attitudes and Job satisfaction, Personality,
Determinants of Personality, Personality theories, Major personality
attributes, Perception Attribution Theory, Selective perception, Halo
effect, Contrast effect, Stereo-typing. Maslow's hierarchy of needs,
Theory X and Theory Y, Frederick Herzberg's Motivation and Hygiene
Theory, Contemporary Theories, Group Dynamics, Group Behaviour
Model, Quality of a good leader, types and theories of leadership.
Conflict, Dimensions of Conflict Handling Intentions, Virtual
Organisation, Boundary less Organisation, Mechanistic and Organic
Model, Factors influencing organisation structure. Work Design,
Organisational Change and Organisational Development, Lewin's Three-
Step Model and Action research. Organisational Development.
References:
1. Luthans Fred, “Organisational Behaviour”, McGraw Hill, New York,
1989.
2. Gupta Rakesh, “Organisational Behaviour”, Kitab Mahal, Allahabad,
1998.
3. Davis Keith and Newstrom J.W., “Organisational Behaviour at Work”,
Tata-McGraw Hill,New Delhi, 1997.
4. Moorhead Greogery and Griffin Ricky W., “Organisational
Behaviour”, AITBS, New Delhi, 1999.
5. CarrelMichaell R., “Fundamentals of Organisational Behaviour”,
Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1997.
MME 4028: PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL
RELATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Objectives of personnel management, Functions of Personnel
Management, Process of Human Resource Planning, Steps in
recruitment process, Sources of recruitment, methods of
238
recruitment.Promotions, Demotions, Transfers, Separation,
Absenteeism and Turn over, Wage and Salary administration,
Performance Appraisal, Methods of Performance evaluation.Industrial
Relations: Functional Requirements, Employees participation in
management.Grievances and Grievance Handling, Act of Indiscipline/
Misconduct,Principles for maintenance of discipline.Industrial Disputes,
Procedure forthe Settlement of Disputes, Government and Industrial
Relations, Organs of IndustrialPeace. Trade Unions: Objectives and
Functions, Growth of Trade Union Movement, Factors Affecting Growth
of Trade Unions, Essentials of a Successful Trade Union.
References:
1. Mamoria,C.B., “Personnel Management”, Himalaya Publishing
House, 2007
2. Megginson,Leon C., “Personnel and Human Resource
Administration”, 1977
3. Beach,D.S., ‘Personnel:The Management of People At Work”, 1977.
4. Yoder and Dale, “Personnel Management and Industrial Relations”,
1972.
MME 4029: PLANT ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Industrial Building, Building maintenance and repairs,
Hardener/sealers, Floor paints, Functions of coating, Constituents of
paint, Ventilation systems and control, Requirement of water, Building
services, Water purification processes, Membrane processes, Effluents.
Measurement of noise, Vibration, Noise and Vibration control, Nature of
dust and fumes, Legislation on air pollution concern to the plant engineer.
Challenges in maintenance, Responsibilities of the maintenance
department, Reliability centered maintenance, Total productive
maintenance, Planning of maintenance function, Estimation of
maintenance work, Maintenance control, Maintenance scheduling,
Maintenance cost, Maintenance budgeting and cost control. Condition
Monitoring, Condition monitoring levels, Techniques of condition
monitoring, Future scope of condition monitoring.
References:
1. Mobley K. R., “Plant Engineer's Handbook”, Butterworth-
Heinemann, Woburn, 2001.
2. Snow A. D., “Plant Engineer's Reference Book”, Butterworth-
Heinemann, Woburn, 2000.
3. Mobley, Higgins and Wikoff, “Maintenance Engineering Handbook”,
McGraw-Hill, 2008.
4. Mishra and Pathak, “Maintenance Engineering and Management”,
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
5. Jyoti Mehrotra, “Principles and Practice of Total Productive
Maintenance”, Allied Publishers Ltd., 1998.
MME 4032 : PROJECT MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Concept of project, Project life cycle, organizing projects within the
functional organization, organizing projects as dedicated teams,
organizing projects within a matrix arrangement, Project manager and
their attributes. Feasibility study, Pre-feasibility study, Steps of feasibility
study. Estimating project times and costs, Factors influencing the quality
of estimates, Top-down approaches of estimation, Bottom-up
approaches of estimation, Hybrid approach of estimation. Risk
management process, Risk Assessment - probability analysis,
Contingency planning, Contingency funding and time buffers, Risk
response control, Project scheduling, Bar charts and Milestone charts,
Development of networks, Work Breakdown Structure, Program
Evaluation and Review Technique, Project audit and closure, Audit
reporting, Evaluation of project team and members.
References:
1. Gray C., Larson E. and Desai G., “Project Management The
Managerial Process”, Tata McGraw Hill Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.
2. Paneer Selvam R. and Senthil Kumar P., “Project Management”, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
3. Chandra P., “Projects Planning, Analysis, Selection, Financing,
Implementation and Review”, Tata McGraw Hill Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2009.
4. Choudhry S., “Project Management”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Co. Ltd. New Delhi., 1997.
5. Punmia B. and Khandelwal K., “Project Planning and Control with
PERT and CPM”, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
MME 4034: SUPPLY CHAIN AND LOGISTICS
MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Objective of a supply chain, Decision phases in a supply chain, Process
view of a supply chain, Role of distribution in the supply chain, Design
options for a distribution network, Factors influencing network design
decisions, Role of IT in network design, Making network design
decisions in practice, Transportation infrastructures and policies,
Tailored Transportation, Sourcing Decisions, In-house outsource, Third
and fourth party logistics providers, Supply scoring and assessment,
Supplier selection, Sourcing planning and analysis, Pricing and Revenue
management, Pricing and revenue management for multiple customer
segments, pricing and revenue management for perishable assets,
Information Technology, Customer relationship management, Internal
supply chain management, Supplier relationship management,
Transaction management foundation.
References:
1. Chopra and Meindl., “Supply Chain Management Strategy, Planning
and Operation”, (3e), Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Raghuram and Rangaraj, “Logistics and Supply Chain Management:
Cases and Concepts”, Macmillan, New Delhi, 2000.
3. Simchi-Levi and Kaminski, “Designing and Managing the Supply
Chain: Concepts, Strategies and Case Studies” , McGraw-Hill, 2003.
4. Shapiro J., “Modelling the Supply Chain”, Duxbury Thomson
Learning, U.S.A., 2009.
MME 4035: TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Management of technology, system model, integrated and holistic
model, Timing and innovation, technology and competition,
Entrepreneurs and innovation, entrepreneurship in corporations,
entrepreneurship, organizational barriers to innovation, venture team.
Business plans for new ventures, successful product innovation,
sources of venture capital, Growth of new firms, Dynamics of new firms,
corporate systems, dynamic factors affecting growth, Innovation
Process, Forecasting Technology, Form of technology change, S-curve
jumps from radical to system innovation, Technology life cycle,
economic long cycles, Kondratieff waves, Technology and marketing,
Sources of innovation, market pull and technology push, Corporate
research, Project strategy, sales volume and profitability in product life
time, R&D projects, production costs, market share, profit margin.
References:
1. Gerard H Gaynor, “Handbook of technology management”, McGraw
Hill International Edition, 1996.
2. Betz Frederick, “Managing Technology”, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
3. Steele Lowell W and Badaww Michel K., “Managing Technology”,
4. Narayanan V. K., “Managing Technology and Innovation for
239
Competitive Advantage”, Prentice Hall, 2001.
5. Rungachari Krishna, Chari C. P., “Technology Management and
Business Development”.
MME 4036: THEORY OF INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES
AND EMISSIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to IC engines, Idealized cycles, Fuel air cycles and actual
cycles, modes of combustion, Stoichiometry, heat of formation,
adiabatic flame temperature, chemical equilibrium, ignition limits. IC
engine fuels: conventional and non-conventional fuels and their analysis.
Petroleum refining processes and products, Qualities of SI and CI engine
fuels and their ratings, alternative fuels: Alcohols, LPG, CNG, Hydrogen,
Vegetable oils. Stages of combustion in SI and CI engines: Normal and
abnormal combustion, Principle of combustion chamber design for SI
and CI engines. Rotary engine, CRDI, MPFI, TBI and GDI systems, Dual
fuel engines and stratified charge engines. IC engine pollutant formation,
evaporative emissions, cranks case emissions and tail pipe emissions,
Exhaust emission control methods- ammonia injection. EGR and positive
crank case ventilation.
References:
1. Ganeshan V., “Internal Combustion Engines”, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill
Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Mathur and Sharma, “A Course in I C Engines”, Dhanpath Rai
Publishers, New Delhi, 1981.
3. John B. Heywood, “Introduction to Internal Combustion Engines”,
Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2011.
4. Lichty L.C., “International Combustion Engines”, McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 1951.
5. Edward F. Obert, “Internal Combustion Engines and Air Pollution”,
Harper & Row, Publishers. Delhi, 1973.
MME 4037: TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Dimensions of Quality, Quality Planning, Quality costs Analysis,
Techniques for Quality Costs, Basic concepts of Total Quality
Management. Quality Council, Quality Statements, Strategic Planning,
Deming Philosophy, Barriers to TQM Implementation, TQM Principles,
Customer satisfaction and Retention, Employee Involvement -
Motivation, Empowerment teams, Continuous Process Improvement -
Juran Trilogy, PDSA Cycle, Kaizen, Supplier Partnership - Partnering,
sourcing, Supplier Selection, Supplier Rating, Relationship Development,
Performance Measures - Basic Concepts, Strategy, Performance
Measure, TQM Tools, Benchmarking Process, Quality Function
Deployment, Taguchi Quality Loss Function, Total Productive
Maintenance (TPM) - Concept of six sigma, ISO 9000:2000 Quality
System - Elements, Implementation, Quality Auditing, QS 9000, ISO
14000.
References:
1. Besterfield Dale H., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education,
Delhi, 2006.
2. James R. Evans & William M. Lindsay, “The Management and Control
of Quality”, (5e), South-Western Thomson Learning, 2002.
3. Oakland John S, “Total Quality Management text with Cases”,
Elsevier, New Delhi, 2006.
4. Besterfield Dale H, “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education,
Delhi, 2012.
5. Zeiri, “Total Quality Management for Engineers”, Aditya Books, Delhi,
1992.
 MME 4038: WORK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Productivity and work study, Productivity in the individual enterprise,
Factors tending to reduce productivity, Techniques for reducing excess
work content and ineffective time, Work study, Method study, Flow
process charts, Flow diagram, Multiple activity chart, Travel chart, String
diagram, motion economy, Twohanded process chart, Micromotion
study, Therbligs, SIMO chart, Cyclegraph and Chronocyclegraph,. Use
and basic procedure of work measurement, Techniques of work
measurement, Time study, Rating, Introduction to Work sampling, Pre-
determined time standards (PTS) and Standard Data. Restricted work,
Pump diagram, Multiple machine work, Load factor, Machine
interference, Interference allowance, Working environment and
Ergonomics, Safety criteria, Lighting, Noise and Vibration, Ventilation,
Climatic conditions.
References:
1. International Labour Office (ILO), “Introduction to work study”,
Universal Book Corporation, Geneva, 2001.
2. Niebel B.W. and Frievalds, A., “Methods, Standards, and Work
design”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2003.
3. Barnes R.M., “Motion and Time Study-Design and Measurement of
work”, Willey International, Singapore, 1980.
4. George K., “Work study’, Universal Publishing Corporation, Bombay,
1995.
5. Niebel B.W., “Motion and Time Study”, (5e), Richard D.IrvinInc,
Illinois, 1972.
MME 4039: BUSINESS PROCESS RE-ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to business processes, common business process in
organisations, role of leader and manager, breakthrough re-engineering,
BPR and performance improvement, key targets of BPR, business
process redesign & improvement, Just-in-time, collaborative
manufacturing, intelligence manufacturing, product planning, product
design and development, Introduction to BPR, History of BPR, BPR in
manufacturing industry, Benefits of BPR, BPR and information
technology, BPR implementation methodology, success factors of BPR,
barriers of BPR, frame work for barrier management, BPR and relevant
technologies.
References:
1. Radhakrishnan R and Balasubramanian S, “Business process Re-
engineering: Text and Cases”, (1e), PHI Learning Private Limited,
2008
2. Jayaraman M S, Natarajan G and Rangaramanujan A V, “Business
Process Reegineering”, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2007
3. Sethi V and King W R, “Organizational Transformation through
Business Process Reengineering”, Pearson Education India, 2003
4. Grover V, Markus M L, “Business Process Transformation”, PHI
Learning Pvt. Limited, 2010.
MME 4040: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Databases and Database Users, characteristics of data base approach,
Data models, DBMS architecture and data independence, database
languages and interfaces, Data Modeling, High level conceptual data
models. Weak entity types, ER diagrams and design issues, Record
Storage and Primary File Organizations, Secondary storage devices,
buffering of blocks, Index Structure of Files, Single-level and multilevel
ordered indexes, dynamic multi-level indexes using B-trees and B+
trees, Relational Data Model and Relational Algebra, constraints, and
schemas. Structured Query Language (SQL): Basic and complex queries
in SQL. Embedded SQL. Database Design.
240
References:
1. Elmasri Ramez and Navathe Shamkanth B., “Fundamentals of
database Systems”, (3e), Addison Wesley Publishing Company,
2011.
2. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, “Database
Management System”, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
3. McFadden, Hoffer J, Prescott, “Modem Database Management”,
2007.
4. Hansen Gary W. and Hansen James V., “Database Management and
Design”, (2e), PHI Pvt. Ltd, 2002.
5. Das Gupta and Radha Krishna, “Database Management System”,
Oracle, SQL and PL/SQL, 2nd Edition,2013.
MME 4041: ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to ERP, ERP and related technologies, integrated
management information, business modelling, integrated data model.
Executive information system, data warehousing, data mining, online
analytical processing, A manufacturing perspective of ERP, CAD/CAM,
Materials requirement planning, bill of materials, closed loop MRP,
Manufacturing resource planning, distribution requirements planning,
ERP modules, Benefits of ERP, ERP implementation life cycle,
implementation team training, testing, end user training, Vendors,
consultants and users, Future directions in ERP, faster implementation
methodologies, business models, ERP case studies.
References:
1. Alexis Leon, “Enterprise Resource Planning”, (2e), Tata McGraw
Hill Education, 2008.
2. Monk E and Wagner B, “Concepts in Enterprise Resource
Planning”, (4e), Cengage Learning, 2012.
3. Garg V K and Venkatakrishnan N K, “Enterprise Resource Planning:
Concepts and Practice”, (2e), PHI Learning Pvt. Limited., 2003
4. Jaiswal M and Vanapalli G, “Textbook of Enterprise Resource
Planning”, Macmillan, 2005.
MME 4042: INDUSTRIAL ERGONOMICS [3 0 0 3]
Human factors engineering and design. Man - machine - environment
interaction, system approach to human engineering. Systems and types
of systems. Human sensorimotor system, biases in decision making,
Man-machine-environment interactions. Theory of information and
information processing .Visual and auditory displays, quantitative &
qualitative displays; auditory displays, Principles of auditory displays.
Anthropometry. Biomechanics of motion, functions of controls, factors
influencing design of control, design of hand and foot controls.
Principles of seat design, Location of component and general place
arrangement, Principles of work surface and seat design. Industrial
fatigue. Workers and working environment.
References:
1. Sanders M S, McCormick E J, “Human Factors in Engineering and
Design”, (7e), McGraw Hill Higher Education, 1993.
2. Pulat B M, “Fundamentals of Industrial Ergonomics”, (2e), Waveland
Press Inc., 1997.
3. Tillman P and Barry Tillman, “Human Factors Essential: An
Ergonomics guide for Designers, Engineers, Scientists and
Managers”, McGraw Hill Ryerson limited, 1991.
4. Bridger R, “Introduction to Ergonomics”, (2e), CRC Press, 2008.
 MME 4043: MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Concepts of management Information System(MIS), Importance of MIS,
Evolution of MIS, Computers and MIS, Typical Management Information
Systems. Organizational and Information System Structure,
Management and Decision making, Information Support for functional
areas of management, Impact of Business on information Systems, Key
ingredients of success, Organizing Information Systems, Computer
hardware & Software, Telecommunications, Database management,
Transaction processing & Reporting-Decision making & decision
support system-AI & Expert system-office information system-MIS as
technique for programmed decision. Strategic & project planning
conceptual design-detailed design-implementation, Evaluation &
Maintenance-Controlling of IS. System concept-control-Modelling case
study in Hostel, Hospital, Hotel, Stores, Production Industries, etc.
References:
1. Davis G B and Olson M H, “Management Information Systems”, Tata
McGraw Hill Education, 2005
2. Laudon K C and Laudon J P, “Essentials of Management Information
Systems”, (10e), Pearson Education, 2012
3. Sadagopan S, “Management Information Systems”, PHI Learning
Pvt. Limited, 1997
4. Murdick R G and Ross J E, “Information Systems for Modern
Management”, (3e), PHI Learning Pvt. Limited, 1995
5. O'Brien J A and Marakas G M, “Management Information Systems”,
(10e), McGraw Hill/ Irwin, 2011
MME 4044: MATERIALS MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Concepts, evolution, importance and scope of materials management,
organizational structure, man power planning, functions of
management, principles of organisation, motivation, factors and
techniques of materials planning & budgeting and budgetary control,
purchasing, purchasing policy, purchasing parameters and purchasing
procedures. Strategic materials planning, JIT production planning,
strategic materials planning, Criteria for make or buy decision, spare
parts management including equipment selection, codification and
standardization. Capital equipment planning and capital equipment
decision and purchase of capital equipments.
References:
1. Sharma S C, “Materials Management and Materials Handling”,
Khanna Publishers, 2000
2. Arnold J R T, Chapman S N and Ramakrishnan R V, “Introduction to
Materials Management”, (5e), Pearson Education India, 2011
3. Gopalakrishnan P and Sundareshan M, “Material Management”, PHI
Publications, 1999.
4. Datta K, “Materials Management: Procedures, Text and Cases”, (2e),
PHI Learning, 2008
5. Chitale. A.K, Gupta. R. C, “Materials Management: Text and Cases”,
PHI Learning,2013.
MME 4045: THEORY OF METAL FORMING [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of Metal Working, Metallurgical aspects of metal forming,
Classification of forging processes-Hammer or drop forging, Press
forging, Open die forging and Closed die forging. Calculation of forging
loads, Effect of forging on microstructure, Residual stresses in forging,
Forces and geometry relationships in rolling. Theories of cold rolling and
hot rolling, Analysis of the extrusion process, Hydrostatic extrusion,
Extrusion of tubing, Rod and Wire drawing, Tube drawing processes,
Residual stress in rod, Wire and Tubes. High Energy Rate Forming
Processes Comparison of HERF and Conventional methods. Presses-
Types and Selection of presses-Formability of sheet metals-Principle,
241
Process parameters, Equipment and Application of Deep drawing,
Spinning, Stretch forming, Plate bending, Press brake forming, Magnetic
pulse forming. Super plastic forming, Electro forming, Fine blanking.
References:
1. Kumar Surender, “Technology of Metal Forming Processes”,
Prentice-Hall of India, 2008.
2. Narayanasamy. R, “Metalworking Technology, Prentice Hall”, 1997.
3. Dieter, “Mechanical metallurgy”, McGraw Hill, 1988.
4. Nagpal. G.R., “Metal forming processes”, Khanna Publishers,
1998.
5. George E. Dieter , “Engineering Design”, McGraw Hill, 2000.
OPEN ELECTIVES
MME 3281: CORROSION ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Definitions, corrosive environments, consequences of corrosion, cost of
corrosion, corrosion science and corrosion Engineering, fundamental
aspects of corrosion. Corrosion cell, cathodic and anodic reactions,
types of corrosion cells, reference electrode, calomel electrode,
pourbaix diagrams. Corrosion rate expressions, electro-chemical nature
of aqueous corrosion, polarization, factors influencing corrosion rate.
Types of corrosion, measuring polarization, anodic polarization, cathodic
polarization, activation polarization and concentration polarization.
Corrosion prevention, materials selection, alteration of environments,
design, cathodic and anodic protection, corrosion inhibitors, coatings.
Methods used to determine corrosion rate, weight loss measurements,
linear polarization, Tafel extrapolation techniques.
References:
1. Ahmed Zaki, “Principles of corrosion Engineering and corrosion
control”, Elsvier science and Technology Books, 2006.
2. Mars G. Fontana, “Corrosion Engineering”, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill,
2008.
3. Trethewey K. R. and Longman J. Chamberlain, “Corrosion for
students of science and engineering”, Scientific & Technical, 1988.
4. Schweitzer A Philip, “Fundamentals of corrosion-Mechanisms,
Causes and preventive methods”, CRC Press, Tayler and Francis
Group, 2010.
5. Uhlig H. H. and Revie R. W., “Corrosion and Corrosion Control”,
Wiley, 1985.
MME 3282: ENERGY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Steam power plant - Different types of fuels used for steam generation,
Equipment for burning coal in lump form, Stokers, Diesel Engine power
plant - Method of starting diesel engine, Auxiliaries like cooling and
lubrication system, Filters, Centrifuges, Oil heaters, Intake and exhaust
system, Layout of diesel power plant. Hydro-electric plant: Hydrographs,
Flow duration and mass curves, Storage and pondage, Pumped storage
plants, Low, medium and high head plants, Penstock, Water hammer,
Surge tanks, Gates and valves, Nuclear Power Plant, Solar energy,
Biomass energy, Wind energy, Ocean energy, Geothermal energy
conversion, tidal energy conversion.
References:
1. Nag P K, “Power Plant Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.
2. Domkundwar, “Power Plant Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai Publications,
2003.
3. Rai G D, “Non-Conventional Energy Sources”, Khanna Publishers.
4. Rao S and Parulekar B B, “Energy Technology”, Khanna Publishers,
2004.
5. Culp A W, “Principles of Energy Conversion”, McGraw Hill
International, 2001.
MME 3283: INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Safety Engineering, Industrial Accidents, Theories of
Accident Causation, Introduction to Health and Toxic Substances,
Environmental Control and Noise, Ventilation and its Design Principle,
Personal Protection and First Aid, Fire Protection, Machine Guarding,
Safeguarding the point of operation, Power presses, Grinding machines,
Saws, Belts and Pulleys, Safety consideration regarding material
handling and storage. Safety Requirement for Material Handling and
Storage, Electrical Hazards, Employee Participation in Promoting Safety,
Safety Training, Safety Committees, Teamwork Approach to Promoting
Safety.
References:
1. Asfahl C R and Rieske D W, “Industrial Safety and Health
Management”, (6e), Pearson Education, 2011.
2. Spellman F R and Whiting N E, “The Handbook of Safety Engineering:
Principles and Applications”, Government Institutes, 2009.
3. Gupta A., “Industrial Safety and Environment”, (1e), Laxmi
Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2006
4. Goetsch D L, “Occupational Safety and Health for Technologists”,
Engineers and Managers, (8e), Pearson Education Limited, 2014.
MME 3284: INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to IC engine, Analysis of air standard cycles, fuel air cycles
and actual cycles. Modes of combustion, Stages of combustion in SI &
CI engines, factors influencing the stages of combustion, normal and
abnormal combustion, Control of abnormal combustion in SI and CI
engines. Combustion chambers in SI and CI engines. Supercharging &
Turbo-charging, Analysis of Modern developments in IC engines like
Wankel engine, Electronic injection systems in SI engines. Common Rail
Direct Injection (CRDI) engines, Multi point fuel injection. (MPFI)
engines, dual-fuel engines and stratified charge engines. Introduction to
engine Electronics, typical engine management systems, position,
displacement and speed sensing, pressure, temperature and air
measurement systems, exhaust oxygen sensors.
References:
1. Ganeshan V., “Internal Combustion Engines”, Tata McGraw Hill,
Education Private Limited New Delhi, 2007.
2. Mathur and Sharma, “A Course in I C Engines”, Dhanpath Rai
Publisher, New Delhi, 1981.
3. John B. Heywood, “Introduction to Internal Combustion Engines”,
Tata McGraw Hill, Education Private Limited New Delhi,2011.
4. Lichty L.C., “International Combustion Engines”, McGraw Hill New
Delhi, 1951.
5. Edward F. Obert, “Internal Combustion Engines and Air Pollution”,
Harper & Row, Publishers. Delhi, 1973.
MME 3285: INTRODUCTION TO ALTERNATIVE FUELS AND
APPLICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to alternative fuels, Need for alternative fuels - Availability of
different alternative fuels for SI and CI engines. Properties of potential
alternative fuels, Liquid Fuels for SI Engines, Requirements of fuels for SI
engines-Different Techniques of utilizing alternative liquid fuels Blends,
Neat form, Reformed fuels - Manufacturing, Storage and Safety-
Performance and emission characteristics of alternative liquid fuels,
Liquid Fuels in CI Engines, Requirements of fuels for CI engines- Different
techniques for their utilization- Blends, Fuel modifications to suit CI
242
engines, Dual fuelling, Ignition accelerators and other additives, Gaseous
Fuels in SI Engines, Gaseous Fuels in CI Engines, Electrical Vehicles.
References:
1. Ramadhas A. S., “Alternative Fuels for Transportation”, CRC Press,
Taylor & Francis Group, 2010.
2. Thipse S. S., “Alternative Fuels: Concepts, Technologies and
Developments”, Jaico Book Distributors, 2010.
3. GajendraBabu M. K., “Alternative Transportation Fuels: Utilization in
Combustion Engines”, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group. 2010.
4. Michael F. Hordeski, “Alternative Fuels: The Future of Hydrogen”, The
Fairmont Press, 2008.
5. James D. Halderman, “Hybrid and Alternative Fuel Vehicles”, (2e),
Prentice Hall, 2010.
MME 3286: INTRODUCTION TO COMPOSITE MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to composite materials: definition, classification, types of
matrices and reinforcements, characteristics and selection. Micro
mechanical analysis of a lamina. Introduction, derivation of stress,
strain, modulus of elasticity of fiber reinforced composites.
Manufacturing of polymer composites: method, advantages,
disadvantages and application. Application developments in aircrafts,
missiles, space, automobile, electrical and electronics, marine,
recreational, sports equipment's and construction. Potential future
applications of composites. Metal matrix composites and ceramic matrix
composites, reinforcement, matrix materials, characteristics and
selection, base metal selection, applications.
References:
1. Mein Schwartz, “Composite Materials Handbook”, McGraw Hill
Book Company, 1984.
2. Autar K. Kaw, “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, CRC Press,
2010.
3. Mallik P.C., “Fiber Reinforced Composites”, Marcel Decker, 1993.
4. Rober M. Joness, “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, McGraw Hill
Kogakusha Ltd, 2008.
5. Michael W, Hyer, “Stress analysis of fiber Reinforced Composite
Materials”, McGraw Hill International, 1998.
MME 3287: INTRODUCTION TO NANOTECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to nanotechnology, Bottom-up and Top-down approaches,
Physical and Chemical properties, General methods of preparation of
nanopar ticles, Carbon nanostructures, Characterization of
Nanomaterials, Nanomanipulation, Overview of micro electro
mechanical devices and Technologies, Microsensors, MEMS
Fabrication Bonding, Deposition and Etching techniques, Lithography,
LIGA technique, MEMS applications, Scope of nanotechnology as a
multidisciplinary subject, Nanomaterials used in energy and
Environmental applications Nanomaterials in automobiles, Health
hazards and other Challenges.
References:
1. Charles P Poole, “Introduction to Nanotechnology”, Wiley-
Interscience, 2003.
2. Guozhong Cao, “Nanostructures & Nanomaterials”, Imperial College
Press, 2004.
3. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, “The MEMS Handbook”, Taylor and Francis,
2005.
4. James J Allen, “MEMS Design”, Taylor and Francis, 2005.
5. Murthy B S, Shankar P, “Textbook of Nanoscience and
Nanotechnology”, Universities Press (India) Private Ltd, 2013.
 MME 3288: INTRODUCTION TO OPERATIONS RESEARCH [3 0 0 3]
Definition, phases, applications, advantages and disadvantages of
operations research. Linear programming problems (LPP) are
formulated and solved using graphical and simplex methods and post
optimality analysis conducted. The special cases of LPP include
transportation and assignment problems along with travelling salesman
problem. Game theory and various methods, waiting line models and
simulation. Poisson arrival rate and Exponential service times, System
characteristics, Problems on the models- (M/M/1): (M/M/1) : (N/FIFO),
Simulation of queuing models, Network model analysis using Critical
Path Method (CPM) and Project Evaluation & Review Technique (PERT).
Determination of probability/expectation of project completion.
References:
1. Taha H. A., “Operations Research”, (7e), Pearson Education, 2002.
2. Winston W.L., “Operations Research”, Thomson Asia, 2003.
3. Vohra N. D., “Quantitative Techniques in Management”, 2007.
4. Sharma S. D., “Operations Research”, (14e), Kedar Nath Ramnath
Publications, 2005.
5. Kanthi Swaroop, Gupta and Manmohan, “Operations Research”,
Sultan Chand and Sons, 2003.
MME 3289: INTRODUCTION TO QUALITY CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Definitions of quality, Inspection and quality control, Organization for
quality, General quality control engineering fundamentals, Graphic
representation methods of frequency distribution, Measures of central
tendency and dispersion, Normal distribution curve, Inequality
theorems, Shewhart's bowl drawing experiments, Control charts for
variables (X, R and S charts), Type I and Type II Errors, Process capability
analysis, Process capability indexes. Control charts for attributes (p, np,
c and u charts). Acceptance sampling by attributes, Single and Double
sampling plans, Operating characteristic curve, AQL, LTPD, AOQ curve,
AOQL, ATI, AFI, Producer's risk, Consumer's risk, Acceptance sampling
tables. Conventional and statistical tolerance, Precision, Accuracy and
Reproducibility of method of measurements, Quality costs.
References:
1. Grant E L and Leavenworth R S, “Statistical Quality Control”, (7e),
Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2000.
2. Montgomery D C, “Introduction to Statistical Quality Control”, (6e),
John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2009.
3. Mahajan M S, “Statistical Quality Control”, Dhanpat Rai Publishing
Company Pvt. Limited, 2012.
4. Gryna F, Chua R C H, De Feo J A, “Juran's Quality Planning and
Analysis for Enterprise Quality”, (5e), McGraw Hill Education, 2007.
5. Hansen B L, “Quality Control: Theory and Applications”, PHI Learning
Education, 1987.
MME 3290: INTRODUCTION TO REFRIGERATION AND AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Basic concepts and Air Refrigeration Cycles, Vapor Compression
Refrigeration Systems, Vapor Absorption Refrigeration Systems,
Compound vapour compression refrigeration system. Multi-evaporator
and cascade systems, Classification of Refrigerants, Comparison of
thermodynamic properties of refrigerants, Alternate Cooling Methods:
Desiccant Cooing System, Solar Refrigeration, Thermo Electric
Refrigeration, Analysis of Steam Jet Ejector Cycle, Refrigeration,
Psychrometry, Psychrometric charts, Process involving Air-Vapour
Mixtures, Air Conditioning Systems, Types of Air Conditioners, Load
Estimation for inside and outside design conditions. Different types of
heat loads.
243
References:
1. Arora S.C. and Domkundwar S., “Course in Refrigeration and Air-
conditioning”, Danpath Rai. New Delhi, 1992.
2. Cook Norman, “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, Macmillan
London, 1995.
3. Stoecker. W.F., “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, Tata McGraw
Hill,1978.
4. Prasad Manohar, “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, New Age
International Pvt. Limited. New Delhi, 2004.
5. Jordon Richard C, Priester Gayle B, “Refrigeration and Air
conditioning”, Prentice Hall, 2008
MME 3291: INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS [3 0 0 3]
Definition of Robots; Types of Robots; Robot Configuration; Selection of
Robots; factor affecting the control resolution, Spatial resolution,
Accuracy and repeatability, Specification of a robot, Robot
arm/manipulator Kinematics, Types of Grippers; Force Analysis of
gripper mechanism; Classification of Actuators; Actuators used in
Robots - DC motors, Stepper motors, AC motors and Servo motors,
Robot Transmission Systems; Sensors; Types and classification of robot
sensors, Positional potentiometer, Velocity tachometer, Working of
resolver, Optical encoder, Magneto resistive skin, Hall generator, Electro-
magnetic & Adhesive end effectors, proximity sensors; Tactile Sensing;
Robot Vision.
References:
1. Janakiraman P. A., “Robotics and Image Processing”, Tata McGraw
Hill, 1995.
2. Yoram Koren, “Robotics for Engineers”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1992.
3. Groover M.P., “ Industrial Robotics”, PHI, 2008.
4. Yu Kozyrev, “Industrial Robots Handbook”, MIR Pub, 1985.
5. Jain K.C., Aggarwal L.N, “Robotics Principles and Practice”, Khanna
Publishers, 1997.
MME 3292: PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL
RELATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Objectives of personnel management, Functions of Personnel
Management, Process of Human Resource Planning, Steps in
recruitment process, Sources of recruitment, methods of recruitment.
Promotions, Demotions, Transfers, Separation, Absenteeism and Turn
over, Wage and Salary administration, Performance Appraisal, Methods
of Performance evaluation. Industrial Relations: Functional
Requirements, Employees participation in management. Grievances and
Grievance Handling, Act of Indiscipline/ Misconduct, Principles for
maintenance of discipline. Industrial Disputes, Procedure for the
Settlement of Disputes, Government and Industrial Relations, Organs of
Industrial Peace. Trade Unions: Objectives and Functions, Growth of
Trade Union Movement, Factors Affecting Growth of Trade Unions,
Essentials of a Successful Trade Union.
References:
1. Mamoria C B and Gankar S V, “Personnel Management”, (23e),
Himalaya Publishing House, 2003.
2. Megginson L C, “Personnel and Human Resources Administration”,
(3e), R. D. Irwin, 1977.
3. Beach D S, “Personnel: The Management of the People at Work”,
(3e), Macmillan, 1975.
4. Yoder D, “Handbook of Personnel Management and Labor
Relations”, Volume 1, McGraw Hill, 1958.
 MME 3293: PROJECT MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Concepts of Project and Project Management, Categories of projects,
Project life cycle phases, Tools and techniques for project management,
the project manager, Roles and responsibilities of a project manager.
Project Cost Estimation: Cost estimation, Capital cost, Operation and
Maintenance costs, Cost estimation of a sample project. Feasibility
Study: Types of feasibility. Project Network Construction, Critical path
method (CPM), Program evaluation review technique (PERT), Crashing
of Project Network, Types of crashing. Resource levelling and Allocation
Technique, Project Audit: failures and reasons for audit, Phases of project
audit, Project check list. Project Management Performance:
Performance indicators, Performance improvement, Project
management environment. Project Management Software: InstaPlan,
Yojana, Prism project manager, Primavera.
References:
1. Paneerselvam R and Senthilkumar P, “Project Management”, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2010
2. Choudhury S, “Project Management”, (1e) Tata McGraw Hill
Education, 2008
3. Lock D, “Project Management”, (10e),Ashgate Publishing Limited,
2013
244
MME 3294: THERMAL TREATMENT OF METALS AND
ALLOYS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to phase diagrams, invariant reactions, analysis of phase
diagrams, Introduction to Iron-Carbon equilibrium diagram &
Fundamentals of heat treatment, decomposition of austenite, TTT
diagram, Conventional case and Surface hardening treatments, factors
affecting hardening, laser hardening. Age hardening and Thermo-
mechanical treatments for Aluminium and Non-Ferrous alloys,
Ausforming, Isoforming, Thermo-mechanical annealing Steel
specification, Classification and Application of steels and Cast iron with
heat treatments, commercial steel, stainless steel, maraging steel,
Malleabilization. Heat treatment and Application of non-ferrous metals
and alloys defects, causes and remedies in heat treatment.
References:
1. Rajan T. V., Sharma C. P. and Sharma Alok, “Heat treatment principles
and techniques”, PHI Publication, 1999.
2. Bolton W., “Engineering materials technology”, Heinmann Newness,
2001.
3. Thelning K. E., “Steel and its heat treatment”, Butterworth
/Heinemann, 2000.
4. Singh Vijendra, “Heat Treatment of Metals”, Standard Publishers
Distributors, 2012.
5. William D. Callister, “Materials Science and Engineering”, John Wiley
and Sons, 2007.
 Department of Mechatronics Engineering
Mechatronics is a multidisciplinary field of Engineering with a rich
Programs offered
knowledge base formed by various disciplines of Engineering. Hence an
integrated curriculum is designed to provide a broad based education in Under Graduate Program
4
the basic principles of Electrical, Electronics, Computing, Mechanical B.Tech in Mechatronics (2006)
and Control Systems. Such a varied and diverse program is gaining Post Graduate Program
much recognition and importance with every passing day and has
4 M.Tech in Industrial Automation & Robotics (2015)
become an engineering discipline high on demand. The main objective of
PhD
the department is to enable students with the potential to address
challenges which are interdisciplinary in nature by laying a strong
foundation of multidisciplinary knowledge in their intellect. Faculty Strength
The department is well equipped with laboratories set up in collaboration Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
with Bosh Rexroth India Pvt. Ltd which includes some of the finest
automation equipment like, Modular Production Systems, Hydraulics 3 2
and Pneumatics, Programmable Logic Controllers, Drives and control,
sensorics and robotics lab. The main objective of this industry- 18 19
academic partnership initiative is to transfer current technology to the
students and to bridge the technology gap that exists between industry
and academic. The necessity of a seamless integration of different
disciplines has been effectively managed by a multidisciplinary team of PhD Professors
young, dynamic and well-motivated faculty. M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors

245
 B. Tech in MECHATRONICS

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Subject Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2101 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2211 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
MTE 2101 Materials Science and Engineering 3 0 0 3 MTE 2201 Theory of Machines 3 1 0 4
MTE 2102 Strength of Materials 2 1 0 3 MTE 2202 Design of Machine Elements 3 1 0 4
MTE 2103 Engineering Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer 3 1 0 4 MTE 2203 Linear Control Theory 2 1 0 3
II MTE 2104 Linear Integrated Circuits and Applications 3 1 0 4 MTE 2204 Measurements and Instrumentation 4 0 0 4
MTE 2105 Digital Integrated Circuits and Applications 2 1 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
MTE 2111 Manufacturing Process Lab 0 0 3 1 MTE 2211 CAD and Kinematic Simulation Lab 0 0 6 2
MTE 2112 Integrated Electronics and Simulation Lab 0 0 3 1 MTE 2212 Sensorics Lab 0 0 3 1
15 5 6 22 17 4 9 24
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
MTE 3101 Manufacturing Technology 4 0 0 4 HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3
MTE 3102 Mechanics of Robotic Systems 2 1 0 3 MTE 3201 Electric Drives 3 1 0 4

246
MTE 3103 Microcontroller Based System Design 4 0 0 4 *** **** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
MTE 3104 Programmable Logic Controller 2 1 0 3 MTE **** Program Elective – II 3 0 0 3
III
MTE 3105 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 4 MTE **** Program Elective – III 3 0 0 3
MTE **** Program Elective – I 3 0 0 3 MTE **** Program Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
MTE 3111 Mechatronics Lab 0 0 3 1 MTE 3211 Drives and Control Lab 0 0 3 1
MTE 3112 Microcontroller Lab 0 0 3 1 MTE 3212 Robotics Lab 0 0 6 2
18 3 6 23 17 2 9 22
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002 EngineeringEconomics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 MTE 4297 Seminar 1
MTE 4101 Mechatronic Systems Design 3 1 0 4 MTE 4298 Industrial Training 1
MTE 4102 Micro Electro Mechanical Systems 3 0 0 3 MTE 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
IV MTE 4103 Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems 3 0 0 3
MTE **** Program Elective – V 3 0 0 3
MTE **** Program Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
MTE 4111 Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems Lab 0 0 6 2
17 2 6 21 14
Minor Specializations THIRD SEMESTER

I. Automotive Technology MAT 2101: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [2 1 0 3]

1. MTE 4001: Automobile Engineering Gradient, divergence and curl, Line, surface and volume integrals.
2. MTE 4002: Automotive Component Design Green's, divergence and Stoke's theorems. Fourier series of periodic
functions. Half range expansions. Harmonic analysis. Fourier integrals.
3. MTE 4003: Autotronics
Sine and cosine integrals, Fourier transform, Sine and cosine
4. MTE 4004: Hybrid and Electric Vehicles transforms. Partial differential equation-Basic concepts, solutions of
equations involving derivatives with respect to one variable only.
Solutions by indicated transformations and separation of variables. One-
II. Robotics and Automation
dimensional wave equation, one dimensional heat equation and their
1. MTE 4005: Intelligent Controllers solutions. Numerical solutions of boundary valued problems, Laplace
2. MTE 4006: Machine Vision and Image Processing and Poisson equations and heat and wave equations by explicit methods.
3. MTE 4007: Robot Dynamics and Control
References:
4. MTE 4008: Robotic Path Planning
1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (5e), Wiley
Eastern, 1985.
III. Business Management 2. S. S. Sastry, “Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis”, (2e),
1. HUM 4011: Financial Management Prentice Hall, 1990.
3. B. S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna
2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management
Publishers, 1989.
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management 4. Murray R. Spiegel, “Vector Analysis” , Schaum Publishing Co., 1959.
4. HUM 4014: Operations and Systems Management
MTE 2101: MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Other Program Electives Crystal structures, Miller indices, crystal imperfections, mechanism of
solidification, nucleation and crystal growth, phases in solids,
1. MTE 4009: Additive Manufacturing Technologies
equilibrium diagrams, iron-Carbon systems, principle and objectives of
2. MTE 4010: Computer Networks and Communication Protocols. heat treatment, TTT diagrams, electronic materials, deposition of thin
3. MTE 4011: Database Management Systems films, insulators and dielectric properties, polarization in dielectrics,
electrostriction, piezoelectricity, ferroelectricity, magnetic materials,
4. MTE 4012: Design of Mechanical Drives
magnetic dipole and moments, magnetization, super paramagnetic
5. MTE 4013: Dynamics and Control of Mechatronics Systems materials, applications of magnetic materials, photonic materials,
6. MTE 4014: FPGA based Digital System Design refraction, reflection, absorption, emission phenomena.
7. MTE 4015: Introduction to Algorithms
References:
8. MTE 4016: Machine Tool Technology
1. Donald R. Askeland and Pradeep P. Fulay, “The Science and
9. MTE 4017: Mechanical Vibrations Engineering of Materials”, Cengage learning publishers,(6e), 2011
10. MTE 4018: Micro- Manufacturing Systems 2. Lakhtin Yu., “Engineering Physical metallurgy and heat treatment”,
11. MTE 4019: Nanotechnology MIR Publishers, Moscow, 1985
3. Higgins R.A., “Engineering Metallurgy”, (5e), ELBS, London, 1983
12. MTE 4020: Noise, Vibrations and Harshness
4. Avner S.H., “Introduction to Physical Metallurgy”, (3e), McGraw Hill.
13. MTE 4021: Principles of Software Engineering and Testing Delhi, 2004
14. MTE 4022: Production and Operations Management 5. Arzamasov, “Material Science”, MIR Publishers, Moscow, 1989
15. MTE 4023: System Modeling and Simulation
16. MTE 4024: Wireless Sensor Networks MTE 2102: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS [2 1 0 3]
Stresses and strains, theory of pure bending- flexural formula for straight
beams, torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow, resilience, strain energy
Open Electives stored in the members, strain energy stored due to shear, bending and
1. MTE 3281: Hybrid Electric Vehicles torsion. Deflection of cantilever, simply supported and over hanging
beams, Stresses in cylinders and Spheres due to internal pressure, design
2. MTE 3282: Industrial Automation
of hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders, Stresses due to interference fits, auto
3. MTE 3283: Introduction to Robotics frottage and compound cylinders, gasketed joints in cylindrical vessels,
4. MTE 3284: Mechatronics System columns and struts, two-dimensional stress system, principal stresses
5. MTE 3285: Product Development and Marketing and planes, static theories of failures, case studies.

References:
1. Timoshenko and Young, “Elements of Strength of Materials”, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1997
2. Popov E.P., “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, Prentice Hall India,
New Delhi, 2001

247
3. Beer F. P. and Jonhston R, “Mechanics of Materials”, (3e), McGraw
Hill Book Company, 2002
4. Rajput R. K., “Strength of Materials”, S Chand & Co., 2006
5. James M Gere and Barry J. Goodno, “Strength of Materials”,
Cengage Learning.
MTE 2103: ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS AND HEAT
TRANSFER [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to thermodynamics: basic laws, properties, processes,
Zeroth law of thermodynamics: measurement of temperature, Work and
heat, First law of thermodynamics for non-flow and steady flow
processes, concept of internal energy, Second law of thermodynamics:
Clausius and Kelvin Planck statement, Carnot theorem, Clausis
inequality, refrigeration: properties of refrigerants, Coefficient of
performance, Vapor compression cycles. Introduction to heat transfer,
Basic laws for conduction, convection and radiation heat transfer, One
dimensional heat conduction equation, Variable thermal conductivity, fin
efficiency, Heat exchangers: LMTD, effectiveness, Applications of heat
transfer in electronics: transistor junction temperature prediction, heat
dissipation in PCB, cabinet cooling, analysis of heat conduction in chips.
References:
1. CenegelYunus and Bole Michael, “Thermodynamics”, MIGH. 2006.
2. Estop and McConkey, “Applied Thermodynamics for Engineering
Technologies”, Longman, 2002.
3. Mayhew A. and Rogers B.,"Engineering Thermodynamics", Longman
Green & Co. Ltd. London. E.L.B.S. Edition. 1990.
4. Yunus Acenegel, “Heat transfer, A practical approach”, Tata Mcgraw
hill edition 2005.
5. Cengel, “Thermodynamics and heat transfer”, Tata McGraw Hills
1989.
MTE 2104: LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
AND APPLICATIONS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to op-amp using 741IC, linear applications of Op-
amp,Operational amplifier and block diagram representation,
characteristics of ideal operational amplifier, Open loop and closed loop
operation of operational amplifier, non-linear applications, precision half
wave and full wave rectifiers, peak detector, sample and hold circuit, log
and antilog amplifiers, analog multipliers and dividers, comparators,
designing of filters, design of analog to digital and digital to analog
converters, designing of astable and monostablemultivibrator and its
applications using 555 timer IC. Operating principle of PLL using 565 IC,
and its applications, analysis, design of fixed and adjustable voltage
regulators, and its applications.
References:
1. Stanley William D., “Operational Amplifiers with Linear Integrated
Circuits”, Prentice Hall, 2004.
2. Franco Sergio, “Design with Op-amps and Analog Integrated
Circuits”, McGraw Hill, 1997.
3. David L. Terrell and Butterworth Heinemann, “Op Amps Design,
Application, and Troubleshooting”, 1996.
4. Ramakant A. Gayakwad, “Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits”,
Prentice Hall of India, 1987.
5. Choudhury Roy D and Shail B. Jain, “Linear Integrated Circuits”,
Wiley Eastern, 1991.
248
MTE 2105: DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND
APPLICATIONS [2 1 0 3]
Review of number systems, Boolean algebra, 5 variable K-maps
simplification VEM, QuineMc-Cluskey method, design of arithmetic
circuits, parity generators and checkers, code converters, display units,
multiplexers, de-multiplexers, decoder, encoder, latches and flip-flops.
RS, JK, master-slave JK, D&T flip flops, synchronous and asynchronous
counters, shift registers & ring counters, analysis and design of
synchronous sequential circuits, design examples, such as elevator
control, traffic controller, analysis & design of asynchronous sequential
circuits, races, hazards, MOS switching device, logic gates using NMOS,
PMOS and CMOS devices, drain current v/s voltage charts, stick
diagram.
References:
1. Donald D. Givone, “Digital Principles and Design”, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2002.
2. Morris Mano, “Digital design”, (3e), Prentice Hall of India, 2002.
3. David J Comer, “Digital Logic State Machine Design”, (3e), Oxford
University Press, 2012.
4. A. Anand Kumar, “Switching Theory and Logic Design”, (2e),
Prentice Hall of India, 2009.
5. Neil H.E Weste and Kamran Eshraghian, “Principles of CMOS VLSI
Design”, (2e) , Addition Wesley, 1998.
MTE 2111: MANUFACTURING PROCESS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Preparation of models using welding techniques. Exercises on turning,
gear cutting, shaping and grinding operations. Machining using CNC
Turning Center and Vertical Machining Center.
References:
1. Hajra Chaudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. I, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
2. Hajra Chaudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A. K. and Nirjhar Roy,
Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol. II, Media Promoters and
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
3. Peter Smid, CNC Programming Hand book, Industrial Press, New
York, 2000.
MTE 2112 : INTEGRATED ELECTRONICS AND
SIMULATION LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to PSpice, Analog circuit designs using 741 IC linear
applications of Op-amps, design of rectifiers, design of DACs and ADCs,
design of filters, astable, monostable multivibrators& Schmitt trigger,
using 555 IC design and study of a stable and monostable multivibrators,
using 78xx and LM 317 IC, design and study of regulators. Digital circuit
designs- design of combinational circuits implementation of Boolean
functions and arithmetic circuits, multiplexers, decoders, code
converters, display driver interfaces, design of sequential circuits-
design of ripple counters, shift registers and ring counters, design of
synchronous counters, design of sequence detectors.
References:
1. Franco Sergio, “Design with Op amps & Analog Integrated
Circuits”, McGraw Hill 1997.
2. J. Millman and H.Taub, “Pulse, Digital and Switching Waveforms”,
TMH 2002.
3. Morris Mano, “Digital design”, (3e), Prentice Hall of India.
4. Ananda Kumar, “Switching Theory and Logic Design”, Prentice Hall
of India, 2009.
5. Vladimirescu, “The PSpice Book”, J. Wiley & sons, New York, 1994.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2211: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
The z transforms, properties of z transform, initial and final value
theorems, solution of difference equations by the method of z
transforms, convolution theorem. Special functions: Series solutions of
ordinary differential equations, Series solutions of Bessel's and
Legendre's differential equations, Recurrence relations and generating
functions. Orthogonal properties, Probability: Finite sample space,
conditional probability and independence, Bayes' theorem, one
dimensional random variable: mean and variance, Chebyshev's
inequality. Binomial, Poisson, uniform, normal, gamma, chi-square and
exponential distributions. Two and higher dimensional random variables
,Covariance, correlation coefficient, regression lines, least square
principles of curve fitting. Moment generating function, Functions of
random variables, Sampling theory, Central limit theorem and
applications
References:
1. Kreyzig E, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (7e), Wiley Eastern
2. Meyer P.L., “Introduction to probability and Statistical applications”,
(2e). American Publishing Co.
3. Ross S.M., “Introduction to probability and statistics for Engineers
and Scientists”, (2e) Wiley International.
4. Grewal B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers
5. Hogg & Craig. “Introduction of Mathematical Statistics”, (7e), 2013
MacMillan.
MTE 2201: THEORY OF MACHINES [3 1 0 4]
Mechanism and machine, kinematic pair, link, chain and inversions, four
bar mechanism, single and double slider crank mechanisms with
inversions. Straight line Mechanism, toggle mechanism, Pantograph,
Hooke's joint, Ackermann and Davis steering gear, Geneva mechanism
and Ratchet mechanism, solution of simple mechanisms by relative
velocity and acceleration method, cams, balancing of rotating masses,
gears- terminology, length and arc of contact, simple, compound,
reverted & epicyclic gear train, flat pivot and collar friction, power loss
due to friction, problems on single plate and multi plate clutches.
References:
1. Shigley, J.E. and Uicker K., “Theory of Machines and Mechanisms”,
McGraw Hill. 1995.
2. S. S. Rattan, “Theory of Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
3. Ballaney, P.L, “Theory of Machines”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
1998.
4. Ashok G. Ambekar, “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, PHI,2011.
5. Thomas Bevan, “The theory of machines”, CBS Publisher, 2005
MTE 2202: DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to machine design, static strength, static and variable
stresses, endurance limit, stress-life (S-N) diagram, and fatigue design for
infinite life. Transmission shaft design for static and fluctuating load loads,
design of keys, stresses and deflections in helical coil compression spring,
design of concentric coil springs, threaded fasteners- bolted joints, torque
for power screw drive, efficiency of power screw, stresses in power screws
249
and nut, spur gear- beam strength, dynamic load, wear load, helical gear
beam strength, dynamic load and wear load, lubrication and bearings-
journal lubrication, journal bearings, selection of rolling contact bearings
for static and fluctuating loads, case studies involving controlling of gear,
screws and spring motion.
References:
1. Shigley J. E. and Mischke C. R., “Mechanical Engineering
Design”,(5e), McGraw Hill Inc, New York, 2004.
2. Bhandari V B., “Design of Machine Elements”, (2e), Tata McGraw-
Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
3. Norton R. L., “Machine Design - An Integrated Approach”, (2e),
Prentice Hall Inc. New Jersy,2004.
4. Juvenile R. C. and Marshek K. M., “Fundamentals of Machine
Component Design”, (3e), John Wiley and Sons, Inc, New York,
2000.
5. Mahadevan K. and Balaveera Reddy K., “Machine Design Data Hand
Book”, (4e), CBS Publishers and distributors, New Delhi, 2014.
MTE 2203: LINEAR CONTROL THEORY [2 1 0 3]
Introduction-feedback control systems terminologies, control system
design process. Modeling of physical systems in frequency domain-
differential equation of physical systems, linear approximation, transfer
function representation, block diagram models, signal flow graph. Time
domain analysis and design- first and second order system response
analysis, time domain and Steady State Error (SSE), stability, RH criteria,
root locus technique. Introduction to compensator design: design of lag,
lead, and lag-lead compensating network. Frequency domain analysis-
frequency response, Bode plot construction and interpretation of system
behavior, gain margin & phase margin, relation between time domain &
frequency domain specification, SSE characteristics from frequency
response, modeling of time delay.
References:
1. Norman S. Nise, “Control Systems Engineering”, (6e), Wiley India.
2. R.C Dorfand R.H Bishop, “Modern Control Systems”, (8e), Wesley
Longman Inc.
3. B.C. Kuo, F. Golnaraghi, “Automatic Control Systems”, (8e), Wiley
India.
4. K. Ogata, “Modern control engineering”, (5e), PHI.
5. M. Gopal, “Control System: Principles and Practices”,(4e), TMH.
India.
MTE 2204: MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION [4 0 0 4]
Units and standards, calibration, static and dynamic characteristics of an
instrument, error analysis, electromechanical indicating instruments,
analog and digital voltmeters, ammeters, multimeters, DC bridges, AC
bridges, fault detection- short circuit, open circuit, shielding and
grounding methods, introduction to sensors and transducers,
potentiometers, physical quantities and their measurements- strain,
force, speed, velocity, acceleration, proximity and range, temperature,
pressure, flow, level, O2 sensors, breathalyzers,display device- digital
CRO, data storage, introduction to data acquisition, elements of data
acquisition system, concept of signal conditioning.
References:
1. A.K. Sawhney, “A course in Electrical and Electronic
Measurements and Instrumentation”, (19e), Dhanpat Rai & Co.
Publishers, 2012.
2. A. K. Sawhney, “A course in Mechanical Measurement and
Instrumentation”, (9e), Dhanpat Rai& Co. Publishers, 2012.
3. R.K. Rajput, “Electrical & Electronic Measurements &
Instrumentation”, (2e), S. Chand Publishers, 2010.
4. A. V. Bakshi, U. A. Bakshi, “Electronic Measurements &
Instrumentation”, (1e), Technical Publications, 2008.
5. Bela G. Liptak, “Process Measurement and Analysis”, (4e), CRC
press, 2003.
MTE 2211: CAD AND KINEMATIC SIMULATION LAB [0 0 6 2]
Part drawing, 3D modeling, assembly and drawing using CATIA, design
of components like suspension system, industrial robot assembly,
electronic circuit enclosure, CPU Fan etc., Kinematic analysis of simple
mechanism like 4 bar mechanism, toggle mechanism, straight line
mechanism, gears and cams.
References:
1. Bhatt N. D., “Machine drawing”, Charotar Publishing House,
Anand, 2001.
2. Gopalakrishna K. R., “Machine Drawing”, Subhas Stores,
Bangalore, 2002.
3. Auto Cad and Autodesk Inventor Reference Manual - 2014.
4. MSC ADAMS Reference manual.
MTE 2212: SENSORICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Behavior of inductive, magnetic, reflection light scanner, and one way
barriers, reflection light barrier OBS and an ultrasonic sensor. Path power
characteristic curve of inductive analog encoder, reduction factor of
reflection light scanner OJ, fitted with an optical waveguide. Response
curve of inductive sensor, capacitive sensor, and magnetic field sensors.
Switching frequency, switching distance and hysteresis of NBN, CJ, MB,
OJ. Calculation of maximum admissible velocity of an object using
ultrasonic sensor.
References:
1. “Sensorics training system practice module”, BOSCH REXROTH
manual Germany 2011.
2. “Sensors in theory and practice”, BOSCH REXROTHAG Germany
2007.
FIFTH SEMESTER
MTE 3101: MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY [4 0 0 4]
Introduction, metal casting processes-general principles of various
casting processes, automation in casting, joining processes-principles
and equipment used in various welding technology, advances
(automation) in welding technology, deformation processes-types of
forging machines, sheet metal operations, automation in bend forming,
powder metallurgy, machining technology of surface finish, numerical
control in manufacturing systems-machine structure, interpolators,
control loops of CNC systems control loop of point to point systems,
control loop of contouring systems, adaptive control of machining
system, CNC programming-manual method and interactive graphics
method, automated inspection and testing-coordinate measuring
machines, automated manufacturing systems-group technology, FMS
and CIM, part families part classification and coding, production flow
analysis, machine cell design, material handling system, automated
guided vehicles, analysis of material transport systems and automated
storage/retrieval systems.
250
References:
1. Groover Mikell P, “Automation, Production Systems, and computer
Integrated manufacturing”, (2e),Prenice Hall of India. New Delhi,
2003.
2. Kalpakajain, “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”, (3e),
Addison Wesley, New York, 1995.
3. Koren Yoram and Ben and Uri Joseph, “Numerical Control of Machine
Tools”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.
4. Groover Mikell P. and Zimmers Emory W, “Computer aided design
and manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003.
5. Jain R.K., “Production Technology”, (2e) ,Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi, 2002.
MTE 3102: MECHANICS OF ROBOTIC SYSTEMS [2 1 0 3]
Robotic sensors, actuators, transmission systems, and drives.
Manipulator kinematics, joint space and frames, inverse kinematics,
Jacobins , linear and rotational velocity of rigid bodies, motion of the links
of a robot, velocity propagation, static forces in manipulators,
manipulator dynamics ,acceleration, mass distribution structure of a
manipulator's dynamic equations, dynamic simulation, linear motion of
the links of a robot, velocity propagation, static forces in manipulators,
Trajectory planning, path generation, linear control of manipulators ,
second order linear systems, control of second order systems,
trajectory following control, continuous and discrete time control,
modeling and control of a single joint, nonlinear and time varying
systems.
References:
1. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics- Mechanics and Control”,
(3e), Pearson Education International, 2004.
2. King Sun Fu and Gonzalez, “Robotics- Control, Sensing, Vision, and
Intelligence”, McGraw-Hill, 1987.
3. YoramKoren, “Robotics for Engineers”, McGraw Hill, 1992.
4. Groover M.P, “CAM and Automation”, Prentice Hall, 1995.
5. Mark W. Spong, Seth Hutchinson, M. Vidyasagar, “Robot Modeling
and Control”, Wiley, 2005.
MTE 3103: MICROCONTROLLER BASED SYSTEM DESIGN [4 0 0 4]
Introduction to embedded controllers, architectures, introduction to
8051, 8051 family architecture of 8051 -pin details, port operation,
memory organization, SFRs, programming in assembly and C,
assembler directives, addressing modes, instruction set, timer and
counter operations, interrupts, serial communication, introduction to
hardware interfacing, programmable I/O 8255, external memory, seven
segment display, LCD, stepper motor, DAC, ADC, keyboard,
microcontroller based system design- relays and optoisolators,
emergency alarm system, temperature control system, traffic light
control system, SCR firing circuit, advancements in 8051 architecture,
Infineon (XC886), SiLabs (CIP51), introduction to microcontroller
families, AVR, ARM, PIC.
References:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice GillipseMazidi, Rolin D. Mckinlay,
“8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems Using Assembly
and C”, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. MykePredko, “Programming and Customizing the 8051
Microcontroller”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007
3. Kenneth J. Ayala, “8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems
using Assembly and C”, Cengage Learning, 2010.
4. Ajay V. Deshmukh, “Micro controllers- Theory and Applications”,
TMH, New Delhi, 2008.
5. Krishna Kant, “Microprocessors and Micro controllers”, PHI, India,
2007.
MTE 3104: PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to PLC, block diagram and operations, input/output
modules and special modules of PLC. PLC programming technique,
addressing formats, input/output instructions, development of ladder
logic and implementation of logic gates. Different instruction sets-
Timers, counters, program control, logic and arithmetic instructions.
Analog input and output modules, study of PID controller instruction,
communication protocol and networking of PLC. PLC application.
Introduction to supervisory control & data acquisition, features,
networking and development for process system. Learn basics and
hardware components of DCS and different functional levels and
communication of DCS.
References:
1. John W. Webb and Ronald A. Reiss, “Programmable logic
controllers-Principle and applications”,(5e), PHI.
2. Hackworth and Hackworth F.D, “Programmable logic controllers-
Programming Method and applications”, Pearson, 2004.
3. Samuel M. Herb, “Understanding Distributed Processor Systems for
Control”, ISA Publication.1999
4. Thomas Hughes, “Programmable Logic Controller”, (4e), ISA
Publication, 2004.
5. Stuart A. Boyer, “SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition”,
(4e), ISA Publication, 2009.
MTE 3105: DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING [3 1 0 4]
Signals, systems, signal processing, transform domain analysis of
discrete time systems, Z transforms - definition and properties, transfer
function, sampling, aliasing, frequency domain analysis of discrete time
signals, discrete Fourier transform, properties of DFT, fast Fourier
transform, decimation in time and decimation in frequency, FFT
algorithms, digital filter structures direct, cascade, and parallel
structures, FIR and IIR filters, lattice structures. Filter design using
Butterworth and Chebyshev approximations, impulse invariant and
bilinear transformation methods, window method, frequency sampling
method, optimal FIR design. Architectural features of digital signal
processors, TMS320C24x processor, MATLAB examples.
References:
1. Simon Haykin, Barry Van Veen, “Signals and systems”, (2e), John
Wiley & Sons, 2007.
2. Proakis J.G. and D.G. Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing:
Principles, Algorithms and Applications”, (3e), PHI, 2007.
3. Oppenheim A.V. and R.W. Schafer, “Discrete Time Signal
Processing”, (2e), Prentice-Hall, 2001.
4. Rabiner L.R and Gold D.J, “Theory and Applications of Digital Signal
Processing”, Prentice Hall, 2007.
5. TMS320F/C24x DSP Controllers, Reference guide, June 1999.
MTE 3111: MECHATRONICS LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction of PLC, study of basic components, networking and
different programming technique. Study NO, NC and holding circuit
programs, Implement of Simple Ladder program, to study basic
functions of timers, counters, math, logical and program control
instructions. Study different applications using ladder logic.Study of
hardware and software used in particular vendor PLC,develop a ladder
251
program and implementation of DISTRIBUTION station.Develop a ladder
program and implementation of PROCESS station. Develop a ladder
program and implementation of HANDLING station,Develop a ladder
program and implementation of PROCRSSING station,Develop a ladder
program and implementation of SEPARATING and BUFFER station.
References:
1. “Mechatronics training practice module”, FESTO manual Germany
2011.
2. Siemens PLC manual.
3. “PLC training practice module”, BOSCH REXROTH manual Germany
2011
4. John W. Webb and Ronald A. Reiss, “Programmable logic
controllers-Principle and applications”, (5e), PHI.
5. Hackworth and Hackworth F.D, “Programmable logic controllers-
Programming Method and applications”, Pearson, 2004.
MTE 3112: MICROCONTROLLER LAB [0 0 3 1]
Introduction to 8051, arithmetic instructions, array handling and code
conversions, bit manipulations and logic instructions, timer/counter
programming, serial communication and interrupts, interfacing ADC
with 8051, interfacing stepper motor with 8051, interfacing DAC with
8051, interfacing logic controller with 8051, interfacing seven segment
display with 8051, interfacing LCD with 8051, implementing a traffic
light controller using 8051.
References:
1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillipse Mazidi, Rolin D. Mckinlay,
“8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems Using Assembly
and C”, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. Myke Predko, “Programming and Customizing the 8051
Microcontroller”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
3. Kenneth J. Ayala, “8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems
Using Assembly and C”, Cengage Learning, 2010.
4. Ajay V. Deshmukh, “Microcontrollers - Theory and Applications”,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
5. Krishna Kant, “Microprocessors and Microcontrollers”, PHI, 2007.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, nature and scope.
Corporate social responsibility, planning- types of plans, steps in
planning, process of MBO, how to set objectives, strategies, policies &
planning premises. Strategic planning process and tools. Nature &
purpose of organising span of management, factors determining the
span, basic departmentalization, line & staff concepts, functional
authority, art of delegation, decentralisation of authority. Leadership -
leadership behaviour & styles, managerial grid. Basic control process,
critical control points & standards, budgets, non-budgetary control
devices. Profit & loss control, control through ROI, direct, preventive
control. Managerial practices in Japan & USA, entrepreneurial traits,
creativity, innovation management, market analysis, business plan
concepts, development of financial projections.
References:
1. Koontz D., “Essentials of Management”, McGraw Hill, New York,
2004
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied
Publishers, 2006
3. Peter Drucker, “The practice of management”, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003
4. Thuesen G. J & Thuesen H. G., “Engineering Economics”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005.
5. De Garmo Paul L., “Engineering Economy”, Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi, 1997.
MTE 3201: ELECTRIC DRIVES [3 1 0 4]
Introduction to power electronics, switching characteristics, BJT, SCR,
MOSFET, triggering methods, PWM methods, controlled rectifiers, loads,
freewheeling diodes.DC motors, operating principles, torque speed
characteristics, speed control concepts, solid state motor drivers
choppers buck, boost, buck-boost, thyristor controlled rectifiers.AC
motors, three phase induction motors, operating principles, torque
speed characteristics, speed control, solid state motor drivers, ac
voltage regulators, inverters, VSI, CSI, single phase induction motors,
synchronous motors, linear induction motors, PM synchronous motors,
servo motors, switched reluctance motors, BLDC motors, stepper
motors, basic components, advantages, closed loop control, speed,
torque conventions, steady state equilibrium, and determination of motor
power rating.
References:
1. Shepherd W. and Hully L. N., “Power electronics and motor control”,
(2e), Cambridge University, 1995.
2. Gopal K. Dubbey, “Fundamentals of electric drives”, (2e), Narosa
Publishers, 2001.
3. Nagrath I. J. and Kothari D.P., “Electric machines”, (3e), Tata McGraw
Hill, 2001.
4. Bimbra P. S., “Power electronics”, (3e), Khanna Publishers, 2003.
5. R. Krishnan, “Electric Motor Drives Modeling, Analysis, and
Control”, (2e), Prentice Hall, 2001
MTE 3211: DRIVES AND CONTROL LAB [0 0 3 1]
Automation motors and their drivers and controls: Stepper motors, servo
motors, linear motors etc.
References:
1. Drives and Control training system practice module, BOSCH
REXROTH manual Germany 2011
MTE 3212: ROBOTICS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Programming and control of multi--axis robot, part recognition using
robotic vision system, path and trajectory planning of multi-axis robotic
manipulator. Building of Robotic manipulator by using stepper and servo
drives. Implementation of sensors and control algorithms in robotic
manipulators.
References:
1. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics- Mechanics and Control”,
(3e), Pearson Education International, 2004.
2. Yoram Koren, “Robotics for Engineers”, McGraw Hill, 1992.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
252
money, interest factors for discrete compounding, nominal & effective
interest rates, present and future worth of single, uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, present worth amount,
capitalized equivalent amount, annual equivalent amount, future worth
amount, capital recovery with return, rate of return method, incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, replacement analysis.
Physical & functional depreciation, straight, sinking fund and service
output methods, costing and its types job costing and process costing,
introduction to balance sheet and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis -
financial ratios such as liquidity ratios, leverage ratios, turn over ratios,
and profitability ratios.
References:
1. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J., “Engineering Economy”, McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chan S. Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Pearson
Education, Inc., 2010.
3. Raman B.S., “Advanced accountancy”, United publications,
Bangalore, 1993
4. T. Ramachandran, “Accounting and Financial Management”, Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
5. Thuesen G. J & Thuesen H. G.), “Engineering Economics”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005
MTE 4101: MECHATRONICS SYSTEM DESIGN [3 1 0 4]
Embedded computing- characteristics of embedded computing
applications, design challenges, performance metrics, design process,
ARM processor introduction - MU0 processor, the Acron RISC machine,
architectural inheritance, programmer's model, bus based computer
system - I/O device, buses, tuner and counting devices, device drivers,
interrupts, ARM hardware and programming techniques- ARM assembly
language programming, pipelined architecture in ARM, THUMB
instruction set, embedded networks - distributed embedded
architecture, networked based design, I2C, Microwire, CAN, I2S,
UART,USB, CPU power consumption and optimization, software for
embedded systems-modelling single processor and multi-processor
systems, real-time issues, system design techniques- design cycle,
hardware/ software co-simulation and debugging.
References:
1. Wolf, Wayne, “Computers as components Principles of
embedded computing system design”, Morgan-Kaufmann, 2008
2. Vahid. F and Givargis, T, “Embedded system design A unified
hardware/software introduction”, John Wiley, 2002
3. Steve Furber “ARM system-on- chip architecture”, Pearson
Education, 2000
4. Gibson. J.R. “ARM assembly language-an introduction”, Dept. of
Electrical Engineering and Electronics, The University of Liverpool,
2007
5. Reference manuals of Atmel ATMega 128, Motorola HCS12, ARM
LPC 23xx
MTE 4102: MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to MEMS and microsystems - products, evolution of micro-
fabrication, microelectronics, miniaturization, applications in automotive
and other industries, micro sensors, micro actuation, micro
accelerometers, microfluidics. Scaling laws in miniaturization, scaling
laws geometry, electrostatic forces, electromagnetic forces, electricity,
heat transfer and fluid mechanics. Materials for MEMS and
microsystems. Microsystems fabrication processes, photolithography,
ion implantation, diffusion, oxidation, chemical vapor deposition,
physical vapor deposition, deposition by epitaxy, etching, bulk
manufacturing, surface micromachining, LIGA process. Microsystems
design and packaging, mechanical packaging of microelectronics,
assembly of microsystems, packaging materials.
4 Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
References:
1. Tai Ran Hsu, “MEMS and Microsystems - Design and
4 Manufacturing”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Marc J. Madou, “Fundamentals of Micro Fabrication - The Science of
Miniaturization”, CRC Press, 2002.
3. Wolfgang Menz, J. Mohr and Oliver Paul, “Microsystem Technology”,
4 Wiley-VCH, 2001
4. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, “The MEMS Handbook”, CRC Press 2002.
5. S.D. Senturia, “Microsystem Design”, Kluwer Academic Publishers,
4 2001
MTE 4103: HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Pneumatic systems, structure and signal flow, compressors, actuators
and control valves, single acting and double acting cylinders, manual
4
pneumatics, single and multiple actuators, limit switches, proximity
sensors, electro pneumatics and design of electro pneumatic circuits,
4
direction control valves, relay control systems, timers, counters,
pressure control valves. Flow control valves. Hydraulic systems,
4
physical principles of oil hydraulics, hydraulic actuators, valves and
accessories, hydraulic power pack, types of hydraulic pumps,
4
accumulator, Filters, hydraulic circuits, regenerative, meter in, meter out,
bleed off, sequencing, pressure reducing circuits, electro hydraulic
circuits, proportional hydraulics and servo hydraulics.
4 The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
4
References:
1. Anthony Esposito, “Fluid power with applications”, Pearson
Education, 2003.
2. Andrew A. Parr, “Hydraulics and pneumatics”, Elsevier Science &
Technology Books, 1999.
3. Scholz D., “Proportional Hydraulics”, Festo Didactic GMBH & Co,
Germany, 2002.
4. Majumdar S.R., “Pneumatic Systems - Principles and
Maintenance”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
5. Merkle D., Rupp K. and Scholz D., “Electro hydraulics Basic Level TP
601”, Festo Didactic GMBH & Co, Germany, 1994.
MTE 4111: HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS LAB [0 0 6 2]
Operations of various valves like directional control valves flow control vehicle speed and gear ratio, differential, steering mechanism, numerical
valves, pressure control valves and switches like pressure switches,
proximity switches. Operations of timers and counters. Rigging of
manual pneumatic and electro-pneumatic circuits using above valves
and switches. Working principles of hydraulic pumps, hydraulic motors,
pressure switch, pressure reducing valve, accumulator, proximity
switch, throttle valves, pressure compensated flow control valves and
direction control valves. Rigging of manual and electro hydraulic circuits
using above components.
References:
1. “Practice for Professional Pneumatics Trainee's manual”,BOSCH
REXROTH manual Germany 2011
2. “Practice for Professional Electro-Pneumatics Trainee's manual”,
BOSCH REXROTH manual Germany 2011
3. “Industrial Hydraulics Trainee's manual”, BOSCH REXROTH manual
Germany 2011
253
EIGHTH SEMESTER
MTE 4297: SEMINAR
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
The topic has to approved by the Department and a report of the same
has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
MTE 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the
vacation starting from the end of third semester.
Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
report should include the certificates issued by the industry.
MTE 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks.
An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
submission of the final project report in the prescribed form.
Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before the
department committee as part of project evaluation.
MINOR SPECIALISATIONS
I. AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY
MTE 4001: AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to automotive engine and components, valve operating
mechanisms, fuel pumps for petrol engines, types of carburetors,
battery ignition system, ignition advance methods, methods of engine
cooling, lubrication, types of clutches, fluid flywheel, gear box types &
torque converter, road resistance & tractive effort, relation between
problems related to conditions for pure rolling, turning circle radius,
types of suspension springs, tyre properties, braking requirements and
types, balance beam compensator, numerical problems related to brake
torque & minimum stopping distance with front wheel, rear wheel & four
wheel braking, weight transfer & heat dissipation, lighting circuit for an
automobile.
References:
1. Heldt.P.M., “High Speed Combustion Engines”, Oxford and IBM
Publishers Co. 1985.
2. Newton and steeds, “The Motor Vehicle”, ELBS, 1980.
3. Kirpal Singh, “Automobile Engineering Vol. I & II”, Standard
Publishers Distributors, 1997.
4. Narang G. B. S., “Automobile Engineering”, Khanna Publishers,
1990.
5. R. K Rajput, “Automobile Engineering”, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.,
1997
 MTE 4002: AUTOMOTIVE COMPONENT DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Design of IC engine piston and piston pins, pin crown and pin
dimensions, IC engine cylinder, Types of cylinders, IC engine connecting
rod, Valve gear mechanism. Pistons, tappets and valve train design.
Design of engine crankshaft, overhung and center type.Fly wheel Design.
Design considerations of gearbox, selection of proper gear ratios for an
automobile gearbox. Design of splined shafts for gearbox used in
automobiles. Manual and automatic gear box. Shifting mechanisms.
Startup device clutch, differential and final drives. Bearings for throttle
body motor. Design of suspension systems, elliptical and semi elliptical
springs, stress and deflection, nipping of leaf springs. Steering system
and their control. Chassis structure design,engine power requirements,
selection of engine type, stroke & bore, compression ratio, clearance
volume and swept volume, mean piston speeds
References:
1. Shigley J.E., Mischke C.R., “Mechanical Engineering Design”, Tata
McGraw Hill publications.
2. Bhandari V., “Machine Design”, Tata McGraw Hill publication,
3. Jain R.K., “Machine Design”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1997.
4. Sharma P.C. and Aggarwal D.K., “Machine Design”, S.K. Kataria and
sons, 2003
5. Kolchin A. and Demidov V., “Design of Automotive Engines”, MIR
Publishers, Moscow, 1984.
MTE 4003: AUTOTRONICS [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of automotive electronics, components for electronic
engine management, sensors & actuators, digital engine control system,
fuel control maps, SI engine management - injection system controls
layout and working of monojetronic, l-jetronic and lh-jetronic, three way
catalytic converter, CI engine management- fuel injection system,
parameters affecting combustion, noise and emissions in CI engines,
vehicle motion control and stabilization systems, vehicle motion control -
adaptive cruise control, electronic transmission control, vehicle
stabilization system - antilock braking system, traction control system,
electronic stability program, onboard diagnosis system, future
automotive electronic systems.
References:
1. Young, Griffitns, “Automobile Electrical and Electronic
Equipments”, Butterworths, London, 2010.
2. Wiliam B. Ribbens, “Understanding Automotive Electronics”, (5e),
Newnes, Butterworth Heinemann, 2009.
3. Robert Bosch, “Diesel Engine Management”,(3e), SAE Publications,
2004.
4. Robert Bosch, “Gasoline Engine Management”, (2e), SAE
Publications, 2004.
5. Robert Bosch GmbH, “Automotive Electrics and Automotive
Electronics”, John Wiley and Sons, 2008.
MTE 4004: HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES [3 0 0 3]
Vehicle dynamics-vehicle resistance,
fl dynamic equation, tire ground
adhesion, maximum tractive effort, vehicle speed, transmission
characteristics, vehicle performance, hybrid and electric drive trains-
configurations of electric vehicles, traction motor characteristics, basic
concept of hybrid traction, hybrid drive train architecture series, parallel
torque and speed coupling, electric propulsion unit, different motors,
configuration and control of dc motor drives, introduction to power
modulators, control and regenerative breaking, classification of different
energy management strategies, fundamentals of regenerative braking,
sizing the drive system- propulsion motor, sizing the power electronics,
selecting the energy storage technology, communications, supporting
subsystems, design of series hybrid drive train.
References:
1. Mehrdad Ehsani, “Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell
Vehicles- Fundamentals, Theory and Design”,(2e), CRC Press,
2010.
2. Iqbal Hussein, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles-Design Fundamentals”,
(2e), CRC Press, 2010.
3. Gianfranco Pistoia, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles - Power Sources,
Models, Sustainability, Infrastructure and the Market”, Elsevier,
2010.
4. Chris Mi, M. AbulMasrur, “Hybrid Electric Vehicles: Principles and
Applications with Practical Perspectives”, Wiley, 2010.
5. Timo Kosch, Christoph Schroth, “Automotive Inter-networking”,
Wiley, 2012.
II. ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
MTE 4005: INTELLIGENT CONTROLLERS [3 0 0 3]
Fundamentals of biological neural network and artificial neural networks,
activation functions, feed forward and feedback networks, learning
rules, single layer feed forward networks: classification, decision
function, perceptron models, training algorithms, multi-layer feed
forward networks: generalized delta rule, block diagram and algorithm of
error back propagation, Kolmogorov theorem, applications of neural
networks. Introduction to fuzzy control, classical/ fuzzy set, fuzzy
relation, membership function, fuzzification, defuzzificatons, fuzzy
inference, and fuzzy rule based system, structure of FKBC, and
application of fuzzy logic control. Introduction to genetic algorithm and
hybrid system, familiarization with MATLAB fuzzy logic & neural network
toolbox.
References:
1. Jacek M. Zurada, “Introduction To Artificial Neural Networks”,
Jaico, 1997.
2. Timothy J. Ross, “Fuzzy Logic With Engineering Applications”, MGH,
1997.
3. Chin-Teng-Lin, C. S. George Lee, Neural Fuzzy Systems, PHI, 1996.
4. Rajasekharan Rai, “Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic, Genetic
Algorithms: Synthesis and Applications”, PHI Publication
5. MATLAB toolbox (fuzzy and neural network)
MTE 4006 : MACHINE VISION AND IMAGE PROCESSING [3 0 0 3]
Image sensors, vision system components, basic optics, basic
radiometry, image formats, image representation, image enhancement,
segmentation, thresholding, edge detection algorithms, morphological
operations, fourier transformations, perspective projection geometry,
pinhole camera model, intrinsic and extrinsic camera parameters,
calibration methods, stereovision, epipolar geometry, triangulation,
stereo correspondence algorithms feature based and correlation based,
motion estimation and tracking, optical ow estimation, object tracking
with Kalman altering, feature extraction & object recognition, case
studies on face recognition, vehicle tracking etc. computer vision
toolbox, MATLAB examples.
References:
1. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, “Image Processing”,
Analysis and Machine Vision”, (2e), 1998.
2. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, “Digital Image Processing”,
(2e), Pearson education, 2003.
254
3. Boguslaw Cyganek & J. Paul Siebert,” An Introduction to 3D
Computer Vision Techniques and Algorithms”, Wiley, 2009
4. E.R. Davies, Royal Holloway, “Machine Vision: Theory, Algorithms
and Practicalities”, (3e), University of London, December 2004.
5. Ramesh C. Jain, Brian G. Schunck, et.al. “Machine Vision”, McGraw-
Hill, 1995.
MTE 4007 : ROBOT DYNAMICS AND CONTROL [3 0 0 3]
Robot dynamics, Lagrange-Euler dynamics, Newton's equations of
motion, robot dynamics, state-variable representation, and robot control
problems, regulator problem, tracking problem. PD, PID compensation,
closed loop control, set point tracking control, actuator saturation,
integrator anti-windup compensation, quadratic optimal control
problem. Non-linear dynamics and control, Lyapunov stability theorem,
robust control, feedback-linearization controllers, variable-structure
controllers, saturation-type controllers, inverse dynamics controllers,
force control, stiffness control, impedance control, hybrid position/force
control, reduced state modeling and control.
References:
1. Frank L. Lewis, “Robot Manipulator Control- Theory And Practice”,
(2e), CRC press, 2003
2. Mark W. Spong, “Robot Dynamics and Control”, (2e), John Wiley
and sons, 2009.
3. Yoshikawa, “Foundations of Robotics: Analysis and Control”, (1e),
Prentice hall India, 2009.
4. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics-Mechanics and control”,
(3e), Pearson Education International, 2004.
5. Yoram Koren, “Robotics for Engineers”, McGraw Hill,1992.
MTE 4008: ROBOTIC PATH PLANNING [3 0 0 3]
Configuration space, obstacles space, dimensions, topology,
parameterization, transformations, potential functions, obstacle
avoidance, gradient descent, local minima problem, navigational
potential functions, non-Euclidean potential functions, algorithms,
analysis, running time, complexity, completeness. Graph Search A*,
LRTA* and RTAA*, Generalized Voronoi Graph (GVG), opportunist path
planning, cell decomposition, trapezoidal, Morse cell, visibility based
decompositions. Sampling based algorithms, probabilistic road map
(PRM), rapidly exploring random trees (ERT), motion planning, control
based planning, manipulation planning, optimal planning, feedback
planning, planning under kinematics and dynamic constraints, trajectory
planning, decoupled, direct planning, non-holonomic constraints, path
planning and control.
References:
1. Choset H., Lynch K. M., “Principles of Robot Motion: Theory,
Algorithms, and Implementations”, (1e), MIT Press, Boston, 2005.
2. Steven M. LaValle, “Planning Algorithms”, (1e), Cambridge
University Press, 2006.
3. Farbod Fahimi, “Autonomous Robots- Modeling, Path Planning, and
Control”, (1e)Springer, 2009.
4. H. Asada and J. J. Slotine, “Robot Analysis and Control”, Springer-
Verlag, 1998.
5. Yasmina Bestaoui Sebbane, “Planning and Decision Making for
Aerial Robots”,(1e), Springer, 2014.
255
III. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy, Sources
of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages, Working capital
management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash management, and
Dividend decisions.
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
2. I M Pandey, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house, Delhi,
2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand &
Co., Delhi, 1999.
4. ICFAI (2003), “Corporate Financial Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad.
5. Maheshwari S.N., “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities.
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM. Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability.Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction, & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. T.V. Rao and Pereira D F, “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subbrao A., “Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House, 1999.
3. N G Nair and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S. Chand Company, 1995.
4. Virmani B R; Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology transfer
and human resource development”, Response books, 1997.
5. PareekUdai et al., “Human Resource Development in Asia: Trends
and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market opportunities
and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New Economy, Building
Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market Demand, Scanning
the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets, Business Markets,
Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments, Product Life Cycle, New
Market Offerings, Designing and Managing Services, Price Strategies,
Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler (2000), “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi.
2. ICFAI (2003) “Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad.
3. Varshney R L and Gupta S L (2004), “Marketing Management”,
Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
4. Adrian Palmer (2000), “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University
Press, New York.
 HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design: Product life cycle,
Process design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine
charts, Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations
strategy, Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems
thinking, Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision
process. Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries,
visibility, System life cycle models, System dynamics and its importance
in system thinking. System dynamics modeling process.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G., “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P., “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Mieghem J., “Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices,
Dynamic Ideas”, ISBN: 0-9759146-6-9,2008.
4. StermanJ.D., “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and Modeling
for A Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition,2004.
5. Senge Peter, “The Fifth Discipline”, Currency Doubleday, New York,
1990.
OTHER PROGRAMME ELECTIVES
MTE 4009 : ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGIES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to rapid manufacturing, customization and mass
customization, fundamental automated processes, 3D modeling, data
generation, conversion and transmission, post processing, STL and
other data formats, STL file problems and repair, data repair procedures
for layered manufacturing, liquid based rapid manufacturing,
stereolithography apparatus, solid ground curing, solid creation
systems, solid based rapid manufacturing, laminated object
manufacturing, fused deposition modeling, powder based rapid
manufacturing techniques, selective laser sintering, 3D printing. Indirect
and direct rapid tool production, metal deposition tools, epoxy tools, RTV
tools, ceramic cast metal, silicon rubber moulding, metal arc spray
system and other RT processes, subtractive and formative types,
applications.
References:
1. Gibson I., Rosen D.W., and Stucker, B., “Additive Manufacturing
Methodologies: Rapid Prototyping to Direct Digital
Manufacturing”, Springer, 2010.
2. Chua C. K., Leong, K.F., Lim C.S., “Rapid Prototyping: Principles and
Applications”, World Scientific, 2003.
3. Hopkinson N., Haque, R., and Dickens, P., “Rapid Manufacturing: An
Industrial Revolution for a Digital Age”, Wiley, 2005.
4. Bartolo P. J., “Virtual and Rapid Manufacturing: Advanced Research
in Virtual and Rapid Prototyping”, Taylor and Francis, 2007.
5. Pham D T and Dimov S S, “Rapid Manufacturing”, Verlag, 2001.
MTE 4010: COMPUTER NETWORKING & COMMUNICATION
PROTOCOL [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to reference models, data communication, network
architecture, basics of OSI, and TCP/IP reference models. Transmission
media, FDM, TDM and CDMA, Frame relay and ATM switching, ISDN,
local area network protocols, IEEE standards for LAN. Data link layer
design, functions and protocols, link layer, error detection and correction
techniques, multiple access protocol, Ethernet, hubs and switches, PPP.
256
Network layer, Transport layer: connectionless transport-UDP, FTP,
Electronic Mail in the Internet, P2P file sharing, HTTP, quality of services:
ATM, Differentiated services Model, flow identification, scheduling,
factors affecting QOS parameters and service categories, network
management, protocol, SNMP, CMIP, concept of traffic and service. Voice
and video data, ATM Traffic, Traffic contracting.
References:
1. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, “Computer Networking (A Top-
Down Approach Featuring the Internet”, (3e), Pearson
Education,2005.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, “Computer Networks”, (5e), PHI, 2010.
3. Charle Kaufman, Radia Perlman, Mike Specines, Uyless Black
“Computer Networks: Protocols Standards and Interfaces”,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd. 2010.
4. William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communications”, (7e),
2004, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd
MTE 4011: DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Database system applications, database languages, relational
databases, data storage and querying, transaction management,
database architecture, database users and administrators. Relational
databases, database schemas, keys, relational query languages,
relational operations.Database design and the entity-relationship model,
constraints, diagrams, design issues, reduction to relational schemas.
SQL data definition, data types and schemas, integrity constraints, Data
mining, association rules mining, apriori algorithm, partition algorithm,
pincer search algorithm, dynamic item set counting algorithm, fp-tree
growth algorithm, pc tree, multilevel association rules, multilevel
association rules, correlation analysis, challenges in data mining.
Clustering techniques.
References:
1. Silberschatz, Korth, Sudarshan, “Database System Concepts”,
(6e), McGrawHill, New York, 2011.
2. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database
Systems”, (6e) Pearson Education, United States of America,2011.
3. Thomas Connolly, Carolyn Begg, “Database Systems A Practical
Approach to Design, Implementation and Management”, (4e),
Pearson Education, England, 2005.
4. Peter Rob, Carlos Coronel, “Database Systems Design,
Implementation and Management”,(10e), Course Technology,
Boston, 2013.
5. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, “Data Mining Concepts And
Techniques”, (2e), Morgan Kauffmann Publishers, 2008
MTE 4012: DESIGN OF MECHANICAL DRIVES [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, bevel gear and worm gear, beam strength, dynamic load
and wear load, heat dissipation and efficiency of worm gear, sliding
contact bearings, lubricants, viscosity, bearing modulus, Sommerfield
number, coefficient of friction, mechanism of film lubrication,
eccentricity and minimum oil film thickness. Belt drives, power
transmission, flat and V belts, power rating, V-flat drives, selection of
belts and pulleys. Wire and rope drives -types & construction of wire
ropes, loads & stresses in ropes, selection of wire ropes. Chain drives,
chordal action, sprocket size and teeth, chain speed, selection of roller
chains. Mechanical brakes -block brakes, band brakes, pivoted Shoe
brakes, disc brake, torque capacity, heat dissipation, clutches, friction
clutches, disc clutch, cone clutch, design projects.
References:
1. Shigley J. E. and Mischke C. R., “Mechanical Engineering Design,
(5e), McGraw Hill Inc, New York, 2004.
2. Bhandari V. B., “Design of Machine Elements”, (2e), Tata McGraw-
Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
3. Norton R. L., “Machine Design - An Integrated Approach”, (2e),
Prentice Hall Inc. New Jersy, 2004.
4. Juvenile R. C. and Marshek K. M., “Fundamentals of Machine
Component Design”, (3e), John Wiley and Sons, Inc, New York,
2000.
5. Mahadevan K. and Balaveera Reddy K., “Machine Design Data Hand
Book”, (4e), CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 2014.
MTE 4013: DYNAMICS AND CONTROL OF MECHATRONICS
SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Industrial feedback controllers, PID controllers, tuning methods,
frequency response approach, computational optimization, modified PID
scheme. Introduction to state space analysis - state space
representations, eigen vectors and eigen values, transfer functions, state
space modeling. Control system design in state space, solution of LTI
state equation, controllability and observability, state feedback
controllers, state observers Lyapunov stability analysis, quadratic
optimal control. Types of nonlinearity, describing functions phase plane
method, linearization techniques, MATLAB simulation, state space
modeling, feedback controllers, observers, regulator problems.
References:
1. Ogata K., “Modern Control Engineering”, (5e), Pearson Prentice
Hall, 2005.
2. Karl J. Astrom, “Feedback systems- An Introduction for Scientists
and Engineers”, Princeton University Press, 2008.
3. Norman S. Nise, “Control Systems Engineering”, (6e), John Wiley &
Sons, Inc, 2011.
4. Stanley M. Shinners, “Modern Control Systems, Theory and
Design”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2009
5. Gopal M., “Modern Control System Theory”, (2e), New Age
International Ltd, 2005.
MTE 4014: FPGA BASED DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Hardware Description Language, digital system design methodologies,
hardware and software implementation options, introduction to HDL
languages, Xilinx ISE tool, logic design with Verilog HDL- levels of
abstraction and modeling using Verilog- HDL, test benches, logic
simulation using Xilinx toolset, design options for digital systems-
implementation using MSI/LSI circuits like PAL, PLA, programmable
ASICs PLDs, CPLDs, MPGAs and FPGAs, FPGA architectures- ACTEL,
XILINX and ALTERA logic families, design for testability- faults, testing
combinational and sequential logic, boundary scan, synthesis and
implementation, case studies.
References:
1. Ming-Bo Lin, “Digital Design and Practices using Veriliog HDL And
FPGA”, Wiley, 2008.
2. Smith. M.J.S, “Application specific ICs”, Pearson, 1997.
3. Wakerly J. F., “Digital Design Principles and Practices”, Pearson,
2001.
4. Wolf . W, “FPGA Based System Design”, Pearson, 2004.
5. Michael D. Ciletti, “Advanced Digital System Design With Verilog”,
HDL, 2011.
257
MTE 4015: INTRODUCTION TO ALGORITHMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to fundamentals of algorithmic problem solving, problem
types, and fundamental data structures. Analysis of algorithm efficiency,
analysis framework, asymptotic notations and basic efficiency classes,
mathematical analysis of non-recursive and recursive algorithms,
selection sort and bubble sort, sequential search and Brute-Force string
matching, exhaustive search method, depth first search, breadth first
search. Brute force, decrease and conquer, insertion sort, topological
sorting, algorithms for generating combinatorial objects.Divide and
conquer, transform and conquer, space and time tradeoffs, dynamic
programming, greedy technique.
References:
1. AnanyLevitin, “Introduction to the Design and Analysis of
Algorithms, (3e) Pearson Education, India, 2012.
2. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Sangutherav Rajasekaran,
“Computer Algorithms/C++”, (2e), University Press, 2007.
3. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronal L, Rivest, Clifford
Stein, “Introduction to Algorithms”, (2e), PHI, India, 2006.
MTE 4017: MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Types of motion in cutting, cutting speed, feed, depths of cut in
machining, cutting tools classification, nomenclature of single point
cutting tool, difference between orthogonal and oblique cutting,
mechanism of metal cutting, types of chips, chip breakers, forces acting
on a tool, merchant circle diagram, velocity relations, specific energy in
cutting, tool wear, tool life factors, Taylor's tool life equation, tool wear
mechanisms, heat distribution in metal cutting, measurement of
temperature in metal cutting, lathe tool dynamometer, cutting fluids
selection and applications, cutting tool materials, specifications for
inserts and tool holders. CNC tooling, tool presetting, automated tool &
pallet changing, work holding, cutting process parameter selection, jigs
and fixtures, types of clamping devices, principles of clamping.
References:
1. Milton C.Shaw, “Metal Cutting Principles”, (2e), Oxford University
Press, 2000
2. Kempster, “Jigs and Fixtures”, (2e), Mark Howard Publications, 1974
3. Steve Krar, Arthur Gill and Peter Smid, “Machine Tool Technology
Basics”,(2e),Industrial Press Inc.,U.S, 2012.
4. Sharma. P. C., “A Text Book of Production Engineering”, (7e), SChand
Publishers, New Delhi, 2008
5. Juneja and Nitin Seth, “Fundamental of Metal Cutting and Machine
Tools”, (2e), New Age International Publishers, 2003.
MTE 4017: MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to mechanical vibration, vibration system and types,
vibration analysis - degrees of freedom, mathematical modeling,
equations of motion, SHM, natural frequency of single degree of freedom
system mathematical modeling, derivation of governing differential
equation of motion for free undamped and damped systems, forced
vibration single degree of freedom system under harmonic excitation,
steady state, reciprocating and rotating unbalance, transmissibility and
isolation, base excitation with harmonic input. Two degree of freedom
systems - natural frequencies and mode shapes, forced vibration.
Natural frequency of multi-degree of freedom systems, vibration control,
vibration testing and measurement.
References:
1. Groover G.K., “Mechanical Vibrations”, Nemchand and Bros,
Roorkee, 2012
2. SingirisuRao S, “Mechanical Vibration”, Pearson Education, Delhi,
2004
3. Dukkapatti Rao V., “Text Book of Mechanical Vibration”, Prentice Hall
of India Ltd, 2004.
4. Daniel Imnan J. “Engineering Vibration”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi,
2001
5. Thomson W.T., “Theory of Vibrations with Applications”, Chapman
and Hall, 4th Edition, 1993.
MTE 4018: MICRO - MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, working principles and process parameters, machine tools,
applications of the micro manufacturing processes, challenges in meso,
micro, and nano manufacturing, industrial applications and future scope
of micro-manufacturing processes. Different instruments related to
micro manufacturing such as microsensors, microactuators,
microsystems. Working principles, machine construction, and
applications of micromachining, nanofinishing, microjoining,
microforming, microcasting, micromolding, LIGA for micro/nano
products and features, the diversified industrial applications of the micro-
manufactured processes, and recent research trends in this area.
References:
1. Jain V. K., “Introduction to Micromachining”, Narosa Publishing
house Pvt. Ltd., 2010
2. Jain V. K., “Micromanufacturing”, CRC Press, 2012
3. Jain V. K., “Advanced Machining Processes”, Allied Publishers Pvt.
Ltd., 2014
4. Mahalik N. P., “Micromanufacturing & Nanotechnology”, Springer
Berlin Heidelberg, 2006
5. Jackson J. M., “Microfacbrication & Nanomanufacturing”, CRC
Press, 2005.
MTE 4019: NANOTECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to nanotechnology, bottom-up and top-down approaches,
physical and chemical properties, methods of preparation of
nanoparticles, carbon nanostructures and their applications, physical
chemistry of nanosystems, micro electro mechanical devices and
technologies - microsensors, MEMS fabrication processes and
applications, microscale and nanoscale heat conduction, nanofluids
preparation and characterization, nanomaterials used in energy and
environmental applications and their properties, future development of
micro actuators, nano-lithograghy, photoresist patterning,
photolithography, electron beam lithography, production of polygon
mirrors, optic fibers, future trends in nanotechnology.
References:
1. Charles P. Poole, “Introduction to Nanotechnology”, Wiley-
Interscience, 2003.
2. Guozhong Cao, “Nanostructures & Nanomaterials”, Imperial College
Press, 2004.
3. C B Sobhan, “Microscale and Nanoscale Heat Transfer”, Taylor and
Francis, 2008.
4. Norio Taniguchi, “Nanotechnology”, Oxford University Press, 2008.
5. James J Allen, “MEMS Design”, Taylor and Francis, 2005.
MTE 4020: NOISE VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS [3 0 0 3]
Sources of noise and vibration, design features, Marque values, noise
quality. Pass-by noise requirements, target vehicles and objective
targets, sound measurement, human sensitivity and weighting factors,
combining sound sources, acoustical resonances. Properties of
acoustic materials,transient and steady state response of one degree of
258
freedom system applied to vehicle systems, transmissibility. Modes of
vibration, test facilities and instrumentation, signal processing NVH
control strategies, source ranking. Noise path analysis, design of
experiments, and optimization of dynamic characteristics. Vibration
absorbers and Helmholtz resonators, active control techniques.
References:
1. Norton M P, “Fundamental of Noise and Vibration”, Cambridge
University Press.
2. Seto, “Mechanical Vibrations”, Schaum Outline Series, McGraw Hill
Book Company, New York, 1990.
3. Springer and Patterson, “Engine Emission”, Plenum Press 1990.
4. Thomson W T, “Theory of Vibration with Applications”, CBS
Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, 1990.
5. Ashok Kumar Mallik, “Principles of Vibration control”, Affiliated East-
West Press (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 1990.
MTE 4021: PRINCIPLES OF SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND
TESTING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to the software engineering approach and challenges.
Software requirements, problem analysis and requirement
specifications, functional specification with use cases. Function oriented
design principle, module level concepts, design notations and
specifications, structured design methodology. Object oriented design,
OO analysis and OO design, OO concepts, unified modeling Language.
Programming principle, guidelines, coding process. Testing, black box
testing, white box testing. Integration testing as a type of testing, and
phase of testing, scenario testing, defect bash. Regression testing types,
best practices.
References:
1. PankajJalote, “An Integrated Approach To Software Engineering”,
(3e),Narosa, 2005.
2. Srinivasan Desikan, Gopalswamy Ramesh, “Software Testing:
Principles and Practices”, Pearsons publication.
3. Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, (3e) PHI
learning 2009.
4. Roger S. Pressman, “Software Engineering A Practioner's
Approach”, (6e) McGraw-Hill, 2005.
5. Ian Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, (3e), Pearson, 2010.
MTE 4022: PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction, production consumption cycle, forecasting- quantitative
and qualitative methods, Forecast control, measures of forecast
accuracy product development and design, product life cycle, process
design, process charts, flow diagrams and man machine charts
capacity planning, breakeven analysis, single and multi-product P-V
charts, aggregate planning, trial and error approach, use of
transportation algorithm, job shop scheduling, Sequencing of “n” jobs
through 2 machines, “n” jobs through 3 machines and 2 jobs through “n”
machines inventory management and line balancing, resource
conversion and concepts, planning models and behavioural
applications, case studies.
References:
1. Adam Everett E. Jr. and Ebert Ronald J., “Production and
Operations Management”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2002.
2. Chase Richard B., Aquilano Nicholas J. and Jacobs F. Roberts
“Production and Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
publishing Co. Ltd., 1999.
3. Eilon Samuel, “Elements of Production Planning and Control”,
Universal Publishing Corporation, 1991.
4. Monks Joseph G., “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., 2004.
5. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P., “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd., 2005.
MTE 4023: SYSTEM MODELING AND SIMULATION [3 0 0 3]
Principles of modeling and simulation, modeling and simulation of mixed
systems, transfer function, block diagram, state space representation of
SISO, MIMO, modeling of dynamic systems, construction, analysis,
practical applications, linear systems, methods of model order
determination, impulse and frequency response methods, system
identification, algorithms for parameter estimation, gradient algorithm,
least square algorithm, ARX, ARMAX applications of LS and ARMA
methods, regression methods, introduction to nonlinear modeling,
identification NARMAX model, case studies UAV quad-rotor, hard discs,
maglev systems, ball and beam systems.
References:
1. George Pelz, “Mechatronic Systems Modeling and Simulation with
HDLs”, Wiley, 2003
2. DevdasShetty, Richard Kolk, “Mechatronics System Design”, (2e),
Cengage Learning, 2010
3. Benjamin C. Kuo, Farid Golnarghi, “Automatic Control Systems”,
(8e), Wiley, 2009.
4. Jack W. Lewis, “Modeling of Engineering Systems PC-Based
Techniques and Design Tools”, High Text Publications, 2000.
5. Ioan D. Landau, GianlucaZito, “Digital Control Systems Design”,
Identification and Implementation, Springer, 2006.
MTE 4024:WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS [3 0 0 3]
Challenges for wireless sensor networks, single node architecture,
hardware components, energy consumption of sensor nodes, network
architecture, types of sources and sinks, single hop versus multi-hop
networks, multiple sinks and sources, wireless channel and
communication fundamentals, frequency allocation, modulation and
demodulation, MAC protocols, contention-based protocols, SMAC
BMAC, TRAMA, IEEE 802.15.4 MAC protocol, Q-MAC (Querry MAC), Q-
MAC (QoS MAC). Routing challenges and design, SPIN COUGAR,
ACQUIRE, LEACH, PEGASIS, GF, GAF, GEAR, Aggregation techniques
TAG, Tiny DB traditional transport control protocols. Wireless LANs:
802.11, 802.11a/b/g, 802.16-WiMAX, UWB communications, wireless
personal area networks, BlueTooth. Healthcare monitoring system using
wireless sensor networks, remote home lighting and appliance control
system, automatic speed control and vehicle tracking using GSM and
GPS technologies.
References:
1. KazemSohraby, Daniel Minoli and TaiebZnati, “Wireless Sensor
Networks Technology- Protocols and Applications”, John Wiley &
Sons, 2007.
2. Holger Karl and Andreas Willig, “Protocols and Architectures for
Wireless Sensor Networks”, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, 2005.
3. Ananthram Swami, Qing Zhao, Yao-Win Hong, Lang Tong Pub,
“W ireless Sensor Networks Signal Processing and
Communications”, John Wiley & Sons.
4. Murthy, “Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and Protocols”,
Pearson Education.
5. Sridhar S. Iyengar, Nandan Parameshwaran, Vir V. Phoha, N.
259
Balakrishnan, Chuka D. Okoye, “Fundamentals of Sensor Network
Programming: Applications and Technology”, John Wiley & Sons
OPEN ELECTIVES
MTE 3281: HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLES [3 0 0 3]
Vehicle dynamics, vehicle resistance, dynamic equation, tire ground
adhesion, maximum tractive effort, vehicle speed, transmission
characteristics, and vehicle performance. Hybrid and electric drive-train
configurations, traction motor characteristics, basic concept of hybrid
traction, hybrid drive-train architecture series, parallel torque and speed
coupling, electric propulsion unit, different motors, configuration and
control of DC motor drives, introduction to power modulators, control,
regenerative braking, energy management strategies, sizing the drive
system- propulsion motor, the power electronics, the energy storage
technology, communications, supporting subsystems, design of series
hybrid drive train.
References:
1. MehrdadEhsani, “Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell
Vehicles- Fundamentals, Theory and Design”,(2e), CRC Press,
2010.
2. Iqbal Hussein, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles-Design Fundamentals”,
(2e), CRC Press, 2010.
3. Gianfranco Pistoia, “Electric and Hybrid Vehicles - Power Sources,
Models, Sustainability, Infrastructure and the Market”, Elsevier,
2010.
4. Chris Mi, M. Abul Masrur, “Hybrid Electric Vehicles: Principles and
Applications with Practical Perspectives”, Wiley, 2010.
5. TimoKosch, Christoph Schroth, “Automotive Inter-networking”,
Wiley, 2012.
MTE 3282: INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to industrial automation, architecture of industrial
automation systems, sensors and measurement systems, signal
conditioning and processing, estimation and error calibration.
Introduction to process control system, PID control, controller tuning,
feed forward and ratio control, predictive control, cascade control.
Introduction to actuators: hydraulic actuator, pneumatic actuator.
Sequence control, PLC, relay ladder logic, control machine tools, electric
drives, stepper, DC drive motors, induction motor drives, synchronous
motor drives, introduction to networking, field bus and communication
protocol. Introduction to production systems.
References:
1. Johnson C.D, “Process Control Instrumentation Technology”, (8e),
Prentice Hall, 2009.
2. Thomas A. Hughes, “Measurement and Control Basics”, (3e), ISA
Publication,2002.
3. Andre, Pulle, Duco W.J., Doncker, R.W, “Fundamentals of Electrical
Drives”, 2007.
4. Fraser R.E, “Process Measurement and Control: Introduction to
Sensors, Communication, Adjustment and Control”, Prentice Hall,
2001.
5. Sharma K.L.S, “Overview of Industrial Process Automation”,
(1e),Elsevier Inc. 2011.
MTE 3283: INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to robotics, sensors, actuators, transmission and drives
used in robotic systems, power, torque, force calculations for robotic
systems, degrees of freedom (DOF), robot configuration, spatial
resolution, accuracy and repeatability, robot specifications, structure of
robotic system, robot motion analysis, robot dynamics and control,
trajectory planning, features of future robots, interactions of robots with
other technologies, characteristics of future robot tasks, robots in
construction trades, coal mining, utilities, military and fighting
operations, under sea robots, robots in space, service industry and
similar applications.
References:
1. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics - Mechanics and Control”,
(3e), Pearson Education International, 2004.
2. King Sun Fu, Gonzalez, “Robotics- Control, Sensing, Vision, and
Intelligence”, McGraw-Hill, 1987.
3. YoramKoren, “Robotics for Engineers”, McGraw Hill, 1992.
4. Groover M.P., “Cam and Automation”, Prentice Hall, 1995.
5. Yu Kozyhev, “Industrial Robots Handbook”, MIR Publishers, 1985.
MTE 3284: MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Sensors and transducers, characteristics, sensors displacement, strain,
force, temperature, speed, velocity, acceleration, proximity, range, light
sensors, tactile sensors, piezoelectric sensor, hall effect sensor,
ultrasonic sensor, actuators characteristics, classification, electrical
actuators, hydraulic and pneumatic actuators, active material based
actuators, data acquisition and display systems, concepts of signal
conditioning, elements filters, counters, converters, display devices,
control platforms concept of control, microcontroller fundamentals,
PLC, SCADA, DCS, CNC, applications and recent trends in robotics,
bionic arm, automatic camera, temperature monitoring system, engine
management system, rapid prototyping, MEMS, nanotechnology.
References:
1. Bolton W., “Mechatronics - Electronic Control Systems in
Mechanical & Electrical Engineering”, (2e), Longman Publishers,
2002.
260
2. Godfrey C. Onwubolu, “Mechatronics Principles and Applications”,
Elseiver, 2006.
3. David G. Alciatore and Michael B. Histand, “Introduction to
Mechatronics and Measurement Systems”, (3e), Tata McGraw Hill,
2007.
4. Devdas Shetty and Richard Kolk, “Mechatronics System Design”,
(2e), Cengage Learning, 2010.
5. G. S. Hegde, “Mechatronics”, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, 2010.
MTE 3285: PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND MARKETING [3 0 0 3]
Generic development process, product planning process, evaluating and
prioritizing projects, customer needs, gathering and interpreting raw data
in terms of customer needs, concept generation, activities of concept
generation, concept selection and testing, concept screening, concept
scoring, concept test, survey population, communicating the concept,
customer response, product marketing, strategy and planning, market
definition and entry strategy, consumer measurement, perceptual
mapping, segmentation, forecasting and launching of products. Strategy
and planning, Market evolution, Successful product development,
newproduct strategy, a proactive new product development process,
Market definition and entry strategy.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G., “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., 2004.
2. Andrea Belz, “Product Development”, Publisher- McGraw-Hill.
3. Karl T. Ulrich and Steven D., “Product Design and Development”,
(4e),Eppinger Publishers, 2010.
4. Robin Karol & Beebe Nelson, “New Product Development for
Dummies”, (1e), Wiley Publishers, 2007.
5. Ramanuj Majumdar, “Product Management in India”, (3e), PHI
publishers, 2007.
 Department of Printing and Media Engineering
Global communication sector has propelled us into the new millennium recruited by the major commercial printers, advertising agencies,
with engineering innovations and newer technologies. Electronic newspapers/magazines, machine manufacturers, packaging industries,
Publishing, Audio Visuals, Multimedia, Digital Data Transfer and Social media houses. Students can also try placement at various government
Media are creating a new world of media market. The printing industry departments and banks. Student can also explore the possibility of
sees itself as media service and information processor. Born out of this entrepreneurship in Print and Media Sector.
niche is B.Tech in Print and Media Technology at MIT, Manipal, an applied
engineering course that deals with the comprehensive study of print and Programs offered
media technologies. Along with the B. Tech degree, students can also be Under Graduate Program
entitled to a minor certification in Packaging Technology or Business
4 B.Tech in Print and Media Technology (1992)
Management. Department also offers M. Tech in Printing and Media
Technology and a Joint Double Degree Masters' Programme in Post Graduate Program
4
Collaboration with Chemnitz University of Technology, Germany. M.Tech in Printing and Media Technology (2008)

Since 1992, Department has built a strong edifice to become one of the PhD
leading Print and Media Institute of the country and has one of the best
Faculty Strength
infrastructures available for Print and Media Technology. The key feature
of the department is its Collaboration with Chemnitz University of Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
Technology, Germany for joint research and development, joint projects,
1 1
faculty exchange, student projects, and the availability of DAAD
Scholarship for students exchange programme at Germany. Students 10 10
have added advantage of getting hands on training & exposure on state of
the art equipment in Manipal Technologies Limited, Manipal one of the
leading Print and Media Organizations in Asia. Students after successful
completion of Print and Media Technology course can get job in printing PhD
companies and media houses across countries. Generally, students are Professors
M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors

261
 B. Tech in PRINT AND MEDIA TECHNOLOGY

THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER

Year
Sub. Code Subject Name L T P C Subject Code Subject Name L T P C
MAT 2106 Engineering Mathematics – III 2 1 0 3 MAT 2209 Engineering Mathematics – IV 2 1 0 3
PMT 2101 Basics of Print Media 3 0 0 3 PMT 2201 Offset Printing 4 0 0 4
PMT 2102 Imaging Techniques 4 0 0 4 PMT 2202 Printing Material Science – II 4 0 0 4
PMT 2103 Electronic Composition 4 0 0 4 ECE 2231 Audio and Video Signals 4 0 0 4
II PMT 2104 Printing Material Science – I 3 0 0 3 PMT **** Programme Elective – I 3 0 0 3
PMT 2105 Fundamentals of Electronic Media 3 0 0 3 *** **** Open Elective – I 3 0 0 3
PMT 2111 Imaging Techniques Lab 0 0 3 1 PMT 2211 Printing Material Testing Lab 0 0 3 1
PMT 2112 Electronic Composition Lab 0 0 3 1 ECE 2251 Audio and Video Signals Lab 0 0 3 1
20 1 6 22 21 1 6 23
FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER
PMT 3101 Flexography, Gravure & Screen Printing 4 0 0 4 HUM 4001 Essentials of Management 2 1 0 3
PMT 3102 Digital and Security Printing 4 0 0 4 PMT 3201 Print Finishing and Converting 4 0 0 4

262
PMT 3103 Color Analysis and Reproduction 4 0 0 4 PMT 3202 Video Processing 4 0 0 4
PMT 3104 Sound Engineering 4 0 0 4 PMT **** Programme Elective – III 3 0 0 3
III
PMT **** Programme Elective – II 3 0 0 3 PMT **** Programme Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
PMT 3111 Color Analysis and Reproduction Lab 0 0 3 1 *** **** Open Elective – II 3 0 0 3
PMT 3112 Printing Machine Lab 0 0 6 2 PMT 3211 Print Finishing and Converting Lab 0 0 3 1
PMT 3113 Sound Engineering Lab 0 0 3 1 PMT 3212 Video Processing Lab 0 0 3 1
19 0 12 23 20 1 6 22
SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002 Engineering Economics and Financial Management 2 1 0 3 PMT 4297 Seminar 1
PMT 4101 Package Design and Testing 3 0 0 3 PMT 4298 Industrial Training 1
PMT 4102 Media production 2 0 6 4 PMT 4299 Project Work/Practice School 12
PMT 4103 Animation Technology 3 1 0 4
IV
PMT **** Programme Elective – V 3 0 0 3
PMT **** Programme Elective – VI 3 0 0 3
PMT 4111 Package Design and Testing Lab 0 0 3 1
PMT 4112 Animation Technology Lab 0 0 3 1
17 2 12 22 14
Minor Specialisations
I. Packaging Technology
1. PMT 4001: Packaging Applications
2. PMT 4002: Packaging Materials
3. PMT 4003: Packaging Techniques and Processes
4. PMT 4004: Smart Packaging
II. Business Management
1. HUM 4011: Financial Management
2. HUM 4012: Human Resource Management
3. HUM 4013: Marketing Management
4. HUM 4014: Operations and Systems Management
Other Programme Electives
1. PMT 4005: Advertising Theory and Practice
2. PMT 4006: Communication Systems
3. PMT 4007: Continuous Stationery & Specialty Printing
4. PMT 4008: Digital Photography
5. PMT 4009: E-Publishing
6. PMT 4010: Green Printing
7. PMT 4011: Media Accounting and Management
8. PMT 4012: Media Entrepreneurship
9. PMT 4013: Packaging Management
10. PMT 4014: Print Maintenance Engineering
11. PMT 4015: Printronics
12. PMT 4016: Quality Management for Graphic Arts
13. PMT 4017: Radio Technology
14. PMT 4018: Television Technology
15. MCA 4001: Graphics and Web Design
Open Electives
1. PMT 3281: Fundamentals of Advertising
2. PMT 3282: Global Media and Entertainment
3. PMT 3283: Graphic Designing
4. PMT 3284: Newspaper Technology
5. PMT 3285: Packaging Design and Development
6. PMT 3286: Publishing Science
263
THIRD SEMESTER
MAT 2106: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III [3 0 0 3]
Fourier series, periodic functions, Half range expansions. Harmonic
analysis.Vector Calculus: Gradient, divergence and curl Line, surface
and volume integrals, Green's, Divergence and Stoke's theorems
Statistics mean, median, mode, and quartiles. Measures of dispersion,
coefficient of correlation, Regression lines, Curve fitting. Partial
differential equations: one-dimensional wave and heat equations and
their solutions.
References:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (5e). 1985
Wiley Eastern.
2. Murray R. Spiegel,“Vector Analysis”, Schaum Publishing Co., 1959
3. B. S. Grewal, “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna
Publishers, 1989
PMT 2101: BASICS OF MEDIA TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Print Media: The world of print media, industries and their classifications,
printed products. Pre-media, workflow - pre-press, press and post-
press, print production technologies. Conventional Print Media
Technology: Relief printing, Recess printing, Lithographic printing and
screen printing. Digital Print Media Technology - Computer to
press/direct imaging technologies, Functional components in NIP
technologies, system concepts/architecture of NIP systems. Hybrid
Print Media Technology. Special Print Media Technology - Security
printing, Business form printing, label printing, pad printing, 3D printing,
lenticular printing and their areas of applications.
References:
1. Kipphan Helmut, “Handbook of Print Media Springer”, Germany,
2001
2. Adams J. M. and Dolin P. A, “Printing Technology”, (5e), Delmar,
Inc. Thomson Learning, New York, USA, 2002.
3. Dejidas L. P. and Destree T. M, “Sheet fed Offset Press Operating”
(3e), PIA/GATF Press, Pittsburgh, 2005.
4. Wilson D. G. and PIA/GATF Staff) “Web Offset Press
Operating”,(5e), PIA/GATF Press, Pittsburgh, USA. 2003.
5. Samuel B.H, Screen Printing “Contemporary Approach”, Delmar
publisher, New York, 1997.
PMT 2102: IMAGING TECHNIQUES [4 0 0 4]
Conventional film reproduction: Cameras, Light sensitive materials -
films and papers, Processing chemicals, techniques and equipment.
Line and Halftone Photography: Line and Screened reproductions,
screens and exposures, handling copy, evaluation of photographic
image. Digital Screening: Amplified Modulation (AM) and Frequency
Modulation (FM) screening. Computer to Film: workflow, equipment and
films for CTF. Layout and film assembly: Folding and Impositions
methods, planning a layout, Materials and Methods of planning,
registration system. Image carriers for Planography: Modern offset
plates, Quality control aids and equipment. Image carriers for
Flexography: Plate materials, production of plates, Laser engraved
design rolls, sleeves. Image carriers for Gravure: cylinder parameters
and designs, methods and process of cylinder making. Image carriers
for Screen Printing: Fabrics, Frames, Fabric stretching, Photographic
Stencil making methods. CTP for all processes.
References:
1. Kipphan Helmut, “Hand book of print media”, Springer, Germany.
2001
2. Cogoli J. E, “Graphic arts photography: Black and White”, GATF,
USA,1993
3. Adams J. M. and Dolin P. A, “Printing Technology”, Fifth Edition,
Delmar, Inc. Thomson Learning”, New York, USA 2002
4. Ray Blair and Thomas M.D, “Flexography - Principle and Practices,
Foundation of Flexographic Technical Association”, USA, 1991.
5. Samuel B.H, “Screen Printing - Contemporary Approach” Delmar
publisher, New York, 1997.
PMT 2103: ELECTRONIC COMPOSITION [4 0 0 4]
Role of Composition department in Printing Industry, Evolution of
Typography, Font, Basic four-line principle, Fundamental strokes of a
type. Typographical measurement, Size of type, page widths and depths,
recognition of type faces, Factors for choosing typeface, typographic
commandments. Casting off. Automatic input &, human input, optical
character recognition, automatic voice recognition. Scanning, photo
multiplier tubes, charge coupled device, Digital File Basics, file storage
formats, file compression. Post Script (PS), encapsulated PS. Electronic
Publishing-Definition, Workflow. Optical center and geometric center.
Basic elements & basic principles of design. Media design & planning-
General rules for makeup. Page makeup for different printed
communications. Composition Software - Automatic Page Make up, text
and graphics Integration, Page display. Presentation of proofs.
References:
1. Kaj Johansson, Peter Lundberg, Robert Ryberg, “A Guide to Graphic
Print Production”, (2e), John Wiley & sons, New Jersy, 2007.
2. Speirs H, “Introduction to Prepress”, (2e), Pira International, UK,
2003
3. Hal Hinderliter, “The GATF guide to Desktop Publishing”, (3e), GATF
Press, 2000.
4. David Bergsland, “Printing in a Digital World”, Delmar Publishing,
Albany, 1997.
PMT 2104: PRINTING MATERIAL SCIENCE - I [3 0 0 3]
Manufacture of Paper -Invention of paper, technical developments, raw
materials. Stages of pulping, Stages of paper making, Computer
applications in the machine. Coating paper, Storage and handling of
paper. Paper Recycling - secondary fiber, stages of making recycled
paper, de-inking plant and chemistry. Printing ink ingredients -
Properties, types and applications. Manufacture of printing inks - Stages
of ink manufacturing - Mixing, milling and filtration. Storage and handling
of inks. Inkplant. Image carrier materials. Blankets and roller materials.
Chemicals for printing, properties and applications.
References:
1. Bureau H William, “What the Printer should know about Paper”,
GATF, USA, 1989.
2. Bob Thompson, “Printing Materials Science and Technology”, PIRA,
UK, 1998.
3. Ronald E.T, “Printing inks formulation principles, manufacture and
quality control testing procedures”, PIRA International, UK,2000.
4. Nelson R.E. and Terry Scarlett, “What the printer should know about
ink”, GATF, USA, 1990.
5. Dejidas L.P. and Destree T. M, “Sheet fed Offset Press Operating”,
Printing Industries Press, Pittsburgh, 2005.
264
PMT 2105: FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRONIC MEDIA [3 0 0 3]
Analog and digital radio &TV, cable TV, camera and consols, Internet
radio and TV, digital media production, web based social interaction, TV
transmission standards, receiving systems, mobile phone media
production and delivery, video on demand, Satellite distribution, satellite
links, earth stations, broadcasting vehicle and mobile control room,
Information technology: Computer storage, Computer networks,
Internet streaming, Web Streaming, Audio and video streaming, Flash
streaming, MP3 streaming (radio), Peer to Peer distribution Digital video
broadcasting via satellite services to handhelds (DVB-SH) Technology,
Geo-spatial technology, Wi-fi and Wi-Max, podcasting, i-Pod,
Information superhighways, Interactive portals.
References:
1. Brian Winston, “Media Technology and Society: A History from the
Telegraph to the Internet”, Rutledge,2000.
2. David E Reese and Lynne S. Gross, “Radio Production Work text:
Studio and Equipment”, Focal Press, 2002.
3. Graham Jones A, “Broadcast Engineering Tutorial for Non-
Engineers”, Focal Press, 2005.
4. E.P.J. Tozer, “Broadcasting Engineering Reference Book”, Focal
Press, 2004.
5. Borko Furht and Syed A. Ahson, “Handbook of Mobile
Broadcasting”, Taylor & Francis, 2008.
PMT 2111: IMAGING TECHNIQUES LAB [0 0 3 1]
List of experiments:
1. Imposition methods for book work and folders
2. Preparation of conventional layout.
3. Conventional planning and film assembly for plate making.
4. Digital impositions
5. Familiarization of RIP software, workflow and parameter control
6. Page layout and imposition using RIP software for proofing.
7. Page layout and imposition using RIP software for CTF.
8. Preparation of linearized masters for small offset press
9. Study of effect of exposure factors and development factors on
quality of the plate.
10. Conventional processing and automatic processing for pre-
sensitized (PS) plate making under standard conditions.
11. Photopolymer plate making for flexographic pocess.
12. Screen stretching techniques and stencil preparation
References:
1. Tech Nova PoliRIP, “User Manual”, Technova, 2009.
2. Adams J. M. and Dolin P. A, “Printing Technology”, (5e), Delmar, Inc.
Thomson Learning T M, New York, USA.2002.
3. Kipphan Helmut, “Handbook of Print Media”, Springer, Germany,
2001.
4. Peck H.L, “Stripping: The Assembly of Film Images”, GATF, USA,
1994.
PMT 2112: ELECTRONIC COMPOSITION LAB [0 0 3 1]
List of Experiments:
1. Review of Electronic Composition, Microsoft Word - Table work,
Tabular work, fonts and type styles, word-art, column works.
2. Microsoft Power Point - Working with tools, Making good
presentations and Seminars
3. Adobe Photo Shop - Familiarizing and practice with the PhotoShop
tool-bar
4. Adobe Photo Shop - Working with Layers and Masking, Picture
editing, scanning the picture, Converting image formats, resizing the
images
5. Adobe Photo Shop - Picture and text manipulation
6. Adobe Photo Shop - Designing and Practicing
7. CorelDraw - Familiarizing and practice with the CorelDraw tool-bar
8. CorelDraw - Picture editing and Designing
9. CorelDraw - Designing and Practicing
10. Adobe PageMaker - Familiarizing and practice with the PageMaker
tool-bar
11. Adobe PageMaker - Designing of visiting cards, page makeup of
pamphlets, page make up of advertisements, folders, journals, book
work
12. Adobe PageMaker - Designing and Practicing of cover pages
References:
1. Kaj Johansson, Peter Lundberg, Robert Ryberg, “A Guide to Graphic
Print Production”, (2e), John Wiley & sons, New Jersy,2007.
2. Speirs H, “Introduction to Prepress”, (2e), Pira International,
UK,2003.
3. Hal Hinderliter, “The GATF guide to Desktop Publishing”, (3e), GATF
Press,2000.
4. David Bergsland, “Printing in a Digital World”, Delmar Publishing,
Albany,1997.
FOURTH SEMESTER
MAT 2209: ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV [2 1 0 3]
Finite difference solution of boundary valued problems. Numerical
solutions of Laplace and Poisson, heat and wave equations. Introduction
to probability, finite sample space, conditional probability and
independence, Baye's theorem, one dimensional random variable: mean
and variance, Chebyschev's inequality.
Two and higher dimensional random variables, covariance and
correlation coefficient. Distributions: binomial, poisson, uniform,
normal, exponential gamma and chi-square. Optimization: Linear
programming problem, Graphical and Simplex methods, penalty cost
and two phase methods. Transportation problem
References:
1. P. L. Meyer, “Introduction to probability and Statistical applications”,
(2e), , Amerind Publishing Co., 1975
2. S. S. Sastry, “Introductory methods for Numerical Analysis”, (2e),
PHI, 1990
3. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, (5e) 1985
Wiley Eastern.
4. Narayanan Ramaniah and Manicavachagom Pillay, “Advanced
Engineering Mathematics”, Vol 3
5. Hamdy A Taha, “Operation research”, (7e), PHI.
PMT 2201: OFFSET PRINTING [4 0 0 4]
Feeding Mechanisms: Sheet fed - Feeding principles and types, sheet
transport and control. Web fed - Roll stand, dancer roller, splicers.
Printing Unit: Plate, blanket, impression and transfer cylinder. Plates and
blankets- types, selection, mounting and care. Cylinder Setting, Packing
and Printing Pressure. Press configurations for sheet fed and web
presses. Inking system: functions, construction, roller setting,
operation, maintenance. Dampening system: conventional, continuous
flow and non- contact dampening system. Delivery systems: delivery
265
systems for sheet fed - types, sheet guiding devices, delivery assist
devices, IR and hot air drying, UV drying. Delivery systems for web
presses dryers and chill rolls, Folders and In-line finishing. Press
Controls: Web tension, web guiding, cut-off control. Make ready, press
run, run length, and monitoring devices. Auxiliary equipments. Offset
Problems: Identification, causes and remedies of problems related to
ink, paper, plate and press on sheet fed and web presses. Material
handling, maintenance and press room safety. Waterless printing:
Principle, process, plates, advantages, limitations and applications.
References:
1. Dejidas L.P. and Destree T. M, “Sheet fed Offset Press Operating”,
PIA/GATF Press, Pittsburgh, 2005.
2. Kipphan Helmut, “Hand Book of Print Media”, Springer,
Germany,2001.
3. Daniel G Wilson and PIA/GATF Staff, “Web Offset Press Operating”,
PIA/GATF Press, Pittsburgh,2005.
4. GATF Staff, “Solving Sheet fed Offset Press Problems”, GATF,
USA,1994.
5. GATF Staff, “Solving Web Offset Press Problems”, GATF, USA,1990.
PMT 2202: PRINTING MATERIAL SCIENCE - II [4 0 0 4]
Introduction to printing substrates and inks. Paper Properties and
Testing - Structural, surface, mechanical, optical, and chemical
properties. Paper testing and equipment used. Substrates for different
printing processes - Paper types and their application, Paper Boards,
their properties and testing. Plastic, metallic and other substrates. Paper
metrics - Paper measurement systems, paper sizes. Ink drying
mechanisms. Ink Properties and Testing Optical, working and end use
properties. Inks for different printing processes - types and formulation.
Toners formulations, properties and applications.
References:
1. Bureau H William, “What the Printer should know about Paper”,
GATF, USA,1989.
2. Eves Ian, “Paper, Blueprint”, London,1991.
3. Finley Charles, “Printing Paper and Inks”, Delmar Publishers, New
York,1997.
4. Bob Thompson, “Printing Materials Science and Technology”,
PIRA, UK,1998.
5. Prakash Shetty, “Science and Technology of Printing Materials”,
MJP Publishers, Chennai, 2008.
ECE 2231: AUDIO AND VIDEO SIGNALS [4 0 0 4]
Introduction to Multimedia System, Architecture and components,
Multimedia distributed processing model, Synchronization,
Orchestration and Quality of Service (QOS) architecture. Data
acquisition, Sampling and Quantization, Human Speech production
model, low bit rate speech compression, MPEG audio compression.
Image acquisition and representation, image compression standards:
ITU (formerly CCITT) Group III and IV standards, JPEG image
compression standards, MPEG video compression standards, digital
audio and broadcasting, Video coding and compression, H261, HDTV-
DVB-T, Fundamentals of data communication and networking, Audio
latency, Video data rate, multimedia over LAN and WAN, Multimedia
conferencing, Multimedia Information Systems.
References:
1. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt, “Multimedia Systems”,
Springer.
2. J. D. Gibson, “Multimedia Communications: Directions and
Innovations”, Springer.
3. K. Sayood, “Introduction to Data Compression”, Morgan-
Kaufmann.
4. A. Puri and T. Chen, “Multimedia Systems, Standards, and
Networks”, Marcel Dekker.
5. Iain E.G. Richardson, “H.264 and MPEG-4 Video Compression”,
John Wiley.
6. Borivoje Furht, “Handbook of Multimedia Computing”, CRC Press.
Innovations”, Springer.
3. K. Sayood, “Introduction to Data Compression”, Morgan-
Kaufmann.
4. A. Puri and T. Chen, “Multimedia Systems, Standards, and
Networks”, Marcel Dekker.
5. Iain E.G. Richardson, H.264 and MPEG-4 Video Compression, John
Wiley.
6. Borivoje Furht, “Handbook of Multimedia Computing”, CRC Press.

PMT 2211: PRINTING MATERIAL TESTING LAB [0 0 3 1] FIFTH SEMESTER

List of experiments:
Paper Testing: PMT 3101: FLEXOGRAPHY, GRAVURE AND SCREEN
1. GSM & Ash content PRINTING [4 0 0 4]
2. Bursting strength Flexography - principle, products and market, Packaging and publication
3. Cobb sizing & Moisture content flexography, press components and configurations, narrow and wide
4. Folding endurance web presses Web handling and control - types of unwind and rewind,
5. Tearing strength tension and tension control systems, web guides. Flexographic press -
6. Tensile strength Inking systems, Fountain , anilox, plate and impression roll/drum, plate
7. Porosity, Softness and smoothness Mounting and proofing, flexo dryers, doctor blade. Press, print, web and
plate problems. Gravure - principle, products and market, sectors of
8. Brightness, Opacity and gloss
gravure. Press components and configurations. Indirect gravure and
9. Stiffness
hybrid systems. Gravure press - inking systems, printing units, doctor
10. pH blade assembly, Impression cylinder and ESA. Dryers and heat
sources. Press, print and web problems. Screen printing - principle,
Ink Testing: Methods of printing, essential components of screen printing, Screen
11. Fineness of grind printing market and products, special areas of applications. Screen
12. Wet ink film thickness and Ink length printing press - types of presses and components, mesh, stencil and
squeegee - parameters for controlling print quality, flood bar, special
References: squeegees and techniques, maintenance and storage, multicolour
1. Ronald E.T, “Printing inks formulation principles, manufacture and printing and halftone reproduction. Types of dryers. Mesh, stencil and
quality control testing procedures”, PIRA International, UK, 1994. squeegee, press and, print problems. Environment and Sustainability -
2. Bureau H William, “What the Printer should know about Paper”, Environmental issues, Solvent recovery plant and press room safety.
GATF, USA,1989.
3. Finley Charles, “Printing Paper and Inks”, Delmar Publishers, New References:
York,1997. 1. Blair Ray and Destree T. M, “Flexography - Principle and Practices”,
4. “Paper, Ink and Press Chemistry”, Sappi Europe SA 2004,The eighth (5e), Foundation of Flexographic Technical Association, USA,1999.
technical brochure from Sappi, Sappi Fine Paper Europe, Sappi 2. Ray Blair and Thomas M.D, “Gravure Process and Technology”
Europe SA, 154 Chausseé de la Hulpe, B-1170 Brussels. GAA, USA, 1991.
5. “Paper Standards & Measurements”, 2007 Sappi Europe SA A 3. Weiss H. L., “Gravure and Flexographic Printing Presses”,
technical brochure from Sappi, Sappi Fine Paper Europe, Sappi Converting Technology Corp, USA, 1985
Europe SA, 154 Chausseé de la Hulpe,B-1170 Brussels. 4. Herbert L.W, “Gravure and flexographic Printing Presses”,
6. ISO 12647-2:2004(E), © ISO 2004, International Standard, ISO Converting Technology Corp, USA. 1985
12647-2, Second edition, 2004. 5. Samuel B.H, “Screen Printing - Contemporary Approach”, Delmar
publisher, New York,1997.
ECE 2251: AUDIO AND VIDEO SIGNALS LAB [0 0 3 1] 6. Harry and Smith, “Modern Gravure Technology A Literature
List of experiments: Review”, Pira International, UK,1994.
1. Introduction to MATLAB Programming
2. Signal generation (periodic, non-periodic, discrete time and PMT 3102: DIGITAL AND SECURITY PRINTING [4 0 0 4 ]
continuous time signals) Digital Prepress- Creating and processing digital images, Screening
3. Sampling and reconstruction of signals ( aliasing , Nyqist rate) techniques, File formats Raster image processor (RIP), Workflow
4. Audio & Video signal generation and manipulation integration, Preflighting, Color management for digital printing. Digital
5. Video signal generation and manipulation Proofing - digital and analogue proofing, Halftones simulation (dot
proofing), Remote proofing, ISO, SWOP/ GRACoL, Ugra/Fogra
6. Experiments on Multimedia systems
certification for proofing systems. Digital PrintingTechnology - Working
7. Experiments on Multimedia communication.
principle, construction,consumables electro photography, ink-jet,
thermography, CTP (direct imaging DI), Inline operation configurations,
References: Environmental implications.Digital Workflow & Applications:
1. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt, “Multimedia Systems”, Commercial printing, Publication printing, Newspaper printing, Variable
Springer. Data Printing, Digital printing on metal, fabric & wood, Black & white
2. J. D. Gibson, “Multimedia Communications: Directions and photography printing, Mono color digital printing, Barcode printing,

266
Watermark printing, Printed electronics. Quality Control: Image quality
attributes, Print quality verification tools and Print Permanency tests.
Security printing materials and applications: Types of security inks-
Security papers -MICR and NMICR, chemical reactive, uncoated, and
toner fused papers. Security printing techniques Dry offset, offset,
intaglio, flexography, gravure and hybrid printing.
References:
1. Martin Graham, “Nonimpact Printing”, Pira International, United
Kingdom, 1992.
2. Harald Johnson, “Understanding Digital Printing”, Thomson
Publishers, Boston, 2005.
3. Phil Green, “Understanding Digital color”, GATF and PIRA, USA,
1999.
4. AbhaySharma, “Understanding Color Management”, Thomson
Delmar Learning, USA, 2004.
5. Warner Richard D, Adams Richard M., “Introduction to security
printing”, PIA/GATF, Pittsburgh, 2005.
6. Narayanan R. ,“Computer Stationery and MICR Cheque
Production”, Association for research and development in printing,
Madras,1988.
PMT 3103: COLOR ANALYSIS AND REPRODUCTION [4 0 0 4]
Visual system, structure and functioning of human eye, modern theory
of light and color, Basic attributes of color, additive and subtractive
synthesis and their practical interpretation. Munsell color system, device
dependent and independent color systems, Principles of color
management, Color management systems, Color management for
display devices, Input devices and output devices, ICC profiles V2 and
V4, Densitometer, colorimeter and spectrophotometer, screen angles
and juxtaposition of dots, digital halftones, color correction, Press color
control,factors in color printing, dot area measurement, Murray Davis
equation and Yule Neilson correction, UCR and GCR, additivity and
proportionality failure, Standard Charts, Electronic scanning,
Neugebauer three color and four color equations, modified Neugebauer
equation for scanner.
References:
1. Mark D. Fairchild, “Color Appearance Models”, John Wiley & Sons
Ltd, England,2005.
2. Constance Sidles, Rick Sutherland and Barb Karg, “Graphic
Designer's Print & Color Handbook”, Rockport Publishers Inc, USA,
2005.
3. Gaurav Sharma, “Digital Color Imaging Handbook”, CRC Press,
USA,2003.
4. Lindsay W. MacDonald and M. Ronnier Luo, “Color Image Science”,
John Wiley & Sons Ltd, England,2002.
5. Asim Kumar Roy Choudhury, “Modern Concept of Color and
Appearance”, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd, New Delhi,2000.
6. Gary G. Field, “Color and Its Reproduction”, GATF Press Pittsburgh,
USA,1999.
PMT 3104: SOUND ENGINEERING [4 0 0 4]
Fundamentals of sound, primary factors governing studio and control
room acoustics, Ceilings, windows and doors, Noise isolation within the
control room, Frequency balance, Power and grounding guidelines,
Ergonomics, The sound chain Microphones and Loud Speakers,
Acoustics, Disc recording, distortion and noise reduction, Stereo pickup
techniques, Miking speech in radio, Miking speech for picture,
Recording speech stereo recording systems, Optical recording,
reproduction, amplifying systems, Processing of audio signal, Dubbing,
Music mix down, Spatial manipulation of sound, Stereo multiplexing,
267
Equalizers and Mixers, electronic music synthesizers, Theatre sound
system, AM / FM tuners, audio system, Anatomy of Hi-Fi system.
References:
1. Stanlgy R Alten, “Audio in Media”, Wads Worth Publisher, Australia,
2005.
2. David Miles Huber and Robert E Runstein, “Modern Recording
Techniques”, Elsevier, New Delhi, 2005.
3. S.P. Bali, “Consumer Electronics”, (1e), Pearson Education,
India.2005.
4. Glen Ballou, “Hand book for Sound Engineers”, (4e), Elsevier
Inc.,2008.
5. F. Alton Everest, Ken C. Pohlmann,“Master Handbook of Acoustics”
(5e), McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.2009.
PMT 3111: COLOR ANALYSIS AND REPRODUCTION LAB [0 0 3 1]
List of Experiments:
1. FM Hue Test
2. Impact of Illumination on color perception
3. Characterization of Monitor
4. Characterization of Scanner
5. Characterization of Projector
6. Measuring Hue error, Contrast & Grayness
7. Measurement of printed ink density and trapping (additivity failure)
8. Measuring Dot gain from CIELab values
9. Dot area measurement (Murray Davis equation & Yule Neilson
correction)
10. Characterization of Printer
11. Effect of screen angles and dot shape on color (Lab readings)and
comparing with standard
12. Gray Balance using G7
References:
1. Mark D. Fairchild, “Color Appearance Models”, John Wiley & Sons
Ltd, England, 2005.
2. Constance Sidles, Rick Sutherland and Barb Karg, “Graphic
Designer's Print & Color Handbook”, Rockport Publishers Inc, USA,
2005.
3. Gaurav Sharma, “Digital Color Imaging Handbook”, CRC Press,
USA, 2003.
4. Lindsay W. MacDonald and M. RonnierLuo, “Color Image Science”,
John Wiley & Sons Ltd, England, 2002.
5. Asim Kumar Roy Choudhury, “Modern Concept of Color and
Appearance”, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2000.
6. Gary G. Field, “Color and Its Reproduction”, GATF Press Pittsburgh,
USA,1999.
PMT 3112: PRINTING MACHINE LAB [0 0 6 2]
List of experiments:
1. Setting sheet control devices, inking and the dampening unit, Plate
and blanket mounting and demounting
2. Single color printing and evaluating plate Vs print quality of single
color print on coated and uncoated substrates.
3. Linearization of the image carrier
4. Four color printing and Print quality evaluation and profile generation
for offset machine
5. Web feeding, tensioning and settings for single and both side printing
and relative gear profile.
6. Plate mounting, Single color flexo printing and trouble shooting
7. Plate mounting ,Two color flexo printing and trouble shooting
8. Multicolor gravure printing and trouble shooting
9. Single color screen printing
10. Multicolor screen printing.
11. Halftone screen printing
12. Screen printing using semiautomatic machine
13. Press visit.
References:
1. Dejidas L.P. and Destree T. M, “Sheet fed Offset Press Operating”,
PIA/GATF Press, Pittsburgh,2005.
2. GATF Staff, “Solving Sheet fed Offset Press Problems”, GATF,
USA.1994.
3. Blair Ray and Destree T. M, “Flexography - Principle and Practices”,
(5e), Foundation of Flexographic Technical Association, USA, 1999.
4. White Anthony, “High Quality Flexography”, PIRA, UK, 1992.
5. Ray Blair and Thomas M.D, “Gravure Process and Technology”,
GAA, USA.1991.
6. Samuel B.H, “Screen Printing - Contemporary Approach”, Delmar
publisher, New York. 1997.
PMT 3113: SOUND ENGINEERING LAB [0 0 3 1]
List of experiments:
1. Setting up the sound Studio.
2. Determining the characteristics and frequencies using Mixer.
3. Characteristics of different types of Microphones (3 experiments)
4. Measurements of performance parameters of different types of
speakers (4 experiments)
5. Experiments using DAW (Digital Audio Workstation) (3 experiments)
References:
1. Stanlgy R Alten, “Audio in Media”, Wads Worth Publisher, Australia,
2005.
2. David Miles Huber and Robert E Runstein, “Modern Recording
Techniques”, Elsevier, New Delhi. 2005.
3. S.P. Bali, “Consumer Electronics”, (1e), Pearson Education, India,
2005.
4. Glen Ballou, “Hand book for Sound Engineers”, (4e), Elsevier Inc.,
2008.
5. F. Alton Everest, Ken C. Pohlmann, “Master Handbook of
Acoustics”, (5e), McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.,2009.
SIXTH SEMESTER
HUM 4001: ESSENTIALS OF MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Definition of management and systems approach, Nature & scope, The
functions of managers, Corporate social responsibility. Planning: Types
of plans, Steps in planning, Process of MBO, How to set objectives,
Strategies, Policies & planning premises, Strategic planning process
and tools. Nature & purpose of organising, Span of management, factors
determining the span, Basic departmentalization, Line & staff concepts,
Functional authority, Art of delegation, Decentralisation of authority. HR
planning, Recruitment, Development and training.Theories of
motivation, Special motivational techniques. Leadership - leadership
behaviour & styles, Managerial grid. Basic Control Process, Critical
Control Points & Standards, Budgets, Non-budgetary control
devices.Profit & loss control, Control through ROI, Direct, Preventive
control. Managerial practices in Japan & USA & application of Theory Z.
The nature & purpose of international business & multinational
corporations, unified global theory of management. Entrepreneurial
268
traits, Creativity, Innovation management, Market analysis, Business
plan concepts, Development of financial projections
References:
1. Koontz D. “Essentials of Management”, Mc Graw Hill, New York,
2004
2. Peter Drucker, “Management, Task and Responsibility”, Allied
Publishers, 2006
3. Peter Drucker, “The practice of management”, Butterworth Hein
Mann, 2003
PMT 3201: PRINT FINISHING AND CONVERTING [4 0 0 4]
Binding Classifications.Planning impositions, Binding tools and
equipment, Book Binders Materials. Paper sizes Types, advantages and
applications, Adhesives - Principles, theory, types. Processing of
hardbound book - Physical parts of hardbound books, Machine folding -
principles, machines, Tipping-in / attachment of plates. End papers-
purposes, kinds. Steps in processing hardbound books, Modern
guillotines, Covering Types of covers, Covering styles. Publishers case
binding Operations and machines, On demand booklet binding,
Securing Methods: Wire stitching - saddle stitching, side stitching, wire
stitching machine, French, tape, cord and whip sewing. Adhesive
binding, adhesive binding glue options- EVA, PVA and PUR Binding,
testing methods.Perfect binding Process, Principles & Types. Lay-flat
adhesive binding - Types, Construction and technical considerations.
Mechanical binding - spiral, Wire 'o', post binders, ring metal and plastic
comb binding, Finishing and Converting Processes - Edge decoration,
Numbering, Indexing. Ruling, Mailing, Easy-Release and Seam glue, Re-
moistenable glue, Quality control in print finishing & converting. Cover
decoration, Print finishing operations, Film lamination, UV and press
applied coatings, Modernization in Print finishing & converting -
Advancements in post-press, Quality control in print finishing &
converting.
References:
1. Tedesco T.J, “Binding, Finishing and Mailing”, GATF, USA, 2005.
2. Lyman Ralph, “Binding and Finishing”, GATF, USA,2000.
3. Speirs Hugh, “Introduction to Printing and Finishing”, PIRA,
UK,1998.
4. Mendiratta B.D, “Printers Costing and Estimating”, Print Trade
Publications, New Delhi,1999.
5. Speirs Hugh M, “Print Estimators The Hand Book”, BPIF, London,
1996.
PMT 3202: VIDEO PROCESSING [4 0 0 4]
Introduction to color video processing. Digitization and manipulation of
images, Histogram equalization and compression. Categorization of
video coding schemes, Information Theory for source coding, Video
encoding, content dependent video coding, Object based video coding
and Knowledge based video coding, Semantic video coding, Layered
coding system. Stereo and multi view sequence processing and stereo
sequence coding. Error control in video communications and error
resilience Tools, Overview of approaches. Streaming of video over the
internet and wireless networks, Streaming servers, Media
synchronization, Protocols for streaming video, Streaming video over
wireless IP networks.
References:
1. Vasuki Belavadi, “Video Production”, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi, 2013.
2. Yao Wang, Jorn Ostermann, Ya-Qin Zhang, “Video Processing and
 Communications”, Prentice Hall, 2002.
3. Alan C. Bovik, “The Essential Guide to Video Processing”,(2e),
Elsevier Science, 2009.
4. Murat Tekalp, “Digital Video Processing”, (1e), Prentice
Hall,1996.
5. Steven E Browne, “Video Editing: A Post Production Primer,”
Focal Press, Oxford, 1997.
PMT 3211: PRINT FINISHING AND CONVERTING LAB [0 0 3 1]
List of experiments:
1. French Sewing - Preparation of French sewn quarter bound hard
case book.
2. Chord Sewing - Preparation of Chord sewn quarter bound hard case
book.
3. Tape Sewing - Preparation of Tape sewn full bound hard case book.
4. Preparing books by Sewing two sections on method. Preparation of
following type of Mechanical binding - Spiral wire binding, Wire 'O'
binding,
5. Preparation of End papers - Single End paper, Double or Inserted End
paper, Made end paper, Cloth joint end paper, Zig-Zag end paper,
Cloth joint Zig-Zag end paper.
6. Preparation of Receipt books with numbers in duplicate and
triplicate.
7. Preparation of telephone directory with Indexes and Tabs.
8. Edge decoration of hard case book and attachment of head bands,
tail bands and marker.
9. Center Sewing, Side Sewing, Center Stitching of books. Securing
methods using machine.
10. Carrying out Special effect Print Finishing operations Embossing,
Gold blocking, Thermography.
11. Preparation of files of following designs - Loose leaf file - single
piece, Loose leaf file - Two piece tab binder, Loose leaf guard file -
Boards joined with spine strip, Court case file, Portfolio - Closed file
to keep confidential loose sheets.
12. Film Laminating: Thermal/ cold lamination. Preparation of pouch
laminated samples.
References:
1. Tedesco T.J, “Binding, Finishing and Mailing”, GATF, USA, 2005.
2. Lyman Ralph, “Binding and Finishing”, GATF, USA,2000.
3. Speirs Hugh, “Introduction to Printing and Finishing”, PIRA,
UK,1998.
4. Mendiratta B.D, “Printers Costing and Estimating”, Print Trade
Publications, New Delhi, 1999.
5. Speirs Hugh M, “Print Estimators The Hand Book”, BPIF,
London,1996.
PMT 3212: VIDEO PROCESSING LAB [0 0 3 1]
List of experiments:
1. Image generation, editing and enhancement
2. Audio and Video recording and editing
3. Audio and video Mastering
4. Video encoding.
References:
1. VasukiBelavadi, “Video Production”, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi, 2013.
2. Yao Wang, Jorn Ostermann, Ya-Qin Zhang, “Video Processing and
Communications”, Prentice Hall, 2002.
3. Alan C. Bovik, “The Essential Guide to Video Processing”, (2e),
269
Elsevier Science, 2009.
4. Murat Tekalp, “Digital Video Processing”, (1e), Prentice Hall,
1996.
5. Steven E Browne, “Video Editing: A Post Production Primer”,
Focal Press, Oxford, 1997.
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HUM 4002: ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Nature and significance, Micro & macro differences, Law of demand and
supply, Elasticity & equilibrium of demand & supply. Time value of
money, Interest factors for discrete compounding, Nominal & effective
interest rates, Present and future worth of single, Uniform gradient cash
flow. Bases for comparison of alternatives, Present worth amount,
Capitalized equivalent amount, Annual equivalent amount, Future worth
amount, Capital recovery with return, Rate of return method, Incremental
approach for economic analysis of alternatives, Replacement analysis.
Break even analysis for single product and multi product firms, Break
even analysis for evaluation of investment alternatives. Physical &
functional depreciation, Straight line depreciation, Declining balance
method of depreciation, Sum-of-the-years digits method of
depreciation, Sinking fund and service output methods, Costing and its
types Job costing and Process costing, Introduction to balance sheet
and profit & loss statement. Ratio analysis - Financial ratios such as
liquidity ratios, Leverage ratios, Turn over ratios, and profitability ratios
References:
1. Blank Leland T. Tarquin Anthony J., “Engineering Economy”,
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Chan S. Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Pearson
Education, Inc, 2010.
3. Raman B.S., “Advanced accountancy”, United publications,
Bangalore, 1993
4. T. Ramachandran, “Accounting and Financial Management”,
Scitech Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
5. Thuesen G. J &Thuesen H. G., “Engineering Economics”, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005
PMT 4101: PACKAGING DESIGN AND TESTING [3 0 0 3]
Elements of package design: factors influencing design of a package,
computer aided package design, Packaging cycle, product package
relationship, product life curve, Hazards on package, Markings on
package. Tests on package - mechanical, climatic. Corrosion - types,
cause, corrosion prevention methods. Desiccants types, properties
and applications, Cushioning materials - functions, properties.
Classifications, Cushion Design - Design procedure, cushion curve.
Paper & paper board packaging: Types and applications, corrugated
board construction, box design variations and dimensioning, decorating
the corrugated box, properties and tests, Calculation of corrugated
board combination and stacking strength of corrugated box. G l a s s
containers: types and properties, glass and bottle manufacture, bottle
design features, labeling and decorating, design considerations. Metal
cans and containers: Metal container shapes, can making steels, types
of metal cans, methods of making two piece drawn cans, Aerosols
typical aerosol system, aerosol valve operation, Shaping plastics:
Extrusion sheet extrusion, blown film extrusion and coextrusion,
injection molding, combined forming methods, thermoforming
principle, applications and molding methods, compression molding,
transfer molding, Vacuum forming, Pressure Matched mold forming.
References:
1. Sudhir Gupta, “Handbook of Packaging Technology”, Engineers
India Research Institute, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Brody Aaron L, “The Wiley Encyclopedia of Packaging Technology”,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York, 1997.
3. Hanlon Joseph F, “Handbook of Package Engineering”, CRC Press,
USA, 1998.
4. Briston John, “Advances in Plastic Packaging Technology”, PIRA,
UK, 1992.
5. Natarajan S, “Fundamentals of packaging technology”, PHI, New
Delhi, 2009.
PMT 4102: MEDIA PRODUCTION [2 0 6 4]
Visual language, basics of audio and visual media. Video camera and
support systems Working of a Video camera, Camera features and their
effects. Pre-production, production and post-production, Structure and
functioning of a studio. Script writing. Lighting, properties, light planning
and light sources. Sound properties, types of programme sound and
sound effects. Microphones and audio recording. Editing theories and
modes, Principles of editing-Matching actions. Providing special
effects. Multi-media production embedding videos/images and using
social media. Video and Broadcast Technology, Analog and digital
technology, broadcast standards and transmission technologies.
References:
1. Vasuki Belavadi, “Video Production”, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi, 2013.
2. Robert Mcleish, “Radio Production”, Focal Press, Oxford,1994.
3. Gerald Millerson, “Video Production Handbook”, Focal Press
oxford, 1992.
4. Nick Dimbleby Richard, Dimble by Ken and Whrittington, “Practical
Media: A Guide to Production Techniques”, Hodder and Stoughton,
London, 1994.
5. Steve R Cartwright, “Pre Production Planning For Video Film and
Multimedia”, Focal Press, Oxford, 1996.
6. Gorham Kindemrobert B Musburger, “Introduction to Media
Production: From Analog to Digital”, Focal Press Boston,2001.
PMT 4103: ANIMATION TECHNOLOGY [3 1 0 4]
2D Animation: Introduction, Perception, The Heritage of Animation,
Animation Production, Computer Animation Production, A Brief History
of Computer Animation Computer Animation: Conventional and
Computer-Assisted Animation, Design of Animation Sequences,
Computer Animation Languages, Methods of Controlling Animation,
Basic Rules of Animation, Problems Peculiar to Animation Technical
Background: The Display Pipeline, Homogeneous Coordinates and the
Transformation Matrix, Compounding Transformations: Multiplying
Transformation Matrices Basic Transformations, Representing an
Arbitrary Orientation, Extracting Transformations from a Matrix,
Description of Transformations in the Display Pipeline, Round-off Error
Considerations, Orientation Interpolation and Basic Techniques: The
Appropriate Function, Controlling the Motion Along a Curve,
Interpolation of Rotations Represented by Quaternions, Path Following,
Key frame Systems Principles of Animation, 2D Animation overview, 2D
Animation Basics, 2D Vector Animation. Animation Visual Effects and
Technology in Context, Creative Development and the Digital Process,
Modeling Concepts, Modeling Techniques, Advanced Modeling and
Rigging Techniques, Rendering Concepts, the Camera. Shading and
Surface Characteristics, Principles of Animation, Computer Animation
Techniques, Advanced Computer Animation Techniques, Retouching,
Compositing, and Color Grading.
270
References:
1. Foley J. D., Van Dam A., Feiner S. K., Hughes J. F., “Computer
Graphics, Principles and Practice”, (2e), Addision-Wesley
2. Donald Hearn, Pauline Baker M., “Computer Graphics-C Version”,
(2e), Pearson Education.
3. Rick Parent, “Computer Animation algorithms and techniques”,
Academic Press, 2012.
4. Tony White, “Animation From Pencils to Pixels”, Elsevier Focal
Press, 2006.
5. Isaac Kerlow, “The Art of 3D Computer Animation and Effects”.
6. Jason van Gumster, “Blender for Dummies”, Wiley Publishing.
PME 4111: PACKAGING DESIGN AND TESTING LAB [0 0 3 1]
List of Experiments:
1. Designing Straight Tuck End (STE) and Reverse Tuck End (RTE) style
cartons.
2. Designing Full Seal End (FSE), Tray and Tube style cartons.
3. Die Cutting machine.
4. Compression Strength of various cartons using Mini Carton
Compression tester.
5. Abrasion resistance of ink on various packaging paper and board
materials using Ink Rub Tester.
6. Designing and preparation of various types of paper bags.
7. Evaluating the resistance offered by package against rough handling
by using Drop Tester.
8. Measurement of ECT and RCT of and Predicting Stacking Strength of
corrugated box using McKee formula.
9. Delaminating or Peel Strength of packaging Paper/board.
10. Co-efficient of friction of various flexible packaging materials.
11. Working with Package Designing Software.
12. Concepts and tools in 3D using package designing software.
References:
1. Brody Aaron L., “The Wiley Encyclopedia of Packaging Technology”,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York,1997.
2. Hanlon Joseph F, “Handbook of Package Engineering”, CRC Press,
USA, 1998.
3. Prakash Shetty, “Science and Technology of Printing Materials”,
MJP Publishers, Chennai, 2008.
4. BristonJohn, “Advances in Plastic Packaging Technology”, PIRA,
UK, 1992.
5. Chakravarty B, “A Hand Book for Printing and Packaging
Technology”, Galgotia Publications, 1997.
6. David Jairus R D, “Aseptic processing and packaging of food”, CRC
Press, New York, 1996.
PMT 4112: ANIMATION TECHNOLOGY LAB [0 0 3 1]
List of Experiments:
1. To draw simple pendulum and animate.
2. To draw the ball and animate the bouncing ball.
3. To draw butterfly or kite and animate.
4. Create the scene (includes hills, house, sun, trees, river, boat and
man) and apply the appropriate color to each object in the scene.
5. To Work with the 3D software Interface (Use BLENDER/3Ds
MAX/Light Wave/MAYA), working with Viewports (windows) and
Creating and Editing Objects.
6. To apply the concepts of Lighting and Cameras on 3D object.
7. To apply the concepts of Materials and Textures on 3D object.
8. Setting Up a World, Render Window Settings and Retracing
(mirror, transparency, shadows)
9. To apply the concepts of Lighting and Shadows Reflection (mirror)
and Refraction (transparency) on 3D object
10. To draw 3D object and animate.
11. To draw the 3D object using NURBS and Meta Shape.
12. To apply Modifiers on 3D object.
References:
1. Jason van Gumster, “Blender for Dummies”, Wiley Publishing.
2. Todd Perkins, “Flash Game Creator Guide”, MGH Publications.
3. Rick Parent, “Animation algorithms and techniques”, Academic
Press, 2012.
4. Tony White, “Animation from Pencils to Pixels”, Elsevier Focal
Press, 2006.
5. Isaac Kerlow, “The Art of 3D Computer Animation and Effects”.
EIGHTH SEMESTER
PMT 4297: SEMINAR
Each student has to present a seminar individually, on any technical
topic of current interest / latest advancement / topics not covered in
the syllabus.
The topic has to be approved by the Department and a report of the
same has to be submitted a week before the day of the presentation.
PMT 4298: INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
Each student has to undergo industrial training for a minimum period
of 4 weeks. This may be taken in a phased manner during the
vacation starting from the end of third semester.
Student has to submit to the department a training report in the
prescribed format and also make a presentation of the same. The
report should include the certificates issued by the industry.
PMT 4299: PROJECT WORK / PRACTICE SCHOOL
The project work may be carried out in the institution/industry/
research laboratory or any other competent institutions.
The duration of the project work shall be a minimum of 16 weeks
which may be extended up to 24 weeks.
A mid-semester evaluation of the project work shall be done after
about 8 weeks.
An interim project report on the progress of the work shall be
submitted to the department during the mid-semester evaluation.
The final evaluation and viva-voice will be conducted after
submission of the final project report in the prescribed form.
Student has to make a presentation on the work carried out, before
the department committee as part of project evaluation.
MINOR SPECIALIZATIONS
I. PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY
PMT 4001: PACKAGING APPLICATIONS [3 0 0 3]
Food packaging: MAP and CAP - Introduction, principles, gases used in
MAP, packaging of flesh foods, packaging of horticultural products,
packaging of dairy products, packaging of beverages, legislative and
safety aspects of food packaging. Packaging of cosmetics: Factors
effecting shelf life, Cosmetic packaging Plastics used in cosmetic,
Aerosol packaging. Packaging of fertilizers and pesticides: Packaging
materials, Factors governing selection, types. Recent developments.
Packaging of pharmaceuticals: Types, materials used and properties,
surface treatments, blister, strip and sachet packaging, printing and
271
decorating. Packaging of Hazardous Chemicals: Requisites for
packaging materials, Common packages for hazardous chemicals
textile bags, paper bags, metal containers, glass containers, paper
board/fibre board containers, plastic containers.
References:
1. Gordon L. Robertson, “Food Packaging: Principles and Practices”,
Marcel Dekker, Inc, New York, USA, May 2008.
2. Brody Aaron L, “The Wiley Encyclopedia of Packaging Technology”,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York,1997.
3. Hanlon Joseph F, “Handbook of Package Engineering”, CRC Press,
USA,1998.
4. David Jairus R D, “Aseptic processing and packaging of food”, CRC
Press, New York1996.
5. Natarajan S, “Fundamentals of packaging technology”, PHI, New
Delhi, 2009.
6. Edward J Bauer, “Pharmaceutical Packaging Hand Book”, Informa
Healthcare USA, Inc. New York, 2009.
PMT 4002: PACKAGING MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Paper board manufacture, characterization & types, surface treatments
& coatings, Wood classification, defects, wood treatment methods.
Glass production, properties and types. Metals types, functional
properties. Plastics -packaging polymers epoxies, PC, EVAL, PVAL,
SAN, additives, applications, properties tensile, tear strength, impact
strength, heat seal strength, coefficient of friction, haze and gloss,
environmental stress crack resistance (ESCR), chemical properties,
molding processes. Adhesives and adhesive tapes - types, properties
and applications. Cushioning materials - functions, selection, properties
and classifications. Expanded polystyrene-process of manufacturing,
advantages and applications. Thermoplastic foam processing. Flexible
packaging laminates: Purpose, properties of laminates structural,
performance, barrier, aesthetics and other properties. Laminating
processes wet bonding, dry bonding, hot-melt bonding. Specifying
laminates, advantages of laminates.
References:
1. Brody Aaron L, “The Wiley Encyclopedia of Packaging Technology”,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York, 1997.
2. Richard Gendron, “Thermoplastic Foam Processing Principles and
Development”, CRC Press, Florida, 2005.
3. Athalye A.S, “Plastics in Packaging”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Delhi,1992.
4. BristonJohn, “Advances in Plastic Packaging Technology”, PIRA,
UK, 1992.
5. Natarajan S, “Fundamentals of packaging technology”, PHI, New
Delhi, 2009.
PMT 4003: PACKAGING TECHNIQUES AND PROCESSES [3 0 0 3]
Packaging materials, Container types, Specialty Packaging, Machinery
for manufacture of glass, metals, composites, sacks, paper boards,
flexible plastics, Skin, Blister, Shrink packaging. Stretch wrapping, Strip
packaging. Lamination, Hot foil stamping, Die-cutting, Varnishing,
Coatings, Labels, Caps and seals, Security in packaging - Need,
Materials, Techniques. Containers and Closures, Screw, lug, friction,
roll-on, snap-on, Closure Seals, Standard Closures - Plastic, Metal;
Child-Resistant Caps & Closures; Dispensing closures, Paper, Foil &
Laminated Lids, Top seal, Induction seal, wads & wading systems.
Packaging Machines for line operations & systems Machines for filling,
seal wrapping machine, Thermoform-fill-seal machine - VFFS, HFFS,
Bottling machines, Induction sealing, Coding, Capping, Marking,
stapling, stenciling, seaming, Labelling, online & offline inspection
equipment, Other ancillary equipment tube/bag sealing, slitting,
winding, taping and strapping.
References:
1. Walter Soroka, “Fundamentals of packaging technology”, (3e),
Institute of packaging professionals, Naperville, Illinois, USA,2002.
2. Joseph F. Hanlon, Robert J. Kelsey, and Hallie Forcinio, “Handbook
of Package Engineering”, (3e), CRC press, 1998.
3. Davis, C.G., “Introduction to Packaging Machinery”, Packaging
Machinery Manufacturers Institute. 1997.
4. Otto G. Piringer, A. L. Baner, “Plastic Packaging: Interactions with
Food and Pharmaceuticals”, (2e), Wiley-VCH, 2008.
5. A. L. Brody, K. S. Marsh, “The Wiley Encyclopedia of Packaging
Technology”, (2e), Wiley, New York, USA.1995.
PMT 4004: SMART PACKAGING [3 0 0 3]
Indicators and Sensors Integrity indicators, Time-Temperature
indicators, freshness indicators. Oxygen sensors, gas sensors, bio
sensors.Automatic Identification Systems: Barcodes, Card
Technologies, Smart Cards, Magnetic Cards, Optical Cards, Radio-
Frequency Identification (RFID) authentication and tracking
technologies for packaging, Laser surface Authentication, Hologram,
security features, security inks, labels thermochromic labels. Smart
Packaging for Food Products - Non-Meat Food Products (Bakery
products, Fruits and Vegetables, Dairy products) - Oxygen Scavengers,
Ethylene Scavengers, Ethanol Emitters Enzymatically active packages,
and other technologies. Meat and Poultry Products - Oxygen
Scavengers, Carbon Dioxide Scavengers/Emitters, Moisture control,
Antimicrobial Packaging, Freshness and Temperature Control. Fish and
Seafood Products -Mechanisms of Fish Spoilage, On-pack Quality
Indicators, Time Temperature Integrators., Food Quality Indicators,
Modified Atmosphere Packaging (MAP).Fruits and vegetables - time
temperature indicators, gas and volatiles indicators, RFID, Modified
atmosphere packaging (MAP). Legislative Issues- Legislation relevant
to smart packaging, authorization procedure, general safety, labelling,
Regulation of new forms of food packaging produced using
nanotechnology.
References:
1. Ohkubo, M. et al, “RFID Privacy Issues and Technical Challenges”,
Communications of the ACM, Vol. 48, No. 9,2005.
2. Garfinkel, S., et al., “RFID Privacy: An Overview of Problems and
Proposed Solutions”, Los Alamitos, CA: IEEE Computer
Society,2005.
3. NanoMarkets LC, “Printable Electronics: Roadmaps, Markets and
Opportunities”, Executive Summary, 2005.
4. Sipilä, M., “Communications Technologies”, The VTT Roadmaps,
Helsinki, Finland: VTT Research Notes 2146, ESPOO, 2002.
5. Charles L. Wilson, “Intelligent and active packaging for fruits and
Vegetables”, CRC press, USA,2007.
6. Joseph Kerry& Paul Butler, “Smart Packaging Technologies for Fast
Moving Consumer goods”, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, UK,2008.
II. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
HUM 4011: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Introduction to financial management, Principle of accountancy,
Sources of long term finance, Valuation of securities, Leverages,
Working capital management, Capital budgeting, Cost of capital, Cash
management, and Dividend decisions.
272
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw Hill, Delhi, 2006.
2. I M Pandey, “Financial Management”, Vikas Publishing house,
Delhi, 2007.
3. Subir Kumar Banerjee, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand &
Co., Delhi, 1999.
4. ICFAI, “Corporate Financial Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
5. Maheshwari S.N, “Financial Management”, Sultan Chand & Co.,
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 4012: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Evolution and development, HRD Organization and responsibilities.
Evolution of HRM, Theories of HRM. Human resource planning, Human
Resources Inventory, Forecast, Job analysis, Job description, Job
specification, Job evaluation, Employment stability. Human Resource
Planning and Recruiting, Induction, & socialization, Training and
development, Performance management and appraisal.
References:
1. T.V. Rao and Pereira D F, “Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subbrao A, “Essentials of Human Resource Management and
industrial Relations”, Himalaya Publishing House, 1999.
3. N G Nair and Latha Nair, “Personnel Management and Industrial
Relations”, S. Chand Company, 1995.
4. Virmani B R; Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology transfer
and human resource development”, Response books, 1997.
5. PareekUdai et al., “Human Resource Development in Asia: Trends
and Challenges”, Oxford and IBH Publishing, 2002.
HUM 4013: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Understanding marketing management, Assessing market
opportunities and customer value, Adapting marketing to the New
Economy, Building Customer Satisfaction, Value, and Retention, Market
Demand, Scanning the Marketing Environment, Consumer Markets,
Business Markets, Dealing with the Competition, Market Segments,
Product Life Cycle, New Market Offerings, Designing and Managing
Services, Price Strategies, Retailing, Wholesaling, Integrated Marketing
Communications.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2000.
2. ICFAI, “Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R L and Gupta S L, “Marketing Management”, Sultan
Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2000.
HUM 4014: OPERATIONS AND SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT [2 1 0 3]
Types of production activities, Production consumption cycle, Functions
of production and operations management, Importance and uses of
forecasting, Product development and design: Product life cycle,
Process design, Process charts, Flow diagrams and Man machine
charts, Capacity planning, Aggregate planning, Scheduling, Operations
strategy, Operation performance Frontier and productivity, Systems
thinking, Systems engineering and its management, Systems decision
process. Systems thinking, structure, classification, boundaries,
visibility, System life cycle models, System dynamics and its
importance in system thinking. System dynamics modeling process.
References:
1. Monks Joseph G, “Operations Management”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Krajewski Lee J. and Ritzman Larry P, “Operations Management”,
Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., Delhi, 2005.
3. Mieghem J, “Operations Strategy: Principles and Practices,
Dynamic Ideas”, ISBN: 0-9759146-6-9, 2008.
4. Sterman J D, “Business Dynamics - Systems Thinking and Modeling
for a Complex World”, McGraw Hill, International Edition, 2004.
5. Senge Peter, “The Fifth Discipline”, Currency Doubleday, New York,
1990.
OTHER PROGRAMME ELECTIVES
PMT 4005: ADVERTISING THEORY AND PRACTICE [3 0 0 3]
Advertising in India, socio-economic effects, advertising as a tool of
communication, Need for advertising, Functions of advertising, Benefits
of advertising: To Seller, Buyer & Media, role of advertising in the
marketing mix, Negative and Positive effect of advertising, Kinds of
advertising. Advertising Agency, structure & types of advertising
agencies, agency selection criteria's, agency accreditation and client
turn-over, compensations for agencies. creativity in advertising, appeals
& execution styles, planning & development, creative process & tactics,
media planning, market analysis, implementation, evaluation and
follow-up.Overview of media- television networks, magazines,
newspapers, radio, selection and buying media time & space, Support
media internet, interactive media, out-door, in-store, direct mail,
miscellaneous and transit advertising, advertising campaign, corporate
advertising. Advertising Ethics first amendment of advertising, National
Advertising Review Council (NARC), regulations for advertisers,
agencies, and media. Case studies.
References:
1. Jethwaney Jaishri and Jain Shruthi, “Advertising Management”,
OUP, ND,2006.
2. George E. Belch and Michael A. Belch, “Adverting and Promotion”,
Tata McGraw- Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2005.
3. Surmanek Jim, “Advertising media A to Z”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi,2004.
4. Wells William,” Advertising”, Prentice hall, New Delhi,2002.
5. Jefkins Frank and Yadin Daniel, “Advertising”, Prentice hall, New
Jersey, 2000.
6. Chunawalla S.A. and Sethia K.C, “Foundations of advertising theory
and practice”, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai.2000.
PMT 4006: COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Electronic Communication, Digital modulation principles
and types. Satellite communication systems, Introduction to Satellite
communication. Basic transmission theory and problems, Application
of Satellites. Wireless communication systems, Concept of cellular
mobile communication-frequency reuse, Operation of Cellular systems.
Multiple access systems. GSM architecture. Mobile radio propagation
Free space propagation model. Antenna & wave propagation, Optical
communication systems. Concept of cylindrical waveguide, Modes in
optical fibers. Attenuation and dispersion in optical fibers, Optical
sources and detectors, Optical communication system examples.
273
References:
1. Dennis Roddy and John Coolen, “Electronic Communications”,
(4e), Prentice Hall of India, 1997.
2. George Kennedy, “Electronic communication system”, Prentice Hall
of India (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 1999.
3. Gerd Keiser, “Optical Fiber Communication”, McGraw Hill,1991.
4. Timothy Pratt, “Satellite communication systems”, John Wiley
and Sons, 2006.
5. William Stallings, “Wireless Communication and networks”,
Pearson Education, 2006.
PMT 4007: CONTINUOUS STATIONERY AND
SPECIALTY PRINTING [3 0 0 3]
Continuous stationery forms and application: Integrated cards, affixed
cards, PIN mailers, OMR sheets, cheques, coupons, Multi part mailer
and flyers and Envelopes. Materials for Continuous stationery forms:
Paper maplitho, art, MICR grade, sticker, coated, carbon less, thermal.
Designing, Printing and finishing process for Continuous stationery
forms: Machine configurations Job make ready. Finishing operations &
variable data printing. Specialty Printing processes Work flow,
Machineries, construction, substrate requirements, substrate
treatments, designing software, quality controlling aids. Specialty inks
and printing requirements: UV, water based, polymer, metallic, nano,
thermo setting inks. Special finishing effects, quality, control
requirements and products: Special effect printing process. Finishing
operations and quality control methods.
References:
1. EIRI Board of Consultants and Engineers, “Hand Book of Printing
Technology”, Engineers India Research Institute, New Delhi.
2. Narayanan R., “Computer Stationery and MICR Cheque
Production”, Association for research and development in printing,
Madras,1988.
3. RainesG, “Forms for the 80's - How to Design and Produce Them”,
North American Publishing Co, USA,1980.
4. Warner Richard D; Adams Richard M, “Introduction to security
printing”, PIA/GATF, Pittsburgh, 2005.
PMT 4008: DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY [3 0 0 3]
Lighting for Media, Selection of light sources, Luminaire for media
applications, Photographic layout and workflow, Working principle &
construction of photographic cameras, types of cameras, accessories
& their functions, geometry & photometry of image formation,
advantages of digital photography, B/W Photography, Photographic
Optics, Digital workflow, Digital image processing & manipulations,
photography for professionals, Photographic materials and output,
Choosing Lenses, Alternative image sensor technologies, lighting
control, Tone control, RAW editing and conversion, Digital image
corrections, reproduction and archiving, Digital File management, Color
in photography, Photography tips & tricks, Tackling photographic
subjects people, animals, sports, nature, landscapes, and travel
destinations, Colour and black & white photography, Cinematography
and Video Photography.
References:
1. Ken Milburn, “Digital Photography: Expert Techniques”, O'Reilly,
USA,2006.
2. David D. Busch, “Mastering Digital Photography”, Course
Technology, USA,2006.
3. Joseph Claglia, et al., “Absolute Beginner's Guide to Digital
Photography”, Que publishing, USA,2004.
4. Dan Simon, “Digital Photography Bible”, Wiley Publishing,
USA,2004.
5. Ralph E Jacobson, et al., “The Manual of Photography
Photographic & Digital imaging”, Focal Press, USA,2000.
PMT 4009: E-PUBLISHING [3 0 0 3]
Publishing & Publication Media: Publishing Process, Standards,
Publishers' and Metadata. Offline, Online and hybrid publication Media.
Content and content formats: types, text, formats. E-publishing Models.
The e-book: E-book content, delivery formats, components, producing e-
books, e-books and metadata, e-books and encryption, managing e-book
content. Digital Library: Scope, Uses, Challenges, Features, Formats.
Digital Asset Management: Systems, Functionality, Infrastructure, Types,
and Benefits. Document Management System: Capture, Indexing &
Retrieval, Annotations, Storage and Archival, Distribution and workflow.
Digital Rights Management: Aim, Need, Legal requirements, Approach,
Challenges, Limitations, Applications, Process. Intellectual Property
Rights and Copyrights: Issues, Contracts, Challenges and applications. E-
publishing formats: HTML, SGML, XML, PDF and Latex. Media Law and
Ethics: Constitution of India, Press laws in India, Prasar Bharti Act,
defamation in media, Information Technology & Convergence bill, Features
of Cable Television Act, Media and Public Interest Litigation, Obscene
Publications Act, Data Protection Act, Entertainment Law, Trade-mark Act
and Patent Act, Media and Social Responsibility.
References:
1. Carina Rogobete, Georg Peters and Jan Seruga, “Cross Media and
E-Publishing”, International Journal of u- and e- Service, Science
and Technology Vol. 5, No. 2, 2012.
2. “Electronic Publishing: Impact of ICT on Academic Libraries”,
ArchanaSaxena, ICAL, 2009.
3. Document Management Overview, “Document Imaging in the new
millennium”, Compulink Management Center, Inc. 2007.
4. “Intellectual Property Rights Issues of Digital Publishing - Presence
and Perspectives”, Hamburg University, Script-ed, Volume 2, Issue
2, 2005.
5. “Digital Asset Management A Closer Look at the Literature”, A
Research Monograph of the Printing Industry Center at RIT, 2005.
6. Wayne Overbeck and Genelle Belmas, “Major Principles of Media
Law”, Wadsworth - Cengage Learning, USA,2010.
PMT 4010: GREEN PRINTING [3 0 0 3]
Overview, requirements.Printing wastes - characteristics, types, life
cycle of waste, pre-press, press and post-press wastes, specific wastes
from different printing processes.Waste segregation, recycling and
reuse.Alternative materials - paper, ink, solvents, adhesives and other
materials.Process Modifications, Digital Proocesses, Material Handling
and storage, Pollution Prevention and Cleaner Production.
Environmental Management System - accounting concepts, data
collection, evaluation and process operations, ISO 14000 and Life-cycle
concepts.
References:
1. Kipphan Helmut, “Handbook of Print Media”, Springer,
Germany,2001.
2. Jones Gary A, “Air Pollution Engineering Guide for Graphic Arts
Industry”, GATF,1993.
3. F.F.T.A, Flexography: “Principles and Practices”, Foundation of
Flexographic Technical Association Inc., USA,1999.
4. John Geis A and Paul Addy L, “Materials Handling for the Printer”,
GATF Press, Pittsburgh,1999.
274
5. Kenneth Mulholland L and James Dyer, “Pollution Prevention:
Methodology, Technologies and Practices”, American Institute of
Chemical Engineers, New York,1999.
6. JuergenBaro, et al., “UV Technology: A practical guide for all Printing
Processes”, BG, Wiesbaden, 2008.
PMT 4011: MEDIA ACCOUNTING AND MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Financial accounting - Overview. Meaning, definition objective, scope
and advantages of Book keeping and Accounting. Journal, Ledger and
Trial Balance. Cost accounting - Nature and Scope of cost accounting,
Advantages of cost accounting to management. Cost analysis and
classification. Direct expenses. Factory Overheads. Office,
Administration, Sellling and Distribution OH. Single or Output or Unit
Costing.Job and Batch Costing. Management accounting - Nature,
Objectives and Scope of Management Accounting. Financial
statement.Ratio analysis. Dupont Chart. Fund flow statement. Human
resource management for printing industry, print marketing and sales,
role and scope of the printing manager and managing changes.
Estimating - Ink, paper and binding materials used in printing industry.
Pricing Media Properties for Sponsorships and Programming.
References:
1. M E Thukaram, “Accounting for Managers”, New Age International
Publishers, New Delhi,2007.
2. Prassana Chandra, “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Tata
McGraw hill, New Delhi,2006.
3. Louderback Joseph G, “Managerial Accounting”, South Western
College Pub, Australia,2000.
4. Derek Porter, “Print Management”, PIRA, UK, 2000.
5. Mendiratta, “Printers costing and Estimating”, Print trade India,
Delhi, 1999.
PMT 4012: MEDIA ENTREPRENEURSHIP [3 0 0 3]
Entrepreneurs and Entrepreneurship, formal and informal Business
Creation - Business Plans and Ideation. Entrepreneurship Routes, Case
Studies - Steve Jobs, Warren Bennis, Introduction to Company Creation,
Processes of Registration and Incorporation, Company Law. Registration
Procedures and Exceptions, Company Procedure and Ethics. Franchising,
turn-Key or packaged business, Multi-level marketing schemes. Buying an
existing business, Valuation of business, Danger signals. IPR Laws,
Copyright Agreements - Short-Term vs. Long-Term Agreements, Media
Law and Infringements - Case Studies. Risk Management: Types of risks,
mitigation, risk assessment, games to understand the risk involved.
Research Methodology for Business Planning: Scouting for business
opportunities, Investor Pitch Exercises, Business Plan Formulation and
Redesign, Financial Projections for Businesses.
References:
1. Vasant Desai, “Dynamics of Entrepreneurship Development”.
2. David H. Holt, “Entrepreneurship: New Venture Creation”.
3. Satish Taneja, S.L.Gupta, “Entrepreneurship Development New
Venture Creation”.
4. Marc J. Dollinger, “Entrepreneurship: Strategies and Resources”.
5. Brigitte Berger, “The Culture of Entrepreneurship”.
6. Peter F. Drucker, “Innovation and Entrepreneurship”.
7. Robert D. Hisrich, Michael P. Peters, Dean A. Shepherd,
“Entrepreneurship”.
8. G. Dale Meyer, Kurt A. Heppard, “Entrepreneurship as Strategy”.
9. CPSC (Colombo Plan Staff College), “Entrepreneurship
Development”, 1998.
 PMT 4013: PACKAGING MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Packaging prepress management: Introduction to packaging,
fundamentals of Package design, prepress designing softwares, Color
management tools, Rip solutions and Imaging engines, Pre-flighting
software. Packaging production planning and control: Production
planning, scheduling and control, material purchasing, inventory and
quality control. Work allocation, scheduling dynamics. Packaging
management solution and workflow JDF, PDF and CIP3/CIP4.
Equipment planning, investing and management. Packaging supply
chain management: Introduction, objectives, decision phases,
performance drivers and management strategy. Demand forecasting,
Judgment techniques, Inventory control types, reasons, inventory
models and control. ERP. Packaging Quality Management: Introduction
to quality and quality control, , Scientific quality management tools,
Value stream mapping, Packaging costing and work measurement:
Quality and cost, Costs associated with packaging design, production
and transportation, wages and incentives, work measurement and
method study, value analysis. Packaging waste management: Wastage
Management Techniques, Waste management for food, plastic,
corrugated boards. Life cycle assessment for container glass,
corrugated packaging: life cycle inventory and environmental impact,
influence of EOL situation on life-cycle performance, biogenic carbon
handling.
References:
1. Martand T Telsang, “Production Management”, S Chand & Co.Ltd,
New Delhi,2007.
2. Gary G Field, “Printing Production Management”, Graphics Arts
publishing Inc. Livonia, New York, 1996
3. Porter, Dereck, “Print Management”, Pira International, Leatherhead
survey,1993.
4. Geis, A John, “Printing Plant layout and Facility Design Hand book”,
GATF. Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania,1991.
5. Salvendy, Gavriel, “Hand book of Industrial Engineering”, (2e), John
Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1991.
6. Merit, Don, “Excellence in Scheduling Print Production”, Don Merit,
New York,1992.
PMT 4014:PRINT MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]
Maintenance Management: objectives, maintenance management
principles, factors affecting size, types, approaches, classification,
Instruments to monitor, Repair cycle, Economic life cycle of machine.
scheduling, check lists for maintenance. Condition Monitoring:
Methods, types, instruments, frequency of condition monitoring and
advantages, measurements. Lubrication and Lubricating devices:
Application, types of lubricants, functions, characteristics. Functions of
lubricating department, lubricating systems Safety precautions,
Lubrication film conditions. Pneumatics: Introduction, advantages,
Compressor type. Centralized & decentralized compressed air system.
Factors for designing the compressor system, accessories of
compressors. Methods to dry the compressed air, line regulators, valves
for pneumatic systems, Maintenance & troubleshooting. Mechanical
Drives: Chains, sprockets, roller chain types, Lubrication and
maintenance. Belt & pulleys, Cams- types, types of roller follower, Gears
advantages, factors affecting the selection of gears, Gear Failure- wear &
tear. Hydraulics: Pascal's law, hydraulic system, maintenance process,
hydraulic pumps, valves, Hydraulics in printing, advantages &
disadvantages. Bearings: Bushing & bearings- selection, classification,
Lubrication, oilless bearings. Bearing Failures, causes & cures, bearing
damages. Productivity Maintenance in printing industry: 3 C's of
maintenance, Inking rollers, dampening rollers, roller problems, devices
to measure roller pressure. Plate blanket packing, impression cylinder &
275
blanket setting, Troubleshooting of blanket problems, dampening.
Preventive maintenance, maintenance in prepress & post press devices.
References:
1. Rizzo Kenneth E., “Total Production Maintenance”, GATF, USA,
2002.
2. Sahu G.K., “Pumps”, New age international Publishers, New Delhi,
2000.
3. Majumdar S.R., “Pneumatic Systems Maintenance”, Tata Mcgraw,
New Delhi, 1995.
4. Khurmi R.S., “Machine Design”, S. Chand and Company, New Delhi,
2002.
5. Garg H.P., “Industrial Maintenance”, S. Chand and Company, New
Delhi, 1999.
6. Peter Vas, “Parameter Estimation, Condition monitoring and
Diagnosis of electrical machines”, Oxford science publications,
2001.
7. B.K.N. Rao, “Hand Book of Condition Monitoring”, Elsevier Science
Ltd,1996.
8. R. Halmshaw, “Non-destructive Testing (Metallurgy & Material
Science)”, (2e), 1991.
PMT 4015: PRINTRONICS [3 0 0 3]
Printed electronics and its applications: Printed electronics,
applications, advantages, Developments different products, market
share. Industries and research associations involved, Future scope for
printed electronics. Printing processes and image carriers: Gravure,
screen, inkjet, pad, offset andflexo printing. Chemical etching
processes. Technical parameters, Substrates and their Properties:
Flexible and paper substrates - specifications, surface treatment,
chemical behaviour, temperature and electrical properties, phenomenon
of ink drying on absorbent and nonabsorbent substrates. Inks and their
properties: polymer and water based conductive inks , formulations,
carbon nanotube and silver nanotube. electrical and magnetic
characteristics of printed organic devices. Printed electronic products
and quality control: PCB, RFID, OLED, OFET, printed batteries, flexible
display, smart packaging, photo detectors, solar cells - construction and
working principles. Calibration, characterization and standardization.
Quality control and measuring devices.
References:
1. “Gravure Process and Technology”, Gravure Education Foundation
and Gravure Association of America. Rochester, New York,2003.
2. Pudas, M., Halonen, N., Granat, P., Vahakangas, J., “Gravure
Printing of Conductive Particulate Polymer Inks on Flexible
Substrates”, Progress in Organic Coatings,2005.
3. MaithieuFenoll, RobertCatusse, ElianeRousset, “Gravure Printing:
Material Characterization For All Organic Capacitor”, Iarigai,
Advances In Printing And Media Technology Vol-32,2009.
4. Ajay Nedle, Chanachai Poosri , “Carbon nano tubes”, International
School of Engineering, Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok,
Thailand, 2009.
5. Teromustonen, “Inkjet printing of carbon nanotubes for electronic
applications”, Acta UniversitatisOuluensis,2009.
6. Freudenrich, Craig, “How OLEDs Work?”,Howstuffworks, 2008.
PMT 4016: QUALITY MANAGEMENT FOR GRAPHIC ARTS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Definition, basic elements, characteristics, applications,
quality principles and TQM models. Quality gurus and their ISO:9000
(2000), ISO:14000, QS:8000 standards. Statistical Process Control:
Introduction, SPC tools. Process capability indices, DOE, OVAT, OEE,
Case study and problems. Process Re-engineering and Sustaining Total
Quality: Principles, requirements, steps, re-engineering and TQM. Bench
marking and Kaizen. Team Approach: Introduction, basic assumption,
quality improvement teams, quality team effort, quality-oriented
projects, action team development and training. Supplier Certification
Process: Internal and external suppliers and customers, analysis of
supplier, supplier certification process, services offered by the supplier.
Economics of Quality Improvement: Cost of quality, categories,
relationship between the cost element and strategies for cost reduction.
Implementing quality cost measurement system. Data collection,
principles and analysis. Measurement of critical print variables.
References:
1. Bhat K.S., “Total Quality Management”, Himalaya Publishing House,
Bangalore,2005.
2. Arora S.C., “Applying ISO 9000 Quality Management System”,
International Trade Centre, Switzerland,1996.
3. Herschel L.A., “Implementing TQM in Graphic Art”, Pira and GATF,
Pittsburg, 1995.
PMT 4017: RADIO TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
AM & FM Transmitter principle, Block diagram and principles of
amplitude modulated and frequency modulated transmitters, Broadcast
transmitters, master oscillators, frequency multiplier, high and low level
modulation system, antennas, Studio equipment and control room
apparatus, OB equipment and receiving center's facilities. Radio Wave
Propagation Communication receiver, super heterodyne receiver,
Intermediate frequency, image frequency rejection. Receiver
characteristics and measurement, Design considerations of modern
broadcast receivers, antennas. FM transmitters and receivers, Basics of
Satellite and mobile communication systems.
References:
1. AM Dhake, “Television and Video Engineering”, Prentice Hall of
India(P) Ltd., New Delhi
2. George Kennedy, “Electronic communication system”, Prentice Hall
of India(P) Ltd., New Delhi.
3. S.P. Bali, “Consumer Electronics”, Pearson Education, 2005.
4. David E Reese and Lynne S. Gross, “Radio Production Worktext :
Studio and Equipment”, Focal Press, 2002.
5. Graham Jones, “A Broadcast Engineering Tutorial for Non-
Engineers”, Focal Press, 2005.
PMT 4018: TELEVISION TECHNOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Digital Video Camera System, Fundamentals of digital video, Sampling
and Quantization of motion, Fundamentals of Television, Receiver
Scanning, Composite Video signal, Need for synchronizing and blanking
pulses, Picture Tubes, Construction and working of Camera Tubes,
Color Television systems, Colour cameras and picture tubes,
Propagation of television signal. NTSC, PAL, SECAM systems. Digital
Television, Digital equipments for TV studios Television and Video
Broadcasting, CCU, Colour bars, Vectorscope, Waveform monitor,
Broadcast standards, Video formats; types of Videotapes, Transmission
facilities; transmission through mobile phones and microwave
transmitters, Transmission technologies.
References:
1. AM Dhake, “Television and Video Engineering”, Prentice Hall of
India(P) Ltd., New Delhi.
2. George Kennedy, “Electronic communication system”, Prentice Hall
of India(P) Ltd., New Delhi.
276
3. S.P. Bali, “Consumer Electronics”, Pearson Education, USA,2005.
4. Adrian Davies, “Close-Up and Macro Photography”, Elsevier, Inc.,
Focal Press, USA, 2010.
5. Ken Milburn, “Digital Photography: Expert Techniques”, O'Reilly,
USA, 2006.
6. David D. Busch, “Mastering Digital Photography”, Course
Technology, USA, 2006.
MCA 4001: GRAPHICS AND WEB DESIGNING [3 0 0 3]
Multimedia and components, Overview of Multimedia Software Tools,
Music Sequencing and Notation, Digital Audio Graphics and Image Editing,
Video Editing, Animation, Multimedia Authoring Multimedia and
Hypermedia, World Wide Web, HTTP, HTML, XML, CSS, Java Scripts,
Dynamic HTML Design issues, page layouts, web hosting, Graphics and
Image Representation, Graphics system, Line and circle drawing
algorithms, Filling algorithms, clipping algorithms, 3D graphics, 3D
modelling, Transformations. Image and its representation, Colour Images,
Colour System, Popular File Formats Basics of Digital Audio, Fundamental
Concepts in video, Types of Video Signals, Chroma Subsampling Video
standards Multimedia Data Compression, Basics of Information theory,
basic lossless and lossy compression techniques, JPEG, Basic Video
Compression Techniques, MPEG I, MPEG II, Multimedia Communication,
Computer and Multimedia Networks, Basics of Computer and Multimedia
Networks, Multimedia over IP. Multimedia Application Development,
Software life cycle, Conceptualization, Content Collection and Processing,
Story, Flow line, script, story board, Implementation, authoring metaphors,
testing and feedback - Case study.
References:
1. Ze-Nian Li and Mark Sdrew, “Fundamentals of Multimedia”, ISBN:
0130618721, Prentice-Hall, 2004.
2. Ranjan Parekh, “Principles of Multimedia”, Tata MC Graw Hill.
3. D. Hearn and M.P. Baker, “Computer Graphics”, (2e), PHI.
4. TayVaughan TMGH, “Multimedia: Making it work”, New Delhi,1998.
5. Ralf Steinmetz and N Jersey, “Multimedia: computing,
communications and applications”, PHI, 1995.
6. Kamal Raj, “Internet and web technologies”, Tata Mc Graw Hill
publishing Company Ltd. New Delhi, 2002.
7. Jon Duckett, “Beginning web Programming with HTML, XHTML and
CSS”, Wiley Publishers, 2004.
OPEN ELECTIVES
PMT 3281: FUNDAMENTALS OF ADVERTISING [3 0 0 3]
Advertising Theory, Growth of advertising in India, advertising as a tool
of communication, Functions of advertising, Benefits of advertising,
Advertising as a Marketing Tool, Advertising as a PR Tool, Advertising
Theories, Relevance to Indian Advertising, Role of advertising in
National Economy, Types of Advertising Agency and types of services
offered, structure of ad agencies, creativity in advertising, appeals &
execution styles, planning & development, creative process & tactics,
media planning, Advertising Medias - television networks, magazines,
newspapers, radio, selection and buying media time & space, Support
media internet, interactive medias, out-door, in-store, direct mail,
miscellaneous and transit advertising, advertising campaign, corporate
advertising, case studies.
References:
1. Jethwaney Jaishri and Jain Shruthi, “Advertising Management”,
OUP, ND, 2006.
2. Surmanek Jim, “Advertising media A to Z”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2004.
3. Wells William, “Advertising”, Prentice hall, New Delhi, 2002.
4. Jefkins Frank and Yadin Daniel, “Advertising”, Prentice hall, New
Jersey, 2000.
5. Wilmshurst Jhon and Mackay Adrian, “Fundamentals of
advertising”, MGH, Boston,1999.
PMT 3282: GLOBAL MEDIA AND ENTERTAINMENT [3 0 0 3]
Sound Recording Industry, Telegraphy and wireless, Development of
Radio in India, Television in India, Television Concept, production
workflow, production people and equipment, television and mounting
equipment, camera operation and picture composition, techniques of
television lighting, audio sound pickup and sound control, video
recording and storage systems, post-production, Motion Pictures,
alternate cinema, contemporary Indian cinema, business of films today,
Digital Film Making, Script writing, Screenplay writing, story board,
Scheduling, Digital video components, HD and SD video, Choosing a
camera, Planning the shoot, Production sound, Shooting and Directing,
Sound editing and color correction, Title and effects, finishing.
References:
1. Sonja Schenk and Ben Long, “The Digital Film making Handbook”,
Course Technology, a part of Cengage Learning, USA, 2012.
2. Herbert Zettl, “Television Production Handbook”, Thomson
Wadsworth, USA, 2006.
3. Nicholas T. Proferes, “Film Directing Fundamentals”, Focal Press,
USA, 2008.
4. Dina Appleton, Daniel Yankelevits, “Hollywood Deal making:
Negotiating Talent Agreements for Film, TV and New Media”,
Skyhorse Publishing, 2010.
5. Patrick Colm Hogan, “Understanding Indian Movies: Culture,
Cognition, and Cinematic Imagination”, University of Texas Press,
2008.
PMT 3283: GRAPHIC DESIGNING [3 0 0 3]
Importance of a good design, Impact of a design on various target
audience. Role of graphic designer, elements of design. Principles of
design. Language as a communication tool. Legibility and readability.
Newspaper: Effect of television and magazines, design approach, form
and format, design elements. Books: Anatomy, page layout, cover
design, design approach. Magazines: classification, editorial plan,
design approach. Posters:Indian context, strengths and weaknesses,
rules, creativity, design approach. Direct Pieces:Letterheads, business
cards, envelopes, brochure, booklet. Souvenir Items - calendars and
diary. Website: Factors to consider, importance of a site map, content
creation, co-ordination of work between various departments, selection
of color. Advertising Commercials, Corporate and Industrial
Films:Designing for advertising- use of appeal, creativity and strategy.
Design approach- SHDA (Stop Hold Desire Act formula), design
execution. Scratch, storyboard and final presentation, design approach,
job flow and co-ordination between various departments.
References :
1. Ferrell O.C., Fraedrich J.P. and Ferrell Linda, “Business Ethics Ethical
Decision Making and Cases”, Biztantra, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Sarkar N.N, “Designing print communication”, Sagar Publications,
New Delhi, 1998.
3. Albert C. and Schick C. Dennis, “Fundamentals of copy and layout”,
National Text Book Company, Illinois,1997.
277
4. Lawson Bryan, “How designers think”, Butterworth Architecture,
London,1980.
PMT 3284 : NEWSPAPER TECHNOLGY [3 0 0 3]
Editorial workflow: Introduction to newspaper organization. The policy of
newspaper. Flow of stories into a newspaper office; the various sources
for each page. Human Resource for Newspaper Organization.
Fascimiles copy & photographs. Editorial content and news. The OP-ED
page. Newspaper layout & design: The language of Layout & Design.
Laying out pages. Working in modules. Elements of newspaper.
Specialized applications in design. Quality control of Newsprint:
Structural, optical and mechanical characteristics and testing.
Establishing quality control system. ISO 9000 and SNAP. Newsprint
Management: Reel and Core Characteristics. Reel Handling, transport
and Storage. Web handling: Reel stands, components, operation and
web control devices. Press: Configurations and settings.
Standardization and optimization. Digital presses. Press folders &
Mailroom: Folders- Configuration and setting. Mailroom operations.
References:
1. Moen Deryl R, “Newspaper Layout & Design A Team Approach”,
Iowa State University Press, 2004.
2. Harrower Tim, The Newspaper Designers Handbook, (5e), McGraw
Hill Publications, Boston, 2002.
3. Kipphan Helmut, “Hand book of print media”, Springer, Germany,
2001.
4. WAN-IFRA, “Newsprint and Newsink Guide”, World association of
Newspaper and news publishers, Germany,1993.
PMT 3285: PACKAGING DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT [3 0 0 3]
Packaging in modern society, Packaging and marketing, Designers role.
Designer's qualifications, Design as an aspect of Marketing, packaging
specifications and quality assurance, Paper, Paper board and structural
design - Types of paper and paper board, Working with paper and
boards, Folding cartons, Corrugated containers - Designing and
manufacturing, testing corrugated containers, stacking strength,
Plastics and Flexible packaging: Natural plastics, Development of
synthetic plastics, Chemistry of plastics. Classification of polymers,
Techniques used to mold and shape plastics. Other uses of plastics,
designing with plastics, Rigid packaging: Glass making, producing glass
containers, types of glass containers, decorating glass containers,
designing a fragrance bottle, phases of designing a bottle, Cans, tubes
and aerosols, designing cans, metal tubes, plastic tubes, and the aerosol
can, Environmental: implications of packaging: Solid waste disposal,
Packaging regulations weight and measures, food regulations,
cosmetic regulations. tamper evident packaging, other laws and
regulations, recycling of packaging, Latest trends in packaging -
Advancements in package designing tools, Smart packaging
technologies, aseptic packaging, advancements in packaging
machineries.
References:
1. Hanlon Joseph F, “Handbook of Package Engineering”, CRC Press,
USA,1998.
2. Prakash Shetty, “Science and Technology of Printing Materials”,
MJP Publishers, Chennai,2008.
3. Athalye A.S, “Plastics in Packaging”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi,
1992.
4. BristonJohn, “Advances in Plastic Packaging Technology”, PIRA,
UK, 1992.
5. Laszlo R, “Packaging Design an Introduction”, VNR, 1990.
6. Chakravarty B,” A Hand Book for Printing and Packaging
Technology”, Galgotia Publications, 1997.
7. Aaron l. Brody, Kenneth S. Marsh, “Encyclopedia of Packaging
Technology”, Wiley, New York. 1998.
8. Laszlo Roth, “Packaging Design”, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York,
1989.
PMT 3286: PUBLISHING SCIENCE [3 0 0 3]
Publishing and its process, Types of Publishing, Media - Writing for mass
media, styles of reporting, editorials, features. Components of a story,
Design & Editing - Significance, techniques and functions. Editing tools
and symbols for mass media. Advertising Key Principles for
promotional writing, Specialized reporting for Science and technology.
Publishing Laws - Types of Publishers, Legal Issues - Intellectual
Property Rights, Copy Rights, Trademark, Privacy Policies, Licensing,
278
Memorandum of Understanding. Plagiarism and other malpractices.
Electronic media versus print media. Case study. Recent advances and
future trends in publishing.
References:
1. Rob Kitchin and Duncan Fuller, “The Academic's Guide to
Publishing”, Vistaar Publications, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Melvin Mencher, “News Reporting and Writing”, (8e), McGraw
Hill Publication, 2000.
3. Fred Felder, “Reporting for Media”, Harcourt Publication,
London,1997.
4. Tim Harrower, “The Newspaper Designer's Handbook”, (5e),
McGraw Hill Publication, 2002.
5. Claudette, “Reporting and Production for Digital Media”, Surjeet
Publication, Delhi,2005.
 Department of Computer Applications
The department of Computer Applications was started in 1998 as a part Programs offered
of the department of Mathematics, affiliated to Mangalore University. Post Graduate Program
Subsequently, it was a part of the Information and Communication 4 Master of Computer Applications (1998)
Technology engineering department, Manipal University. Since 2009,
PhD
this department has been functioning as an independent department at
MIT offering the 2-year Master of Computer Applications program, Faculty Strength
located strategically in the Innovation Center of MIT. Over the years, the Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
department has evolved into a centre for excellence providing
opportunities for innovation and research with well-equipped computer 3 2 1
facilities and dedicated faculty, who apart from their regular teaching
8 8
schedule, are actively involved in pursuing research in various areas like
Data Mining, Video Coding, Network Security, Knowledge Engineering
and Cloud Computing. The department has a good record of research
activities with many publications in conferences and journals. The
PhD Professors
department has three research groups namely Data and Knowledge
M.Tech/ME/MCA Associate Professors
Discovery, Multimedia Computing and Communication and Computer
B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors
Vision. The groups are active and are conducting various activities such
as workshops, seminars etc. Students of the department have
successfully carried out final semester internship with the Cerner
Healthcare, Sapient, Deloitte, Wipro, Accenture, Philips BOP, MDS, MDN,
TCS, Accolade, Robosoft apart from in-semester summer internship
projects The department has an international exchange program as part
of IAESTE for MCA students. To ensure their holistic development of
students, department has various activities such as the Open Source
Technology Forum Club with technical sessions including hands on
experiences conducted by students/faculty and the flagship Annual
National Level Technical department fest: Techno Melange.

279
 Department of Chemistry

Chemistry department started its functioning since the inception of MIT. Programs offered
The department has made significant contribution in education and Post Graduate Program
research in all areas of chemistry and allied branches. It offers M.Sc. and 4 M.Sc in Chemistry (since 2009)
Ph.D. programs in major areas of chemistry. Dept. offers engineering PhD
chemistry for undergraduate students of engineering. Students are
Faculty Strength
provided with comprehensive practical and theoretical exposure of the
Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
subject. Research in the areas such as synthetic chemistry, medicinal
Chemistry, Green Chemistry, Corrosion control, Polymers, Natural
Products, Liquid crystals are being pursued. The faculty members have 4 5
published large no. of research articles and patents.
17 10
6

PhD Professors
M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors

280
 OPEN ELECTIVES
CHM 3281: ANALYTICAL METHODS AND
INSTRUMENTATION [3 0 0 3]
Spectroscopic methods of analysis: Properties of EMR, General
features of spectroscopy, Types of molecular spectra, Interaction of
EMR with matter, Instrumentation, Applications, Theory,
Instrumentation and applications of Microwave, Raman, Infrared, UV-
Visible, NMR spectroscopic techniques.
Chromatographic Techniques: General concepts, Classification,
Principles, Experimental techniques of CC, HPLC, TLC, GC and their
applications.
Electroanalytical methods: Basic principles and applications of
conductometric, potentiometric titrations.
References:
1. D.A. Skoog, J. Holler, F.T.A. Nieman, “Principles of Instrumental
Analysis”, (5e), Saunders, Philadelphia, 1992.
2. D. A. Sk”=oog, D. M. West and F. J. Holler, “Fundamentals of
Analytical Chemistry”, (5e), Saunders College Publishing,
Philadelphia, 1988 .
3. GH Jeffery, “Vogel's Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis”,
John Wiley & Sons Inc, (5e), 1989.
CHM 3282: FUNDAMENTALS OF INDUSTRIAL CATALYTIC
PROCESSES [3 0 0 3]
Adsorption & Catalysis: Physisorption and chemisorption, Adsorption
isotherms, Factors influencing adsorption, Adsorption of gases by
solids, Adsorption from solution, Introduction to catalysis, Energetics,
Catalytic cycles
Solutions & Solubility: Ideal and non-ideal solutions, Raoult's law,
Thermodynamics of ideal solutions, Vapor pressure and boiling point
composition curves, Distillation behaviour of completely miscible &
immiscible liquid systems, Azeotropes
Colligative Properties: Determination of molar masses from vapor
pressure lowering, Osmotic pressure, Boiling point elevation and
Depression of freezing point, Vant Hoff's factor
Colloids: Types, Preparation and purification of sols, General
properties, Optical, Electrical & Kinetic properties of sols, stability of
sols, Application of colloids, Emulsions & Gels- Types, Preparation,
Properties and their applications
281
References:
1. B.R. Puri, L.R. Sharma, M.S. Pathania, “Principles of Physical
Chemistry”, (23e), Vishal Publications, New Delhi, 2008
2. S.H. Maron, C.F. Prutton, “Principles of Physical Chemistry”, (4e),
IBH Publishing co. New Delhi, 1985
3. D.A. Skoog, D.M. West, F.J. Holler, R. Crouch,“Fundamentals of
Analytical Chemistry”, (8e), Thomson-Brooks, 2007
CHM 3283: SUSTAINABLE CHEMICAL PROCESSES AND
PRODUCTS [3 0 0 3]
Introduction: Definition, Twelve principles, Evaluating products,
processes, starting materials and reaction types, Examples of green
products, reactions, reagents, solvents, catalysts and starting materials,
Atom economy, Reaction mass efficiency, Effective mass yield, Carbon
efficiency and eco-factor, Green chemistry matrices, Life cycle analysis,
Product and process design for sustainability, Chemical product
legislation-REACH
Catalysis and green chemistry: Catalysis in the chemical industry-bulk
chemicals; alkylation and selective oxidation reactions, Fine chemicals;
synthesis of certain chemical products, Importance of selective
catalysts in sustainable development, Selectivity in catalysis, Catalyst for
clean technology, Heterogenization, Preparation of supported reagents,
Applications and analysis of eco-friendly approach of waste treatment.
Cleaner Production: Examples, Process design aspects, High-
throughput syntheses, Scale up and industrial applications of clean
synthesis, Use of microwaves, ultraviolet and infrared radiations,
Insecticides based on natural products, Eco friendly bio-pesticides,
Industrial examples-polymer, pesticide, food & flavor, dye, paper & pulp,
and pharmaceutical industries, Use of enzymes in oxidation, reduction
and hydrolysis reactions, Electrochemical synthesis
References:
1. P.T. Anastas, J. C. Warner, “Green Chemistry: Theory and Practice”,
Oxford Univ. Press, Oxford, 2008
2. A.S. Matlack, “Introduction to Green Chemistry”, Marcel Dekker, New
York, 2001
3. P. T. Anastas, R. H. Crabtree, “Handbook of Green Chemistry and
Catalysis”, Wiely-VCH, Weinheim, 2009
 Department of Humanities & Management

The Department of Humanities & Management, MIT was founded in May Programs offered
2009. The department has two disciplines: Management and English.
Post Graduate Program
The department has expertise in System Dynamics Modeling and
4 M.Tech in Engineering Management (1989)
Simulation, Organizational Behavior, Econometrics and Marketing,
Research Methodology, Linguistics, English Literature, German PhD
Language, Cultural Studies, and English Communication. Faculty Strength
The modules delivered at the undergraduate and post-graduate courses Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
aim at making the engineering students develop an awareness of social,
cultural, economic, ethical and human values. The Department of 1 5
10
Humanities & Management plays a distinctive role in moulding the
16 4
careers of engineers, as it provides an opportunity for students to learn 14
managerial skills, communication skills and group dynamics so as to
make them fit into the multi-cultural environment of the industry.
PhD Professors
M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors

282
 HUM 3281: ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN
ENGLISH [3 0 0 3]
(Offered for Lateral Entry Students only)
Phonetics: Transcription; Word Accent; Common Errors in English:
Subject Verb Agreement; Uses of Tenses / Sequence of Tense;
Prepositions; Punctuation; Articles; Special Usages; Creative Writing
Essay: Types of Essays, Argumentative Essay, Descriptive/Expository /
Narrative Essays; Reading Comprehension; Non- detailed Text - Critical
Evaluation; Vocabulary; Confused pair of words; Idiomatic Expressions;
Antonyms and Synonyms; Tutorials : Group Discussions; Presentation
Skills; Essay writing
References:
1. Green David, “Contemporary English Grammar, Structures and
Composition”, Chennai: Macmillan Publications.
2. Thompson A.J. & Martinet A.B., “A Practical English Grammar”,
OUP.
3. Turton N D , Heaton J B Longman, “Dictionary of Common Errors”,
1998.
4. McCarthy Michael, “English Idioms in Use 2002”, London
Cambridge University Press.
5. Jones Daniel, “An Outline of English Phonetics New York”,:
Cambridge University Press
6. “English Today - A Course in Reading and Writing”, Foundation
Books Pvt. Ltd., Cambridge House, New Delhi, 2005. (For 2009 -
2011)
HUM 3282: ANALYTICAL WRITING [3 0 0 3]
Essay Writing: Narrative-Instructional and Process narratives,
Descriptive, Expository, Argumentative Different components of
Argumentation, Critical Writing Strategies: Summarizing, Paraphrasing,
Synthesizing, Brainstorming Strategies: Clustering, Mapping, Outlining,
Cubing, Looping, Logical Reasoning: Inductive Reasoning, Deductive
Reasoning, Logical Fallacies, Mechanics of Writing:Punctuation Marks,
Rules related to the use of quotation marks, Rules related to
Acknowledging Sources, Analyzing texts tone, style, vocabulary and
structureUse of graphics in the text. Mechanics of Thesis writing and
Journal writing.
References:
1. Rise B. Alexrod, Charles R. Cooper, “St. Martin's Guide to
Writing”, (6e), Bedford St. Martin's, NY, 2002.
2. Dorothy Seyler, “Read, Reason and Write”, (6e), McGraw-Hill
Higher Education, NY, 2009.
3. Thomas S. Kane, “The Oxford Essential Guide To Writing”, Oxford
University, 1994.
HUM 3283: CREATIVITY & INNOVATION MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to creativity and innovation, Theories on creativity and
innovation, Innovative leadership styles for the in the entrepreneurial
organization; Key principles of leadership for unlocking creativity,
Functional Creativity, Managing & Developing the Creative Organization,
Discussion & readings on how to foster creativity within the organization
and the “human equation”. Tools for Problem-solving, Ideation,
Brainstorming and Lateral Thinking.
Innovative Business Modeling, What is innovation management?
Strategic Considerations, Technology and Innovation. Role of technology
in innovation, disruptive technologies, managing the technology life
cycle. New Product Development Process, Launch, Marketing, Diffusion
of Innovation.
283
References:
1. Shlomo Maital,& D.V.R Shesadri, “Innovation Management Text
and cases”, Sage Publications, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Paul Trott, “Innovation Management and New Product
Development”, Prentice Hall, 2008.
3. PradipKandwalla, “Fourth eye Excellence through creativity”,
SAGE publications, New Delhi, 1988.
HUM 3284: CREATIVITY VISION AND STRATEGIC
LEADERSHIP [2 1 0 3]
Creating: What is Creativity (Definitions), Creativity v Creating (Personal
and business contexts), Two Personal Orientations, Primary Response
(the reactor orientation), Consequences of reactor orientation, Business
reinforcement, Unconscious disempowerment, The Identity Model,
Unlocking creativity, Defining underlying structure (personal
identification), The endless cycle of oscillation, Addiction to action, The
creative orientation, Problem solver or creator?, Carl Jung, The OODA
Loop, How spontaneous creativity arises, Steps in the Creative Process,
How creative can you be? (YouTube video).
Visioning: The Creative Process Step 1, A colour conversation, Creative
building blocks (Structure, Relation, Order, Perception), Discovering or
creating?, The seven gasses of water, The Creative Process Step 2,
Creativity and business, Creating the vision, Building and crystalising the
vision, Vision and mission, Introduction to leadership, The leader's
traditional role, Your great leaders, Leading with purpose, Individual
resistance to change, Resistance to leadership change, The modern
leadership challenge (leadership models).
Leading: Shaping things, Lines of No return, The Creative Process Step
3, Tension resolution systems, Leadership and the creative process 1,
Thinking and leadership style, Leadership identity (OASIS Tool), From
leadership to mastery, The hierarchy of creative consciousness,
Suppression of the creative consciousness, Business reinforcement,
The Creative Process Step 4, Generating momentum for change,
Leadership and the creative process 2, Maintaining the creative tension,
Creativity Vision and Strategic Leadership in Action, Integration and
Completion.
References:
1. Margaret J Wheatley, “Leadership and the New Science”,Berrett
Koehler Publishers, 2000.
2. Rosamund Stone Zander, Benjamin Zander, “The Art of Possibility”,
Penguin Books, 2002.
3. Robert Fritz, “The Path of Least Resistance”, Fawcett Books, 1989.
4. Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi, “Creativity Flow and the Psychology of
Discovery and Invention” Harper Perennial, 1996.
5. Robert Fritz, “Creating” Fawcett Columbine, 1991.
6. Willis Harman, Howard Rheingold “Higher Creativity Liberating
the Unconscious for Breakthrough Insights”. Jeremy P.
TharcherInc (St Martin's Press), 1984.
HUM 3285: ENTREPRENEURSHIP [3 0 0 3]
Entrepreneur: Meaning of entrepreneur, evolution of the concept,
functions of an entrepreneur, types of entrepreneur, and intrapreneur.
Concept of entrepreneurship-evolution of entrepreneurship,
development of entrepreneurship, stages in entrepreneurial process, role
of entrepreneurs in economic development, entrepreneurship in India,
barriers for entrepreneurship. Small scale industry: Definition,
characteristics, need and rationale. Objectives, scope, role of Small
Scale Industries (SSI) in economic development, advantages of SSI,
steps to start an SSI - government policy towards SSI, different policies
of SSI, impact of liberalization, privatization, and Globalization on. Effect
of WTO/GATT and supporting agencies of government for SSI.
Institutional support: Different Schemes: TECKSOK, KIADB; KSSIDC;
KSIMC; DIC Single Window Agency: SISI, NSIC, SIDBI, and KSFC.
Preparation of project: Meaning of project, project identification, project
selection, project report, need and significance of report, contents,
formulation, guidelines by planning commission for project report.
Network analysis, errors in project report, project appraisal.
Identification of business opportunities, market feasibility study,
technical feasibility study, financial feasibility study and social feasibility
study.
References:
1. Vasant Desai., “Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development &
Management”, Himalaya Publishing House, 2007.
2. Poornima. M. Charantimath., “Entrepreneurship Development”,
Pearson Education, 2006.
3. S.S.Khanka., “Entrepreneurship Development”,S.Chand & Co.,
2007.
HUM 3286: ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) - An overview,
benefits of ERP, ERP and related technologies, Business Process
Reengineering (BPR), data warehousing, data mining, OLAP, Supply
Chain Management (SCM). ERP implementation lifecycle,
implementation methodology, hidden costs, organizing the
implementation, vendors, consultants and users, contracts with
vendors, consultants and employees, project management and
monitoring. Business modules in an ERP package, finance,
manufacturing, human resources, plant maintenance, materials
management, quality management, sales and distribution. ERP market
place, SAP AG, Peoplesoft, Baan, JD Edwards, Oracle, QAD, SSA. ERP
present and future: Turbo charge the ERP system, EIA, ERP and e-
Commerce, ERP and internet, future directions.
References:
1. Leon, A., “ERP demystified”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2008.
2. Brady J. A., Monk E. F., Wagner B., “Concepts in Enterprise
Resource Planning Thompson Course Technology”, USA, 2001.
3. Leon.,“Enterprise Resource Planning”, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2013.
4. Mary Sumner., “Enterprise Resource Planning”, Pearson Education
India, 2006.
HUM 3287: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Introduction to Financial Management, Objectives of Financial
Management. Evolution of Corporate Finance, Responsibilities for
Financial Management in the Firm. Time Value of Money, Interest,
Meaning & Types, Equivalence, Interest Factors for Discrete
Compounding, Nominal & Effective Interest Rates, Present and future
worth of single, uniform & gradient cash flow. Sources of Long Term
Finance Characteristics of Equity capital, Preference Capital, Debenture
Capital & Term Loans. Concept of Valuation, Bond Valuation and Bond
Valuation Models, Bond Value Theorems, Yield to Maturity.Equity
Valuation; Dividend Capitalization Approach, Ratio Approach. Balance
Sheet and Profit & Loss Statement, Meaning & Contents. Ratio Analysis,
Financial Ratios such as Liquidity Ratios, Leverage Ratios, Turn over
Ratios, and Profitability Ratios, Time Series Analysis, Common Size
analysis, Du Pont Analysis, Drawbacks of Financial Statement Analysis.
Concept of Leverage, Operating Leverage, Financial Leverage, Total
leverage, Indifference Point Analysis. Meaning & Objective of Working
Capital Management. Factors Influencing Working Capital Requirements,
Operating Cycle Approach to Working Capital Management. Principles
284
and Estimation of cost & Benefits. Appraisal Criteria such as Pay Back
Period, Average Rate of Return, Net Present Value, Benefit Cost Ratio and
Internal Rate of Return. Meaning Cost of Debt Capital, Preference Capital
and Equity Capital, Weighted Average Cost of Capital, Determination of
Proportions.
References:
1. Raman B.S., “Advanced accountancy” United publications,
Bangalore, 1993
2. Prasanna Chandra,“Fundamentals of Financial Management” Tata
Mc-Graw Hill Companies, New Delhi, 2005.
3. James L Riggs, David D Bedworth and Sabah U Randhawa,,
“Engineering Economics” Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Ltd, New Delhi, 2004
4. T. Ramachandran, “Accounting and Financial Management” Scitech
Publications Pvt. Ltd. India, 2001.
5. Eugene F. B. & Joel F. H., “Fundamentals of Financial Management”
12th ed Cengage Learning Publisher, 2009.
6. M. Y. Khan & P. K. Jain, “Financial Management”, 5th edition Tata
McGraw Hill Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
HUM 3288: FILM STUDIES [2 1 0 3]
History of invention of motion pictures - Daguerre, Muybridge, Edison,
Skaldanowsky Brothers,
Lumieres; Evolution of film Lumieres, Melies, Porter, Griffith, Basic
techniques Mise-en-scene, Mise-en-shot, Deepfocus Photography,
Longtake, Continuity, Editing, Montage, German Expressionism; French
Impressionism; Soviet Montage cinema; Hollywood cinema, Italian Neo-
realism; French Nouvelle Vague, Documentary, Directors Eisenstein,
Kurosawa, Godard, Chaplin, Bergman; Mohsen Makmalbakf, Majid
Majidi, Keislowski, Zhang Yimou, Kim Ki Duk, “New Wave” Cinema in
India - Bengali; Malayalam; Kannada; Hindi, To be screened- Bicycle
Thieves, The 400 blows, Rashomon, Wild strawberries, Battleship
Potemkin, Cabinet of Dr. Caligari, The kid, Children of heaven, Hero,
Ghatashraddha, PatherPanchali, Mathilukal.
References:
1. “100 Years of American Films”, Ref PN1993.5.U6A59 2000.
2. “Bowker's Complete Video Directory”, Ref PN1992.95B69.
3. “Cinema Studies: The Key Concepts”, Ref PN1993.45.H36 2000.
4. “Dictionary of Film Studies: The Aesthetic Companion to Film and
Art”, Ref PN1993.45 .B33 2006.
5. “Filmakers Dictionary”, Ref PN1993.45.S56 1990.
6. “Halliwell's Film and Video Guide”, Ref PN1998.H433.
HUM 3289: GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS [3 0 0 3]
Text selections, dialogue and exercises which have been designed to
give the absolute beginner grounding in the rudiments of the German
language, as well as providing background information about the
history, life and culture in Germany.
Introduction to the German alphabet and the German language
dialogues & conversations pronunciation - basic vocabulary lists - key
points of grammar - background information about the history and
culture of Germany - exercises on vocabulary, grammar and German
culture - reading & listening comprehension.
References:
1. Sally Johnson, Natalie Braber, “Exploring the German
Language”,(2e), Cambridge University Press, 2008 .
2. Charles Russ,“The German Language Today: A Linguistic
Introduction”, Routledge, 1994.
 HUM 3290: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Scope of HRM, Objectives of HRM, Functions of HRM,
Activities of HRM, Managerial skill and roles, HRD organization and
responsibilities. Theories of HRM. Human resources inventory, Forecast
and planning, Job analysis, Job description, Job specification, Job
evaluation, and Employment stability. Recruitment, Selection,
Placement, Induction and socialization programmes. Performance
appraisal and Merit rating.Training process, Planning, Preparation of
trainees, Implementation, Performance evaluation, Follow-up training.
Management executive development and Career development.
Promotion, Transfers and Separations, Wages and salary administration,
Discipline and grievances handling, Industrial and Labor relations and
Trade unionism, Collective bargaining, Industrial health, Quality of
worklife.
References:
1. Rao T.V., Pereira D. F.,“Recent experiences in Human Resources
Development” Oxford and IBH Publishing, 1986.
2. Subbrao A.,“Essentials of Human Resource Management
andindustrial Relations” Himalaya Publishing House, 1999.
3. Nair N. G.,Latha Nair,“Personnel Management and
IndustrialRelations” S. Chand Company, 1995.
4. Virmani B. R., Rao Kala, “Economic restructuring technology
transfer and human resource development” Response Books,
1997.
5. PareekUdai et al., “Human Resource Development in Asia” Oxford
and IBH Publishing, 2002.
HUM 3291: HUMAN FACTORS IN ENGINEERING & DESIGN [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Ergonomics & Human Factor Engineering, Man M/c -
Environment interaction, Types of Systems & system approach to
human engineering. Information input and processing, Information
theory, Source and Pathways of Stimuli, Human Sensory motor system,
Biases in Decision making. Visual Displays: The process of seeing,
Visual capabilities, Quantitative & Qualitative displays, Auditory
Displays, use and principles. Basics of Human Motion,Biomechanics,
Factors and Functions of controls. Anthropometry: Use of data, Location
of component general Work arrangement and surface, principles of seat
design. Industrial fatigue: Concept, nature, effect of fatigue, causes,
elimination, productivity improvement, working environment, house -
keeping, good lighting and effect on performance, interior color, wall,
equipment, effect of noise on performance and Handling noise problem.
References:
1. Ernest. J. McCormick, “Human Factors in Engineering”, McGraw-
HillSanders, New York, NY, 1993.
2. B. Mustafa Pulat, “Fundamentals of Industrial Ergonomics.”,
Waveland Pr., 1996.
3. Peggy & Barry Tillman, “Human factors Essentials”, McGraw-Hill,
New York, NY, 1991.
4. R. S. Bridges, “Introduction to Ergonomics”, McGraw-Hill, New
York, 1983.
HUM 3292: INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION [3 0 0 3]
The challenges of Intercultural communication - interacting in a diverse
world, understanding cultures, alternative views of reality, cultural
stereotyping.Foundational Theories in Intercultural Communication -
Edward Hall, Samovar, G Hofstede, Understanding cultural Dimensions
and Cultural Stereotyping- collectivism/ individualism, power distance,
masculine/feminine, cultural metaphors, Intercultural Business
Communication Competence - The Role of Language in Intercultural
Business Communication , Nonverbal Language in Intercultural
285
Communication, Cultural influence on interpersonal communication,
Intercultural Dynamics in the multicultural organizations.
References:
1. Dodd, Carley H., “Dynamics of Intercultural Communication”,
McGraw-Hill, Boston, 1998.
2. Gannon M J and Pillai R., “Understanding Global Cultures”, Sage
Publications, California, 2010.
3. Hall, E. T., “The dance of life: The other dimension of time, Random
House”, New York, 1983.
4. Hofstede, Geert, “Cultures' Consequences, Comparing Values,
Behaviors, Institutions, and Organizations across Nations”, Sage
Publications, Thousand Oaks, CA, 2001.
5. Martin, J. N. & Nakayama, T. K., “Intercultural communication in
contexts”, (4e), Mountain View, CA: Mayfield, 2007.
6. Samovar, L A and Porter, R., “Communication between Cultures,
Cengage Learning”, Wadsworth, CA, 2007.
HUM 3293: INTERPRETATION OF LITERARY TEXTS [3 0 0 3]
Language of literature: Form and structure, Lexical analysis, Syntactic
analysis, Point of view, Foregrounding, Ideational Functions and textual
functions.
Pragmatic approach to literature, Basic assumptions of stylistics,
Elements of literary styles, Phonological Deviations, Sound patterns,
Figures of speech, English in Indian newspapers, Setting-up a literature
self-access center.
References:
1. Austin, J.L., “How to do things with words”, Oxford, Clarendon
Press, 1992.
2. Barthes, R., “Introduction to the structural analysis of narratives”,
London, 1977
3. Carter, R. {ed},“Language and literature: an introductory reader
in stylistics” , London, Allen and Unwin, 1982.
4. Leech, G.N., “A linguistic guide to poetry”, Lon, 1969
HUM 3294: INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY [3 0 0 3]
Psychology - Meaning, Nature and Scope, Defining Psychology,
Meaning of the term Behavior, Nature of Psychology, Scope of
Psychology: Branches and fields of Psychology. Development of
Psychology - Historic Sketch of Psychology, Modern Age of Psychology,
Gestalt Psychology, Psycho Analysis, Contemporary Psychology.
Systems of Psychology- The Nervous System, Nature V/s Nurture,
Sensation and perception, States of Consciousness. Methods of
Psychology - Classical Conditioning, Introspection Method, Naturalistic
Method, Experimental Method, Differential Method, Clinical Method,
Psycho Physical Method. Personality- Personality types, Personality
Disorders, Abnormal psychology, Treatment of personality disorders.
Thinking - Nature of Thinking, Types of Thinking, Language and
Intelligence. Discussion, Presentation and Assignments. I n d u s t r i a l
Psychology and its components, Personal Psychology, Human factors
psychology, Human Relations Psychology, Organization Psychology,
and Consumer Psychology: Scope of industrial Psychology,
methodology, limitations of industrial psychology.
References:
1. Boring, E.G., Langfield, H.S. & Weld, H.P., “Foundations of
Psychology”, Asia Publishing House, Calcutta, 1963.
2. Carson, R. C., Butcher, J. N. & Coleman, J. C, “Abnormal Psychology
& Modern Life”, (8e), Scoff, Foresman& Co. 1988.
3. Lahey, B. B., “Psychology: An Introduction”, (6e), Tata McGraw Hill,
New York, 1965
4. Olson, M.; Hergenhahn, B.R “Introduction to the Theories of
Learning”, Prentice-Hall India, 2009.
5. Siegel, L. & Lane, I. M. “Psychology in industrial organization”
HUM 3295: MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS [3 0 0 3]
Information as a strategic resource, Contemporary approaches to
management information system, Characteristics of a management
information system, Accounting information system, Marketing
information system and Production planning information system.
Decision making process, Programmed vs non-programmed decisions,
Behavioral models, Information system design and its implications.
Value of information in decision making, General model of human
information process, Newell-Simon model, Manager as information
processor, General model of systems, Types of systems and
subsystems, Systems concepts applied to Management Information
systems. System Development Life Cycle, Establishing system
constraints, Determination of information needs and sources,
Developing alternatives and documenting. Detailed design, Dominant
and trade-off criteria, Information flow, Software and hardware.
Implementation, Evaluation and maintenance of MIS.
References:
1. Davis Gordon B; Olson Margrethe H., “Management Information
Systems”, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2005.
2. Laudon, Kenneth; Laudon Jane Price, “Management Information
Systems” Macmillan, 2003.
3. Mudrick; Ross, “Information Systems for Modern Management”
Prentice Hall of India, 1997.
4. James A. O. Brien, “Management Information Systems, Galgotia
Publications, 1995.
5. Scott G. M., ”Principles of Management Information Systems”
McGraw Hill, 1985
6. W. S. Jawadekar, “Management Information System” Tata McGraw
Hill, 2000.
7. James A. Senn, “Analysis & Design of Information System”,
McGraw Hill International Student Edition, 2003.
8. Vladimir Zwass, “Management Information Systems”, WNC, Brown
Publishers, 1998.
HUM 3296: MARKETING MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Core concepts of marketing, Production and selling, Societal marketing.
Strategic planning process, Marketing management process, Nature and
contents of a marketing plan. Marketing information system, Analyzing
the marketing environment, Major factors influencing the consumer
behavior, Buying decision process. Demand forecasting, Market
segmentation, Concept of product life-cycle, international product life
cycle, Marketing programs. New product development process and
commercialization. Designing pricing strategies and programs,
Managing retailing, Wholesaling and physical distribution system,
Designing communication and promotion mix strategies, Designing
advertising, Managing the sales force, Organizing and implementing
marketing programs, and Evaluating and controlling marketing
performance.
References:
1. Philip Kotler, “Marketing Management Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and control”, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited,
New Delhi, 2008.
2. ICFAI, “Marketing Management”, ICFAI, Hyderabad, 2003.
3. Varshney R L, Gupta S L, “Marketing Management”, Sultan Chand &
Sons, New Delhi, 2004.
286
4. Adrian Palmer, “Principles of Marketing”, Oxford University Press,
New York, 2000.
HUM 3297: NEW VENTURE STRATEGY [2 1 0 3]
Product Development, Ideation, Techno Feasibility Assessment,
Economic Viability, Market Assessment, Projected Cash - flow
statement, Business Overview- Elements of Entrepreneurship, Cost,
Revenue, Break-even Analysis, Profit, Marketing: Consumer, Product,
Price, Promotion, Reaching & Manpower Planning, Risk, Uncertainty,
Forecasting & Decision-Making, Business Plan Preparation- Project
Preparation & Monitoring (PERT/CPM), Projected Cash-flow
Preparation, Sensitivity Analysis & Scenario Planning, Environmental
Scanning & Information-search, Opportunity-Identification è Conversion
to Business proposition, Techno-economic Feasibility Assessment,
Creativity & Innovation, Innovation Process
References:
1. Maital, S. and Seshadri, D.V.R., “Innovation Management:
Strategies, Concepts and Tools for Growth and Profit”,Sage
Publications, 2007.
2. Zacharias, N., “An Integrative Approach to Innovation
Management”, Gabler, 2011.
3. Van Meighem, J.A., “Operations strategy: Principles and Practice”,
Dynamic ideas, USA, 2008.
4. Harvid Noori and Russel, “Production and Operations Management
- Total Quality and Responsiveness, McGraw-Hill Inc., 1995.
HUM 3298: ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR [3 0 0 3]
Organizational behavior of the social individual, Personality
determinants, Approaches to the understanding of personality selectivity
of human perception. Meaning, definition, nature and functions of
attitudes, Attitude formation and measurement of attitudes and
productivity. Nature of group and types of groups Groups dynamics,
Meaning and definition of conflict, stages of conflict situation, conflict
resolution, Implication for performance and satisfaction. Nature of
motivation, Theories of motivation, Money and motivation.Leadership
qualities, Organizational development, Participative Management, Need
for and importance of workers' participation in management,
Determinants and degrees of participation, and Quality circles.
References:
1. Gangadhar, ”Organisational Behaviour”- Text & Cases”, Konark
Pub. Ltd. New Delhi-2, 2001.
2. Stephen Robbins, “Organisational Behaviour Concepts,
Controversies & Applications”, Peacock Publications, 2002.
3. Fred Luthans, “Organisational Behaviour”, Tata McGraw Hill: New
Delhi, 2002.
HUM 3299: OPERATIONS RESEARCH [3 0 0 3]
Model Relationships and Construction; Decision theory; DMUU &DMUR
Models ; Linear programming- Formulations Applications Primary Dual
Relations; Graphical and Simplex methods, Sensitive Analysis,
Transportation; Assignment algorithms; Travelling salesman problem,
Dynamic programming-Concepts of stages and states applications in
deterministic situations ; Queuing theory- Single Phase Single channel
models; Monte-Carlo Simulation of a queuing system.
References:
1. Taha, H. A., “Operations Research: An Introduction”, (9e), New
Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2010.
2. Vohra, N. D., “Quantitative Techniques in Management”, (3e), New
Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2006.
3. Sharma, J. K., “Operations Research Theory and Applications”,
(4e), New Delhi: MacMillan Publishers India Ltd, 2009.
4. Rao, S. S., “Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice”, (4e),
New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2009.
HUM 3300: PROJECT MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Definition of project, characteristics of projects, understanding the
projects, types of projects, scalability of project tools, and project roles.
Strategic planning process, strategic analysis, strategic objectives,
portfolio alignment identifying potential projects, methods of selecting
projects, financial mode/scoring models to select projects, prioritizing
projects, securing and negotiating projects. Introduction project
planning, developing the project management plan, understanding
stakeholders, communication planning, project meeting management,
communication needs of global and vir tual project teams,
communication technologies, scope planning and scope definition in
work-breakdown-structures. PERT-CPM Techniques: Introduction,
network construction - rules, Fulkerson's rule for numbering the events;
Critical path method to find the expected completion time of a project,
floats; PERT for finding expected duration of an activity and project,
determining the probability of completing a project, predicting the
completion time of project; crashing of simple projects. Resourcing
Projects: Abilities needed when resourcing projects, estimate resource
needs, creating staffing management plant, project ream composition
issues, assign resource to each activity, resource overloads, critical
chain project management (CCPM), and compress the project schedule.
References:
1. Timothy J Kloppenborg., “Project Management”, Cengage
Learning, 2009.
2. Harold Kerzner, “Project Management, A systems approach to
planning scheduling and controlling”, (11e), CBS publication, 2013.
3. Bhavesh M. Patel, “Project Management”, Vikas publishing House,
2000.
HUM 3301: SMART GRID TECHNOLOGIES [2 1 0 3]
Introduction Smart Grids globally and in India Overview of how the Indian
generation/ transmission business some of the challenges. Brief
summary of APDRP.
Software to support integration of renewables, Geographic Information
Systems (GIS) based asset management & optimization, System
planning & condition monitoring based maintenance, Forecasting &
basic trading, Demand response, Performance management
Overview of power sector communications. Generic model of
communication network needed for Smart-grid, Introduction to different
communication technologies available in the market, Latest standards.
Emphasis on importance of inoperability and standardization of
communication protocols. Matrix of different technologies against the
smart-grid communication needs in a given utility environment.
AMI, AMR & MDA: How it works and how it will help to; reduce peaks
manage networks more efficiently and contribute towards smarter grids,
Cyber Security, Identity Management and User Access Management,
Communication Standards IEC6150, Wide Area Situation Awareness
(WASA), Network stability and Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU),
Automation and Integration of Distributed Generation / Renewable
Energy Automation and Micro-grids.
Power Electronics, Super Conducting and Magnetic types, Overview of
Power Electronics in Electrical T&D Systems. Power Electronics in
emerging Smart Grids
287
Transmission: DC Super Grids, Distribution, PE facilitating the integration
of, Distributed Generation, Renewables, Micro-grids, Virtual Power
Plants (VPP), Storage, Fault Current Limitation: Developing technology
and systems that will enable grids to work smarter in the future: Electric
Vehicles (V2G/PHEV Technologies), As storage devices, Associated
system architecture. Smart Meters, Recording consumption, Advanced
payback options for load-management.
Communication between the utility and customer's home (for home
automation), In-home controls
Storage: Organic and Inorganic Salts & Synthetic Heat Storage, Demand
Side Management (DSM), Power Trading & the India Energy Exchange :
Encouraging Markets, Regulation enabling grids to work smarter in India,
Project Financing Financial Incentives to Enable Smart Grids in India
Smart Grid Economics, Making Smarter Grids Financially Viable,
Challenges faced by the Transmission System, Distribution Networks,
Rural electrification, Case studies.
References:
1. Gridwise & Smartgrids groups in LinkedIn http://www.linkedin.com/
2. Smart Grid News www.smartgridnews.com
3. US DoE Smart Grid Book,
http://www.oe.energy.gov/DocumentsandMedia/DOE_SG_Book_Si
ngle_Pages(1).pdf
4. Technology enabling the transformation of India's power distribution
http://www.infosys.com/newsroom/features/power-sector-
report.pdf
5. Gridwise Alliance website http://www.gridwise.org/
6. European Union Smar t Grids Technology Platform
http://www.smartgrids.eu/
HUM 3303: TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT [3 0 0 3]
Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Quality Planning, Quality
costs Analysis Techniques for Quality Costs, Basic concepts of Total
Quality Management, Historical Review, Principles of TQM, Leadership
Concepts, Role of Senior Management, Quality Council, Quality
Statements, Strategic Planning, Deming Philosophy, Barriers to TQM
Implementation.Customer satisfaction Customer Perception of Quality,
Customer Complaints, Service Quality, Customer Retention, Employee
Involvement Motivation, Empowerment, Teams, Recognition and
Reward, Performance Appraisal, Benefits, Continuous Process
Improvement Juran Trilogy, PDSA Cycle, 5S, Kaizen, Supplier
Partnership Partnering, sourcing, Supplier Selection, Supplier Rating,
Relationship Development, Performance Measures Basic Concepts,
Strategy, Performance Measure. The seven tools of quality, Statistical
Fundamentals Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion,
Population and Sample, Normal Curve, Control Charts for variables and
attributes, Process capability, Concept of six sigma, New seven
Management tools. Benchmarking Reasons to Benchmark,
Benchmarking Process, Quality Function Deployment (QFD) House of
Quality, QFD Process, Benefits, Taguchi Quality Loss Function, Total
Productive Maintenance (TPM) Concept, Improvement Needs, FMEA
Stages of FMEA. Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems, ISO
9000:2000 Quality System Elements, Implementation of Quality
System, Documentation, Quality Auditing, QS 9000, ISO 14000
Concept, Requirements and Benefits.
References:
1. Dale H. Besterfiled, et al., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson
Education Asia, 1999. (Indian reprint), 2002.
2. James R. Evans& William M. Lidsay, “The Management and Control
of Quality” (5e), South-Western (Thomson Learning), 2002.
3. Feigenbaum A. V., “Total Quality Management” McGraw-Hill, 1991.
4. Narayana V. and Sreenivasan, N. S., “Quality Management Concepts
and Tasks”, New Age Internationa, l1996.
5. Zeiri,“Total Quality Management for Engineers” Wood Head
Publishers, 1991.
HUM 3304: TECHNICAL WRITING [2 1 0 3]
Technical Writing:
Introduction Technical writing - Involves writing a project proposal How
to write a project report - technical reports - Write a Statement of Purpose
drafting a complete introduction to oneself for purposes of Higher
Studies, try meeting the requirement of Institutions who offer courses to
overseas students - Writing an abstract a write up about what you intend
to write for a paper or presentation - Writing a project report / write a
project proposal - Review of literature papers and books published have
to be carefully read and understood. Conclusions based on the readings
are drawn in the form of a write up - Learn to write summary of a
Research paper reading the paper and learn to summarize the paper for
research purposes -Writing Resumes Learn to write resumes to suit the
requirements - Email writing Understanding how to write a mail - tone
and the language, Business correspondence - Note Taking and Note
Making a crucial skill required while reading research papers or books
Plagiarism and Academic Integrity.
Creative writing: Introduction to creative writing - Writing story boards -
Writing a story using picture prompts - Writing - changing the style and
tone - Writing reviews of different styles of writing - Drafting
presentations - Writing speeches and toasts for occasions formal and
informal - Toasts, welcome, introducing people, vote of thanks,
accepting awards.
References:
1. Osborn Osborn., “Public speaking”, (4e), Houghton Mifflin
Company: USA, 1998.
2. Liz Hamp - Lyons and Ben Heasley “Writing: A course in writing
skills for academic purposes”, UK: Cambridge, 2006.
288
3. Raman, Meenakshi, and Sangeeta Sharma, “Technical
communication Principles and Practice”, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi, 2011.
HUM 3305: PUBLIC SPEAKING [3 0 0 3]
Public Speaking -Introduction to Public speaking- Voice modulation,
Sounds/accent (basics), Articulation, Anxiety management, Logical
arguments, Concept of purpose, Audience, Smart use of Body language.
Types of speech-Informative speeches- designing and delivery-
Persuasive speeches designing and delivery- Impromptu speeches
designing and delivery -Special occasion speeches-designing and
delivery, Presentations - planning and execution -Types of presentation -
Informative-Planning and delivery - Persuasive -Planning and delivery -
Motivational -Planning and delivery, Other forms of speaking Debates,
Seminars, Panel Discussion, Group Discussion, Tall Tales, Turn Coat, Art
of Evaluation-Providing feedback- planning, designing and delivering
constructive feedback - Receiving feedback making use of relevant
feedback -Techniques of providing feedback- Speech analysis Role of
the Evaluator
References:
1. Duarte Nancy, “Resonate:Present Visual Stories that Transform
Audiences”, John
John Wiley and Sons, 2010
2. Minto Barbara, “The Pyramid Principle: Logic in writing, thinking and
Problem Solving”, Financial Times Prentice Hall,2002
3. Berkun Scott, “Confessions of a Public Speaker”, O'Reily Media,
2009
4. Goodale Malcolm, “Professional Presentations”, Cambridge
University Press, 2005
5. Carnegie Dale, “The Art of Public Speaking”, 1905
 Department of Mathematics

The Department of Mathematics at Manipal Institute of Technology was Programs offered

initiated in 1957 with a mere strength of three faculty members. Currently Post Graduate Program
the department has grown and developed into a status of eminence both 4 M.Sc in Applied Mathematics and Computing (2009)
in terms of number and quality of its academic output. The department
has a long tradition of excellent teaching and supporting environment for PhD
students and it is a resourceful academic department among others at
MIT, with highly qualified, experienced and motivated faculty members Faculty Strength
who are committed for the advancement in every field of Mathematics. Qualification-wise Cadre-wise
The department has 42 faculty members with 8 Professors, 13
Associate Professors and 22 Assistant Professors of which 25 members 7
have Ph.D.'s. Research strength of the department include Numerical 17 25 21
Methods, Graph Theory, Fluid Dynamics, Algebra, Topology, Number 14
Theory, Functional Analysis, Fuzzy logic and Complex Analysis. Further,
a substantial number of faculty members are pursuing their Ph.D. degree.
A few faculty members have also obtained Post-Doctoral fellowship in PhD Professors
specialized areas of Mathematics. M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors
The faculty of Department teaches Mathematics UG/ PG students of all B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors
constituent institutions of Manipal University. The M.Sc. programme in
Applied Mathematics and Computing was started in the year 2009. The
curriculum designed by the department provides a sound grounding in
underlying mathematical theory, emphasizes a variety of useful
mathematical techniques, and helps students to develop proficiency
in using computers and computational methods.

289
 OPEN ELECTIVES
MAT 3281: APPLIED GRAPH THEORY [3 0 0 3]
Graphs and subgraphs, walks, paths and connectedness, distance as a
metric, degrees, regular graphs, cubic graphs, bipartite graphs, self
complementary graphs, operations on graphs, External graphs, degree
and sequence, applications of the theorems due to (a) Havel and Hakimi,
(b) Erdos and Gallai.
Cut points, bridges and blocks, block graphs and cut point graphs. Trees
and their characterizations, centre and centriods, block cut points trees,
spanning trees, independent cycles and cocycles, connectivity and line
connectivity, Whitney's theorem.
Traversibility Eulerian, Hamiltonian, line graphs and total graphs.
Traversibility, coverings and independence, theorem of Gullai, critical
points and lines.
Planarity, genus, thickness, crossing number. Colorability, chromatic
number and its bounds, Nordhaus Gaddem theorems, the four and five
colour theorems, The chromatic polynomial.
Matrix Representation of graphs Incident matrix, Adjacency matrix, cycle
matrix, cutset matrix, path matrix, Digraphs D, Matrix - tree theorem on
number of spanning trees. Tournament.
Graph Theoretic Algorithms: Computer representation of graphs - Input
and output, Algorithms for connectedness, Spanning Tree, Fundamental
Circuits, Directed Circuits and Shortest paths.
References:
1. F. Harary, “Graph theory”, Narosa Publishers, 1988.
2. Narsingh Deo, “Graph theory with applications to Engineering and
Computer Science”, Prentice Hall, 1987.
3. Robin J. Wilson, “Introduction to Graph theory”, Logman, 1985.
MAT 3282: APPLIED LINEAR ALGEBRA [3 0 0 3]
Finite dimensional vector spaces, subspaces, linear independence, bases
and dimension. Sum and intersection of subspaces.
Algebra of linear transformations, range and null space of a linear
transformation,
Inner-product spaces, metric spaces and banach spaces, Gram Schmidt
orthogonalization, linear operators and their adjoint, self adjoint, unitary
and normal transformations, polar decomposition.
Matrix algebra, simultaneous equations, Eigen values, characteristic
vectors, Cayley-Hamilton theorem, minimal polynomial, Application of
eigen values to solve simultaneous difference and differential equations.
Quadratic forms and their classification, constrained optimization. Some
computational methods of linear algebra.
References:
1. Finkbeiner D.T. I, “Introduction to Matrices and linear
Transformation”, D. B. Taraorewala's, 1968.
2. Hoffman, K and Kunze, R, “Linear Algebra”, Prentice Hall of India,
1972.
3. Gantmocher F. R., “The Theory of Matrices”, Cheisea, 1960.
4. Goult, R. J., Hoskin, R. P., Milner, J. A and Pratt, M. J, “Computational
methods in Linear Algebra”, Stanley Thomas Pub. Ltd., 1974.
5. Gilbert Strang, “Linear Algebra and its applications”, Thomson
learning, 2007
6. David C. Lay, “Linear Algebra and its applications”, Pearson
Education, 2006.
290
MAT 3283: APPLIED NUMERICAL METHODS [3 0 0 3]
Matrix Algebra : Solution for linear system of equations Direct methods:
Gauss elimination method, Gauss Jordon method, Crouts (LU
decomposition) method. Iterative methods, Jacobi Gauss Seidal and
successive over relaxation methods.
Computation of inverse of a matrix: Jordan method, Triangularization
method, Choleski's method, partition method. Eigen value & Eigen
vectors: Given's method for real symmetric matrices, Jocobi's method
for real symmetric matrices, Power method.
Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations: Single step
methods, Runge Kutta method, Adam Bashforth's predictor corrector
method, Milne's predictor and corrector method.
Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations: Finite difference
approximation to derivatives of Parabolic, Elliptic. Explicit finite
difference method, implicit method.
References:
1. Jain, Iyengar and Jain, “Numerical methods for Scientific and
Engineering Computations”, New Age Publishers, 2008.
2. Atkinson K. E, “An Introduction to Numerical Analysis”, (3e), John
Willey and Sons (1989).
3. Carnahan, Luther and Wikes, “Applied Numerical Methods”, John
Willey (1969).
4. Hilderband F. B, “Introduction to Numerical Analysis”, (5e), Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi , 1986.
5. Conte S. D and Be Door, “Introduction to Numerical analysis”,
McGraw Hill.
MAT 3284: MATHEMATICAL MODELLING [3 0 0 3]
Introduction, Techniques, classification and characteristics of
mathematical models, mathematical modeling through algebra ,
ordinary differential equations of first order.
Mathematical modeling through systems of ordinary differential
equations of first order,
Prey- Predator model Mathematical modeling through systems of
ordinary differential equations, modeling in medicine A model for
diabetic mellitus. Modelling on population dynamics
Mathematical modelling through difference equations. Some simple
models. Modelling of economics and finance through difference
equations, population dynamics and generation of models through
difference equations, modeling in probability theory, examples.
Optimization models: Mathematical modeling through linear
programming.
Mathematical modelling through graphs: elements of graphs, digraphs.
Mathematical models for blood flow. Mathematical model for Peristaltic
transport of two layered.
References:
1. J. N.Kapoor, “Mathematical Modelling”, Wiley Eastern, 1988.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering mathematics”, (7e)., John
Wiley and sons, 1993
4. Kapoor, J. N., “Mathematical Models in biology and medicine”,
East- West press, 1985 .
5. Kapoor J. N., “Mathematical models of environment” Indian
National Science Academy, New Delhi
 MAT 3285: OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES [3 0 0 3]
Formulation, Linear programming - simplex method, Penalty coase
methods, 2-phase method. Dual Simplex method. Duality theory
.Transportation problem - Vogel's approximation method, MODI method,
Assignment problem- Hungarian method.
Project Management - Networks, Project planning and control using
PERT and CPM. Project crashing.
Game theory - 2persons zero sum games, Minimax principle, games
with mixed strategies. Dominance theory, solution using Linear
programming.
References:
1. Bronson Richard “Theory and Problems of Operations Research” -
Schaum series- MGH, 1983.
2. P. K. Gupta & Man Mohan “Operations Research”, (4e) - Sultan
Chand & Sons, 1980.
3. Hamdy A. Taha “Operations Research”, (5e), PHI, 1995
4. J. K. Sharma “Operations Research Theory and problems”,
Macmillan 2007.
MAT 3286: STOCHASTIC PROCESSES AND RELIABILITY [3 0 0 3]
Static probabilities: Review and prerequisites generating functions,
difference equations.
291
Dynamic probability : definition and description with examples. Markov
chains, transition probabilities, Chapmen Kolmogrov equations.
Classification of states, chains of Markov process. Stability of Markov
systems, limiting behaviour, random walk.
Poisson Processes : assumptions and derivations, related distributions,
birth and death processes.
Queueing System, general concepts, Model M/M/1 and M/M/S, steady
state behvaour, transient behaviour.
Wiener processes and Gaussian processes. Differential equations of a
wiener process, Kolmogrov equations, Ornstein Unlenbick Process.
White note.
Reliability Theory : Definition of Reliability, types of failure, Hazard rate,
Laws of failure - normal, exponential & Weibull failure laws - System
reliability - in series, in parallel series - parallel system, Paralled - series
system & related problems.
References:
1. Medhi. J., “Stochastic Processes” , Wiley Eastern.
2. Bhat U R, “Elements of Applied Stochastic Processes” , John Wiley.
3. Srinivasan and Mehata, “Stochastic Processes”, Tata McGraw Hill.
A Papoulis, “Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic
Procesess”, McGraw Hill.
4. Shane and Hoel, "Fundamentals of Systems Engineering".
 Department of Physics OPEN ELECTIVES

The department offers a compulsory course on Engineering Physics and PHY 3281: Fundamentals of Astronomy and Astrophysics [3 0 0 3]
Engg. Physics Lab (PHY1001/PHY1011) to all branches of first year Introduction to astronomy and astrophysics. Properties of ordinary stars:
B.Tech. and also offers open electives to students of B.Tech. and Brightness of starlight; the electromagnetic spectrum; Colours of stars;
M.Tech. The department offers P.G. program in Physics leading to M.Sc. stellar distances; absolute magnitudes; HR diagram. Stellar evolution:
(Physics) in five specializations viz. Condensed Matter Physics, Formation of star; the main sequence; stellar structure; evolution off the
main sequence; planetary nebulae; white dwarfs. The death of high mass
Optoelectronics, Nuclear Physics and Electronics & Theoretical stars: Supernovae; neutron stars; pulsars; stellar black holes.Normal
Physics. The Department offers PhD program in Physics in different Galaxies: Types of galaxies; Dark matter in galaxies. Cosmology: The
areas like Condensed Matter Physics, Radiation and Nuclear Physics, scale of universe; expansion of the universe; open or closed universe; the
Nano-materials, Thin film based devices, Solar cells, Spectroscopy, big bang; the cosmic background radiation; big bang nucleosynthesis.
Non-linear optics, Atmospheric Physics and High Energy Physics. The Astronomical instruments.
department has received several externally funded projects from
References:
Government of India and State Governments(Rs. 187.24 in lacs).
1. Marc L Kutner, “Astronomy: A physical Perspective”, Cambridge
Currently20 Research Scholars are perusing their PhD in Physics. The University Press,2003
departmental laboratories are equipped with sophisticated instruments 2. Baidyanath Basu, “An Introduction to Astrophysics”, (2e), PHI
like vacuum coating units (PVD and Sputtering), SILAR, spin coating Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2011.
unit, crystal growth unit, Optical closed cycle variable temperature 3. Michael Zeilik, “Introductory Astronomy and Astrophysics”, (4e),
cryogenic system, He: Ne laser-Scan System, XRD, UV-visible and UV- Saunders College Pub. 1992.
visible NIR spectrophotometer, Keithley source/multi-meters and
particle detectors. PHY 3282: PHYSICS OF MATERIALS [3 0 0 3]
Nano-materials: Introduction nanostructural materials metals,
Programs offered semiconductors and ceramics.Synthesis of nanoparticles inert gas
Post Graduate Program evaporation laser pyrolysis sputtering techniques, plasma techniques.
4 M.Sc in Physics Various Chemical methods of synthesis. Functionalized metal
nanopar ticles- synthesis, characterization, organization and
PhD applications. Semiconductor nanoparticles- synthesis, characterization
Faculty Strength and applications of quantum dots. Magnetic nanoparticles- assembly
and nanoastructures. Carbon nanotubes and fullerene as nanoclustures.
Qualification-wise Cadre-wise Charaterisation of nanoapr ticles and nanostructures Optical
spectroscopy, Electron Microscopy, Atomic Force Microscopy, X-Ray
3 diffraction of nanoscale materials.
Composite Materials: Introduction - Classification, Matrix materials,
20 10 7 Reinforcing materials, micromechanics of composites - Density,
Mechanical properties prediction of elastic constants, Thermal properties
Heat capacity, longitudinal and transverse conductivity, thermal expansion
coefficient, Mechanism of load transfer from Matrix to fiber. Strength,
PhD Professors Fracture and fatigue: Tensile strength, Compression Strength, Fracture
M.Tech/ME/M.Sc Associate Professors modes in Composite.Polymer matrix composites, metal matrix composites,
carbon reinforced composites Fabrication and properties.
B.Tech/BE Assistant Professors
Semiconductors: Crystal growth Introduction, Methods - Bridgman,
Czochralski, zone melting/refining techniques. Contact phenomenon-
metal-semiconductor, semiconductor-semiconductor contacts.
Preparation of semiconductor devices - Fabrication of junctions- wafer
preparation, diffusion and ion implantation methods. IC technology:
monolithic IC- masking and etching - elements of lithography- resist
systems and patterning.

References:
1. G. Lewis, “Selection of Engineering Materials”, Prentice Hall, 1990.
2. M. W. Barsoum, “Fundamentals of Ceramics”, McGraw Hill, 1997.
3. (Ed) H.S. Nalwa, “Nanostructured Materials and Nanotechnology”,
Academic,2002.
4. F L Mathews & R D Rawlings, “Composite Materials-Engineering &
Scienc”e, Chapman & Hall, 1990
5. K K Chawla, “Composite Materials- Science & Engineering”,
Springer-Verlag, 1987.
6. D K Ferry, “Electronic Materials and devices”, Academic Press, New
York, 2001.

292
 References:
PHY 3283: ADVANCED OPTICS [3 0 0 3] 1. Glenn F Knoll, “Radiation Detection and Measurement”, John
Nonlinear optics: Introduction to Nonlinear Optics: Optics & Wave Wiley and Sons, 1988.
propagation in anisotropic medium, Harmonic generation, Phase 2. Robert L Boylestad, “Electronic Devices and Circuit theory”,
Matching, Parametric Effects-Optical Parametric Oscillators. Wave Pearson,2009.
Mixing; Nonlinear Refraction and Absorption, Multiphoton Processes, 3. Kenneth Krane, “Fundamentals of Nuclear Physics”, John Wiley
Self-focusing, Self-phase-modulation, Optical Switching and Solitons. and Sons, 1988.
Nonlinear optical Techniques & Materials: Z-Scan, Four-Wave Mixing,
Third Harmonic Generation. PHY 3285: SOLID STATE PHYSICS [3 0 0 3]
Ultrafast Photonics: Femtosecond Laser Pulses: Linear Properties of
Ultrashort Light Pulses. Generation of Femtosecond Laser Pulses via Review of Crystal structure: Lattice, basis and unit cell, crystal system,
Mode Locking. Measurement Techniques for Femtosecond Laser symmetry, crystal planes and miller indices, reciprocal lattice, Bragg's
Pulses. Ultrafast THz Photonics and Applications-Subpicosecond
Electrical Pulses,THz Waveguides. An Optoelectronic THz Beam System law, experimental methods of x-raydiffraction, types of crystal binding,
Thin Film Optical Coatings and Advanced Optical Components: analysis of stress and strain in crysals
Theory of Optical Coatings. Production of Optical Coatings. Quality Electrical conduction: Free electron gas model, Sommerfield quantum
Parameters of Optical Coatings. Electro-Optic Modulators, Acousto- theory, Fermi energy, parameters of free electron gas at absolute zero,
optic Modulators, Photonic Crystals. electrical conductivity, Drude-Lorentz theory and Sommerfield theory of
Nano Optics: Nanophotonics Principles, Nanophotonic Devices, electrical conductivity, Band theory of solids, electrical conduction in
Nanophotonic Fabrications. metals, insulators and semiconductors
X-Ray Optics: Interaction of X-Rays with Matter, X-Ray Optical Dielectrics: Static dielectric constant, polarization and polarizability,
Components
local field, ferro electricity, piezo electricity, frequency dependence of
polarizability (electronic, ionic and dipolar), dielectric losses,
References:
1. Robert W. Boyd, “Nonlinear Optics”, Academic Press, New York, 1992. requirements of insulating materials, applications of dielectric materials
Magnetism: Classification of magnetic materials, classical theory of
2. Y. R. Shen, “The Principles of Nonlinear Optics”, New York, J. Wiley,
1984. diamagnetism and paramagnetism, Weiss theory of ferromagnetism,
3. A. K. Ghatak & K. Thyagarajan, “Optical Electronics”, Cambridge ferrites, hard and soft magnetic materials, garnets, magnetic bubbles,
University. ceramic magnets, applications of magnetic materials
4. K. Okamoto, “Fundamentals of Optical Waveguides”, Academic
Press, 2000. References:
5. Franken Trager, “Handbook of Lasers and optics”, Springer, 2007. 1. Introduction to Solid State Physics by C.Kittel, Wiley
6. R. L. Sutherland, “Handbook of Nonlinear Optics”, Marcel Dekker, 1996 2. A first course Solid State Physics by A. Rao, Asiatech publications
3. Solid State Physics by S. O. Pillai, New age international publications
PHY 3284: RADIATION PHYSICS [3 0 0 3] 4. Numerical problems in Solid State Physics, M. A.Wahab, Alpha
Radiation Sources: Units and definitions-Fast electron sources-Heavy
science international publications
charged particle sources-Sources of electromagnetic radiation-Neutron
sources. 5. Solid State Physics, H. C.Gupta, Vikas publishing house Pvt. Ltd.
Radiation Interaction: Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with
matter-Photoelectric and Compton process and energy absorption-pair
production-Attenuation and mass energy absorption coefficients-
Relative importance of various processes.-Interaction of heavy charged
particles-stopping power-Energy loss characteristics- Bragg curve-
Particle range-range straggling- stopping time-energy loss in thin
absorbers-Interaction of fast electrons-absorption of beta particles-
interaction of gamma rays-gamma ray attenuation-Interaction of
neutrons-neutron cross section-neutron induced nuclear reactions.
Radiation Detectors and Instrumentation: Semiconductors diodes-
JFET-MOSFET-Integrated Circuits-OPAMP and their characteristics-
Differential Amplifier-Operational amplifier systems-Pulse
Amplifiers.Principles of radiation detection and measurements-Gas
filled detectors-Ionisation chambers-Theory and design-Gas
multiplication-Propor tional counters-GM counters-Scintillation
detectors-Semiconductor detectors-Thermo luminescent Dosimeters-
Radiation spectroscopy with scintillators-Gamma spectroscopy-
Multichannel pulse analyzer-Slow neutron detection methods-Reactor
instrumentation.
Industrial uses of nuclear measurements: Basic principles-Radiation
detection in industrial environments-Measuring systems for industrial
problems-Determination of physical material characteristics by nuclear
measurements-Level height determination-Density measurements-
Quantity measurements-Thickness measurement-coating thickness
measurement.

293
 Undergraduate Programmes Offered
Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.)
(8 Semesters, 170 credits)
Aeronautical Engineering
Automobile Engineering
Biomedical Engineering
Biotechnology
Founder and Builder of Manipal Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Manipal is a place born out of one man's dream Computer Science and Engineering
- Dr. Tonse Madhav Ananth Pai. It is a testimony to the fact Computer and Communication Engineering
that no matter how big a dream is, it can always turn into
Electrical and Electronics Engineering
reality. The once barren hillock is now India's largest
Electronics and Communication Engineering
education township with more than 24 institutions of learning.
Industrial and Production Engineering
Manipal University is the result of the single-minded Information Technology
dedication of the founder Dr. T. M. A. Pai. It was his vision to Instrumentation and Control Engineering
see the bare hilltop of Manipal transformed into one of the Mechanical Engineering
premier centres of learning. Mechatronics
Manipal University was founded on one principle; one Printing and Media Engineering
unshakeable belief - that it must make available the best of
education to its students. The last 58 years, have seen Post-Graduate Programmes Offered
institutes at Manipal taking meticulous, small steps to build Master of Technology (M. Tech.)
reservoirs of intellectual wealth and academic excellence. (4 Semesters; 75 Credits)
In the process, Manipal University has created some of the Aerospace Engineering
country's best institutes across diverse streams like Automobile Engineering
medicine, dentistry, engineering, pharmacy, hotel Biomedical Engineering
management and communication. Bioinformatics
Chemical Engineering
Each institution at Manipal University is geared to meet the
same demanding standards to create great professionals Computer Aided Analysis and Design
and citizens by inspiring them in many ways. Computer Networking and Engineering
Computer Science and Engineering
Computer Science and Information Security
Construction Engineering and Management
Control Systems
Digital Electronics and Advanced Communication
Energy Systems and Management
Engineering Management
Environmental Engineering
Industrial Automation & Robotics
Industrial Biotechnology
Industrial Pollution & Control
The wealth of Manufacturing Engineering and Technology
Microelectronics
education is something which Power Electronics and Drives
you cannot exhaust by giving Printing and Media Technology
Software Engineering
Structural Engineering
Thermal Sciences and Energy Systems
Master of Computer Applications (MCA)
Padma Shri awardee Dr. T. M. A. Pai
(4 Semesters; 80 credits)
Master of Science (MSc)
Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, Geology
(4 Semesters; 90 credits)
 MANIPAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
MANIPAL

Academic Programme Hand-book

A constituent institution of Manipal University, Manipal

www.manipal.edu

B.Tech. - 2017 Academic

Programme
Hand-book
MANIPAL Manipal Institute of Technology
Manipal - 576104, Karnataka India

UNIVERSITY Tel: 0820 2571060 Fax: 0820 2571071

E-mail: office.mit@manipal.edu
B.Tech. - 2017
Website: www.manipal.edu